As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2014

Registration No. 333-     

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

SD COMPANY, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)



 

   
Utah   1389   46-4341605
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078
(435) 789-0594

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)



 

Troy Meier, CEO
SD COMPANY, INC.
1583 South 1700 East
Vernal, UT 84078
(435) 789-0594

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



 

Copies to:

 
Eugenie D. Rivers   Michael T. Raymond
Shahzad Qadri   Bradley J. Wyatt
Wong Fleming, P.C.   Dickinson Wright, PLLC
2340 130 th Avenue NE, Ste. D150   2600 W. Big Beaver Rd., Ste. 300
Bellevue, WA 98005   Troy, MI 48084-3312
(425) 869-4040   248-433-7200


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller reporting company x


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

   
Title of each class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Stock, $.001 par value   $ 34,500,000     $ 4,444  

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes            Shares that the Underwriter has the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Calculated under section 6(b) of the Securities Act of 1933 as .000128800 of the aggregate offering price.


 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant files a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), shall determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED            , 2014

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

     Shares

[GRAPHIC MISSING]



 

Common Stock



 

This is the initial public offering of securities of SD COMPANY, INC. We are offering to sell           shares of our common stock in this offering (the “ Shares ”). Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is expected to be between $     and $     per Share. We have applied to list the Shares on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “SDPI”.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of the factors you should consider before you make your decision to invest in our securities.

   
  Per Share   Total (3)
Public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discount and commission (1)   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (2)   $     $  

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 84 for disclosure regarding compensation payable to the Underwriter by us.
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $     payable by us.
(3) In addition, we have granted the underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to a maximum of            in additional Shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The Shares are offered by the Underwriter, subject to prior sale when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriter and subject to right to reject orders in whole or in part. Delivery of the Shares will be made on or about             , 2014.



 

Sole Book-Running Manager

Roth Capital Partners, LLC



 

The date of this prospectus is             2014.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents

 
  Page
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS     ii  
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION     ii  
INDUSTRY DATA     ii  
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
OFFERING SUMMARY     8  
RISK FACTORS     11  
USE OF PROCEEDS     25  
DETERMINATION OF THE OFFERING PRICE     26  
DIVIDEND POLICY     26  
CAPITALIZATION     27  
DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES     28  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     30  
OIL AND GAS DRILLING INDUSTRY     46  
BUSINESS     51  
MANAGEMENT     62  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     68  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     73  
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE     76  
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK     78  
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK     83  
UNDERWRITING     84  
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK     87  
LEGAL MATTERS     90  
EXPERTS     90  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION     90  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf, or to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, our securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date or the date of any free writing prospectus.

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may over allot or effect transactions that stabilize or maintain the market prices of our securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Such stabilizing will be effected on the NYSE MKT. Such stabilizing, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

For Investors Outside the U.S.:   Neither we nor any of the Underwriter have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the U.S. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

Our name, logo and other trademarks or service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of SD COMPANY, INC. Trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies appearing in this prospectus are the property of those respective holders.

INDUSTRY DATA

We use industry and market data throughout this prospectus, which we have obtained from market research, independent industry publications, or other publicly available information. Although we believe that each such source is reliable as of its respective date, the information contained in such sources has not been independently verified. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any industry and market data presented herein, such data is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We have not commissioned, nor are we affiliated with, any of the independent industry sources we cite.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary sets forth the material terms of the offering, but does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our securities. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment decision, especially the risks of investing in our securities described under “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “Superior” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation, and the combined subsidiaries, including the businesses of Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, Extreme Technologies, LLC, Meier Properties Series, LLC, and Meier Leasing, LLC, and Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC as our historical accounting predecessors. Except as otherwise noted, all information in this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

Overview

We are an innovative, cutting-edge remanufacturer of PDC (polycrystalline diamond compact) drill bits, and a designer and manufacturer of new drill bit and horizontal drill string enhancement tools for the oil, natural gas and mining services industry. We currently operate four basic lines of business:

Ø Our PDC drill bit remanufacturing service exclusively for Baker Hughes (see “Business — Our Drill Bit Business”, below),
Ø Our Drill N Ream tool division that will be merged with Hard Rock Solutions, LLC (“Hard Rock”), and serve as our drilling tool marketing and distribution arm after our pending acquisition of Hard Rock upon closing of this offering (see “Business — Our Horizontal Drilling Tools”, below),
Ø Our emerging technologies business that manufactures the Drill N Ream tool, our new drill bits, custom drill tool products to customer specifications, and our innovative pending drill string enhancement tools (see “Business — Our Horizontal Drilling Tools”, below), and
Ø Our new product development business that conducts our research and development, and designs our new drill bits, horizontal drill string enhancement tools, other down-hole drilling technologies, and drilling tool manufacturing technologies (see “Business — Our Horizontal Drilling Tools”, below).

From our headquarters in Vernal, Utah, we operate a technologically advanced PDC drill bit remanufacturing facility, as well as a state-of-the-art, high-tech drill tool machining facility. We manufacture our drill string enhancement tools, including the patent pending “Drill N Ream” well bore enhancement tool, and conduct our new product research and development from this facility. We believe that we continue to set the trend in oil and gas drill bit and drill string tool technology and design.

Our co-founder, Troy Meier, developed the first commercially-viable process to remanufacture PDC drill bits after a successful 13-year career with a predecessor of our largest client, Baker Hughes, the world’s fifth largest oilfield services company. For the past 18 years, we have serviced the Rocky Mountain, California and Alaska regions exclusively for Baker Hughes’s substantial oil field operations. We continuously work with our customers to develop new products and enhancements, improve efficiency and safety, and solve complex drilling tool problems. We employ a senior work force with special training and extensive experience related to drill bit remanufacturing and tooling manufacture. They produce our products and services using a suite of highly technical, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufacturing equipment and products use advanced, patent-pending technologies that enable us to increase efficiency, enhance drill bit integrity, and improve safety.

Recently, challenging new horizontal oil and gas well designs and construction have substantially increased the technical demands on drill bit and drill string components. To respond to this horizontal drilling challenge, we collaborated with Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. (“HRSI”). HRSI designed the Drill N Ream well bore conditioning tool in 2011 (“ Drill N Ream ”). The Drill N Ream tool is a dual-section reaming tool which is located behind the bottom hole assembly (“BHA”) of the drill string to smooth and slightly enlarge the well bore in the curved and horizontal sections of horizontal wells, in both oil and water based mud. The Drill N Ream tool is available in multiple sizes and can be custom manufactured to fit any hole size. The Drill N Ream tool allows the drill string to move through a conditioned well bore left by the drill bit with less friction

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and material stress, extending the horizontal distance that can be drilled during a run and making tripping (removal of the drill string) and the running of casing in the completed well much easier. Each time a drilling operator has to retract a drill string and replace a bit or other drill string component, it costs the operator substantial time and money, so we believe anything that allows each run to extend further is of great value to our customers. As a result, the Drill N Ream tool is now in use in over 850 well drilling operations, which we believe indicates significant initial industry acceptance in a fairly short period of time. We are also developing a suite of other horizontal drill string tools, each of which addresses a different technical challenge presented by today’s horizontal drilling designs.

Under our existing agreement with HRSI, we produce the Drill N Ream tools and HRSI markets them to well operators on a rental basis. This arrangement allows the well operator to switch out Drill N Ream tools when theirs becomes dull, and HRSI then returns the dull tools to us for refurbishing. We now have the opportunity to purchase HRSI’s interest in the Drill N Ream tool rental business, including the Drill N Ream inventory, rental arrangements, customer lists, contract employees, facilities and its owner’s 50% interest in the patents pending relating to the Drill N Ream. Before closing our acquisition, HRSI will move those assets into its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC (“ Hard Rock ”). ( See “— Hard Rock Acquisition and Financing”, below). We intend to use a portion of the offering proceeds to complete our purchase of Hard Rock, at which time we will operate Hard Rock as our wholly-owned subsidiary.

We believe that we differentiate ourselves from our competitors on the basis of the quality and reliability of our products and services, our proprietary technology, and our ability to rapidly respond with products that meet the most demanding and changing needs of our customers.

The primary competitors for our drill bit remanufacturing services are the in-house units at Hughes Christensen, the division of Baker Hughes responsible for drill bits. We believe our competitive advantage is demonstrated by both our significantly superior production times according to reports we have received from Baker Hughes regarding their in-house production times, as well as our client’s continuing requests for us to take over or manage the work currently being done by those in-house units. Other drill bit manufacturers also have in-house remanufacturing units, but they are not our competitors since we have an exclusive contract with Baker Hughes. The primary competitors for our Drill N Ream tool are several single-section reaming tool manufacturers, including Baker Hughes itself. However, the Drill N Ream tool is the only dual-sectioned drill string reamer with advanced features of cutter and blade placement and diamond dome bearing surface technology on the market today. We believe that distinction will allow us to continue to build on the Drill N Ream’s first-mover advantage, and establish a strong marketing and distribution network, once we complete our acquisition of Hard Rock upon closing of this offering.

Competitive Strengths

Industry-recognized expertise and innovation .  We believe that we have developed a strong reputation for producing quality products and services based upon our industry-recognized depth of experience, ability to attract and retain quality employees, and innovative processes and applications. A number of the drill bit remanufacturing processes and technologies that we developed have now become industry standards.
Experienced management team with proven track record .  Our executive officers and senior operational managers have extensive experience both with us and in the oil field service industry generally. Our chief executive officer and co-founder, Troy Meier, has a 33-year relationship with Baker Hughes, providing innovative ideas to support Baker Hughes in maintaining their leadership role in the drill bit industry. Meier family entities will continue to own the majority of our outstanding stock equity interest in us following the completion of this offering, which we believe aligns their interests with the interests of our public investors.
Cutting-edge manufacturing capacity and proprietary technology.   In 2007, we designed a cutting-edge machining facility with custom features and solutions unlike any other in the industry. We recruited and hired a high level, cross-industry machining team to produce our products and services using a suite of highly technical, computer controlled, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufacturing equipment and products now use advanced, patent-pending technologies that enable us to increase efficiency, enhance the

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

integrity and precision drill bit and drill string tool integrity, and improve safety. Mr. Meier currently has a number of U.S. patent applications pending, and related international patent applications pending, both (a) as co-inventor with respect to the patents pending that relate to the Drill N Ream, which will we will acquire upon closing the acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion of this offering, and (b) being prepared with respect to our pending line of other horizontal drilling tools.
Strong, long-term client relationship.   We believe that Baker Hughes has contracted with SDP for the last 18 of our 21 year history because of our commitment to production efficiency, reliability, service quality, and innovation. While generally a small portion of the overall well cost, fast turn-around time in replacing worn out drill bits is critical to protecting the producer’s investment in the well. The economic risks of drill bit replacement are high where day rates for drilling rigs and other associated services can approach $150,000 per day, and a producer’s investment in a single well can exceed $10 million. We believe our efficiency in providing our products can save Baker Hughes’ customers days or even weeks, which can translate directly into significant and measurable savings. We also believe that our long-term relationship with Baker Hughes presents significant enhancement opportunities as we continue to expand the services provided and manufacturing capacities.
Experienced, talented, and motivated employees .  Our expertise stems from years of operating experience, a focus on technical innovation, and our highly trained and dedicated workforce. We employ seasoned professionals and technicians with a broad array of specialties and a strong customer service orientation. We have also actively recruited experts from a number of non-oil, high technology manufacturing industries in order to develop new approaches and technologies for our field. Our corporate culture places a high priority on investing in our people. In addition, we proactively strive to be a desirable employer in the small community of Vernal, Utah, giving us the ability to attract and retain the higher caliber and loyal local employees.

Growth Strategies

We intend to pursue the following growth strategies as we seek to expand our market share and solidify our position as a leading drill component manufacturer in the drilling industry:

Ø Leverage our post-offering acquisition of Hard Rock .  Upon completion of our acquisition of Hard Rock, we intend to combine Hard Rock’s existing marketing team, which has more than 25 years of oil field customer contracts, with Troy Meier’s extensive connections in the drilling industry, in order to achieve greater market penetration and revenues for the Drill N Ream tool. We also intend to use the Hard Rock marketing and sales team to propel our upcoming drill string component products successfully into the drilling marketplace.
Ø Leverage Technical Expertise to Develop New Products .  We intend to use our deep technical and high tech capacities in advanced materials science, and the manufacture and assembly of precision drilling products, to identify new products, services and markets, particularly horizontal drill string enhancement components.
Ø Continue to enhance our Baker Hughes relationship .  We intend to continue developing our long-time relationship with Baker Hughes. We believe that we have a substantial opportunity to leverage our existing relationship into managing some of Baker Hughes’ internal drill resurfacing operations, and into expanded new manufacturing requests from Baker Hughes.
Ø Strengthen and support our employees .  Our experienced employees and management team are our most valuable resources. Attracting, training, and retaining key personnel has been and will remain critical to our success. To achieve our goals, we intend to remain focused on providing our employees with training, personal and professional growth opportunities, as well as adding performance-based incentives, including opportunities for stock ownership, and other competitive benefits.
Ø Seek strategic acquisitions to enhance or expand our product lines .  In analyzing new acquisitions, we intend to pursue opportunities that complement our existing product line and/or that are geographically situated and distributed by our current and future sales force. We are geographically situated to be complementary to our existing operations. We believe that strategic acquisitions will

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

enable us to exploit economies of scale in the areas of finance, human resources, marketing, administration, information technology, and legal, while also providing cross-marketing opportunities among our drill tool product offerings. We are also working with local university and high school to develop and teach local programs in machining and engineering expertise and technical resources.

Trends in the Industry

We believe that the following trends will positively affect the oilfield drilling industry, and consequently the demand for our products in the coming years.

Increasing global demand for crude oil and natural gas has spurred increases in energy development spending .  The crude oil and natural gas industry benefits from increased consumption of hydrocarbons, caused in part by the industrialization of China, India and other developing countries.
Significant recent increases are occurring in U.S. oil and gas exploration, development and extraction .  The increase in oil and gas production in the US is well documented. Driving this increase in production has primarily been the growth in horizontal drilling in various shale plays around the country. Starting with the Barnett Shale in Texas, horizontal shale drilling technology has expanded in the past few years to many other plays, including the Haynesville in Louisiana and Texas; the Woodford, Anadarko and Granite Wash in Oklahoma and Texas; the Marcellus in Pennsylvania; the Eagle Ford and Permian Basin in Texas; the Niobrara in Colorado; the Utica in Ohio; the Uinta Basin in Utah; and most notably the Bakken in North Dakota. All of these new plays utilize horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing for their success. This type of drilling technology strongly supports our business plan as all of these operations involve Baker Hughes customers who use our remanufactured or new drill bits. In addition, they can all benefit from the Drill N Ream and our pending drill string enhancement tools, and product quality, service and reliability are highly prized.
Significant new well development is required to replace naturally declining production .  Despite elevated exploration and development activity in recent years, oil supply has only experienced modest gains, highlighting the difficulty in overcoming the natural declining rates of large legacy fields. The International Energy Agency (the “IEA”) estimates that in order to overcome the decline in production from existing fields, and to keep pace with projected demand increases, new production of approximately 40 million barrels of oil per day (an amount equal to nearly 60% of 2011 global oil production) must be added by 2035. A significant number of new wells will be required to make up for declines in production from existing fields and the projected increase in global oil demand.
Increasing complexity and costs of well construction .  As conventional sources of oil and gas are depleted, the oil and gas industry continues to develop new technologies and techniques that allow operators to develop a wider range of unconventional oil and gas resources, such as oil and gas shales. Certain of these techniques include drilling deeper and horizontal well paths with long lateral lengths and multi-stage completions, often in high temperature and high pressure environments. These types of unconventional drilling environments generally require the development of new techniques and specialized drilling tools, such as those manufactured by us.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Reorganization

We were formed as a Utah corporation in December 2013 in order to conduct this offering. Immediately before closing of this offering, we will conduct a corporate reorganization (“ Reorganization ”) after which we will conduct our business through the following five direct wholly-owned subsidiaries and one secondary wholly-owned subsidiary:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

   
Subsidiary:   State of Organization   Year of Organization
Superior Drilling Products, LLC ( “SDP” )*     Utah       1999*  
SDP Subsidiary: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC ( “SDCA” )     California       2011  
Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC ( “SDF” )     Utah       2011  
Extreme Technologies LLC ( “ET” )     Utah       2011  
Meier Properties Series, LLC ( “MPS” )     Utah       2008  
Meier Leasing, LLC ( “ML” )     Utah       2008  

* We intend to change our name to Superior Drilling Products, Inc. in connection with our reorganization immediately before the effectiveness of this offering.
** SDP was incorporated in 1999 as Superior Drilling Products, Inc., and then converted to a limited liability company in 2003 under the name Superior Drilling Products, LLC. Its name will be changed to Superior Drilling Solutions, LLC in connection with our reorganization immediately before the effectiveness of this offering.

Each of the above subsidiaries (SDF, ET, SDP, MPS, ML and SDCA) will be treated as our historical accounting predecessors for financial statement reporting purposes.

Hard Rock Acquisition and Financing

Immediately after completing this offering, we will close our acquisition of Hard Rock from HRSI. SDP is the acquiring party under the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (MIPA) with HRSI, Hard Rock’s parent entity. SDP will assign the MIPA to us immediately before completion of this offering as part of the Reorganization. See “Business — Hard Rock Acquisition”. Upon our acquisition of Hard Rock, that limited liability company will also become one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

HRSI’s primary business is selling or renting the Drill N Ream tool directly to oil field customers. HRSI, Hard Rock’s corporate parent, was organized and began operations in 2001. HRSI’s president was the inventor of the Drill N Ream product with patent pending. HRSI is the sole authorized distributor and sales agent for

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the Drill N Ream tool, which we manufacture, under a profit sharing arrangement. In 2013, HRSI formed Hard Rock as a wholly-owned subsidiary, and prior to closing this offering, will have transferred, in accordance with the terms of the MIPA, its tool rental business to Hard Rock, in order to facilitate our purchase transaction. Specifically, the tool rental business consists of Drill N Ream inventory rental agreements, customer lists, contract employees, facilities, and its owner’s 50% interest in the patents pending relating to the Drill N Ream.

SDP and HRSI have signed a MIPA under which we will purchase all of HRSI’s tool rental business, which HRSI will transfer to Hard Rock before closing of the transaction, for $25 million, with $12.5 million payable at closing, and the $12.5 million payable under a seller-held note payable in annual installments over three years. See “Business — Hard Rock Acquisition”. In addition, each of HRSI’s president and Mr. Meier have transferred their respective 50% interest in the Drill N Ream patents pending to HRSI, under the terms of a Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (IPPA), and HRSI will transfer all of the patents pending to Hard Rock before our purchase of Hard Rock. The signed MIPA and IPPA will be deposited into third-party escrow at least three days before closing of this offering and the purchase transaction. SDP will assign its interest in the MIPA and IPPA to us in connection with the Reorganization immediately before closing this offering.

Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves risks. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of the factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our securities. These risks include, among other things:

our dependence on the oil and gas industry generally for all of our revenue;
our dependence on Baker Hughes, currently our exclusive client in our largest business unit for our remanufactured bit business, and the continued renewal of our master contract with its drilling division, Hughes Christensen ( see “Business — Baker Hughes Contract”);
our ability to integrate the operations of Hard Rock after closing of that acquisition, and to expand its product line and market penetration ( see “Business — Our History” and “Use of Proceeds — Hard Rock Acquisition”);
our ability to successfully execute our future acquisitions strategy, including the integration of new companies into our business;
our dependence on our founders Troy Meier, CEO, and Annette Meier, President, and our ability to retain the continued service of our other key professionals and to identify, hire and retain additional qualified professionals;
competitive pressures and trends in our industry and our ability to successfully compete with our competitors;
general economic conditions, nationally and globally, and their effect on the market for our services; and
other factors identified throughout this prospectus, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078 and our telephone number is (435) 789-0594. Our website address is www.teamsdp.com. The information on, or accessible through, these websites does not constitute a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “ JOBS

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Act ”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;
reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
no non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or until such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced reporting burdens. We have taken advantage of these reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus and, accordingly, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, “emerging growth companies” can take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are required to be adopted by an issuer. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable. In addition, as a smaller reporting company, we have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting obligations available to smaller reporting companies.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OFFERING SUMMARY

Securities offered by us    
         Shares (or           Shares if the Underwriter exercise its over-allotment option in full).
Over-allotment option    
    We have granted the Underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to a maximum of           additional Shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.
Common stock outstanding after this offering    
               shares, including the           Shares offered in this offering (or     shares, if the Underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full).
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $     million, or approximately $     million if the Underwriter exercises its over-allotment option in full, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds (a) to pay the expenses of this offering, (b) to cover the cash portion of the Hard Rock purchase price, (c) to repay certain outstanding loans (i) owed by a Meier related entity which is partially secured by a first position lien on 100% of SDP’s and SDF’s limited liability company interests, and (ii) owed by SDP and the Meiers that they obtained to pay the service on that related party loan, and (d) for working capital and general corporate purposes, potentially including funding future acquisitions.
Dividend policy    
    We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock following our initial public offering.
Risk factors    
    You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in the Shares.
Proposed symbol    
    “SDPI” on the NYSE MKT.

The stated number of Shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on      Shares outstanding and      Shares issuable under convertible securities, as of     , 2014, and excludes      Shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the rounding of all fractional share amounts to the nearest whole number.

Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data

The following table shows our summary historical combined and consolidated financial and operating data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Under the combined method of accounting, the historical consolidated financial statements of each of our Subsidiaries are combined as if they had operated as a single entity during those periods. The following table also shows pro forma summary historical combined statement of operations and balance sheet data of our Subsidiaries and HRSI, as if our acquisition of Hard Rock had occurred on January 1, 2013. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated for purposes of preparing our historical combined and consolidated financial statements and the pro forma combined financial statements. The summary historical and pro forma data in the below table was derived from the following financial statements, each of which is included elsewhere in this prospectus (“ Financial Statements ”):

Our audited, combined and consolidated financial statements as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012; and

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HRSI’s audited financial statements as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.
Our unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

We have prepared the unaudited pro forma financial information on a basis consistent with our audited historical combined financial statements, and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The below historical and pro forma results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period or full fiscal year.

You should read these tables in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” (“ MD&A ”) which includes a discussion of factors materially affecting the comparability of the financial information presented in this prospectus order “Organizational Structure,” “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and our historical and pro forma financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our summary unaudited pro forma financial data is presented for informational purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Our summary unaudited pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been if we operated as a public company during the periods presented, and may not be indicative of our future performance.

Combined Statements of Operations Data (dollars in thousands, except per Share data):

     
  Year Ended December 31, 2013
     SD Company,
Inc. (1)
  HRSI   Pro Forma with HRSI (2)
Gross revenues   $ 11,923     $ 8,478     $ 17,633  
Gross profit     5,861       5,708       8,573  
Income from continuing operations     3,692       3,206       3,003  
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     342             342  
Other income (expense) (net)     (366 )       96       (2,851 )  
Income tax (expense) benefit           44       (184 )  
Net income   $ 3,668     $ 3,346     $ 310  
Unaudited pro forma earnings per Share: basic and diluted   $ 0.20     $ N/A     $ 0.02  
EBITDA   $ 5,662     $ 3,830     $ 8,041  

(1) SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML are considered to be our historical accounting predecessors for financial statement reporting purposes, as discussed above.
(2) Represents pro forma results of operations and balance sheet assuming that the Hard Rock acquisition occurred on January 1, 2013, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

EBITDA is a non-GAAP performance measure. Our board of directors and management team focus on EBITDA as a key performance and compensation measure. EBITDA assists us in comparing our performance over various reporting periods because it removes from our operating results the impact of items that our management believes do not reflect our core operating performance. The compensation committee of our board of directors will determine the annual variable compensation for certain members of our management team based, in part, on EBITDA. In addition, we expect that EBITDA will be an important metric for investors to assess our ability to comply with those covenants

EBITDA is not a substitute for net income (loss), income from continuing operations, cash flows from operating activities or any other measure prescribed by GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP measures such as EBITDA. Although we believe that EBITDA can make an evaluation of our operating performance more consistent because it removes items that do not reflect our core operations, other companies in our industry may define EBITDA differently than we do. As a result, it may be difficult to use EBITDA to compare the performance of those companies to our performance. EBITDA should not be considered as a

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

measure of the income generated by our business or discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Our management compensates for these limitations by reference to our GAAP results and using EBITDA as a supplemental measure.

We remove the following items from net income attributable to SD Company, Inc., Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. and unaudited pro forma statements to get to EBITDA:

interest expense, net;
income tax expense or benefit;
depreciation and amortization

The following table reconciles net income attributable to SD Company, Inc., Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. and unaudited pro forma financial statements to EBITDA for the year ending December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

     
  SD Company   HRSI   Pro Forma
Net Income   $ 3,668     $ 3,346     $ 310  
Interest expense     786       15       3,382  
Depreciation and amortization expense     1,207       513       4,165  
Income tax expense     8       (44 )       184  
EBITDA   $ 5,662     $ 3,830     $ 8,041  

(1) SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML are considered to be our historical accounting predecessors for financial statement reporting purposes, as discussed above.
(2) Represents pro forma results of operations and balance sheet assuming that the Hard Rock acquisition occurred on January 1, 2013.

Balance Sheet Data (dollars in thousands):

     
  Company Historical Combined (1)   HRSI
Historical
  Pro Forma with HRSI (2)
     As of
December 31, 2013
       As of
December 31,
2013
     Actual   Historical   Pro Forma
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11       2,755     $ 13,917  
Accounts receivable     2,979       1,032       2,821  
Total assets     20,761       5,131       59,747  
Long-term debt and obligations     19,781             24,593  
Total liabilities     20,504       1,234       28,222  
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 257       3,896     $ 31,526  

(1)(2) See previous footnotes.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Important :  Investing in our Shares involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment in our Shares, you should carefully consider the following risks and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The risks described below are those that we believe are the material risks we face. Any of the risks described below, and others that we did not anticipate, could significantly and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, and the liquidity of our common stock. As a result, the trading price of your Shares could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our business depends on the level of activity and expenditure levels in the oil and gas industry, which is significantly affected by volatile oil and gas prices and other factors.

Demand for our drill bit remanufacturing services and our newly manufactured drill bits and drill string tools is sensitive to the level of exploration, development and production activity of, and the corresponding capital spending by our customers oil and natural gas companies and oilfield services companies. Oil and gas prices, and market expectations of potential price changes, significantly affect this level of activity. However, higher current commodity prices do not necessarily translate into increased drilling activity, since customers’ expectations of future commodity prices typically drive demand for our services and products. Customer expectations of longer-term lower oil and natural gas prices may cause them to reduce or defer drilling equipment expenditures given the long-term nature of many large-scale development projects. In addition, their demand for our services and products is affected by the availability of quality drilling prospects, exploration success, relative production costs, the stage of reservoir development, environmental activists, and political and regulatory environments. The demand for our services and products may be affected by numerous other factors, including:

The level of drilling activity generated by worldwide oil and gas exploration and production.
The levels of oil and natural gas inventories, and excess production capacity.
Availability of transportation infrastructure and refining capacity.
Expected and actual costs of finding new reserves, and of producing and delivering oil and natural gas.
Domestic and worldwide demand for oil and natural gas, including growth in underdeveloped countries.
National government political objectives, including the ability of OPEC to set and maintain production levels and prices for oil, and the level of production by non-OPEC countries.
Global weather conditions and natural disasters.
Technological advances affecting energy exploration, production, transportation and consumption.
Demand for, availability of and technological viability of, alternative sources of energy.
U.S. tax policies.

Prices for oil and natural gas are subject to large fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas, market uncertainty and speculation, and a variety of other factors that are beyond our control. The equity, credit, and commodity markets have seen significant volatility since late 2008. Oil and natural gas prices rose to record levels in 2008 and then began to decline in late 2008 in conjunction with the widespread economic recession. The price of natural gas has remained depressed since 2009, largely due to discoveries of vast new natural gas resources in the United States. Gas prices began increasing in the latter half of 2012, and prices as of April 1, 2014 were above $4.27 per mmbtu. The price of

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

oil and gas may continue to fluctuate in the near- and long-term. Worldwide military, political, and economic events have in the past contributed to oil and gas price volatility and are likely to do so in the future. Any prolonged reduction in oil and natural gas prices may depress the immediate levels of exploration, development, and production activity.

A significant downturn in the oil and gas industry will adversely affect the demand for oilfield services. If demand for drilling services or drilling rig utilization rates decreases significantly, demand for our products and services may decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The oil and gas industry is undergoing continuing consolidation that may impact our results of operations.

The oil and gas industry is rapidly consolidating. This consolidation may result in reduced capital spending by existing and potential customers, which may lead to decreased demand for our products and services as they use their size and purchasing power to seek economies of scale and pricing concessions. Additionally, customers could acquire one of our competitors and begin producing products similar to ours, which may also lead to decreased demand for our products and services. We are unable to predict what effect consolidation in the industry may have on price or customer capital spending, or on our selling strategies, competitive position, ability to attract and retain customers, or ability to negotiate favorable customer agreements. If we cannot maintain sales levels for customers that have consolidated, or replace such revenues with increased business activities from other customers, this consolidation activity could have a significant negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We operate in an intensively competitive industry, and if we fail to compete effectively, our business will suffer.

As our industry rapidly consolidates, it is becoming intensely competitive. Our competitors are numerous, ranging from small private firms to multi-billion dollar public companies. Our competitors, some of whom have a more diverse product line and access to greater amounts of capital than we do, have the ability to compete against the cost savings generated by our technology by reducing prices and by introducing competing technologies. Our competitors may also have the ability to offer bundles of products and services to customers that we do not offer. In addition, our customers may elect to develop and adopt competing technologies. These competitive forces could force us to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable to maintain our competitiveness, our market share, revenue, and profits could decline, adversely affecting our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our operating results may be adversely impacted by worldwide economic uncertainties and specific conditions in the markets we address.

The oil and gas industry has a history of periodic downturns, due to the factors discussed previously in these “Risk Factors”. In addition, the general worldwide economy has experienced downturns, at various times over the past several years, due to the lack of available credit, slower economic activity, concerns about inflation and deflation, increased energy costs, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, and adverse business conditions. These conditions make it extremely difficult for our clients and vendors to forecast accurately future business activities, which could cause businesses to slow spending on services and products. Those conditions make it very difficult for us to predict the short-term and long-term impacts on our business. We cannot predict the timing, strength or duration of any economic slowdown or subsequent economic recovery worldwide or in the oil and gas industry. Any economic slowdown could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As a consequence, operating results for a particular future period are difficult to predict and, therefore, prior results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in future periods.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating to Our Business

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a small number of customers. The loss of any of our major customers may cause significant declines in our revenues.

We contract exclusively with Baker Hughes, a multinational organization, for our entire drill bit remanufacturing business, and most of our original equipment drill bit manufacturing business, which currently represents large majority of our revenues. Even after closing of the Hard Rock acquisition with the proceeds of this offering, only a small number of customers will represent a significant amount of our consolidated revenues, and we may be unable to maintain and expand those current customer relationships. If we lose any of our major customers to a competitor or for any other reason, including, for example, if our reputation declines, if a customer materially reduces its orders from us, if our relationship with one or more of our major customers deteriorates, or if a major customer becomes insolvent or otherwise unable to pay for our products, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

The annual installments on the promissory note we intend to give to Hard Rock’s seller at closing of that acquisition will be a major expense. Failure to generate sufficient revenue to make those installments in a timely manner or at all may cause us to go into default and potentially to lose the patents securing that note.

We have contracted to purchase all of Hard Rock’s limited liability company interests and the all of the patents pending and other technology covering the Drill N Ream tool (“ Hard Rock IP ”) for $25 million. The purchase agreement provides for us to pay $12.5 million of the purchase price to the seller at closing of the acquisition promptly after completion of this offering. The seller has agreed to carry back a promissory note for the remaining $12.5 million of the purchase price, secured by the Hard Rock IP. See — “Prospectus Summary — Hard Rock Acquisition”. If we do not generate subsequent annual income sufficient to make the annual payments under the seller’s note and fail to make any annual payment on time or at all, then we may go into default and potentially forfeit the Hard Rock IP back to the seller. The failure to retain the Hard Rock IP after closing the acquisition would cause a significant loss of our investment and might have a material adverse effect on our revenues and ability to grow our drill string tool business.

Our level of other indebtedness, including the loans on our facilities and equipment, and the financial covenants contained in the loan documents, could reduce our financial flexibility.

Our level of indebtedness could affect our operations in several ways, including the following:

a significant portion of our cash flows could be used to service our indebtedness, increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
the covenants contained in the agreements governing our indebtedness will limit our ability to borrow additional funds, dispose of assets, pay dividends and make certain investments;
a high level of debt may place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our indebtedness would prevent us from pursuing;
our debt covenants may also affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in the economy and in our industry; and
a high level of debt may impair our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate expenses or other purposes.

A high level of indebtedness would increase the risk that we may default on our debt obligations. Our ability to meet our debt obligations and to reduce our level of indebtedness will depend on our future performance.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future. Significant annual and quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations may be caused by, among other factors:

Timing of our announcements for the distribution of new products and any such announcements by our competitors.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Acceptance of the products we manufacture and sell in the oil and gas equipment and services marketplace.
General economic conditions.

There can be no assurance that the level of revenues and profits, if any, achieved by us in any particular fiscal period will not be significantly lower than in other, including comparable, fiscal periods. We believe quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied on as indicators of future performance. Our operating expenses are relatively fixed in the short term and are based on management’s expectations of future revenues.

If our revenues do not increase along with these expenses, our business could be negatively affected and net profits, if any, in a given quarter may be smaller than expected. This could result in a material adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

We may be exposed to unforeseen risks in our product manufacturing and processes, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

We operate our business from a single manufacturing facility. A natural disaster or extended utility failure at our facility could significantly impact our production ability. In addition, the equipment and management systems necessary for our operations are subject to wear and tear, break down and obsolescence, which could cause them to perform poorly or fail, resulting in fluctuations in manufacturing efficiencies and production costs. Significant manufacturing fluctuations may affect our ability to deliver products to our customers on a timely basis and we may suffer financial penalties and a diminution of our commercial reputation and future product orders. Additionally, some of our business may be conducted under fixed price contracts. Fluctuations in our manufacturing process, or inaccurate estimates and assumptions used in pricing our contracts, even if due to factors out of our control, may result in cost overruns which we may be required to absorb. Any shut down of our manufacturing facility, reductions in our manufacturing process or efficiency, or cost overruns could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business relies heavily on the continued services and presence of our founders, executive officers and key personnel, the loss of whom could significantly disrupt our business, if we are unable to attract and retain qualified replacement personnel.

Our success is dependent to a significant degree upon the business expertise and continued contributions of our founders and senior management team. In particular, we are dependent upon the efforts and services of our founders, Mr. Troy Meier, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Ms. Annette Meier, our President, because of their knowledge, experience, skills, and relationships with major clients and other members of our management team. The loss of their services for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our operations. In addition, the loss of the services of our Chief Financial Officer, or one or more of our other executive officers or key employees could harm our business. Because we are a small and rapidly growing company, we believe the loss of key personnel would be more disruptive to us than it would be to a large, multinational manufacturer. Many of our key employees could, with little or no prior notice, voluntarily terminate their employment with us at any time.

We do not maintain key person life insurance on the life of any of our executives or key employees that benefit us. The loss of the services of any of our senior officers or key employees, or an inability to attract and retain similarly qualified persons, may adversely affect our business and prospects. In addition, as we grow, it may become necessary to identify, hire and integrate additional or new management members. Even if we are able to attract and hire new management members, integration into our business will inevitably cause disruption to our business and occur over an extended period of time. During that time, the lack of sufficient or effective senior management personnel could cause our results of operations to suffer.

We may be unable to employ a sufficient number of skilled and qualified workers to sustain or expand our current operations.

Both of our remanufacturing and new manufacturing lines of business require personnel with specialized skills and experience. Our ability to be productive and profitable will depend upon our ability to attract, employ and retain skilled workers. In addition, our ability to expand our operations depends in part on our ability to

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increase the size of our skilled labor force. The demand for skilled workers is high, the supply is limited, and the cost to attract and retain qualified personnel has increased over the past few years. Any significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers could result in a reduction of our skilled labor force, increases in the wage rates that we must pay, or both. If any of these events were to occur, our capacity could be diminished, our ability to respond quickly to customer demands or strong market conditions may be inhibited and our growth potential impaired, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are not able to manage our growth strategy successfully, our business, and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy presents numerous managerial, administrative, operational, and other challenges. Our ability to manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and our other internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate, and retain both our management and professional employees. The inability of our management to manage our growth effectively or the inability of our employees to achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We intend and expect to continue to make acquisitions that could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our business and operating results.

In addition to acquiring Hard Rock with the proceeds of this offering, our growth strategy includes acquiring other companies that complement our service offerings or broaden our technical capabilities and geographic presence. Acquisitions involve certain known and unknown risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts. Difficulties with an acquisition strategy include:

our ability to identify suitable acquisition candidates or acquire additional companies on acceptable terms;
competition with others to acquire companies, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price for, suitable acquisition candidates;
our ability to obtain the necessary financing on favorable terms, or at all, to finance any of our potential acquisitions;
failure to consummate an acquisition after we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and
failure of acquired companies to perform as expected or realize anticipated revenue and profits.

Further, acquisitions may also cause us to:

issue securities that would dilute our current shareholders’ ownership percentage;
use a substantial portion of our cash resources;
increase our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements if we incur additional debt to pay for an acquisition;
assume liabilities, including environmental liabilities, even if we have indemnification from the former owners, due to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness of the former owners;
record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to potential impairment charges;
experience earnings volatility due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition liability estimates;
incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;
lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;
incur large and immediate write-offs; and/or

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

become subject to litigation.

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing businesses, risking the dissatisfaction or loss of key clients or key employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility as a successor-in-interest for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets.

Our inability to integrate acquisitions successfully could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of the acquisitions, which could weaken our results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully integrate Hard Rock or other future acquisitions, we could be impeded from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could weaken our business operations. The integration process may disrupt our business and, if implemented ineffectively, may preclude realization of the full benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of the combining companies may result in unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, and competitive responses, and may cause our stock price to decline. The difficulties of integrating an acquisition include, among others:

unanticipated issues in integration of information, communications, and other systems;
unanticipated incompatibility of logistics, marketing, and administration methods;
maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;
integrating the business cultures of both companies;
preserving important strategic client relationships;
coordinating geographically separate organizations; and
consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures and eliminating duplicative operations.

Finally, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of the acquisition, including the synergies, cost savings, or growth opportunities that we expect. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.

If we are unable to raise additional capital, if required in the future, our business could be negatively affected, and/or we could be prevented from achieving our growth objectives.

Our capital needs after this offering will depend on many factors, including our clients demands for our services, the amount of revenue generated from operations, and any future bank borrowings or equipment capital leases, none of which can be predicted with certainty. As a result of these factors, we are unable to predict accurately the amount or timing of its future capital needs, if any. If the net proceeds from this offering, and the cash flow from our operations, are not sufficient to meet our currently budgeted working capital requirements for at least the next 12 months, we may be required to raise capital through public or private financing or other arrangements. That financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and our failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. Additional equity financing may dilute the interests of our shareholders, and debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants and could reduce our profitability. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to grow our business or respond to competitive pressures. The inability to obtain additional capital if and when needed could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

To compete in our new drill string tool manufacturing industry, we must continue to develop new technologies, methodologies, and products, on a timely and cost-effective basis.

The drilling industry is driven primarily by cost minimization, and our strategy is aimed at reducing drilling costs through the application of new drill bit assembly and drill string tool technologies. Our continued success will depend on our ability to meet our customers’ changing needs, on a timely and cost-effective basis, by successfully

enhancing our current products and processes,
developing, producing and marketing new products and processes, and

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

responding to evolving industry standards and other technological changes.

If we are not able to do so, our ability to service our customers’ demand may be adversely affected. However, we may not succeed in developing new products or enhancing our existing products on a timely basis, and such new products or enhancements may not achieve market acceptance. Furthermore, from time to time others may announce new products, enhancements or technologies that have the potential to replace or render our existing products obsolete. We may encounter resource constraints, technical barriers, or other difficulties that would delay introduction of new services and related products in the future. Our competitors may introduce new products or obtain patents before we do and achieve a competitive advantage. Additionally, the time and expense invested in product development may not result in commercial applications. Any failure by us to anticipate correspond adequately to changes in technology and customer preferences, the introduction of new products or enhancements by others, or any significant delays in the development or introduction of new products by us could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Additionally, we must continue to further develop and expand our bit remanufacturing services to meet our exclusive customer’s needs for bit remanufacturing. Failure to meet our customer’s demand for services may adversely affect our business. We may encounter resource constraints, competition, or other difficulties that may delay our ability to expand our bit remanufacturing services to the level desired or required by our customer.

An interruption in the availability or change in the cost of raw materials or other supplies could negatively affect our business.

We rely on the availability of volume and quality of synthetic diamond cutters for both our remanufactured drill bit business and for our new drill string tool manufacturing business. In addition, we must have a reliable source of steel available for our new manufacturing business which is both of sufficient quality, and available at a cost-effective price. We do not have fixed price contracts or arrangements for all of the raw materials and other supplies that we purchase. Baker Hughes provides the diamond cutters for our remanufacturing business. However, sourcing cost-effective supplies of quality steel in the relatively low volumes that our new tool manufacturing requires can be challenging. However, shortages of, and price increases for, steel and other raw materials and supplies that we use in our business may occur. Future shortages or price fluctuations in synthetic diamond cutters or steel could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct either our remanufacturing business or our new drill tools in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Materials and minerals used in our manufacturing process may become subject to laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

The diamonds comprising the diamond cutting discs used in our operations are synthetic and manufactured in the United States, South Africa and China. Neither those diamond cutters nor any other minerals used in our operations are currently identified in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) as “conflict minerals”. However, we cannot predict or control if the United States Secretary of State will or will not identify one of the minerals used in our manufacturing process as a conflict mineral. Should the materials used in our manufacturing process be designated as a conflict mineral, we will be required to file Form SD with the Securities Exchange Commission. Added requirements of compliance with Dodd-Frank may in turn adversely affect our results of operations.

Our success at establishing and maintaining a competitive edge for our products requires us to secure and maintain our current and pending patents, as well as protect and enforce our trade secrets and other intellectual property rights.

We regard significant elements of our technology as proprietary and rely on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, confidentiality procedures and other intellectual property protection to protect our proprietary technology.

We currently hold a number of U.S. patents, some applications pending, and related international patent applications pending. There is no assurance that our competitors will not design competing products using the

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

same or similar technology after these patents have expired. It may also be possible for a third party to design around our patents, or use different technology.

Patent rights give the owner of a patent the right to exclude third parties from making, using, selling, and offering for sale the inventions claimed in the patents in the applicable country. However, patent rights do not necessarily grant the patent owner the right to practice the invention claimed in a patent, but merely the right to exclude others from practicing the patented invention. In addition, patent rights have strict territorial limits, and we do not have patents in every jurisdiction in which we conduct business or in which our products are used. Thus, there is no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that our existing patents or any future patents will give we any competitive advantages for its products or technology, or that, if challenged, our patents will be held valid and enforceable.

Our rights in our confidential information, trade secrets, and confidential know-how will not prevent third parties from independently developing similar information. Publicly available information ( e.g. information in expired issued patents, published patent applications, and scientific literature) can also be used by third parties to develop technology independently. We cannot provide assurance that this independently developed technology will not be equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology. Further, our intellectual property rights may not have the value that management believes them to have and such value may change over time as we and others develop new product designs and improvements.

Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regards as proprietary, and existing intellectual property laws give only limited protection with respect to such actions. Policing violations of such laws is difficult. The laws of certain countries in which our products are or may be distributed do not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

We may be required to enter into other costly litigation to enforce its intellectual property rights or to defend infringement claims by others. We may not prevail in any such legal proceedings related to such claims, and our products and services may be found to infringe, impair, misappropriate, dilute or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others. Any legal proceeding concerning intellectual property could be protracted and costly and is inherently unpredictable and could have a material adverse effect on our business, regardless of its outcome. Losing an infringement claim could require us to license the intellectual property rights of third parties. There is no assurance that such licenses would be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.

Our safety program is a fundamental element of our overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings with our clients. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that are fundamentally unacceptable, and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are monitored by various agencies and rating bureaus, and may be evaluated by certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. If we fail to meet these requirements or do not properly implement and comply with our safety program, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, or financial condition.

Our operations are subject to environmental and operational safety laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

Federal, state and local environmental and health and safety laws apply to our facilities. These laws and regulations govern matters such as:

solid waste disposal,
the generation, storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials,
air pollutant emissions,

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

permits to operate, and
employee health and safety issues.

Environmental Laws .  Proper waste disposal and environmental regulation are major considerations for us because certain metals, minerals, and chemicals used in our manufacturing processes are classified as hazardous substances. Our operations are therefore subject to numerous stringent and complex federal, state and local laws, regulations and ordinances concerning solid waste disposal, hazardous materials storage, use and disposal, air emissions, waste water disposal, employee health and other environmental protection matters (together, “ Environmental Laws ”). These laws and regulations may, among other things, regulate the management and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes; require acquisition of environmental permits related to our operations; restrict the types, quantities, and concentrations of various materials that can be released into the environment; limit or prohibit operational activities in certain ecologically sensitive and other protected areas; regulate specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection; require compliance with operational and equipment standards; impose testing, reporting and record-keeping requirements; and require remedial measures to mitigate pollution from former and ongoing operations. Because the Company is a generator of hazardous materials, it is subject to financial exposure even if it fully complies with these laws.

Even an inadvertent failure to comply with the Environmental Laws could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, fines and civil or criminal sanctions, or third-party claims for property damage or personal injury. In addition, certain Environmental Laws impose joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment.

As a generator of hazardous materials, we are subject to financial exposure even if it fully complies with current Environmental laws. Environmental laws could become more stringent over time. The trend in environmental regulation has been to impose increasingly stringent restrictions and limitations on activities that may impact the environment. This could result in higher costs to comply with new laws, and increased risks and penalties for noncompliance. The implementation of new laws and regulations could result in materially increased costs, stricter standards and enforcement, larger fines and liability and increased capital expenditures and operating costs, for both us and our customers.

It is possible that environmental issues may arise in the future that we are not now aware of and cannot predict at this time. There is no assurance that any present or future noncompliance with Environmental Laws will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. See “Business Environmental Matters.”

Employee Health and Safety.   We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including OSHA and comparable state statutes, establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

Our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to human health and environmental protection that may result in increased costs to the Company.

The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“ RCRA ”) and comparable state statutes, regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the auspices of the EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. We are required to manage the transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in compliance with RCRA.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additionally, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“ CERCLA ”), also known as the Superfund law, imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred, and anyone who disposed or arranged for the disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. We currently own, lease, or operate numerous properties that have been used for manufacturing and other operations for many years. We also contract with waste removal services and landfills. These properties and the substances disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove previously disposed substances and wastes, remediate contaminated property, or perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment.

Our operations are subject to stringent regulations as it relates to “water discharges” that may result in increased costs for our operations.

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the “ Clean Water Act ”) and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. A responsible party includes the owner or operator of a facility from which a discharge occurs. The Clean Water Act and analogous state laws provide for administrative, civil and criminal penalties for unauthorized discharges and, together with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, impose rigorous requirements for spill prevention and response planning, as well as substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages in connection with any unauthorized discharges. If the water recapture systems at our Vernal facility were to fail, we might incur liability for unauthorized discharges.

Our Company is subject to several state and federal laws and regulations as it relates to employee health and safety, failure of the Company to be in compliance may result in significant fines and penalties.

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including OSHA and comparable state statutes, establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

Our product liability insurance may not be sufficient to cover the damages awarded in a successful product liability claim. Uninsured or underinsured claims or litigation or an increase in our insurance premiums could adversely impact our results.

We are subject to the risk of product liability claims and lawsuits for harm caused by our products. Most of our products are used in hazardous drilling and production applications in which an accident or a failure of a product can cause personal injury, loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment or suspension of operations. Any defects could give rise to liability for damages, including consequential damages, and could impair the market’s acceptance of our products.

There is no assurance that our insurance will be sufficient to cover any claims that may arise. An unexpected judgment could be rendered against us in cases in which we could be uninsured or underinsured and beyond the amounts we currently have reserved or anticipate incurring. The liability for payment of damages in a successful product liability claim in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance coverage at rates we believe are reasonable. Significant increases in the cost of insurance and more restrictive coverage could also have an adverse impact on our results of operations.

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unavailability or cancellation of third-party insurance coverage would increase our overall risk exposure as well as disrupt the management of our business operations.

If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly cancel our coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure and our operational expenses would increase and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, there can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage period or that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits.

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.

We rely on “CHUCK”, our proprietary production management technology, and on other information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of our information systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger systems and other systems. Threats to our information technology systems associated with cyber-security risks and cyber incidents or attacks continue to grow. It is also possible that breaches to our systems could go unnoticed for some period of time. Risks associated with these threats include, among other things, loss of intellectual property, impairment of our ability to conduct our operations, disruption of our customers’ operations, loss or damage to our customer data delivery systems, and increased costs to prevent, respond to or mitigate cyber-security events. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

As a smaller reporting company, we are subject to scaled disclosure requirements that may make it more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

Currently, we are a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that our outstanding common stock held by non-affiliates had a value of less than $75 million at the time of filing of our registration statement. As a “smaller reporting company,” we are able to provide simplified executive compensation disclosures in our filings; are exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requiring that independent registered public accounting firms provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting; and have certain other decreased disclosure obligations in our SEC filings, including, being required to provide only two years of audited financial statements in annual reports. Consequently, it may be more challenging for investors to analyze our results of operations and financial prospects.

We are an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the completion of this offering. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (a) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (b) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue exceed $1.0 billion, (c) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities or (d) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. However, we have elected to adopt new or revised accounting standards at such times as applicable to other non-emerging grown public companies.

Furthermore, a material weakness in internal controls may remain undetected for a longer period because of our extended exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404(b) of Sarbanes-Oxley.

Future forecast of earnings are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from such forecasts.

Earnings forecasts are inherently uncertain and subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from that which is forecasted. Because of our purchase of Hard Rock, we may face greater difficulties in accurately projecting future consolidated earnings. Any earnings forecasts will be prepared by management and will not be verified by an opinion or report from any independent registered public accountants. We cannot assure you that we will be able to forecast earnings accurately, if at all, or that we will be able to achieve such forecasts.

The Meiers own a controlling interest of our stock and thus will have substantial control over our management and affairs, and over certain actions requiring a shareholder vote.

Immediately following this offering, Troy and Annette Meier will own, beneficially through their affiliated entities, approximately 61% of the combined voting power of our stock (or 58% if the underwriter exercise their option to purchase additional Shares in full). In addition, both Mr. Meier and Ms. Meier will serve on our Board of Directors. Consequently, the Meiers will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our management and affairs and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions such as mergers or other sales of our company or assets, and their interests could differ from ours and those of our other stockholders. In addition, the concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

An active market for our common stock may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of the Shares.

Liquid and active trading markets usually result in less price volatility and more efficiency in carrying out investors’ purchase and sale orders. However, before this offering, our common stock was not traded on any market. An active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. As a result, you may be unable to sell your Shares unless an active market for our common stock can be established or sustained.

Our initial application to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT market may not be approved and even if it is approved, there is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain our listing on NYSE MKT market.

Our common stock is not currently traded on any public market, but we have applied to have our common stock listed on the NYSE MKT market. There is no guarantee that NYSE MKT will approve our initial listing application or that we will be able to remedy any problems identified by NYSE MKT that would prevent our listing. Additionally, even if we are listed on the NYSE MKT, we will be required to comply with certain quantitative and qualitative continued listing requirements, including a minimum bid price and corporate governance requirements. If we fail to meet these continued listing requirements, we may receive notification from NYSE MKT of such failure, which must be publicly filed, and we could eventually be delisted from the NYSE MKT.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The initial public offering price of our common stock may be higher than the market price of our common stock after this offering, which may be volatile.

The initial public offering price has been negotiated between us and representatives of the underwriter, based on numerous factors which we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus, and may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. The subsequent market price of our common stock may vary significantly due to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. The following factors could affect our common stock price:

Our operating and financial performance;
quarterly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as net income per share, net income, Adjusted EBITDA and revenues;
changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of reports by equity research analysts;
one or more potential business transactions;
speculation in the press or investment community;
sales of our common stock by us or other shareholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;
general market conditions, including fluctuations in market conditions for our drilling products; and
U.S. and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance.

In addition, the trading markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. If the market price of our common stock drops, you could lose a substantial part or all of your investment in our common stock. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in the offering.

Purchasers of common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price.

Assuming an initial public offering price of $     per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013, after giving effect to this offering, would be $     per share. As a result, you will experience an immediate and substantial price dilution equal to $     in the net tangible book value per share of common stock from the initial public offering price. See “Dilution” for a complete description of the calculation of net tangible book value.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could lower our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity may reduce your ownership percentage in us.

Our Articles of Incorporation allow us to issue significant numbers of additional shares, including shares that may be issued under our employee and director incentive plans. After this offering, we may file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 providing for the registration of shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under employee and director stock incentive plans. After the expiration of lock-up agreements with the Underwriter, and subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions, shares registered under the Form S-8 registration statement would be immediately available for resale in the public market.

In addition, after completion of this offering and assuming full subscription of the offering and over-allotment, we will have approximately      shares of our common stock which we may sell in subsequent public or private offerings. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with a future acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, could dilute your percentage of ownership in our common stock, and may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future sale”.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our declaration of dividends is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and there can be no assurance that we will pay dividends.

Our dividend policy is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and investment opportunities. We can provide no assurance that we will pay dividends on our common stock. No dividends on our common stock will accrue in arrears. In addition, under Utah law no distribution may be made if, after giving it effect: (a) we would be unable to pay our debts as they come due, or (b) our total assets would be less than our total liabilities. We can provide no assurance that those restrictions will not prevent us from paying a dividend in future periods. See “Description of Capital Stock — Dividends.”

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our common stock.

Our articles of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our shareholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the common stock.

The existence of some provisions in our organizational documents could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if that change would be beneficial to our shareholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make acquiring control of our company difficult, including:

provisions regulating the ability of our shareholders to nominate directors for election or to bring matters for action at annual meetings of our shareholders;
limitations on the ability of our shareholders to call a special meeting and act by written consent; and
the authorization given to our board of directors to issue and set the terms of preferred stock.

We have a significant number of shares of currently restricted and locked-up stock outstanding which, if registered or otherwise eligible for resale in the future could have a depressive effect on the price of our publicly traded shares.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have up to approximately      shares outstanding (subject to certain other assumptions). Of these shares, approximately      shares will be restricted from resale, of which      shares may be transferable under Rule 144 of the Securities Act upon expiration of the underwriter’s180-day lock-up period after closing of this offering. We also have reserved another      shares for issuance under outstanding warrants and stock options. Significant sales of our shares in the future under another registration statement, pursuant to Rule 144, or otherwise, or the prospect of such sales, may depress the price of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

By opting out Utah’s Control Shares Acquisition Act, we may be a more susceptible target for a hostile takeover than if we had not opted out of the protections of that act.

In our Articles of Incorporation we have elected to not be subject to Utah’s Control Shares Acquisitions Act (Utah Code Ann. 61-6-1 et seq.) (“Control Shares Act”). The Control Shares Act provides stringent rules governing takeovers of Utah public corporations. While Utah public corporations that have not opted out of the Control Share Act will be more difficult to acquire, they may achieve lower valuations than those corporations that opt out of the act’s provisions. Our decision to not be subject to the Control Shares Act may make it easier for a potential hostile takeover to occur than if we had not opted out of the coverage of that act.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $      million from sale of our common stock in this offering, (a) assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and (b) after deducting estimated expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $      million.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $      per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the aggregate amount of the net proceeds to us by approximately $      million, based on those same estimated expenses. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to that increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

We initially intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

Ø Hard Rock Acquisition down payment:   To pay the $12.5 million due at closing of the Hard Rock acquisition immediately after closing of this offering.
Ø Tronco Loan Guarantees and Related Loan Payoffs:
To acquire from the lender the approximately $6.9 million promissory note, and approximately $1.3 million deferred interest obligation, owed by Tronco Energy Corporation, a Meier-related entity (together, the “Tronco Loan”). The deferred interest obligation does not bear interest and is due in full at payoff of the note. See “MD&A – Tronco Loan”.
To repay the approximately $700,000 owed under a commercial line of credit made to SDP in order to make required annual payments on the Tronco loan. This loan bears interest at 7%, and has a maturity of November 2014. See “MD&A – Off Balance Sheet and Contingencies”
To repay the approximately $2 million owed under three loans made to the Meiers personally to make required annual payments on the Tronco Loan. These loans bear interest at 3.25% to 7.88%, and have a maturity dates of 2036 – 2037. See “MD&A – Off Balance Sheet and Contingencies”
Ø To create a public market for our securities and increase our visibility in the marketplace. A public market for our securities will facilitate future access to public equity markets and enhance our ability to use our securities as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.
Ø To use the balance of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions, working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. As of the date of this prospectus, however, we cannot specify all of the particular uses for the working capital portion of the proceeds from this offering and will have broad discretion to direct their use.

The following chart summarizes our anticipated use proceeds at this time:

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
OFFERING TOTAL   $  
Hard Rock acquisition down payment   $ 12,500,000  
Offering costs (estimated)   $ 3,000,000  
Tronco loan repayment and deferred interest payment (estimated)   $ 8,261,600  
Commercial line of credit repayment (estimated)   $ 695,800  
Repayment of Meier personal loan (estimated)   $ 2,000,000  
Working capital and corporate purposes for 12-months including:
 
Sales and marketing activities and costs (estimated)   $ 1,300,000  
Capital expenditures including lease buy-outs and new machinery (estimated)   $ 1,500,000  
Additional costs related to being a public company (estimated)   $ 2,500,000  
Other working capital and corporate purposes to be determined         

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF THE OFFERING PRICE

The price of the Shares we are offering was determined by our board through ‘arm’s length’ negotiations with the underwriter in order for us to raise up to a total of $     in this offering. Among the factors considered were:

our anticipated financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2014;
HRSI’s anticipated financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2014;
the accretive impact of the proceeds to be raised by this offering;
the status and development for our products and services;
the general conclusion of the securities markets at the time of this offering;
the amount of capital to be contributed by purchasers in this offering in proportion to the amount of stock to be retained by our existing stockholders; and,
our relative cash requirements as specified in our Use of Proceeds.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of shares of common stock. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and we cannot assure you that the shares of common stock can be resold at or above the offering price.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock following our initial public offering. The payment of any dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. As a result, you will probably need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell those shares at or above the price you paid for them.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, total debt, and capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

on an actual basis; and
on a pro forma basis to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of 6,700,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per share the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses; and
on an as adjusted basis to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of       shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

     
  As of December 31, 2013
     Actual   Pro Forma   As Adjusted
     (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 11     $ 13,917     $         
Total debt   $ 19,781     $ 24,593     $  
Stockholders’ equity:
                          
   Undesignated preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted   $     $     $  
   Common stock: $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized,        shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized,        shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted   $     $ 19     $         
Additional paid-in capital   $ 257     $ 31,507     $  
Retained earnings   $     $     $         
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 257     $ 31,526     $         
Total capitalization   $ 20,038     $ 56,119     $         

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION OF THE PRICE YOU PAY FOR YOUR SHARES

Dilution represents the difference between the offering price and our net tangible book value per share immediately after completion of this offering. Dilution arises mainly as a result of (a) our determination of the offering price of the shares being offered, (b) the potential for issuance of additional Shares upon conversion of the Bridge Loan and exercise of the Bridge Lender’s warrants, and (c) the lower book value of the Shares held by our existing stockholders.

Our “net tangible book value per share” is determined by subtracting our total liabilities from our total tangible assets, and then dividing the result by the number of our outstanding Shares. As of September 30, 2013, our net tangible book value was $    , or $     per share, based upon       shares outstanding.

If we close this offering at per share price of $     (the midpoint of the price range stated on the cover page of this prospectus) for      shares, we will receive $    , less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. See “    ”. The following table illustrates the per share dilution if we had received those net offering proceeds on December 31, 2013:

 
Actual as of December 31, 2013:
        
Net tangible book value   $  
Number of outstanding shares
        
Net tangible book value per share – existing shareholders   $  
Adjusted as if offering had closed on December 31, 2013:
        
Adjusted net tangible book value (offering proceeds assumed at $     price/share)   $  
Number of shares outstanding post-offering
        
Adjusted net tangible book value per share as if offering proceeds received   $  
Accretion/Dilution Analysis
        
Potential gain per share for existing shareholders   $  
Potential dilution to new investors (assumed $     offering price/share)     ($   )  

* Based on our financial statement as of the periods December 31, 2013, as appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

If the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of Shares held by our existing shareholders after this offering would be     , or     %, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to     , or     %, based upon      shares outstanding after this offering. In that case, our as-adjusted net tangible book value would have been $    , or $     per share, and the dilution per share to new investors would have be $     if the offering had closed as of December 31, 2013.

A $     increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $    , and increase or decrease, as applicable, the dilution per share to new investors by $    , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discount and commission and offering expenses.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2013, on the as-adjusted basis described above, the differences between our existing shareholders and new investors with respect to the total number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ .00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus:

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
Price
Per Share
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
Existing stockholders              %     $       %     $  
New investors                                               
Total              100 %     $            100 %     $       

A $     increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $     per share of our common stock would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration paid by all shareholders, and average price per share paid by all shareholders by $    , $    , and $    , respectively, assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that we sell in the offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds in proportion to such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discount and commission.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Investors should read the following information together with “Prospectus Summary — Summary Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Combined and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” and the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, which involve risks and uncertainties, including those described under the captions “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

The financial information contained in the following discussion is based on our audited financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Overview

We group our capabilities and operations into four lines of business:

Ø Superior Drilling Products, LLC, our PDC drill bit remanufacturing service exclusively for Baker Hughes,
Ø Our Drill N Ream tool division of SDP that will be merged with Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, and serve as our drilling tool marketing and distribution arm after our pending acquisition of Hard Rock Solutions, LLC upon closing of this offering,
Ø Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, our emerging technologies business that manufactures the Drill N Ream tool, our new drill bits, custom drill tool products to customer specifications, and our innovative pending drill string enhancement tools, and
Ø Extreme Technologies, LLC, our new product development business that conducts our research and development, and designs our new drill bits for Baker Hughes, and our horizontal drill string enhancement tools, other downhole drilling technologies, and drilling tool manufacturing technologies.

MPS and ML are asset holding companies for our real property, including Ropers Business Park, our Vernal facility, and equipment, respectively.

We were incorporated as a Utah corporation in December 2013, and in connection with completion of this offering, will complete a reorganization in which we acquire all of the outstanding limited liability company membership interests of SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML, and after its acquisition, Hard Rock. As a result, we will be the holding company under which all six of those subsidiaries will conduct ongoing operations. In connection with the reorganization we will change our name to Superior Drilling Products, Inc.

Key Trends, Developments and Challenges

Advent of Horizontal Drilling.   We started SDF and ET in order to take advantage of the oil and gas industry’s significant shift to horizontal drilling and its resulting substantial need for new horizontal drill string tools and technology. See “Industry”.

Shift in Product Mix.   Due to the industry shifting to horizontal drilling, we believe that further development of other drill bit and drill string components, such as our Drill N Ream tool, will become increasingly important to our business as we continue to grow through both organic expansion and strategic acquisitions.

Customer Diversification. By adding development and manufacturing of new drill bits and drill string tools, that do not conflict with our Baker Hughes remanufacturing contract, our new manufacturing line of business allowed us to add HRSI as a second significant customer, and to conduct custom projects for other oil and gas field service companies. With our acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion of this offering, HRSI’s Drill N Ream rental customers will become our direct customers, adding additional diversification to our customer base and sources of revenues.

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Vendor Agreements also include a non-competition provision that precludes us from performing remanufacturing or other services relating to PDC drill bits used in the oil, gas, water and geothermal drilling industries, except to the extent that we were already conducting a line of business before the customer entered into that line of business. The Vendor Agreement also assigns to the customer all rights in any intellectual property which we develop and which relates to the remanufacturing services of PDC bits provided to the customer.

Opportunities to Expand our Business with Baker Hughes.   In recent oral communications, Baker Hughes has requested that we help fill their additional demand for drill bits by increasing our manufacturing services by 25% – 30%. In addition, they have communicated interest in our possibly managing some of their in-house remanufacturing facilities. This expansion of our relationship with Baker Hughes would diversify our products, as well as our customer base outside of the Rocky Mountain, California and Alaska regions.

Components of Income and Expense

Operating Revenues.   Currently, we have three primary sources of revenue: (a) remanufacturing drill bits for Baker Hughes, (b) Drill N Ream unit manufacturing and reamer royalty revenues from HRSI, and (c) new manufacturing. Baker Hughes accounted for 73% and 66%, and HRSI accounted for 23% and 31% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Ø Remanufactured Drill Bits.    Since 1996, we have provided Baker Hughes with PDC drill bit remanufacturing services, and are currently operating under a recently renewed four-year Vendor Agreement. We recognize revenue for our PDC drill bit remanufacturing services for Baker Hughes at the time that the services are rendered and when collectability is reasonably assured, typically upon shipment of the remanufactured drill bit. Baker Hughes pays the shipping and handling costs for remanufactured units directly at the time of shipment.
Ø New Manufacturing.   Our manufactured products are produced in a standard manufacturing operation, even if produced to our customer’s specifications.
º New Drill Bits.   We also design and manufacture new PDC drill bits for Baker Hughes on an ongoing purchase order basis. Baker Hughes pays an approximate prevailing market rate for these new bits. By contract, we can only manufacture oil or gas drill bits for Baker Hughes, but we are not contractually prohibited from manufacturing drill bits for the mining industry.
º Drill N Ream Units .  HRSI orders Drill N Ream units from us upon receiving a customer request, and we sell the ordered Drill N Ream units to them at prevailing market prices. In addition, HRSI pays us royalties equal to 25% of their tool rental revenue, less certain HRSI operating expenses. Upon our acquisition of Hard Rock, this arrangement will cease. Instead, while we will incur the entire cost of manufacturing the Drill N Ream units, we will also own those Drill N Ream units, and collect 100% of the total rental income paid by customers under existing and future Drill N Ream rental services.
º Other Machined Tools .  We also design and/or manufacture other new tools and component parts for other oil and gas industry participants from time to time. We recognize revenue for manufacture of other machined tools and parts upon their shipment to the customer. Shipping and handling costs related to product sales are recorded gross as a component of both the sales price and cost of the product sold.

See also “— Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Revenue Recognition.”

Direct Costs.   We expense direct costs of production when incurred. No inventory is recorded as any amount would be immaterial. Excluded from production costs of both lines of business are facilities costs, depreciation and amortization. Those excluded costs instead are included in operating expenses.

Remanufactured Drill Bits .  Direct costs for our remanufactured drill bit business consist primarily of labor and materials used in the remanufacturing process. The single largest expense related to remanufacturing a drill bit is the new PDC cutters, however, those are purchased and provided to us by Baker Hughes, so we do not incur any cost for them.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

New Machined Tools .  Direct costs for our machined tool products consist primarily of steel and cutting tools. Direct costs also include production expenses, labor and other expenses incurred in connection with the new tool manufacturing projects.

Operating Expenses.   We expense operating costs when incurred. Operating expenses include the costs of the support staffs, management and administrative personnel costs, payroll taxes, and employee benefits for all of our employees and the portion of salaries and wages not allocated to direct costs of remanufactured drill bit and machined tool revenues for those employees who are directly engaged in the production process, as discussed above. Operating expenses also include facility costs, depreciation and amortization, professional services, legal and accounting fees and administrative operating costs.

Factors Affecting Comparability

We believe that the following selected factors can be expected to have a significant effect on the comparability of our recent or future results of operations:

Holdings Reorganization.   In connection with the closing of this offering, we will complete a reorganization transaction in which we will acquire all of the limited liability company membership interests of SDP, SDF, ET, MPS and ML and, as a result, became the holding company under which those subsidiaries will conduct operations. Each of the Subsidiaries is considered to be a historical accounting predecessor for financial statement reporting purposes.

Hard Rock Acquisition.   In January 2014, we entered into a membership interest purchase agreement with HRSI (“ MIPA ”), under which we will purchase 100% of the limited liability company membership interest of its subsidiary, Hard Rock. Closing of the Hard Rock acquisition is scheduled to occur promptly after completion of this offering. HRSI began operations in 2001 and has been marketing and renting the Drill N Ream tool. The Hard Rock purchase price is $25 million, consisting of $12.5 million in cash at closing, and a seller-carried promissory note for $12.5 million (the “ Hard Rock Note ”). The Hard Rock Note will mature three years from the closing date, and accrue interest at the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate. Under the terms of the Hard Rock Note, we will pay two annual principal installments of $5 million plus interest and one final payment of $2.5 million plus interest, on each subsequent anniversary date of the Hard Rock Note date. The Hard Rock Note will be secured by all of the patents, patents pending, other patent rights, and trademarks to be owned by Hard Rock after our acquisition of Hard Rock under the MIPA. After that acquisition, Hard Rock will conduct operations as our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Public Company Expenses.   Upon consummation of our initial public offering, we will become a public company. We also intend to apply to list our securities on the NYSE MKT. As a result, we will need to comply with laws, regulations, and requirements that we did not need to comply with as a private company, including certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, and will need to comply with the requirements of NYSE MKT if our securities approved for listing. Compliance with the requirements of being a public company will require us to increase our operating expenses in order to pay our employees, legal counsel, and accountants to assist us in, among other things, external reporting, instituting, and monitoring a more comprehensive compliance and board governance function, establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws. In addition, being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance. We estimate that incremental annual public company costs will be between $0.5 million and $1 million.

Stock-Based Compensation.

Employee Stock Incentive Plan .  On March 31, 2014, our Board of Directors approved our 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“ Employee Plan ”) in connection with the completion of this offering. A total of two million Shares are authorized and reserved for issuance under the Employee Plan. The Company also anticipates that it will adopt a Director Equity Compensation Plan (“ Director Plan ”) after the closing of this offering, however, the terms of or number of shares to be reserved under that plan are currently unknown. Equity and equity-based compensation plans are intended to make available incentives that will assist us to attract, retain, and motivate employees, officers, consultants, and directors by allowing them to acquire an ownership interest

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in our business, and, as a result, encouraging them to contribute to our success. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and units, and other cash-based or stock-based awards. As a result, we expect to incur non-cash, stock-based compensation expenses in future periods. No equity awards have been granted to date under any plan.

Additional Compensation Expenses.   Upon completion of this offering, we intend to hire (a) additional financial and accounting personnel in connection with our change in status to a publicly traded company, and (b) additional sales and marketing professionals in connection with our acquisition of Hard Rock, in order to market the Drill N Ream tool and our other pending drill string tools. Accordingly, we expect compensation expenses, as reflected in operating expenses, will be higher in future periods.

Internal Controls and Procedures

Before completion of this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel to adequately execute our accounting processes, and other supervisory resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. We are in the process of implementing sufficient accounting and financial reporting systems, processes, controls and personnel in order to adequately support our development strategy and to comply with public reporting requirements.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules related to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are, therefore, not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require our management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We will not be required to make our first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to upgrade our systems, implement additional internal controls, reporting systems and procedures and hire additional accounting, finance and legal staff.

Further, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, unless it is determined that we are a non-accelerated filer, in which case our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control. When, and if, it is required to do so, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to remedy or avoid material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

JOBS Act.   On April 5, 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“ JOBS Act ”) was signed into law. Under the JOBS Act, we are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Act, and we may utilize certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. For example, we will not have to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our internal controls in future annual reports on Form 10-K as otherwise required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Also, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards when they are required to be adopted by issuers. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Other.   No other pronouncements materially affecting our financial statements were issued during 2012 or 2013 thereafter that have impacted, or are expected to impact, our financial statements and results of operations.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. During the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our combined financial statements are appropriate, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to our combined financial statements. Our estimates and assumptions are evaluated periodically and adjusted when necessary. The more significant estimates affecting amounts reported in our combined and consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to: determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, recoverability of long-lived assets, useful lives used in calculating depreciation and amortization, and accruals for guarantees.

We believe that the following critical accounting policies involve our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. For further information on all of our significant policies, see Note 1 to our combined and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition.

Remanufacturing  — Remanufacturing services are performed in our facilities for a customer under four-year Vendor Agreements dated October 28, 2013 and July 13, 2009. Under both contracts, revenue is determined based on a standard hourly rate to complete the work and is subject to adjustment every July and January. Rate adjustments are calculated by the customer based on their internal cost estimates for a similar type of services performed in-house at their facilities plus 10%. Revenue for remanufacturing services is recognized as the services are rendered and when collectability is reasonably assured, typically upon shipment to the customer. Shipping and handling costs related to remanufacturing services are paid directly by the customer at the time of shipment. During the 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, our rates were not increased pursuant to the vendor contracts.

Manufacturing  — Revenue from Drill N Ream rentals is earned and payable to us upon cash receipt of rental income by HRSI. All other manufactured products are sold at prevailing market rates. We recognize revenue for these products upon delivery, when title passes, when collectability is reasonably assured and when there are no further significant obligations for future performance. Typically this is at the time of customer acceptance. Shipping and handling costs related to product sales are recorded as a component of both the sales price and cost of the product sold.

Rental Income  — Revenue from rental of the third building on our Vernal campus to Baker Hughes, and our lease revenue from the Superior Auto Body property is recognized according to the terms of the related leases, typically at the beginning of the monthly rental period.

Concentration of Credit Risk.   Historically substantially all of our revenues were derived from our remanufacturing of PDC drill bits under our exclusive contract with Baker Hughes, plus, more recently, our manufacturing of the Drill N Ream units for HRSI. Together, Baker Hughes and HRSI accounted for 96% and 97% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. However, after our acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion this offering, our historical HRSI revenues and accounts receivable percentages will be spread out among Hard Rock’s customers. For the year ended December 31, 2013, five of HRSI’s Drill N Ream rental customers represented approximately 91% of HRSI’s Drill N Ream rental revenues for that period. We believe that the loss of Baker Hughes as a customer would have a significant adverse impact on our business and results of operations. However, we believe that our purchase of Hard Rock and continuing growth of our new manufacturing business will have a positive effect on diversifying our concentration of credit risk in the future.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accounts Receivable; Allowance for Doubtful Accounts .  Accounts receivable are generally due within 60 days of the invoice date. No interest is charged on past-due balances. We grant credit to our customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition. We periodically monitor the payment history and ongoing creditworthiness of our customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established at a level estimated by management to be adequate based upon various factors including historical experience, aging status of customer accounts, payment history and financial condition of our customers. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary due to our expectation that the Company will collect all amounts owed.

Goodwill and Related Intangible Assets.   Goodwill is the excess cost of an acquired entity over the amounts assigned to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. We will not be recognizing any goodwill as the result of the Reorganization. To determine the amount of goodwill resulting from our upcoming purchase of Hard Rock and other future acquisitions, we will perform an assessment, to determine the fair value of the acquired company’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. Goodwill will be allocated to the appropriate subsidiary at that time. Annually, and more often as necessary, we will perform an evaluation of our intangible assets and goodwill for indications of impairment. If indications exist, we will perform an assessment of the fair value of the intangible assets and the goodwill and if necessary, record an impairment charge.

Income Taxes.   From inception, (a) SDP, MPS and ML elected to be taxed under subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code (“ IRC ”) for federal income tax purposes and as flow-through entities for state income tax purposes, and (b) SDPCA, SDF, and ET have operated as disregarded single-member LLCs for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, the net income of the Subsidiaries was not subject to corporate level federal or state income taxes. The related tax attributes of the Subsidiaries were passed through to their respective pre-Reorganization owners, and income taxes were payable by those owners. Accordingly, no federal or state income tax provision has been included in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements. We do not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 or 2012. Our federal and state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 remain open to examination. For the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012, there were no income tax interest or penalty items recorded in the combined and consolidated statement of operations or as a liability on the combined and consolidated balance sheet.

Upon closing of the transaction, we will become a C-corporation for federal and state income tax reporting purposes. Accordingly, as of that date we become, and after our corporate reorganization continue to be, subject to federal and state income taxes, which may affect future operating results and cash flows. As of December 31, 2013, we estimated a net deferred tax liability of approximately $1.3 million will be established for differences between the book and tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Upon closing, the deferred tax liability will result in a corresponding expense recorded to net income from operations.

Tronco Guarantee.   In 2009, we determined it was probable that we would assume responsibility for the repayment of the principal portion of the Tronco Loan. Therefore we recorded an accrual for the estimated amount of the loss. Management has estimated the amount owed under our guarantee by reducing the principal balance of the loan by the estimated recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets. Tronco’s assets consist of producing properties and approximately 1,533 mineral acres in the Utica shale formation. The fair value of the producing properties was based on the present value of forecasted production while the undeveloped acreage was based on market lease rates. Changes in the estimated loss from the guarantee are included in loss on guarantee obligation in the combined statements of income.

The ultimate amount and timing of a distribution to the Company may vary from this estimate depending on the ultimate proceeds received upon sale of the oil and gas assets. The Company believes that the guaranty obligation is properly presented net of Tronco’s oil and gas assets since the Tronco Loan represents Tronco’s only secured obligations. All other obligations are unsecured.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The estimated probable loss from the guarantee is as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Principal amount outstanding   $ 8,261,638     $ 7,917,234  
Estimated recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets     (3,866,001 )       (3,179,702 )  
     $ 4,395,637     $ 4,737,532  

The above estimate of the recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets is highly dependent on the acreage valuations in the Utica shale of Ohio. Acreage valuations can change based the overall oil and gas industry and, specifically, producers' estimate of reservoir location in the area.

Results of Operations

The following table represents our condensed combined and consolidated statement of operations for the periods indicated:

       
  Year ended December 31,
(in thousands)   2013   2012
Gross revenues     11,923       100.0 %     $ 9,955       100.0 %  
Cost of goods sold     6,062       50.8 %       4,590       46.1 %  
Gross profit     5,861       49.2 %       5,365       53.9 %  
Operating expenses     2,169       18.2 %       1,261       12.7 %  
Income from continuing operations     3,692       31.0 %       4,104       41.2 %  
Other income     420       3.5 %       582       5.8 %  
Income tax (expense) benefit           0.0 %             0.0 %  
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     342       2.9 %       (207 )       (2.1 %)  
Interest expense     (786 )       (6.6 %)       (994 )       (10.0 %)  
Net income   $ 3,668       30.8 %     $ 3,485       35.0 %  

The following table represents our gross revenues, direct costs, and gross profits for our remanufacturing and manufacturing lines of business by line of business for the periods indicated:

               
  Remanufacturing business   Manufacturing business
(in thousands)   Year ended December 31, 2013   Year ended December 31, 2012   Year ended December 31, 2013   Year ended December 31, 2012
Gross revenues   $ 8,678       72.8 %     $ 6,741       67.7 %     $ 1,558       13.1 %     $ 933       9.4 %  
Cost of goods sold     2,852       23.9 %       2,157       21.7 %       2,003       16.8 %       1,530       15.4 %  
Gross profit   $ 5,826       48.9 %     $ 4,584       46.0 %     $ (445 )       (3.7 %)     $ (597 )       (6.0 %)  

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012

Revenues.   Our revenues increased approximately $2 million, or 19.8%, in FYE, 2013 as compared to FYE 2012, with increases in most of our revenue categories. Of this increase, our remanufacturing revenues increased $1.9 million, or 28.7% year over year, and constituted approximately 72.8% of our total 2013 revenues. Our new manufacturing revenues increase approximately $.6 million or 67%, year over year, and constituted approximately 13.1% of our total 2013 revenues. Our Drill N Ream rent royalties decreased approximately $.6 million, or 26.1%, and constituted approximately 14.1% of our total 2013 revenues. The significant decrease in our Drill N Ream rental royalties is due to price decrease as a result of increased competition in the reaming tool industry. The increase in our remanufacturing revenues in 2013 was primarily due to increased demand for our remanufacturing services by Baker Hughes as oil and gas field exploration activity jumped in our primary geographic markets in 2012. Before we formed SDF and ET in October 2011, our remanufacturing revenues made up 100% of our gross revenues. While currently continuing to grow, our revenues could be affected adversely by changes in economic conditions that affect the oil and gas exploration business. We are unaware of any upcoming delays in our customer’s current projects, and therefore are not anticipating such events to influence our revenues in the foreseeable future.

Costs of goods sold; Gross profits.   Gross profits decreased from 54% to 49%. This decrease was due to the Company expanding operations into a third building and adding personnel and related costs to better serve

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the customers. Our cost of goods sold increased approximately $1.5 million, or 32.1%, during FYE 2013 compared to FYE 2012. Of this increase, our remanufacturing direct costs increases 32.2% year over year, and constituted 47.0% of total cost of goods sold. Our new manufacturing cost of goods sold increased 30.9% year over year, and constituted 33.0% of total cost of goods sold. The increase in our cost of goods sold in 2013 is primarily due to increased demand for our remanufacturing services by Baker Hughes. However, as a percentage of revenues, cost of goods sold increased for FYE 2013. Cost of goods sold increased as a whole because a second shift was added to operations in order to expand capacity. This has allowed the Company to expand operations and given us the ability to provide more services to its customers. Depreciation is included as a direct cost and increased $.3 million or 33.7% year over year and constituted 20.0% of the direct costs

General and Administrative expenses.   Our operating expenses increased approximately $0.9 million, or 71.9%, for FYE 2013 compared to FYE 2012. However, as a percentage of revenues, operating costs increased to 18.2% for FYE 2013, from 12.7% for FYE 2012. Operating expenses include the costs of management and administrative personnel costs, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefits for all of our employees and the portion of salaries and wages not allocated to direct costs of contract revenues for those employees who provide our products. Operating expenses also include facility costs, professional products, legal and accounting fees, and administrative operating costs. We expense operating costs when incurred. The increase in our operating expenses in 2013 was primarily due to the growth in office and other operational expenses.

Other income.   Other income primarily consists of lease payments received from two real property leases: one from Baker Hughes for lease of the fourth building in our Vernal campus, and the other for lease of the SAB facilities. See “Business — Properties”. For FYE 2013, other income decreased $0.2 million, or 20.4%, as compared to FYE 2012, primarily due to the reduction of buildings rented to Baker Hughes. In 2013 they rented only one building instead of two.

Other expenses.   Other expenses consist primarily of interest expense and Change in Guaranteed Debt Obligation relating to the Tronco loan guaranty. See “— Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements”, below. Interest expense decreased $.2 million, or 20.9%, in FYE 2013 as compared to FYE 2012. This decrease was primarily due to paying off higher interest loans and by taking on new loans with lower stated interest rates. The Tronco guaranteed debt obligation decreased by a net $0.5 million, at FYE 2013 as compared to FYE 2012.

Income taxes.   During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the related tax attributes of our Subsidiaries were passed through to their respective pre-Reorganization owners, and income taxes were payable by those owners. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Income Taxes”, above.

Cash Flows

The following table reflects our current assets and liabilities, as of the dates indicated:

     
  December 31,
     2013   2012
Current Assets
                 
Cash   $ 11,256     $ 70,188  
Accounts receivable     2,978,666       1,154,494  
Prepaid expenses     182,530       184,131  
Other current assets     157,066       74,616  
Total     3,329,518       1,483,429  
Current Liabilities
                 
Accounts payable   $ 445,947     $ 231,393  
Accrued expenses     277,579       195,171  
Current portion of capital lease obligation (1)     258,235       349,741  
Current portion of guaranteed debt obligation (2)     4,395,637        
Long-term debt – related party           53,925  
Current portion of long-term debt (3)     3,316,578       944,169  
Total   $ 8,693,976     $ 1,774,399  

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) Leases on equipment and machinery.
(2) At December 31, 2013, this amount represents the current portion of the Tronco loan, which will be purchased from the lender at closing of this offering.
(3) At December 31, 2013, $1.5 million is the current portion of two several other loans, which are scheduled to be paid off at closing of this offering.

Operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided in our operating activities was approximately $2.8 million, primarily attributable to approximately $3.6 million in net income, plus $300,000 increase in accounts payable and $1.1 million increase in depreciation, offset in part by approximately $1.8 million increase in accounts receivables and a $300,000 decrease in the guaranteed debt obligation.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in our operating activities was approximately $4.3 million, primarily attributable to approximately $3.5 million in net income, plus approximately $206,000 increase in guaranteed debt obligations, $742,000 of depreciation, offset by a increase of approximately $169,000 in accounts receivables, and $85,000 increase in prepaid expenses and a increase of approximately,, $79,000 in other assets.

Investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in our investing activities was approximately $168,000, primarily attributable to approximately $196,000 used to purchase additional property and equipment, offset by approximately $28,000 generated from the sale of existing property and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities amounted to $854,000 primarily resulting from cash used for the purchase of property and equipment of $1 million, offset by proceeds of $165,000 generated from the sale of property and equipment.

Financing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was approximately $2.7 million, primarily attributable to approximately $661,000 in payments on long-term debt, $228,000 in payments on long-term lease obligations, and $4.3 million in S-corporation owners’ distributions, offset by $2.3 million in shareholder capital contributions.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities was approximately $3.5 million, primarily attributable to approximately $617,000 in payments on long-term debt, $147,000 in payments on long-term lease obligations, and $3.0 million in S-corporation owners’ distributions, offset by approximately $207,000 in shareholder capital contributions.

HRSI — Results of Operations

The following table represents HRSI’s statement of operations for the periods indicated:

       
  Year ended December 31,
     2013   2012
     (in thousands)
Gross revenues   $ 8,478       100.0 %     $ 11,977       100.0 %  
Cost of goods sold     2,771       32.7 %       3,113       26.0 %  
Gross profit     5,707       67.3 %       8,864       74.0 %  
Operating expenses     2,501       29.5 %       3,021       25.2 %  
Operating income     3,206       37.8 %       5,843       48.8 %  
Other Income (expense) – net     96       1.1 %       5       0.0 %  
Income tax benefit     (44 )       (0.5 %)       (31 )       (0.3 %)  
Net income   $ 3,346       39.5 %     $ 5,879       49.1 %  

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year ended December 31, 2013 compared to year ended December 31, 2012

Revenues .   For the year ended December 31, 2013 (FYE 2013), HRSI’s revenues decreased approximately $3.5 million, or 29%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 (FYE 2012). HRSI is a five-person, family-owned business managed and primarily conducted by its two owners, one of whom is primarily responsible for generating rental contract business, and the other of whom is primarily responsible for both business and financial management. The decrease in Drill N Ream rental revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily caused by the diversion of a substantial amount of the owners’ attention to the business sale process, and to HRSI’s first financial statement audit in preparation for this offering. For this reason, and for the reasons discussed in “Business – Our Horizontal Drilling Tools”, we do not believe that the decrease in Drill N Ream revenue in second half 2013 is indicative of future Drill N Ream rental revenues after our acquisition of Hard Rock, and therefore does not constitute a negative trend.

Approximately five of HRSI’s customers are responsible for approximately 93% of HRSI’s revenues. As a result, HRSI’s revenues could be affected adversely by the loss of any of those customers, or by changes in those major customers’ equipment demand as the result of economic conditions that affect the oil and gas exploration business. However, we are unaware of any upcoming delays in HRSI’s customers’ current projects, and therefore are not anticipating such events to influence Hard Rock’s revenues in the foreseeable future.

Costs of goods sold; Gross profits .  HRSI’s costs of goods sold consist almost entirely of the cost of the Drill N Ream tools that it purchases from us, and of the Drill N Ream rental royalties that it pays to us. As a result, the rental royalties will be eliminated after our acquisition of Hard Rock from the proceeds of this offering. The costs of goods sold decreased approximately $0.3 million, or 11%, during FYE 2013 compared to FYE 2012. The decrease in HRSI’s cost of goods sold in 2013 is primarily due to decreased demand for rental of the Drill N Ream tool by HRSI’s customers. However, as a percentage of revenues, costs of goods sold increase to 33% in FYE 2013 from 26% in FYE 2012. The increase in cost of goods sold was due to the increase in tooling costs for repairing more of the rental tools, instead of acquiring new ones as was the case in 2012. Depreciation also increased because the tools have a full year depreciation instead of the partial year in 2012. As a result, HRSI’s gross profits decrease approximately $3.2 million, or 17%, during FYE 2013 as compared to FYE 2012.

Operating expenses .  HRSI’s operating expenses decrease approximately $0.5 million, or 17%, for FYE 2013 as compared to FYE 2012. Operating expenses include facility costs, professional products, legal and accounting fees, and administrative operating costs, which include funding a pension plan for the benefit of HRSI’s owners. The decrease in operating expenses was primarily due to the funding of the pension plan. The pension plan is not part of the assets being transferred to Hard Rock.

Income taxes .  Effective January 1, 2012, HRSI made an election to be taxed as an S-corporation. During FYE 2013 and 2012, HRSI’s related tax attributes were passed through to it owners, and income taxes were payable by those owners. The tax benefit was generated based on reversals of built-in gains after the S-corp election.

Income taxes .  During FYE 2013 and 2012, HRSI’s related tax attributes were passed through to it owners, and income taxes were payable by those owners. The tax benefit was generated based on reversals of built-in gains after the S-corp election.

The following table reflects HRSI’s current assets and liabilities, as of the dates indicated:

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
     (In thousands)
Current Assets
                 
Cash   $ 2,755     $ 6,580  
Accounts receivable     1,032       1,704  
Prepaid expenses     13       22  
Total   $ 3,800     $ 8,306  

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
     (In thousands)
Current Liabilities
                 
Accounts payable   $ 77     $ 1,113  
Accrued commissions (payable to SDP)     200       615  
Accrued expenses     25       11  
Income taxes payable     572       559  
Current portion of long-term debt           9  
Total   $ 874     $ 2,307  

Cash Flows

Operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by HRSI’s operating activities was approximately $2.9 million, primarily attributable to approximately $3.3 million in net income, plus approximately $500,000 in depreciation and amortization, and an increase of approximately $673,000 in accounts receivable offset by and a decrease of approximately $1.4 million in accounts payable.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by HRSI’s operating activities was approximately $7.7 million, primarily attributable to approximately $5.9 million in net income, plus approximately $764,000 decrease in accounts receivable, approximately $56,000 decrease in prepaids and other current assets, approximately $635,000 increase in payables and accrued liabilities and approximately $358,000 in depreciation and amortization.

Investing activities

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in HRSI’s investing activities was approximately $400,000, primarily attributable to approximately $800,000 used to purchase additional property and equipment, offset by approximately $400,000 generated from the sale of existing property and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities amounted to approximately $920,000 primarily resulting from cash used for the purchase of property and equipment of approximately $1.1 million, offset by proceeds of approximately $167,000 generated from the sale of property and equipment.

Financing activities

For the year ended December 30, 2013, net cash used in financing activities was approximately $6.4 million, attributable to approximately $6.4 million in S-corporation owners’ distributions.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in financing activities was approximately $1.0 million, attributable to S-corporation owners’ distributions.

Pro Forma Results of Operations — Hard Rock Acquisition

The following table represents our pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the periods indicated, as if we had completed our acquisition of Hard Rock on January 1, 2013. All Drill N Ream income and expenses have been adjusted to reflect the net effect of HRSI’s rental revenues and direct costs, and SDP’s rental royalties and costs.

       
  Actual (2)
Year ended
  Pro Forma (1)
Year ended
(in thousands)   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2013
Gross revenues   $ 11,923       100 %     $ 17,633       100 %  
Costs of goods sold     6,062       50.8 %       9,060       51.4 %  
Gross profit     5,861       49.2 %       8,573       48.6 %  
Operating expenses     2,169       18.2 %       5,570       31.6 %  
Income from continuing operations     3,692       31.0 %       3,003       17.0%  

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Actual (2)
Year ended
  Pro Forma (1)
Year ended
(in thousands)   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2013
Other Income     420       3.5 %       531       3.0 %  
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     342       2.9 %       342       1.9 %  
Interest Expense     (786 )       (6.6 %)       (3,382 )       (19.2 %)  
Income tax (expense)           0.0 %       (184 )       (1.0 %)  
Net income   $ 3,668       30.8 %     $ 310       1.8 %  

(1) Represents pro forma results of operations as if the Hard Rock acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2013.
(2) Reflects the actual results of operations of Superior Drilling Products et. al.

This unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations data is presented for illustration purposes only, and does not necessarily indicate the operating results that would have been achieved if the Hard Rock acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor is it indicative of future operating results. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations data should be read in conjunction with our historical combined financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus. Also, this unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations data does not reflect HRSI’s actual results of operations, and should be read in conjunction with HRSI’s historical financial statements and accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this prospectus.

Pro forma year ended December 31, 2013 compared to actual year ended December 31, 2013

Gross revenues .  Our FYE 2013 revenues, on a pro forma basis with Hard Rock, would have increased approximately $5.7 million (48%) over our actual results for the same period without the Hard Rock acquisition. This pro forma increase in revenues is primarily due to the amount that the Drill N Ream rental revenue received by HRSI exceeded the rental royalty that HRSI actually paid to us.

Cost of sales; Gross Profit .  In comparison to the significant increase in pro forma revenues for FYE 2013, our pro forma direct costs for FYE 2013 would have increased approximately $3 million, or (49%) as the result of Hard Rock acquisition. However, our percentage of direct costs to revenues would have been consistent at 51% on a pro forma basis, from our actual 51% percentage of direct costs to revenues.

Operating expenses .  On a pro forma basis, our operating costs would have been approximately $3.4 million, or (157%) higher than our actual operating costs, for FYE 2013. However, as a percentage of revenues, our pro forma operating costs would only have increased 14% from our operating costs as a percentage of revenues in FYE 2013. The increase in pro forma operating expenses is primarily due to the cost of marketing salaries and expenses relating to the Drill N Ream rentals.

Income taxes .  On a pro forma basis, our consolidated effective federal and state income tax rate would have increased to 39% as compared to zero for our actual year ended December 31, 2013. This pro forma increase in effective tax rate is due to our Reorganization into a C-corporation holding company structure immediately before closing of this offering and acquisition of Hard Rock. Our actual FYE 2013 effective tax rate of zero is due the pass-through tax status of SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML in FYE 2013. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Income Taxes”, above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and cash equivalents balances, cash flow from operations, and access to financial markets. Our principal uses of cash are operating expenses, working capital requirements, capital expenditures, and repayment of debt. After completion of this offering, we believe that our sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations, existing cash, and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next 12 months, including (a) the increased operating expenses we expect to incur in connection with being a public company, (b) in connection with the additional financial and accounting personnel we have hired or will hire in connection with our change in

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

status to a publicly traded company, (c) our planned acquisition of the Tronco Note, and (d) our planned acquisition of Hard Rock. We will monitor our capital requirements to ensure our needs are in line with available capital resources.

We believe our experienced employees and management team are our most valuable resources. Attracting, training, and retaining key personnel have been and will remain critical to our success. To achieve our human capital goals, we intend to remain focused on providing our personnel with entrepreneurial opportunities to increase client contact within their areas of expertise and to expand our business within our product offerings.

We will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we currently intend to use the net proceeds for the purposes set forth in “Use of Proceeds” with the remainder to be used primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to expand our current business through other acquisitions or investments in other complementary strategic businesses. However, we have no commitments with respect to any other acquisitions at this time. To the extent any net proceeds are used to repay any debt obligations, the aggregate outstanding balance of our notes payable as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $14.3 million with interest rates ranging from 0.0% to 12.0%.

Contractual Obligations

Baker Hughes Contract.   In October 2013, Baker Hughes renewed the Vender Agreement under which we provide them with our remanufacturing services for an additional four years. Under this renewed Vendor Agreement, Baker Hughes has agreed to pay us an amount equal to their cost of remanufacturing at their internal remanufacturing facilities, plus 10%. In addition, we have a right of first refusal to provide remanufacturing services to all of Baker Hughes operations in the western United States, except Texas and Oklahoma, and agree not to perform drill bit remanufacturing services for any other party in the oil, gas, water and geothermal drilling industries. Baker Hughes agrees to provide us with all the PDC diamond cutters needed to remanufacture their drill bits, and they retain a security interest in all of those PDC cutters. The Vendor Agreement also grants Baker Hughes the right, for up to 60 days after termination of the Vendor Agreement, to purchase our Vernal manufacturing facility and the remanufacturing machinery located in our remanufacturing facility, for a to-be-determined fair market value, and subject to certain other requirements and conditions. The Vendor Agreements also include a non-competition provision that precludes us from performing remanufacturing or other services relating to PDC drill bits used in the oil, gas, water and geothermal drilling industries, except to the extent that we were already conducting a line of business before the customer entered into that line of business.

Manufacturing Equipment Leases and Loans .   We have entered into a number of leases of and loans to purchase equipment and machinery used in our new manufacturing operations.

Ø Equipment leases for an Okuma 400 and Okuma 500MU machines with total initial values of $1,076,000, total monthly payments of $22,100, and both maturity dates of December 2015.
Ø A capital lease with purchase option for the Okuma 750 machine used in our new manufacturing facility, which has a current residual value of approximately $1.8 million, accrues interest at the rate of 12% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $32,300, and expires in August 2017.
Ø Commercial loans to finance the purchase of an Okuma machine, the refinancing of the capital lease of an Okuma machine, and a Nucleus grinding machine, and to pay the required down payment on the above capital lease, with a total outstanding principal balance of approximately $1.5 million, interest rates ranging from 6% to 12%, total monthly payments of approximately $22,000, and maturity dates ranging from February 2014 to December 2020. One of these loans with a balance of $391,000 scheduled to be repaid from our pending bridge financing. Another loan is subject to a one-year waiver of financial covenant that will be satisfied upon the receipt of the proceeds from this offering.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facilities Loans.

Manufacturing Facility.   Our main Vernal, Utah manufacturing facility ( see “Business — Properties”) is titled to MPS, with two buildings leased to SDP, one building leased to SDF, and the one building leased to Baker Hughes. This property is subject to a first Deed of Trust loan in the current principal amount of $4.6 million, which accrues interest at 5.25 per year, requires monthly payments of $33,900, and matures in full in August 2015. We also have granted junior liens on this property as additional collateral for the Tronco Loan and for another commercial loan in the current principal amount of approximately $696,000, which will be repaid from the proceeds of this offering ( see “Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Obligations — Tronco-Related Loans”, below). In addition, in 2012, we purchased one acre and a commercial building that are contiguous to our manufacturing facility, which we currently use for storage, but which is usable for expansion of portions of our business operations. See “Business — Properties”. This contiguous property is subject to a first Deed of Trust loan which is also guaranteed by Mr. Meier and Ms. Meier in the current principal amount of $217,000 which accrues interest at higher of prime + 2.0% or 5.5% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $2,600, and a balloon payment at maturity in July 2022. This loan additionally requires that the intercompany leases on our main facilities remain intact.

Bakersfield Property .  In 2012, we received funding for expansion of our business into California under the EB-5 program of the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services. In order to obtain funding under this program, our expansion into California had certain job creation and capital investment requirements both in an area targeted by the program for development. We have obtained three loans under the program which bear interest at 2.25 – 5.5% and are collateralized by land, buildings and equipment owned by us and located in Bakersfield, California. Two loans totaling $1,127,000 were completed as of December 31, 2012, and cumulatively require monthly payments of approximately $7,100, including principal and interest. The first loan in the amount of $650,000 has a final maturity date of April 1, 2022, and the second in the amount of $477,000 has a final maturity date October 1, 2032. The current principal amounts are $632,000 and $459,000, respectively. The third loan is for tenant improvements and was still in the construction phase as of December 31, 2012. In July 2013, the third loan was revised to monthly interest only payments of approximately $3,300, and has a final maturity date of May 1, 2017.

Investment Real Estate Loans

Superior Auto Body (SAB) Loans .  Beginning in July 2008, we became co-borrowers with SAB, a related party, for development of an auto body shop located in Riverton, Utah, to be operated by the related party. The auto body shop is titled in MPS and rented to SAB under a lease agreement which requires the co-borrower to make the $17,700 monthly payments on this loan in satisfaction of its lease obligation. Two loans originally totaling approximately $2.8 million were obtained for the purchase of the real property and construction of the facilities. Of that amount, approximately $1,663,000 is currently outstanding under a first Deed of Trust loan which accrues interest at 6%, requires monthly payments of approximately $10,600, and matures in March 2017. The remaining amount was issued under a second Deed of Trust loan, purchased by the SBA which has a current principal balance of $1,095,000, accrues interest at 2.42%, requires monthly payments of approximately $6,100, and matures in July 2032. The purchased real property and constructed improvements are the primary collateral for both loans. See also , “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

Naples Property Loan .  This loan is secured by approximately 11 unimproved acres in Naples Utah for a now-terminated property development venture conducted by a now-defunct limited liability company in which Mr. Meier was an investor of the loan on the property. When the venture failed, we took title to the property and assumed this loan. This loan has a current principal balance of approximately $1,297,000, accrues interest at the rate of 7% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $12,800, and matures in November 2014 with a final balloon payment of approximately $680,000. This loan is secured by the purchased property.

Other Raw Land Loan .  This loan was used to purchase approximately 47 unimproved acres in Vernal Utah that is contiguous to the Meier’s residence for $700,000. Originally, this loan did not bear interest, and was due in full on December 2008. After that maturity date, this loan was orally amended to accrue interest at 8% per year, require monthly payments of $5,000, and mature in December 2018 with a final balloon payment

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of approximately $358,000. This loan is secured by the purchased property. The loan will be eliminated through distribution of the property before effectiveness of this offering.

Commercial Loans

Bridge Loan .  In connection with this offering, we have entered into a $2 million bridge loan with a private lender. Upon the effectiveness of this offering, this loan would automatically convert into shares of our restricted common stock, upon closing of this offering, at 70% of per share price in this offering, and a warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at 100% of per share price in this offering. This loan accrues interest at 5% per year starting in November 2014, at which time it will require monthly payments of approximately $50,500, with a balloon payment at maturity in February 2016, if not previously converted under additional conversion provisions of the loan. This bridge loan is secured by a junior blanket lien on our and SDP’s accounts. A portion of the proceeds of this loan was used to repay two commercial loans, totaling approximately $790,000, and the remainder will be used for working capital until closing of this offering, with the balance expected to be used to repay other debt obligations.

Company Plane.   Commercial loan for purchase of company plane. This loan has a current principal balance of approximately $339,000, accrues interest at the rate of 7.35% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $3,500, matures in May 2026, and is secured by the plane.

Vehicle Loans.   We have also entered into loans to fund vehicle purchases totaling $339,713, with interest rates ranging from 0% to 12%, and maturity dates ranging from February 2014 to December 2020.

Tronco-Related Loans .  In order to fund several large lump-sum payments due on the Tronco Loan before its most recent renewal, we borrowed under a number of secured commercial loans and lines of credit. See “Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements — Tronco-Related Loans”, below. Those loans have a total outstanding principal balances of $1,084,000, accrue interest at 7% to require total payments of $13,160 per month, and have maturity dates of October 2014 to November 2014. We repaid $696,000 of those loans from the Bridge Loan discussed above, and intend to repay the remaining $388,000 from the proceeds of this offering.

Contractual Obligations.   The following table presents our contractual obligations and contingent commitments by period as of December 31, 2013. Our obligations to make payments in the future may vary due to certain assumptions including the duration of our obligations and anticipated actions by third parties. See “Use of Proceeds.”

         
  Payments Due by Period
     Total   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3
years
  3 – 5
years
  More than
5 years
       (in thousands)  
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations (1)   $ 19,781     $ 7,970     $ 5,835     $ 3,008     $ 2,968  
Interest payments (2)     2,726       870       953       393       510  
Non-cancelable operating leases     530       265       265       0       0  
Total   $ 23,037     $ 9,105     $ 7,053     $ 3,401     $ 3,478  

(1) Amounts represent the expected cash payments of principal amounts associated with our long-term debt and capital lease obligations.
(2) Amounts represent the expected cash payments for interest on our long-term debt and capital lease obligations. The interest amount calculated is based on the assumption that the amount outstanding and the interest rate charged both remain at their current levels.

Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements

Tronco-Related Loans

Loan Guarantee.   We have guaranteed a loan of Tronco Energy Corporation (“ Tronco ”), a party related through common control. The Tronco loan, as amended, effective January 1, 2014 has a current principal balance of $6.89 million, accrues interest at 11% per year, requires monthly interest payments of approximately $63,000, and has four six-month extensions which if exercised, will result in the Tronco loan to mature in December 2015, along with a deferred interest obligation of approximately $1.37 million (the

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Tronco Loan ”). The Tronco Loan is secured by substantially all the oil and gas properties and reserves of Tronco, and in addition to our guarantee, a personal guarantee of Mr. Meier, Ms. Meier and their personal trusts, and a junior Deed of Trust lien on our Vernal campus. The Tronco Loan also is partially secured by a pledge of all of SDP’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its members, Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, before our Reorganization, and of all of SDF’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its sole member, Meier Management Company, LLC. The lender has consented to the Reorganization in exchange for our pledge of the SDP and SDF limited liability company interests after we acquire them in the Reorganization.

In 2009, it became probable that we would assume responsibility for the repayment of the Tronco Loan. Therefore we recorded an accrual for the estimated amount of the loss. In addition, as of January 1, 2014, we entered into a Note Purchase and Sale Agreement under which the lender agrees to sell us the Tronco Note and supporting loan documents. Upon closing of that transaction, which we intend to fund from the proceeds of this offering, we would step into the lender’s lien position on the collateral securing the Tronco Loan, and would release our guaranty, the guaranty of Mr. Meier, Ms. Meier, and their personal trusts, the limited liability company membership interest pledges and the junior Deeds of Trust against our Vernal Campus.

Upon closing of a sale of the Tronco properties, and our receipt of the proceeds as the then-senior secured lender, we will apply the proceeds against the Tronco Loan. We estimate that our probable loss after application of the sales proceeds would have been as follows if those proceeds had been received as of December 31, 2013:

 
(Rounded)   December 31, 2013
Principal and deferred interest outstanding   $ 8,262,000  
Estimated recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets     (3,866,000 )  
Approximate probable loss   $ 4,396,000  

Meiers’ Personal Loans.   In order to fund several large lump-sum payments due on the Tronco Loan before its most recent renewal, the Meiers obtained three loans collateralized by liens on residential real property owned by the Meier’s personally. The Meier’s have made all payments due on these loans from distributions to them from Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC. It is our current intent to repay these loans, which total approximately $2 million, from the proceeds of this offering. These loans bear interest at 3.25% to 7.88%, require aggregate monthly payments of approximately $9,100, and have maturity dates of 2036 to 2037. “Use of Proceeds” and “MD&A — Off Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements.” However, we may elect to repay two of those loans, equaling approximately $1.3 million, from the currently unused proceeds of the bridge loan before closing this offering, which would be accounted for as a distribution to our members before the Reorganization.

Effects of Inflation

Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

OIL AND GAS DRILLING INDUSTRY

Overview

Our revenue is dependent on the following three business categories:

Ø PDC drill bit remanufacturing
Ø New drilling tool manufacturing
Ø Royalties from the Drill N Ream rental revenues

Customer demand in these categories is dependent on a number of factors, including our customers’ forecasts of future energy demand, their expectations for future energy prices, their access to resources to develop and produce oil and natural gas, their ability to fund their capital programs, and the impact of new government regulations.

Drilling Industry Background

Drilling is part of the oilfield services group within the energy industry. The drilling industry is often segmented into the North American market and the international market. These markets share common exposure to the same macro environment, but also exhibit unique factors that drive the dynamics of each market.

Oilfield services companies drill the wells for hydrocarbon exploration and production companies (“E&P” companies). Demand for onshore drilling is a function of the willingness of E&P companies to make operating and capital expenditures to explore for, develop and produce hydrocarbons. When oil or natural gas prices increase, E&P companies generally increase their capital expenditures, resulting in greater revenues and profits for both drillers and equipment manufacturers. Likewise, significant decreases in the prices of those commodities typically lead E&P companies to reduce their capital expenditures, which decreases the demand for drilling equipment.

Most oil and gas operators do not own their own rigs and instead rely on specialized rig contractors to provide the rig and the crew. Drilling contractors typically provide the rig and the operating crews to E&P companies on a day-rate basis. In the U.S., drilling contracts are normally by well or a short-term period ( e.g., 90 days). Internationally, the contracts are normally one to three years. International contracts are longer because the E&P company usually owns a larger field and the mobilization costs are prohibitive for anything less than a one-year term.

The drilling industry is highly fragmented and highly dependent on the level of drilling activity. Despite the fact that there are between 200 and 300 land drilling contractors in North America, the top six contractors account for 46% of the rigs. Internationally, most countries have no more than five to ten land drilling contractors in each country, not including the in-house drilling contractors of some national oil companies.

Drill Bits

Historical .  The first drill bits used in the oil drilling industry were “fish tail” bits that were relatively durable but very slow. In 1909, Howard Hughes Sr., patented the first two-cone rotary bit. In 1931, two Hughes engineers invented the “Tricone”, a roller cone drill bit with three cones. The Hughes patent for the Tricone bit lasted until 1951, after which other companies made similar bits. By the early 1980s, the “PDC” (polycrystalline diamond compact) fixed cutter drill bit had gained market traction. PDC fixed cutter bits have no rolling cones or other moving parts. Instead they have ridges studded with synthetic black diamond “cutters” or PDCs, and drilling occurs due to shearing the rock as the bit is rotated by the drill string. The vast majority of drilling today is with PDC bits. The rapid growth of PDC bit usage is partly the result of the remanufacturing process developed by Troy Meier and now conducted by SDP.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hybrid Drill Bit — Cutting Mechanics .  Today’s modern hybrid drill bit, combines the Tricone roller configuration with PDC fixed cutter framework. These hybrid bits provide “rolling torque” management: the dual action cutting structures balance down-hole dynamics for greatly enhanced stability, bit life, and drilling efficiency. Baker Hughes is the leader in hybrid bit technology and is utilizing the capabilities of SDP to grow this business.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Source: Baker Hughes

Cyclicality and Volatility

The drilling industry is cyclical, and past cycles have been driven primarily by alternating periods of ample supply or shortage of oil and natural gas relative to demand. Oil and natural gas prices rose to record levels in 2008. Prices began to decline in late 2008 in conjunction with the widespread economic recession. While the price of oil rebounded somewhat in 2009 and continued to rise throughout 2010 and 2011, the price of natural gas has remained depressed since 2009 largely due to discoveries of vast new natural gas resources in the U.S. During 2011, oil prices generally remained high due to increased demand, generally flattening international supply and geopolitical tensions. Gas prices trended upwards in the latter half of 2012, followed by a sharp rise due to a cold winter at the end of 2013. Prices, as of April 1, 2014, are above $4.27 per mmbtu.

As global drilling activity has steadily recovered since the 2009 economic downturn, there has been a corresponding increase in new-build rig activity as operators require newer technology to meet increasingly challenging drilling conditions, with a focus on mobility, drilling efficiency, power and safety. We believe this trend will continue to fuel a high level of capital investment in drilling rigs, which presents an opportunity for both capital equipment manufacturers and for value added component suppliers, such as us.

The worldwide level of capital spending by oil and gas companies for exploration, development and production is projected to increase 6% from 2013 to 2014. This increased level of spending is partly driven by the current and expected prices for oil and gas as well as the perceived stability and sustainability of those current and expected prices. Despite continuing macroeconomic concerns and the recent volatility in global commodity prices, expectations for worldwide growth remain favorable.

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Drilling Industry Changes and Trends

As more conventional reservoirs have been discovered and depleted from years of production, operators must increasingly turn to unconventional resources, including tight sands, shales and coal-bed methane.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

The dramatic growth in the development of unconventional shale and tight sand formations, primarily in North America, is causing increased development of horizontal wells, the well path best suited to developing shale and tight sands. Horizontal wells are typically used in conjunction with hydraulic fracturing, which is used even more frequently as the number of fracturing stages increases.

The reason horizontal drilling has become the predominate method of drilling is because the horizontal section of the well is actually in the producing formation for up to 15,000 ft. Historically, the placement of vertical and directional wells would be able to intersect and produce only from several pay zones. The production from one horizontal well could easily replace the production of a number of conventional vertical or directional wells, and horizontal wells are therefore far more economical.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

The increasing growth in horizontal and hydraulic fracturing activity is placing increasing demands on drilling rigs. Greater demand and wear on drilling equipment resulting from increased horizontal drilling requires investment in new equipment to address these unique demands and results in shorter replacement cycles for capital equipment, driving maintenance and refurbishment activity.

Overall service intensity continues to increase in North America as customers are demanding key technologies, such as advanced directional drilling, more complex completion systems and pressure pumping

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to develop the unconventional plays with liquids content. This change in development activity requires investment in new drilling rigs and related equipment to address the unique demands of these resource plays and places a much greater strain on drilling and completion equipment. These changes have resulted in shorter replacement cycles for capital equipment and increased demand for maintenance and refurbishment of existing equipment. As the industry adapts to these increased demands, we believe that there will be significant opportunities to bring new products and equipment to market, such as the Drill N Ream, that have been designed and engineered with these new challenges in mind.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

In the U.S., 64% of the active land rigs, as of March 15, 2013, were drilling horizontal wells, compared to 20% of the active land rigs five years ago, according to data from Baker Hughes. Source: Baker Hughes

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Another factor is that, in response to the current commodity environment of high oil prices relative to gas prices, a number of E&P companies have announced that they are reducing dry natural gas drilling and production and redirecting their activities and capital toward currently more economic liquids-rich plays. The slowdown in the spending directly related to natural gas development has been largely offset by incremental investment to develop unconventional plays with crude oil and natural gas liquids content. Liquids-rich plays are those that are characterized by the production of predominantly oil and natural gas liquids, such as ethane, propane, butane and iso-butane, which are used as energy sources and manufacturing feedstocks, the prices of which have historically been highly correlated with oil prices rather than natural gas prices.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Current Oil and Gas Industry Economic Drivers

While we believe that these trends will benefit us, our markets may be adversely affected by industry conditions that are beyond our control. Any prolonged substantial reduction in oil and gas prices would likely affect oil and gas drilling and production levels and therefore would affect demand for the products and services provided by us. For more information on this and other risks to our business and the industry in which we operate, see Item IA. Risk Factors — “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.” The primary drivers expected to impact the 2013 drilling industry business environment include the following:

Worldwide Economic Growth  — In general there is a strong linkage between overall economic activity, growth and the demand for hydrocarbons. The outlook for 2013 has been one of gradual strengthening of economic activity amidst ongoing concerns fueled by sovereign debt issues in Europe, a slowdown in the Chinese economy, and the moderate rate of the economic growth in the U.S. However, this growth may be hampered by weakness or further deterioration of the global economy, particularly in China and Europe.

Oil Production  — The EIA January 2013 Short-Term Energy Outlook projected that non-OPEC oil production would increase in 2013 over 2012. This expected increase in demand for oil, mainly driven by countries outside the OECD, is expected to support higher expenditures within the oil and gas sector. This increase is largely due to continued production growth from U.S. tight oil formations and Canadian oil sands, fostered by sustained higher oil prices. Global OPEC surplus oil capacity, overwhelmingly concentrated in Saudi Arabia, is anticipated to increase in 2013, while at the same time, OPEC oil production is anticipated to fall significantly in 2013. While significant investments are expected to be required to support increases in production capacity, price volatility driven by global economic and geopolitical uncertainties may lead to delays in operator investment decisions across the rest of the world.

Oil Prices  — At current oil trading prices, most oil developments globally are expected to continue to provide adequate returns to encourage incremental investment. New midstream infrastructure in the U.S. is expected during 2013 which should help to narrow the price gap between WTI and Brent. Based on oil supply forecasts and modest anticipated economic growth globally, we would expect oil prices to remain relatively strong throughout 2013 barring any major macro-economic events.

Natural Gas Production  — Natural gas is an increasingly important hydrocarbon to meet the world’s energy needs. Worldwide natural gas production continues to grow. Despite this overall trend, low natural gas prices in North America have resulted in a reduction in the natural gas-directed rig and completion activity in this region. This began to impact North America natural gas production in 2012, resulting in a gradual increase in Henry Hub spot gas prices in the second half of 2012, but a relatively mild winter season in key consuming regions in the U.S. has pressured natural gas prices downward since November 2012. Overall, worldwide natural gas production will, however, tend to be more stable as high natural gas prices in places such as Europe and Asia encourage sustained global growth of natural gas production. In addition, the announced shift away from nuclear power generation by several countries and the development of natural gas projects in the OECD outside North America is expected to further support natural gas prices.

Natural Gas Prices  — With natural gas prices trading, during 2012, at prices which were particularly low when compared to oil on a Btu-equivalent basis, many industry participants believe that the economics of most dry natural gas-directed investments in North America have become marginal. This is primarily due to the abundant supplies available from the unconventional plays in North America, including natural gas produced in association with unconventional oil wells, which is expected to remain high in 2013. The EIA said in its January 2013 Short-term Energy Outlook that working natural gas inventories remain at near record high levels. The EIA, however, expects natural gas prices in North America to increase in 2013 as a result of the reduction in natural gas-directed drilling activity.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

We are an innovative, industry-leading manufacturer of both remanufactured and new diamond drill bits and drill string components for the oil, natural gas, and mining drilling industries. Our dynamic founders and executives, Troy Meier and Annette Meier, have extensive business and drilling industry knowledge and a proven track record of bringing innovative business ideas to commercial success. From our headquarters in Vernal, Utah, we operate a technologically advanced Polycrystalline Diamond Compact (PDC) drill bit remanufacturing facility, as well as a state-of-the-art, computerized machining facility where we design and manufacture new drill bit and drillstring tools, such as our patent pending “Drill N Ream” well bore conditioning tool (“Drill N Ream”). Starting with our development of the first commercially viable process to remanufacture PDC drill bits, and continuing through our recent introduction of the “Drill N Ream” tool for horizontal drilling applications, we believe that we continue to set the trend in drill bits and drillstring tool technology and design. Exhibiting broad business knowledge with a proven track record of bringing innovative business ideas to commercial success, Mr. Meier and Annette operate SDP together: Mr. Meier serves as CEO with responsibility for our design and engineering operations, and Annette serves as President with responsibility for all of our business operations.

Our History

Mr. Meier’s depth of industry knowledge, engineering skills, innovative thinking, and experience in oilfield services was first developed during a successful 13-year career with Christensen Diamond Products Co., a Norton Company, and its successors, including Baker Hughes, currently the world’s fifth largest oilfield services company. At Christensen Diamond, Mr. Meier established overseas factories in Ireland, Venezuela, and China, starting with the shell of a building, configuring the plants, setting up all manufacturing, and determining equipment and personnel requirements. In addition to this managerial and manufacturing experience, he designed tools to improve efficiency both in the plants he developed and in the drilling field. Mr. Meier became Christensen Diamond’s first drill bit fabricator specialist and, by age 28, became its Northern Region designer responsible for designing drill bits, core systems, bi-centric bits, nozzle systems, and related products.

In 1993, after a highly successful 13-year career with Christensen Diamond (now part of Baker Hughes), Mr. Meier created what we believe to have been the first independent drill bit repair/refurbishing company in the industry. Before Mr. Meier proved that refurbishing PDC cutters was a commercially viable business, the drilling industry scrapped whole drill bits once the PDC cutters were worn out after drilling one or two wells.

In 1995, Mr. Meier also designed a new bit with a unique PDC cutting structure which greatly reduced oil well drilling time, resulting in significant savings to the field operators. In 1996, he negotiated an agreement with Baker Hughes in which he traded exclusive rights to his new PDC cutter technology in return for the right to Baker Hughes’ drill bit remanufacturing business worldwide, something that Baker Hughes had never done before.

Our Drill Bit Business

Our drill bit remanufacturing for Baker Hughes was so successful that remanufacturing used drill bits now has become an industry standard. As the refurbishing industry grew, our arrangement with Baker Hughes evolved into an exclusive agreement to perform all drill bit refurbishment work for Baker’s Rocky Mountain region and points west, including the significant oil-producing states of California and Alaska. Today, we believe that we continue to lead the field in drill bit repair technology; continually improving repair techniques to improve drill bit performance and efficiency.

The Meiers strategically located their drill bit refurbishment operations in Vernal, Utah in order to take advantage of the close proximity to our target market, an experienced oil field labor pool, access to higher education facilities, and a quality of life and cost of living that would attract and retain skilled workers and their families. Starting during the economic downturn in 2007, we reassessed our manufacturing processes and business lines, and decided to reposition the company and redefine its mission to one of bringing high tech machining into the oil and gas and mining industries. Drawing on Mr. Meier’s manufacturing and design expertise, we completely redesigned our manufacturing process, custom designed equipment and facilities, and

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

developed custom software to control all aspects of the drill bit remanufacturing process. Attention was paid as well to addressing safety, health and environmental issues during the manufacturing process.

By fall 2007, we had built and moved into a new SMART facility located in the new Ropers Business Park Vernal, Utah that allowed for future expansion with our occupying two additional buildings, one to house our precision machining and a third to house over flow of both remanufacturing and machining in subsequent years. In 2010, we added another building that is currently leased to Baker Hughes. We now operate from a modern facility with custom features and solutions unlike any other in the industry. We employ a senior work force with special training and extensive experience related to drill bit remanufacturing and tooling manufacture to produce our products and services using a suite of highly technical, computer controlled, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufacturing equipment and products now use advanced, patent-pending technologies that enable us to increase efficiency, enhance drill bit integrity, and improve safety. Our improvements and efficiencies have increased production capacity from 90 repairs per week in 2008 during a three-shift, seven-day work week, to more than 200 repairs per week in 2013 during only two shifts during a seven-day work week. Baker Hughes now consistently brings its customers to our facilities to showcase our services.

With our new manufacturing platform in place, in 2012, we began designing and manufacturing new steel-body drill bits for Baker Hughes, which is completely separate from our refurbishment contract. Baker Hughes has a large demand for its steel body bits and we can produce those bits in substantially less time due to our enhanced manufacturing capacity. Additional demand has come from Baker’s bit designers who have recognized our precision work and unique capabilities and are sending prototype fabrication requests to us. additional computerized five-axis Multus machining centers (state-of-the-art milling and turning machines), our capacity and the quantity of new drill bits being ordered by Baker Hughes is continually increasing. Additional divisions within Baker Hughes and other oil service industry suppliers, that need specialized precision fabrication also have learned of our new capabilities enabling us to expand our customer base and more rapidly grow this part of our business.

Currently, increased drilling activity in North Dakota, and throughout the Rocky Mountain regions, California, Alaska, and Mid-Continent is creating greater demand for our refurbishment services and new steel-body drill bits to Baker Hughes and other customers we are servicing.

Our Horizontal Drilling Tools

Recently, challenging new horizontal oil and gas well designs and construction have substantially increased the technical demands on drill bit and drill string components. This change in development activity requires investment in new drilling equipment to address the unique demands of this new drilling environment. See “Industry”.

Drill N Ream Well Bore Conditioning Tool .  As a first response to the horizontal drilling challenge, HRSI designed and manufactured the Drill N Ream well bore conditioning tool. The Drill N Ream is a dual-section reaming tool which is located behind the bottom hole assembly (BHA) to smooth and slightly enlarge the well bore in the curved and horizontal sections of horizontal wells, in both oil and water based mud. The Drill N Ream is available in multiple sizes and can be custom manufactured to fit any hole size.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

The Drill N Ream removes the well bore tortuosity brought about from the drill bit geo-steering, and from directional drilling overcorrections and formation interactions. As a result, the Drill N Ream extends the horizontal distance of the well bore by (a) smoothing out ledges and doglegs left by the bit, which allows the drill string to move through a conditioned well bore with less friction and stress, (b) reducing tool joint damages and trip time (i.e. the time required to pull up and resend the drill string), and (c) enhancing the power available to drive the drill bit assembly. Each time a drilling operator has to retract a drill string and replace a bit or other drill string component it costs the operator substantial time and money, so anything that allows each run to extend further is of great value to our customers. Each Drill N Ream unit has an average life of 12 runs. As a result, the Drill N Ream tool has been used in over 850 wells and appears to have

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

achieved significant initial industry acceptance in a fairly short period of time. We are currently manufacturing between two to four to ten Drill N Ream units per month. However, we have the capacity to manufacture between 40 to 45 units per month so we believe that there is substantial opportunity for growth in this product line.

Specifically,

Ø We expect that the Company’s larger business organization will permit us to expand the Drill N Ream rental revenue, after closing of the Hard Rock acquisition, substantially beyond what HRSI was able to generate with its much smaller organizational footprint, both in terms of revenue levels and in terms of geographic scope.
Ø The Drill N Ream is specifically designed to reduce the drill string stress and downtime, and therefore the cost, of drilling a horizontal well, such as those typically used in a hydraulic fracturing project. Our initial business plan for the Drill N Ream, after the Company’s acquisition of Hard Rock, is to use our larger sales force to take advantage of the well-documented continuing increase in horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing activity in the U.S. (as discussed in the “Business” section of the revised Registration Statement) to drive Drill N Ream rental revenues.
Ø We believe that the Drill N Ream’s adoption and continued use by over 850 well operators to date supports it effectiveness and industry acceptance, particularly given the small size of HRSI’s sales force. In addition, we understand that a number of customers have rented the Drill N Ream after first trying its competitors. We expect the above factors to support increasing interest in, and revenues from, the Drill N Ream over the next several years as more well operators are (a) contacted by our larger sales force, and (b) reports of its effectiveness are transmitted through word-of-mouth by an increasing user base to other well operators.

We spent $282,207 and $68,007 in 2013 and 2012, respectively, on research and development with respect to both improving our existing products and developing new products. Our R&D costs are built into our pricing models for products and services, and are not directly borne by any of our customers.

Other Horizontal Drill String Tools .  We are developing a suite of other horizontal drill string tools, using our unique facility and technology platform, and exploiting our additional capacity and manufacturing expertise. Our new product delivery goal is to bring to market at least one new tool per year. Our subsidiary, Extreme Technology (ET) currently has 4 new projects in the pipeline. Each of these pending drill string tools addresses a different technical challenge affecting today’s horizontal drilling designs. We expect our next pending drill string stimulation tool to be released in third quarter 2014. The drill string stimulation tool is designed to help dissipate the inertial drag of a horizontal drill string by generating rhythmic pulses that break the frictional connection between the drill string and well bore greatly enhancing drill rates. Additional new design products are anticipated to be ready for field testing during the first quarter of 2015.

Clean Out Bits:   There is a need in the industry for an inexpensive bit that can be used for the purpose of drilling out plugs or debris left in the production casing after the completion process. Our manufacturing technology allows us to produce products that are ideal for this purpose and very competitive in price.

Effect on Remanufacturing Business .  Our manufacturing initiatives are expected to increase our remanufacturing business significantly. We project that 50% of our new steel body bits and horizontal drilling tools will be sent back to us for refurbishment. We estimate that each bit or tool can be repaired approximately six times before it can no longer be repaired.

Hard Rock Acquisition

Under our existing agreement with HRSI, we produce the Drill N Ream units and HRSI markets them to well operators on a rental basis. This arrangement allows the well operator to switch out Drill N Ream tools when theirs becomes dull, and HRSI then returns the dull tools to us for refurbishing. We now have the opportunity to purchase HRSI’s interest in the Drill N Ream business, including the Drill N Ream patents and tool inventory.

Immediately after closing this offering, we will close our purchase of Hard Rock from HRSI. Hard Rock’s primary business is renting the Drill N Ream tool directly to oilfield operators. HRSI was organized

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and began operations in 2001. HRSI’s president and Mr. Meier are currently the co-owners of the patents pending covering the Drill N Ream tool. HRSI is the sole authorized distributor and sales agent for the Drill N Ream tool, which we manufacture, under a profit sharing arrangement. In 2013, HRSI formed Hard Rock as a wholly-owned subsidiary, and transferred its tool rental business to Hard Rock, in order to facilitate our purchase transaction. We intend to use a portion of this offering’s proceeds to purchase Hard Rock, at which time it will become our wholly-owned subsidiary.

In order to effect that transaction, SDP and HRSI have signed a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (MIPA) which includes a $25 million purchase price, with half payable at closing, and the other half payable under a seller-held note payable in annual installments over three years. See “MD&A — Hard Rock Acquisition”. Each of Mr. Meier and HRSI’s president has transferred their respective 50% interest in the Drill N Ream patents pending to a new limited liability company, under the terms of a Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (IPPA), and that entity will transfer all of the patents pending to us at closing of our purchase of Hard Rock. The signed MIPA and PPA are being held in third-party escrow pending closing of this offering and the purchase transaction. SDP will assign its interest in the MIPA and PPA to us in connection with our corporate reorganization immediately before closing this offering.

Growth Strategies

We intend to pursue the following growth strategies as we seek to expand our market share and solidify our position as a leading drill bit and drill string component manufacturer:

Ø Continue to enhance our Baker Hughes relationship .  We intend to continue developing our long-time relationship with Baker Hughes. We believe that we have a substantial opportunity to leverage our existing relationship into managing some of Baker Hughes’ internal drill tool resurfacing operations, and into expanded new production orders with Baker Hughes.
Ø Leverage our post-offering acquisition of the Drill N Ream tool rental business .  Upon completion of the acquisition, we intend to combine Hard Rock’s existing marketing team and customer contracts with Mr. Meier’s extensive connections in the drilling industry, in order to increase market penetration and revenues for the Drill N Ream tool and to aggressively build this business into new geographic markets.
Ø Leverage Technical Expertise to Develop and Market New Products .  We intend to use our deep technical and high tech capacities in advanced materials science, and the manufacture and assembly of precision drilling products, to identify new products, services and markets, particularly horizontal drill string enhancement components. We also intend to use the Hard Rock marketing and sales team to propel our upcoming drill string component products successfully into the drilling marketplace.
Ø Seek strategic acquisitions to enhance or expand our product lines .  In analyzing new acquisitions, we intend to pursue opportunities that provide either the critical mass to function as a profitable, stand-alone operation, or that are geographically situated to be complementary to our existing operations. We believe that strategic acquisitions will enable us to exploit economies of scale in the areas of finance, human resources, marketing, administration, information technology, and legal, while also providing cross-marketing opportunities among our drill tool product offerings.
Ø Strengthen and support our employees .  Our experienced employees and management team are our most valuable resources. Attracting, training, and retaining key personnel has been and will remain critical to our success. To achieve our goals, we intend to remain focused on providing our employees with training, personal and professional growth opportunities, as well as adding performance-based incentives, including opportunities for stock ownership.

Competition

Drill Bit Remanufacturing.   The primary competitors for our drill bit remanufacturing services are the in-house units at Hughes Christensen, the division of Baker Hughes responsible for drill bits. However, our competitive advantage is demonstrated by both our significantly superior production times, according to reports we have received from Baker Hughes regarding their in-house production times, as well as our client’s continuing requests for us to take over or manage the work currently being done by those in-house units.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other drill bit manufacturers also have in-house remanufacturing units, but they are not our competitors since we have an exclusive contract with Baker Hughes.

Drill String Tools .  The primary competitors for our Drill N Ream tool are several single-section reaming tool manufacturers, including Baker Oil Tools (a division of Baker Hughes), NOV, and Schlumberger each priced between $15,000 – $30,000 per unit on a rental basis for each run. However, we believe that the Drill N Ream tool is the only dual-section or dual cutting structure drill string reamer on the market today. It is priced at $20,000 to $25,000 per unit per run, with most runs extending for five to ten thousand feet. We believe that distinction will allow us to continue building on the Drill N Ream tool’s first-mover advantage once we complete our acquisition of Hard Rock upon closing of this offering. We believe that our other pending drill string tools are at the forefront of drill string tool technological development for horizontal drilling. Consequently, potential competitors who may be developing similar technology are currently unknown. There are existing tools that would compete with the drill string stimulation tool, such as the Agitator tool marketed by NOV. However, we believe our technology in the drill string stimulation tool offers significant advantages over the Agitator and we believe will be rapidly accepted in the drilling market.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that we differentiate ourselves from our competitors on the basis of the quality and reliability of our products and services, our proprietary technology, and our ability to rapidly respond with products that meet the most demanding needs of our customers.

Experienced management team with proven track record .  Our executive officers and senior operational managers have extensive experience both with us and in the oilfield service industry generally. Our chief executive officer and co-founder, Mr. Meier, has a 33-year relationship with Baker Hughes, providing innovative ideas to support Baker Hughes in maintaining their leadership role in the drill bit industry. Meier family entities will continue to own the majority equity interest in us following the completion of this offering, which we believe aligns their interests with the interests of our public investors.
Cutting-edge manufacturing capacity and proprietary technology.   In 2010 we designed a cutting-edge machining facility with custom features and solutions unlike any other in the industry. We recruited and hired a high level, cross- industry machining design and tooling team to produce our products and services using a suite of highly technical, computer controlled, purpose-built equipment, much of which we design and manufacture for our proprietary use. Most of our manufacturing equipment and products now use advanced, patent-pending technologies that enable us to increase efficiency, enhance precision drill bit and drill string tool integrity, and improve safety. Mr. Meier currently has a number of U.S. patent applications pending, and related international patent applications pending, both (a) as co-inventor with respect to the patents pending that relate to the Drill N Ream, which will we will acquire upon closing the acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion of this offering, and (b) being prepared with respect to our pending line of other horizontal drilling tools.
Industry-recognized expertise and innovation .  We believe that we have developed a strong reputation for producing quality products and services based upon our industry-recognized depth of experience, ability to attract and retain quality employees, and innovative processes and applications. A number of the drill bit remanufacturing processes and technologies that we developed have now become industry standards.
Proprietary technology and intellectual property .  Mr. Meier currently has a number of U.S. patent applications, pending and related international patent applications pending, both (a) as co-inventor with respect to the patents pending that relate to the Drill N Ream, which will we will acquire upon closing the acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion of this offering, and (b) being prepared with respect to our pending line of other horizontal drilling tools.
Strong, long-term client relationship .  We believe that Baker Hughes has contracted with us the last 18 years of our 21-year existence because of the Meier’s commitment to production efficiency, reliability, service quality, and innovation. While generally a small portion of the overall well cost,

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fast turn-around time in replacing worn out drill bits is critical to protecting the producer’s investment in the well. The economic stakes are high where day rates for drilling rigs and other associated services can approach $150,000 per day, and a producer’s investment in a single well can exceed $10 million. Offshore the costs are much higher. Our efficiency in providing refurbished drill bits can save Baker Hughes’ rig operator customers days or even weeks, which can translate directly into significant and measurable savings.
Experienced, talented, and motivated employees .  Our expertise stems from years of experience, a focus on technical innovation, and our highly trained and dedicated workforce. We employ seasoned professionals and technicians with a broad array of specialties and a strong customer service orientation. We have also actively recruited experts from a number of non-oil, high technology manufacturing industries in order to develop new approaches and technologies for our field. Our corporate culture places a high priority on investing in our people. In addition, we proactively strive to be a desirable employer in the small economy of Vernal, Utah, giving us the ability to attract and retain the loyalty of capable local employees. We are also working with local university and high school to develop and teach local programs in machining and engineering expertise and technical resources.

Trends in the Industry

We believe that the following trends will positively affect the oilfield drilling industry, and consequently the demand for our products in the coming years. Also see “Industry”.

Increasing global demand for crude oil and natural gas has spurred increases in energy development spending .  The crude oil and natural gas industry benefits from increased consumption of hydrocarbons, caused in part by the industrialization of China, India and other developing countries. Industry projections call for hydrocarbon demand to continue to increase for the foreseeable future requiring continued heavy investment in the industry.
Significant recent increases are occurring in U.S. oil and gas exploration, development and extraction .  The increase in oil and gas production in the US is well documented. Driving this increase in production has primarily been the growth in horizontal drilling in various shale plays around the country. Starting with the Barnett Shale in Texas, horizontal shale drilling technology has expanded in the past few years to many other plays, including the Haynesville in Louisiana and Texas; the Woodford, Anadarko and Granite Wash in Oklahoma and Texas; the Marcellus in Pennsylvania; the Eagle Ford and Permian Basin in Texas; the Niobrara in Colorado; the Utica in Ohio; the Uinta Basin in Utah; and most notably the Bakken in North Dakota. All of these new plays utilize horizontal drilling and hydraulic fracturing for their success. This type of drilling technology plays right into the hands of our business plan as they all utilize bits that we manufacture or refurbish, they can all benefit from the Drill N Ream and upcoming new drill string enhancement tools, and product quality, service and reliability are highly prized.
Significant new well development is required to replace naturally declining production .  Despite elevated exploration and development activity in recent years, oil supply has only experienced modest gains, highlighting the difficulty in overcoming the natural decline rates of large legacy fields. The International Energy Agency (the “IEA”) estimates that in order to overcome the decline in production from existing fields, and to keep pace with projected demand increases, new production of approximately 40 million barrels of oil per day (an amount equal to nearly 60% of 2011 global oil production) must be added by 2035. A significant number of new wells will be required to make up for declines in production from existing fields and the projected increase in global oil demand.
Increasing complexity and costs of well construction .  As conventional sources of oil and gas are depleted, the oil and gas industry continues to develop new technologies and techniques that allow operators to develop a wider range of unconventional oil and gas resources, such as oil and gas shales. Certain of these techniques include drilling deeper and horizontal well paths with long lateral

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lengths and multi-stage completions, often in high temperature and high pressure environments. These types of unconventional drilling generally require the development of new techniques and specialized drilling tools, such as those manufactured by us.

Customers

The increasing growth in horizontal and hydraulic fracturing activity is placing ever increasing demands and wear on drilling rigs and drilling equipment. These demands shorten the replacement cycles for capital equipment, and increase the demand for maintenance and refurbishment of existing equipment.

Drill Bit Remanufacturing.   Our sole customer for our drill bit remanufacturing services is Hughes Christensen, the division of Baker Hughes responsible for drill bits, under our exclusive long-term contract with them. For the past 18 years, we have serviced the Rocky Mountain, California and Alaska oilfields exclusively for Baker Hughes’ substantial number of oilfield operations and customers. We work directly with their field engineers, manufacturing and marketing representatives to develop new products and enhancements, improve efficiency and safety, and solve complex drilling tool problems. Baker has also approached us to handle all of the bit remanufacturing for its north east customers and to accept overflow work from Mid-Continent facility, or to manage those facilities for them.

Drill String Tools.   E&P operators, our customers, are demanding key technologies, such as advanced directional drilling and more complex completion systems. As the industry adapts to these increased demands, we believe that there will be significant opportunities to bring new products and equipment to market, such as our Drill N Ream tool, that have been designed and engineered with these new challenges in mind. We also believe that this product expansion will drive substantial growth in our remanufacturing service offerings as each of these drill string tools cycle through the refurbishment process up to 12 times through the life of the tool, as opposed to only six refurbishment cycles for a drill bit.

The US currently has approximately 1,800 oil and gas drilling rigs in operation, and internationally there are approximately another 2,000 rigs in operation. Our goal is to first capture an economically significant percentage of the U.S. market for each of our newly released, innovative products before market competition sets in, and then move on to identify the best international markets on which to focus our sales efforts.

New Product Development and Intellectual Property

Our sales and earnings are influenced by our ability to provide the high-level service that our customers demand successfully, which in turn relies on our ability to develop new processes, technology, and products. Much of our product development occurs in response to specific customer requests, in which case we are typically able to pass costs along to the customer. However, we have also historically dedicated additional resources toward the development of new technology and equipment to enhance the effectiveness, safety, and efficiency of the products and services we provide. Although certain of our competitors may spend greater amounts on research and development, we believe that our product development efforts are greatly enhanced by the investments of management time and energy we make to improve our customer service and to work with our customers on their specific product needs and challenges. We spent $282,207 and $68,007 on our research and development projects in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our R&D costs are built into our pricing models for our products and services, and are not directly borne by any of our customers.

Of greatest importance to our development efforts is our ability to preserve excellent customer relations and stay close enough to our customers’ operations so that we can observe opportunities to make changes to our service offerings (and the products that support them) that would yield the maximum benefit to our customers. Although we highly value our proprietary products and technology, we also depend on our technological capabilities, customer service oriented culture, and application of our know-how to distinguish ourselves from our competitors. We also consider the services we provide to our customers, and the technical knowledge and skill of our personnel, to be more important than our registered intellectual property in our ability to compete. While we stress the importance of our research and development programs, the technical challenges and market uncertainties associated with the development and successful introduction of new and updated products are such that we cannot assure you that we will realize any particular amount of future revenue from the services and related products resulting from our research and development programs.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Although in the aggregate our intellectual property is important to us, we currently do not regard any single component as critical or essential to our business as a whole. However, upon our acquisition of Hard Rock, the suite of patents pending that cover the Drill N Ream tool will be significant to our post-offering business. Also see “Proprietary Rights”, below.

Seasonality

A substantial portion of our business is not significantly impacted by changing seasons. A small portion of the revenue we generate from selected operations may benefit from higher first quarter activity levels, as operators take advantage of the winter freeze to gain access to remote drilling and production areas. In the past, some of our revenue in Alaska has declined during the second quarter due to warming weather conditions that resulted in thawing, softer ground, difficulty accessing drill sites and road bans that curtailed drilling activity.

Marketing and Sales

We do not engage in any marketing or sales efforts for our PDC drill bits in the oil and gas industry because we are under an exclusive contract with Baker Hughes for those services.

For the Drill N Ream tool, HRSI has conducted substantially all of the sales and marketing efforts to date under our manufacturing and licensing arrangement. To date, the Drill N Ream tool has been deployed largely in North Dakota’s Bakken oil field, and in Utah, Oklahoma, and Texas. Our goal is to expand the Drill N Ream tool’s coverage by targeting a substantially expanded sales and marketing effort in the Ohio, Pennsylvania, Oklahoma, Texas, California, and Utah oil fields, among others. Upon our acquisition of Hard Rock from the proceeds of this offering, we intend to build a strong sales and marketing team to market the Drill N Ream tool to oilfield operators, as well as our other pending drill string tools once they are brought to market.

Suppliers and Raw Materials

We acquire supplies, component parts, products and raw materials from suppliers, including steel suppliers, foundries, forge shops and original equipment manufacturers. The prices we pay for our raw materials may be affected by, among other things, energy, industrial diamond, steel and other commodity prices, tariffs and duties on imported materials and foreign currency exchange rates. Certain of our component parts, products or specific raw materials are only available from a limited number of suppliers.

Our ability to obtain suitable quality raw materials and components, such as PDC’s, steel and flux, solder, heating elements, is critical to our ability to remanufacture Baker Hughes drill bits, and to manufacture the Drill N Ream tool and other pending drill line products. In order to purchase raw materials and components in timely and cost effective manner, we have developed both domestic and international sourcing connections and arrangements. We maintain quality assurance and testing programs to analyze and test these raw materials and components in order to assure their compliance with our rigorous specifications and standards. We generally try to purchase our raw materials from multiple suppliers so we are not dependent on any one supplier, but this is not always possible.

One of the challenges with our new drilling tool manufacturing division has been getting steel at a good price, accurate specifications, and on time delivery. We have experienced increased costs in recent years due to rising steel prices. Since Baker Hughes pays the cost of materials and supplies used in our drill bit remanufacturing process, cost increases are not as critical a short-term financial component for that line of business. We cannot assure that we will be able to continue to purchase these raw materials on a timely basis or at historical prices.

Employees

As of January 1, 2014, we had 54 full-time employees. Our employee turn over rate for 2013 was approximately 2%. We generally have been able to locate and engage highly qualified employees as needed and do not expect our growth efforts to be constrained by a lack of qualified personnel. None of our employees is covered by an ongoing collective bargaining agreement, and we have experienced no work stoppages. We consider our employee relations to be good.

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Properties

Manufacturing Facility .  Our principal executive offices and manufacturing facilities are currently in three buildings located at 1583 South 1700 East in Vernal, Utah, which are owned by MPS. MPS leases those buildings to SDP and SDF under the terms of two five-year leases, at an approximately market rate, with annual one-year extensions after expiration of the initial term. After completion of the Reorganization, all lease payments will be eliminated in our consolidated financial statements. In 2012, we purchased one acre with a commercial building that is contiguous to our manufacturing facility, and which we currently use for storage. However, that facility would be usable for expansion of portions of our business operations. Also see “MD&A — Contractual Obligations — Real Estate Loans”. Also, March 2014, we entered into a lease for another commercial building in Vernal, Utah which will be occupied by ET in order to expand its research and development activities.

Bakersfield Facility.   In 2012, we acquired property and a facility in Bakersfield, California on which to develop a second remanufacturing facility. The Bakersfield location was chosen for its proximity to Baker Hughes’ western and foreign customer base, in order to provide faster turn-around times, easier access to seaports, and reduced shipping costs for that customer base than is possible from our primary Vernal Utah manufacturing facility. However, due to local construction permitting issues for needed renovations to accommodate our production processes, and to subsequent internal cash constraints, our development of the Bakersfield facility was put on hold. In February 2013, we leased the Bakersfield facility to an unrelated party for $7,500 month on a 1-year 8 month term, and with an option to purchase the property for $1,650,000 at the conclusion of the initial lease term.

Investment Properties.   Through MPS, we own several properties acquired in connection with projects with related parties. Those properties are (a) the Superior Auto Body facility in Riverton, Utah, which MPS owns and leases to a related party, (b) an 11-acre parcel in Naples, Utah acquired for an oil well site that was subsequently determined to be non-productive, and (c) 47 acres of raw land contiguous to the Meiers’ personal residence. See “MD&A — Contractual Obligations — Real Estate Loans”.

Proprietary Rights

We rely primarily on a combination of patent, trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, confidentiality procedures, and other intellectual property protection methods to protect our proprietary technology. Mr. Meier currently has a number of U.S. patent applications pending, and related international patent applications pending, both (a) as co-inventor with respect to the patents pending that relate to the Drill N Ream, which will we will aquire upon closing the acquisition of Hard Rock upon completion of this offering, and (b) individually with respect to our pending line of other horizontal drilling tools. There is no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that the existing patents or that any future patents issued to us will provide any competitive advantages for their products or technology, or that, if challenged, the patents issued to us will be held valid and enforceable. Despite our precautions, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of the our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Existing intellectual property laws afford only limited protection and policing violations of such laws is difficult. The laws of certain countries in which the Company’s products are or may be used by our customers do not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. There is no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that our competitors will not independently develop similar technology, gain access to our trade secrets or other proprietary information, or design around our patents.

We may be required to enter into costly litigation to enforce its intellectual property rights or to defend infringement claims by others. Such infringement claims could require us to license the intellectual property rights of third parties. There is no assurance that such licenses would be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

While our operations are subject to numerous stringent and complex laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to human health and environmental protection, we have put a strong focus on these issues.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We designed and build our Vernal facility as a fully-contained business park, except for the city sewer connection. Underlying our entire facility, including parking lots and runoff storage areas, is a complete capture and containment field that collects all building drainage and ground run off in isolated tanks. Captured drainage and runoff, as well as all hazardous waste generated in our manufacturing processes is regularly removed from our facility by a certified hazardous waste disposal company. However, the trend in environmental regulation has been to impose increasingly stringent restrictions and limitations on activities that may impact the environment, and thus, any changes in environmental laws and regulations or in enforcement policies that result in more stringent and costly waste handling, storage, transport, disposal, or remediation requirements could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial position. Moreover, accidental releases or spills of regulated substances may occur in the course of our operations, and we cannot assure you that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of such releases or spills, including any third-party claims for damage to property, natural resources or persons. Failure to comply with these laws or regulations or to obtain or comply with permits may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties, imposition of remedial or corrective action requirements, and the imposition of orders or injunctions to prohibit or restrict certain activities or force future compliance.

The following is a summary of the more significant existing environmental, health and safety laws and regulations to which our business operations are subject and for which compliance could have a material adverse impact on our capital expenditures, results of operations or financial position.

Hazardous Substances and Waste.   The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“ RCRA ”) and comparable state statutes, regulate the generation, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal and cleanup of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Under the auspices of the EPA, the individual states administer some or all of the provisions of RCRA, sometimes in conjunction with their own, more stringent requirements. We are required to manage the transportation, storage and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes in compliance with RCRA.

The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“ CERCLA ”), also known as the Superfund law, imposes joint and several liability, without regard to fault or legality of conduct, on classes of persons who are considered to be responsible for the release of a hazardous substance into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the site where the release occurred, and anyone who disposed or arranged for the disposal of a hazardous substance released at the site. We currently own, lease, or operate numerous properties that have been used for manufacturing and other operations for many years. We also contract with waste removal services and landfills. These properties and the substances disposed or released on them may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA and analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove previously disposed substances and wastes, remediate contaminated property, or perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination. In addition, it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment.

Environmental reviews done in connection with a new housing project contiguous to our Vernal facility identified some petroleum incursions. However, it has been determined that the source of the incursions is not from our property.

Water Discharges.   The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (the “ Clean Water Act ”) and analogous state laws impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA or an analogous state agency. A responsible party includes the owner or operator of a facility from which a discharge occurs. The Clean Water Act and analogous state laws provide for administrative, civil and criminal penalties for unauthorized discharges and, together with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, impose rigorous requirements for spill prevention and response planning, as well as substantial potential liability for the costs of removal, remediation, and damages in connection with any unauthorized discharges.

Employee Health and Safety.   We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including OSHA and comparable state statutes, establishing requirements to protect the health and safety of workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require that information be maintained concerning hazardous materials used or produced in our operations and that this information be provided to employees, state and local government authorities and the public. Substantial fines and penalties can be imposed and orders or injunctions limiting or prohibiting certain operations may be issued in connection with any failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety.

There is no assurance that any present or future noncompliance with Environmental Laws will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. See “Risk Factors — Environmental Matters.”

Insurance and Risk Management

We maintain insurance coverage of types and amounts that we believe to be customary and reasonable for companies of our size and with similar operations. In accordance with industry practice, however, we do not maintain insurance coverage against all of the operating risks to which our business is exposed. Therefore, there is a risk our insurance program may not be sufficient to cover any particular loss or all losses.

Currently, our insurance program includes, among other things, general liability, umbrella liability, sudden and accidental pollution, personal property, vehicle, workers’ compensation, and employer’s liability coverage. Our insurance includes various limits and deductibles or retentions, which must be met prior to or in conjunction with recovery.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of our business activities. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position, except as follows:

In October 2013, Del-Rio Resources, Inc. (“Del-Rio”) filed suit, on its own behalf and derivatively on behalf of Philco Exploration, LLC, against the following co-defendants (a) Tronco Ohio, LLC (“TO”) and Tronco Energy Corporation (“Tronco”), (b) the lender on the Tronco Loan, ACF Property Management, Inc. (p.k.a. Fortuna Asset Management, LLC, ) (“ACF”), (c) the Meiers personally, and several of their family trusts, (d) Meier Family Holding Company, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, and (e) SDP and MPS. That suit is currently pending in the Eighth Judicial District Court, Unitah County, Utah under Cause # 130800125.

Tronco and Del-Rio are the sole owners and managers of Philco Exploration, LLC (“Philco”). Philco served as the exploration operator. Part of the collateral for the Tronco Loan was Philco’s mineral leases. Del-Rio’s suit alleges that the defendants made amendments to the Tronco Loan without complying with the voting provisions of Philco’s operating agreement, and that all of the Meier-related entities somehow benefitted from the Tronco Loan proceeds, in an unspecified manner. Del-Rio’s suit seeks to invalidate ACF’s deeds of trust on the Philco mineral leases, and to quiet title to those leases in Philco. Del Rio is also requesting monetary and punitive damages, disgorgement, prejudgment interest, post judgment interest, costs, and attorney fees, against all defendants, in an amount to be determined at trial.

We believe that Del-Rio’s claims are without merit, and all defendants are actively defending in this matter. In particular, SDP’s and MPS’ only involvement was to grant guaranties and/or security interests in their respective separate personal and real property to ACF to additionally collateralize the Tronco Loan. In addition, since we plan to pay off the Tronco loan with the proceeds of this offering, we believe that the basis of Del-Rio’s damages claims will be nullified. Consequently, we do not believe that Del-Rio’s purported claims against SDP and MPS will have any material adverse effect on our cash flow, business, or operations.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors, and Director-Nominees

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers, directors, and director-nominees.

   
Name   Age   Position
G. Troy Meier   52   Board Chair and Chief Executive Officer
Annette Meier   51   Director, President, and Chief Operating Officer
Christopher D. Cashion   58   Chief Financial Officer
Rich Mahoney   50   Vice President of Finance
David Gale   38   Vice President of Operations
Joshua J Smith   32   Vice President of Manufacturing
Terrance Cryan   51   Director — Nominee
Robert Iversen   59   Director — Nominee

Troy Meier. Co-Founder, Board Chair and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Meier has over 33 years of experience in the oil and gas industry. Mr. Meier and co-founder Annette Meier founded the company that is now SDP in 1999. Since that time through the present, Mr. Meier has spearheaded the development of our new manufacturing business conducted by SDF, and our research and development activities conducted by ET. As our chief innovator, Mr. Meier has been responsible for not only inventing, but also designing, engineering and manufacturing industry specific machinery and processes and has several patent applications pending. Previously, in 1993, Mr. Meier started SDP’s predecessor, Rocky Mountain Diamond, after thirteen years with Christensen Diamond and its successors. At Christensen Diamond, Mr. Meier established overseas factories in Ireland, Venezuela, and China. In addition, Mr. Meier designed tools to improve efficiency both in the plants and in the field. Previously, Mr. Meier had been Christensen Diamond’s first drill bit fabricator specialist and by age 28, was made the Northern Region design engineer responsible for designing drill bits, core systems, centric bits, nozzle systems, and related products. As the co-founder, Mr. Meier for the last five years has focused 100% of his attention on our development and growth.

Mr. Meier was selected to serve on our board of directors and as the as the Board Chair because of his extensive industry experience, his role as our co-founder and chief innovator, and his and Ms. Meier’s majority shareholding.

Annette Meier. Co-Founder, Director, President, and Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Meier has over 20 years of experience in the oil and gas industry. Since our inception in 1999 to the present, Ms. Meier has managed all of our day-to-day operations and business. In 2008, Ms. Meier envisioned and co-created “CHUCK,” our custom shop management and inventory program software. Ms. Meier was also instrumental to the development of the “nucleus grinding system,” that is currently utilized in our new manufacturing processes. In 2005, Ms. Meier served as the creator and chief architect of the Ropers Business Park, the state-of-the-art campus that houses our remanufacturing and new manufacturing facilities in Vernal, Utah. Ms. Meier’s understanding of our business processes resulted in her designing and facilitating the SMART FACILITY layout, process and control systems within the manufacturing plant. Previously, in 1993, Ms. Meier co-founded and managed SDP’s predecessor, Rocky Mountain Diamond. As the co-founder, Ms. Meier for the last five years has focused 100% of her attention on our development and growth. Ms. Meier has been the recipient of numerous state, local and industry awards over the years that recognized her for innovation and leadership.

Ms. Meier was selected to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive industry experience, her role as our co-founder and substantial knowledge of our day-to-day operations, and her and Mr. Meier’s majority shareholding.

Christopher D. Cashion. Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Cashion has over 30 years of experience in the fields of accounting, finance and private equity. Mr. Cashion joined us in March 2014 to serve as our Chief Financial Officer on a full-time basis. Previously, Mr. Cashion worked as an independent financial and business consultant since 1998. From January 2013 through February 2014, Mr. Cashion was the Chief Financial Officer for a Houston based hydraulic frac equipment manufacturing company. Previously, from

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

January 2005 till August 2012, Mr. Cashion provided chief financial officer services to five start-up portfolio companies owned by the Shell Technology Venture Fund, a private equity fund. Prior to his tenure with the start-up portfolio companies Mr. Cashion worked for the First Reserve Corporation, a private equity firm from 1991 to 1993. Mr. Cashion worked with Baker Hughes, Inc. from 1981 to 1991 and with Ernst & Young from 1977 to 1981. Mr. Cashion holds a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Tennessee and an M.B.A. in Finance and International Business from the University of Houston. Mr. Cashion has been a Certified Public Accountant since 1979.

Rich Mahoney. Vice President of Finance. Mr. Mahoney has over 28 years of experience in the field of accounting and finance. Mr. Mahoney has worked in various positions over the past 28 years including serving as Staff Accountant, Accounting Manager, Controller and Operations Manager. Mr. Mahoney has worked in multiple industries, as well as served as an accountant for publicly traded companies. From June 2009 to August 2011, Mr. Mahoney served as the Office Manager at Mainstreet Tax and Accounting, an accounting firm. From August 2011 to the present, Mr. Mahoney has served as our Vice President of Finance. Mr. Mahoney received a Bachelor of Science in Accounting followed by a Master in Science in Taxation from California State University. Mr. Mahoney was subsequently Certified as a Certified Public Accountant in the State of Washington.

David Gale. Vice President of Operations. Mr. Gale joined us in August 2007 as the Information Technology Manager. During his short tenure at Superior Drilling he has successfully managed and updated the technology in the Company, including servers, SQL databases, in-house software, computer hardware, and peripherals. Additionally, Mr. Gale, with Ms. Annette Meier, co-created, designed, and programmed “CHUCK”, a complete shop management and inventory program. Mr. Gale is also the principal designer for Superior Drilling’s paperless system using SQL database server networking and touch monitors and web services, including a real-time customer-driven inventory tracking system web-based satellite access for customer base. Mr. Gale has also been able to successfully utilize his media background to develop marketing campaigns and materials for Superior Drilling in various mediums including but not limited to: web sites, long and short form commercials, instructional video, brochures, business cards, power point presentations. Mr. Gale graduated from Brigham Young University with a Bachelors of Arts degree in Journalism and is the recipient of the Edward R. Murrow journalism award.

Joshua J Smith. Vice President of Manufacturing. Mr. Smith is the Vice President of Manufacturing for Superior Drilling Products. Mr. Smith joined us in January, 2011. Previously, Mr. Smith, from 2009 to 2011, was the Applications Manager at Primary Weapons Systems where he successfully established an infrastructure that would support the operator-free processes necessary for premium firearm manufacturing. Prior to that, Mr. Smith served as Programming Lead at the General Products Machine Shop from 2004 to 2009, in Idaho. Mr. Smith has significant experience transitioning existing machine shops to become state of the art manufacturing facilities. Mr. Smith has a background in CNC machining, application engineering, and “lights out” operation. Mr. Smith frequently advises on challenging applications for customers and third parties. Mr. Smith obtained his certification in Computerized Machine Technology from Idaho State University in 2004.

Terence J. Cryan. Director Nominee. Mr. Cryan has over 20 years of international business experience as an investment banker based in both the United States and Europe. In 2001, Mr. Cryan co-founded Concert Energy Partners, an investment and private equity firm based in New York City, and continues to serve as Managing Director. He also served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Medical Acoustics LLC from April 2007 through April 2010. Prior to 2001, Mr. Cryan was a Senior Managing Director in the Investment Banking Division at Bear Stearns. Earlier in his career, Mr. Cryan served as Managing Director, Energy & Natural Resources Industry Group Head and member of the Investment Banking Operating Committee at Paine Webber. Mr. Cryan joined Paine Webber following its acquisition of Kidder, Peabody in 1994. Mr. Cryan has been an adjunct professor at the Metropolitan College of New York Graduate School of Business and serves as a director of a number of international companies, including public companies such as Global Power Equipment Corporation (February 2008 to present), Uranium Resources, Inc. (October 2006 to present) and Ocean Power Technologies Corporation (October 2012 to present). From September 2012 to April 2013, Mr. Cryan also served as interim President and CEO of Uranium Resources, Inc. Mr. Cryan is a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors and is a frequent speaker at finance and energy

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

industry gatherings. Mr. Cryan holds a Master of Science degree in Economics from the London School of Economics and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University.

Mr. Cryan was selected to serve as a director because of his extensive expertise in financing, mergers and acquisitions. He also has a broad energy industry background and executive-level experience. Mr. Cryan has over 20 years of experience in international business as an investment banker in the United States and Europe. As a co-founder of Concert Energy Partners and as former Managing Director, Energy & Natural Resources Industry Group at Paine Webber, Mr. Cryan has in depth knowledge of the energy industry. In addition, Mr. Cryan brings extensive board-level experience, serving on the boards of a number of international companies.

Robert E. Iversen, Director Nominee. Mr. Iversen has broad executive and operational management experience in the sales, service, and manufacturing sectors of the global upstream oil and gas industry. Currently a partner and president of C T I Energy Services, LLC of Springtown, Texas, a drilling services company he started in 2011, Mr. Iversen has strong experience in the development and commercialization of new technology products and in-company marketing and advertising programs. Previously, Mr. Iversen collaborated with Troy Meier as a partner and senior vice president in Tronco Energy Services from 2008 – 2011. From 2002 to 2008, he served as President and other C-level positions with Ulterra Drilling Technologies (Fort Worth, Texas), INRG (Houston, Texas), and NQL Energy Services (Nisku, Alberta). In 1994, Mr. Iverson and partners purchased the U.S. division of DBS Stratabit, a small, underperforming diamond bit company, where, as President until 2002, he built it into a top tier provider of high technology products. Mr. Iversen previously held numerous executive positions in marketing, technology and engineering at various divisions of the Baker Hughes companies, and their predecessors, from 1980 through 1994.
Mr. Iversen holds a Bachelor of Science Petroleum Engineering, Montana Tech, as well as numerous technical and executive post-graduate certifications.

Mr. Iversen was selected to serve on our board of directors because of his strong experience with start up companies and the development and commercialization of new technology products. Mr. Iversen further brings his broad executive and operational management expertise in the oil and gas industry.

Board Composition

Our board of directors directs the management of our business and affairs, as provided by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act. Mr. Meier and Ms. Meier serve as our initial board of directors. Our board of directors has approved amended and restated Bylaws, to be effective immediately before closing of this offering, that authorize no less than four and no more than seven directors, a majority of whom, at any given time, must qualify as “independent” under NYSE MKT’s listing standards. See “— Director Independence”, below. Our initial shareholders have approved resolutions specifying that our post-offering board of directors will consist of four directors, comprised of Mr. Meier, Ms. Meier and our two director-nominees, Messrs. Cryan and Iversen, effective upon the closing of this offering with one vacant Board seat to be filled as soon as practicable following completion of this offering.

Classified Board of Directors.   Our initial shareholders and Board of Directors have also approved amended and restated Articles of Incorporation, to be effective immediately before closing of this offering. Those amended and restated Articles of Incorporation specify that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms, after initial terms of one year, two years, and three years, respectively. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our current directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

Ø the Class I director will is currently vacant and will be appointed by the existing directors following the offering;
Ø the Class II directors will be Ms. Meier and Mr. Cryan, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2016; and
Ø the Class III directors will be Mr. Meier and Mr. Iversen, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2017.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each director’s term will continue until the election and qualification of the director’s successor, or earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of our directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

Director Independence.   Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director nominee and has affirmatively determined that each of them is “independent”, as defined by the Rules of the NYSE MKT Stock Market (“ Rules” ). Under the Rules, a director can be independent only if (a) the director does not trigger a categorical bar to independence and (b) our board of directors affirmatively determines that the director does not have a relationship which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment by the director in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Cryan, and Iversen do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under NYSE MKT’s listing standards. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with us, and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including any beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and any transactions involving them as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Lead Independent Director.   We do not currently separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Board Chair. Our board of directors has determined, in connection with our adoption of certain corporate governance principles in connection with this offering, that one of our independent directors should serve as a lead director at any time when the title of Board Chair is held by an employee director or there is no current Board Chair.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines. Our corporate governance guidelines will provide that one of our independent directors should serve as our Lead Independent Director at any time when our Chief Executive Officer serves as the Chairman of our board of directors, or if the Chairman is not otherwise independent. Because Mr. Meier is our Chairman, our board of directors intends to appoint Mr. Cryan to serve as our Lead Independent Director effective upon the closing of this offering. As Lead Independent Director, Mr. Cryan will preside over periodic meetings of our independent directors, serve as a liaison between our Chairman and our independent directors and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, to be effective upon closing of this offering. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues. Members will serve on these committees until their resignation or until as otherwise determined by our board of directors. The composition of the board committees will comply, when required, with the applicable rules of the exchange on which our common stock is listed and applicable law. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for each of the standing committees. These charters will be available on our website following the completion of the offering.

The composition and responsibilities of each of the standing committees of our board of directors, when effective, will be as follows:

Audit committee.   Our audit committee will be comprised solely of “independent” directors, as defined under and required by Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the NYSE MKT Rules. Our audit committee will be directly responsible for, among other things, the appointment, compensation, retention, and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The oversight includes reviewing the plans and results of the audit engagement with the firm, approving any additional professional services provided by the firm and reviewing the independence of the firm. Commencing with our first report on internal controls over financial reporting, the committee will be responsible for discussing the effectiveness of the internal controls over

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

financial reporting with our independent registered public accounting firm and relevant financial management. The members of this committee will be Mr. Cryan and Mr. Iversen, with Mr. Iversen initially serving as committee chair. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Cryan qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined by the rules under the Exchange Act.

Compensation committee.   Our compensation committee will consist solely of directors who are “independent”, as defined under and required by NYSE MKT’s Rules, “non-employee directors” under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and “outside directors” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”). The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things, supervising and reviewing our affairs as they relate to the compensation and benefits of our executive officers and non-employee directors. In carrying out these responsibilities, the compensation committee will review all components of executive compensation for consistency with our compensation philosophy and with the interests of our shareholders. The members of this committee will be Messrs. Cryan, and Iversen, with Mr. Cryan initially serving as committee chair.

Nominating and governance committee.   Our nominating and governance committee will consist solely of “independent” directors, as defined under and required by NYSE MKT’s Rules. The nominating and governance committee will be responsible for, among other things, identifying individuals qualified to become board members; selecting, or recommending to the board of directors, director-nominees for each election of directors; developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for selecting qualified director candidates; considering committee member qualifications, appointments, and removals; recommending corporate governance principles, codes of conduct, and compliance mechanisms; providing oversight in the evaluation of the board of directors and each committee; and developing an appropriate succession plan for our chief executive officer. The members of this committee will be Messrs. Cryan, and Iversen, with Mr. Iverson initially serving as committee chair.

Board of Directors’ Role in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors will not have a standing risk management committee, but rather intends to administer this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various board of directors standing committees that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, and our audit committee will have the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures. The audit committee also will have the responsibility to issue guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken, monitor compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and oversee the performance of our internal audit function. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will monitor the effectiveness of our corporate governance guidelines, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee will assess and monitor whether any of our compensation policies and programs have the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

For information concerning limitation of liability and indemnification applicable to our directors, executive officers, and, in certain cases, employees, please see “Description of Capital Stock” located elsewhere in this prospectus.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors. Upon completion of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.sdpteam.com. Following adoption of the code of business conduct and ethics, any change to, or waiver from, that code may be made only by our Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and NYSE MKT’s corporate governance rules.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Before closing of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with NYSE MKT’s corporate governance rules.

Director Compensation

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of Named Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the total compensation earned for services rendered during fiscal year 2013 by our named executive officers who consist of our principal executive officers, our principal financial officer, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Our named executive officers are set forth in the table below.

               
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)
  Option
Awards
($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
Troy Meier (1) (2)
Board Chair and
Chief Executive Officer
    2013                                   $ 20,175     $ 20,175  
Annette Meier (1) (3)
President and
Chief Operating Officer
    2013                                   $ 22,175     $ 22,175  
Christopher Cashion (4)
Chief Financial Officer
    2013                                            
Rich Mahoney
Vice President of Finance
    2013     $ 120,000     $ 2,000                       $ 9,008     $ 131,008  
David Gale
Manager of Information
Technology
    2013     $ 77,000     $ 4,000                       $ 15,984     $ 96,984  
Joshua J Smith
Vice President of
Manufacturing
    2013     $ 100,000     $ 2,000                       $ 6,132     $ 108,132  

(1) Each of Troy Meier and Annette Meier have historically received a salary of $69,000 per year from Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, SDP’s current majority parent entity. In addition, together they have received S-corporation distributions from Meier Family Holding Company, LLC of $10,000 in 2013 and $15,000 in 2012, respectively, and from Meier Management Company, LLC of $755,842 in 2013 and $1,498,842 in 2012.
(2) The Board of Directors has approved an annual salary to Mr. Meier of $475,000 for his service as our Chief Executive Officer effective upon the completion of this offering.
(3) The Board of Directors has approved an annual salary to Ms. Meier of $425,000 for her service as our President effective upon the completion of this offering.
(4) The Board of Directors has approved an annual salary to Mr. Cashion of $300,000 for his service as our Chief Financial Officer effective upon the completion of this offering.

Outstanding Equity Awards

There are currently no outstanding equity awards to any of the named officers or any other employee.

Employment Agreements

We will enter into written employment agreements with our Named Executives, which will be effective upon completion of this offering. Those Agreements will provide for, among other things, the payment of base salary, reimbursement of certain costs and expenses, and for each named executive officer’s participation in our bonus plan and employee benefit plans.

With the exception of Troy Meier’s and Annette Meier’s employment agreements, each agreement will provide for a term of employment commencing on the date of the agreement and continuing (a) until we or the executive provide 30-days written notice of termination to the other party, (b) upon termination by us for cause, or (c) upon the executive’s death or disability. Except with respect to certain items of compensation, as described below, the terms of each agreement will be similar in all material respects.

In addition to the base salaries shown above,

Ø Mr. Meier’s Employment Agreement provides for an annual review by our board of directors, and a performance bonus of 70% to 110% of his base salary based on criteria to be established by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Ø Ms. Meier’s Employment Agreement provides for an annual review by our board of directors, and a performance bonus of 70% to 110% of her base salary based on criteria to be established by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors after completion of this offering.
Ø Mr. Cashion’s employment agreement will entitle him to receive up to a performance bonus based on criteria to be established by the Compensation Committee of our board of directors after completion of this offering, and to participate in our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan when it becomes effective. See “— Benefit Plans — 2014 Employee Stock Incentive Plan”.

Each of the Meiers’ employment agreements will provide for customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to our executive officers, and reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses, including the use of a company vehicle.

Change of Control Provisions.   Each executive’s Employment Agreement will also provide that in the event of a Change in Control (as defined below), during the term of executive’s employment, (a) we are obligated to pay such executive a single lump sum payment, within 30 days of the termination of such executive’s employment, equal to 1 year, and (b) the executive’s equity awards, if any, shall immediately vest. “ Change in Control ” means approval by our stockholders of

(1)(a) a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other form of corporate transaction or series of transactions, in each case, with respect to which persons who were our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction do not, immediately thereafter, own more than 50% of the combined voting power entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged or consolidated company’s then outstanding voting securities, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such transaction, (b) our liquidation or dissolution, or (c) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets (unless such reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, liquidation, dissolution or sale is subsequently abandoned); or

(2) the acquisition in a transaction or series or transactions by any person, entity or “group”, within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, of more than 50% of either the then outstanding shares of common stock or the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (a “ Controlling Interest ”), excluding any acquisitions by (a) us or our subsidiaries, (b) any person, entity or “group” that as of the date of the amendments to the employment agreements owns beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act of a Controlling Interest, or (c) any of our employee benefit plans.

Troy Meier’s and Annette Meier’s agreements provide that (a) the non-competition covenant does not apply following the termination of employment if their employment is terminated without cause or for good reason (as defined below), (b) the non-solicitation of employees covenant applies with respect to any current employee or any former employee who was employed by us within the prior six months, and (c) the non-solicitation of customers covenant applies to all actual or targeted prospective clients of ours to the extent solicited on behalf of any person or entity in connection with any business competitive with our business.

As consideration and compensation to our executives for, and subject to each executives’ adherence to, the above covenants and limitations, we have agreed to continue to pay the executive’s base salary in the same manner as if they continued to be employed by us during the one-year non-competition period following the executive’s termination.

Payments on Termination .  Except as noted above, upon termination of employment under these agreements, (a) we are only required to pay each executive that portion of their respective annual base salary that have accrued and remain unpaid through the effective date of the executive’s termination, and (b) we have no further obligation whatsoever to the executive other than reimbursement of previously incurred expenses which are appropriately reimbursable under our expense reimbursement policy. However, if employment termination is due to the executive’s death, we will continue to pay the executive’s annual base salary for the period through the end of the calendar month in which death occurs to the executive’s estate.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain Tax Considerations Related to Executive Compensation

As a result of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, if the Company pays more than $1,000,000 in compensation to a “covered employee” (the chief executive officer and the next four highest paid employees) in a single year, then the Company’s deduction for such compensation could be limited to $1,000,000.

Pension Benefits and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not provide a pension plan for our employees, and none of our named executive officers participated in a nonqualified deferred compensation plan at any time.

Other Change in Control, Severance, and Employment Provisions

We have not adopted a company-wide severance policy. Except for the executive Employment Agreements discussed above, all of our employees are considered at-will and their employment can be terminated by either us or the employee upon 30 days written notice. None of our employment agreements provide for post-termination benefits unrelated to a Change in Control, except for the Meiers’ employment agreements and the payments to other named executive officers during the one-year non-competition period.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the value of payments or vesting acceleration, as applicable, our named executive officers would be entitled to receive assuming a qualifying termination or Change in Control, as applicable, as of December 31, 2013:

           
  Severance
Amount
($)
  Early
Vesting of Stock
Options
($)
  Early
Vesting of
Restricted
Stock
($)
  Continuation
of Benefits
($)
  Unused
Vacation
($)
  Total
($)
Troy Meier                     $ 677     $ 5,308     $ 5,985  
Board Chair and
Chief Executive Officer
                                                     
Annette Meier                     $ 677     $ 5,308     $ 5,985  
President and Chief
Operating Officer
                                                     
Christopher Cashion                                    
Chief Financial Off|ficer
 
Rich Mahoney                     $ 780     $ 4,615     $ 5,395  
Vice President of Finance
                                                     
David Gale                     $ 606     $ 2,962     $ 3,568  
Manager of Information
Technology
                                                     
Joshua J Smith                     $ 532     $ 3,846     $ 4,378  
Vice President of
Manufacturing
                                                     

Benefit Plans

2014 Employee Stock Incentive Plan.

Our shareholders adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Employee Plan ”) in March 2014. The Employee Plan authorizes and reserves for issuance a maximum of two million shares of Common Stock, subject to certain adjustments. As of the date of this Prospectus, no awards have been made under the Employee Plan.

Administration .  The Employee Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors. See “ Management — Board of Directors — Board Committees ”. However, only our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the Employee Plan. Unless terminated sooner by the Board of Directors, the Employee Plan expires in February 2024.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Eligible Recipients.   The Compensation Committee may award incentive stock options (“ ISOs ”) to employees, and may award non-qualified stock options (“ NSOs ”) and restricted stock awards to employees and certain non-employees (other than non-employee directors) who have important relationships with us or our Subsidiaries. Awards are nonassignable and nontransferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution at the time of the recipient’s death in accordance with the Employee Plan.

Stock Option Grants.   The Compensation Committee may grant options, as either ISOs and NSOs, under the Employee Plan. With respect to each option grant, the Compensation Committee determines the number of shares subject to the option, the option price, the period of the option, the time or times at which the option may be exercised (including whether the option will be subject to any vesting requirements and whether there will be any conditions which the recipient must satisfy before being permitted to exercise the option), and the other terms and conditions of the option.

In general, vested options and any related rights may only be exercised when (a) the recipient is employed by us or in our service as a consultant or independent contractor, (b) within 12 months following termination of employment by reason of death or disability, or (c) within three months following termination for any other reason except for cause. We will not issue any shares upon the exercise of an option until the full exercise price has been paid. After we issue shares upon exercise of an option, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Plan will be reduced by the number of shares issued upon exercise of that option.

ISOs are subject to special terms and conditions. On the date an ISO is granted, the aggregate fair market value of the Common Stock issuable under ISOs available for exercise during any calendar year, may not exceed $100,000. ISOs must expire ten years from the date of grant, and the exercise price must equal the fair market value of the underlying shares of Common Stock at the date of grant. ISOs may not be granted to employees holding more than 10% of the Company’s total voting power unless (a) the exercise price is at least 110% of the Common Stock’s fair market value on the date of grant, and (b) the option is not exercisable until five years after the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Bonus Awards .  The Compensation Committee may award shares of restricted stock as a stock bonus under the Employee Plan. The Compensation Committee may determine the recipients of stock bonuses, the number of shares to be awarded, and the timing of the award. Stock received as a stock bonus is subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time the stock is awarded. Each recipient of a restricted stock bonus award will be a shareholder of record with respect to those shares of restricted stock, whether or not those shares are subject to a risk of forfeiture or repurchase. No recipient may transfer any interest in shares of restricted stock to any person other than to the Company.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards .  The Compensation Committee may award restricted stock units (RSUs) under the Employee Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our Employee Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Changes in Capital Structure.   The Employee Plan provides that if the outstanding Common Stock of the Company is increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company or of another corporation by reason of any recapitalization, stock split or certain other transactions, appropriate adjustment will be made by the Compensation Committee in the number and kind of shares available for grants under the Employee Plan. In addition, the Compensation Committee will make appropriate adjustments in the number and kind of shares as to which outstanding options will be exercisable. In the event of a merger, consolidation or other fundamental corporate transformation, the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit outstanding options to remain in effect in accordance with their terms; to be converted into options to purchase stock in the surviving or acquiring corporation in the transaction; or to be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, during a 30-day period prior to the consummation of the transaction.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Independent Director Compensation.

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive annual cash retainers, as well as equity awards under an Independent Director Equity Compensation Plan (“ Director Plan ”), for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Directors who are also our employees will not be eligible to receive additional compensation for their service as directors.

Form S-8 Registration Statement.

The Company intends to file a Form S-8 Registration Statement in upon expiration of the Lock-Up Period covering the shares reserved for issuance under the Employee Plan and the Director Plan.

Non-Equity Incentive Awards

There have been no non-equity awards to any of the named officers or any other employee.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described above in “Management,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2012 and each currently proposed transaction in which (1) we have been or are to be a participant, (2) the amount involved exceeded or will exceed the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end, and (3) any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of their immediate families or person sharing their household had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

There have been no sales or other transfers of any of our, or our subsidiaries’, securities since January 1, 2012, except as follows:

Ø We issued 1,000 shares of our common stock to the Initial Shareholders upon SDC’s formation in December 2013.
Ø We issued a $2 million Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 24, 2014, to D4D, LLC (“ Bridge Loan ”), which is convertible into (a) shares of our common stock at 70% of the per share price in this offer, or, in certain circumstances, into other of our securities and (b) a warrant to purchase shares of SDC’s common stock at 100% of the per share price in this offering.

Related Party Transactions

Tronco-Related Loans

Loan Guarantee.   SDP has guaranteed a loan of Tronco Energy Corporation (“ Tronco ”), a party related through common control. The Tronco loan, as recently amended, has a current principal balance of approximately $6.89 million, accrues interest at 11% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $63,000, and has four six-month extensions which, if exercised, would mature in December 2015, along with a deferred interest obligation of approximately $1.37 million (the “ Tronco Loan ”). As of this filing, the Tronco Loan had not yet been extended past July 1, 2014. The Tronco Loan is secured by substantially all the oil and gas properties and reserves of Tronco, and in addition to our guarantee, a personal guarantee of our shareholders and certain family trusts, and a junior Deed of Trust lien on our Vernal campus. The Tronco Loan also is partially secured by a pledge of all of SDP’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its members, Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, and of all of SDF’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its sole member, Meier Management Company, LLC. The lender has consented to the Reorganization in exchange for our pledge of the SDP and SDF limited liability company interests after we acquire them in the Reorganization.

In 2010, it became probable that SDP would assume responsibility for the repayment of the Tronco Loan. Therefore we recorded an accrual for the estimated amount of the loss. In addition, as of January 1, 2014, we entered in to a Note Purchase and Sale Agreement with the lender under which the lender agrees to sell us the Tronco Note and supporting loan documents from the proceeds of this offering. Upon closing of that transaction, we would step into the lender’s lien position on the collateral securing the Tronco Loan, and would release the guarantees and limited liability company membership interest pledges and the junior Deeds of Trust against our Vernal Campus.

A portion of Tronco’s property and shallow development rights are subject to a non-binding letter of intent to be sold for approximately $800,000 sometime after closing of this offering. Upon closing of that sale or any other sale, the proceeds would be applied to repayment of the Tronco Loan, which we anticipate we will then own. See “MD&A — Off-Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements” for management’s estimate of our probable loss after application of the sales proceeds.

Meiers’ Personal Loans.   In order to fund several large lump-sum payments due on the Tronco Loan before its most recent renewal, the Meiers obtained three loans collateralized by liens on residential real property owned by the Meier’s personally. The Meier’s have made all payments due on these loans from distributions to them from Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC. It is our current intent to repay these loans, which total approximately $2 million, from the proceeds of this offering. These loans bear interest at 3.25% to 7.88%, require aggregate monthly payments of approximately

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$9,100, and have maturity dates of 2036 to 2037. “Use of Proceeds” and “MD&A — Off Balance Sheet and Contingent Arrangements.” However, we may elect to repay two of those loans, equaling approximately $1.3 million, from the currently unused proceeds of the bridge loan before closing this offering, which would be accounted for as a distribution to our members before the Reorganization.

Land Development Loan.   This loan was used to purchase approximately 47 unimproved acres in Vernal Utah that is contiguous to the Meiers’ residence for $700,000. Originally, this loan did not bear interest, and was due in full on December 2008. After that maturity date, this loan was orally amended to accrue interest at 8% per year, require monthly payments of $5,000, and mature in December 2018 with a final balloon payment of approximately $358,000. This loan is secured by the purchased property. We intend that this loan will be eliminated through distribution of the property and the loan to the Meiers personally, before effectiveness of this offering.

Naples Property Loan.   This loan is secured by approximately 11 unimproved acres in Naples, Utah for a terminated property development venture, conducted by a now-defunct limited liability company in which Mr. Meier was an investor and a guarantor of the loan on the property. When the venture failed, MPS took title to the property and assumed this loan. This loan has a current principal balance of approximately $1,286,000, accrues interest at the rate of 7% per year, requires monthly payments of approximately $12,800, and matures in November 2014 with a final balloon payment of approximately $680,000. This loan is secured by the purchased property. We intend that this loan will be eliminated through distribution of the property and the loan to the Meiers personally, before effectiveness of this offering.

Personal Guarantees.   The Meiers have provided personal guarantees to the lenders on the Tronco Loan, the land development loan, and the Naples property loan discussed above, and on the SAB loans discussed below, as well as (a) the loans for our Vernal manufacturing facility and our Bakersfield property ( see “MD&A — Facilities Loans), (b) the Bridge Loan, our plane loan, and certain Tronco-related commercial loans ( see “MD&A — Commercial Loans), and (c) our capital equipment lease (see MD&A — Manufacturing Equipment Leases and Loans).

Our Cessna T206H aircraft was purchased by Mr. Meier on June 30, 2006, primarily for our use in moving persons and products in and out of Vernal where those deliveries need to be expedited, or for deliveries to locations with no commercial air transportation. The purchase was financed by a commercial bank through an aircraft loan to the Meiers personally. The loan is secured by the plane, bears interest at 7.35%, requires monthly payments of approximately $3,500, and matures in June 2026. The current balance of that loan is approximately $339,000. In 2009, the Meiers transferred the plane’s title to ML, and ML assumed the aircraft loan. Since that date, all expenses related to the plane, including maintenance, fuel, repairs, insurance and depreciation, have been incurred by ML. However, the title transfer documents reflecting ML as the plane’s owner of record inadvertently were not filed with the Federal Aviation Administration at that time, and are now in the process of being filed to correct the oversight.

Guarantees and Co-Borrowings

Superior Auto Body (SAB) Loans.   Beginning in July 2008, MPS became a co-borrower with SAB, a related party, for development of an auto body shop located in Riverton, Utah, to be operated by the related party. The auto body shop is titled in MPS and rented to SAB under a lease agreement which requires the co-borrower to make the $17,700 monthly payments on this loan in satisfaction of its lease obligation. Two loans totaling approximately $2.6 million were obtained for the purchase of the real property and construction of the facilities. Of that amount, approximately $1.7 million is currently outstanding under a first Deed of Trust loan which accrues interest at 6%, requires monthly payments of approximately $10,600, and matures in March 2017. The remaining $1.1 million was issued under a second Deed of Trust loan purchased the current principal amounts are $1,095,000 and $1,663,000, respectively, by the SBA which accrues interest at 2.42%, requires monthly payments of approximately $6,100, and matures in July 2032. The purchased real property and constructed improvements are the primary collateral for both loans.

Indemnification Agreements

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These agreements will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and such officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and by our charter and bylaws.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Policies and Procedures for Related-Party Transactions

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a policy and procedures with respect to transactions involving related persons, effective as of the date of and applicable to transactions on or after the offering. Under that policy, any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder or any of such persons’ immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors and executive officers will be required to report to the audit committee chair any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed agreement, our audit committee shall consider the facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, costs and benefits to us, the terms of the transaction, the availability of other sources for comparable services or products, and, if applicable, the impact on a director’s independence. Our audit committee shall approve only those agreements that, in light of known circumstances, are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders, as our audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion. Under the policy, if we should discover related person transactions that have not been approved, the audit committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of shares or availability of any shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock (including shares issued on the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities, if any) or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital through a future sale of securities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have         shares of common stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless such shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Upon completion of this offering, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, on a fully-diluted basis, will be beneficially owned by (a) our Initial Shareholders and (b) our bridge loan lender as the result of the automatic conversion of the bridge loan into shares of our restricted common stock and a warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of our common stock. See “MD&A — Bridge Loan”. Those shares will be “restricted securities” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144. Subject to certain contractual restrictions, including the lock-up agreements described below, holders of restricted shares will be entitled to sell those shares in the public market if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale as set forth below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers and the Initial Shareholders have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners, we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, shares of our common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into our common stock or any of our other securities.

Roth Capital Partners, in its sole discretion, may release our common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release our common stock and other securities from the lock-up agreements, Roth Capital Partners will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of our common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who receive shares from us in the future under the Employee Plan or other written plan or agreement will be eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Under the Bridge Loan, the Bridge Lender and permitted third party transferees will also be entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to future registration statements that we file for an underwritten public offering of our securities at any time following the expiration or release of the 180-day lock-up period described above. Upon the effectiveness of such a registration statement, all shares covered by the registration statement will be freely transferable. If these rights are exercised and the Bridge Lender or permitted third party transferees sell a large number of shares of common stock, the market price of our common stock could decline. See “MD&A — Bridge Loan” for a more detailed description of these registration rights.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Important:   The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. These descriptions contain all information which we consider to be material, but may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand them fully, you should read our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

General

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of undesignated (i.e. “blank check”) preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

The following description of the material provisions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws is only a summary, does not purport to be complete, and is qualified by applicable law and the full provisions of our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. You should refer to our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Common Stock

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding and held of record by the Initial Shareholders, and another      are issuable to the Initial Shareholders upon completion of the Reorganization. There are also      shares of our restricted common stock reserved for issuance under our Employee Plan, and additional shares are expected to be reserved for awards under an Independent Director Compensation Plan. See “ Executive Compensation — Outstanding Equity Awards ”, and “ 2014 Employee Stock Incentive Plan ” and ” Independent Director Compensation ”. All of these shares are or will be restricted stock unless and until the Company files a registration statement covering the sale of those shares. See “Executive compensation — Form S-8, Registration statement”.

Voting rights.   Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on any matter to be voted upon by shareholders. All shares rank equally as to voting and all other matters. The shares of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights, no redemption or sinking fund provisions, are not liable for further call or assessment and are not entitled to cumulative voting rights.

Dividend rights.   For as long as such stock is outstanding, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends when and as declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on the common stock in the foreseeable future.

Liquidation rights.   Upon a liquidation or dissolution of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, creditors will be paid before any distribution to holders of our common stock. After such distribution, holders of common stock are entitled to receive a pro rata distribution per Share of any excess amount.

“Blank Check” Preferred Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to designate classes of our of authorized but undesignated preferred stock, to establish the rights and preferences of each class, including voting rights, conversion rights, and other qualifications, limitations, or restrictions as permitted by law, and to issue that preferred stock without shareholder approval. However, there are no shares of preferred stock currently outstanding, and none will be outstanding upon completion of the offering or exercise of any outstanding convertible securities. However, if and when issued, those voting or conversion rights could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. Issuing preferred stock provides flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, but could also, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Shares Held In Book-Entry Form with Depository

Please note that, with respect to any of our shares held in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other share depositary, the depositary or its nominee will be the sole registered and legal

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

owner of those shares, and references in this prospectus to any “shareholder” or “holder” of those shares means only the depositary or its nominee. Persons who hold beneficial interests in our shares through a depositary will not be registered or legal owners of those shares and will not be recognized as such for any purpose. For example, only the depositary or its nominee will be entitled to vote the shares held through it, and any dividends or other distributions to be paid, and any notices to be given, in respect of those shares will be paid or given only to the depositary or its nominee. Owners of beneficial interests in those shares will have to look solely to the depositary with respect to any benefits of share ownership, and any rights they may have with respect to those shares will be governed by the rules of the depositary, which are subject to change from time to time. We have no responsibility for those rules or their application to any interests held through the depositary.

Anti-Takeover Provisions in Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Removal of directors and filling board vacancies.   Our Bylaws provide that directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders, or by a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

Meetings of shareholders.   Our Bylaws (a) provide that only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of shareholders, and (b) limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance notice requirements.   Our Bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to shareholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our shareholders. These procedures provide that notice of shareholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day, nor later than the close of business on the 90 th day, prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the Bylaws.

Amendment to Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation.   Except as otherwise required by Utah law, any amendment of our Articles of Incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors and, if required by law or our Articles of Incorporation, thereafter be approved by a majority vote of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to shareholder action, directors, indemnification and the amendment of our Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation must be approved by no less than 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class. Our Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the Bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Blank check preferred stock.   The existence of our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or our shareholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without shareholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent shareholder or shareholder group. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of our common stock or other classes of preferred stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change in control.

Utah Control Shares Acqusition Act

We are organized under Utah law. Some provisions of Utah law may delay or prevent a transaction that would cause a change in our control. Under our Articles of Incorporation we have opted that Section 61-6-1, et seq. of the Utah Code Annotated, as amended (the “ Control Shares Acqusition Act ”), an anti-takeover law, will not apply to us.

Other Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that, immediately following the closing of an IPO (as defined below) and subject to the rights of any issued Preferred Stock, our board of directors will be a staggered board of directors consisting of different terms designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of shareholders following the closing of the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire and the successor Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire and the successor Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire and the successor Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. We believe that classification of our board of directors will help to assure the continuity and stability of our business strategies and policies as determined by our board of directors.“IPO” means the corporation’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of its common stock.

Since there is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, this classified board provision could have the effect of making the replacement of incumbent directors more time consuming and difficult. At least two annual meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of our board of directors. Thus, the classified board provision could increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. The staggered terms of directors may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or an attempt to change control of us, even though a tender offer or change in control might be believed by our shareholders to be in their best interest. Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, shares of our preferred stock may be issued from time to time, and the board of directors is authorized to determine and alter all rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, limitations and restrictions without limitation, which could impact the ability to remove directors as currently contemplated. See “— Preferred Stock.”

Ability of Our Shareholders to Act

Our Bylaws provide that any shareholder or shareholders holding at least 10% of the total voting power may call special shareholders meetings. Written notice of any special meeting so called shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting not less than 10 or more than 60 days before the date of such meeting, unless otherwise required by law.

Our Bylaws provide that nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made at any annual meeting of our shareholders, or at any special meeting of our shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, (a) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (b) by any of our shareholders.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be properly brought by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to our Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices (a) in the case of an annual meeting of shareholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (b) in the case of a special meeting of our shareholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

Our Bylaws provide that no business may be transacted at any annual meeting of our shareholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of our board of directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or (c) otherwise properly brought by any of our shareholders. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to our Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by a shareholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

Limitations of Director Liability and Indemnification of Directors, Officers, and Employees

Our Articles of Incorporation provide that to the fullest extent permitted by the bylaws or the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), or any other applicable law, as either may be amended, a director shall have no liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct, any action taken, or any failure to take any action as a director. As permitted by the Act, directors will not be personally liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages as a director except liability for (a) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which he’s not entitled; (b) an intentional infliction of harm on the corporation or its shareholders; (c) an unlawful distribution in violation of Section 16-10a-842 of the Act; or (d) an intentional violation of criminal law.

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our Bylaws provide that:

we will indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, including advancing expenses in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions;
the corporation may, to the extent permitted by the Act, by action of its board of directors, agree to indemnify officers, employees and other agents of the corporation and may advance expenses to such persons.

Contemporaneous with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. These agreements provide that, subject to limited exceptions and among other things, we will indemnify each of our executive officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnity in connection with any proceeding in which a right to indemnification is available.

We also intend to maintain general liability insurance that covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons who control our company, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

These provisions may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty, or may have the practical effect in some cases of eliminating our shareholders’ ability to collect monetary damages from our directors and executive officers. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceedings that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

Application for NYSE — MKT Listing

Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE MKT, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “SDPI”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Vstock Transfer, LLC.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2013, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares offered by this prospectus, by:

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our current directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

The information in the following table has been presented in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under those rules, beneficial ownership of a class of capital stock includes any shares of that class as to which a person, directly or indirectly, has or shares voting power or investment power, and also any shares as to which a person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days through the exercise of any stock option, warrant, or other right. If two or more persons share voting power or investment power with respect to specific securities, each such person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of such securities. Except as we otherwise indicate below and under applicable community property laws, we believe that the beneficial owners of the common stock listed below, based on information they have furnished to us, have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares shown. Except as otherwise indicated, each shareholder named in the table is assumed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to the number of shares listed opposite the shareholder’s name. Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is 1240 E. 2100 S. Suite 300, Salt Lake City, UT 84106.

The calculations of beneficial ownership in this table are based on          shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2013, and assume that we will issue      shares in this offering.

Directors and Executive Officers:

     
  Amount
and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (1)
  Percentage of Common Stock (2)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner:   Before the
Offering
  After the
Offering
G. Troy Meier (3)              %       %  
Annette Meier (3)              %       %  
Christopher Cashion     0       0 %       0 %  
Terence J. Cryan
2 Hamphire Road
Bronxville, NY 10708
    0       0 %       0 %  
Robert E. Iverson
4928 FM 1374 Road
Huntsville, Texas 77340
    0       0 %       0 %  
All executive officers and directors as a group (five persons)                     %            %  

* Less than 1%.
(1) The percentage of beneficial ownership as to any person as of a particular date is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person, which includes the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after such date, by the sum of the number of shares outstanding as of such date plus the number of shares as to which such person has the right to acquire voting or investment power within 60 days after such date. Consequently, the denominator for calculating beneficial ownership percentages may be different for each beneficial owner. To our knowledge, each person has sole voting and sole investment power with respect to the shares shown above except as noted, subject to community property laws, where applicable.
(2) Amounts presented assume that the over-allotment option is exercised in full.
(3) Represents all shares owned by the Initial Shareholders due to the Meier’s indirect beneficial ownership interest in the Initial Shareholders and their parent and management entities.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

We and Roth Capital Partners, LLC (the “Underwriter”), have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. In connection with this offering and subject to certain terms and conditions, the Underwriter has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell,      shares of common stock.

The underwriting agreement provides that the Underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option, if any shares of common stock are purchased. The Underwriter is offering the shares of common stock when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to a number of conditions. These conditions include, among other things, the requirements that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement be in effect and that no proceedings for this purpose have been initiated or threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Underwriter has advised us that it proposes to offer our shares of common stock to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $     per share. The Underwriter and selected dealers may reallow a concession to other dealers, including the Underwriter, of not more than $     per share. After completion of the public offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price, the concessions to selected dealers and the reallowance to their dealers may be changed by the Underwriter.

The Underwriter has informed us that it does not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority.

We have been advised by the Underwriter that it intends to make a market in our securities but that it is not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with the offering, the Underwriter or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-allotment Option

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have granted the Underwriter an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional        shares of common stock, on the same terms as the other shares of common stock being purchased by the Underwriter from us. The Underwriter may exercise the option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, in the sale of the shares of common stock that the Underwriter has agreed to purchase. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to us before offering expenses will be $        , $         and $        , respectively.

Stabilization

The rules of the SEC generally prohibit the Underwriter from trading in our securities on the open market during this offering. However, the Underwriter is allowed to engage in some open market transactions and other activities during this offering that may cause the market price of our securities to be above or below that which would otherwise prevail in the open market. These activities may include stabilization, short sales and over-allotments, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the Underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.
Short sales and over-allotments occur when the Underwriter sells more of our shares of common stock than it purchases from us in this offering. To cover the resulting short position, the Underwriter may exercise the over-allotment option described above or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The Underwriter will make available a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the Underwriter are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of shares covered by the registration statement.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the Underwriter in order to reduce a short position incurred by the Underwriter.
Penalty bids permit the Underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares of common stock originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

If the Underwriter commences these activities, it may discontinue them at any time without notice. The Underwriter may carry out these transactions on the NYSE MKT or otherwise.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the Underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Underwriter’s Compensation

We have agreed to sell the shares of common stock to the Underwriter at the initial offering price of $     per share, which represents the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less the 6% underwriting discount.

We have also agreed to reimburse the Underwriter for certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, up to an aggregate of $135,000 with respect to this offering.

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of our common stock, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the counsel fees and disbursement reimbursement provisions referred to above, will be approximately $        .

The following table summarizes the underwriting discount we will pay to the Underwriter and the non-accountable expense allowance we will pay to the Underwriter. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option.

     
  Per Share   Total without
Over-Allotment
Option
  Total with
Over-Allotment
Option
Total underwriting discount to be paid by us   $              $                $             

Lock-Up Agreements

Our executive officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, which represent in the aggregate 98% of our currently outstanding shares of common stock, have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the effective date of this prospectus of shares of common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities and options and options which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the Underwriter. The lock-up period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if we cease to be an “emerging growth company” at any time prior to the expiration of the lock-up period and if (1) during the last 17 days of the lock-up period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, in which case the lock-up period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

The Underwriter has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the Underwriter may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that we will not, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter.

No Public Market

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The public offering price of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the Underwriter. See “Determination of Offering Price”. The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the shares of common stock. We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

Listing

The Company has applied to list the common stock on the NYSE MKT, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “SDPI.”

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the Underwriter of this offering, or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an Underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the Underwriter in its capacity as Underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

The Underwriter and its affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Important Note:   IRS Circular 230 disclosure: To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that any U.S. federal tax advice contained in this prospectus is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of (a) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or (b) promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent set forth below. In addition, this discussion does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax or any tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;
tax-exempt organizations;
controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
dealers in securities or currencies;
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);
certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;
persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code; or
persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-U.S. Holder Defined .  For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder, if you are any holder other than a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States (for tax purposes);
a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions.   We have not made any distributions on our common stock. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, that are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.), are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock.   You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States);
you are an individual who meets the Substantial Presence Test by being present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the 3-year period that includes the current year and the 2 years immediately preceding the current year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

Federal Estate Tax.   Our common stock beneficially owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of their death will generally be includable in the decedent’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.   Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of our Common Stock Held by or through Foreign Entities.   The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a legislation enacted in 2010, generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The legislation also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. This withholding obligation under this legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until July 1, 2014 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for the Company by Wong Fleming, P.C. of Bellevue, Washington. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriter by Dickinson Wright PLLC of Troy, Michigan.

EXPERTS

The following financial statements included in this prospectus and the related registration statement have been audited by Hein & Associates LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such reports and upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting:

Financial statements of SD Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2013;
Combined and consolidated financial statements of Superior Drilling Products, et al. as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012; and
Financial statements of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. as of and for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of this contract, agreement or other document. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of the registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of these materials may be obtained, upon payment of a duplicating fee, from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov .

After we have completed this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide electronic or paper copies of our filings free of charge upon request.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD COMPANY, INC.
 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
SD Company, Inc.:
        
Audited Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013     F-3  
Notes to Financial Statements     F-4  
Superior Drilling Products, et.al.:
        
Audited Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-5  
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-6  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-7  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Owners’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-8  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-9  
Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements     F-10  
Hard Rock Solutions, Inc:
        
Audited Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-21  
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-22  
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-23  
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-24  
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-25  
Notes to Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-26  
Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statement (Unaudited):
        
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013     F-32  
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013     F-33  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements     F-34  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders
SD Company, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of SD Company, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SD Company, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Hein & Associates, LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 4, 2014

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
 
Balance Sheet

 
  December 31, 2013
Assets
        
Current assets:
        
Cash   $  
Total current assets      
Total assets   $  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
        
Current liabilities:
        
Accounts payable   $  
Total current liabilities      
Total liabilities      
Stockholders' equity
        
Preferred stock; par value $0.001; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding      
Common stock: par value $0.001; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding     1  
Stock subscription receivables     (1 )  
Retained earnings      
Total stockholders' equity      
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

SD Company, Inc. (“SDC”, the “Company”, we”, “our” or “us”), which was incorporated on December 10, 2013, to facilitate the reorganization of the combined and consolidated companies of Superior Drilling Products, et. al. The Company’s headquarters are located in Vernal, Utah.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of SD Company, Inc. include the accounts of SD Company, Inc. (“SDC”, a Utah Corporation). The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

NOTE 2 — EQUITY

On the date of inception of December 10, 2013, a stock subscription was received for 1,000 shares of $0.001 par value common shares from the founders. As these shares had not been funded as of December 31, 2013, the receivable for this subscription is reflected in the stockholder’s equity section of the balance sheet.

NOTE 3 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Hard Rock MIPA. In January 2014, Superior Drilling Products, LLC entered into a membership interest purchase agreement (“ MIPA ”) with Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. (HRSI), which provides for the purchase of 100% of the limited liability company membership interest of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, a Utah limited liability company. Closing of the Hard Rock acquisition is scheduled to occur promptly after completion of our pending initial public offering on a Form S-1 registration statement (“IPO”), and subsequent assignment of the MIPA to SD Company, Inc. The Hard Rock purchase price is $25 million, consisting of $12.5 million in cash at closing, and a seller-carried promissory note for $12.5 million (the “ Hard Rock Note ”). The Hard Rock Note will mature three years from the closing date, and accrue interest at the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate. Under the terms of the Hard Rock Note, we will pay two annual principal installments of $5 million plus accrued interest and one final payment of $2.5 million plus interest, on each subsequent anniversary date of the Hard Rock Note date. The Hard Rock Note will be secured by all of the patents, patents pending, other patent rights, and trademarks to be owned by Hard Rock after our acquisition of Hard Rock under the MIPA. After that acquisition, Hard Rock will conduct operations as our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Bridge Loan. On February 24, 2014, we closed a $2 million bridge loan with a private lender. Upon the effectiveness of the IPO, the bridge loan would automatically convert into shares of our restricted common stock and a four-year warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at a to-be-determined price. The bridge loan accrues interest at 5% per year, and starting in November 2014, will require monthly payments of approximately $50,500, with a balloon payment at maturity in February 2016, if not previously converted under additional voluntary conversion provisions of the loan. The bridge loan is secured by a junior blanket lien on SDC, and Superior Drilling Products, LLC’s accounts.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Owners
Superior Drilling Products, LLC
Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC
Extreme Technologies, LLC
Meier Property Series, LLC
Meier Leasing LLC

We have audited the accompanying combined and consolidated statement of financial position of Superior Drilling Products, Et Al. (as described in Note 1 and, collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related combined and consolidated statements of operations, owners' equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These combined and consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined and consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the combined and consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Superior Drilling Products, Et Al. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Hein & Associates, LLP

Dallas, Texas
April 4, 2014

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et al.
  
Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
  December 31,
     2013   2012
Assets
                 
Current assets:
                 
Cash   $ 11,256     $ 70,188  
Accounts receivable     2,978,666       1,154,494  
Prepaid expenses     182,530       184,131  
Other current assets     157,066       74,616  
Total current assets     3,329,518       1,483,429  
Property, plant and equipment, net     15,048,871       15,262,034  
Real estate investments     2,187,926       2,187,926  
Other assets     194,935       116,767  
Total assets   $ 20,761,250     $ 19,050,156  
Liabilities and Owners' Equity (Deficit)
                 
Current liabilities:
                 
Accounts payable   $ 445,947     $ 231,393  
Accrued expenses     277,579       195,171  
Current portion of capital lease obligation     258,235       349,741  
Guaranteed debt obligation     4,395,637        
Long-term debt – related party           53,925  
Current portion of long-term debt     3,316,578       944,169  
Total current liabilities     8,693,976       1,774,399  
Capital lease obligation     871,252       1,463,042  
Guaranteed debt obligation           4,737,532  
Long-term debt     10,939,216       12,457,248  
Total liabilities     20,504,444       20,432,221  
Commitments and contingencies – see notes 4, 5 and 6
                 
Owners' equity (deficit)     256,806       (1,382,065 )  
Total liabilities and owners' equity (deficit)   $ 20,761,250     $ 19,050,156  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et al.
  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Revenues:
                 
Remanufacturing   $ 8,678,172     $ 6,740,582  
Manufacturing     1,558,413       933,156  
Reamer royalties     1,686,384       2,281,354  
Total revenues     11,922,969       9,955,092  
Costs of goods sold:
                 
Cost of remanufacturing     2,851,707       2,156,840  
Cost of manufacturing     2,003,336       1,530,372  
Depreciation and amortization expense     1,207,288       902,784  
Total costs of goods sold     6,062,331       4,589,996  
Gross profit     5,860,638       5,365,096  
General and administrative expenses     2,168,350       1,261,259  
Operating income     3,692,288       4,103,837  
Other income (expenses):
                 
Rental income     344,472       464,905  
Other income     129,840       107,554  
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment     (54,205 )       9,309  
Interest expense     (786,140 )       (993,776 )  
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     341,895       (206,643 )  
Total other income (expenses)     (24,138 )       (618,651 )  
Net income   $ 3,668,150     $ 3,485,186  
Supplemental pro forma information:                  
Pro forma income tax expense   $ 1,403,579     $ 1,359,223  
Pro forma net income   $ 2,264,571     $ 2,125,963  
Pro forma basic and diluted:
                 
Weighted average earnings per share   $ 0.20     $ 0.19  
Weighted average shares outstanding     11,442,619       11,442,619  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et al.
  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Owners' Equity (Deficit)

 
Balance, January 1, 2012   $ (2,124,565 )  
Contributions     207,511  
Distributions     (2,950,197 )  
Net income     3,485,186  
Balance, December 31, 2012     (1,382,065 )  
Contributions     2,278,629  
Distributions     (4,307,908 )  
Net income     3,668,150  
Balance, December 31, 2013   $ 256,806  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et al.
  
Combined and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   
  For the Year Ended December 31,
     2013   2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                 
Net income   $ 3,668,150     $ 3,485,186  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                 
Depreciation     1,102,905       742,002  
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment     54,205       (9,309 )  
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     (341,895 )       206,643  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                 
Accounts receivable     (1,824,172 )       (168,801 )  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     (80,849 )       84,698  
Other assets     (78,168 )       (79,067 )  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     296,962       802  
Net cash provided by operating activities     2,797,138       4,262,154  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment     (196,547 )       (1,019,287 )  
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment     28,141       164,820  
Net cash used in investing activities     (168,406 )       (854,467 )  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                 
Principal payments on long-term debt — related party     (53,925 )       (46,075 )  
Principal payments on long-term debt     (607,484 )       (570,836 )  
Principal payments on capital lease obligations     (228,101 )       (147,137 )  
Proceeds received from long-term debt     231,125        
Capital contributions     2,278,629       207,511  
Capital distributions     (4,307,908 )       (2,950,197 )  
Net cash used in financing activities     (2,687,664 )       (3,506,734 )  
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (58,932 )       (99,047 )  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     70,188       169,235  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 11,256     $ 70,188  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                 
Cash paid for interest   $ 771,040     $ 932,623  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities
                 
Property, plant and equipment financed with lease   $     $ 1,393,164  
Property, plant and equipment financed with debt   $ 775,541     $ 2,972,838  
Capital lease obligation paid off with debt refinance   $ 455,195     $  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined and consolidated financial statements

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

Superior Drilling Products, et.al. (“Superior”, the “Company”, “we”, “our” or “us”) manufactures and remanufactures drilling bits and tools for use by customers engaged in the domestic and international exploration and production of oil and natural gas. Our headquarters and principal manufacturing operations are located in Vernal, Utah.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements of Superior Drilling Products, et.al. include the accounts of the following entities:

     
  State of
Organization
  Owners   Manager
Superior Drilling Products, LLC (“SDP”) (1)     Utah       MFHC (2) 95%
MMC (3) 5
%       Annette Meier  
SDP Subsidiary: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“SDPC”)     California       SDP 100 %       Annette Meier  
Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC (“SDF”)     Utah       MMC 100 %       Annette Meier  
Extreme Technologies LLC (“ET”)     Utah       MMC 100 %       Annette Meier  
Meier Properties Series, LLC (“MPS”) (1)     Utah       MFHC 100 %       Annette Meier  
Meier Leasing, LLC (“ML”) (1)     Utah       MMC 100 %       Annette Meier  

(1) Each of these entities is a limited liability company that has elected to be taxed as a Subchapter S corporation.
(2) Meier Family Holding Company, LLC (“MFHC”) is owned by MMC (64%) and by the children of Troy and Annette Meier (36%). Ms. Meier is the manager of MFHC.
(3) MMC is Meier Management Company, LLC is owned by Troy Meier (50%) and Annette Meier (50%). Ms. Meier is the manager of MMC.

As noted above, all of these entities are related by common direct and indirect ownership and management, and are included in the accompanying combined and consolidated financial statements. The combined and consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and all significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in combination.

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during its last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company as defined in the recently enacted Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not an “emerging growth Company.”

Corporate Reorganization and Acquisition

The owners of SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML have entered into an agreement and plan of reorganization, dated December 15, 2013 (the “Reorganization Agreement”) for the exchange of their ownership interest in these entities for the restricted stock of a newly formed corporation, SD Company, Inc., (“SDC”, a Utah Corporation) (the “Reorganization”). The owners of SDP, SDF, ET, MPS, and ML are also the owners of the originally issued shares of SDC. The Reorganization will be effective immediately before the closing of SDC’s initial public offering (the “Offering”).

A primary intended use of the Offering proceeds is to purchase all of the limited liability company interests of Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Hard Rock”) from its parent entity, Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. (“HRSI”). On January 28, 2014, SDP entered into a membership interest purchase agreement (“MIPA”) with Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. (HRSI), which provides for the purchase of 100% of the

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

limited liability company membership interest of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, a Utah limited liability company. Closing of the Hard Rock acquisition is scheduled to occur promptly after completion of our pending initial public offering on a Form S-1 registration statement (“IPO”), and subsequent assignment of the MIPA to SD Company, Inc. The Hard Rock purchase price is $25 million, consisting of $12.5 million in cash at closing, and a seller-carried promissory note for $12.5 million (the “Hard Rock Note”). The Hard Rock Note will mature three years from the closing date, and accrue interest at the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate. Under the terms of the Hard Rock Note, we will pay two annual principal installments of $5 million plus accrued interest and one final payment of $2.5 million plus interest, on each subsequent anniversary date of the Hard Rock Note date. The Hard Rock Note will be secured by all of the patents, patents pending, other patent rights, and trademarks to be owned by Hard Rock after our acquisition of Hard Rock under the MIPA. Immediately before closing of the Offering, SDP intends to assign its rights under the MIPA to SDC. Therefore upon closing of the purchase of Hard Rock, Hard Rock would become a wholly-owned subsidiary of SDC.

Liquidity

As of December 31, 2013, we had a working capital deficit of $5,364,458. Although we generated cash flow from operating activities of $2,797,138 and $4,262,154 during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, we had maturities of long-term debt and guarantee obligations in excess of our forecasted operating cash flow as of December 31, 2013. However, on February 24, 2014, we closed a $2 million bridge loan with a private lender. Our plans with respect to raising capital in the future rest primarily on the success of the Offering, the proceeds from which we believe will provide sufficient liquidity to repay amounts coming due under our existing long-term debt and guarantee obligations within the next 12 months. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in closing the Offering. If we are unable to consummate the Offering, we may be required to make maturity extension payments under the guarantee obligation, seek additional equity financing, refinance our long-term debt or guarantee obligation, consider selling a portion of our business, or a combination of these actions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other assumptions and information that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty, and accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as our operating environment changes. While we believe that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the combined financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates within the accompanying combined financial statements include, but are not limited to: determining the allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of related party receivables, recoverability of long-lived assets, useful lives used in calculating depreciation and amortization, and accruals for guarantees.

Revenue Recognition

Remanufacturing  — Remanufacturing services are performed in our facilities for a customer under a four-year Vendor Agreement dated October 28, 2013. Revenue is determined based on a standard hourly rate to complete the work and is subject to adjustment every July and January. Rate adjustments are calculated by the customer based on their internal cost estimates for a similar type of services performed in-house at their facilities plus 10%. Revenue for remanufacturing services is recognized as the services are rendered and when collectability is reasonably assured, typically upon shipment to the customer. Shipping and handling costs related to remanufacturing services are paid directly by the customer at the time of shipment.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

The Vendor Agreement also includes a non-competition provision that precludes us from performing remanufacturing or other services relating to PDC drill bits used in the oil, gas, water and geothermal drilling industries, except to the extent that we were already conducting a line of business before the customer entered into that line of business. The Vendor Agreement also assigns to the customer all rights in any intellectual property which we develop and which relates to the remanufacturing services of PDC bits provided to the customer.

We own and operate all of the facilities in which our remanufacturing business occurs. Baker Hughes does not use our facilities for any of its in-house remanufacturing activities. Baker Hughes leases one of the buildings on our Vernal campus for other business activities unrelated to our remanufacturing activities under the Vendor contract between us.

Manufacturing  — Our manufactured products are produced in a standard manufacturing operation, even if produced to our customer’s specifications. Reamers manufactured for HRSI and all other manufactured products are sold at prevailing market prices. We recognize revenue for these products upon delivery, when title passes, when collectability is reasonably assured and when there are no further significant obligations for future performance. Typically this is at the time of customer acceptance. Shipping and handling costs related to product sales are recorded gross as a component of both the sales price and cost of the product sold.

Reamer Royalties  — In exchange for manufacturing reamers for HRSI, we receive a royalty on future rental revenue of HRSI equal to 25% of rental income less tool repair and modification expenses. Revenue is earned and payable to us upon cash receipt of rental income by HRSI.

Rental Income  — Revenue from rental of our facilities is recognized according to the terms of the related leases, typically at the end of the monthly rental period.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents. We maintain cash deposits with financial institutions that may exceed federally insured limits at times. We regularly evaluate these institutions and believe our risk of loss is negligible.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are generally due within 60 days of the invoice date. No interest is charged on past-due balances. We periodically reviews accounts receivable for collectability. We grant credit to our customers based upon an evaluation of each customer’s financial condition. We periodically monitor the payment history and ongoing creditworthiness of our customers. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established at a level estimated by management to be adequate based upon various factors including historical experience, aging status of customer accounts, payment history and financial condition of our customers. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts was deemed necessary due to the nature of the contracts with our major customers underlying the receivables

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost. Significant improvements and betterments are capitalized if they extend the life of the related asset. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets ranging from five to forty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the applicable lease period, or useful life, if shorter. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – (continued)

Real Estate Investments

Our real estate investments consist of 2 tracts of raw land holdings of 12.96 acres and 47 acres, respectively, located in Uintah County, Utah. The real estate investments are recorded at historical cost.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, which include property, plant and equipment, and real estate investments, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded in the period in which it is determined that the carrying amount is not recoverable. The determination of recoverability is made based upon the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, excluding interest expense. The impairment loss is determined by comparing the fair value with the carrying value of the related assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, no impairment write-down was deemed necessary.

Income Taxes

From the inception of the combined companies, the owners have elected to treat these companies as flow through entities for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, taxable income of the companies flow through to the owners, who bear any tax burden. Accordingly, no federal or state income tax provision has been included in the accompanying combined financial statements. After the offering is completed, the Company will be a C-Corporation and will be subject to federal and state corporate income taxes. Pro forma income tax expense represents the tax effects that would have been reported had the Company been subject to U.S. Federal and state income taxes as a corporation for all periods presented.

The following table presents the computation of the pro forma income tax expense:

   
  2013   2012
Income before income taxes   $ 3,668,150     $ 3,485,186  
Effective pro forma income tax rate     37.3 %       37.3 %  
Pro forma income tax expense   $ 1,403,579     $ 1,359,223  

We do not have any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 or 2012. Our federal and state tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 remain open to examination. For the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012, there were no income tax interest or penalty items recorded in the combined statement of operations or as a liability on the combined balance sheet.

Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Common Share

The Company has filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed offering of its securities. The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share give effect to the assumed shares issued to the owners upon completion of the reorganization.

Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments include cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, guaranteed debt obligation, and long-term debt. Fair values approximate current values.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Substantially all of our revenues are derived from the manufacture or reconditioning of drilling bits and tools.

Two customers accounted for 96% and 99% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable from these two customers also accounted for 94% and 97% of our total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. We believe that the loss of either of these two customers would have a significant adverse impact on our operations.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 2. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment are comprised of the following:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Land   $ 2,511,802     $ 2,511,802  
Buildings     8,323,080       8,323,080  
Leasehold improvements     571,193       553,740  
Machinery and tools     3,456,442       2,026,429  
Machinery under capital lease     2,322,340       3,044,293  
Office furniture and equipment     239,378       230,601  
Transportation assets     986,445       954,968  
       18,410,680       17,644,913  
Accumulated depreciation     (3,361,809 )       (2,382,879 )  
     $ 15,048,871     $ 15,262,034  

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $1,102,905 and $742,002, respectively.

NOTE 3. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt is comprised of the following:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Real estate loans   $ 10,370,508     $ 10,780,869  
EB-5 business loans     1,797,178       1,639,090  
Machinery loans     1,496,710       508,453  
Airplane loan     338,984       357,778  
Vehicle loans     252,414       115,227  
       14,255,794       13,401,417  
Current portion of long-term debt     (3,316,578 )       (944,169 )  
     $ 10,939,216     $ 12,457,248  

Real Estate Loans

Manufacturing Facility.   Our manufacturing facility was financed by a commercial bank loan dated August 23, 2010, collateralized by a deed of trust on the commercial real property and the personal guarantee of two of our ultimate beneficial owners, with a face value of $4,887,759, requiring monthly payments of approximately $33,900, including principal and interest at 5.25%, beginning October 15, 2011 and continuing through maturity on August 15, 2015, and a final balloon payment of approximately $4,285,000 upon maturity.

SAB Loans.   Beginning on July 30, 2008, we were co-borrowers with SAB, a related party, for development of an auto body shop located in Riverton, Utah. The auto body shop is titled in MPS and rented to SAB under a lease agreement. See further discussion in Note 7 — Related Party Transactions. We executed a commercial bank loan dated July 30, 2008, collateralized by a deed of trust on the commercial real property and a personal guarantee of two of our ultimate beneficial owners, with a face value of $1,557,200, requiring monthly payments of approximately $12,850, including principal and interest at 7% beginning November 1, 2011 and continuing through maturity on November 1, 2014, and a final balloon payment of approximately $1,430,000 upon maturity. The loan financed the acquisition of land for the auto body shop.

On May 20, 2011, we executed a construction loan with available credit up to $2,833,326 with the proceeds used to repay the original loan and fund construction. During 2011, total borrowings under the

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 3. LONG-TERM DEBT – (continued)

construction loan totaled $2,168,348. The construction loan required monthly interest payments which accrued at 3% above the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate with a minimum rate of 6%. Principal and accrued interest were due and payable in full on May 20, 2012.

On March 19, 2012, we entered in to two note agreements of $1,720,352 and $1,142,456, respectively, with the proceeds used to repay the construction loan. The notes mature on March 19, 2017 and August 19, 2012, respectively. Interest accrues at 5.50% on both notes. The first note requires monthly payments of $10,565 while the second note requires principal and interest payment upon maturity. The note agreements are guaranteed by MPS and our owners. On May 25, 2012, the second note was paid in full upon issuance of Small Business Administration guaranteed debentures totaling $1,159,000. The debentures accrue interest at 2.42% and require monthly payments of $6,100 until maturity on July 1, 2032. The debentures are guaranteed by SDP, SAB and our owners.

Investment Real Estate Loans

In addition, we have the following loans collateralized by our real estate investments in land and buildings located in or near Vernal, Utah:

Commercial bank loan dated February 2, 2008, collateralized by a deed of trust on real estate investments, a security interest in substantially all of the assets of MPS and SDP and a personal guarantee of two of our ultimate beneficial owners, with a face value of $726,421, requiring monthly payments of approximately $5,600, including principal and interest at 7% beginning November 1, 2011 and continuing through maturity on November 1, 2014, and a final balloon payment of approximately $680,000 upon maturity.

Commercial bank loan dated July 3, 2012, collateralized by a deed of trust and assignment of rents on commercial property, together with certain assets of MPS as they relate to such properties and a personal guarantee of two of our ultimate beneficial owners, with a face value of $240,000, requiring monthly payments of approximately $2,600, including principal and interest at the highest prime rate published in the Wall Street Journal plus 2%, in any case not less than 5.5%, beginning August 3, 2012 and continuing through maturity on July 3, 2017 when the final unpaid balance is due. This loan additionally requires the intercompany lease on our facilities to remain intact.

Personal loan dated July 31, 2008, secured by a deed of trust, with a face value of $680,000, requiring monthly payments of approximately $10,000, including principal and interest at 0% beginning September 1, 2008 and continuing through maturity on December 1, 2008. Upon maturity the loan was amended via an oral agreement and requires monthly payments of approximately $5,000, including principal and interest at 8% through an extended maturity date of December 31, 2018, and a final balloon payment of approximately $358,000 upon extended maturity.

EB-5 Bakersfield Facility and Business Loans

In 2012, we received funding for expansion of our business into California under the EB-5 program of the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services. In order to obtain funding under this program, our expansion into California had certain job creation and capital investment requirements both in an area targeted by the program for development. We have obtained three loans under the program which bear interest at 2.25-5.5% and are collateralized by land, buildings and equipment owned by us and located in Bakersfield, California. Two loans totaling $1,127,000 were completed as of December 31, 2012, and cumulatively require monthly payments of approximately $7,100, including principal and interest. The first loan in the amount of $650,000 has a final maturity date of April 1, 2022, and the second in the amount of $477,000 has a final maturity date of October 1, 2032. The third loan is for tenant improvements and was completed in July 2013. The third loan was finalized in the amount of $523,900. This loan requires monthly interest only payments of approximately $9,350, and has a final maturity date of May 1, 2017.

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 3. LONG-TERM DEBT – (continued)

Machinery Loans

Our loans for machinery are with various financing parties we have engaged with in connection with the acquisition of the machinery. The loans bear interest ranging from 6%-12% with maturity dates ranging from February of 2014 through December 2020, and are collateralized by the related machinery and additional SDP assets. Our cumulative monthly payment under these loans as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $21,600. Each of these loans is personally guaranteed by two of our ultimate beneficial owners.

During February 2013, the Company obtained a commercial loan collateralized by specific machinery with a face value of $592,000, requiring monthly payments of approximately $8,600, including principal and interest at 6% beginning March 1, 2013 and continuing through maturity on February 1, 2020. An existing commercial loan totaling $108,595 and an existing capital lease with remaining commitments of $455,685 were satisfied in full with the proceeds of this commercial loan. This loan contains a minimum debt service ratio and fixed charge covenants. The Company was not in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2013. The noncompliance was cured subsequent to December 31, 2013 by a waiver of the noncompliance through December 31, 2014.

On December 30, 2013, we purchased machinery for a total cost of approximately $680,000. We paid $70,000 in cash as a down payment and obtained a loan of $627,000 to complete the purchase, of which $572,000 was borrowed as of December 31, 2013. The Small Business Administration has guaranteed 75% of the loan balance and the terms are as follows: 7 year maturity, 6.00% interest rate, 84 monthly payments of $9,160. The machinery is held as collateral.

Airplane Loan

Our loan for the Company airplane bears interest at 7.35%, requires monthly payments of principal and interest of approximately $3,500, matures in May of 2026 and is collateralized by the airplane.

Other Commercial Loan

We have a commercial bank loan dated December 21, 2007, collateralized by accounts receivable and all other unencumbered assets of SDP, and a personal guarantee of two of our ultimate beneficial owners, with a face value of $497,127, requiring monthly payments of approximately $7,500, including principal and interest at 7% beginning February 1, 2012 and continuing through maturity on October 1, 2014, and a final balloon payment of approximately $338,000 upon maturity.

Vehicle Loans

Our loans for Company vehicles are with various financing parties we have engaged with in connection with the acquisition of the vehicles. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company obtained loans on four new vehicles in the amount of $203,635 and paid two loans in full totaling $19,807. The loans bear interest ranging from 0%-8.39% with maturity dates ranging from February 2014 through September 2018, and are collateralized by the vehicles. Our cumulative monthly payment under these loans as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $6,345, including principal and interest.

Future annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

 
Year     
2014   $ 3,316,578  
2015     4,785,191  
2016     424,144  
2017     2,040,939  
2018     721,181  
Thereafter     2,967,761  
     $ 14,255,794  

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 4. LEASES

Capital Leases

In October 2010, we entered into a lease for machinery which required an initial payment of $72,195, followed by 60 monthly payments of $13,314. The terms of the lease included an imputed interest rate of 9.27%. The lease term expires November 1, 2015, at which time we may either purchase the machinery for $1 or return the machine. Payments under the lease are personally guaranteed by two of our ultimate beneficial owners. The lease has been capitalized and, accordingly, the machinery and related obligation under the lease have been included in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. Accumulated amortization on machinery under the capitalized lease totaled $198,536 and $126,341 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense for this machine is included in depreciation and amortization expense on the combined statement of operations. This lease was paid in full through the commercial loan obtained in February 2013.

In July 2012, we entered into a lease for machinery which required an initial payment of $928,776, followed by 3 monthly payments of $15,000, and 58 monthly payments of approximately $32,000. The terms of the lease included an imputed interest rate of 12.52%. The lease term expires August 1, 2017, at which time we may either purchase the machinery for the greater of its then-agreed fair value or 15% of its original cost, renew the lease for an additional 12 months or return the machine. Payments under the lease are personally guaranteed by two owners of the Company. The lease has been capitalized and, accordingly, the machinery and related obligation under the lease have been included in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2013. Accumulated amortization on machinery under the capitalized lease totaled $636,771 and $187,286 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense for this machine is included in depreciation and amortization expense on the combined statement of operations.

Future minimum lease payments required under the capitalized leases in effect at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 
Year     
2014   $ 386,783  
2015     386,783  
2016     386,783  
2017     257,855  
       1,418,204  
Imputed interest     (288,717 )  
       1,129,487  
Current portion of capital lease obligation     (258,235 )  
     $ 871,252  

Operating Leases

We also lease certain property and equipment under non-cancellable agreements which have been accounted for as operating leases. Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases in effect at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 
Year     
2014   $ 265,181  
2015     265,181  
     $ 530,362  

Rental expense for all operating leases approximated $485,000 and $456,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of these amounts, approximately $44,000 and $58,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were paid to a related party.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 5. GUARANTEED DEBT OBLIGATION

Tronco Loan Guarantee

The Company and Troy and Annette Meier have guaranteed a loan of Tronco Energy Corporation (“Tronco Loan”). Tronco is an exploration and development company with operations in the Utica Shale. Mr. Meier owns 63% of Tronco and controls the entity. The Tronco Loan was scheduled to mature in January 2014. On December 18, 2013, an amendment was reached to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2014 in exchange for a one-time payment of $68,881. The maturity date can be further extended at Tronco’s election for three additional six month periods in exchange for payments of 1.5%, 2.0% and 2.5% of the outstanding principal balance at the time of election. The Tronco Loan, as amended, is secured by substantially all the oil and gas properties and reserves of Tronco, a junior Deed of Trust lien on our Vernal campus, a pledge of all of SDP’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its members, Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, and of all of SDF’s limited liability company membership interests granted by its sole member, Meier Management Company, LLC. The Tronco Loan bears interest at 11% and requires monthly interest payments, which are paid by our shareholders. The Tronco Loan also has a minimum return to the lender of 16%.

In connection with the Tronco Loan renewal, we also entered into a loan purchase agreement with the lender which provides that, upon our planned full repayment of the loan from the proceeds of our pending IPO, the lender will assign to us all of its rights under the Tronco Loan, including all of the collateral documents. This transaction, if it occurs, will cause us to be Tronco’s senior secured lender entitled to receive all proceeds from sales of the Tronco-owned collateral, and will cause the cancellation of our guaranty.

In 2009, we determined it was probable that we would assume responsibility for the repayment of the principal portion of the Tronco Loan. Therefore we recorded an accrual for the estimated amount of the loss. Management has estimated the amount owed under our guarantee by reducing the principal balance of the loan by the estimated recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets. Tronco’s assets consist of producing properties and approximately 1,533 mineral acres in the Utica shale formation. The fair value of the producing properties was based on the present value of forecasted production while the undeveloped acreage was based on market lease rates. Changes in the estimated loss from the guarantee are included in loss on guarantee obligation in the combined statements of income.

The ultimate amount and timing of a distribution to the Company may vary from this estimate depending on the ultimate proceeds received upon sale of the oil and gas assets. The Company believes that the SDP guaranty obligation is properly presented net of Tronco’s oil and gas assets since the Tronco Loan represents Tronco’s only secured obligations. All other obligations are unsecured.

The estimated probable loss from the guarantee is as follows:

   
  As of December 31,
     2013   2012
Principal amount outstanding   $ 8,261,638     $ 7,917,234  
Estimated recoverable amount of Tronco’s assets     (3,866,001 )       (3,179,702 )  
     $ 4,395,637     $ 4,737,532  

We evaluated whether Tronco should be subject to consolidation. Tronco does meet the qualifications of a Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”), but the Company does not meet the qualifications as the primary beneficiary. Even though we have guaranteed the Tronco Loan, the Meiers have also guaranteed the Tronco Loan, provided additional personal assets as collateral and extended additional loans to Tronco in excess of the Tronco Loan. Furthermore, the shareholders have substantial control over the operations and power to direct Tronco’s activities.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 6. CONTINGENCIES

We are subject to litigation that arises from time to time in the ordinary course of our business activities. We are not currently involved in any litigation which management believes could have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations, except as follows:

In October 2013, Del-Rio Resources, Inc. (“Del-Rio”) filed suit, on its own behalf and derivatively on behalf of Philco Exploration, LLC, against the following co-defendants (a) Tronco Ohio, LLC (“TO”) and Tronco Energy Corporation (“Tronco”), (b) the lender on the Tronco Loan, ACF Property Management, Inc. (p.k.a. Fortuna Asset Management, LLC, ) (“ACF”), (c) the Meiers personally, and several of their family trusts, (d) Meier Family Holding Company, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, and (e) SDP and MPS. That suit is currently pending in the Eighth Judicial District Court, Unitah County, Utah under Cause #130800125.

Tronco and Del-Rio are the sole owners and managers of Philco Exploration, LLC (“Philco”). Philco served as the exploration operator. Part of the collateral for the Tronco Loan was Philco’s mineral leases. Del- Rio’s suit alleges that the defendants made amendments to the Tronco Loan without complying with the voting provisions of Philco’s operating agreement, and that all of the Meier-related entities somehow benefitted from the Tronco Loan proceeds, in an unspecified manner. Del-Rio’s suit seeks to invalidate ACF’s deeds of trust on the Philco mineral leases, and to quiet title to those leases in Philco. Del Rio is also requesting monetary and punitive damages, disgorgement, prejudgment interest, post judgment interest, costs, and attorney fees, against all defendants, in an amount to be determined at trial.

We believe that Del-Rio’s claims are without merit, and all defendants are actively defending in this matter. In particular, SDP’s and MPS’ only involvement was to grant guaranties and/or security interests in their respective separate personal and real property to ACF to additionally collateralize the Tronco Loan. In addition, since we plan to pay off the Tronco loan with the proceeds of the planned initial public offering, we believe that the basis of Del-Rio’s damages claims will be nullified. Consequently, we do not believe that Del Rio’s purported claims against SDP and MPS will have any material adverse effect on our cash flow, business, or operations.

NOTE 7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had a loan payable balance included in machinery loans (note 3) to a related party in the amounts of $0 and $53,925, respectively. This loan payable is due upon demand and carries an interest rate of 4.75%. We recorded interest expense related to this loan of $1,753 and $8,925 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, accrued interest under this loan totaled $0 and $1,055, respectively.

The Company leases certain of its facilities to a related party. We recorded rental income from the related party in the amounts of $217,000 and $141,200, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company’s Cessna T206H aircraft was purchased by Mr. Meier on June 30, 2006, primarily for the Company’s use in moving persons and products in and out of Vernal where those deliveries need to be expedited, or for deliveries to locations with no commercial air transportation. The purchase was financed by a commercial bank through an aircraft loan to the Meiers personally. The loan is secured by the plane, bears interest at 7.35%, requires monthly payments of approximately $3,500, and matures in June 2026. In January 2009, the Meiers transferred the plane’s title to Meier Leasing, LLC, and Meier Leasing, LLC assumed the aircraft loan. However, the title transfer documents reflecting Meier Leasing, LLC as the plane’s owner of record have inadvertently not been filed with the Federal Aviation Administration to complete the transfer of ownership. Since that date, all expenses related to the plane, including loan payments, maintenance, fuel, repairs, insurance and depreciation, have been incurred and recorded by Meier Leasing, LLC consistent with the loan agreement. As of December 31, 2013, the plane’s net book value of approximately $363,000 was recorded in property, plant and equipment.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Superior Drilling Products, et.al.

Notes to Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS – (continued)

Our owners have served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. No compensation expense has been recorded in the Statement of Operations for their services because they received distribution in lieu of compensation.

NOTE 8. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

We have evaluated events from December 31, 2013 through April 4, 2014, the date the financial statements were available for issuance. The following items are subsequent events that require disclosure not discussed elsewhere in these combined financial statements and accompanying footnotes:

Bridge Loan.   On February 24, 2014, we closed a $2 million bridge loan with a private lender. Upon the effectiveness of the IPO, the bridge loan will automatically convert into shares of our restricted common stock at a conversion price equal to 70% of the IPO price, and a four-year warrant to purchase an equivalent number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the offering price. Starting in November 2014, the bridge loan will begin accruing interest at 5% per year, and will require monthly payments of approximately $50,500, with a balloon payment at maturity in February 2016, if not previously converted in the IPO or otherwise under additional voluntary conversion provisions of the loan. The bridge loan is secured by a junior blanket lien on the accounts of SDP and of SD Company, Inc., a related party.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholder
Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Dallas, Texas
April 2, 2014

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC
 
BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2013 and 2012

   
  2013   2012
ASSETS
                 
CURRENT ASSETS
                 
Cash   $ 2,755,065     $ 6,580,219  
Accounts receivable     1,031,833       1,704,451  
Prepaid expense and other assets     13,255       21,491  
Total Current Assets     3,800,153       8,306,161  
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
                 
Auto and transportation equipment     680,924       635,733  
Other property and equipment     120,984       112,055  
Reamer inventory     1,155,031       940,707  
Accumulated depreciation     (719,237 )       (410,892 )  
Property and Equipment, net     1,237,702       1,277,603  
Other assets     92,977       9,385  
Total Assets   $ 5,130,832     $ 9,593,149  
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES
                 
Accounts payable   $ 77,073     $ 1,113,463  
Accrued commissions     199,345       615,179  
Accrued expenses     25,099       10,760  
Income taxes payable     572,285       558,775  
Current portion of note payable           8,700  
Total Current Liabilities     873,802       2,306,877  
Pension obligation     94,077       35,029  
Note payable, net of current portion           12,936  
Deferred tax liability     266,593       310,552  
Total Liabilities   $ 1,234,472     $ 2,665,394  
COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES – See Note 3
                 
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                 
Capital Stock, no par, 100,000 authorized 1,990 issued and outstanding            
Additional paid in capital     1,990       1,990  
Retained Earnings     3,901,579       6,925,765  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (7,209 )        
Total Stockholders' Equity     3,896,360       6,927,755  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity   $ 5,130,832     $ 9,593,149  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC
 
STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012

   
  2013   2012
Revenue
                 
Tool Rental   $ 8,478,346     $ 11,977,425  
Total Revenue     8,478,346       11,977,425  
Operating Expenses
                 
Commissions     1,489,754       2,201,627  
Consultant fees     768,422       696,074  
Tool costs     767,496       553,742  
Depreciation     513,444       358,154  
General and administrative     1,732,977       2,324,514  
Total Operating Expenses     5,272,093       6,134,111  
Operating Income     3,206,253       5,843,314  
Other Income (Expense)
                 
Interest expense     (14,651 )       (1,014 )  
Interest income     7,288       8,403  
Gain/(loss) on disposal     103,317       (2,873 )  
Total Other Income (Expense)     95,954       4,516  
Income before income tax expense     3,302,207       5,847,830  
Income tax expense (benefit)     (43,959 )       (31,110 )  
Net Income   $ 3,346,166     $ 5,878,940  
Other Comprehensive Income
                 
Change in pension valuation reserve     (7,209 )        
Comprehensive Income   $ 3,338,957     $ 5,878,940  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC
 
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 and DECEMBER 31, 2012

           
  Common Stock   Additional paid in capital   Retained earnings   Accumulated other comprehensive loss   Total
  Shares   Par
Retained Earnings, January 1, 2012     1,990             1,990       2,047,429             2,049,419  
Net income                       5,878,940             5,878,940  
Dividends                       (1,000,604 )             (1,000,604 )  
Retained Earnings, December 31, 2012     1,990     $     $ 1,990     $ 6,925,765     $     $ 6,927,755  
Net income                       3,346,166             3,346,166  
Dividends                       (6,370,352 )             (6,370,352 )  
Increase in pension valuation reserve                             (7,209 )       (7,209 )  
Retained Earnings, December 31, 2013     1,990     $     $ 1,990     $ 3,901,579     $ (7,209 )     $ 3,896,360  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

   
  2013   2012
Cash flows from operating activities
                 
Net income   $ 3,346,166     $ 5,878,940  
Reconciliation of net income to cash provided by operations
                 
Depreciation     513,444       358,154  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets (net)     (103,317 )       2,873  
Increase (decrease) in deferred tax liablity     (43,959 )       (31,111 )  
Effect of changes in operating working capital items
                 
(Increase) decrease in receivables     672,618       763,954  
(Increase) decrease in prepaids and other current assets     (75,356 )       55,655  
(Increase) decrease in payables and accrued liabilities     (1,372,536 )       634,610  
Net cash provided by operating activities     2,937,060       7,663,075  
Cash flows from investing activities
                 
Additions to property, plant, and equipment     (800,686 )       (1,086,027 )  
Property disposals     430,461       166,500  
Net cash used in investing activities     (370,225 )       (919,527 )  
Cash flows from financing activities
                 
Shareholder distributions     (6,370,352 )       (1,000,604 )  
Payments of principal     (21,636 )       (8,355 )  
Net cash used in financing activities     (6,391,988 )       (1,008,959 )  
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     (3,825,153 )       5,734,589  
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning     6,580,219       845,630  
Cash and cash equivalents – ending   $ 2,755,066     $ 6,580,219  
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
                 
Cash paid during the year for interest   $ 14,651     $ 1,014  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

NOTE 1 — Nature of Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Overview

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Texas on November 5, 2001 and operates as a short-term lessor of reamer equipment (tools) to oil and gas companies. While the duration of the lease varies by job, these leases are generally less than one month. The tools are leased primarily to entities operating in North Dakota, but the Company also leases tools to entities operating in Wyoming, Texas, Louisiana, Montana, Oklahoma, Utah, and Colorado.

Basis of Presentation

The financial statements of the Company were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

Related Party

The Company’s sole shareholder is also a member of 3CR Reamers, LLC. No transactions occurred during 2013 or 2012.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash

As of the balance sheet dates, and periodically throughout the years, the Company has maintained account balances in excess of federally insured limits. Management monitors the soundness of the financial institution and believes the Company’s risk is negligible.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method based on estimated useful lives of the assets. Auto and Transportation equipment useful life is 5 years. Other property and equipment useful life ranges from 5 – 10 years. Reamer inventory useful life is 3 years. Fully depreciated assets are retained in property and accumulated depreciation accounts until removed from service. Upon disposal, assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the net amount, less proceeds from disposal, is recorded as a gain/loss from disposal.

Income Taxes

The Company elected S-Corporation status as of January 1, 2012. The Company utilized the cash basis of accounting for tax reporting purposes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Under the Internal Revenue Code’s treatment of S-Corporations, all of the Company’s 2013 and 2012 taxable income or loss flows through to its shareholders. Therefore, no income tax expense is recorded in the accompanying financial statements for the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company has evaluated its income tax positions, noting no significant uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 and 2102. As of December 31, 2013, the tax years that remain subject to examination by taxing authorities begin with 2010.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

NOTE 1 — Nature of Activities and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred. These charges have been included in tool costs on the statements of income. Freight charges for the years ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $169,558 and $124,106, respectively.

Accounts Receivable and Uncollectible Accounts

Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivables are due from various oil and gas drilling and producing companies. These receivables are generally uncollateralized. Accounts receivable are stated at the historical carrying amount net of allowances for uncollectible accounts. The Company establishes an allowance for uncollectible accounts based on specific customer collection issues the Company has identified as well as historical trends. Uncollectible accounts receivable are written off when the Company has determined the balance will not be collected. The Company has not experienced uncollectible accounts and as a result no allowance has been established as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Revenue

Revenue is recognized ratably over the lease term which is usually less than one month. The rental agreements do not have any minimum rental payments or term.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company derived approximately 91% of revenue from its top five customers. As of December 31, 2013, these same customers accounted for 99% of the accounts receivable balance. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company derived approximately 80% of revenue from its top four customers. As of December 31, 2012, these same customers accounted for 92% of the accounts receivable balance. Management does not believe that the loss of any one of these customers would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows, as it believes it could locate additional customers.

NOTE 2 — Note Payable

The Company owed $0 and $21,636 on a note payable as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The note was dated April 29, 2010 with interest at 4.05% per annum. The note was collateralized with a company vehicle and required monthly payments of $785. In April 2013, the note payable was paid in full.

NOTE 3 — Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

During 2012, the Company and its sole shareholder were involved in a lawsuit which was settled during February 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company included in accounts payable and general and administrative expenses the settlement of the lawsuit and associated legal expenses. All amounts were paid by the Company during 2013.

Operating Leases

The Company rents space for a variety of purposes including reamer tool, equipment, and vehicle storage. There is not a formal lease agreement for the rental spaces and they are cancelable at any time. Storage expenses of $74,326 and $38,170 are reflected in these statements for the years ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

NOTE 4 — Income Taxes

The Company elected S-Corporation status as of January 1, 2012. At the time of the election there was a deferred tax liability of $900,436 resulting from temporary tax-book differences of property and equipment, accounts receivable, and accounts payable. Generally, due to the change in entity type from C-Corporation to S-Corporation, the Company would have been liable for built in gains tax with the S-Corporation’s first tax return filed. During 2013, the Company recognized interest expense of $13,510 associated with late payment of the built-in-gains tax. An amount has been accrued for the unpaid built in gains tax of $572,285 and $558,775 on the Company’s balance sheets for the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012.

NOTE 5 — Retirement Plans

The Company provides a noncontributory employee retirement plan (collectively referred to as the “Plan”) for their 2 employees. The funding policy is to contribute annually no less than the minimum required nor more than the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. The measurement date for the Plan is December 31.

The following tables set forth the Plan’s status and related disclosures:

   
  Pension Plan
     2013   2012
Change in benefit obligation:
                 
Benefit obligation, beginning of year   $ 289,317     $  
Service cost     305,890       289,317  
Interest cost     14,466        
Actuarial (gain)/loss     2,107        
Benefit obligation, end of year     611,780       289,317  
Change in plan assets:
                 
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year     254,288        
Actual return on plan assets     13,415        
Employer Contributions     250,000       254,288  
Fair value of plan assets, end of year     517,703       254,288  
Funded status, end of year   $ (94,077 )     $ (35,029 )  
Amounts recognized in the balance sheets   $ (94,077 )     $ (35,029 )  
Components of net period benefit cost:
                 
Service cost   $ 305,890     $ 289,317  
Interest cost     14,466        
Expected return on plan assets     (17,847 )        
Total net period benefit cost   $ 302,509     $ 289,317  

The Plan was established and funded on December 31, 2012 resulting in no interest costs, return on assets or actuarial gain/loss during the year ended December 31, 2012.

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

NOTE 5 — Retirement Plans  – (continued)

The assumptions used to determine net benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

   
  Pension Benefits
     2013   2012
Discount rate     5.00 %       5.00 %  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets     7.00 %       7.00 %  
Annual rate of increase in compensation     4.00 %       4.00 %  

The investment strategy of the Plan is to achieve an aggregate return from capital appreciation and dividend and interest income through long-term growth of capital and preservation of capital. The weighted-average asset allocation pension plan assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

   
  2013   2012
Asset category:
                 
Equity securities     3 %        
Cash     97 %       100 %  
       100 %       100 %  

The following table presents information about the pension plan’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets of identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets or liability.

       
  Assets at Fair Value, December 31   Quoted Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)   Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
December 31, 2013:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 504,653     $ 504,653     $     $  
Equity securities     13,050       13,050              
Total   $ 517,703     $ 517,703     $     $  
December 31, 2012:
                                   
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 254,288     $ 254,288     $     $  
Total   $ 254,288     $ 254,288     $        $  

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
 
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

NOTE 5 — Retirement Plans  – (continued)

The future benefits expected to be paid over the next ten years are as follows:

 
  Pension Benefits
2014   $  
2015      
2016      
2017      
2018      
2019 through 2023     782,109  
Total   $ 782,109  

NOTE 6 — Subsequent Events

In 2013, HRSI (“Company”) formed Hard Rock Solutions, LLC as a wholly-owned subsidiary (“Subsidiary”), in order to facilitate the sale of our tool rental business. The primary assets of the tool rental business consist of all of (a) all Drill N Ream rental customer master service agreements, (b) all Drill N Ream and other reamer inventory, (c) all shop equipment, parts and vehicles, (d) the contracts with Hard Rock’s independent sales force, (d) the Hard Rock building lease, and (e) all trademarks and other intellectual property relating to the Hard Rock and Drill N Ream names.

In January 2014, the Company entered into a membership interest purchase agreement (“MIPA”)with Superior Drilling Products, LLC (“SDP”), under which the Company will sell 100% of the limited liability company membership interests of our Subsidiary to Superior Drilling Products, LLC or its assignee (“Hard Rock Sale”). Additionally, HRSI’s president and SDP’s owner have each transferred their respective 50% interests in the Drill & Ream Patents pending to HRSI, under the terms of a Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (IPPA) and we will transfer all of the patents pending to the Subsidiary immediately before closing of the Hard Rock Sale.

Closing of the Hard Rock Sale is scheduled to occur promptly after the completion of the initial public offering of SD Company, Inc., a new corporation formed by SDP in order to facilitate that offering. The purchase price for the Subsidiary is $25 million, consisting of $12.5 million in cash at closing, and a promissory note to the Company for $12.5 million (“Hard Rock Note”). The Hard Rock Note will mature three years from the closing date, and accrue interest at the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate. Under the terms of the Hard Rock Note, the Company will receive two annual principal installments of $5 million plus interest and one final payment of $2.5 million plus interest, on each subsequent anniversary date of the Hard Rock Note date. The Hard Rock Note will be secured by all of the patents, patents pending, other patent rights, and trademarks to be owned by Hard Rock after the Hard Rock Sale.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through April 2, 2014 which is the date the financial statements were available.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRO FORMA COMBINED AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

The following unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements combine the historical combined and consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations of SD Company, Inc., which includes the businesses of Superior Drilling Products, LLC and its wholly owned subsidiary, Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, Extreme Technologies, LLC, Meier Properties Series, LLC and Meier Leasing, LLC and Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., giving effect to the acquisition of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. using the purchase method of accounting. Certain historical balance sheet and income statement amounts of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. have been reclassified to conform to the financial statement presentation of SD Company, Inc.

The unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 gives effect to the acquisition of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. as if it had occurred on December 31, 2013. The unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated statements of operations assume the acquisition of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. was effected on January 1, 2013 for the pro forma combined and consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements are presented for illustrative purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the combined and consolidated financial position or combined and consolidated results of operations of SD Company, Inc. that would have been reported had the acquisition occurred on the dates indicated, nor do they represent a forecast of the combined and consolidated financial position of SD Company, Inc. at any future date or the combined and consolidated results of operations of SD Company, Inc. for any future period.

The acquisition of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. is being accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The pro forma information presented, including allocation of the purchase price, is based on a third party valuation of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

The unaudited pro forma combined and consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, should be read in conjunction with (a) the historical combined and consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto, and other information of SD Company, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013, of Superior Drilling Products, LLC et. al. for the year ended December 31, 2013, each included elsewhere in this prospectus, and (b) the historical financial statements of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Balance Sheets
As of December 31, 2013

           
  Superior
Drilling
  Hard Rock
Solutions, Inc.
  Acquisition
Adjustment (1)
  AJE   Public Offering
Adjustments
  As Adjusted
Assets
                                                     
Current assets:
                                                     
Cash   $ 11,256     $ 2,755,065     $ (2,755,065 )       2     $ 1,182,456     $ 13,917,079  
                                  8       12,723,367           
Accounts receivable     2,978,666       1,031,833       (157,863 )                         2,820,803  
                         (1,031,833 )                             
Prepaid expenses     182,530       13,256                                  195,786  
Other current assets     157,066             (32,439 )                   124,627  
Total current assets     3,329,518       3,800,154                                  17,058,295  
Property, plant and equipment, net     15,048,871       1,237,701                                  16,286,572  
Real estate investments     2,187,926                      3       (2,187,926 )        
Intangible assets
                                                     
Developed technology                 7,000,000                         7,000,000  
Customer contracts and relationships                 6,500,000                         6,500,000  
Trade names and trademarks                 1,300,000                         1,300,000  
Goodwill                 7,593,000                   7,593,000  
Total intangible assets                                            22,393,000  
Note receivable                       8       3,866,000       3,866,000  
Other assets     194,935       92,977       (92,977 )       2       38,505       143,440  
                               8       (90,000 )           
Total assets   $ 20,761,250     $ 5,130,832                       $ 59,747,307  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
                                                     
Current liabilities:
                                                     
Accounts payable   $ 445,947     $ 77,073       (77,073 )                       $ 445,947  
Accrued expenses     277,579       224,444       (224,444 )                         277,579  
Income taxes payable           572,285       (572,285 )                          
Current portion of capital lease obligation     258,235                                  258,235  
Current portion of guaranteed debt obligation     4,395,637                      8       (4,395,637 )        
Current portion of long-term debt     3,316,578             16,144,000       2       760,007       5,024,759  
                               8       (15,195,826 )           
Total current liabilities     8,693,976       873,802                                  6,006,520  
Other liabilities           94,077       (94,077 )                          
Deferred tax liability           266,593       (266,593 )       4       2,904,539       2,904,539  
Capital lease obligation     871,252                                        871,252  
Long-term debt     10,939,216             7,500,000                   18,439,216  
Total liabilities     20,504,444       1,234,472                                  28,221,527  
Stockholders' equity (deficit)
                                                     
Common stock     1                      8       18,618       18,619  
Additional paid-in capital     256,806       1,990       (192,335 )       2       1,980,968       31,507,161  
                                  3       (2,187,926 )           
                                  4       (2,904,539 )           
                                  8       34,552,197           
Stock subscription receivable     (1 )                      8       1        
Retained earnings           3,894,370       (3,894,370 )                    
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)     256,806       3,896,360                         31,525,780  
Total liabilities and owners' equity (deficit)   $ 20,761,250     $ 5,130,832                       $ 59,747,307  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited combined and consolidated pro forma financial statements

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
  
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Statements of Operations
For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

           
  Superior Drilling   Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.   Acquisition Adjustment (1)   AJE   Offering Adjustments   As Adjusted
Revenues:
                                                     
Remanufacturing   $ 8,678,172     $     $ (414,192 )              $     $ 8,263,980  
Manufacturing     1,558,413             (667,430 )                         890,983  
Tool Rental           8,478,346                                  8,478,346  
Reamer royalties     1,686,384             (1,686,384 )                    
Total revenues     11,922,969       8,478,346                                  17,633,309  
Costs of goods sold:
                                                     
Cost of remanufacturing     2,851,707                                        2,851,707  
Cost of manufacturing     2,003,336             (313,457 )                         1,689,879  
Tool costs           767,496       (414,192 )                         353,304  
Commissions           1,489,754       (1,489,754 )                          
Depreciation and amortization expense     1,207,288       513,444       2,444,444                   4,165,176  
Total costs of goods sold     6,062,331       2,770,694                         9,060,066  
Gross profit     5,860,638       5,707,652                                  8,573,243  
Expenses:
                                                     
General and administrative     2,168,350       2,501,398             6       900,000       5,569,748  
Total expenses     2,168,350       2,501,398                         5,569,748  
Operating income     3,692,288       3,206,254                                  3,003,495  
Other income (expenses):
                                                     
Rental income     344,472                                        344,472  
Other income     129,840       7,288                                  137,128  
Gain (loss) on sale of property, plant and equipment     (54,205 )       103,317                                  49,112  
Interest expense     (786,140 )       (14,651 )                2       (100,000 )       (3,381,759 )  
                                  5       (500,000 )           
                                  8       (1,980,968 )           
Change in guaranteed debt obligation     341,895                               341,895  
Total other income (expenses)     (24,138 )       95,954                         (2,509,152 )  
Income before income tax expense     3,668,150       3,302,208                                  494,343  
Income tax expense (benefit)           43,959             7       (228,349 )       (184,390 )  
Net income   $ 3,668,150     $ 3,346,167                       $ 309,953  
Earnings per share: basic and diluted                                 $ 0.02  
Shares outstanding                                   16,498,249  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited combined and consolidated pro forma financial statements

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Pro Forma Adjustments

1. The HRSI acquisition is being treated as a business acquisition since the Company is acquiring substantially all the operating assets of HRSI. The pro forma balance sheet impact represents the pro forma adjustment to record the HRSI acquired assets at fair value, eliminate HRSI assets and liabilities excluded from the acquisition, and to record the related $12 million due upon closing of the acquisition and the $12.5 million promissory note. The majority of the purchase price was assign to intangible assets, which consist of developed technology, customer contracts and relationships, trade names and goodwill. The intangible assets will be amortized over the following lives:

 
Intangible Assets   Live
Developed technology     7 Years  
Customer contracts and relationships     5 Years  
Trade names and trademarks     9 Years  

Consideration paid consists of $12.5 million due at closing and a $12.5 million seller’s note. For purposes of the pro forma balance sheet, the cash consideration is treated as current liability until funded at the closing of the offering. The fair value of the seller’s note was determined to be $11,143,457 which is less than the face value due to a below-market interest rate based on the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate, or 4% per annum as of December 31, 2013. Fair value was estimated based on the present value of future cash flows at a market-assumed rate.

The fair value of the assets acquired and the seller’s note was established based on preliminary work of the Company and a third-party valuation expert. The values of the assets and debt are subject to adjustment upon completion of the valuation report.

 
Hard Rock Solutions Inc. Acquisition  
Property, plant and equipment   $ 1,237,701  
Prepaid expenses     13,256  
Intangible assets
        
Developed technology     7,000,000  
Customer contracts and relationships     6,500,000  
Trade names and trademarks     1,300,000  
Goodwill     7,593,000  
Total intangible assets     22,393,000  
     $ 23,643,957  
Cash paid at closing   $ 12,500,000  
Note payable     12,500,000  
Discount on note payable     (1,356,043 )  
     $ 23,643,957  

Based on the estimated fair value of the intangible assets and their useful lives, the pro forma amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2,444,444.

Prior to the acquisition, the Company received revenue from HRSI for manufacturing and repairing the reamers and from the reamer royalty income upon rental of the tool. The remaining pro forma adjustments eliminate the activity between the Company and HRSI. The difference between the Company's reamer royalty and HRSI's commission expense is caused by differences in revenue recognition methods between the companies. HRSI records revenue and the associated commission expense when the rental tools are rented. However, the Company is not entitled to and does not record

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Pro Forma Adjustments  – (continued)

the reamer royalty until HRSI receives payments from their customers for the rental tools, which is when payment is contractually due to the Company from HRSI. Therefore, the revenue and expenses will not equate.

2. Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the consummation of a bridge loan of $2,000,000 and the related interest expense. The loan bears interest at 5% per annum. Proceeds were used to repay existing debt of $779,039 and debt issuance costs of $38,505. This bridge loan will automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the closing of the offering at 70% of the initial public offering price. Additionally, the Company issued an equivalent number of warrants to the maker of the bridge loan. The warrants have a term of 4 years from the date of the offering and an exercise price equal to 100% of the initial public offering price. The total value of the beneficial conversion feature and warrants at grant date was estimated to be $1,980,968 using the Black-Scholes model and was recorded as a discount to the bridge loan. The assumptions used to value the beneficial conversion feature were as follows: unit price – $6.00, Exercise price – $4.20, term – 6 months, volatility – 47.32% and discount rate of 0.09%. The assumptions used to value the warrants were as follows: unit price – $6.00, Exercise price – $6.00, term – 4 years, volatility – 47.32% and discount rate of 0.69%.

The following table calculates the net bridge loan recorded in the pro forma balance sheet:

 
Bridge loan proceeds   $ 2,000,000  
Less fair value of:
        
Beneficial conversion feature     (916,029 )  
Warrants     (1,064,939 )  
Bridge loan, net of discount     19,032  
Repayment of long-term debt     (779,039 )  
Net pro forma balance sheet impact   $ (760,007 )  
3. Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the distribution of the real estate investments to the existing owners upon completion of the reorganization of the combining companies into SD Company, Inc. The Company has not utilized the real estate in the historical operations of the business, nor do they have any current plans to use the real estate in the ongoing operation of the business.
4. Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the deferred tax liability that is created in the conversion of the companies from limited liability corporations into a C Corporation and the temporary differences between book and tax that it creates. Deferred tax liabilities are measured using the tax rate in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the deferred tax liability at December 31, 2013 were generated by differences in depreciation methods for property, plant and equipment and change in guaranteed debt obligation.
5. Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the interest expense for the $12,500,000 promissory note issued for the purchase of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2013. This note carries an interest rate at the JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. annual prime rate, or 4% per annum as of December 31, 2013. A change of 1/8 percent in the interest rate will cause an effect on income of $15,625 per year.
6. Represents the pro forma adjustment to record the combined salaries of $900,000 per year for Troy and Annette Meier in accordance with their employment agreements that they will receive upon completion of the reorganization into SD Company, Inc. Historical operations of the Company do not include a salary for either individual. This is the primary reason for the general and administrative expense increase of $675,000 reflected in the pro forma financial statements.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SD Company, Inc.
  
Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Pro Forma Adjustments  – (continued)

7. Superior and Hard Rock have elected to be treated as flow through entities for federal and state income tax purposes. No federal or state income tax provision has been included in the historical results. Amount represents the pro forma adjustment to record the income tax expense based on their statutory rates of 34% for federal and 5% for the state of Utah on the pro forma net income for the year ended December 31, 2013.
8. To record the shares issued and proceeds through the firm commitment offering at the assumed midpoint of $6.00 per share, less estimated offering costs. The net proceeds will be used to repay certain Company loans, purchase the Tronco Note and repay certain personal loans of Troy and Annette Meier. The remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. The acquisition of the Tronco Note results in the elimination of the $4,395,637 guaranteed debt obligation and recognizes a note receivable at the estimated fair value of $3,866,000. Offering costs were estimated at 10% of gross proceeds plus the $90,000 of deferred IPO costs included in other assets.

Weighted average shares used for basic and diluted earnings per share is based on an estimated total of 18,618,810 shares outstanding after the initial public offering consisting of: (a) 11,442,619 shares collectively held by Meier Family Holding Company, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC after completion of the reorganization, (b) an estimated 6,700,000 shares to be issued through the public offering, and (c) an estimated 476,191 shares based on an offering price of $6.00 per share to be issued upon automatic conversion of the bridge loan at closing. The warrants to be issued upon the offering are considered anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from EPS. There were no other share equivalents for inclusion to consider in diluted EPS.

The shares issued for general corporate purposes are excluded from the denominator in calculating pro forma EPS. The excluded shares were estimated by deducting the shares utilized to fund the $12.5 million cash portion of the Hard Rock acquisition, the $8.3 million Tronco Loan acquisition, and repay $2.0 million of other outstanding loans owed by a Meier related entities from the estimated 6,700,000 shares to be issued upon closing.

The following summarizes the calculation of the pro forma weighted shares outstanding:

 
Common stock issued to founders upon reorganization     11,442,619  
Common stock offered to the public     6,700,000  
Common stock issued upon conversion of the bridge loan     476,191  
Total common stock issued and outstanding upon completion of offering     18,618,810  
Less: common stock issued for general corporate purposes     (2,120,561 )  
Pro forma weighted average outstanding shares     16,498,249  

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus SD Holdings, Inc. may authorize to be delivered to you.

Until            , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), federal securities laws may require all dealers that effect transactions in the Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
About This Prospectus     ii  
Proprietary Information     ii  
Industry Data     ii  
Prospectus Summary     1  
Offering Summary     8  
Risk Factors     11  
Use of Proceeds     25  
Determination of the Offering Price     26  
Dividend Policy     26  
Capitalization     27  
Dilution of the Price You Pay for Your Shares     28  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     30  
Oil and Gas Drilling Industry     46  
Business     51  
Management     62  
Executive Compensation     68  
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions     73  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     76  
Description of Capital Stock     78  
Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock     83  
Underwriting     84  
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock     87  
Legal Matters     90  
Experts     90  
Where You Can Find More Information     90  
 


 

     Shares


 
 
 

[GRAPHIC MISSING]


 
 
 
 
 
 

SD Company, Inc.


 
 

Common Stock


 
 
 
 
 
 


PROSPECTUS
            , 2014

 


 
 
 
 
 

ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS

 
 
 
 
 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 
SEC registration fee   $ 4,444  
FINRA filing fee   $ 7,350  
NYSE MKT Listing Fee   $ 75,000  
Accountants’ fees and expenses   $ 400,000  
Legal fees and expenses   $ 125,000  
Printing and engraving expenses   $ 30,000  
Transfer agent fee   $ 199  
Miscellaneous   $ 10,000  
TOTAL   $ 651,993  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Article 11 of the Company’s Articles of Incorporation authorizes the Company to indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act through the adoption of Bylaws, approval of agreements, or by any other manner approved by the Board of Directors.

In accordance with such authorization, Section 11.1 of the Company’s Bylaws (“ Bylaws ”) requires indemnification, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, of any person who is or has served as a director or officer of the Company, as well as any person who, while serving as a director or officer of the Company, served at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another entity, against expenses reasonably incurred because such person was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

Notwithstanding these indemnification obligations, Section 11.2 of the Bylaws states that no indemnification will be provided (a) to the extent that such indemnification would be prohibited by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act or other applicable law as then in effect, or (b) except with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, to any director or officer seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person unless such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 11.3 of the Bylaws also provides that expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition shall be advanced by the Company to the director or officer upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, except where the Board of Directors adopts a resolution expressly disapproving such advancement.

Section 11.4 of the Bylaws also authorizes the Board to indemnify and advance expenses to employees and agents of the Company on the same terms and with the same scope and effect as the provisions thereof with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses to directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

There have been no sales or other transfers of any of our, or our subsidiaries’, securities since January 1, 2012, except as follows:

Ø We issued 1,000 shares of our common stock to the Initial Shareholders upon our formation in December 2013.
Ø We issued a $2 million Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 24, 2014, to D4D, LLC (“ Bridge Loan ”), which is convertible into shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(a) at 70% of the price per share in this offering or, in certain circumstances, into other of our securities, and (b) a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of 100% of the price per share in this offering.

Item 16. Exhibits

 
Number   Description
 1.1 *   Form of Underwriting Agreement
 2.1 *   Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated December 15, 2013, between Meier Management Company, LLC, Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, and SD Company, Inc.
 3.1 *   Articles of Incorporation
 3.2 #   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation
 3.3 *   Bylaws with Exhibit A
 3.4 #   Amended and Restated Bylaws
 4.1 *   Specimen Stock Certificate
 5.1 #   Opinion of Wong Fleming, P.C.
10.1 *   Form of Indemnity Agreement
10.2 *   2014 Employee Stock Incentive Plan with forms of award agreements as Exhibits.†
10.3 #   Executive Employment Agreement between SD Company, Inc. and Troy Meier, to be effective as of the closing of this offering†
10.4 #   Executive Employment Agreement between SD Company, Inc. and Annette Meier, to be effective as of the closing of this offering.†
10.5 #   Executive Employment Agreement between SD Company, Inc. and Christopher Cashion, to be effective as of the closing of this offering.†
10.6 *   Vendor Agreement between Superior Drilling Products, LLC, and Hughes Christensen, a division of Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., dated October 28, 2013 with Exhibit A.
10.7 *   Commercial Lease, dated August 15, 2013, between Meier Properties, Series LLC, as landlord, and Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., as tenant.
10.8 *   Acknowledgement letter, dated September 11, 2013, between Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., regarding the Drill N Ream commissions.
10.9 *   Membership Interest Purchase Agreement (MIPA), dated January 28, 2014, between Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., as seller, and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, as buyer, of Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, with Exhibits.
10.10*   Intellectual Property Protection Agreement (IPPA), dated January 28, 2014, between 3cReamers, LLC, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, James D. Isenhour, and Troy Meier.
10.11*   Form of Subordinated Promissory Note from Hard Rock Solutions LLC and Superior Drilling Products LLC, as borrower, in favor of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., as lender, to be executed upon closing of the Hard Rock acquisition.
10.12*   Form of Security and Pledge Agreement between SD Company, Inc., as debtor, in favor of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., as secured party, to be executed upon closing of the Hard Rock acquisition with attached Schedule A.
10.13*   Form of Assignment Agreement between Superior Drilling Products, LLC and SD Company, Inc. assigning SDP’s rights under the MIPA and IPPA to SDC, to be executed in connection with the Reorganization.
10.14*   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated February 24, 2014, between SD Company, Inc. and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, as borrowers, and D4D, LLC, as lender, for $2 million bridge loan with attached exhibits.
10.15*   Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 24, 2014, in the original principal amount of $2 million, from SD Company, Inc. and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, as borrowers, in favor of D4D, LLC, as lender, with Exhibits.

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number   Description
10.16*   Security Agreements, dated February 24, 2014, between SD Company Inc. and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, respectively, as debtors, and D4D LLC, as secured party.
10.17*   Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant to be issued by SD Company Inc. in favor of D4D LLC upon conversion of $2 million bridge loan with attached exhibits.
10.18*   Form of Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into between SD Company Inc. and D4D, LLC upon conversion of $2 million bridge loan
10.19*   Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease, dated January 17, 2014, between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (SDP(CA)), as lessor, and Roger Holder, as lessee, with respect to our Bakersfield facilities.
10.20*   Business Loan Agreement, dated April 2, 2012, between SDP(CA), as borrower, and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (USEDLC), as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 1)
10.21*   Promissory Note, dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000, from SDP(CA), as borrower, in favor of USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 1)
10.22*   Agreement Assigning Rents, dated April 2, 2012, between SDP(CA), as borrower, and USEDLC, as lender (Bakersfield Loan 1)
10.23*   Commercial Security Agreement, dated April 2, 2012, between SDP(CA,) as grantor, and USEDLC, as secured party. (Bakersfield Loan 1)
10.24*   Commercial Guaranty(s), dated April 2, 2012, from Gilbert Troy Meier (individually), Annette Meier (individually), the Annette Deuel Meier Trust, and the Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, as the guarantors, respectively, in favor of USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 1)
10.25*   Business Loan Agreement, dated April 2, 2012, between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, as borrower, and USEDLC as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.26*   Promissory Note, dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $461,500, from SDP(CA), as borrower, in favor of USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.27*   Commercial Security Agreement, dated April 2, 2012, between SDP(CA), as grantor, and USEDLC, as secured party. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.28*   SBA First Lien Position 504 Loan Pool Guarantee Agreement, dated April 2, 2012. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.29*   Agreement Assigning Rents, dated April 2, 2012 between SDP(CA), as borrower and USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.30#   Commercial Guaranty(s), dated April 2, 2012, from Gilbert Troy Meier (individually), Annette Meier (individually), the Annette Deuel Meier Trust, and the Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, respectively, as the guarantors, to USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 2)
10.31*   Construction Loan Agreement, dated May 11, 2012, between SDP(CA), as borrower, and USEDLC, as lender. (Bakersfield Loan 3)
10.32*   Promissory Note, dated May 11, 2012, from SDP(CA), as borrower, in favor of USEDLC, as lender, in the original principal amount of $1,350,000. (Bakersfield Loan 3)
10.33*   Guaranty of Completion and Performance, dated May 11, 2012, between SPD(CA), as borrower, USEDLC, as lender and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Annette Meier and Gilbert Troy Meier, as guarantors. (Bakersfield Loan 3)
10.34*   Agreement Assigning Rents between SDP(CA), as borrower, and USEDLC, as lender, dated May 11, 2012. (Bakersfield Loan 3)
10.35*   Loan Agreement, dated July 3, 2012, between Meier Properties, Series LLC and Superior Drilling Products LLC, as co-borrowers, and Proficio Bank, as lender. (Proficio Loan 1)
10.36*   Term Note, dated July 3, 2012, from Meier Properties, Series LLC and Superior Drilling Products LLC, as co-borrowers, and Proficio Bank, as lender, in the original principal amount of $240,000. (Proficio Loan 1) with attached exhibits

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number   Description
10.37*   Deed of Trust, Security Agreement and Assignment of Leases and Rents, dated July 3, 2012, from Meier Properties, Series LLC, as grantor, to Proficio Bank, as trustee, and Proficio Bank, as beneficiary. (Proficio Loan 1)
10.38*   Loan Agreement(s), dated December 30, 2013, between Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, as co-borrowers, respectively, and Proficio Bank, as lender. (Proficio Loan 2)
10.39*   U.S. Small Business Administration Note, dated December 30, 2013, from Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, as co-borrowers, in favor of Proficio Bank, as lender, in the original principal amount of $627,000. (Proficio Loan 2)
10.40*   Unconditional Guaranty(s) from each of Gilbert Troy Meier, Annette D. Meier, the Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, the Annette Deuel Meier Trust, and Meier Family Holding Company, guarantor(s), respectively, to Proficio Bank, as lender, each dated December 30, 2013. (Proficio Loan 2)
10.41*   Loan Agreement dated February 4, 2013, between Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, as co-borrowers, and Proficio Bank, as lender. (Proficio Loan 3)
10.42*   Term Note, dated February 4, 2013, between Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC, as co-borrowers, and Proficio Bank, as lender, in the original principal amount of $592,000. (Proficio Loan 3)
10.43*   Third Amendment to Loan Agreement (dated December 18, 2013), Second Amendment to Loan Agreement (dated June 15, 2009), First Amendment to Loan Agreement (dated December 10, 2007), and original Loan Agreement (dated August 10, 2007), between Tronco Energy Corporation, as borrower, Philco Exploration, LLC, as subsidiary, and Fortuna Asset Management LLC (and its assignee ACF Property Management, Inc. for the amendments). (Tronco Loan)
10.44*   Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated January 1, 2014, between Tronco Energy Corporation, as borrower, and ACF Property Management Inc. as lender (assignee from Fortuna Asset Management LLC). (Tronco Loan)
10.45*   Security Agreement Pledge between Tronco Energy Corporation, as debtor, and ACF Property Management Inc. as secured party; and Owner Consent to Pledge from Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, with respect to 95% of the limited liability company interests in Superior Drilling Products, LLC, each dated June 15, 2009. (Tronco Loan)
10.46*   Security Agreement Pledge between Tronco Energy Corporation, as debtor, and ACF Property Management Inc. as secured party; and Owner Consent to Pledge from Meier Management Company, LLC, with respect to 5% of the limited liability company interests in Superior Drilling Products, LLC, each dated June 15, 2009. (Tronco Loan)
10.47*   Security Agreement Pledge between Tronco Energy Corporation, as debtor, and ACF Property Management Inc., as secured party; and Owner Consent to Pledge from Meier Management Company, with respect to 100% of the limited liability company interests in Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, each dated December 18, 2013. (Tronco Loan)
10.48*   Guaranty(s) from Gilbert Troy Meier Trust (dated August 10, 2009), and from Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC (dated December 18th, 2013), in favor of ACF Property Management, Inc., as lender. (Tronco Loan)
10.49*   Loan Purchase Agreement between ACF Property Management Inc., as lender and seller, SD Company Inc., as buyer, and Tronco Energy Corporation, as borrower, dated January 1, 2014. (Tronco Loan)
10.50#   Loan Agreement, dated April 3, 2012, between Meier Properties Series LLC and Superior Auto Body & Paint LLC (SABP) as co-borrowers, and Mountain West Small Business Finance, as lender. (SABP Loan 1)
     Change in Terms Agreement dated March 19, 2012, between Superior Auto BODY & Paint LLC, as borrower and Mountain America Credit Union, as Lender.
     Change in Terms Agreement dated March 19, 2012, between Superior Auto BODY & Paint LLC, as borrower and Mountain America Credit Union, as Lender.

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Number   Description
10.51*   Promissory Note dated March 19, 2012, from Superior Auto Body and Paint LLC,as borrower, in favor of Mountain America Credit Union in the amount of $1,698,005.00
10.52*   Loan Agreement, dated May 25, 2012, between Meier Properties Series LLC and SABP, as co-borrowers and Mountain West Small Business Finance, as lender. (SABP Loan 2)
10.53*   U.S. Small Business Administration Note, dated May 25, 2012, between Meier Properties, Series LLC, as debtor, SABP, as operating company, and Mountain West Small Business Finance, as lender, in the original principal amount of $1,159,000.00 (SABP Loan 2)
10.54*   Security Agreement(s), dated May 25, 2012, between each of Meier Properties, Series LLC and SABP, as debtor(s), and Mountain West Small Business Finance, as lender. (SABP Loan 2)
10.55*   Continuing Guaranty, dated May 20, 2011, by Superior Drilling Products , as guarantor, to Mountain America Federal Credit Union, as lender. (SABP Loans 1 and 2)
10.56*   Lease, dated May 25, 2012, between Meier Properties, Series LLC, as lessor, and SABP, as lessee.
21.1 *   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1 #   Consent of Wong Fleming, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 *   Consent of Hein & Associates, LLP
24.1 *   Power of Attorney
99.1 *   Consent of Director Nominee – Terrance Cryan
99.2 *   Consent of Director Nominee – Robert Iverson

* Filed with this Form S-1 Registration Statement.
# To be filed by Amendment to this Form S-1 Registration Statement
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the Registrant’s payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriter at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

Ø Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
Ø Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
Ø The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
Ø Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(3) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, SD COMPANY, INC., certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and authorized this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Vernal, Utah, on April 4, 2014.

SD COMPANY, INC.

By: /s/ G. Troy Meier
G. Troy Meier,
Chief Executive Officer

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 4, 2014.

 
Signature   Title
 
/s/ G. Troy Meier
G. Troy Meier
    
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Annette Meier
Annette Meier
  President and Director
/s/ Christopher Cashion
Christopher Cashion
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

II-7


EXHIBIT NO.: 1.1 

 

 

                          Shares

 

SD Company, Inc.

 

Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

_____________, 2014

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

SD Company, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (the “ Underwriter ”) an aggregate of                         authorized but unissued shares (the “ Underwritten Shares ”) of Common Stock, no par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of the Company. The Company has granted the Underwriter the option to purchase an aggregate of up to          additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering. The Underwritten Shares and Additional Shares are collectively referred to as the “Shares.”

 

The Company and the Underwriter hereby confirm their agreement as follows:

 

1. Registration Statement and Prospectus . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-_____________) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and the rules and regulations (the “ Rules and Regulations ”) of the Commission thereunder relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“ Rule 430 Information ”), is referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement ”; and as used herein, the term “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means each prospectus included in Part I of such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) immediately before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in Part I of the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Underwritten Shares. If the Company has filed or files an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term Registration Statement shall include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 promulgated under the Securities Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, ” “ Section 5(d) Communication ” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act and “ Section 5(d) Writing ” means any Section 5(d) Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

 
 

 

At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively, the “ Pricing Disclosure Package ”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated                               , 2014 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Schedule I(a) hereto.

 

Applicable Time ” means 6:00A.M., PST, on                             , 2014.

 

A registration statement on Form 8-A (File No.                             ) in respect of the registration of the Shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) was filed with the Commission on                        , 2014, and such registration statement, in the form thereof delivered to the Underwriter, was declared effective by the Commission (the “ Form 8-A Registration Statement ”). No other document with respect to such Form 8–A Registration Statement has theretofore been filed with the Commission.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462 Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Form 8-A Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”).

 

2.  Representations and Warranties of the Company Regarding the Offering.

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriter, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (as defined in Section 4(c) below), except as otherwise indicated, as follows:

 

(i) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and the Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and the Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to (i) any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in the Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

(ii) The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

2
 

 

(iii) Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule I(b) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus and each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and Section 5(d) Writing, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing listed on Schedule I(b), it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

(iv) The Company has not (A) engaged in or authorized any other person to engage in any Section 5(d) Communications, other than Section 5(d) Communications with the prior consent of the Underwriter with entities that are “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act or institutions that are “accredited investors” as defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act; and (B) distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Section 5(d) Writings, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Underwriter that are listed on Schedule I(b) hereto and the Company reconfirms that the Underwriter has been authorized to act on its behalf in engaging in Section 5(d) Communications in connection with the offering.

 

(v) From the time of initial confidential submission of any draft registration statement with the Commission (each, a “ Draft Registration Statement ”) (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged in any Section 5(d) Communication) through the date hereof, and of the initial filing of the Registration Statement by means of EDGAR, the Company has been and is presently, an “Emerging Growth Company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act. A copy of each Draft Registration Statement was filed as an exhibit to the initial public filing of the Registration Statement at least 21 days before the Company conducted any “road show,” as defined in Rule 433(h)(4) promulgated under the Securities Act. The Registration Statement (other than any Rule 462 Registration Statement) has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 7(f) hereof.

 

3
 

 

(vi) The financial statements of the Company, together with the related notes, included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and fairly present the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of the dates indicated and the consolidated results of operations and changes in cash flows for the periods therein specified in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. No other financial statements, pro forma financial information or schedules are required under the Securities Act to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. To the Company’s knowledge, Hein and Associates, LLP, which has expressed its opinion with respect to certain of the financial statements and schedules filed as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, is an independent public accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Exchange Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(vii) The Company had a reasonable basis for, and made in good faith, each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act or Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, or the Prospectus.

 

(viii) All statistical or market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably believes to be reliable and accurate, and the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources, to the extent required.

 

4
 

 

(ix) The Shares are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to the Form 8-A Registration Statement and are approved for listing on the NYSE MKT.

 

(x) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action that is designed to or that has constituted or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

(xi) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the net proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended

 

(b) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Underwriter or to the Underwriter’s counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

3.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the Company .

 

(a) The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with the Underwriter, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as follows:

 

(i) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has the corporate power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as currently being carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property or in which the conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would have or is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect upon the business, prospects, properties, operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or in its ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement (“ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

(ii) The Company has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to authorize, issue and sell the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity.

 

5
 

 

(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (A) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, any law, rule or regulation to which the Company or any subsidiary is subject, or by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected, (B) conflict with, result in any violation or breach of, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, lease, credit facility, debt, note, bond, mortgage, indenture or other instrument (the “ Contracts ”) or obligation or other understanding to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party of by which any property or asset of the Company or any subsidiary is bound or affected, except to the extent that such conflict, default, termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation right is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, the Company’s charter or by-laws.

 

(iv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation, breach or default under its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, except, in the case of any subsidiary of the Company, where the violation, breach or default is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(v) All consents, approvals, orders, authorizations and filings required on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement have been obtained or made, other than such consents, approvals, orders and authorizations the failure of which to make or obtain is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vi) All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have been issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and conform to the description thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Except for the issuances of options or restricted stock in the ordinary course of business, since the respective dates as of which information is provided in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not entered into or granted any convertible or exchangeable securities, options, warrants, agreements, contracts or other rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any shares of the capital stock of the Company. The Shares, when issued, will be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will be issued in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and will be free of preemptive, registration or similar rights.

 

(vii) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has filed all returns (as hereinafter defined) required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on or assessed against the Company or such respective subsidiary other than as described or reflected in the Registration Statement. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. Except as disclosed in writing to the Underwriter, (A) no issues have been raised (and are currently pending) by any taxing authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes asserted as due from the Company or its subsidiaries, and (B) no waivers of statutes of limitation with respect to the returns or collection of taxes have been given by or requested from the Company or its subsidiaries. The term “ taxes ” means all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “ returns ” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

6
 

 

(viii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business, (B) the Company has not declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital stock; (C) there has not been any change in the capital stock of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a change in the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to any stock split described in the Registration Statement or due to the issuance of shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or the issuance of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units under the Company’s existing stock awards plan, or any new grants thereof in the ordinary course of business), (D) there has not been any material change in the Company’s long-term or short-term debt, and (E) there has not been the occurrence of any Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ix) There is not pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, any action, suit or proceeding to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or its subsidiaries is the subject before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or any arbitrator or mediator, which, if resolved adversely to the Company is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(x) The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is in compliance with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders (“ Permits ”) of any governmental or self-regulatory agency, authority or body required for the conduct of its business, and all such Permits are in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to hold, or comply with, any of them is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xi) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all property (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus as being owned by them that are material to the business of the Company, in each case free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, other encumbrances or defects, except those that are not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The property held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries is held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with only such exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

7
 

 

(xii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“ Intellectual Property ”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property of others, except where such action, use, license or fee is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice alleging any such infringement or fee.

 

(xiii) The Company and each of its subsidiaries has complied with, is not in violation of, and has not received any notice of violation relating to any law, rule or regulation relating to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its property and assets, including, without limitation, (A) the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, or any money laundering laws, rules or regulations, (B) any laws, rules or regulations related to health, safety or the environment, including those relating to the regulation of hazardous substances, (C) the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (D) the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the rules and regulations thereunder, and (E) the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the rules and regulations thereunder, in each case except where the failure to be in compliance is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee, representative, agent or affiliate of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

(xv) The Company and each of its subsidiaries carries, or is covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries.

 

(xvi) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvii) Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor, to its knowledge, any other party is in violation, breach or default of any Contract that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii) No supplier, customer, distributor or sales agent of the Company has notified the Company that it intends to discontinue or decrease the rate of business done with the Company, except where such decrease is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix) To the Company’s knowledge, there are no claims, payments, issuances, arrangements or understandings for services in the nature of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee with respect to the introduction of the Company to the Underwriter or the sale of the Shares hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements, understandings, payments or issuances with respect to the Company that may affect the Underwriter’s compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

8
 

 

(xx) Except as disclosed to the Underwriter in writing, the Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to (A) any person, as a finder’s fee, investing fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who provided capital to the Company, (B) any FINRA member, or (C) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member within the 12-month period prior to the date on which the Registration Statement was filed with the Commission (“Filing Date”) or thereafter.

 

(xxi) None of the net proceeds of the offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or any affiliate or associate of any participating FINRA member, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

(xxii) To the Company’s knowledge, no (A) officer or director of the Company or its subsidiaries, (B) owner of 5% or more of the Company’s unregistered securities or that of its subsidiaries or (C) owner of any amount of the Company’s unregistered securities acquired within the 180-day period prior to the Filing Date, has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member. The Company will advise the Underwriter and its counsel if it becomes aware that any officer, director or stockholder of the Company or its subsidiaries is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the offering.

 

(xxiii) Other than the Underwriter, no person has the right to act as an underwriter or as a financial advisor to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(xxiv) At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act or an “excluded issuer” as defined in Rule 164 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.

 

(xxv) The Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or Regulation S of, the Securities Act, other than shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding convertible securities, options, rights or warrants.

 

9
 

 

4.  Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Underwritten Shares.

 

(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Underwritten Shares to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to purchase the Underwritten Shares. The purchase price for each Underwritten Share shall be $          per share (the “ Per Share Price ”).

 

(b) The Company hereby grants to the Underwriter the option to purchase some or all of the Additional Shares and, upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriter shall have the right to purchase all or any portion of the Additional Shares at the Per Share Price as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. This option may be exercised by the Underwriter at any time (but not more than once) on or before the thirtieth day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Company (the “Option Notice”). The Option Notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the “Option Closing Date”); provided, however, that the Option Closing Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date (as defined below) nor earlier than the first business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised unless the Company and the Underwriter otherwise agree.

 

Payment of the purchase price for and delivery of the Additional Shares shall be made at the Option Closing Date in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Underwritten Shares as set forth in subparagraph (c) below. For the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificate for the Additional Shares by the Underwriter, the Company agrees to make a form of such certificate available to the Underwriter for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Option Closing Date.

 

(c) The Underwritten Shares will be delivered by the Company to the Underwriter against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of same day funds payable to the order of the Company at the offices of Roth Capital Partners, LLC, 888 San Clemente Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 6:00 a.m. PST, on the third (or if the Underwritten Shares are priced, as contemplated by Rule 15c6-1(c) under the Exchange Act, after 4:30 p.m. Eastern time, the fourth) full business day following the date hereof, or at such other time and date as the Underwriter and the Company determine pursuant to Rule 15c6-1(a) under the Exchange Act, or, in the case of the Additional Shares, at such date and time set forth in the Option Notice. The time and date of delivery of the Underwritten Shares or the Additional Shares, as applicable, is referred to herein as the “Closing Date.” If the Underwriter so elects, delivery of the Underwritten Shares and Additional Shares may be made by credit through full fast transfer to the account at The Depository Trust Company designated by the Underwriter. Certificates representing the Shares, in definitive form and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Underwriter may request upon at least two business days’ prior notice to the Company, will be made available for checking and packaging not later than 10:30 a.m. PST on the business day next preceding the Closing Date at the above addresses, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable.

 

10
 

 

5.  Covenants .

 

(a) The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriter as follows:

 

(i) During the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the later of the Closing Date or such date as, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriter, the Prospectus is no longer required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer (the “ Prospectus Delivery Period ”), prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, including any Rule 462 Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company shall furnish to the Underwriter for review and comment a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Underwriter reasonably objects.

 

(ii) From the date of this Agreement until the end of the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company shall promptly advise the Underwriter in writing (A) of the receipt of any comments of, or requests for additional or supplemental information from, the Commission, (B) of the time and date of any filing of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (C) of the time and date that any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective and (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending its use or the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or of any proceedings to remove, suspend or terminate from listing or quotation the Common Stock from any securities exchange upon which it is listed for trading or included or designated for quotation, or of the threatening or initiation of any proceedings for any of such purposes. If the Commission shall enter any such stop order at any time during the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to obtain the lifting of such order at the earliest possible moment. Additionally, the Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of Rules 424(b), 430A and 430B, as applicable, under the Securities Act and will use its reasonable efforts to confirm that any filings made by the Company under Rule 424(b) or Rule 433 were received in a timely manner by the Commission (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) of the Securities Act).

 

(iii) During the Prospectus Delivery Period, the Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in force, and by the Exchange Act, as now and hereafter amended, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Shares as contemplated by the provisions hereof, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. If during such period any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary or appropriate in the opinion of the Company or its counsel or the Underwriter or its counsel to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package ) to comply with the Securities Act, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriter, allow the Underwriter the opportunity to provide reasonable comments on such amendment, Prospectus supplement or document, and will amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, the Pricing Disclosure Package) so as to correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance.

 

11
 

 

(iv) If at any time following the issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing there occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or any Prospectus or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company promptly will notify the Underwriter and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(v) The Company shall take or cause to be taken all necessary action to qualify the Shares for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter reasonably designates and to continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the Shares, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, to execute a general consent to service of process in any state or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise subject.

 

(vi) The Company will furnish to the Underwriter and counsel for the Underwriter copies of the Registration Statement, each Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Draft Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as available and in such quantities as the Underwriter may from time to time reasonably request.

 

(vii) The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15 months after the end of the Company’s current fiscal quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month period that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(viii) The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriter of the Shares, (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Shares, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, (C) all reasonable filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriter’s counsel incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale by the Underwriter or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions that the Underwriter shall designate, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the reasonable filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of Underwriter’s counsel incident to any required review and approval by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares, (F) listing fees, if any, and (G) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. In addition to the foregoing, the Company will reimburse the Underwriter for its reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares contemplated hereby (the “ Underwriter’s Expenses ”). If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriter in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 or Section 9, the Company will reimburse the Underwriter for all out-of-pocket disbursements (including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel, travel expenses, postage, facsimile and telephone charges) incurred by the Underwriter in connection with its investigation, preparing to market and marketing of the Shares or in contemplation of performing its obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount payable by the Company for fees and disbursements of the Underwriter and the Underwriter’s counsel pursuant to this Section 5(a)(viii) exclusive of the Underwriter’s Expenses shall be (A) $10,000 with respect to filings made by the Underwriter with FINRA, (B) $25,000 with respect to the registration or qualification of the Shares for the offer and sale of the Shares under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction (assuming that the Shares have been approved for listing on the NSYE MKT), and (C) $100,000 with respect to any other fees or disbursements of the Underwriter’s counsel, exclusive of any indemnity obligations that the Company may have.

 

12
 

 

(ix) The Company intends to apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the Pricing Disclosure Package and in the Prospectus.

 

(x) The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, during the Prospectus Delivery Period, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, or that has constituted, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

 

(xi) The Company represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriter, and the Underwriter represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Company, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus; provided that the prior written consent of the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given in respect of the free writing prospectuses included in Schedule I(a). The Company has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Securities Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the Company represents that it has satisfied and agrees that it will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show.

 

13
 

 

(xii) The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date hereof (“ Lock-Up Period ”), (A) offer, pledge, issue, sell, contract to sell, purchase, contract to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock; (B) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or (C) file any registration statement with the Commission relating to the offering of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock. The restrictions contained in the preceding sentence shall not apply to (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (2) the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of options or warrants disclosed as outstanding in the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto) or the Prospectus, or (3) the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period and the grant of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units pursuant to equity incentive plans described in the Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto) and the Prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company ceases to be an “Emerging Growth Company” at any time prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and if (x) the Company issues an earnings release or material news, or a material event relating to the Company occurs, during the last 17 days of the Lock-Up Period, or (y) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the Lock-Up Period, the restrictions imposed by this clause shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, unless the Underwriter waives such extension in writing.

 

(xiii) The Company agrees to promptly notify the Underwriter if the Company ceases to be an “Emerging Growth Company” at any time prior to the later of (A) the completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(a)(xii) hereof and (B) the completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Company shall be under no obligation to provide such notification after the completion of the 180-day restricted period unless the Underwriter has previously notified the Company that it is still undertaking such distribution as of the completion of this restricted period.

 

6. Conditions of the Underwriter’s Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriter hereunder to purchase the Underwritten Shares are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof and at the Closing Date (as if made at the Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations, warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and the following additional conditions:

 

(a) If the filing of the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, is required under the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company shall have filed the Prospectus (or such amendment or supplement) or such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus with the Commission in the manner and within the time period so required (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or 164(b) promulgated under the Securities Act); the Registration Statement shall remain effective; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof, any Rule 462 Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof, nor suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall have been initiated or threatened; and any request of the Commission or the Underwriter for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the Underwriter’s satisfaction.

 

14
 

 

(b) The Shares shall be qualified for listing on the NYSE MKT.

 

(c) FINRA shall have raised no objection to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(d) The Underwriter shall not have reasonably determined, and advised the Company, that the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Section 5(d) Writing, contains an untrue statement of fact which, in the Underwriter’s reasonable opinion, is material, or omits to state a fact which, in the Underwriter’s reasonable opinion, is material and is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and the Company shall not have promptly taken such action as is necessary to cure such untrue statement of material fact or material omission of fact.

 

(e) On or after the date hereof (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any of the Company’s securities by any “nationally recognized statistical organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the Company’s securities.

 

(f) On the Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Underwriter the opinion letter of Wong Fleming, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter, in form and substance as set forth in Schedule II hereto.

 

(g) The Underwriter shall have received on and as of the Closing Date an opinion of Dickinson Wright PLLC, counsel for the Underwriter, with respect to such matters as the Underwriter may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

 

(h) The Underwriter shall have received a letter of Hein & Assocaites, LLP, on the date hereof and on the Closing Date addressed to the Underwriter, in a form acceptable to the Underwriter, confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and confirming, as of the date of each such letter (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of a date not prior to the date hereof or more than five days prior to the date of such letter), the conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial information and other matters required by the Underwriter.

 

(i) On the Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the Underwriter a certificate, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriter, signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, in their capacity as officers of the Company, to the effect that:

 

(i) The representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement that are qualified by materiality or by reference to any Material Adverse Effect are true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at and as of the Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

 

15
 

 

(ii) No stop order or other order (A) suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof or any amendment thereof, (B) suspending the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale, or (C) suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, has been issued, and no proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or, to their knowledge, is contemplated by the Commission or any state or regulatory body; and

 

(iii) There has been no occurrence of any event resulting or reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect during the period from and after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date.

 

(j) On or before the date hereof, the Underwriter shall have received duly executed “lock-up” agreements, in a form attached hereto as Exhibit A, between the Underwriter and each party named on Schedule III.

 

(k) The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriter and its counsel such additional documents, certificates and evidence as the Underwriter or its counsel may have reasonably requested.

 

If any condition specified in this Section 6 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be terminated by the Underwriter by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to the Closing Date and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except that Section 5(a)(viii), Section 7 and Section 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

16
 

 

7.  Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a) The Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Underwriter or such person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon (i) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Rules and Regulations, or arise out of or are based upon the omission from the Registration Statement, or alleged omission to state therein, a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or the Pricing Disclosure Package, or any such amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) in whole or in part, any inaccuracy in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, or (iv) in whole or in part, any failure of the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or under law, and will reimburse the Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with evaluating, investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f).

 

(b) The Underwriter will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof, which written information is described in Section 7(f), and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

 

17
 

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party except to the extent such indemnifying party has been materially prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party, it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, and the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the indemnifying party’s election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof; provided , however , that if (i) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (ii) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), or (iii) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent it in any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 7, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and reimbursed to the indemnified party as incurred.

 

The indemnifying party under this Section 7 shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in any pending or threatened action, suit or proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is a party or could be named and indemnity was or would be sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (a) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such action, suit or proceeding and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

18
 

 

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 7 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other from the offering and sale of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriter, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriter and the parties’ relevant intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection (d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d). The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim that is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), the Underwriter shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the Underwriter’s discounts and commissions referenced in Section 4(a) actually received by the Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act; and the obligations of the Underwriter under this Section 7 shall be in addition to any liability that the Underwriter may otherwise have and the benefits of such obligations shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to the Company, and officers, directors and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

 

(f) For purposes of this Agreement, the Underwriter confirms, and the Company acknowledges, that there is no information concerning the Underwriter furnished in writing to the Company by the Underwriter specifically for preparation of or inclusion in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act, or any Section 5(d) Writing, other than the statements set forth in the last paragraph on the cover page of the Prospectus and the statements set forth in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus and Pricing Disclosure Package, only insofar as such statements relate to the amount of selling concession and re-allowance or to over-allotment and related activities that may be undertaken by the Underwriter.

 

19
 

 

8. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery . All representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in certificates delivered pursuant hereto, including, but not limited to, the agreements of the Underwriter and the Company contained in Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 7 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriter or any controlling person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or controlling persons, and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the Shares to and by the Underwriter hereunder.

 

9.  Termination of this Agreement.

 

(a) The Underwriter shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving notice to the Company as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, if in the discretion of the Underwriter, (i) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Underwriter, will in the future materially disrupt, the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States as to make it, in the judgment of the Underwriter, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares (ii) trading in the Company’s Common Stock shall have been suspended by the Commission or the NYSE MKT or trading in securities generally on the Nasdaq Global Market or New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended, (iii) minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required, on the NYSE MKT, Nasdaq Global Market or New York Stock Exchange, by such exchange or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (iv) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal or state authorities, or (v) there shall have occurred any attack on or outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States resulting in any declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, any substantial change or development involving a prospective substantial change in United States or international political, financial or economic conditions or any other calamity or crisis, or (vi) the Company suffers any loss by strike, fire, flood, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or (vii) in the judgment of the Underwriter, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business. Any such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 5(a)(viii) and Section 7 hereof shall at all times be effective and shall survive such termination.

 

(b) If the Underwriter elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section, the Company shall be notified promptly by the Underwriter by telephone, confirmed by letter.

 

10. Notices . Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications hereunder shall be in writing and, if to Roth, shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, 888 San Clemente Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, telecopy number: (949) 720-7227, Attention: John Dalfonsi, Managing Director; and if to the Company, shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to it shall be mailed, delivered or telecopied to it at 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, Utah 84078, telecopy number             , Attention: Troy Meier, Chairman and CEO; or in each case to such other address as the person to be notified may have requested in writing. Any party to this Agreement may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

 

20
 

 

11. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and directors referred to in Section 7. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” as herein used shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Underwritten Shares from the Underwriter.

 

12. Absence of Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Underwriter has been retained solely to act as underwriter in connection with the sale of the Shares and that no fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship between the Company and the Underwriter has been created in respect of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters; (b) the price and other terms of the Shares set forth in this Agreement were established by the Company following discussions and arms-length negotiations with the Underwriter and the Company is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (c) it has been advised that the Underwriter and its affiliates are engaged in a broad range of transactions that may involve interests that differ from those of the Company and that the Underwriter has no obligation to disclose such interest and transactions to the Company by virtue of any fiduciary, advisory or agency relationship; (d) it has been advised that the Underwriter is acting, in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, solely for the benefit of the Underwriter, and not on behalf of the Company.

 

13. Amendments and Waivers . No supplement, modification or waiver of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the party to be bound thereby. The failure of a party to exercise any right or remedy shall not be deemed or constitute a waiver of such right or remedy in the future. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (regardless of whether similar), nor shall any such waiver be deemed or constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.

 

14. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any section, paragraph, clause or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other section, paragraph, clause or provision.

 

15. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

16. Submission to Jurisdiction . The Company irrevocably (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any court of the State of California for the purpose of any suit, action, or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement, or any of the agreements or transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (each a “Proceeding”), (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any immunity from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process therein, (d) agrees not to commence any Proceeding other than in such courts, and (e) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claim that such Proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum. THE COMPANY (ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AND, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ON BEHALF OF ITS RESPECTIVE EQUITY HOLDERS AND CREDITORS) HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, AND THE PROSPECTUS.

 

21
 

 

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

22
 

 

Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the Company and the Underwriter in accordance with its terms.

 

     
  Very truly yours,
   
  SD COMPANY, INC.
     
  By: /s/
  Name: Troy Meier
  Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

     
Confirmed as of the date first above- mentioned by the Underwriter.  
   
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC  
     
By: /s/  
Name: John Dalfonsi  
Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

23
 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

(a) FREE WRITING PROSPECTUSES INCLUDED IN THE PRICING DISCLOSURE PACKAGE

 

(b) SECTION 5(D) WRITINGS

 

24
 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

Company Counsel Opinions

 

25
 

 

SCHEDULE III

 

Parties Subject to Lock-Up

 

Signatories to the lock-up agreements contemplated by Section 6(j).

 

26
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

          , 2014

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Re: SD Company, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

As an inducement to Roth Capital Partners, LLC (the “ Underwriter ”) to execute an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) providing for a public offering (the “ Offering ”) by the Underwriter of an aggregate of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of SD Company, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of State of Utah (the “ Company ”), the undersigned hereby agrees that without, in each case, the prior written consent of the Underwriter during the period specified in the second succeeding paragraph (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into, exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) whether now owned or hereafter acquired (the “ Undersigned’s Securities ”) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Undersigned’s Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing restriction is expressly agreed to preclude the undersigned from engaging in any hedging or other transaction which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale or disposition of the Undersigned’s Securities even if such Undersigned’s Securities would be disposed of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Securities or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from such Undersigned’s Securities.

 

In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock other than as contemplated in the registration statement relating to the Offering.

 

27
 

 

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue and include the date 180 days after the date of the final prospectus used to sell Shares in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, provided, however, that if the Company ceases to be an “Emerging Growth Company” at any time prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Underwriter waives, in writing, such extension.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Company will be requested to agree in the Underwriting Agreement to provide written notice to the undersigned of any event that would result in an extension of the Lock-Up Period pursuant to the previous paragraph and agrees that any such notice properly delivered will be deemed to have been given to, and received by, the undersigned. The undersigned further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement during the period from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement to and including the 34th day following the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take any such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period (as may have been extended pursuant to the previous paragraph) has expired.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) the undersigned may transfer the Undersigned’s Securities (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts and (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, or (2) if the undersigned is a corporation, company, business trust, association, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability limited partnership or other entity (collectively, the “ Entities ” or, individually, the “ Entity ”), the undersigned may transfer shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock to any person or Entity which controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is under common control with the undersigned and, if the undersigned is a partnership or limited liability company, it may transfer the shares of Common Stock or warrants or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock to its partners, former partners or an affiliated partnership (or members, former members or an affiliated limited liability company) managed by the same manager or managing partner (or managing member, as the case may be) or management company, or managed by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such manager or managing partner (or managing member) or management company in accordance with partnership (or membership) interests; provided, in each case of transfer pursuant to clause (1) or (2), that (x) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (y) the transferee agrees in writing with the Underwriter to be bound by the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement, and (z) no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer. For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

28
 

 

In addition, the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) the exercise of stock options granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans; provided that it shall apply to any of the Undersigned’s Securities issued upon such exercise, or (ii) the establishment of any contract, instruction or plan (a “ Plan ”) that satisfies all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act; provided that no sales of the Undersigned’s Securities shall be made pursuant to such a Plan prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof), and such a Plan may only be established if no public announcement of the establishment or existence thereof and no filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authority in respect thereof or transactions thereunder or contemplated thereby, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, shall be required, and no such announcement or filing is made voluntarily, by the undersigned, the Company or any other person, prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period (as such may have been extended pursuant to the provisions hereof).

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The undersigned understands that the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-Up Agreement if (i) the Company or the Underwriter inform the other that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, (ii) the Registration Statement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the shares of Common Stock to be sold thereunder, or (iii) the Offering is not completed by       , 2014.

 

The undersigned understands that the Underwriter is entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Offering in reliance upon this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

This Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California.

 

Whether or not the Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Offering will only be made pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation among the parties thereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29
 

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement and that, upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary in connection with the enforcement hereof. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  Printed Name of Holder
     
  By:  
  Signature
   
   
 

Printed Name of Person Signing

(and indicate capacity of person signing if signing as custodian, trustee, or on behalf of an entity)

 

30

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 2.1

To form S-1 Registration Statement

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

 

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of December 15, 2013 (“ Effective Date ”) by and between SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation (“ Corporation ”), the members of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ SDP ”) signing below (“ SDP Members ”), the members of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ SDF ”) signing below (“ SDF Members ”), the members of EXTREME TECHNOLOGIES, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ ET ”) signing below (“ ET Members ”), and the members of MEIER LEASING, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ ML ”) signing below (“ ML Members ”), and the members of MEIER PROPERTY SERIES, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ MPS ”) signing below (“ MPS Members ”). Together, the SDP Members, the SDF Members, the ET Members, the ML Members, and the MPS Members are referred to in this Agreement as the “ Members ”.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.           The Members hold all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests in SDP, SDF, ET, ML and MPS (the “ LLCs ”) as indicated on the signature page of this Agreement.

 

B.           The Corporation has been formed to become a holding company for the LLCs (the “ Reorganization ”) in connection with its filing a Form S-1 Registration Statements with the SEC in order to become a public reporting company through an initial public offering of the Corporation’s common stock (“ IPO ”).

 

C.           In order to effect the Reorganization, the Members desire to exchange their respective LLC membership interests in the LLCs for shares of the Corporation’s restricted common stock, under the terms and conditions of this Agreement, but not until the SEC’s approval of the IPO is reasonably certain (“ SEC Approval ”).

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.          Reorganization . At Closing (as defined below) of the Reorganization, the Members will transfer, sell and assign all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company membership interests in LLCs held by them (“ Interests ”) to the Corporation in exchange for issuance by the Corporation of additional shares of the Corporation’s restricted common stock in order that the Members will hold the number of shares subsequently determined by the parties as necessary to facilitate consummation of the Company’s pending IPO (“ Exchange Shares ”).  The Exchange Shares will be allocated between the Members as follows: (a) 64% to Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, and (b) 36% to Meier Management Company, LLC. However, this Section 1 does not supersede any contractual obligations of any LLC or Member to issue pre-IPO shares to consultants, or work to prevent the subsequent allocation of pre-IPO shares to employee and director compensation plant.

 

2.          Name Changes . Immediately before the SEC Approval: (i) SDP shall change its name to Superior Drilling Solutions, LLC under and in accordance with Utah limited liability company law, and (ii) simultaneously, the Corporation shall change its name to Superior Drilling Products, Inc. under and in accordance with Utah corporate law.

 

3.          Closing; Deliveries . Immediately before SEC Approval, the closing of the Reorganization (“ Closing ”) will occur upon the (a) the Member’s execution and delivery of all documents required to transfer, sell and assign all of the Members’ right, title and interest in the Interests to the Corporation, and (b) the Corporation’s execution and delivery to the Members of stock certificates representing the Exchange Shares.

 

4.          Tax-Free Reorganization . The Reorganization is intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1
 

 

5.          Further Actions . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees to use its best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action necessary, proper or advisable to close and make effective the Reorganization.

 

6.          General. This Agreement (a) cannot be assigned without the written consent of all parties hereto, except that either party may assign this Agreement in connection with a merger, corporate reorganization, or the sale of all or substantially all of its stock or assets, (b) will be enforced, governed and construed exclusively under the laws of the State of Utah and under the jurisdiction of and venue in any appropriate court in Unitah County, Utah, (c) benefits and is binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, as applicable, (d) is not intended to benefit any third parties, (e) will remain in full force and effect to the extent possible if any portion of this Agreement is declared invalid by a court having jurisdiction, (f) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and supersedes all previous written or oral proposals, agreements, and other communications, with regard to its subject matter, (g) may only be waived or modified in writing signed by all parties hereto, and any failure of a party to exercise or enforce any of its rights under this Agreement will not act as a waiver of those rights, and (h) may be signed in two or more counterparts, which together constitute one and the same document.

 

(Signatures appear on the next page)

 

2
 

 

(Signatures for the Equity Reorganization Plan and Agreement)

 

Signed as of the date first above written.

 

CORPORATION:   MEMBERS:
         
SD COMPANY, INC.   MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC,
        member of Superior Drilling Products, LLC, , and
By:  /s/ Troy Meier     sole member of Meier Property Series, LLC
  Troy Meier, Chief Executive Officer      
         
      By:   /s/ Annette Meier
        Annette Meier, Manager
         
      MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
        member of Superior Drilling Products, LLC, and sole member of Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, Extreme Technologies, LLC, and Meier Leasing, LLC
         
      By: /s/ Annette Meier
        Annette Meier, Manager

 

3

 

    EXHIBIT NO.: 3.1

    To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF 

SD HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Pursuant to the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “ Act ”), these Articles of Incorporation are filed for the purpose of forming a business corporation.

 

ARTICLE 1

NAME

 

The name of this corporation is SD HOLDINGS, INC. (“ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE 2

PURPOSES

 

This Corporation is organized for the purpose of engaging in any business, trade, or activity which may be conducted lawfully by a corporation organized under the Act.

 

ARTICLE 3

CAPITAL STOCK

 

This Corporation is authorized to issue a total of 120,000,000 shares of capital stock, comprised of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value.

 

This Corporation may issue Preferred Stock from time to time in one or more series, in any manner permitted by law and these Articles of Incorporation, as approved from time to time by the Board of Directors before the Corporation issues such Preferred Stock. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Board of Directors has the authority to fix and determine the rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock that it authorizes under this Article. The Board of Directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted authority, without shareholder action, and within the limits set forth in the Act, to:

 

(a)          designate in whole or in part, the preferences, limitations, and relative rights, of any class of shares before the issuance of any shares of that class;

 

(b)          create one or more series within a class of shares, fix the number of shares of each such series, and designate, in whole or part, the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the series, all before the issuance of any shares of that series;

 

(c)          alter or revoke the preferences, limitations, and relative rights granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued class of shares or any wholly unissued series of any class of shares; or

 

(d)          increase or decrease the number of shares constituting any series, the number of shares of which was originally fixed by the Board of Directors, either before or after the issuance of shares of the series; provided that, the number may not be decreased below the number of shares of the series then outstanding, or increased above the total number of authorized shares of the applicable class of shares available for designation as a part of the series.

 

The allocation between the classes, or among the series of each class, of unlimited voting rights and the right to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon dissolution, shall be as designated by the Board of Directors. All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly excluded in this Article or in the Corporation's Bylaws shall be vested in the Common Stock. Accordingly, unless and until otherwise designated by the board of directors of the Corporation, and subject to any superior rights as so designated, the Common Stock shall have unlimited voting rights and be entitled to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon dissolution.

 

1
 

 

ARTICLE 4 

SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

 

A.            Voting Rights. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held. Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to that number of votes for each share of Preferred Stock held for the applicable series of Preferred Stock. The holders of Common Stock and each series of Preferred Stock shall vote together and not as separate series or classes, except as otherwise expressly provided these Articles, in any Certificate of Designation, or as required by law. Shareholders shall not have preemptive rights to acquire unissued shares of stock of this Corporation; nor shall shareholders be entitled to vote cumulatively for directors of the Corporation.

 

B.            Shareholder Actions. Actions shall be taken by the shareholders of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called in accordance with the Bylaws or by the written consent or electronic transmission initiated by the shareholders in accordance with the Bylaws. Advance notice of shareholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by shareholders before any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 5

CONTROL SHARES ACQUISITION ACT

 

The Corporation elects to opt out of the provisions of Section 61-6-1, et seq., Utah Code Annotated, or any successor statute, as they may apply to the Corporation or any transaction involving the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 6

BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation is authorized to make, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, in accordance with the Bylaws or the Act. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The shareholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such action by shareholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE 7

DIRECTORS

 

A. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of Directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by amendment of the Bylaws by resolution of a majority of the authorized number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors at that time. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of the following two directors(s):

 

Director Name:   Director Address:
Troy Meier   1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078
Annette Meier   1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078

 

2
 

 

B. Election of Classified Board. Following the closing of an IPO (as defined below), and subject to the rights of any issued Preferred Stock, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of shareholders following the closing of the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire and the successor Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire and the successor Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire and the successor Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

(i) If at any time applicable law changes to prohibit the classified board described in this section, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(iii) IPO ” means the Corporation’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of its Common Stock.

 

C.           Removal of Directors. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, removal shall be as provided in the Bylaws.

 

D. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created director positions resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled for the remainder of the term by a majority vote of the shareholders, the Board of Directors, or, if the Directors in office constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

ARTICLE 8

REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE

 

This Corporation’s initial registered agent, and the address of its initial registered office, in the State of Utah, are as follows:

 

Initial Registered Agent   Initial Registered Office
Capitol Corporate Services Inc.  

2005 East 2700 South, Ste. 200

Salt Lake City, UT 84109

 

ARTICLE 9

INCORPORATOR

 

The name and address of the incorporator are as follows:

 

Name   Address
Annette Meier   1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078

 

3
 

 

ARTICLE 10

LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS' LIABILITY

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Bylaws or the Act, or any other applicable law, as either may be amended, a director shall have no liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct, any action taken, or any failure to take any action as a director. If the Act is amended after the filing of these Articles of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director shall be eliminated or limited to the full extent permitted by the Act, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification for or with respect to an act or omission of such director occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 11

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Bylaws and the Act, this Corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers as set forth in the Bylaws. This Corporation may indemnify employees, fiduciaries, and agents to the extent provided for in the Bylaws or authorized by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is entitled to determine the terms of indemnification, including advance of expenses and to give effect to such items in the Bylaws, by approval of agreements, or by any other means approved by the Board of Directors. Any amendment to or repeal of this Article shall not adversely affect any right of a director or officer with respect to any indemnification arising prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

ARTICLE 12 

AMENDMENT

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Restated Certificate or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal ARTICLE 4(B) (Stockholder Rights), ARTICLE 6 (Bylaws), ARTICLE 7 (Board of Directors ), ARTICLE 11 (Indemnification), and ARTICLE 12 (Amendment).

 

Dated: 12-9-13

 

  /s/ Annette Meier
  ANNETTE MEIER, Incorporator

 

4
 

 

CONSENT TO SERVE AS REGISTERED AGENT

 

ANNETTE MEIER, a Utah resident, hereby accepts and acknowledges appointment as Registered Agent, in the State of Utah, for SD HOLDINGS, INC. I understand that as agent for that Corporation, I will be responsible to (1) receive service of process in the name of the Corporation, (2) forward all mail to the Corporation, and (3) immediately notify the office of the Secretary of State in the event of its resignation, or of any changes in the registered office address of the Corporation.

 

Dated: December 10, 2013

 

  /s/ Annette Meier  
  ANNETTE MEIER  
     
  Registered Office:  
     
  1583 South 1700 East  
  Vernal, UT 84078  

 

5

 

  EXHIBIT NO.: 3.3
  To Form S-1 Registration statement

 

BYLAWS

OF

SD COMPANY, INC.

 

ARTICLE 1

SHAREHOLDERS AND SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

Section 1.1           Annual Meeting. SD Company, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Utah (the “ Corporation ”) will hold an annual shareholder meeting each year for (a) the election of Directors, as hereinafter defined, and (b) the transaction of any other business that properly comes before the meeting and that properly comes before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1.15. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the proposal of any business not made in compliance with that procedure. Annual shareholder meetings will be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place in or outside of the State of Utah, as specified by the Board of Directors, between ninety (90) and one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of the Corporation's fiscal year as the Board of Directors may designate and provided for in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.2           Special Meetings. Special shareholder meetings may be called for any purpose or purposes, and at any time, by a majority of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any shareholder or shareholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of capital stock. Special meetings will be held at such time and place designated by the Board of Directors, or, if not held upon the request of the Board of Directors, at such time and place designated by the Chief Executive Officer or the President or by the Secretary in the Chief Executive Officer’s and President’s absence. If any person other than the Board of Directors calls a special meeting, the request shall:

 

(a) be in writing;
(b) specify the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and
(c) be delivered personally, or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission, to the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

Upon receipt of such a request, the Board of Directors shall determine the date, time and place of such special meeting, which must be scheduled to be held on a date that is within ninety (90) days of receipt by the Secretary of a qualifying meeting request. The Secretary shall provide notice of the requested special shareholder meeting in accordance with Section 1.3 . Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, and that is a proper matter for shareholder action under Utah law, may be conducted at a special shareholder meeting.

 

Section 1.3           Notice of Meetings. Written notice of the place, date and time of the annual shareholder meeting, and written notice of the place, date, time and purpose or purposes of special shareholder meetings, will be delivered to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting, by or at the direction of the President or the Secretary. The notice of any shareholder meeting at which Directors are to be elected will contain the names and backgrounds of each person being nominated by the current Board of Directors or by any current board member.

 

 
 

 

1.3.1            Notices must be delivered not less than ten (10) days as required by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (the “ Act ”) or more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. Notices may be delivered either personally, by facsimile, or by mail, or in any other manner approved by law. Meeting notices shall be deemed given: (i) if mailed, when deposited in the mail, first-class postage prepaid, correctly addressed to the shareholder's address shown in the Corporation's current record of shareholders; (ii) if electronically transmitted, as provided in Article 9 of these Bylaws; or (iii) otherwise, when delivered. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated in that affidavit.

 

1.3.2            The Corporation shall not be required to give notice of shareholder meetings to any shareholder to whom to following have been returned undeliverable: (a) notice of two consecutive annual meetings (except if notice was given by electronic transmission), or (b) all, and at least two payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a 12-month period, so long as such items have been mailed addressed to the shareholder at such person's address as shown on the records of the Corporation. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If the shareholder delivers to the Corporation written notice setting forth that person's then-current address, the requirement that notice be given to the shareholder shall be reinstated. If the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Utah, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 705(b) of the Act.

 

1.3.3            Any previously scheduled meeting of shareholders may be postponed, and, unless the Articles of Incorporation (the “ Articles ”) provides otherwise, any special meeting of the shareholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of shareholders.

 

Section 1.4             Waiver of Notice. Any shareholder may waive notice of the place, date, time, purpose or purposes, or Directors name and information, as applicable to that shareholder meeting, except where expressly prohibited by law or the Articles. That waiver must be in a signed writing, and may be and delivered to the Corporation at any time, either before or after the meeting. If a shareholder attends a meeting in person or by proxy, that shareholder waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the shareholder, at the beginning of the meeting, requests to be noted in the record as objecting to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting. A shareholder waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at a meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, if the shareholder does not object to considering the matter either before or at the time it is presented at the meeting.

 

Section 1.5            Shareholder Action without a Meeting. The shareholders may take any action without a meeting that they could properly take at a meeting, in one or more written consents. Each written consent must (a) state the action taken, (b) be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on the subject matter and (c) be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. If required by the Act, all nonvoting shareholders must be given written notice of the proposed action at least ten days before the action is taken, unless that notice is waived in a manner consistent with these Bylaws. Actions taken under this section are effective when written consents signed by all shareholders have been delivered to the Corporation, unless otherwise specified in the written consent. A shareholder may withdraw a written consent only by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Corporation prior to the time that written consents signed by all shareholders have been delivered to the Corporation.

 

 
 

 

Section 1.6              Electronic Communications. Shareholders may participate in a shareholder meeting by conference telephone or any similar communications equipment that enables all participating persons to hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means will constitute a shareholder’s presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 1.7              Record Date

 

1.7.1            The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for determining the shareholders who are entitled: (a) to notice of or to vote at any shareholder meeting or any adjournment of such meeting, (b) to receive payment of any share dividend, or (c) to receive payment of any distribution. The Board of Directors may also fix record dates with respect to any allotment of rights or conversion or exchange of any securities by their terms, or for any other proper purpose, as determined by the Board of Directors and by the Act.

 

1.7.2            The record date will be not more than seventy (70) days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action requiring determination of shareholders is to be taken. If no record date is fixed for determining the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders, the record date will be the date before the day on which notice of the meeting is mailed. If no record date is fixed for the determination of shareholders entitled to a distribution (other than one involving a purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of the Corporation's own shares), the record date will be the date on which the Board adopted the resolution declaring the distribution. If no record date is fixed for determining shareholders entitled to a share dividend, the record date will be the date on which the Board of Directors authorized the dividend.

 

Section 1.8              List of Shareholders. Upon the earlier to occur of: (i) at least ten (10) days before any shareholder meeting, or (ii) two (2) business days after notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, the Secretary of the Corporation, or the agent having charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation, must compile a complete list of the shareholders entitled to notice of a shareholder meeting, arranged in alphabetical order and by voting group, with the address of each shareholder and the number, class, and series, if any, of shares owned by each shareholder.

 

1.8.1            The shareholder list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days before the meeting during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation's principal place of business. In lieu of a physical copy, the Corporation may make the list available on an electronic network, so long as (a) the list is available on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and (b) the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting. The Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to shareholders of the Corporation.

 

1.8.2            If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.9              Administration of the Meeting. Meetings of shareholders shall be presided over by (a) the chairperson of the Board, (b) if not present, by such person as the chairperson of the Board shall appoint, or (c) in that person is not present or if the chairperson fails to make such appointment, any officer of the Corporation elected by the Board. In the absence of the secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

 
 

 

Section 1.10         Quorum and Voting. A shareholder quorum will exist if the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter at a meeting are present in person or by proxy. If a quorum exists, action on a matter will be approved by a voting group if the votes cast within a voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast within the voting group opposing the action, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is required by the Articles or by the Act. If the Articles or the Act provide for voting by two or more voting groups on a matter, action on a matter is taken only when voted upon by each of those voting groups, counted separately. Action may be taken by one voting group on a matter even though no action is taken by another voting group.

 

Section 1.11         Adjourned Meetings. If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the shareholders, then the chairperson of the meeting, or the shareholders representing a majority of the voting power of the capital stock present at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is present or represented. If a shareholder meeting is adjourned to a different place, date or time, whether for failure to achieve a quorum or otherwise, notice need not be given of the new place, date or time if the new place, date, or time is announced at the meeting before adjournment. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in these Bylaws, that determination will apply to any adjournment of such meeting, unless the Act requires fixing a new record date. If law requires that a new record date be set for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting must be given to shareholders as of the new record date. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that could have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.3 of these Bylaws.

 

Section 1.12         Proxies . A shareholder may appoint a proxy to vote or otherwise act for the shareholder by signing an appointment form, either personally or by an agent. No appointment will be valid more than 11 months from the date of its execution unless expressly stated in the written proxy appointment. An appointment of a proxy is revocable unless the appointment is coupled with an interest. No revocation of a proxy will be effective until and unless a written revocation notice has been actually received by the Secretary of the Corporation or any other person authorized to tabulate votes.

 

Section 1.13         Advance Notice of Director Nominations. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section. To be properly brought before an annual meeting of shareholders, or any special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, nominations for the election of Director must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement to that Notice), (b) made by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized Board committee), or (c) made by any shareholder of the Corporation in accordance with Section 1.13. If the chairperson of the meeting properly determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

Section 1.14         Shareholder Nominations of Directors. Director nominations may only be made by a shareholder who (a) was a shareholder of record on both (i) the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section and (ii) the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (b) who complies with the following notice procedures:

 

 
 

 

1.14.1       Timely Notice. The shareholder must have given timely notice of their Director nominations in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice to the secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, in the case of an annual meeting, in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 1.15, and, in the case of a special meeting of shareholders called for the purpose of electing Directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

 

1.14.2       Proper Form. To be in proper written form, a shareholder's notice to the secretary must set forth (a) the information required by Section 1.15.2 to be provided about the shareholder giving notice, and (b) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a Director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person (if any), and (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the shareholder.

 

Section 1.15         Advance Notice of Shareholder Business at Annual Meeting. Only business that has been properly brought before a meeting of the shareholders shall be conducted at that meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (c) a proper matter for shareholder action under the Act that has been properly brought before the meeting by a shareholder who (a) was a shareholder of record on both (i) the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section and (ii) the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (b) who complies with the following notice procedures:

 

1.15.1       Timely Notice. To be timely, such shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day, prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting. However, if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, in order to be timely, notice by the shareholder must be so received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the meeting was made, whichever occurs first.

 

1.15.2      Proper Form. To be in proper form, a shareholder's notice to the secretary shall be in writing and shall set forth:

 

(a)           the name and record address of the shareholder who intends to propose the business and the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder;

 

(b)           a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the business specified in the notice;

 

(c)           a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; and

 

(d)           any material interest of the shareholder in such business.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 2

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1           Number and Qualification. The Corporation’s business affairs and property will be managed under the direction of a Board of Directors. The Corporation’s Board of Directors will initially have two (2) members and be increased to five (5) members immediately prior to the closing of an “IPO” (as defined in Section 2.3(iii) below). The number of Directors may be increased or decreased in accordance with ARTICLE 10. However, a decrease in the number of Directors will not shorten the term of an incumbent Director. The Board of Directors may elect a Chairman from among its members, and in that case, the Chairman will preside at meetings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders. A Director does not have to be a shareholder of the Corporation or a resident of the State of Utah.

 

Section 2.2           Election. Directors whose terms have expired or are expiring in accordance with Section 2.3 will be elected by the shareholders at each annual shareholder meeting or at a special shareholder meeting called for that purpose. Each Director shall be elected by a majority of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of Directors; provided, however , that, if the number of nominees for Director exceeds the number of Directors to be elected in accordance with Section 2.3 , Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares represented in person or by proxy at any meeting of shareholders held to elect Directors and entitled to vote on such election of Directors.

 

Section 2.3           Term of Office . Each Director will continue to serve until the next shareholder meeting (a) at which the Director’s successor is elected and qualified, or (b) at which time there is or has been a change in the authorized number of Directors pursuant to Section 2.1. Immediately prior to the closing of an IPO, and subject to the rights of any issued Preferred Stock, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of shareholders following the closing of the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire and the successor Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire and the successor Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of shareholders following the IPO, the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire and the successor Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

 

(i) If at any time applicable law changes to prohibit the classified board described in this section, all directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders to hold office until the next annual meeting. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(iii) IPO ” means the Corporation’s first firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of its Common Stock.

 

 
 

 

Section 2.4           Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided by law, and subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding, vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether caused by resignation, death, retirement, disqualification, removal, increase in the authorized number of Directors, or otherwise, may be filled for the remainder of the term by the shareholders, by the Board of Directors, or, if the Directors in office constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, by an affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors. The term of a Director elected to fill a vacancy expires at the next shareholder meeting at which Directors are elected. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date may be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new Director may not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 

Section 2.5           Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by delivering written notice to the Board of Directors or the Board Chair, or to the Corporation’s President or Secretary. A resignation will be effective when the notice is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later effective date.

 

Section 2.6           Removal of Directors. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, the entire Board of Directors, or any Director, may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of the holders of the shares entitled to vote at an election of Directors.

 

Section 2.7           Meetings

 

2.7.1      Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors will be held at such place, date and time as will from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

2.7.2      Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any place and at any time and may be called by the Board Chair, the President, Vice President, Secretary or Treasurer, or any two or more Directors.

 

2.7.3      Telephone Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Board of Directors, may participate in a Board of Directors’ or committee meeting by conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all participating persons to hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such means will constitute a Director’s presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 2.8           Notice of Board of Directors’ Meetings

 

2.8.1      Regular Meetings. Unless the Articles provide otherwise, any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice of the date, time, place, or purpose of the meeting.

 

2.8.2      Special Meetings. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors must be preceded by at least two (2) days’ written notice. That notice must specify of the date, time, and place of the meeting, but not its purpose unless the Articles or these Bylaws require otherwise. Notice may be given personally, by facsimile, by mail, or in any other manner allowed by law. Oral notice will be sufficient only if a written record of such notice is included in the Corporation's minute book.

 

2.8.3      Effective Date. Notice will be deemed effective at the earliest of: (a) receipt, (b) personal delivery to the Director’s most recent address or telephone number shown in the Corporation's records, or (c) three days after its deposit in the United States mail, as evidenced by the postmark, if correctly addressed and mailed with first-class postage prepaid.

 

 
 

 

2.8.4      Waiver of Notice. Notice of Board of Directors’ meetings may be waived by any Director at any time, by a signed writing, delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes, either before or after the meeting. Attendance or participation by a Director at a meeting will constitute a waiver of any required notice of the meeting, unless (a) the Director promptly objects to holding the meeting or to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting was not lawfully convened, and (b) the Director does not thereafter vote for or assent to any action taken at the meeting.

 

Section 2.9           Quorum; Voting

 

2.9.1      Quorum . At any Board of Directors’ meeting, the presence in person of a majority of the number of Directors presently in office (including presence by electronic means such as a telephone conference call) will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Prior to the expansion of the Board of Directors from two (2) members to five (5) members, two (2) members shall constitute a quorum. Following the expansion of the Board of Directors to five (5) members, or any subsequent expansion, quorum shall be at least one-third (1/3) of the authorized number of Directors.

 

2.9.2      Voting . If a quorum is present at a Board of Directors’ meeting at the time of a vote, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at the time of the vote will be the act of the Board of Directors and of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by the Articles, by these Bylaws or by the Act. A Director who is present at a Board of Directors’ meeting when action is taken is deemed to have assented to the action taken unless: (a) the Director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or promptly upon the Director’s arrival, to holding it or to transacting business at the meeting, (b) the Director’s dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting, or (c) the Director delivers written notice of the Director’s dissent or abstention to the presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the Board Chair or the Corporation’s President or Secretary within a reasonable time after adjournment of the meeting. The right of dissent or abstention is not available to a Director who votes in favor of the action taken.

 

Section 2.10         Directors’ Action without a Meeting. The Board of Directors or a board committee may take any action without a meeting that it could properly take at a meeting if (a) one or more written consents stating the action are signed by all of the Directors, or all of the members of the committee, as the case may be, either before or after the action is taken, and (b) the consents are delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Such action will be effective upon the signing of the consent by the last Director to sign, unless the consent specifies a later effective date.

 

Section 2.11        Compensation of Directors. The Board of Directors may fix the compensation of Directors as such and may authorize the reimbursement of their expenses.

 

Section 2.12        Committees of the Board of Directors.

 

2.12.1   Certain Committees . The Board of Directors shall appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, each composed of at least two directors or such higher number of directors as may be required by law or the standards of any stock exchange on which shares of the Corporation are listed, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers or that are required by law or such standards of any stock exchange on which shares of the corporation are listed.

 

2.12.2   Other Committees . The Board of Directors may from time to time designate other committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

 
 

 

2.12.3   Absence; Disqualification; Replacement . In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

2.13.14 Power; Authority . Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but (a) unless the resolution, the Articles or these Bylaws expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, authorize the issuance of stock, to adopt articles of merger or to recommend to the shareholders either the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets or a dissolution of the Corporation (or the revocation of a dissolution); and (b) no such committee shall have the power or authority of the Board of Directors in reference to adopting, amending or repealing any provision of the Articles or these Bylaws or approving or adopting, or recommending to the shareholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to shareholders for approval other than those identified in (a) above.

 

ARTICLE 3

OFFICERS

 

Section 3.1           Officer Positions. The officers of the Corporation may include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer, and any other officers or assistant officers, as the Board of Directors approves. None of the officers of the Corporation must be a Director. Any two or more corporate offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 3.2           Appointment . The officers of the Corporation will be appointed by resolution of the Board of Directors. All officers will hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the Board of Directors, the President may appoint any assistant officer, the Secretary may appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, and the Treasurer may appoint one or more Assistant Treasurers; provided that any such appointments will be recorded in writing in the corporate records.

 

Section 3.3           Duties. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the duties of the following officers will be as follows:

 

Section 3.4           Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer has general charge and supervision over the Corporation’s property, business, and affairs, is responsible for carrying out the plans and directives of the Board of Directors, and reports to and consults with the Board of Directors. If no Chief Executive Officer has been appointed by the Board of Directors, the President will have those duties and responsibilities. If the Chief Executive Officer is a Director, the Chief Executive Officer will preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, unless the Board of Directors has elected another Director to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Directors and that person is present.

 

Section 3.5           President . The President will exercise the usual executive powers pertaining to the office of President, and also of the Chief Executive Officer if none has been appointed. The President shall report to and consult with the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer. The President will perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate. In addition, if there is no Secretary in office, the President will perform the duties of the Secretary.

 

 
 

 

Section 3.6           Vice President. Each Vice President will perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time designate. In addition, the Vice President, or if there is more than one, the most senior Vice President available, will act as President in the absence or disability of the President.

 

Section 3.7           Secretary . The Secretary will (a) be responsible for and will keep, personally or with the assistance of others, records of the proceedings of the Directors and shareholders, (b) authenticate records of the Corporation, (c) attest all certificates of stock in the name of the Corporation (d) keep the corporate seal, if any, and affix the same to certificates of stock and other proper documents, (e) keep a record of the issuance of certificates of stock and the transfers of the same, and (f) perform such other duties as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.8           Treasurer/Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation’s Treasurer will be its Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer will have the care and custody of, and be responsible for, all of the Corporation’s funds and securities, and will cause to be kept regular books of the Corporation’s accounts. The Chief Financial Officer will cause to be deposited all funds and other valuable effects in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. In general, the Chief Financial Officer will perform the duties incident to the office of Treasurer, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

Section 3.9           Assistant Officers. Assistant officers may consist of one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Each assistant officer will perform those duties assigned to him or her from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President, or the officer to whom such person is an assistant.

 

Section 3.10         Vacancies . The Board of Directors may fill vacancies in any office arising from any cause at any regular or special meeting.

 

Section 3.11         Removal . The Board of Directors may remove any officer or agent with or without cause. However, any removal will be without prejudice to the any contract rights of the person removed, if any. Election or appointment of an officer or agent will not of itself create any contract rights.

 

Section 3.12         Compensation . The Board of Directors will determine the compensation of the Corporation’s officers.

 

Section 3.13         Delegation. If any officer is absent or unable to serve in that capacity, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers and duties of any officer to any person herein authorized to act in the place of such officer, any other officer, any Director, or any other person.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE 4

SHARES AND CERTIFICATES OF SHARES

 

Section 4.1         Share Certificates. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President, and by the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. Although any officer, transfer agent or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent or registrar were still such at the date of its issue. Share certificates may be sealed with the corporate seal, if any. Facsimiles of the signatures and seal may be used as permitted by law. Every share certificate will be in the form, other than bearer form, approved by the Board of Directors, and shall state:

 

(a)           the name of the Corporation,

 

(b)           that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Utah, and the date of the Corporation’s formation,

 

(c)           the name of the person to whom the share certificate is issued,

 

(d)           the number, class and series (if any) of shares that the certificate represents,

 

(e)           the par value, if any, of each share, and

 

(f)           if the Corporation is authorized to issue shares of more than one class or series, that upon written request and without charge, the Corporation will furnish any shareholder with a full statement of the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of each class or series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future series.

 

Section 4.2           Consideration for Shares. Shares of the Corporation may be issued for such consideration as the Board of Directors determines is adequate. The consideration for the issuance of shares may be paid in whole or in part in cash, or in any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including but not limited to promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed, or other securities of the Corporation. Establishment by the Board of Directors of the amount of consideration received or to be received for shares of the Corporation will be deemed to be a determination that the consideration so established is adequate.

 

Section 4.3           Transfers . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender of the certificate thereof, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. To the extent designated by the president or any vice president or the treasurer of the Corporation, the Corporation may recognize the transfer of fractional uncertificated shares, but shall not otherwise be required to recognize the transfer of fractional shares.

 

Section 4.4           Transfer Agents and Registrars . The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

 

 
 

 

Section 4.5           Loss or Destruction of Certificates. In the event of the loss or destruction of any certificate, a replacement certificate may be issued upon satisfactory proof of such loss or destruction, and upon the giving of security against loss to the Corporation by bond, indemnity or otherwise, to the extent deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, the Secretary, or the Treasurer.

 

ARTICLE 5

BOOKS, RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

Section 5.1           Records of Corporate Meetings, Accounting Records, and Share Registers. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that, the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.

 

Section 5.2           Copies of Corporate Records. Any person dealing with the Corporation may rely upon a copy of any of the records of the proceedings, resolutions, or votes of the Board of Directors or shareholders, when certified by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Vice President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

 

Section 5.3           Examination of Records. A shareholder, either in person or through their attorney or agent, has the right to inspect and copy the corporate records as provided in Sections 1601 and 1602 of the Act during regular business hours at the principal office of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 6

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation will be as set forth on Exhibit A .

 

ARTICLE 7

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal of the Corporation, if any, will be in the form shown on Exhibit A .

 

ARTICLE 8

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

Section 8.1            Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to shareholders pursuant to the Act, the Articles or these Bylaws, any notice to shareholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the Act, the Articles or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the shareholder to whom the notice is given.

 

8.1.1        Any such consent shall be revocable by the shareholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(a)           the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

 
 

 

(b)           such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

8.1.2        Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given when electronically transmitted to the shareholder or director, in a manner and to an address provided by the shareholder or director in an unrevoked consent. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 8.2           Definition of Electronic Transmission. An "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS PROCEDURAL PROVISIONS

 

The Board of Directors may adopt rules of procedure to govern any meetings of shareholders or Directors to the extent not inconsistent with law, the Corporation’s Articles, or these Bylaws, as they are in effect from time to time. In the absence of any rules of procedure adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of the meeting will make all decisions regarding the procedures for any meeting.

 

ARTICLE 10

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

Section 10.1         Amendment by Shareholders . The Bylaws may be amended by a majority vote of all the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote for the election of Directors, provided notice of intention to amend shall have been contained in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 10.2         Amendment by Board of Directors. The Board of Directors by a majority vote of the whole Board at any meeting may amend these Bylaws, including Bylaws adopted by the shareholders, but the shareholders may from time to time specify particular provisions of the Bylaws which shall not be amended by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may not amend Section 2.2 without approval of the shareholders.

 

ARTICLE 11

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

 

Section 11.1         Grant of Indemnification. Subject to Section 11.2 , the Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless each Director who is made, or who is threatened to be made, a party to any Proceeding, or who is involved (including as a witness) in any Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as then in effect, against all expense, liability and loss (including attorney fees, costs, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by the Director in connection the Proceeding. This indemnification will inure to the benefit of each Director’s heirs, executors, and administrators. For purposes of this ARTICLE 11 :

 

 
 

 

“Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed legal action, suit, or proceeding, whether formal or informal, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising or in connection with any alleged action by a Director in an official or any other capacity with the Corporation while serving as a Director.

 

Director ” means (a) each past and present Director of the Corporation, and (b) each past or present Director of the Corporation who is serving or has served at the request of the Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of this Corporation, or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise, or employee benefit plan.

 

Section 11.2         Limitations on Indemnification. Notwithstanding Section 11.1 , the Corporation will not indemnify any Director if (a) the Act or other applicable law would prohibit that indemnification, except as provided in Section 11.6 with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification, or (b) the Director is seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part of a Proceeding) initiated by that Director, unless that initiation is authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 11.3         Advancement of Expenses. The Corporation will pay to any Director who is entitled to indemnification under Section 11.1 , in advance of the Proceeding’s final disposition, the Director’s expenses incurred in defending the Proceeding (“ Expense Advance ”), unless the Board of Directors adopts a resolution expressly disapproving the advancement of Expenses within twenty (20) days after the Corporation receives a written claim for payment of such Expenses.

 

Section 11.4         Indemnification of Officers, Employees, and Agents. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors from time to time, agree to indemnify officers, employees and other agents of the Corporation, and to pay Expense Advances to such persons, or both, (a) on the same terms and with the same scope and effect as apply to Directors under this ARTICLE 11, (b) pursuant to rights applicable to those persons under the Act, or (c) on such other terms as the Board of Directors may deem proper.

 

Section 11.5         Non-Exclusivity. The right to indemnification and the payment of Expense Advances conferred in this ARTICLE 11 will be valid to the extent consistent with the Act.

 

Section 11.6         Right to Enforce Indemnification.

 

11.6.1     If the Corporation does not pay in full (a) a claim for indemnification under Section 11.1 or Section 11.4 within sixty (60) days after the Corporation receives a written claim, or (b) a claim for Expense Advances authorized under Section 11.3 or Section 11.4 within twenty (20) days after the Corporation receives a written claim (except as otherwise provided in Section 11.3 ), then the claimant may at any time after such periods bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. The Corporation will pay the claimant the expense of prosecuting an action under this Section 11.6 to the extent that the claimant is successful in such action.

 

11.6.2     The claimant will be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this ARTICLE 11 upon submission of a written claim (and, in an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, where the required undertaking has been tendered to the Corporation), at which time the Corporation will have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the claimant is so entitled.

 

 
 

 

11.6.3     In any action brought under Section 11.6.2 (other than an action with respect to expenses authorized under Section 11.3 ), the Corporation may raise as a defense that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which would entitle the claimant to indemnification under this ARTICLE 11 or under the Act, for the amount claimed. The Corporation will have the burden of proving such defense. However, the Corporation cannot prove such defense based on the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its shareholders) to make an actual prior determination that indemnification of, or reimbursement or advancement of expenses to, the claimant is proper under the applicable standard of conduct set forth in these Bylaws, or in the Act nor (except as provided in Section 11.3 ).

 

Section 11.7         Insurance and Other Security. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any individual who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against any liability (a) asserted against or incurred by the person acting in that capacity, or (b) arising from the person’s status as an officer, Director, agent, or employee, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against the same liability under the Act. The Corporation may enter into contracts with any Director or officer of the Corporation in furtherance of the provisions of this Section 11.7 and may create a trust fund, grant a security interest, issue a letter of credit or use other means to ensure the payment of the amounts due under this ARTICLE 11 .

 

Section 11.8         Amendment or Modification. This ARTICLE 11 may be altered or amended at any time as provided in these Bylaws, but no such amendment will have the effect of diminishing the rights of any past or present officer or Director as to any acts or omissions taken or omitted to be taken prior to the effective date of such amendment.

 

Section 11.9         Effect. The rights conferred by this ARTICLE 11 will be deemed to be contract rights between the Corporation and each past or present Director or officer. The Corporation expressly intends each such person to rely on these rights in performing such person’s duties on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 12

OFFICES

 

Section 12.1         Registered Office.   The registered office shall be in the city of Vernal, Utah and shall initially be 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, Utah, 84078.

 

Section 12.2         Locations of Offices .  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both inside and outside of Utah as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on February ___, 2014.

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Percentage of shares required to call a shareholder meeting: 10%

 

Fiscal Year: Calender

 

Corporate Seal: None

 

CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION

 

The undersigned Secretary of the Corporation does hereby certify that this Exhibit A to the Corporation’s Bylaws was duly adopted by the Board of Directors on February ____, 2014.

 

  /s/ Annette Meier
  Annette Meier, Secretary

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of                     ,  2014  between SD Company, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “Company”), and                      (“Indemnitee”).

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act (“URBCA”). The Bylaws and the URBCA expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

 

Page 1 of 13
 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.  Indemnity of Indemnitee.

 

The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)  Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)  Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this  Section 1(b)  if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this  Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Courts of the State of Utah shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

(c)  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d)  Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

Page 2 of 13
 

 

2.  Additional Indemnity.

 

In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3.  Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever in connection with a Proceeding in which Indemnitee is or was a party by reason of his Corporate Status and in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), then to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law and public policy, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4.  Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

5.  Advancement of Expenses.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time prior to final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. If, when and to the extent that it is so determined that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

6.  Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

 

It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the Utah General Corporation Law and public policy of the State of Utah. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

Page 3 of 13
 

 

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of  Section 6(a)  hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods (which shall be at the election of the board if there has not been a Change of Control, and which shall be at the election of the Indemnitee if there has been a Change of Control: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to  Section 6(b)  hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this  Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors if there has not been a Change of Control. The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee if there has been a Change of Control. In either case, the non-selecting party may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in  Section 13  of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to  Section 6(a)  hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Utah or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under  Section 6(b)  hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to  Section 6(b)  hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this  Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

Page 4 of 13
 

 

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this  Section 6(e)  are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion.

 

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under  Section 6  to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this  Section 6(g)  shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to  Section 6(b)  of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board of Directors or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

Page 5 of 13
 

 

(h) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

7.  Company’s Right to Defend . In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel to the extent (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

(a) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

 

(b) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c) The Company shall have the right to settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the consent of Indemnitee, provided, however, that the Company shall not settle any action or claim in a manner that would impose any penalty or admission of guilt or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent, which consent Indemnitee will not unreasonably withhold.

 

8.  Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to  Section 6  of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to  Section 5  of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to  Section 6(b)  of this Agreement, or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to  Section 6  of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Utah of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to  Section 6(b)  of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this  Section 8  shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under  Section 6(b) .

 

Page 6 of 13
 

 

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to  Section 6(b)  of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this  Section 8 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this  Section 8  that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be,  unless , as part of such judicial proceeding, the Court determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee was either frivolous or not made in good faith.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

9.  Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

 

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the Utah General Corporation Law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

Page 7 of 13
 

 

(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

10.  Exception to Right of Indemnification.

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of  Section 16(b)  of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

 

(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, or (ii) such Proceeding is one brought pursuant to Section 7 above to enforce or interpret Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.

 

Page 8 of 13
 

 

11.  Duration of Agreement.

 

All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, or otherwise), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

12.  Security.

 

To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

13.  Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

14.  Definitions.

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a) A “Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in this Section 14) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

 

Page 9 of 13
 

 

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

 

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 14(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(A) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;  provided, however,  that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(B) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended;  provided, however,  that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

 

(b) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(c) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(d) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(e) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

Page 10 of 13
 

 

(f) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(g) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement.

 

15.  Severability.

 

The invalidity of unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

16.  Modification and Waiver.

 

No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17.  Notice By Indemnitee.

 

Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

Page 11 of 13
 

 

18.  Notices.

 

All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature.

 

(b) To the Company at:

 

SD Company, Inc.

1583 South 1700 East

Vernal, UT 84078

 

Attention: Troy Meier (CEO)

With a copy, not constituting notice to:

Wong Fleming P.C.

Attention:

Eugenie Rivers, Esq.

Shahzad Qadri Esq.

2340 130 th Ave. NE, D-150

Bellevue, Washington 98005

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

19.  Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

20.  Headings.

 

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Page 12 of 13
 

 

21.  Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.

 

This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Utah, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Courts of the State of Utah (the “Utah Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Utah Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Utah, irrevocably Capitol Corporate Services Inc. 2005 East 2700 South, Ste. 200, Salt Lake City, Utah 84109 as its agent in the State of Utah as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Utah, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Utah Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Utah Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY
         
  By:      
    Name:   G. Troy Meier
    Title:   CEO
           

 

  INDEMNITEE
   
   
  Name:
   
  Address:
   
   
   
   

 

Page 13 of 13

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

SD COMPANY, INC.

 

2014 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS iii
     
1. Purpose 1
     
2. Effective Date, Plan Grant Period, and Maximum Vesting Period 1
     
3. Eligible Participant s 1
     
4. Stock Subject to This Plan 2
     
5. Types of Awards 3
     
6. Administration 4
     
7. General Rules Relating to Options 5
     
8. Stock Bonuses 8
     
9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS 8
     
10. Termination of Relationship with Company 8
     
11. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER 11
     
12. Changes in Capital Structure 13
     
13. Compliance with Laws, Securities Regulation,  and Other Required Approvals 14
     
14. Withholding and Other Tax Matters 15
     
15. Rights and Relationships 16
     
16. Other Agreements 16
     
17. PLAN ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL 17
     
18. Plan Amendment and Termination 18
     
19. General Provisions 18
     
20. Adoption 19

 

ii
 

 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

In this Plan, numerous terms have specific meanings and definitions that may or may not coincide with commonly accepted meanings and definitions outside of the context of this Plan. This Index lists the location of where the definitions for these terms are located in the Plan. Terms which are listed in this Index are capitalized throughout the Plan.

 

Acceleration Period 13
Administrator 3
Annual Increase 2
Assistant Administrator 3
Award Agreements 3
Awards 3
Beneficiaries 10
Board 3
Capitalization Change 13
Cause 9
Change of Control Event 13
Code 3
Common Stock 2
Company 1
Effective Date 1
Eligible Participants 1
Exchange Act 3
Exchange Stock 13
Exercise Price 5
Fair Market Value 2
Grant Date 4
Insider Trading Policy 12
IPO 1
IPO Date 1
ISOs 3
Issued Shares 2
NASD Dealer 7
Non-Statutory Stock Options 3
Notice of Exercise 6
NQSOs 3
Officer 3
Option Shares 5
Option(s) 5
Permitted Transfer 11
Plan 1
Plan Documents 2, 5
Plan Grant Period 1
Plan Shares 2
Plan Term 1
Recipient 4
Recipients 1
Repurchase Agreement 16
Restricted  Stock 3
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement 8
risk of forfeiture 8
RSU Shares 8
RSUs 8
Securities Act 1
Stock Bonus Agreement 7
Stock Bonus Shares 7
Stock Option  Agreement 5
Subsidiary 1
Ten Percent Stockholder 6
Termination 8
Total Disability 10
Transfer 11
Transferable Shares 12
Withholding Taxes 15

 

iii
 

 

SD COMPANY, INC.

 

2014 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.             Purpose

 

The purpose of this 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (“ Plan ”) is to provide a means for SD COMPANY, INC. (the “ Company ”), to attract, motivate and retain selected employees, officers, independent contractors, consultants, or advisors, and to encourage a sense of ownership in the Company by awarding these persons stock options, stock bonuses, or stock units. These awards are intended to provide the recipients with greater incentive for their service to the Company by linking their personal interests in the success of the Company with those of the Company and its shareholders.

 

2.             Effective Date, Plan Grant Period, and Maximum Vesting Period

 

1.1          Effective Date. This Plan is effective as of the IPO Date (the “ Effective Date ”). “ IPO ” means the first sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the general public pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”). IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the IPO underwriters(s), under which the Common Stock is priced for the IPO.

 

1.2          Plan Periods. Awards may be granted under this Plan until the earlier of (a) ten years after the Effective Date or (b) termination of the Plan under Section 18.2 (the “ Plan Grant Period ). Each Award will vest in full no more than ten years after its Grant Date, resulting in maximum obligations under this Plan of 20 years (the “ Plan Term ”).

 

3.             Eligible Participants

 

3.1          Eligibility . The following persons are eligible to receive Awards: employees, officers, independent contractors, consultants, or advisors who render services to the Company or its Subsidiaries (as defined below) (“ Eligible Participant s ”), except that:

 

3.1.1            no person is eligible to receive Awards as compensation paid in connection with any capital raising transaction on behalf of the Company, and

 

3.1.2            only employees of the Company (or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company (as such terms are defined in Code Sections 424(e) and 424(f)) an Option’s Grant Date will be eligible to receive ISOs under this Plan (subject to the further limitations contained in Section 7.6.2 ), and

 

3.2          Determination . The Administrator will determine whether a person is an Eligible Participant, in its sole discretion, and the decision will be binding and final. Persons who receive any type of Award are referred to as “ Recipients ” throughout this Plan.

 

3.3          Subsidiary ” means (a) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by the Company, or (b) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

1
 

 

4.             Stock Subject to This Plan

 

4.1          Type . The stock issuable under this Plan is the Company’s authorized but unissued restricted or reacquired common stock (“ Common Stock ”), including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.2          Plan Shares . The Company may issue up to a maximum of 2,000,000 shares of its Common Stock (the “ Plan Shares ”) as Awards under this Plan, subject to adjustment under Section 12 . Subject to Section 12.1 relating to adjustments upon changes in the Company’s capitalization:

 

4.2.1         Automatic Annual Increase. The Plan Shares will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, for a period of ten years, commencing on the first day of the fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs (“ Annual Increase ”). Each Annual Increase will equal that number of shares that causes the total Plan Shares after the Annul Increase to equal 9% of the total number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year. However, before the first day of any fiscal year, the Board may provide by resolution (a) that there will be no increase in the Plan Shares for the upcoming fiscal year or (b) that the increase in the Plan Shares for the upcoming fiscal year will be a smaller number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

4.3          Returned Plan Shares . If any outstanding Option expires, or is exercised, exchanged, canceled or terminated for any reason without having been exercised or realized in full, then the unpurchased or unissued Plan Shares subject to such Option will again be available for issuance under this Plan. If a Recipient forfeits, or the Company repurchases, Plan Shares issued as Restricted Stock, or Stock Bonuses upon the exercise of an Option (“ Issued Shares ”), then the forfeited or repurchased Issued Shares will again be available for issuance under the Plan.

 

4.4          Fair Market Value

 

4.4.1         Publicly-Traded Common Stock. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the “ Fair Market Value ” per share of the Common Stock for purposes of this Plan and any agreement entered into in connection with this Plan or any Award Agreement (collectively, the “ Plan Documents ”) will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price of the Common Stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

4.4.2         Privately Held Common Stock. If the Common Stock is not publicly traded, Fair Market Value will be determined based on the most recent valuation approved by the Board of Directors that is closest in time to the relevant date. However, the Board must approve a new or updated determination of Fair Market Value if there have been any changes or information arising after the date of the most recent valuation that may materially affect the Fair Market Value, before granting any Award or the deadline for making any payment due under an Award. The Assistant Administrator will promptly notify each Recipient of the Company’s Fair Market Value, in writing, each time that it is recalculated. Fair Market Value may be determined either:

 

(a)           by an annual, independent, third-party appraisal approved by the Board of Directors, or

 

(b)           by the Board of Directors by (i) averaging the price of any Common Stock that has been sold to third parties in arms-length transactions with the past six months, (ii) the recommendation of an accountant or other external consultant with experience in valuing the stock of similarly situation companies, or (iii) in good faith, taking into consideration all available information as to the Company’s value, including the following factors, or other factors enumerated as reasonable by the IRS in its regulations under Code Section 409A:

 

2
 

 

Ø Value of the Company’s tangible and intangible assets.

 

Ø Present value of the Company’s future cash flows.

 

Ø Market value of the stock or equity interests in corporations and other entities engaged in a business that is substantially similar to the Company’s business, and that is publicly-traded or was recently sold in a private arms-length transaction.

 

Ø Other relevant factors, including control premiums, lack-of-marketability discounts, whether the valuation is being used for other material corporate valuation purposes.

 

4.4.3          Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. Upon the occurrence of a Capitalization Change (as defined in Section 12.1 ), the Assistant Administrator, with approval of the Administrator, shall make the adjustments to this Plan, the Plan Shares, and the Awards as provided in Section 12.1 .

 

5.             Types of Awards

 

Ø Subject to Section 6 , the Administrator is authorized to take the following actions, separately or in any combination:

 

Ø grant “Incentive Stock Options” (“ ISOs ”), as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and as provided in Section 7, under the terms of a Stock Option Agreement (Incentive Stock Option) in the form approved by the Administrator,

 

Ø grant “Non-Qualified Stock Options” (“ NQSOs ”), i.e. options that do not qualify as ISOs as provided in Section 7, under the terms of a Stock Option Agreement (Non-Qualified Stock Option) in the form approved by the Administrator,

 

Ø award Stock Bonuses as bonus compensation, as provided in Section 8 , under the terms of a Restricted Stock Bonus Agreement in the form approved by the Administrator, and

 

Ø award Restricted Stock Units as provided in Section 9 , under the terms of a Restricted Stock Unit Agreement in the form approved by the Administrator.

 

(collectively, the “ Awards ”). Both Stock Option Agreements, the Stock Bonus Agreements, and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreements are collectively referred to the “ Award Agreements ”. The terms and conditions of Awards granted, or of the Award Agreements entered into, under this Plan need not be identical in any respect, even when grants are made simultaneously or to persons with the same or similar status.

 

3
 

 

6.             Administration

 

6.1          Administrator . Subject to Section 6.2 , the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) will appoint a committee of one or more directors or officers appointed by the Board to administer this Plan (the “ Administrator ”). The initial Administrator is the Board’s Compensation Committee . The Administrator may delegate performance of its responsibilities to one or more of the Company’s Officers (the “ Assistant Administrator ”). Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ). If at any time there is no Assistant Administrator, any references to the Assistant Administrator in this Plan will be deemed to refer to the Administrator. All appointments of the Administrator and any Assistant Administrator are subject to the reservations of Board and Administrator authority contained in Section 6.3.

 

6.2          Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance. If and when the Company registers any class of stock under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Administrator will consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Code Section 162(m), or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

6.3          Rights Reserved to Board and Administrator. If the Administrator is not the full Board, the Board retains exclusive authority to: (a) determine the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 4.4 ), (b) suspend, amend or terminate this Plan as provided in Section 17 , (b) remove members from, add members to, and fill any vacancies in, any committee serving as the Administrator, (c) issue Awards to any individual Administrator, or member of the Administrator, (d) determine whether a Change in Control Event (as defined in Section 12.2 ) has occurred. Subject to the Board’s reservations of authority above, if the Administrator appoints an Assistant Administrator, the Administrator retains exclusive authority to: (i) approve the amount and type of awards that may be granted or issued under this Plan, (ii) designate the class of Eligible Participant s who may receive Awards, (iii) approve the issuance and terms of specific Awards recommended by the Assistant Administrator, and (iv) adopt and amend rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan .

 

6.4          Procedures

 

6.4.1            Meetings . The Administrator may hold meetings at such times and places as it determines. A majority of the members of the Administrator will constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Administrator. The acts of a majority of the members present at meetings at which a quorum exists, or acts approved in writing by all members, will be valid acts of the Administrator. The members of the Administrator may participate in meetings in person or by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all members can hear each other.

 

6.4.2            Reports . The Assistant Administrator will provide the Administrator with reports relating to all recommended and outstanding Awards and other activities regarding Awards before each meeting of the Administrator or the Board of Directors. The members of the Administrator or the Assistant Administrator may participate in meetings in person or by conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all Recipients can hear each other.

 

6.5          Authority and Responsibilities. Except as reserved to the Board of Directors Section 6.1 , the Administrator has full discretionary authority to determine all matters relating to Awards, including but not limited to:

 

· the forms of Award Agreements to evidence Awards under the Plan,

 

· the specific Eligible Participants to receive Awards,

 

· the number of Plan Shares subject to each Award,

 

· any amount and form of consideration, if any, to be paid by the Recipient, for or under each Award;

 

· the date that the Award is granted (the “ Grant Date ”),

 

4
 

 

· any vesting or forfeiture schedule, and the acceleration or lapse of that schedule,

 

· the term of the Award or the acceleration of the termination date,

 

· the conditions for waiver or modification of any restrictions applicable to the Awards (except those imposed by law),

 

· the Company’s repurchase of any Awards, subject to any restrictions imposed by law or other contractual arrangement,

 

· any other related terms and conditions applicable to each Award, and

 

· any other determination that, in the judgment of the Administrator, is necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

The Administrator may from time to time adopt and amend rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan. The Administrator will periodically provide the Board with a report listing the names of the Recipients, the types of Award granted, the number of Plan Shares covered by each Award, and the terms and conditions of each Award.

 

6.6          Grants to Administrator. If the Administrator is one person, then Award grants to the Administrator must be approved by the majority vote of the full Board, not including the vote of the Administrator. If the Administrator is a committee, then Award grants to one of its members must be approved by the majority vote of the other committee members, as the case may be, without counting the vote of the proposed Recipient. However, the proposed Recipient may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at the Board or committee meeting.

 

6.7          Plan Construction and Interpretation. Subject to Section 6.8 , the Assistant Administrator may propose and the Administrator has the authority to correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency (a) within the Plan, (b) between the Plan, any Award Agreement, and any related agreements (collectively, the “ Plan Documents ”), or (c) between the Plan and any rule or regulation adopted under the Plan, in the manner and to the extent the Administrator deems appropriate to carry out the Plan, so long as that discretion would not cause the Plan or any Award to have adverse tax consequences to any Recipient under, or fail to comply with, Code Section 409A, or cause any ISO to not comply with the requirements of Code Section 422 and applicable regulations. The Administrator’s interpretation or construction of any Plan provision, related agreement, rule, or regulation is final, conclusive, and binding.

 

6.8          Amendment of Awards. The Administrator may not modify or amend any outstanding Award, without the Recipient’s written consent, if the modification or amendment (a) impairs, diminishes, or terminates any of the Recipient’s rights or the Company’s obligations under the Award, (b) constitutes a “modification” (as defined in Code Section 424(h)) of an ISO, or (c) disqualifies any ISO under Code Section 422(b). Subject to the foregoing limitations and any limitations of applicable law, the Board may amend the terms of any outstanding Award, without the affected Recipient’s consent (i) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an ISO under Code Section 422 of the Code, or to change the terms of an ISO, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an ISO under Code Section 422; (ii) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Code Section 409A, (iii) to comply with other the-applicable laws or listing requirements, or (iv) if the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Recipient’s rights.

 

7.            General Rules Relating to Options

 

7.1          Except as provided in Section 7.6 , this Section 7 applies to both ISOs and NQSOs (together, the “ Options ”):

 

5
 

 

7.2          Stock Option Agreement. The terms and conditions of Options will be evidenced by an agreement signed by the Recipient and the Company (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”). The Stock Option Agreement will:

 

· specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NQSO,

 

· incorporate this Plan by reference,

 

· state a termination date for the Option,

 

· set forth the date on, or the schedule under, which the Option is exercisable,

 

· specify the maximum number of Plan Shares that may be purchased upon the exercise of each Option (the “ Option Shares ”),

 

· specify the price per share at which the Option is exercisable (the “ Exercise Price ”), and

 

· contain any other terms, conditions, restrictions, representations and warranties required by the Administrator.

 

7.3          Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of each Option Share will not be less than its Fair Market Value as of the Option’s Grant Date.

 

7.4          Term . The term of each Option will be ten years from the Grant Date, unless the Stock Option Agreement specifies a shorter period.

 

7.5          Vesting . The Administrator may (a) grant Options that are fully or partially exercisable as of the Grant Date, or (b) subsequent to the Grant Date, accelerate the time at which all or part of any Option may be exercised.

 

7.6          ISO Provisions. ISOs are subject to the following terms and conditions, in addition to the provisions of Sections 7.2 through 7.5 :

 

7.6.1          Shareholder Approval. Issuance of ISO’s under this Plan is subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders any time within 12 months before or after the Effective Date. If shareholder approval is not obtained within that period, any Options issued under this Plan will be deemed NQSOs, regardless of any other characterization in the Option agreement or otherwise. The approval of the Company’s shareholders is necessary within 12 months before or after the adoption by the Board of any amendment which will: (a) increase the number of Plan Shares reserved for the issuance of Awards under this Plan; or (b) permit the granting of Awards to a class of persons other than those presently permitted to receive Awards under this Plan.

 

7.6.2          Ten Percent Stockholders. If the Company grants ISOs to an employee who is a Ten Percent Stockholder, then (a) the term of such ISOs will not exceed five years from the Grant Date, and (b) the Exercise Price of such ISO’s will be not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the ISO’s Grant Date. This provision will control notwithstanding any conflicting terms contained in the Stock Option Agreement or any other document. “ Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, including the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

7.6.3          Limitation on Value. If the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock issuable to a Recipient upon the exercise ISOs (under this Plan and any other incentive stock option plan) for the first time in any calendar year (within the meaning of Code Section 422) exceeds $100,000, then those Options beyond the $100,000 threshold will be treated as NQSOs.

 

6
 

 

7.6.4        No Disqualification . No term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Recipient, to disqualify any Recipient’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code.

 

7.7          Exercise . In order to exercise an Option, the Recipient must deliver to the Administrator (a) notice of the number of Option Shares that the Recipient is electing to purchase (“ Notice of Exercise ”), and (b) payment of the Exercise Price for those Option Shares. The Administrator will determine the form of the Notice of Exercise and the manner of its delivery. The Recipient may exercise all or part of an Option, subject to any vesting schedule in the Stock Option Agreement and to any additional holding period required by law. However, no partial Option Shares will be issued. The certificates representing the issued Option Shares will bear all legends required by the Administrator and applicable law.

 

7.8          Payment of Exercise Price. The Recipient must pay the Exercise Price in full at the time that the Recipient delivers the Notice of Exercise to the Administrator. Payment of the Exercise Price must be in cash, by bank certified or cashier’s check or by personal check (unless at the time of exercise the Administrator in a particular case determines not to accept a personal check), unless one or more of the following alternative forms of payment has been expressly approved for the Recipient by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and where permitted by law:

 

7.8.1        The Company may accept installment payments, so long as that form of payment is (a) included in the Award Agreement as of the Grant Date for ISOs, or (b) approved by the Administrator at any time before exercise for NQSOs.

 

7.8.2        The Company may accept a promissory note from the Recipient in the form approved by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid (a) imputation of income under Code Sections 483 and 1274, and (b) variable accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 44 to APB No. 25. However, (i) the portion of the Exercise Price equal to the par value of the Issued Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law; and (ii) Recipients who are not employees of the Company may not purchase Option Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by other collateral.

 

7.8.3        The Company may accept the surrender of shares of Common Stock as payment of an ISO’s Exercise Price only if: (a) either (i) the shares have been owned by Recipient for more than six months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii)  the shares were obtained by Recipient in the public market, and (b) the shares are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests.

 

7.8.4        If the Option being exercised is an NQSO (but not if it is an ISO), the Company may accept a “net exercise” arrangement under which the Company will reduce the number of Option Shares issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price and/or the amount of any tax withholding obligations arising as the result of the Option exercise. However, the Company will accept cash or a check from the Recipient to pay any balance of the aggregate Exercise Price or tax withholding amount that is not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Option Shares to be issued. Any Option Shares issuable upon exercise that are instead used to pay the Exercise Price or any tax withholding obligations pursuant to the “net exercise,” will no longer be subject to or exercisable under the Option.

 

7.8.5        If the Common Stock is publicly traded, the Company may accept payment of the Exercise Price under an NQSO (but not under an ISO):

 

(a)           through a “same day sale” commitment from the Recipient and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

7
 

 

(b)           through a “margin” commitment from the Recipient and an NASD Dealer whereby the Recipient irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company.

 

8.            Stock Bonuses

 

8.1          The Administrator may award Plan Shares to Eligible Participant s as additional compensation, equal to those Plan Shares’ Fair Market Value, for services rendered (“ Stock Bonus Shares ”). The Recipient must sign and deliver to the Company a “ Stock Bonus Agreemen t ” containing the terms, conditions, restrictions, representations and warranties required by the Administrator. The Stock Bonus Agreement may include provisions providing for forfeiture of the Stock Bonus Shares, with or without consideration, if the Recipient’s relationship with the Company does not continue for the duration specified in the Stock Bonus Agreement (i.e. “ risk of forfeiture ”). However, the Administrator may not require the Recipient to pay any monetary consideration for Stock Bonus Shares, other than amounts necessary to satisfy tax withholding requirements, as provided in Section 14 . The terms and conditions of Stock Bonuses granted under this Plan need not be identical in any respect, even when Stock Bonuses are awarded simultaneously or to Recipients with the same or similar status.

 

9.            RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

9.1          Awards of Restricted Stock Units . The Administrator is authorized to award Restricted Stock Units (“ RSUs ”) to Eligible Participant s during the Plan Grant Period. RSU’s represents a Recipient’s right to earn and receive, after expiration of the vesting period and/or achievement of certain milestones specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, either (a) a specified number of Plan Shares in the future (“ RSU Shares ”) or (b) a single cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of the RSU Shares issuable under the vested RSU. In order to receive an RSU, the Recipient must sign and deliver to the Administrator a “ Restricted Stock Unit Agreement ” containing the vesting schedule, Fair Market Value of the RSU Shares as of the Grant Date, and any other terms, conditions, restrictions, representations, or warranties required by the Administrator.

 

9.2          Form and Timing of Settlement . Upon the vesting of any RSU Shares, the Company may settle the vested RSUs by delivering to the Recipient (a) the number of vested RSU Shares, (b) the cash value of the vested RSU Shares, computed in accordance with the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, but in no event less than the Fair Market Value of the RSU Shares as of the Grant Date of the RSU, less any applicable Withholding Taxes, or (c) some combination of cash and RSU Shares. All cash payments made in settlement of RSUs will be paid on the vesting date, except that , to the extent permissible under applicable law, the Administrator may permit a Recipient to defer settlement of a vested RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is vested, but only if the terms of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and any requested deferral comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

10.           Termination of Relationship with Company

 

10.1          Termination ” means any cessation of a Recipient’s employment or other relationship with the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, including Total Disability (as defined below) or death. Termination of employment will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Code Section 409A.

 

10.2          Effect on Unvested and Forfeitable Awards. All Awards that are unvested or subject to forfeiture automatically expire or are forfeited, as the case may be, upon .

 

8
 

 

10.3        Effect on Vested Options. Except as provided in Sections 10.5 through 10.8:

 

10.3.1      Termination Not for Cause. Upon Termination for any reason except Cause, the Recipient must exercise all of any vested but unexercised Options by the earlier of (a) the end of the three-month period following Termination, or (b) the Termination date stated in the Award Agreement. All unexercised, vested Options will expire upon the expiration of that period. However, the Administrator may extend the exercise period in its sole discretion. In that case, or if Recipient’s status changes from employee to non-employee (such as a consultant), any vested ISO held by that person will automatically convert into NQSOs upon expiration of the three-month period if not exercised prior to that time.

 

10.3.2      Termination for Cause. Upon Termination for Cause, then, as of the Company’s first discovery of any of the grounds for termination for Cause, any vested Option held by that Recipient will automatically terminate, and the Recipient will have no present or future right to exercise such Options.

 

10.4        Effect on Non-Forfeitable Issued Shares. Except as provided in Sections 10.5 through 10.8:

 

10.4.1      Company’s Repurchase Right. Upon Termination for any reason, the Company may (but is not obligated to) repurchase all or some of any of the Recipient’s non-forfeitable Issued Shares at any time during one year from the date of Termination, unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Recipient and the Company. Any non-forfeitable Issued Shares that the Company does not repurchase remain subject to any repurchase rights and rights of first refusal stated in their respective Award Agreements, any Repurchase Agreement affecting those Issued Shares, and any Shareholder Agreement.

 

10.4.2      Repurchase Price - Not for Cause. If Termination was for any reason except Cause, then the repurchase price will be the higher of the Fair Market Value of the Recipient’s Issued Shares on (a) the Recipient’s termination date, or (b) the repurchase date.

 

10.4.3      Repurchase Price - For Cause. If Termination was for Cause, then

 

(a)           for Option Shares, the repurchase price will be the lower of those Option Shares’ (i) exercise price, (ii) Fair Market Value on the Recipient’s termination date, or (iii) Fair Market Value on the repurchase date.

 

(b)           for Stock Bonus Shares, the repurchase price will be the lower of those Stock Bonus Shares’ Fair Market Value on (i) the date of grant, (ii) the Recipient’s termination date, or (iii) the repurchase date.

 

(c)           for Restricted Stock, the repurchase price will be the lower of that Restricted Stock’s (i) purchase price, (ii) Fair Market Value on the Recipient’s termination date, or (iii) Fair Market Value on the repurchase date.

 

10.5        Termination for Cause

 

10.5.1       Definition . Except as otherwise defined in a Recipient’s Award Agreement or in any other agreement between the Recipient and the Company, termination for “ Cause ” means the Recipient’s dismissal from employment, or other relationship, as the result of the Recipient’s (a) failure or refusal to perform the Recipient’s job responsibilities or to carry out reasonable directives of the Recipient’s superiors, or the refusal or failure to comply with any Company policies, in a satisfactory manner as determined by the Company, (b) engagement in activities directly in competition with or antithetical to the Company’s best interests, or that are a conflict of interest, without the Company’s prior written consent, (c) any material breach of the Plan Documents, or of any confidentiality, non-competition, or similar agreement, or any other written agreement between the Recipient and the Company, (d) dishonesty, professional negligence, fraud or misrepresentation, (e) conviction of or pleading guilty or no contest to a felony or crime involving moral turpitude, (f) inability due to illness, injury or disability to perform Recipient’s duties under this Agreement for a period in excess of 120 days in any 12-month period consistent with the Company’s reasonable accommodation obligations under applicable disability laws, or (g) any other reason that would constitute “cause” under common law principles.

 

9
 

 

10.5.2       Suspension . If a Recipient is suspended pending an investigation as to whether or not the Recipient will be terminated for Cause, then all of the Recipient’s rights in connection with any Award, including all time periods related to Awards under this Plan, will also be suspended during the period of investigation.

 

10.6        Termination Because of Total Disability

 

10.6.1       Effect upon Awards. If a Recipient’s relationship with the Company Terminates because of the Recipient’s Total Disability, then any vested ISO held by the Recipient will not terminate or cease to be treated as ISOs until the end of the one-year period following that Termination, if the Board so approves (unless by its terms the ISO sooner terminates and expires). Vested and non-forfeitable Awards, other than ISOs, will terminate as provided in Sections 10.3 and 10.4.

 

10.6.2       Definition of Total Disability. Total Disability ” means a mental or physical impairment, which (a) is expected to result in death or has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and (b) causes an Recipient to be unable to perform necessary duties for the Company, and to be engaged in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, in the opinion of two independent physicians, after reasonable accommodation in the opinion of the Company. Total Disability will be deemed to exist on the first day after the Company, and the two independent physicians, have furnished their opinion to the Administrator.

 

10.7        Termination Because of Death

 

10.7.1      If a Recipient dies (i) during the Recipient’s relationship with the Company, or (ii) within the three-month period following Termination for any reason except Cause, then:

 

(a)        any vested ISOs may be exercised, within one year after the Recipient’s death (unless by its terms it sooner terminates and expires) by the personal representative or the person to whom the Recipient’s rights pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,

 

(b)        any vested NQSOs may be exercised, within three months after the Recipient’s death, by the personal representative or the person to whom the Recipient’s rights pass by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and

 

(c)        any non-forfeitable Issued Shares may be repurchased by the Company pursuant to Section 16.3 .

 

10.7.2     Beneficiaries. Designation of beneficiaries to receive any Plan Shares or cash payments due the Recipient under any Plan Document, which are payable after a Recipient’s death (“ Beneficiaries ”), and any changes to the Beneficiaries by the Recipient, must be in writing and filed with the Company in the form and manner required by the Administrator. If a Recipient or beneficiary who is eligible to receive any Plan Shares or cash payment under the Plan dies without a surviving beneficiary having been designated, then the Company will deliver any Plan Shares or cash payments due under this Plan to the legal representative of the Recipient’s estate.

 

10.8        Military Leave, Sick Leave, and Bona Fide Leave of Absence. If approved by the Administrator, a Recipient’s relationship with the Company may be deemed to continue while the Recipient is on military leave, sick leave or other bona fide leave of absence. However, with respect to ISOs, employment will not be deemed to continue beyond the first three months of such leave, unless the individual’s reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or by contract.

 

10
 

 

10.8.1      Code Section 409A – Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan (unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if shares of the Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Recipient holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Code Section 409A is deemed to be a “specified employee” for purposes of Code Section 409A, then:

 

(a)           The Company will not issue or pay any distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Code Section 409A without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) before the earlier of (a) the expiration of the 6-month period measured from the date of the Recipient’s separation from service from the Company or (b) the date of Recipient’s death following such a separation from service. Such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to Recipient including, without limitation, the additional tax for which Recipient would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) in the absence of such a deferral.

 

(b)           Any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six-month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule. The first payment will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Recipient’s termination of employment and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, and the balance of the installments (if any) will be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

 

(c)           To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “short-term deferral” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-term deferral, even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Code Section 409A under another provision of Code Section 409A.

 

(d)           Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

11.          RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

11.1        Definition; Effect

 

11.1.1      Transfer ” or “ Transferred ” means the transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation execution, attachment or similar process, or other disposal in any manner, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act) with respect to any Plan Shares.

 

11.1.2      Non-Complying Transfer Attempt. Any attempted Transfer that does not comply with this Section 11 is null and void.

 

11.2        Transfer Restrictions on Awards Generally. All Awards are personal to the Recipient during the Recipient’s lifetime and may not be Transferred, except as stated below or in Section 11.4:

 

11.2.1      Options . Subject to Section 11.2.1(a) , neither (a) ISOs, whether unvested or vested, or (b) unvested NQSOs, may be Transferred, without exception. Vested NQSOs and all Issued Shares, whether issued under and ISO or an NQSO, may be Transferred only in a Permitted Transfer.

 

(a)           Domestic Relations Orders . Subject to the approval of the Administrator, an Option may be Transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If the subject Option is an ISO, then that Option may be deemed to be an NQSO as the result of that Transfer.

 

11
 

 

11.2.2      Stock Bonus Shares . Stock Bonus Shares that are subject to a risk of forfeiture may not be Transferred, without exception. Any Stock Bonus Shares that are not, or are no longer, subject to a risk of forfeiture may be Transferred only in a Permitted Transfer.

 

11.2.3      RSUs. Unvested RSUs may not be Transferred, without exception. Vested RSUs, and any issued RSU Shares that are not, or are no longer, subject to a risk of forfeiture may be Transferred only in a Permitted Transfer.

 

11.3        Permitted Transfer ” means:

 

11.3.1      Transfers made for estate planning purposes for the benefit of the Recipient’s spouse or descendants (a) by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Award is to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), (b) to a partnership in which only “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e) are members or such trusts are partners or, or (c) by gift to immediate family members;

 

11.3.2      Transfers effected pursuant to the Recipient’s will or the laws of intestate succession.

 

11.3.3      Transfers approved by the Administrator, or if permitted in the applicable Award Agreement, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)           If the Recipient is a past employee of the Company, or any of its Subsidiaries, Transfers are limited to up to an aggregate of 20% of the Plan Shares subject to Awards held by the Recipient (including any Plan Shares that may have already been transferred under other provisions of this Section 11.311.3.2 .

 

(b)           If the Recipient is not covered by Section 11.3.2(a) , Transfers are limited to up to an aggregate of 10% of the Plan Shares subject to Awards held by the Recipient (including any Issued Shares that may have already been transferred pursuant to other provisions of this Section 11.3 .

 

(c)           No Recipient shall Transfer any Common Stock at any time to any Special Purpose Entity unless Transfer of Common Stock to such Special Purpose Entity have been approved by the Administrator.

 

11.3.4      Proposed Transferees. As a condition to any Permitted Transfer by any Recipient, each Proposed Transferee must agree in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth in this Plan and in the Award Agreement under which the Plan Shares were issued or are issuable, in the form of transfer agreement provided by the Company, as may be amended from time to time in the Company’s discretion. That form of transfer agreement must include, among other provisions, a prohibition on subsequent sales of the Company’s securities by the Proposed Transferee unless and to the extent permitted under this Plan and the applicable Award Agreement, to the same extent that those Plan Shares would be so subject if retained by the Recipient..

 

11.4        Post-Registration Transfer Restrictions.

 

11.4.1      Transferable Shares. The Company has no obligation to register the Plan Shares for public resale. However, upon the effectiveness of any such registration for public resale, the restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement will lapse as to (a) Bonus Shares that are or have become free from any risk of forfeiture, (b) issued Option Shares that are not subject to any continuing repurchase rights, and (c) issued RSU Shares that are not subject to any continuing repurchase rights (collectively, “ Transferable Shares ”), except as provided in this Section 11.4 .

 

11.4.2      Trading Policies and Windows. Each Recipient shall comply with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy as may be adopted or amended from time to time by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Insider Trading Policy ”). To the extent Recipient is not an employee of the Company, such Recipient shall comply with the Company’s Insider Trading Policy in the same manner as if such Recipient were deemed an employee of the Company as defined in the Insider Trading Policy. No Recipient shall Transfer any Common Stock at any time other than during trading windows as proscribed by the Company from time to time in accordance with the Insider Trading Policy. Finally, no Recipient shall Transfer any Common Stock during any unexpired lock-up periods required by the Company’s underwriters in a subsequent registered offering of the Company’s securities.

12
 

 

12.          Changes in Capital Structure

 

12.1        Adjustments upon Capitalization Change. If a Capitalization Changes occurs, then the Administrator will make adjustments, as necessary, in adjust: (a) the aggregate number or kind of Plan Shares, (b) the number and terms of outstanding Awards so that each Recipient’s proportionate interest in the Award is the same before and after the Capitalization Change, and (c) in all other provisions of any Plan Document that include a reference to the number, kind or price of shares of Common Stock. Any fractional Plan Shares resulting from such adjustment will be disregarded. The Administrator’s approval as to what adjustments shall be made and the extent of such adjustments shall be final, binding, and conclusive, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

12.1.1      Capitalization Change ” means any merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization, reincorporation, stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, subdivision, combination, reclassification, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, liquidating dividend, change in corporate structure, or other similar “equity restructuring transaction” (as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718), which causes a capital adjustment affecting the Common Stock, without consideration, after the Effective Date. However, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Change.

 

12.2        Effect of Change of Control Event

 

12.2.1      Acceleration of Awards; Termination . Except as provided in Sections 12.2 and 12.2.3 , (a) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Event and continuing during the Acceleration Period: (i) any unvested Awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and (ii) any Awards that are still subject to forfeiture will become non-forfeitable, and (b) upon the expiration of the Acceleration Period, any unexercised Awards will terminate and cease to be effective. “ Acceleration Period ” means the period commencing as of the date that the agreement providing for the Change of Control Event is signed and ending the earlier of: (a) the date upon which disposition of assets or stock contemplated by such agreement is consummated, or (b) the expiration date of the Award.

 

12.2.2      Conversion on Stock for Stock Exchange. If the Company’s shareholders receive capital stock of another corporation (“ Exchange Stock ”) in exchange for their Plan Shares because of any Change of Control Event, then the Company and/or the corporation issuing the Exchange Stock may provide that any unexercised Options under this Plan will be converted into Plan Shares of Exchange Stock, and that decision will be binding on the Recipients. The amount and price of Exchange Stock will be determined by adjusting the amount and price of the unexercised Options in the same proportion as used for determining the number of Plan Shares of Exchange Stock that the shareholders of Stock receive in the Change of Control Event. In such case, all of the terms and conditions relating to Stock in this Plan will apply to Exchange Stock, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

12.2.3      Assumption or Replacement of Awards. Upon the effectiveness of a Change of Control Event, the successor or acquiring corporation (if any) may assume, convert or replace all outstanding Awards, which will be binding on all Recipients. In the alternative, the successor or acquiring corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Recipients as was provided to stockholders of the Company (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor or acquiring corporation may also substitute by issuing, in place of outstanding Plan Shares held by a Recipient, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to the Recipient than those which applied to the Recipient’s outstanding Plan Shares immediately before the Change of Control Event.

 

13
 

 

12.2.4      Definition. Except for the sale of assets, merger, stock exchange, or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, “ Change of Control Event ” means:

 

(a)           the Company’s sale of newly-issued common stock in an IPO that is equal to more than 50% of its outstanding Common Stock following the IPO, in one or more transactions within any 12-month period,

 

(b)           a merger, consolidation, acquisition stock, separation, reorganization, liquidation, or similar event (directly or indirectly) where, immediately after the transaction, the Company’s stockholders immediately before the transaction do not own (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity in the transaction, or its parent entity, in substantially the same proportions as their voting power of the Company’s voting securities immediately before such transaction;

 

(c)           the sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, unless the acquiring entity is owned by stockholders holding more than 50% of the acquiring entity’s voting securities after the transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately before the transaction, or

 

(d)           the Company’s stockholders or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution of the Company, or a complete dissolution of the Company shall otherwise occur.

 

12.3          Code Section 409A . If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

 

13.          Compliance with Laws, Securities Regulation, and Other Required Approvals

 

13.1          Generally . The Company will not issue an Award unless it complies with all relevant provisions of law, including Code Section 409A, any applicable state securities laws, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and any other relevant federal or state securities rules and regulations. The Company will use its best efforts to obtain from any applicable appropriate regulatory agencies any requisite authorization in order to issue an Award under this Plan. The Company’s inability to obtain the authority that the Company’s counsel deems to be necessary for the lawful issuance of any Award, or the unavailability of an exemption from registration for the issuance and sale of any Award under this Plan, shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance of the Award. As a condition to granting any Award, the Company may require the Recipient to make any representation or warranty to the Company as it may require, including executing and delivering to the Company an agreement as may from time to time be necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and any other relevant federal or state securities rules and regulations.

 

13.2          Compliance with Code Section 409A. The Company intend the terms of all Plan Documents to be exempt from or in compliance with Code Section 409A. However, the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment or tax consequences associated with any payment or benefit, including but not limited to consequences related to Code Section 409A. To the maximum extent permissible, the Plan Documents will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that (a) makes the Plan and each Award exempt from Code Section 409A, and (b) to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Code Section 409A. If the Board determines that any Award is not exempt from, and is therefore subject, to Code Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Code Section 409A(a)(1), and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement.

 

14
 

 

13.3         Securities Laws

 

13.3.1       Securities Law Compliance. The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue or sell Plan Shares upon vesting or exercise of any Awards. However, the Company will not be required to register the Plan, any Plan Shares or any Award under the Securities for any reason. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of the Plan Shares, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Plan Shares upon exercise of any Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Recipient will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

13.3.2       Section 16(b) Compliance; Bifurcation of Plan. If the Company registers any of its equity securities pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, then this Plan and the Awards will comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. If any Plan provision is later found not to comply with Rule 16b-3, then that provision will be deemed null and void. Furthermore, in all events this Plan will be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of Rule 16b-3. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, may bifurcate this Plan in order to restrict, limit or condition the application of any provision of this Plan to Recipients who are officers and directors subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act without restricting, limiting, or conditioning other Recipients. This provision will not obligate the Company to undertake registration of any of the Awards.

 

13.3.3       Clawback/Recovery. All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including, but not limited to, a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

13.4       Stock Certificates. The Company may place a stop-transfer order prohibiting transfer of any Plan Shares on its official stock books and records. Each certificate representing Plan Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

 

14.          Withholding and Other Tax Matters

 

14.1       Withholdings . To the extent required by then-current tax law, the Company will include the Fair Market Value of all Awards in determining each Recipient’s compensation for services rendered, and will reflect that amount in the Recipient’s Form W-2 or 1099, as applicable. The Company has the right (but not the obligation) to (a) retain and withhold from any payment of cash or Plan Shares, the amount of taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid with respect to such payment (the “ Withholding Taxes ), (b) withhold all or part of any future distribution to the Recipient until the Company has withheld or has been reimbursed for all required Withholding Taxes, (c) withhold from any other cash amounts due or to become due from the Company to the Recipient in an amount equal to the Withholding Taxes, or (d) retain, withhold, and cancel a number of a number of non-forfeitable Issued Shares held by a Recipient that have a Fair Market Value of not less than the amount of the unpaid Withholding Taxes.

 

15
 

 

14.2       Redemption . The Company may agree (but is not obligated) to redeem a sufficient number of non-forfeitable Issued Shares held by a Recipient in order to provide the Recipient with cash to offset the federal income tax payable by the Recipient as a result of any Issued Shares becoming free from a substantial risk of forfeiture. The redemption price will be the Fair Market Value as of the redemption date, up to a maximum of 30% of the Fair Market Value of the Issued Shares that are released from forfeiture during that calendar year. All redemption requests must be delivered in writing to the Company by no later than April 15 of the year following expiration of the forfeiture period.

 

14.3       No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes. The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Recipient to advise such holder as to the time or manner of receiving or exercising any Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise a Recipient of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

15.          Rights and Relationships

 

15.1       Change in Time Commitment . If a Recipient’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of services for the Company and/or it Subsidiaries is reduced after the date of grant of any Award to the Recipient (for example, the Recipient has a change in status from a full-time employee to a part-time employee or takes an extended leave of absence), the Administrator has the right, in its sole discretion, to (a) make a corresponding reduction in the amount of an Award that is scheduled to vest, become free from a risk of forfeiture, or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, in which case, the Recipient will have no right to exercise or receive any portion of the Award that is so reduced, and (b) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting, risk of forfeiture period, or payment schedule applicable to the Award.

 

15.2       Status as Shareholder. No Recipient or Permitted Transferee will be, or have any of the rights or privileges of, a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Plan Shares subject to an Award, unless, until, and to the extent the Recipient actually receives those Plan Shares.

 

15.3       No Contract Rights. This Plan is purely voluntary on the part of the Company. The adoption or continuance of this Plan will not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Company, any Eligible Participant , any Recipient, or any other person or entity. Nothing in any Plan Documents gives any Recipient the right to (a) continue performing services for the Company, or (b) interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate a Recipient’s or Eligible Participant ’s service relationship with the Company at any time.

 

15.4       No Trust Created . Neither the provisions of any Plan Document, nor any action taken by the Company or the Administrator under any Plan Document, will be deemed to create any trust, express or implied, or any fiduciary relationship between or among the Company, the Administrator, the Assistant Administrator, and any Eligible Participant , Recipient, or their respective beneficiaries.

 

15.5       Non-Exclusivity of the Plan . None of the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, or any provision of this Plan, will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it deems desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards outside of this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

16.          Other Agreements

 

16.1       Electronic Delivery . Any reference in this Plan to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website), or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Recipient has access).

 

16
 

 

16.2       Exchange and Buyout of Awards . The Administrator may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Recipients, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Administrator may at any time buy from a Recipient an Award previously granted with payment in cash, shares of Common Stock of the Company (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator and the Recipient may agree.

 

16.3       Repurchase Agreement. If required by the Administrator, Awards may be subject to an agreement regarding the repurchase of any Plan Shares issued to a Recipient (“ Repurchase Agreement ”), in a form included in or attached to the Recipient’s Award Agreement, as a condition of granting the Award or delivery of certificates representing Issued Shares to the Recipient.

 

16.4       Escrow; Pledge of Shares . To enforce any restrictions on a Recipient’s Awards set forth in this Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, the Administrator may require the Recipient to deposit all certificates representing Plan Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Administrator, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Administrator may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Recipient who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Plan Shares will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Plan Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of that promissory note. The Administrator may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of the promissory note. In addition, the Company will have full recourse against the Recipient under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Recipient’s Plan Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Plan Shares, Recipient will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Administrator will from time to time approve. The Plan Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

 

16.5       Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award or (ii) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Code Section 424(a)). If the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

17.          PLAN ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

 

This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan before the date of the stockholder vote), consistent with applicable laws, within 12 months either before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan, subject to the following conditions: (a) no ISO granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Plan Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the Company’s stockholders, and (b) ISOs granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Plan Shares approved by the Board where the increase is not timely approved by stockholders shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Plan Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

 

17
 

 

18.          Plan Amendment and Termination

 

18.1       Suspension or Termination by Board. The Board may at any time suspend, amend or terminate this Plan, in its sole discretion, except that: (a) no amendment may cause ISOs issued under this Plan to fail to qualify as ISOs as defined in Code Section 422(b), and (b) the Board will submit to the stockholder any amendment or other matter required by then-applicable law or listing requirements to be submitted to the stockholders for approval.

 

18.2       Automatic Termination. Unless sooner terminated by the Board, this Plan will automatically terminate upon (a) expiration of the Plan Grant Period, except for its applicability to any outstanding Awards, (b) consummation of a Change in Control Event without assumption of the Plan by a successor as provided in Sections 12.2.3, or (c) the bankruptcy, appointment of a receiver, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or other insolvency or liquidation proceeding, of the Company.

 

18.3       Effect . No Award may be granted after termination or during suspension of this Plan. However, no amendment, suspension, or termination of this Plan will adversely affect outstanding Awards, without the consent of the Recipient.

 

19.          General Provisions

 

19.1       Notice . All notices and documents delivered under any Plan Document must be given in writing and will be deemed effectively given upon personal or courier delivery, confirmed facsimile transmission, or upon the date three business days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below or at such other address as the party may designate in writing to the other party.

 

19.2       Assignment . A Recipient may not assign the Recipient’s rights or obligations under any Plan Document except as permitted under Section 11 . The Company may assign all or part of its rights under any Plan Document to any person or persons approved by its Board of Directors, so long as the Company provides the Recipient with prompt written notice of that assignment.

 

19.3       Third-Party Beneficiaries; Successors. All Awards and Award Agreements are (a) solely between the Recipient and the Company, and no other person or entity will be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary, and (b) binding upon and for the benefit of the Recipients and the Company, and their respective heirs, estate, legal representatives, agents, successors and permitted assigns, subject to Section 19.1 .

 

19.4       Dispute Resolution. The Recipient of an Award and the Company will first make a good faith effort to settle by negotiation any dispute regarding any Plan Document. If a settlement has not been reached within 15 days of either party initiating that negotiation, then the dispute will be submitted for mediation. If a settlement is not reached in that mediation proceeding, then the dispute will be submitted to binding arbitration held a mutually acceptable arbitrator. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then each party will select one arbitrator, and those two arbitrators will select a third arbitrator who will conduct the arbitration, and both parties agrees to participate in that arbitration proceeding. Any arbitration under this section will be conducted in the city in which the Company’s principal offices are located, pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction of the matter. Notwithstanding the above, this section will not apply to (a) actions for equitable relief, or (b) actions to enforce any mediation or arbitration award, and in either of those actions, each party waives any right to a jury trial.

 

19.5       Injunctive Relief . The Recipient acknowledges that if the Recipient breaches the terms of any Award Document, the damage to the Company would be irreparable and extremely difficult to estimate, making any remedy at law or in damages inadequate. Thus, in addition to any other right or remedy available to it, the Company will be entitled to an injunction restraining such breach or threatened breach and to specific performance of any provision of the Award Documents.

 

18
 

 

19.6       Other Legal Matters. All Plan Documents will be enforced, governed, and construed exclusively under the internal laws of the State of Utah, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules. The substantially prevailing party in any arbitration, litigation, or other dispute resolution proceeding concerning any Plan Document is entitled to reimbursement of its legal costs and attorney fees by the non-prevailing party, including those that the substantially prevailing party may incur upon appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding. If any portion of a Plan Document is held to be invalid by a court having jurisdiction, the remaining terms of that Plan Document will remain in full force and effect to the extent possible.

 

20.          Adoption

 

Adopted by the Board of Directors on March 31, 2014.

 

19

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

VENDOR AGREEMENT

 

This Vendor Agreement (the "Agreem e nt") is made effective as of the 28 day of October , 2013 ("Effective Date"), by and between Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., a California corporation, with a place of business at 9110 Grogans Mill Road, The Woodlands, Texas 77380 ("Baker Hughes") and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, a Utah corporation, with its principal place of business at 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, Utah 84078 (''Superior'1

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Superior has certain expertise in the manufacture, repair and reconditioning of earth boring drill bits, co re bits, hybrid drill bits that include at least one roller cone and at least one blade, eccentric or bicenter bits , or any combination of the foregoing ("Tools”) that employ polycrystalline diamond compact (PDC) cutters for the oil, gas, water and geothermal drilling industries ("Work");

 

WHEREAS, Superior desires to perform the Work for Baker Hughes and Baker Hughes desires to have Superior perform the Work;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , the Parties hereby agree to the following terms and conditions governing the Work hereunder

 

1.             Baker Hughes Purchases from Superior

 

1.1           Baker Hughes shall provide Superior a right of first refusal to perform all repair and reconditioning of Baker Hughes Tools commercialized within its Western United States Geo-Market, which may change from time to time, excluding Baker Hughes Tools commercialized in Texas and Oklahoma. If Superior is unable or un w illing to perform said repair and reconditioning efforts for any reason, Baker Hughes shall have the right to obtain repair and reconditioning of its Tools that are commercialized within its Western United States Geo-Market from a third party.

 

1.2.          The standard hours of work shall be in accordance with the standard hour schedule posted in SAP. Baker Hughes shall bear all freight charges for shipping the bits to and from the Superior Facility where the Work is performed.

 

1.3           Superior shall not be responsible for invoicing customers of Baker Hughes for any Work performed hereunder.

 

1.4           Terms of payment to Superior for the Work shall be net thirty (60) days from receipt of invoice.

 

1.5           Superior shall provide to Baker Hughes a weekly report describing the extent of the repair activity. Contents of the report will be as defined by Baker Hughes.

 

2.             Term and Termination

 

2.1           The Term of this Agreement shall be for four (4) years from the Effective Date hereof ("Initial Term") . During the Initial Term or subsequent annual renewals, this Agreement can be terminated by either party with a one (1) year notice in writing prior to such termination date .

 

2.2            Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, during the Initial Term of this Agreement and during the term of any subsequent renewal thereof , should the quality of the Work provided by Superior fall below the quality of Baker Hughes' standards, as reasonably determined by Baker Hughes, Baker Hughes shall advise Superior in writing of the problem and make recommendations to correct the problem. If Superior does not correct the quality problem to Baker Hughes' satisfaction within thirty (30) days after notice from Baker Hughes, Baker Hugh es shall have the right to immediately terminate this Agreement.

 

2 .3             Following termination of this Agreement, for whatever reason, the parties wil l take such steps to ensure that property and Confidential information is returned to its rightful owner and that neither party is unduly disadvantaged. Any disputes arising will be resolved in accordance with the provisions of Article 15.

 

- 1 - | Page
 

 

2.4           Superior will perform the work under this Agreement at its facility located at 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, Utah 84078 (such land and all Improvements thereon being hereinafter referred to as the "Superior Facility"). Effective upon termination of this Agreement for whatever reason, Baker Hughes will have first right of refusal to purchase the Superior Facility and equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.4. This first right of refusal does not obligate Baker Hughes in any way to purchase the Superior Facility or, subject to Section 2.5 below, equipment. Baker Hughes has no obligation, under any circumstances, to purchase any Intangible assets associated with Superior's operations or business including, but not limited to, good will.

 

(a)            Baker Hughes will have first right of refusal to purchase (i) the Superior Facility at its then-current Fair Market Value (hereinafter defined) and (ii) the equipment used at the Superior Facility for performing the Work required hereunder at fair market value .. (b) As used herein, Fair Market Value shall mean the appraised value of the Superior Facility as determined by the following method:

 

(i)           Within thirty (30) calendar days following the notice of termination of this Agreement and Baker Hughes' decision to purchase the Superior Facility, Baker Hughes will forward to Superior a written appraisal of the Superior Facility prepared by an MAJ (or equivalent) certified appraiser w i th at least fifteen (15) years' experience appraising industrial properties, with at least five (5) years ' experience being in the Vernal, Utah area.

 

(ii)         Within fifteen (15) business days following receipt of Baker Hughes' appraisal, Superior shall notify Baker Hughes in writing of either its agreement to the Fair Market Value as stated in the Baker Hughes' appraisal, or i ts intention to provide its own appraisal, wh i ch appraisal shall be provided within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of such notice and shall be prepared by an appraiser with the same qualifications provided for above.

 

(iii)        If such appraisal is within 15% of the value determined by Baker Hughes' appraiser, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of such two appraisals.

 

(iv)        If Superior's appraisal varies by an amount in excess of 15% of Baker Hughes' appraisal, then the parties shall either negotiate an agreed Fair Market Value, or failing to do so within thirty (30) calendar days, then the first two appraisers shall appoint a third appraiser ("Independent Appraiser) and the Fair Market Value of the property shall be deemed to be the average between the value determined by the Independent Appraiser and that determined by whichever of Baker Hughes' appraisal and Superiors appraisal Is closest to the va l ue determined by the Independent Appraiser.

 

In connection with any such sale, Superior shall bear the cost of an owner policy of t i tle Insurance, any transfer taxes, and preparation of a survey of the property reasonably acceptable to Baker Hughes and the title company and sufficient to remove any boundary or survey exceptions from the title policy. Baker Hughes shall bear the cost of preparation of a general warranty deed conveying the Superior Facility and recording the same. Superior shall convey the Superior Facility free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except those set forth in any subdivision plats and for utilities serving the Superior Facility and which do not adversely impact the use of the Superior Facility for the purposes set forth in this Agreement. Baker Hughes will notify Superior in writing no later than sixty (60) days prior to termination of this Agreement in the event that it expires pursuant to its terms or no later than sixty (60) days following the date notice of termination is given in the event this Agreement is terminated prior to its stated termination date . Prior to closing Baker Hughes shall have until the forty-fifth (45th) day following delivery of the survey and title commitment (and copies of all documents therein contained) to review such title and survey information and to review all operating, repair and other property related Information in Supe r ior's possession and to conduct physical inspections of the Superior Facility. Superior shall provide Seller with a ten-year indemnity for any environmental conditions existing as of the date of transfer of the Superior Facility. Baker Hughes shall have the right to file a memorandum describing this option in the relevant real property records.

 

2.5           Termination of this Agreement does not affect the terms and conditions of Articl e s 4, 5, 6 , 8, 9,13,14 and 15 of this Agreement.

 

3.             Equipment and Training; Baker Hughes Security Interest

 

3.1           Baker Hughes will provide, at no cost to Superior, training and technical support to qualify and certify personnel of Superior in Baker Hughes' processe s and shall be able to conduct period i c aud i ts of Superior in order for Superior to maintain such certification.

 

- 2 - | Page
 

 

3 . 2           Baker Hughes will provide, at no cost to Superior, an inventory of PDC Cutters to be used in the performance of the Work to be performed by Superior. Baker Hughes will also supply bit boxes and nozzles to Superior. Baker Hughes shall retain title to all PDC Cutter inventories, new and used, and supply of bit boxes and nozzles. Baker Hughes will contact relevant vendors and request that those vendors consider extending Baker Hughes' pricing to Superior. No vendor's decision regarding what pricing to extend to Superior shall in any way affect the validity of this Agreement.

 

3.3           At the request of Baker Hughes, Superior will provide any necessary documentation, or assist Baker Hughes, with the filing of appropriate documentation (e.g., UCC Financing Statements, etc.) required to establish and evidence the Baker Hughes title and retained interest in the PDC Cutter inventories, new and used, and supply of bit boxes and nozzles inventory.

 

4 .              Ownership of Work

 

4.1           Superior agrees all Work performed for Baker Hughes shall be the property of Baker Hughes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Superior understands and agrees that Superior is an Independent contractor and controls and assumes full responsibility for all Work performed under the Agreement. Superior further understands and acknowledges that Baker Hughes does not control the Work but is relying on the skill and expertise of Superior in performing such Work .

 

4.2           Superior agrees that all programs, drawings, tracings, specifications, technical notations, calcu l ations, data, memoranda, cutter inventories, bit bo x es, nozzles, notes and other information or material, including all copies and excerpts thereof, comprising all or any part of the Work or containing information of the type set forth hereunder which (i) come into the possession and custody of Superiors employees or agents, or (ii) are prepared or compiled by Superior or any of its employees or agents at any time during the term of this Agreement, shall be delivered to Baker Hughes upon request of Baker Hughes .

 

5 .              Confidential information

 

5.1            The following is a definition of confidential information as used in the Agreement ('Confidential information"):

 

Confidential information is highly sensitive, confidential information or other proprietary information, either written or oral, of Baker Hughes or Superior. Such information may include, but is not limited to, ideas, concepts, research or development, development plans for new or improved products or processes, data, formulae, techniques, designs, sketches know-how, photographs, plans, cutters, cutter designs, nozzles, drawings, facts or knowledge concerning the processes, specifications, samples, test specimens, report., scientific studies or analyses, details of training methods, new products or new uses for old products, refining technology, merchandising and selling techniques, contracts and licenses, purchasing, accounting, business systems and computer programs, long-range planning, financial plans and results, pricing or price lists, and customer lists, findings, studies, inventions, designs, costs, strategic and industry analyses, advertising and marketing plans and other information relating to the business of Baker Hughes or Superior that is not generally available to the public . This list is merely illustrative and Confidential Information is not limited to these illustrations.

 

5.2           Either Baker Hughes or Superior may disclose or exchange Confidential Information to the other Party (hereinafter the disclosing party is sometimes referred to as the 'Discloser"). Either Baker Hughes or Superior may receive Confidential Information from the other Party (hereinafter the receiving party is sometimes referred to as the Receiver").

 

5.3           The Receiver hereby covenants and agrees that it shall not (either directly or indirectly) reveal or disclose or allow any Confidential Information to be obtained by any other third party person, partnership, association, or corporation; it shall not use such information for any purpose whatsoever without the prior written consent of Discloser, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement; it shall treat all such Confidential Information received from the Discloser as a trade secret proprietary in nature to the Discloser and will use its best efforts to safeguard the secrecy of the Confidential Information.

 

5.4            Property in all Confidential Information shall remain vested in the Discloser and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting any rights of license to use or deal with the Confidential Information in any way other than permitted by this Agreement. The Confidential Information and all copies or notes relating thereto will be returned by the Receiver immediately on the request of the Discloser.

 

- 3 - | Page
 

 

5.5          Nothing herein above contained shall deprive the Receiver the right to use or disclose any information:

 

(a)           which is, at the time of disclosure, known to the trade or the public;

 

(b)            which becomes at a later date known to the trade or the public through no fault of the Receiver and then only after said later date;

 

(c)           which is possessed by the Receiver, as evidenced by written records, before receipt thereof from the Discloser;

 

(d)           which is disclosed to the Receiver in good faith by a third party who has an independent right to such information.

 

(e)            which is developed by employees of Receiver independently of any knowledge of the Confidential Information of Discloser.

 

5.6          Each Party hereto agrees that all Confidential Information furnished by the Discloser to the Receiver or which is developed by one Party for the other whether taking place before, after or in contemplation of a Work Order or Purchase Order, will be Confidential Information.

 

5.7          Upon termination, the Receiver shall remain obligated under the provisions of this Paragraph 5 to maintain the Confidential Information of the Discloser and not use same for their own benefit or the benefit of third parties .

 

5.8         In the event that the Receiver or any of its Affiliates or Representatives become legally compelled (by deposition, interrogatory, request for document, subpoena, civil investigative demand or similar process) to disclose any of such Confidential Information, the Receiver shall provide the Discloser with prompt prior written notice of such requirement so that the Discloser may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, or that the Discloser waives compliance with the provisions hereof, the Receiver agrees to furnish only that portion of such Confidential Information that the Receiver is advised by written opinion of counsel is legally required and to exercise its best efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such Confidential Information.

 

5.9          The Receiver of Confidential Information understands and agrees that the unauthorized use or disclosure of any Confidential Information by Receiver and its employees or agents in violation of this Agreement may cause severe and irreparable damage to the Discloser and agrees that money damages would not be a sufficient remedy for any breach of this Agreement. The Receiver understands and agrees further that the Discloser is entitled and authorized, in the event of any breach of this Agreement, to seek a restraining order and/or injunction from any competent court of equity to enjoin and restrain Receiver and its employees or agents from any disclosure of proprietary and Confidential Information of the Discloser without the necessity of complying with the provisions of Article 15 regarding resolution of disputes . Such equitable remedies shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any damages to which the Discloser may be entitled by law. The Receiver shall notify the Discloser immediately, and cooperate with the Discloser, upon the Receiver's discovery of any loss or compromise of the Discloser's Confidential Information .

 

6.            Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and other Intellectual Property

 

6.1         Superior shall promptly and freely disclose to Baker Hughes any and all intellectual property, including conceptions, inventions, improvements, suggestions for improvements and valuable discoveries, whether patentable or not, which are conceived or made by Superior solely or jointly with another or others during the term of this Agreement and which are related to Superior's work for Baker Hughes or which Superior conceives as a result of the services rendered to Baker Hughes and Superior hereby assigns, and agrees to assign, all interests and related rights therein to Baker Hughes or its nominee. Superior understands and agrees that all copyrights, patents, trademarks, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights associated with any ideas, concepts, techniques, inventions, processes, or works of authorship developed or created by Superior or its personnel during the course of performing Baker Hughes's Work shall belong exclusively to Baker Hughes.

 

6.2          Superior automatically assigns and shall cause his personnel automatically to assign, at the time of creation of the Work, without any requirement of further consideration, any rights, title, or interest it or they may have in such intellectual property, including any patents, copyrights, or any other intellectual property rights pertaining thereto. Upon request above by Baker Hughes, Superior shall take such further actions, and shall cause its personnel to take such further actions, including execution and delivery of instruments of conveyance which Baker Hughes shall deem necessary to be executed in order to apply for and obtain patents, copyrights, or other intellectual property protection in the United States or any foreign country, or to protect otherwise Baker Hughes's interest therein.

 

- 4 - | Page
 

 

7.             Warranties

 

In the event that Superior's Work fails to conform to the specifications of Baker Hughes set forth in the relevant scope of work document, then as Baker Hughes' sole remedy for such nonconformance, Superior shall repair or replace such defective Work brought to Superior's attention by Baker Hughes. Except as otherwise provided In this Paragraph, Superior makes no warranty, either express or implied (including without limitation, implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose).

 

8.              Indemnity

 

8.1           SUPERIOR HEREBY INDEMNIFIES, DEFENDS AND AGREES TO HOLD BAKER HUGHES, AND BAKER HUGHES ' S PARENT, SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES, AND ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, REPRESENTATIVES OR INVITEES (COLLECTIVELY, "BAKER HUGHES GROUP") HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, JUDGMENTS, SETTLEMENTS, FINES, PENALTIES, EXPENSES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY FEES AND COURT COSTS), COSTS AND LIABILITIES AS A RESULT OF OR RELATING TO PERSONAL INJURY, BODILY INJURY, ILLNESS, DEATH OR DESTRUCTION OR LOSS OF PROPERTY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LOSS OR LIABILITY (COLLECTIVELY, "CLAIMS") ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE NEGLIGENCE, ACTIONS, OMISSIONS, STRICT LIABILITY, PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT OR RESPONSIBILITY OF SUPERIOR, OR ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM, SUPERIOR'S PERFORMANCE, THE SUBJECT MATTER OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR FROM ANY CLAIMS RELATING TO INFRINGEMENT, THEFT OR UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ANY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE SECRETS OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY PERSON . IN ADDITION, SUPERIOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, RELEASE, DEFEND AND HOLD BAKER HUGHES AND THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE BAKER HUGHES GROUP HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS (AS DEFINED ABOVE) ASSERTED BY (ON BEHALF OF), ARISING IN FAVOR OF OR RELATING TO ANY EMPLOYEES, AGEN T S, REPRESENTATIVES OR INVITEES OF SUPERIOR, (AND RELATING TO BAKER HUGHES, WITH REGARD TO SUPERIOR'S OWN PROPERTY OR LOSSES), REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, PREMISES LIABILITY, PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT "OR RESPONSIBILITY OF SUPERIOR, BAKER HUGHES, ANY OTHER MEMBER OF BAKER HUGHES GROUP OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR PARTY. THIS INDEMNITY SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND HEIRS OF SUPERIOR.

 

8.2           BAKER HUGHES HEREBY INDEMNIFIES, DEFENDS AND AGREES TO HOLD SUPERIOR, AND SUPERIOR'S PARENT, SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES, AND ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, REPRESENTATIVES OR INVITEES (COLLECTIVELY, 'SUPERIOR GROUP') HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, JUDGMENTS, SETTLEMENTS, FINES, PENALTIES, EXPENSES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY FEES AND COURT COSTS), COSTS AND LIABILITIES AS A RESULT OF OR RELATING TO PERSONAL INJURY, BODILY INJURY, ILLNESS, DEATH OR DESTRUCTION OR LOSS OF PROPERTY OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LOSS OR LIABILITY (COLLECTIVELY, "CLAIMS") ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO THE NEGLIGENCE, ACTIONS, OMISSIONS, STRICT LIABILITY, PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT OR RESPONSIBILITY OF BAKER HUGHES, OR ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM, BAKER HUGHES'S PERFORMANCE, THE SUBJECT MATTER OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR FROM ANY CLAIMS RELATING TO INFRINGEMENT, THEFT OR UNAUTHORIZED USE OF ANY PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE SECRETS OR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OR PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY PERSON. IN ADDITION, BAKER HUGHES SHALL INDEMNIFY, RELEASE, DEFEND AND HOLD SUPERIOR AND THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE SUPERIOR GROUP HARMLESS FROM ANY CLAIMS (AS DEFINED ABOVE) ASSERTED BY (ON BEHALF OF), ARISING IN FAVOR OF OR RELATING TO ANY EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, REPRESENTATIVES OR INVITEES OF BAKER HUGHES, (AND RELATING TO SUPERIOR, WITH REGARD TO BAKER HUGHES'S OWN PROPERTY OR LOSSES), REGARDLESS OF THE NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF CONTRACT, PREMISES LIABILITY, " PRODUCTS LIABILITY OR OTHER FAULT OR RESPONSIBILITY OF BAKER HUGHES, SUPERIOR, ANY OTHER MEMBER OF SUPERIOR GROUP OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR PARTY, THIS INDEMNITY SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS AND HEIRS OF BAKER HUGHES.

 

9.             Non-competition

 

9.1            Superior agrees that during the term of this Agreement, Superior will not perform the work for any other party.

 

- 5 - | Page
 

 

9.2          Superior may engage in other activity not related to or in competition with the business of Baker Hughes to the extent that such other activity shall not be considered a breach of this Agreement. If Superior is already in a business that Baker Hughes later enters, Superior can continue to operate in that business. If a court of competent jurisdiction concludes that the parameters of this restrictive covenant are over-broad and thereby unenforceable, the parties agree that the court may reform the parameters so as to make the agreement enforceable.

 

10.          Insurance

 

10.1         At all times when Superior is performing Work pursuant to th i s Agreement, Superior agrees to procure and maintain and Superior agrees to have its agents, contractors or subcontractors maintain, the following insurance coverages:

 

(a)   Commercial General Liability covering bodily injury and property damage with a limit of not less than $2,000,000 for each occurrence;

 

(b)   Workers' Compensation insurance (or maintenance of a l egally permitted and governmentally approved program of self - insurance) covering Superior's employees pursuant to applicable state workers' compensation laws for work related injuries suffered by employees of Superior; and

 

(c)    Employers Liability insurance with limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each accident.

 

10.2        Superior agrees to provide Baker Hughes with a Certificate of Insurance evidencing that the above coverages are in full force and effect.

 

10.3         Superior will name Baker Hughes as an additional insured party on the Commercial General Liability policy described above.

 

11.         Compliance with Laws

 

Each party represents, warrants and covenants that all work performed hereunder shall be conducted in accordance with all applicable governmental safety regulations, standards, procedures and precautions, and that in connection therewith it employs all necessary or required protective equipment and devices. Each party agrees to abide by and be bound under the other party's policies governing the conduct and safety of personnel having access to the other party's facilities or its customers facilities, including without limitation, the other party's policies regarding illegal and unauthorized articles, and drug and alcohol policies, but shall have no responsibility for the adequacy of such policies; provided that only such po l icies of a party provided to the other party in writing shall be applicable to the other party, and in the absence of such written policies, the other party shall be required to comply with its own policies and the highest industry and HSE standards governing the matters l isted above. Without l imiting the generality of the foregoing, Superior agrees to notify Baker Hughes in writing in the event that Superior discovers any hazardous materials in connection with performing the Work hereunder.

 

12.         Notices

 

All notices, authorizations and requests in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed given on the day they are (i) deposited In the mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered, return receipt requested; or (ii) sent by air express courier (e.g, DHL, Federal Express or Airborne), charges prepaid, return receipt requested, and addressed as set forth below:

 

- 6 - | Page
 

 

Superior: Superior Drilling Products, LLC
  P.O. Box 1656
Vernal, UT
84078
  telephone: 435.789.0594
  Attn: Annette Meier , President
   
Baker Hughes: Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc
  9110 Grogans Mill Road
  The Woodlands, TX 77380
telephone: 281.363.6130
e-mail: jay.clinksclaes@bakerhughes.com
  Attn: Jay Clinkscales, AMO Manager

 

13.          Consequential Damages

 

Except with regard to a breach by Superior or Baker Hughes with respect to Paragraphs 5 or 6,neither Party shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential damages including but not limited to, damages for lost production, lost revenue, lost product, lost profits or lost business or business interruptions, from any cause whatsoever, including but not limited to the negligence or breach of duty (statutory or otherwise), strict liability, product liability or other fault or responsibility of either Party and each Party hereby releases the other in this regard.

 

14.           Ancillary Provisions

 

14.1         No waiver, modification or amendment of any term, condition or prov1s1on of this Agreement nor any addition thereto shall be valid or of any force or effect unless made in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the Parties.

 

14.2          Superior shall not assign this Agreement without prior written approval of Baker Hughes. Any attempt to so assign shall be void. Assignment with such approval shall not operate to relieve Superior of any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

14.3         Superior is and shall remain an independent contractor in its performance of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein that may be construed to the contrary, this Agreement shall not constitute, create, or in any way be interpreted as, a joint venture, partnership or formal business organization of any kind and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as establishing any joint obligations between the parties. Each party hereto retains the right to conduct its own business as it sees fit and each party shall act as an independent contractor of the other and shall not, except as specifically authorized hereunder, act as an agent or representative of the other party for any purpose whatsoever. Except as expressly provided herein, (a) no party shall have the authority to bind the other party or make any commitment or incur any costs or expenses for or in the name of the other party, and (b) no party hereto shall be responsible in any way for any obligation or liability incurred or assumed by any other party. None of the parties' employees shall be deemed to be the employees or servants of the other party for any purpose. No party shall have any fiduciary duty to the other, no special relationship between the parties shall be deemed to exist, and no duties not specifically set forth in this Agreement shall exist.

 

14.4         This Agreement shall be interpreted under the laws of the State of Texas, excluding conflicts of law and choice of law statutes .

 

14.5         If any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect . No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other breach of the same or any other provisions hereof, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in wilting and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

 

14.6          Neither party shall be responsible for any failure or delay in complying with the terms of this Agreement where such failure or delay is due to causes beyond its reasonable control. These causes shall include, but not be restricted to, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, explosion, accident, acts of the public enemy, war, rebellion, insurrection, sabotage, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, labor disputes, labor shortages, transportation embargoes or failures or delays in transportation, inability to secure necessary raw materials or machinery, acts of God, acts of any government, whether national, municipal or otherwise, or any agency thereof, and judicial action. The party so affected by the force majeure shall notify the other party as soon as practicable of its existence. The parties shall then meet and endeavor to alleviate the effect and extent thereof. If the force majeure persists for a period in excess of 180 days either party may terminate this Agreement by giving the other party 90 days' wr i tten notice thereof.

 

- 7 - | Page
 

 

14.7          This Agreement, including any and all Schedules attached hereto, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all previous agreements and understandings, whether oral or written, express or implied. The parties specifically intend to replace and supersede the previous Vendor Agreement between Baker Hughes and Superior, dated May 1, 2006 and terminated effective June 30, 2009. To the extent the terms and conditions of this Agreement are in conflict with any terms or cond i tions in any Schedule, Confidentiality Agreement, work order, proposal, purchase order, invoice or other terms and conditions in any other document, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control. This Agreement may not be altered, amended, or modified except by written instrument signed by the duly authorized representatives of all parties. The terms on any Work Order, Purchase Order or other form submitted by Superior to Baker Hughes shall not apply to this Agreement.

 

15.           Conciliation/ Arbitration

 

15.1         Any disputes, claims or controversies connected with, arising out of, or related to, th i s Agreement and the rights and obligations created herein, or the breach, validity, existence or terminat i on hereof (the ' Dispute"), shall first be submitted to the respective representatives of the parties for resolution. If those designated representatives are unable to resolve such dispute, claim or controversy within thirty (30) days of such submission, the dispute , claim or controversy shall then be submitted to the Presidents of the respective parties for resolution. If the respective Presidents of the parties are unab l e to resolve such dispute, claim or controversy w i th i n thirty (30) days of submission, the dispute, claim or controversy shall then be submitted to mandatory, binding arbitration in accordance with Clause 15 . 2 below.

 

15.2         Any Dispute arising out of or connected with this Agreement which cannot be resolved utilizing the procedures set forth In Clause 15.1 above, shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration. Upon notice by either party to the other, all disputes, claims, questions, or differences (including issues relating to the format i on of the agreement and the validity of this arbitration clause) shall be finally settled by binding arbitration admin i stered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") in accordance with the provisions of its Commercial Arbitration Rules, as well as the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the Federal Rules of Evidence, and judgment on the award r endered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

15.3         The arbitration Panel shall consist of a single arbitrator, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties. The place of arbitration shall be Houston, Texas. If the parties are not able to decide upon a neutral third party arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the request for arbitration, then the AAA shall select an arb i trator having at least twenty (20) years of experience in intellectual property matters. All proceedings will be conducted in Englis h .

 

The parties agree to hold the entirety of the arbitration proceedings, including knowledge of the e xi stence of any dispute or controversy, completely confidential e x cept for such disclosures as might be requ ir ed by law

 

T his arbitration agreement does not limit or affect the right of either Party to seek from any court having jurisdiction any interim, interlocutory, or provisional relief that is necessary to protect the r i ghts or property of that party. Alternatively, either Party may apply to the AAA pursuant to the AAA Optional Rules for Eme r gency Measures seeking injunctive relief until the arbitration award is rendered or the controversy is otherwise resolved.

 

16.           Power and Authority

 

Each Party hereto represents that it has full power and authority (corporat e or otherwise) to e x ecute this Agreement and bind the Party on whose behalf it is signing.

 

- 8 - | Page
 

 

SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on behalf of each party as of the day and year set forth at its beginning.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /S/ Annette Meier
     
    Title Member
       
  BAKER HUGHES Oilfield Operations, Inc.
   
  By /s/ [Rol Rol?]
     
  Title :  Vice President, Drill Bits

 

- 9 - | Page
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Superior's hourly rate will be $62.02 until December 31,2013.

 

Thereafter, the charge per standard hour will be calculated based upon a ten percent (10%) premium to the documented standard hour rate posted in SAP for Baker Hughes USL AMO centers.

 

The Baker Hughes USL standard hour rate is adjusted based on a balance sheet calculation maintaining a cost neutral P&L for USL AMO.

 

- 10 - | Page

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 
Baker Hughes Incorporated

 

  2929 Allen Parkway, Suite 2100
  Houston, TX 77019-2118
  Direct: 713-439-8600
  Fax: 713-439-8699
  www.bakerhughes.com
   
  Dawn Fuller
  Legal Secretary
  Global Real Estate
  Direct: 713-439-8019
  Fax: 713-439-8558
  Dawn.Fuller@bakerhughes.com

 

August 15, 2013

 

VIA FEDERAL EXPRESS

 

Mrs. Annette Meier

Meier Properties Series, LLC

2221 N. 3250 West

Vernal, Utah 84078

 

Re: 1540 South 1700 East Circle Street, Naples, Utah

 

Dear Mrs. Meier:

 

Enclosed please find one (1) fully-executed First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Meier Properties Series, LLC, as lessor, and Baker Hughes Oilfield Operations, Inc., as lessee, covering the lease at 1540 South 1700 East Circle Street, Naples, Utah.

 

Please contact George Bernhardt, at 713-439-8061, if you have any questions or concerns.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  /s/ Dawn M. Fuller
  Dawn M. Fuller,
  Legal Secretary to George Bernhardt
Managing Counsel – Global Real Estate

 

Enclosure

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment effective as of the Effective Date.

 

  LESSOR:  
     
    MEIER PROPERTIES SERIES, LLC
     
    By: /s/ Annette Meier
    Name: Annette Meier
    Title: Managing Member
     
  LESSEE:  
     
    BAKER HUGHES OILFIELD OPERATIONS, INC.,
    a California corporation
     
    By: /s/ David E. Emerson
    Name: David E. Emerson
    Title: Vice President

 

- 2 -
 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

 

STATE OF UTAH §
  §
COUNTY OF UINTAH §

 

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (this “Amendment”) is made and entered into by and between MEIER PROPERTIES SERIES, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Lessor”), and BAKER HUGHES OILFIELD OPERATIONS, INC., a California corporation (“Lessee”), effective as of June 1, 2013 (the “Effective Date”). Capitalized Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Lease (hereinafter defined).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee (using the d/b/a “Baker Atlas”) entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated effective May 1, 2008 (the “Lease”), pursuant to which Lessor leased to Lessee and Lessee leased from Lessor that certain property consisting of a 1.16 acre tract of land, commonly known as Lot 4, Roper’s Industrial Park, a PUD located in NW/4 NW/4 Sec. 31, T4S, R22E, SLM in the County of Uintah, Utah, having a street address of 1540 South 1700 East Circle Street, Naples, Utah (the “Premises”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease expires on May 31, 2013; and

 

WHEREAS, Lessor and Lessee have agreed to extend the Lease for a period of three (3) years and desire to execute this Amendment to set forth in writing such change make certain other changes in the terms and provisions of the Lease as hereafter provided;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

 

THAT, for and in consideration of the premises and of Ten and No/100 Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration paid by Lessee to Lessor, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lessor and Lessee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.            Term. The Term of the Lease is extended for a period of three (3) years, commencing on June 1, 2013, and ending on May 31, 2016.

 

2.            Rent. Rent for the Premises during this extension shall be One Hundred Eight Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($108,000.00) per annum, which amount shall be payable in equal monthly installments of Nine Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($9,000.00) each, commencing on June 1, 2013, and continuing thereafter on the first day of each calendar month through the end of the Term, as extended hereby.

 

As hereby expressly amended, the Lease is ratified and confirmed to be in full force and effect.

 

- 1 -

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

September 11, 2013

 

Hard Rock Solutions

Attn: Julia Isenhour

4817 Country Farms Drive

Windsor, CO 80528

 

Our auditors, Hein & Associates LLP, are engaged in an audit of our financial statements. In connection therewith, they desire that you confirm to them certain details of the agreement between us and Hard Rock Solutions (“Hard Rock”). Please confirm the following about our agreement with Hard Rock. Additionally, please confirm that this represents the entirety of our agreement and there are no side arrangements to the agreement below.

 

1) Superior Drilling Products (“Superior”) will absorb 25% of the cost of each tool sale to Hard Rock. The absorption of this cost is not contingent on Hard Rock generating revenue from the tool sold.

 

2) Upon receipt of tool rental income, Hard Rock will deduct any additional expenses paid to Superior for the tool since the purchase (for example, repairs and modifications) and pay Superior a commission of 25% of this net amount.

 

3) Payment of the commission is contingent on Hard Rock receiving payment from the customer that rented the tool.

 

Please confirm your agreement by signing below. Please return this letter directly to Hein & Associates LLP, 14755 Preston Road, Suite 320, Dallas, Texas 75254. A stamped, addressed envelope is enclosed for your convenience. Thank you for your cooperation.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Annette Meier

Annette Meier

Superior Drilling Products

 

We agree that the terms of the agreement above are correct, represent the entirety of the agreement between Hard Rock and Superior, and there are no side arrangements to the agreement above, with the following exceptions (if any):

 

   
   
   
Name and Title /s/ Julia Isenhour
Signature Julia Isenhour
Date 9/12/13

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.9
To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on the 28th day of January, 2014 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and among SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (the “ Buyer ”), HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC., a Texas corporation (“ HRSI ”), Hard Rock Solutions , LLC, a Utah limited liability company (the “ Company ”) and James D. Isenhour, an individual (“ Mr. Isenhour or the “ Stockholder ”). The Buyer, HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Parties ” or individually as a “ Party ”.

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholder owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding common stock, no par value, of HRSI, which is its sole class of issued and outstanding stock (the “ HRSI Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS, HRSI is the sole member of the Company and owner of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company (“ Interests ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholder, as owner of HRSI, and HRSI, as the sole member of the Company, deem it advisable and in the best interests of HRSI and the Company, respectively, for HRSI to transfer all of its business and certain of its assets including without limitation its name, and all of its customer contracts, Inventory (as defined herein), Work In Progress (as defined herein) and other specified assets as set forth in Section 3.12 hereof, except for HRSI’s defined benefit plan or the Excluded Assets (as defined herein), to the Company;

 

WHEREAS, as a condition precedent to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, on or prior to the execution of the Escrowed Documents (as defined herein) and the deposit of same into escrow, HRSI will transfer all of its business and certain of its assets including without limitation its name, and all of its customer contracts, Inventory (as defined herein), Work In Progress (as defined herein) and other specified assets as set forth in Section 3.12 hereof, except for HRSI’s defined benefit plan or the Excluded Assets (as defined herein), into the Company pursuant to that certain Bill of Sale (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, the Buyer desires to purchase all of the Interests, and HRSI desires to sell to the Buyer, all of the Interests, on the terms and conditions and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and confessed, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

 
 

  

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1          Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” or “Affiliates” of a Person shall mean, with respect to that Person, a Person who directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, or is acting as agent on behalf of, or as an officer or director of, that Person. As used in the definition of Affiliate, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct, cause the direction of, or influence the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, through the holding of a position as a director or officer of such Person, or otherwise.

 

1.2          Asset Transfer. The term “Asset Transfer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

1.3          Assignee. The term “Assignee” shall mean Superior Drilling Products, Inc., a Utah corporation, or any other Affiliate of Buyer, as determined by Buyer, which will be the party to consummate the IPO and as such, may be assigned this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby from Buyer.

 

1.4          Assumed Liability. The term “Assumed Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 hereof.

 

1.5          Bill of Sale. The term “Bill of Sale” shall mean that certain Bill of Sale agreement between HRSI and the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , pursuant to which the Asset Transfer will be made from HRSI to the Company.

 

1.6          Business. The term “Business” shall mean the current or proposed business of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company consisting of the design, manufacture, fabrication, sale and rental of wellbore tools consisting of reaming and hole opening tools, and all ancillary services reasonably related thereto.

 

1.7          Buyer. The term “Buyer” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

1.8          Buyer Accounts Receivable. The term “Buyer Accounts Receivable” shall mean any accounts receivable generated by the Company on and after the Closing Date.

 

1.9          Buyer Fundamental Representations . The term “Buyer Fundamental Representations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) hereof.

 

1.10        Buyer Parties. The term “Buyer Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

1.11        Cap. The term “Cap” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a) hereof.

 

2
 

  

1.12        Cash Consideration. The term “Cash Consideration” shall mean Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($12,500,000.00) to be paid to HRSI by Buyer at Closing.

 

1.13        Closing. The term “Closing” shall mean when the Escrow Agent has delivered the Cash Consideration and a set of Escrowed Documents to HRSI and delivered a set of Escrowed Documents to Buyer.

 

1.14        Closing Certificate. The term “Closing Certificate” shall mean a certificate, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J , duly executed by an officer of any Party hereto certifying that such Party’s covenants, conditions, schedules, and representations and warranties are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

 

1.15        Closing Date. The term “Closing Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

1.16        Code. The term “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any reference to any particular Code section shall be interpreted to include any revision of or successor to that section regardless of how numbered or classified.

 

1.17        Company. The term “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

1.18        Company Accounts Receivable. The term “Company Accounts Receivable” shall mean any accounts receivable generated by the Company prior to the Closing Date.

 

1.19        Company Legal Opinion. The term “Company Legal Opinion” shall mean that certain legal opinion of Myatt Brandes & Gast PC law firm on behalf of the Company and the Stockholder to be delivered at Closing in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

1.20        Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” shall mean (i) any and all information or material (in any form, whether tangible, intangible, oral, written or electronically encoded) including, but not limited to, trade secrets, secret processes, know-how, customer lists, formulae, or other technical data (collectively the “ Information ”) provided to one Party by the other, (ii) the existence, subject matter and principals involved in any and all discussions between the Parties and as between a Party and another Person, as hereinafter defined, whether such discussion be formal or informal in nature (collectively the “ Discussions ”); (iii) any and all notes, summaries, reports, memorandums, and the like, or any other compilation thereof which contain any Information or materials relating to the Discussions (collectively the “ Notes ”); and (iv) any and all new or different information or material (in any form, whether tangible, intangible, oral, written or electronically encoded) which is generated, developed or created as a result of the Parties’ Discussions (collectively the “ New Information ”). The Information, Discussions, Notes and New Information shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as “Confidential Information.”

 

3
 

  

1.21        Consulting Agreement. The term “Consulting Agreement” means that certain Consulting Agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and Mr. Isenhour, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , and to be effective at Closing.

 

1.22        Continued Rent. The term “Continued Rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6 hereof.

 

1.23        Contracts. The term “Contracts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.10 hereof.

 

1.24        Current Assets. The term “Current Assets” shall mean the sum of the consolidated balances of cash, Company Accounts Receivable, prepaid expenses and any other current asset, other than Inventory (i.e., assets which will be amortized or expensed or received in cash within one year from the Closing Date). For the avoidance of doubt, Current Assets shall not include deferred tax assets.

 

1.25        Current Liabilities. The term “Current Liabilities” shall mean the sum of the consolidated balances of accounts payable, accrued payrolls, accrued payroll taxes, accrued health care benefits and other current liabilities (i.e., liabilities which will be included in income or paid in cash within one year from the Closing Date). For the avoidance of doubt, Current Liabilities shall not include deferred tax liabilities.

 

1.26        Customers and Suppliers List. The term “Customers and Suppliers List” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.28 hereof.

 

1.27        Employee. The term “Employee” means any employee of the Company who as of the Closing Date is employed or otherwise performs work or provides services in connection with the operation of the Business, including those, if any, on disability, sick leave, layoff or leave of absence, who, in accordance with the Company’s applicable policies would be eligible to return to active status.

 

1.28        Environmental Protection Laws. The term “Environmental Protection Laws” shall mean all federal, state, local and foreign laws, statutes, regulations having the force and effect of law, permits, court decrees, judgments, injunctions and written orders concerning (i) public health and safety relating to exposure of humans to toxic or hazardous substances, or (ii) pollution or protection of the environment or natural resources, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) (42 U.S.C. §9601 et seq.); the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. §1801 et seq.); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (“RCRA”) (42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq.); the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §1251 et seq.); the Safe Drinking Water Act (14 U.S.C. §1401 et seq.); the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. §2601 et seq.), the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. §136 et seq.); the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq.); the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 11001-11005, 11021-11023, and 11041-11050); and all comparable state laws; in each case including the regulations promulgated thereunder and as supplemented or amended from time to time.

 

4
 

  

1.29        Equipment. The term “Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 hereof.

 

1.30        Escrow Agent. The term “Escrow Agent” shall mean U.S. Bancorp.

 

1.31        Escrow Agreement. The term “Escrow Agreement” shall mean that certain Escrow Agreement by and among all the Parties hereto and the Escrow Agent in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

1.32        Escrowed Documents. The term “Escrowed Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the HRSI Consents, the Buyer Consents, the Note, the Consulting Agreement, the Noncompetition Agreements, the Bill of Sale, the Security and Pledge Agreement, the IP Assignments, the Company Legal Opinion, the Closing Certificates, the UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado, the UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah, the USPTO Security Interest Forms, the original membership interests certificates, if certificated, with a separate membership interest transfer power and all other agreements and obligations contemplated hereby.

 

1.33        Escrow Signing Date. The term “Escrow Signing Date” shall mean the date the Escrowed Documents shall be signed by the Parties thereto and the originals are delivered to the Escrow Agent, which shall be no later than three (3) business days before the effective date of the IPO.

 

1.34        Excluded Assets. The term “Excluded Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 hereof.

 

1.35        Execution Date. The term “Execution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.

 

1.36        Extension Payments. The term “Extension Payments” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 hereof.

 

1.37        Financial Statements. The term “Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14 hereof.

 

1.38        GAAP. The term “GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods covered thereby, as in effect from time to time.

 

1.39        Government Official. The term “Government Official” includes, (i) any officer, employee or agent of any government (including any government of any country or any political subdivision within a country) or of any department, agency or instrumentality (including any business or corporate entity owned or managed by a government, such as a national oil company or subsidiary thereof) thereof, or any Person acting in an official capacity or performing public duties or functions on behalf of any such government, department, agency or instrumentality, (ii) any political party or official thereof, (iii) any candidate for public office, or (iv) any officer, employee or agent of a public international organization, including, but not limited to, the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank.

 

5
 

  

1.40        HRSI Stock. The term “HRSI Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

1.41        Indebtedness. The term “Indebtedness” means (i) all obligations for borrowed money and all obligations issued in substitution for or exchange of obligations for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations evidenced by any note, bond, debenture or other debt security, (iii) all obligations for the deferred purchase price of property or services with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor or otherwise, (iv) any commitment by which a Person assures a creditor against loss (including, without limitation, contingent reimbursement liability with respect to letters of credit), (v) any indebtedness guaranteed in any manner by a Person (including, without limitation, guarantees in the form of an agreement to repurchase or reimburse), (vi) any liabilities under capitalized leases with respect to which a Person is liable, contingently or otherwise, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including, without limitation, any lease termination payments or charges, (vii) any indebtedness secured by a Lien on a Person’s assets, (viii) any unsatisfied obligation for “withdrawal liability” to a “multiemployer plan” as such terms are defined under ERISA, (ix) any amounts currently owed to any Person under any noncompetition, consulting or similar arrangements, (x) any change-of-control or similar payment or increased cost which is triggered in whole or in part by the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (xi) any liability of the Company under deferred compensation plans, phantom stock plans, bonus plans, or for severance payments or similar arrangements made payable in whole or in part as a result of the transactions contemplated herein, (xii) any off-balance sheet financing of the Company, (xiii) the gross amount paid or payable with respect to any employee bonus or retention arrangement or other compensation payable to any Person as a result of the announcement or consummation or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (xiv) any accrued and unpaid interest on, and any prepayment premiums, penalties or similar contractual charges in respect of, any of the foregoing obligations computed as though payment is being made in respect thereof on the Closing Date.

 

1.42        Indemnitor. The term “Indemnitor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(d) hereof.

 

1.43        Indemnitee. The term “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(d) hereof.

 

1.44        Independent Contractors. The term “Independent Contractors” means those persons that perform services directly for the benefit of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, for the benefit of or connected to the Business.

 

1.45        IP Assignments. The term “IP Assignments” shall mean those certain assignment documents to evidence the assignment of patent applications and a trademark from HRSI to the Company, all in substantially the forms attached hereto as Exhibit I , to be filed with the USPTO upon Closing.

 

6
 

  

1.46        IPO. The term “IPO” shall mean consummation of that certain initial public offering whereby all of Assignee’s securities are publicly registered on a recognized United States national securities exchange and some of Assignee’s securities are sold to various Persons for an amount of no less than $20,000,000.

 

1.47        Intellectual Property. The term “Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.13 hereof.

 

1.48        Inventory. The term “Inventory” means raw materials, Work In Progress (as defined herein) and finished goods inventory.

 

1.49        IRS. The term “IRS” shall mean the Internal Revenue Service or any successor United States governmental agency thereto.

 

1.50        Knowledge. The term “Knowledge” shall mean the actual knowledge of the Person or entity, and what each Person or entity should have known based upon due inquiry or based upon that Person’s position with the entity.

 

1.51        Laws. The term “Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.19 hereof.

 

1.52        Leased Real Property. The term “Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.24 hereof.

 

1.53        Lien(s). The term “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, claim, lien or charge of any kind (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof) or any agreement to file any of the foregoing, any sale of receivables with recourse, and any filing or agreement to file a financing statement as debtor under the Uniform Commercial Code or any similar statute.

 

1.54        Losses. The term “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

 

1.55        Material Adverse Effect. The term “Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, condition, change, occurrence or effect that individually or in the aggregate with all other events, circumstances, conditions, changes, occurrences and effects, has or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the assets, liabilities, business, financial condition or operating results of the Company or that could reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay or impair the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

1.56        Mrs. Isenhour. The term “Mrs. Isenhour” shall mean Julia Isenhour, an individual and the spouse of the Stockholder.

 

1.57        Noncompetition Agreement-Mr. Isenhour. The term “Noncompetition Agreement-Mr. Isenhour” means that certain Noncompetition Agreement to be entered into by and among Buyer, HRSI, the Company and Mr. Isenhour, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , and to be effective at Closing.

 

7
 

  

1.58        Noncompetition Agreement-Mrs. Isenhour. The term “Noncompetition Agreement-Mrs. Isenhour” means that certain Noncompetition Agreement to be entered into by and among Buyer, HRSI, the Company and Mrs. Isenhour, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , and to be effective at Closing.

 

1.59        Noncompetition Agreements.          The term “Noncompetition Agreements” shall mean and collectively refer to the Noncompetition Agreement-Mr. Isenhour and the Noncompetition Agreement-Mrs. Isenhour.

 

1.60        North Dakota Lease. The term “North Dakota Lease” shall mean that certain month-to-month lease arrangement between the current landlord of the property located at 6666 141 st Avenue NW, Williston, North Dakota and HRSI.

 

1.61        Note. The term “Note” shall mean that certain subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/00 Dollars ($12,500,000.00) to be executed by Buyer for the benefit of HRSI, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , and to be effective at Closing.

 

1.62        Permitted Liens. The term “Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens that are set forth on Schedule 1.62 attached hereto, (ii) Liens for Taxes not delinquent or the validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which adequate reserves have been established on the Company’s Financial Statements in accordance with GAAP, and (iii) statutory landlord’s, mechanic’s, carrier’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s or other similar Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business for immaterial amounts which are not yet due and payable.

 

1.63        Person or Persons. The term “Person” or “Persons” means an individual(s), a corporation(s), a partnership(s), an association(s), a limited liability company(ies), a joint stock company(ies), a trust(s), an incorporated or unincorporated organization(s), or a government or political subdivision(s) thereof.

 

1.64        Plans. The term “Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.31.1 hereof.

 

1.65        Pre-Closing Taxes. The term “Pre-Closing Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(c).

 

1.66        Purchase Price. The term “Purchase Price” is $25,000,000.00, consisting of the (i) Cash Consideration and (ii) the Note.

 

1.67        Real Property Leases. The term “Real Property Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.24 hereof.

 

8
 

  

1.68        Regulated Substance or Regulated Substances. The term “Regulated Substance” or “Regulated Substances” shall mean any chemical or substance subject to or regulated under any Environmental Protection Laws, including, without limitation, any “pollutant or contaminant” or “hazardous substance” as those terms are defined in CERCLA, any “hazardous waste” as that term is defined in RCRA, and any other hazardous or toxic wastes, substances, or materials, petroleum (including crude oil and refined and unrefined fractions thereof), polychlorinated biphenyls (“ PCBs ”), infectious waste, special waste, pesticides, fungicides, solvents, herbicides, flammables, explosives, asbestos and asbestos-containing material, and radioactive materials, whether injurious by themselves or in combination with other materials.

 

1.69        Rental Equipment. The term “Rental Equipment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 hereof.

 

1.70        SEC. The term “SEC” shall mean the United Stated Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.71        Securities Act. The term “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1.72        Security and Pledge Agreement. The term “Security and Pledge Agreement” shall mean that certain Security and Pledge Agreement to be entered into by and between the Company and HRSI, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H , and to be effective at Closing.

 

1.73        Seller Fundamental Representations. The term “Seller Fundamental Representations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(b) hereof.

 

1.74        Stockholder. The term “Stockholder” shall mean the person specified in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

1.75        Stockholder Parties. The term “Stockholder Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(b) hereof.

 

1.76        Stockholder Taxes. The term “Stockholder Taxes” means any and all Taxes imposed on the Company or HRSI for which the Company or HRSI may otherwise be liable (a) for any pre-Closing period and for the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section 7.5); (b) resulting from a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3 and 4 (determined without regard to any materiality or knowledge qualifiers or any schedule items) or covenants set forth in Section 7; (c) of any member of any consolidated group of which any of the Company (or any predecessor including HRSI) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date by reason of Treasury Regulation § 1.1502-6(a) or any analogous or similar foreign, state or local law; (d) of any other Person for which the Company or HRSI has been, is or will be liable as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise; (e) that are social security, medicare, unemployment or other employment or withholding Taxes owed as a result of any payment made to the Stockholder or HRSI pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement; (f) that are Transfer Taxes; and (g) any and all adjustments pursuant to Section 481 of the Code relating to a change in method of accounting by the Company or HRSI prior to Closing.

 

9
 

  

1.77        Straddle Period. The term “Straddle Period” means any Tax period beginning on or before and ending after the Closing Date.

 

1.78        Straddle Tax Return. The term “Straddle Tax Return” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(c) hereof.

 

1.79        Subsidiary or Subsidiaries. The term “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means with respect to any Person (the “ Owner ”), any corporation or other Person of which securities or other interests having the power to elect a majority of that corporation’s or other Person’s board of directors or similar governing body, or otherwise having the power to direct the business and policies of that corporation or other Person (other than securities or other interest having such power only upon the happening of a contingency that has not occurred) are held by the Owner or one or more of its Subsidiaries; when used without reference to a particular Person, “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of HRSI or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company.

 

1.80        Tax or Taxes. The term “Tax” or “Taxes” means any and all taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments, including, without limitation, any net or gross income, alternative or add-on minimum, gross receipts, capital gains, excise, real or personal property, sales, withholding, ad valorem, social security, occupation, use, severance, environmental, license, net worth, payroll, employment, franchise, value added, excise stamp, occupation, premium, environmental, windfall profits, transfer and recording taxes, custom, duty, escheat, unclaimed property or fees and charges, imposed by the IRS or any other Taxing Authority (whether domestic or foreign including, without limitation, any state, county, local or foreign government or any subdivision or taxing agency thereof (including a United States possession)), whether computed on a separate, consolidated, unitary, combined or any other basis; and such term shall include any interest, whether paid or received, fines, penalties or additional amounts attributable to, or imposed upon, or with respect to, any such taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments.

 

1.81        Taxing Authority. The term “Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Officer responsible for the imposition of any Tax.

 

1.82        Tax Returns . The term “Tax Returns” means any report, return, document, declaration, claim or refund, or other information or filing required to be supplied to any taxing authority or jurisdiction (foreign or domestic) with respect to Taxes, including, without limitation, information returns, schedules or attachments thereto and documents (i) with respect to or accompanying payments of estimated Taxes or (ii) with respect to or accompanying requests for the extension of time in which to file any such report, return, document, declaration or other information, including any schedule or attachment thereto and any amendment thereof.

 

1.83        Threshold. The term “Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(a) hereof.

 

10
 

  

1.84        Transferred Assets. The term “Transferred Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.12 hereof.

 

1.85        Transfer Taxes. The term “Transfer Taxes” shall mean any and all excise, sales, use, transfer (including real property transfer or gains), stamp, documentary, filing, recordation and other similar Taxes (but excluding income taxes resulting from the sale), if any, resulting from, relating to, or arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

1.86        UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado. The term “UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado” shall mean that certain UCC-1 financing statement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K-1 , to be filed with the Secretary of State of Colorado upon Closing in order to perfect the security interest granted by the Company to HRSI as set forth in the Security and Pledge Agreement.

 

1.87        UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah. The term “UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah” shall mean that certain UCC-1 financing statement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K-2 , to be filed with the Secretary of State of Utah upon Closing in order to perfect the security interest granted by the Company to HRSI as set forth in the Security and Pledge Agreement.

 

1.88        USPTO. The term “USPTO” shall mean the United States Patent & Trademark Office located in Washington, D.C.

 

1.89        USPTO Security Interest Forms. The term “USPTO Security Interest Forms” shall mean those certain forms to be filed with the USPTO in order to record a security interest in the patents and trademark that are being assigned by HRSI to the Company pursuant to the IP Assignments, in substantially the forms attached hereto as Exhibit L .

 

1.90        Vehicle Titles. The term “Vehicle Titles” shall mean any title evidencing the transfer of ownership from HRSI or Stockholder to Buyer of any of the vehicles listed on Schedule 3.12(a) and pursuant to the Asset Transfer as set forth in Section 2.3.

 

1.91        Work in Progress . The term “Work in Progress” shall mean the total dollar amount of all bona-fide jobs or work orders of the Company, which are supported by proper customer purchase orders or work orders and accompanying documentation, whether completed or not, which have not been billed or are used in the work or manufacturing process towards finishing any products or tools for any job or work, computed by adding the following: (i) the costs of all materials used in all of such jobs or work orders; and (ii) the cost of all labor used in performing such jobs or work orders.

 

11
 

  

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS; ALLOCATED ASSETS

 

2.1          Sale of Interests. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, HRSI agrees to sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer agrees to purchase from HRSI, on the Closing Date, the Interests owned by HRSI, all such Interests to be free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances.

 

2.2          Purchase Price. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, at Closing, the aggregate consideration for the sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance and delivery of the Interests shall be an amount equal to (i) the Cash Consideration and (ii) the executed Note. The Cash Consideration shall be paid by the Buyer to HRSI, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account(s) designated by the Escrow Agent at Closing.

 

2.3          Transfer of Assets. On or prior to the Escrow Signing Date, (i) HRSI shall transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company all of the Transferred Assets as set forth in Section 3.12 hereof, except for HRSI’s defined benefit plan and the Excluded Assets, free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens pursuant to the Bill of Sale; and (ii) Stockholder shall transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company those Transferred Assets that Stockholder individually holds title to as set forth on Schedule 3.12(d) (the “ Asset Transfer ”). Upon Closing, the Company shall file the IP Assignments with the USPTO.

 

2.4          Allocation. Pursuant to the Asset Transfer, the Company shall be allocated, free and clear of any and all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all of Stockholder’s or HRSI’s rights, title and interest in the Transferred Assets, including properties and rights owned or held by or on behalf of Stockholder or HRSI, of every nature and description, both tangible and intangible, real or personal, wherever such Transferred Assets are situated, whether or not reflected on the books and records of the Company, other than the Excluded Assets (collectively, the “ Allocated Assets ”).

 

2.5          Purchase Price Allocation. The Parties acknowledge and agree that the purchase and sale of the Interests pursuant to this Agreement will be treated as a purchase and sale of the Allocated Assets for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 7.5 (h) (and for purposes of any applicable state taxes that follow the federal income tax treatment). HRSI and the Buyer shall each file or cause to be filed IRS Form 8594 (Asset Acquisition Statement) for its taxable year that includes the Closing Date in a manner consistent with the allocation set forth on Schedule 2.5 . In the event that any adjustment is required to be made to the asset allocation set forth on Schedule 2.5 as a result of any adjustment to the consideration paid hereunder (and for this purpose, any payments from one Party to the other under this Agreement after the Closing Date shall be treated as an adjustment to the consideration paid hereunder), the Parties agree to consult in good faith on such adjustment and how such adjustment should be reflected in the allocation hereunder. HRSI and the Buyer further agree not to take any Tax position inconsistent with any such allocation in connection with (a) any examination of their respective Tax Returns or any refund claims; or (b) any litigation, investigations or other proceedings involving any of their respective Tax Returns, except as required following a final determination by the IRS or a court of competent jurisdiction or upon the consent of the other Party (not to be unreasonably conditioned or delayed).

 

12
 

  

2.6          Assumption of North Dakota Lease. Subject to the exceptions and exclusions of this Section 2.6, HRSI shall continue to pay rent on the North Dakota Lease for the first full complete month after the Closing Date (the “ Continued Rent ”). Buyer shall assume and agree to perform and pay, without duplication, HRSI for any obligation under the North Dakota Lease that may arise from the Closing Date and thereafter (the “ Assumed Liability ”). With respect to the foregoing, the Parties agree that in the event the Closing occurs and the Interests have been transferred to Buyer, the Company shall reimburse HRSI for the Continued Rent within thirty (30) days thereafter. The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Assumed Liability shall in no way include any other debts, liabilities or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, in contract or in tort, of the Business, the Stockholder, HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place the Company, including but not limited to the Current Liabilities.

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE STOCKHOLDER, HRSI AND THE COMPANY

 

As of the Execution Date, the Escrow Signing Date and through the Closing Date, the Stockholder, HRSI and the Company, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Buyer the following:

 

3.1          Organization and Good Standing of HRSI and the Company. The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah. HRSI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Texas. The Company and HRSI are duly qualified to do business as foreign entities in all states in which the nature of its business requires such qualification. The Company has and will have full corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease each of its assets and the Transferred Assets in the manner currently owned, operated and leased by it.

 

3.2          Equity; Capital Stock of HRSI and Interests of the Company.

 

(i)           Schedule 3.2(i) sets forth the number of shares of HRSI Stock outstanding or subject to issuance upon the exercise of outstanding, unexercised, vested stock options or warrants. Schedule 3.2(i) sets forth (a) all the issued and outstanding capital stock and securities convertible into HRSI Stock and the holders thereof, and (b) all of the holders of the HRSI Stock. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(i) , there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, warrants or calls of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, HRSI to purchase or otherwise acquire or to sell or otherwise dispose of any security of or equity interest in any of HRSI.

 

(ii)          Schedule 3.2(ii) sets forth the percentage of Interests outstanding or subject to issuance upon the exercise of outstanding, unexercised, vested options or warrants. Schedule 3.2(ii) sets forth (a) all the issued and outstanding percentage of membership interests and securities convertible into Interests and the holders thereof, and (b) all of the holders of the Interests. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(ii) , there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, warrants or calls of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire or to sell or otherwise dispose of any security of or equity interest in any of the Company.

 

13
 

  

3.3          Authorization. HRSI has full corporate power and authority under its certificate of formation and Bylaws, and HRSI’s Board of Directors and the Stockholder have taken all necessary action to authorize each of them, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and to take all actions required to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions hereof, and each of this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto constitutes the valid and binding obligation of HRSI enforceable in accordance with its terms. The Company has full corporate power and authority under its certificate of formation and Operating Agreement, and the Company’s Board of Managers and HRSI have taken all necessary action to authorize each of them, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and to take all actions required to be taken by it pursuant to the provisions hereof, and each of this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

3.4          Non-Contravention . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any documents executed in connection herewith, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein, does or will violate, conflict with, result in a breach of or require notice or consent under any law, the formation documents or governing documents of the Company or HRSI or any provision of any agreement or instrument to which the Company or HRSI is a party.

 

3.5          Consents and Approvals. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.5 (the “ HRSI Consents ”), no consent, approval or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority, or any other Person, is required to be made or obtained by the Company, HRSI or the Stockholder in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

3.6          Valid and Binding Obligations. Upon the execution and delivery hereof, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company, HRSI and the Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws, and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

3.7          Validity . There are no pending, or to the Knowledge of Stockholder, HRSI and the Company, threatened, judicial or administrative actions, proceedings or investigations which question the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or contemplated by the Stockholder, the Company or HRSI in connection with this Agreement.

 

3.8           Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8 , there is no investigation, claim or proceeding or litigation of any type pending or, to the Stockholder’s, the Company’s and HRSI’s Knowledge, threatened: (i) involving the Company or HRSI; or (ii) that might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or HRSI, and there is no judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree of any court, government or governmental agency, or arbitral tribunal (i) against or involving the Company or HRSI, or (ii) that might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or HRSI.

 

14
 

  

3.9           Continuity Prior to Closing Date. Since January 1, 2013 and up to the Closing Date, HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has and will conduct the Business in the usual and customary manner and in the ordinary course of business, consistent with its historical practice and, except as set forth on Schedule 3.9 , there has not been:

 

(i)          any sale, lease, distribution, transfer, mortgage, pledge or subjection to Lien of the Transferred Assets, except sales or other dispositions of (i) inventory and obsolete or surplus equipment in the ordinary and usual course of business or sales or (ii) assets involving consideration in excess of $10,000, individually, or $25,000, in the aggregate;

 

(ii)         any material transaction by HRSI or the Company not in the ordinary and usual course of business that involves consideration in excess of $25,000;

 

(iii)        any material damage, destruction or loss to the Transferred Assets whether or not covered by insurance that exceeds $25,000 in the aggregate;

 

(iv)        a termination, or to the Stockholder’s, HRSI’s or the Company’s Knowledge, a threatened termination, or material modification, in each case not in the ordinary course of business, of any material contract, or relationship of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, with any customer or supplier;

 

(v)         any change in accounting methods or principles or the application thereof or any change in policies or practices with respect to items affecting working capital except to the extent that such changes were mandated by applicable accounting standards;

 

(vi)        any delay or reduction in capital expenditures in contemplation of this Agreement or otherwise, or any failure to continue to make capital expenditures in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(vii)       any acceleration of shipments, sales or orders or other similar action in contemplation of this Agreement or otherwise not in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

(viii)      the execution of any consulting arrangement or similar document or agreement;

 

(ix)         any waiver of any rights that, singly or in the aggregate, are material to HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company or the financial condition or results of operation of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company;

 

(x)          any labor strikes, union organizational activities or other similar occurrence; or any contract or commitment to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing.

 

15
 

  

Additionally, since January 1, 2013, HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has not made any payments to any Independent Contractors (including rent or lease payments) other than payments as compensation in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.10        Contracts and Commitments. Schedule 3.10 lists all agreements, leases, commitments, contracts, undertakings or understandings to which HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company is a party, including but not limited to trademark, trade name, trade secret, software, technology, or patent license agreements, service agreements, lease, purchase or sale agreements, supply agreements, distribution or distributor agreements, purchase orders, customer orders and equipment rental agreements that are either material to HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company or involve consideration with a value of $25,000 or more (collectively, the “ Contracts ”). HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company is not in breach of or default under and HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has not received any communication claiming that HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company is in breach of or in default under any agreement, lease, contract or commitment, including but not limited to the Contracts. Each Contract is a valid, binding and enforceable agreement of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company and the other Persons thereto. There has not occurred any breach or default under any Contract on the part of the other Persons thereto, and no event has occurred, which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under any Contract. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 , there is no dispute between the parties to any Contract as to the interpretation thereof or as to whether any party is in breach or default thereunder, and no party to any Contract has indicated its intention to, or suggested it may evaluate whether to, terminate any Contract. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 hereto, HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company is not a party to any covenant or obligation of any nature limiting the freedom of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company to compete in any line of business after the Closing.

 

3.11        Taxes. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 hereto:

 

(i)          All Tax Returns that are required to be filed by any Laws (taking into account all extensions) for any period ending on or before the Closing Date for, by, on behalf of or with respect to HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, have been or will be timely filed with the appropriate foreign, federal, state and local authorities. All such Tax Returns as so filed disclose all Taxes required to be paid for the periods covered thereby. All such Tax Returns are true and correct in all material respects. All Taxes shown to be due and payable on such Tax Returns or related to such Tax Returns have been timely paid in full;

 

(ii)         All such Tax Returns and the information and data contained therein have been, in all material respects, properly and accurately compiled and completed, fairly presented in all material respects the information purported to be shown therein, and reflect all material liabilities for Taxes for the periods covered by such Tax Returns;

 

16
 

  

(iii)        None of such Tax Returns are now under audit or examination by any foreign, federal, state or local authority and there are no agreements, waivers or other arrangements providing for an extension of time with respect to the assessment or collection of any Tax or deficiency of any nature against HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, or their properties, or with respect to any such Tax Return, or any suits or other actions, proceedings, disputes, investigations or claims now pending or threatened against HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company or its properties with respect to any Tax, or any matters under discussion with any foreign, federal, state or local authority relating to any Tax, or any claims for any additional Tax asserted by any such authority;

 

(iv)        All Taxes due and required to be paid by HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, on or before the Closing (whether or not shown on a Tax Return) or assessed and due and required to be paid by HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, on or before the Closing Date, have been timely paid in full;

 

(v)         Tax Returns for the period prior to the Closing that are due after the Closing and are the responsibility of HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company will be timely filed and any Taxes due thereunder will be paid in full in a timely manner;

 

(vi)        All withholding Tax and Tax deposit requirements imposed on HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company or their properties for any and all periods prior to and including the Closing Date have been timely withheld and to the extent required have been or will be satisfied in full on or before the Closing Date;

 

(vii)       All state and local employment and unemployment Taxes that HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has been required to withhold have been properly withheld and remitted to the proper Taxing Authority;

 

(viii)      HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has made adequate provision for the payment in full of any and all unpaid Taxes of the Business for any and all periods or portions thereof ending on or before the Closing Date;

 

(ix)         Neither HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, has made any payments, is obligated to make any payments, or is a party to any agreement that under certain circumstances could obligate it to make any payments that will be deductible under Section 280G (relating to parachute payments) of the Code;

 

(x)          Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company is a party to any tax allocation or tax sharing agreement;

 

(xi)         Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company (i) has been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which is the Company), or (ii) has liability for Taxes of any Person (other than any Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulations § 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of foreign, state or local law), as a transferee or successor, by contract, or otherwise;

 

17
 

  

(xii)        There are no Liens for Taxes (other than for current Taxes not yet due and payable) upon any assets of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company;

 

(xiii)       Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code;

 

(xiv)      Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has made an election, and is not required, to treat any of its assets as tax-exempt bond financed property or tax-exempt use property within the meaning of Section 168 of the Code or under any comparable provision of foreign, state or local Tax law;

 

(xv)       Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has filed a consent pursuant to the collapsible corporation provisions of Section 341(f) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of foreign, state or local law) or agreed to have Section 341(f)(2) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of state or local law) apply to any disposition of any asset of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company;

 

(xvi)      Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has requested or received any ruling from any foreign, federal, state or local authority, or signed any binding agreement with any such authority (including, without limitation, any advance pricing agreement), nor taken any action that would impact the amount of Tax liability of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company after the Closing Date;

 

(xvii)     The amount accrued for Taxes by HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, if any, is sufficient for the payment of all Taxes from the period ending on or before the Closing Date; and

 

(xviii)    Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has entered into a listed or reportable transaction as defined in Section 6707A of the Code.

 

(xix)       HRSI (and any predecessor of HRSI) has been a validly electing Subchapter S corporation within the meaning of Sections 1361 and 1362 of the Code since January 1, 2012 and HRSI will be a Subchapter S corporation up to and including the day before the Closing Date. HRSI shall not take or allow any action that would result in the termination of HRSI’s status as a validly electing Subchapter S corporation prior to or on the Closing Date.

 

18
 

  

(xx)        Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has potential liability for any Tax under Section 1374 of the Code except as set forth in Schedule 3.11 . Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company has, in the past ten (10) years, acquired assets from another corporation in a transaction in which HRSI’s, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company’s tax basis for the acquired assets was determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the Tax basis of the acquired assets (or any other property) in the hands of the transferor.

 

(xxi)       There is no material property or obligation of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, including uncashed checks to vendors, customers or employees, nonrefunded overpayments, or unclaimed subscription balance, that is escheatable or reportable as unclaimed property to any state or municipality under any applicable escheatment or unclaimed property laws.

 

(xxii)      HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company, has disclosed on its Tax Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to understatement of Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(xxiii)     There is no action, suit, proceeding, claim, audit, or investigation pending or, to the Knowledge of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, threatened, against or with respect to HRSI or the Company.

 

(xxiv)    Neither HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company, owns any interest in real property in any jurisdiction in which a Tax is imposed on the transfer of a controlling or beneficial interest in an entity that owns any interest in real property;

 

(xxv)     No claim, inquiry, or assertion has been made by any Taxing Authority in any jurisdiction where HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, has not previously filed Tax Returns that HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, may be subject to taxation (or liable for a Tax) in that jurisdiction;

 

(xxvi)    For federal income Tax purposes, when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company will be, from formation, an entity whose existence is not separate from its owner (HRSI), i.e., it is disregarded, and no contrary election has been made.

 

3.12        Title to Assets. Other than the Excluded Assets and the Plans, Schedule 3.12(a ) is a list of all Stockholder’s, HRSI’s, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company’s tangible personal property including the fixtures, furnishings, furniture, equipment other than Rental Equipment (the “ Equipment ”), motor vehicles, tools, supplies, spare parts, computers, printers, software, files, books, records, and all other tangible personal property owned by Stockholder or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, or used by HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, in connection with the conduct of the Business and which were transferred from HRSI or the Stockholder to the Company pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof (the “ Transferred Assets ”). Attached as Schedule 3.12(b) is a list of HRSI’s, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company’s excluded assets including but not limited to all Current Assets (the “ Excluded Assets ”). Attached as Schedule 3.12(c) is a list of HRSI’s, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company’s equipment that is leased (the “ Rental Equipment ”). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(d) or except with respect to Permitted Liens, HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has good and indefeasible title to all of the Transferred Assets that are used or needed in the Business, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

 

19
 

  

3.13        Trademarks, Trade Names and Intellectual Property . Schedule 3.13 contains an accurate and complete list of: (i) all patents and pending patent applications owned by Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, directly or indirectly, used or needed in the Business and all invention memoranda owned by Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company used or needed in the Business, (ii) all registered United States and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names and logos owned or used by Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, and all registrations thereof, (iii) all unregistered United States and foreign trademarks, trade names and logos used by Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, and (iv) all registered United States and foreign copyright registrations owned by Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company. Stockholder and/or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company owns all rights in the patents and registrations listed in Schedule 3.13 without any claim or right of joint ownership or separate ownership by any third party. Stockholder and HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has the right to use all copyrights, trademarks, trade names, logos, patents, pending patent applications and invention memoranda referred to herein. There is no pending or, to the Knowledge of Stockholder or HRSI, threatened, action or claim that would impair any such right. Stockholder and HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has not received any request for indemnity or defense of any claim based in whole or in part on a claim that the products infringe or violate any patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, intellectual property rights, or other rights of any third party. The patents listed on Schedule 3.13 are valid and enforceable and, except as identified on Schedule 3.13 , are not infringed by any third party. The trademark, service mark, trade name and copyright registrations in Schedule 3.13 are valid and enforceable and to the Knowledge of Stockholder, HRSI and the Company, are not infringed by any third party. Neither Stockholder nor HRSI, or any of their Affiliates, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company is in breach of and has not received any communication claiming that Stockholder or HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, nor the Company is in breach of any license. All rights, title and interest in the intellectual property identified on Schedule 3.13 (the “ Intellectual Property ”) shall be assigned by HRSI to the Company prior to Closing and the Company shall continue to own all rights, title and interest in such Intellectual Property until the Note is paid in full; provided however, that the Company shall pledge the Intellectual Property to HRSI to secure Buyer’s obligations under the Note, as more fully set forth in the Security and Pledge Agreement. Pursuant to the foregoing and to effectuate such security interests, upon Closing, HRSI shall file the UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado with the Secretary of State of Colorado, the UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah with the Secretary of State of Utah and the USPTO Security Interest Forms with the USPTO.

 

20
 

  

3.14        Financial Statements. (i) A copy of the financial statements of HRSI as of and for the audited years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, (ii) the financial statements of HRSI as of and for the unaudited quarters ended September 30, 2013 and (iii) each month ended thereafter through November 30, 2013, have previously been delivered to Buyer (the “ Financial Statements ”), and are true, accurate and complete, were prepared in accordance with commercially reasonable accounting principles applied on a consistent basis and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of HRSI, except that they lack footnotes and are subject to normal year-end audit adjustments that will not be material.  Additionally, the Financial Statements shall include each month ended after November 30, 2013 including the audited year ended December 31, 2013 through April 30, 2014, and shall be delivered to Buyer promptly when such Financial Statements are prepared in accordance with the foregoing. The financial statements of the Company when the Asset Transfer takes place, shall be the same in all material respects as the most recent Financial Statements of HRSI except for any Excluded Assets that are not transferred pursuant to the Asset Transfer and except that the Company shall not have any liabilities as of the time of the Escrow Signing Date and as of the Closing Date.

 

3.15        Condition of Assets. Except as disclosed on Schedule 3.15 , as of the Closing Date, all of the Transferred Assets, including but not limited to, the Equipment, Rental Equipment and Inventory, are in good, serviceable condition and fit for the particular purposes for which they are used in the Business, subject only to normal maintenance requirements and normal wear and tear reasonably expected in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.16        Liabilities. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.16 or in the Financial Statements and notes thereto referred to in Section 3.14 , there is no existing, contingent or, to the Knowledge of HRSI and the Company, threatened, liability, obligation, Lien or claim of any nature (absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) that relates to or has been or may be asserted against HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, other than Permitted Liens or liabilities arising after the dates of the Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

3.17        Employees and Related Matters .

 

(i)           Schedule 3.17.1(a) is a complete list of all (a) employees of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, none of which employees of HRSI will be transferred to or otherwise employed by the Company in connection with this Agreement or the Asset Transfer and Schedule 3.17.1(b) is a complete list of all (b) Independent Contractors.

 

21
 

  

(ii)         Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17.2 , no employee or Independent Contractor has made any claim or, to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Company, has any basis for any action or proceeding against HRSI or the Company, arising out of any statute, ordinance regulation or common law relating to discrimination in employment or employment practices, harassment, occupational health and safety standards or worker’s compensation. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no notice has been received by HRSI or the Company of any complaint filed by any of the employees or Independent Contractors against any of HRSI or the Company claiming that HRSI or the Company has violated any applicable employee or human rights or similar legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business or of any complaints or proceedings of any kind involving HRSI or the Company or, to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Company, any of the employees of HRSI or the Company before the National Labor Relations Board or other administrative body. There are no outstanding orders, charges or complaints against HRSI or the Company under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (or any applicable health and safety legislation in the jurisdictions in which the Company conducts business). All levies, assessments and penalties made against HRSI or the Company pursuant to the workers’ compensation and employer liability laws of every jurisdiction in which HRSI or the Company now conducts or has ever conducted business have been paid by HRSI or the Company and neither HRSI nor the Company has been reassessed under any such legislation since HRSI’s or the Company’s inception.

 

(iii)        Except as accrued in the Financial Statements, no employee, Independent Contractor, consultant or agent has made or, to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Company, has any basis for making any claim (whether under law, any employment or consulting agreement or otherwise) against HRSI or the Company on account of or for (i) overtime pay, other than overtime for the current payroll period, (ii) wages or salary for any period other than the current payroll period, (iii) vacation time off, sick time or pay in lieu of any of the foregoing, other than that earned in respect of the current year, or (iv) any violation of any statute, ordinance or regulation relating to minimum wages or other fair labor standards.

 

(iv)        Except for remuneration paid to employees, Independent Contractors, consultants and agents in the usual and ordinary course of business and made at current rates of remuneration (which rates have not been increased since December 31, 2012, except as set forth on Schedule 3.17.4 ) and except as disclosed in Schedule 3.17.4 , no payments have been made or authorized since December 31, 2012 by HRSI or the Company to officers, directors or employees of HRSI or the Company.

 

(v)         Neither HRSI, and when the Assets Transfer takes place, nor the Company is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement, contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization, U.S. or foreign, and to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Company, there are no organizational efforts with respect to the formation of a collective bargaining unit presently being made or threatened involving employees of HRSI or the Company. There is no labor strike or labor disturbance pending or, to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Company, threatened, against HRSI or the Company, and neither HRSI nor the Company has experienced a work stoppage.

 

(vi)        Except as set forth in Schedule 3.17.6 , there are no outstanding written employment contracts, sales, services or consulting agreements, or any bonus arrangements with any employee or Independent Contractor, past or present, of HRSI or the Company, nor are there any outstanding oral contracts of employment which are not terminable at will by HRSI or the Company in accordance with applicable law.

 

22
 

  

3.18        No Material Change. There has been no change in the Business, prospects, results of operations, assets or financial position of HRSI or the Company from December 31, 2012, which has had or can reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no event has occurred which could reasonably be expected to lead to or cause such a change.

 

3.19        Compliance with Laws. Neither HRSI nor the Company is in violation of any provision of any law, decree, order, regulation, license, permit, consent, approval, authorization or qualification or order (“ Laws ”), including, without limitation, those relating to health, the environment or hazardous substances, and neither HRSI nor the Company has received any notice of any alleged violation of such Laws.

 

3.20        Insurance. With respect to HRSI or the Company’s insurance, (i) HRSI or the Company has heretofore delivered to Buyer a list and copies of all insurance policies of HRIS or the Company or relating to the conduct of the Business of HRSI or the Company, (ii) such policies are in full force and effect and neither HRSI nor the Company is in default under any of them, (iii) Neither HRSI nor the Company has been denied insurance coverage in the past three (3) years nor suffered any lapse in coverage, (iv) the insurance coverage of HRSI or the Company is of a kind and type routinely carried by corporations of similar size engaged in similar lines of business, and (v) neither HRSI nor the Company has any self-insurance or co-insurance programs.

 

3.21        Government Licenses, Permits and Related Approvals. Schedule 3.21 hereto sets forth a list of all licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of governmental authorities required for the conduct of business by HRSI or the Company, all of which are in full force and effect and are not being violated.

 

3.22        Safety Reports. Schedule 3.22 sets forth a complete listing of all injury reports, worker’s compensation reports and claims, safety citations and reports and OSHA reports involving HRSI or the Company since HRSI’s or the Company’s inception.

 

3.23        Transactions with Certain Persons. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.23 , neither HRSI nor the Company has, directly or indirectly, purchased, leased or otherwise acquired any property or obtained any services from, or sold, leased or otherwise disposed of any property or furnished any services to, or otherwise dealt with (except with respect to remuneration for services rendered as a director, officer or employee of HRSI or the Company), in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, any Stockholder, member or any Affiliate thereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.23 , neither HRSI nor the Company owes any amount to, or has any contract with or commitment to, any of its Affiliates, the Stockholder, members or any directors, officers, employees or consultants (other than compensation for current services not yet due and payable and reimbursement of expenses arising in the ordinary course of business not in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate), and none of such Persons owes any amount to HRSI or the Company.

 

23
 

  

3.24        Leased Real Property. Schedule 3.24 attached hereto contains a complete list of all real property leased or subleased (as lessee or lessor) by HRSI or the Company (the “ Leased Real Property ”). Neither HRSI nor the Company is in breach or default of any Leased Real Property, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration under the Leased Real Property; provided however, that neither HRSI nor the Company has a written lease agreement on any Leased Real Property. HRSI, or when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company has a verbal lease on the North Dakota Lease that may or may not be assignable, and neither HRSI nor the Company makes any representation with regard to the assignability or assumability of the North Dakota Lease.

 

3.25        Intentionally Omitted .

 

3.26        Names and Locations . Except as set forth on the attached Schedule 3.26 , during the three-year period prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, none of HRSI or the Company nor any of its predecessors have used any name or names under which they have invoiced account debtors, maintained records concerning its assets or otherwise conducted business. Except for Company’s equipment leased to third parties in the ordinary course of business, all of the tangible assets and properties of HRSI or the Company is located at the locations set forth on the Schedule 3.26 .

 

3.27        Warranties. All products sold and services rendered by HRSI or the Company have been in conformity in all respects with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and there is no reasonable basis for any liability for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand against it giving rise to any such liability for replacement or repair thereof or curing or providing additional services or other damages in connection therewith in excess of any warranty reserve specifically established with respect thereto and included on the Financial Statements or to be included on the books of HRSI or the Company as of the Closing Date. No services rendered by HRSI or the Company are subject to any guaranty, warranty or other indemnity materially beyond the applicable standard terms and conditions of such sale, lease or service (including as a result of any course of conduct between HRSI or the Company and any Person or as a result of any statements in any of HRSI’s or the Company’s product, service or promotional literature). Neither HRSI nor the Company has received any notice of any claims for (and the Stockholder, HRSI and Company have no Knowledge of any threatened claims for) and HRSI or the Company has not had any extraordinary product returns, product recalls, warranty obligations or additional services relating to any of its products or services.

 

3.28        Customers and Suppliers . Schedule 3.28 attached hereto sets forth (a) a list of all customers of HRSI or the Company, and (b) a list of all suppliers of HRSI or the Company, for the full calendar years ending 2011 and 2012 and for the last seven (7) months ended July 31, 2013 (collectively, the “ Customers and Suppliers List ”). Neither HRSI nor the Company has received any notice from any customer of HRSI or the Company to the effect that, and HRSI or the Company does not have any reason to believe that, such customer will stop, materially decrease the rate of, or materially change the terms (whether related to payment, price or otherwise) with respect to, buying materials, products or services from HRSI or the Company (whether as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise). Neither HRSI nor the Company has received any notice from any supplier to HRSI or the Company to the effect that, and neither HRSI nor the Company has reason to believe that, such supplier will stop, materially decrease the rate of, or materially change the terms (whether related to payment, price or otherwise) with respect to, supplying materials, products or services to HRSI or the Company (whether as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or otherwise).

 

24
 

  

3.29        Indebtedness. Neither HRSI nor the Company is subject to nor will be subject to any Indebtedness through the Closing Date. There are no outstanding powers of attorney executed on behalf of HRSI or the Company and neither HRSI nor the Company is a guarantor or otherwise liable for any Indebtedness of any other Person, firm or corporation other than endorsements for collection in the ordinary course of business.

 

3.30        Employee Benefits.

 

3.30.1    Except as set forth on Schedule 3.30.1 , the Independent Contractors of HRSI and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, are not entitled to participate in or receive any benefits from any type of the following plans: bonus, deferred and incentive compensation, profit sharing, pension, retirement, vacation, sick leave, leave of absence, hospitalization, severance, fringe benefit plans, arrangements or agreements, “employee pension benefit plans” as defined in Section 3(2) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) or any “employee welfare benefit plans” as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, which HRSI maintains, to which HRSI contributes or has an obligation to contribute, in which HRSI’s employees are participants or with respect to which HRSI has any liability or reasonable expectation of liability (individually a “ Plan ” and collectively the “ Plans ”). Except as set forth in Schedule 3.30.1 , HRSI is not subject to any legal, contractual, equitable or other obligation (nor have they any formal plan or commitment, whether legally binding or not) to enter into any form of compensation or employment agreement or to establish any employee benefit plan of any nature, including (without limitation) any pension, profit sharing, welfare, post-retirement welfare, stock option, stock or cash award, non-qualified deferred compensation or executive compensation plan, policy or practice or to modify or change any existing Plan. For purposes of this Section 3.30, all references to HRSI shall be deemed to refer to HRSI and any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, which together with HRSI would be deemed or treated as a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or ERISA Section 4001. With respect to each Plan disclosed on Schedule 3.30.1, if any, HRSI has made available to Buyer a true and correct copy of each of the following, as applicable:

 

(i)          the current plan document (including all amendments adopted since the most recent restatement) and its most recently prepared summary plan description and all summaries of material modifications prepared since the most recent summary plan description, and all material Independent Contractor communications relating to such plan;

 

(ii)         annual reports or Section 6039D of the Code information returns (IRS Form 5500 Series), including financial statements, since HRSI’s inception;

 

(iii)        all contracts relating to any plan with respect to which HRSI may have any liability, including, without limitation, each related trust agreement, insurance contract, service provider contract, subscription or participation agreement, or investment management agreement (including all amendments to each such document);

 

25
 

  

(iv)        the most recent IRS determination letter or other opinion letter with respect to the qualified status under Section 401(a) of the Code of such plan or under Section 501(c)(9) of the Code of the related trust; and

 

(v)         actuarial reports or valuations for the last two (2) years.

 

3.30.2   There has been no breach or violation of or default under any Plan that will subject HRSI, the Company, or such Plan to any Taxes, penalties or claims. Each Plan is in compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, ERISA and the Code, and each Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code has been maintained in compliance with, and currently complies with, all qualification requirements of the Code in form and operation, including, but not limited to, requirements with respect to leased employees, as defined in Section 414(n) of the Code. Other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course, there is no material claim pending, or, to the Knowledge of HRSI or the Stockholder, threatened, involving any Plan by any Person against such Plan. No Plan is subject to ongoing audit, investigation or other administrative proceeding of the IRS, the Department of Labor or any other governmental agency, and no Plan is the subject of any pending application for administrative relief under any voluntary compliance program of the IRS, the Department of Labor or any other governmental entity.

 

3.30.3    None of the Plans (i) is subject to Title IV of ERISA or the minimum funding requirements of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, (ii) is a plan of the type described in Section 4063 of ERISA or Section 413(c) of the Code, (iii) is a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA), or (iv) provides for medical or other insurance benefits to current or future retired employees or former employees of HRSI (other than as required for group health plan continuation coverage under Section 4980B of the Code or applicable state law). No under-funded pension plan subject to Section 412 of the Code has been terminated by or transferred out of HRSI. HRSI has not participated in or contributed to, or had an obligation to contribute to, any multiemployer plan (as defined in ERISA Section 3(37)) and has no withdrawal liability with respect to any multiemployer plan. There has been no transaction that is prohibited under Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA and not exempt under Section 4975 of the Code or Section 408 of ERISA, respectively, in relation to any Plans.

 

3.30.4    Except as set forth in Schedule 3.30.4 , no Independent Contractor of HRSI shall accrue or receive additional benefits, service or accelerated rights to payment of benefits under any Plan or become entitled to severance, termination allowance or similar payments as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

26
 

  

3.30.5    Except as set forth in Schedule 3.30.5 , HRSI has the right to, in any manner, and without the consent of any Independent Contractor, employee, beneficiary or dependent, employees’ organization, or other Person, terminate, modify or amend any Plan (or their participation in any such Plan) at any time sponsored, maintained or contributed to by HRSI, effective as of any date before, on or after the Closing Date except to the extent that any retroactive amendment would be prohibited by Section 204(g) of ERISA or would adversely affect a vested accrued benefit or a previously granted award under any such plan not subject to Section 204(g) of ERISA.

 

3.30.6    Schedule 3.30.6 sets forth a complete list of every employment, consulting or other services agreement or arrangement to which HRSI or the Company is a party, and HRSI and the Company have made available to Buyer a true and correct copy of each such agreement or arrangement.

 

3.30.7    Neither HRSI nor the Company is a party to, or bound by, any collective bargaining agreement, contract or other agreement or understanding with a labor union or labor organization, and to the Knowledge of HRSI and the Company, there are no organizational efforts with respect to the formation of a collective bargaining unit presently being made or threatened.

 

3.30.8    Neither HRSI nor the Company has received any written complaint of any unfair labor practice or other unlawful employment practice or any written notice of any material violation of any federal, state or local statutes, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or directives; and there are no unfair labor practice charges or other employee related complaints against HRSI or the Company pending or, to the Knowledge of HRSI and the Company, threatened, before any governmental authority.

 

3.31        Environmental Matters.

 

3.31.1    As used in this Agreement, the term “release” and “threatened release” have the meanings specified in CERCLA, and the terms “solid waste” and “disposal” (or “disposed”) have the meanings specified in RCRA; provided, however , that (i) to the extent the laws of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or any of its properties or assets establish a meaning for “release,” “solid waste” or “disposal” which is broader than that specified in either CERCLA or RCRA, such broader meaning shall apply in such jurisdiction.

 

27
 

 

 

3.31.2    Except as listed on Schedule 3.31.2 hereto, (i) to the Knowledge of Stockholder, HRSI and the Company, none of the operations of HRSI or the Company is the subject of federal, state or local investigation evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any Hazardous Substance into the environment; (ii) to the Knowledge of Stockholder, HRSI and the Company, neither HRSI nor the Company has filed, or received notice that any other Person has filed, any notice under any federal, state or local law indicating that HRSI or the Company is responsible for the release into the environment or the improper storage of any Hazardous Substance or solid waste or that any such substance or waste has been released or is improperly stored upon any property of HRSI or the Company; (iii) there is not any liability or contingent liability in connection with any violation of Laws or in connection with the release or threatened release into the environment or the improper storage of any Hazardous Substance; (iv) all notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the operations of the business of HRSI or the Company or any predecessor to HRSI or the Company, including, without limitation, present or past treatment, storage, disposal or release of a Hazardous Substance or solid waste into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed, and HRSI and the Company are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such notices, permits, licenses and similar authorizations; (v) there has been no release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substances on, to or from any of the properties or assets of HRSI or the Company; (vi) HRSI and the Company are in compliance with Laws; and (vii) nothing exists that could reasonably be expected to create an obligation or liability of HRSI or the Company under Laws, and there are no storage tanks or other containers on or under any of the properties or assets of HRSI or the Company from which Hazardous Substances may be released into the surrounding environment; (viii) there have been no environmental investigations, studies, audits, reviews or other analyses conducted by or which are in the possession of HRSI or the Company regarding any facility or property owned, operated or leased by HRSI or the Company that have not been provided to Buyer; and (ix) no claims are pending or, to the Knowledge of HRSI and the Company, threatened by third parties against HRSI or the Company with respect to HRSI or the Company or against HRSI or the Company alleging liability for exposure to Hazardous Substances.

 

3.32       Inventory. All Inventory of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company, whether or not reflected in the Financial Statements, consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable in the ordinary course of business, except for obsolete items and items of below-standard quality, all of which have been written off or written down to net realizable value on the Financial Statements or on the accounting records of HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company as of the Closing Date, as the case may be. All Inventories not written off have been priced at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a first in, first out basis. The quantities of each item of Inventory (whether raw materials, Work-In-Progress, or finished goods) are not excessive, but are reasonable in the present circumstances of HRSI or the Company and consistent with past practices.

 

3.33        Broker Involvement. None of HRSI, the Company or any Stockholder has hired, retained or dealt with any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.34        Disclosure. All Schedules to this Agreement are complete and accurate. No representation or warranty by HRSI, the Company or any Stockholder in this Agreement, or in any Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Any disclosure contained in a Schedule shall be deemed to qualify and apply to only that Schedule.

 

28
 

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE STOCKHOLDER

 

As of the Execution Date and through the Closing Date, the Stockholder (jointly and severally) represents and warrants to Buyer the following:

 

4.1          Status. Mr. Isenhour is a natural person.

 

4.2          Authorization . The Stockholder has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and to take all actions required to be taken by him pursuant to the provisions hereof, and each of this Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Stockholder enforceable in accordance with its terms except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditor’s rights generally and except for the limitations imposed by general principles of equity.

 

4.3          Title to Company Stock and Interests . The Stockholder owns beneficially and of record all of the HRSI Stock, free and clear of all Liens, and such shares are not subject to any agreements or understandings with respect to the voting or transfer of the HRSI Stock. HRSI owns beneficially and of record all of the Interests, free and clear of all Liens, and such shares are not subject to any agreements or understandings with respect to the voting or transfer of the Interests. At and prior to Closing, there will be no outstanding subscriptions, options, convertible securities, warrants or calls of any kind issued or granted by, or binding upon, HRSI or any Stockholder to purchase or otherwise acquire or to sell or otherwise dispose of any security of or equity interest in any of HRSI or the Company.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

AND ITS ASSIGNEE, IF ANY

 

The Buyer represents and warrants that:

 

5.1          Organization. As of the Execution Date, Buyer is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and has all necessary corporate power to enter into this Agreement; provided however , that in the event, Buyer assigns this Agreement to its Assignee before the Closing Date, the foregoing representation and warranty shall not be valid as to the new Assignee and therefore, the Parties hereby agree that in such event, Buyer shall not be in breach of this Section 5.1; provided further however , that in such event, Assignee shall represent and warrant to the provisions contained in Sections 5.1 through 5.8 at such time. Pursuant to the foregoing, as of the Execution Date and through the Closing Date, Buyer and its Assignee, if any, are duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity in all states in which the nature of its business requires such qualification.

 

5.2          Authority. The Buyer has the right, power, legal capacity, and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, and no approvals or consents of any Persons or other entities not previously obtained are necessary in connection herewith.

 

29
 

  

5.3          Consents and Approvals. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.3 (the “Buyer Consents”), no consent, approval or authorization of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or regulatory authority, or any other Person, is required to be made or obtained by the Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

5.4          Valid and Binding Obligations. Upon the execution and delivery hereof, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Buyer or its Assignee, if any, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy laws, insolvency laws, and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

5.5          Validity. There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Buyer, threatened judicial or administrative actions, proceedings or investigations which question the validity of this Agreement or any action taken or contemplated by the Buyer in connection with this Agreement.

 

5.6          Broker Involvement. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.6 , Buyer has not hired, retained or dealt with any broker or finder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.7          Investment Only.

 

5.7.1      All of the Interests being acquired pursuant to this Agreement are being acquired by the Buyer for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to its distribution within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. The Buyer has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing any such Interests. By executing this Agreement, the Buyer further represents and warrants that the Buyer does not have any contract, undertaking, agreements, or arrangements with any Person to sell, transfer, or grant participations to such Person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Interests acquired pursuant to this Agreement.

 

5.7.2      The Buyer understands that the Interests have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and therefore may not be resold without compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws. The Buyer acknowledges that the transfer of the Interests from HRSI to the Buyer is exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and that HRSI, the Company’s and each of the Stockholder’s reliance on such exemption is predicated on the Buyer’s representations set forth herein.

 

30
 

 

 

5.7.3      The Buyer represents that it is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Interests and can afford to sustain a total loss of such investment and either (i) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the proposed investment in the Company, or (ii) together with senior executives of the Company with whom it has consulted, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters concerning the Company that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the proposed investment in the Company. The Buyer further represents that it has had an adequate opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder concerning any and all matters relating to the transactions described herein including, without limitation, the background and experience of the current and proposed officers and directors of HRSI, the Company, the operation of the Business, the properties, prospects, and financial condition of HRSI and the Company, and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to the Buyer or to which the Buyer has had access. The Buyer has asked any and all questions in the nature described in the preceding sentence and all questions have been answered to its satisfaction.

 

5.7.4      The Buyer will not sell or otherwise transfer the Interests without registration of such securities under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and fully understands and agrees that it must bear the economic risk of its purchase for an indefinite period of time because, among other reasons, the Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state and, therefore, cannot be resold, pledged, assigned or otherwise disposed of unless the Interests are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and under the applicable state securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available in the opinion of counsel for the holder. The Buyer is aware that an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated thereunder is not presently available, and that even if an exemption under Rule 144 were available, Rule 144 permits only routine sales of securities in limited amounts in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of Rule 144.

 

5.8          Disclosure. No representation or warranty by Buyer in this Agreement or in any Schedule or Exhibit to this Agreement, or in any statement or certificate or other document furnished to HRSI or Stockholder, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Any disclosure contained in a schedule shall be deemed to qualify and apply to any other section and incorporated by reference into any other schedule if the relevance of such disclosure to such other section or schedule is reasonably apparent from the terms of such disclosure.

 

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

6.1          Time and Place of Closing. Delivery of the Cash Consideration to HRSI, the transfer of the Interests to the Buyer, and the release and delivery of all Escrowed Documents by the Escrow Agent shall take place at such location as mutually agreed upon by the Parties or via a virtual closing (“ Closing ”). Buyer must deliver the Cash Consideration to Escrow Agent by the Closing Date, or the Extended Closing Date, if applicable, as those terms are defined below.

 

6.1.1     Closing Date. Closing is currently contemplated to occur via a virtual closing, within five (5) business days after the effective date of the IPO (“ Closing Date ”). The Closing Date is currently anticipated to occur on the later of:

 

31
 

  

(a)          90 days after the date on which HRSI has delivered to Hein and Associates (the “ Auditor ”): (i) HRSI’s 2011 and 2012 final financial statements with complete footnotes, and (ii) HRSI’s September 30, 2013 financial statements (together, the “ HRSI Financial Statement Deliveries (such date being hereinafter referred to as the the “ IPO Processing Period ”); or

 

(b)          such later date as provided for under Section 6.1.2 if Buyer has properly extended the Closing Date; or

 

(c)          such other date as the Parties may agree upon in writing signed by all Parties.

 

6.1.2     Extension; Payments. If the Closing has not occurred by expiration of the IPO Processing Period, then Buyer may unilaterally extend the Closing Date for up to an additional six (6) weeks (each an “ Extended Closing Date ”) by paying HRSI an amount of Ten Thousand And No/00 Dollars ($10,000) per week (the “ Extension Payments ”). In that case, Buyer must wire each Extension Payment to HRSI by each Extended Closing Date in order to extend Closing another week. However, if any of HRSI, the Company, and/or Stockholder are in material breach of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or obligations, and the Closing has not occurred, Buyer shall be entitled to extend the Closing Date without having to make Extension Payments until such material breach is cured (also, an “ Extended Closing Date ”). In addition, if the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) will not declare the IPO effective until audited December 31, 2013 financial statements for HRSI are provided to the SEC, then HRSI, the Company and Stockholder, agree to cooperate and work with the Auditor to prepare and deliver those financial statements to the Auditor as promptly as is commercially reasonable, so long as the Buyer continues to pay a weekly Extension Payment through the Extended Closing Date, as partial consideration for delivery of those financial statements to the Auditor.

 

6.1.3     Termination for Non-Payment. If the Buyer has not delivered to Escrow Agent the Cash Consideration or made an applicable Extension Payment to HRSI by the Closing Date, or an Extended Closing Date, as the case may be, then subject to Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall terminate and the purchase and sale of the Interests will be cancelled. Upon such termination,

 

(a)  HRSI shall be permitted to retain all Extension Payments, if any, as a break-up fee and in full liquidation of any and all damages that may have been incurred by HRSI, the Company and Stockholder, so long as none of HRSI, the Company and/or Stockholder are in material breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or obligations contained in the Agreement or the Intellectual Property Protection Agreement; or

 

(b)  If HRSI, the Company and/or Stockholder are in material breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or obligations, contained in the Agreement or the Intellectual Property Protection Agreement, then any Extension Payments paid by Buyer up to and including the date of such breach shall be refunded by HRSI to Buyer.

 

32
 

  

6.2          Escrow. Prior to the Closing Date and subject to the terms and conditions of the Escrow Agreement, the Escrowed Documents shall be fully executed by the applicable Parties and delivered to the Escrow Agent on the Escrow Signing Date.

 

6.3          Stockholder’s, HRSI’s and the Company’s Deliveries. At the Closing, the Escrow Agent, on behalf of HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder, or HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder, as applicable, shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer, the following:

 

6.3.1      Any certificates evidencing the Interests, if any, together with irrevocable membership interest transfer powers, duly authorized and executed by the record holder of the Interests;

 

6.3.2      Such consents, waivers, estoppel letters or similar documentation as the Buyer shall reasonably request in connection with the transfer of the Interests;

 

6.3.3      the Noncompetition Agreements;

 

6.3.4      the Consulting Agreement;

 

6.3.5      the HRSI Consents;

 

6.3.6      the Bill of Sale;

 

6.3.7      the Company Legal Opinion;

 

6.3.8      the Security and Pledge Agreement;

 

6.3.9      the IP Assignments;

 

6.3.10    Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors and the Stockholder of HRSI and the Board of Managers of the Company granting to the President or other duly authorized officer of the Company the authority to execute this Agreement, and any other transaction documents, together with an incumbency certificate;

 

6.3.11    a Closing Certificate;

 

6.3.12    the Vehicle Titles; and

 

6.3.13    All other items required to be delivered hereunder or as may be requested or which are necessary or would reasonably facilitate consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

33
 

  

In addition, HRSI and the Stockholder will put Buyer into full possession and enjoyment of the Company, the Business and the Transferred Assets immediately upon the occurrence of the Closing.

 

6.4          Buyer’s Deliveries. At the Closing, Escrow Agent, on behalf of Buyer, or Buyer, as applicable, will deliver or cause to be delivered to HRSI, the following:

 

6.4.1      the Cash Consideration;

 

6.4.2      the Note;

 

6.4.3      the Noncompetition Agreements;

 

6.4.4      the Consulting Agreement;

 

6.4.5      the Buyer Consents;

 

6.4.6      the Security and Pledge Agreement;

 

6.4.7      Certified resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Buyer granting to the President or other duly authorized officer of Buyer the authority to execute this Agreement, and any other transaction documents, together with an incumbency certificate;

 

6.4.8      a Closing Certificate;

 

6.3.14    the completed UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado;

 

6.3.15    the completed UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah;

 

6.4.9      the completed USPTO Security Interest Forms; and

 

6.4.10    All other items required to be delivered hereunder or as may be reasonably requested or which are necessary or would reasonably facilitate consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.5          Further Assurances. At and after the Closing, each of the Parties shall take all appropriate action and execute all documents of any kind which may be reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby. The Stockholder and/or HRSI, as applicable, at any time at or after the Closing, will execute, acknowledge and deliver any further membership interest certificates, membership interest powers, bills of sale, assignments and other assurances, documents and instruments of transfer, reasonably requested by the Buyer, and will take any other action consistent with the terms of this Agreement that may reasonably be requested by the Buyer, for the purpose of assigning and confirming to the Buyer all of the Interests sold it hereunder, or if necessary, any of the Transferred Assets.

 

34
 

  

6.6          Condition of Each Party’s Obligations to Close. The obligations of each Party under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to Closing, of the following conditions (unless waived in writing by all Parties):

 

6.6.1       No Order . No governmental agency shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any law or order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the transactions contemplated hereby, this Agreement or any of the Escrowed Documents illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.6.2       No Claims . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding brought by an administrative agency or commission or other governmental agency seeking any of the foregoing be pending.

 

6.7          Conditions to Buyer’s Obligations. Buyer’s obligations to close the transactions contemplated under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to Closing, of the following conditions (unless waived in writing by Buyer):

 

6.7.1       Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Seller, the Company and the Stockholder contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing as if made on and as of the Closing Date except (i) as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) in respects that do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the transactions provided for in this Agreement, and HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder each have delivered to Buyer a Closing Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing Date, confirming the foregoing.

 

6.7.2       Covenants . HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder have each performed and complied with all material covenants or conditions required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder prior to the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing. HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder shall have delivered to Buyer a Closing Certificate signed by each of them, dated as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing Date, confirming such performance or compliance.

 

6.7.3       Consents . HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder have obtained all consents and approvals necessary to the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement by each of them, except for such consents or approvals the lack of which does not have a Material Adverse Effect on the benefits of the transactions provided for in this Agreement.

 

6.7.4       Transferred Assets . Title to all of the Transferred Assets has been transferred from HRSI to the Company, and all documents evidencing completion of that transfer have been delivered to the Escrow Agent by the Escrow Signing Date.

 

35
 

  

6.7.5       Resignations . The Company’s current officers and directors have each resigned their positions effective as of the Closing Date.

 

6.7.6       Additional Documents . HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder shall have delivered (or caused to be delivered) to Buyer each of the documents, instruments, agreements and other items contemplated in this Agreement, including each item required to be delivered in accordance with Section 6.3.

 

6.8          Conditions to Obligations of HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder. The obligations of HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder to close the transactions contemplated under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to Closing, of the following conditions (unless waived in writing by HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder):

 

6.8.1       Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing as if made on and as of the Closing Date except (i) as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) in respects that do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the transactions provided for in this Agreement, and Buyer has delivered to HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder a Closing Certificate of an authorized officer, dated as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing Date, confirming the foregoing.

 

6.8.2       Covenants . Buyer has performed and complied with all material covenants or conditions required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by it prior to the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing. Buyer has delivered to HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder a Closing Certificate of an authorized officer, dated as of the Escrow Signing Date and the Closing Date, confirming such performance or compliance.

 

6.8.3       Consents . The Buyer has obtained all consents and approvals necessary to its execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement.

 

6.8.4       Purchase Price . Buyer has delivered the Purchase Price to HRSI and HRSI has received confirmation of such delivery.

 

6.8.5       Additional Documents . Buyer shall have delivered (or caused to be delivered) to HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder each of the documents, instruments, agreements and other items contemplated in this Agreement, including each item required to be delivered in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

36
 

  

ARTICLE VII

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION;

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES

 

7.1          Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties in this Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto or in any writing delivered by any Party to another Party in connection with this Agreement shall survive the Closing as follows:

 

(a)          the representations and warranties in Sections 3.11 or 3.31 shall terminate when the applicable statutes of limitations with respect to the liabilities in question expire (after giving effect to any extensions or waivers thereof), plus thirty (30) days;

 

(b)          the representations and warranties in Sections 3.1-3.3, 3.6, the last sentence of 3.12, 3.33 and 4.1-4.3 (collectively the “ Seller Fundamental Representations ”), and 5.1, 5.2, 5.4 and 5.6 (collectively, the “ Buyer Fundamental Representations ” shall survive perpetually; and

 

(c)          all other representations and warranties in Article III, Article IV or Article V of this Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto or in any writing delivered by any Party to another Party in connection with this Agreement shall terminate on the date that is two (2) years after the Closing Date; provided however , that any representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under Section 7.2 below, and the indemnity with respect thereto, shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to this Section 7.1 if notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been given to the Party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time (regardless of when the Losses in respect thereof may actually be incurred). The representations and warranties in this Agreement and the schedules attached hereto or in any writing delivered by any Party to another Party in connection with this Agreement shall survive for the periods set forth in this Section 7.1 and shall in no event be affected by any investigation, inquiry or examination made for or on behalf of any Party, or the Knowledge of any Party’s officers, directors, Stockholder, employees or agents or the acceptance by any Party of any certificate hereunder.

 

37
 

 

 

7.2    Indemnification.

 

(a)           Indemnification by HRSI and the Stockholder . HRSI and the Stockholder jointly and severally shall indemnify Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Company after the Closing), stockholders, managers, officers, directors, employees, agents, partners, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Buyer Parties ”) and save and hold each of them harmless against and pay on behalf of or reimburse such Buyer Parties as and when incurred for any loss, liability, demand, claim, action, cause of action, cost, damage, deficiency, Tax, penalty, fine or expense, whether or not arising out of third-party claims (including interest, penalties, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and all amounts paid in investigation, defense or settlement of any of the foregoing) (collectively, “ Losses ”), which any such Buyer Party may suffer, sustain or become subject to, as a result of, in connection with, relating or incidental to or by virtue of: (i) any breach by HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder of any representation or warranty made by HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder in this Agreement or any of the
Schedules attached hereto, or in any of the certificates or other instruments or documents furnished by HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) any nonfulfillment or breach of any covenant, agreement or other provision by HRSI, the Company and the Stockholder under this Agreement or any of the Schedules attached hereto; (iii) any Taxes of HRSI or the Company with respect to any Tax year or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date as determined in accordance with Section 7.5 hereof; (iv) any liabilities of HRSI or the Company to any of its Affiliates or any of the Stockholder; (v) any personal property damage caused by goods or products which are leased or sold, or services rendered by HRSI or the Company before the Closing Date; and (vi) HRSI’s or the Company’s operation of the Business prior to the Closing Date. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, other than the Seller Fundamental Representations and Section 3.29, HRSI and the Stockholder shall not be liable for a breach of any of the representations and warranties described in Section 7.1 unless the aggregate of all Losses relating thereto for which HRSI and the Stockholder would, but for this proviso, be liable exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to Fifty Thousand and No/100 ($50,000.00) (the “ Threshold ”) and then HRSI and the Stockholder shall be liable for all of the Losses including the amount of the Threshold; and provided further that HRSI’s and the Stockholder’s aggregate liability for all breaches of representations and warranties other than those described in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), shall in no event exceed the full Purchase Price amount (the “ Cap ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement (including this Section 7.2(a)) shall limit or restrict any of the Buyer Parties’ right to maintain or recover any amounts in connection with any action or claim based upon a breach of any Seller Fundamental Representations, fraud or intentional misrepresentation.

 

(b)           Indemnification by Buyer . Buyer shall indemnify Stockholder and HRSI and its agents, partners, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ HRSI Parties ”) and save and hold each of them harmless against and pay on behalf of or reimburse such Parties as and when incurred for any Losses which any such HRSI Party may suffer, sustain or become subject to, as a result of, in connection with, relating or incidental to or by virtue of: (i) any breach by the Buyer of any representation or warranty made by the Buyer in this Agreement or any of the Schedules attached hereto, or in any of the certificates or other instruments or documents furnished by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement; and (ii) any nonfulfillment or breach of any covenant, agreement or other provision by the Buyer under this Agreement or any of the Schedules attached hereto; provided that other than the Buyer Fundamental Representations, Buyer shall not have any liability under clause (i) above for a breach of any of its representations described in Section 7.1(b) or unless the aggregate of all Losses relating thereto for which Buyer would, but for this proviso, be liable exceeds on a cumulative basis an amount equal to the Threshold and then Buyer shall be liable for all of the Losses including the amount of the Threshold; and provided, further that Buyer’s aggregate liability under clause (i) above shall in no event exceed the Cap other than these described in Sections 7.1(b). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement (including this Section 7.2(b)) shall limit or restrict any of the Stockholder Parties’ right to maintain or recover any amounts in connection with any action or claim based upon a breach of any Buyer Fundamental Representations, fraud or intentional misrepresentation.

 

38
 

  

(c)           Manner of Payment . Except as otherwise provided herein, any indemnification of the Buyer Parties by HRSI and the Stockholder pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be first offset by the remaining balance of the Note, if any, within ten (10) days after the determination thereof. If the Note has been paid in full, then any indemnification of the HRSI Parties or the Buyer Parties, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 7.2 shall be effected by wire transfer of immediately available funds from such applicable HRSI Party or Buyer Party, as the case may be, to an account(s) designated by the receiving Party within ten (10) days after the determination thereof.

 

(d)           Defense of Third-Party Claims . Any Person making a claim for indemnification under this Section 7.2 (an “ Indemnitee ”) shall notify the indemnifying Party (an “ Indemnitor ”) of the claim in writing promptly after receiving written notice of any action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim against it (if by a third party), describing the claim, the amount thereof (if known and quantifiable) and the basis thereof; provided that the failure to so notify an Indemnitor shall not relieve the Indemnitor of its obligations hereunder except to the extent that (and only to the extent that) such failure shall have caused the damages for which the Indemnitor is obligated to be greater than such damages would have been had the Indemnitee given the Indemnitor prompt notice hereunder. Any Indemnitor shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such action, lawsuit, proceeding, investigation or other claim giving rise to an Indemnitee’s claim for indemnification at such Indemnitor’s expense, and at its option (subject to the limitations set forth below) shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof by appointing a recognized and reputable counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee to be the lead counsel in connection with such defense; provided further , that:

 

(i)          the Indemnitee shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to employ counsel of its choice for such purpose; provided that the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the Indemnitee;

 

(ii)         the Indemnitor shall not be entitled to assume control of such defense (unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Indemnitee) and shall pay the fees and expenses of counsel retained by the Indemnitee if (1) the claim for indemnification relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation; (2) the Indemnitee reasonably believes an adverse determination with respect to the action, lawsuit, investigation, proceeding or other claim giving rise to such claim for indemnification would be materially detrimental to or materially injure the Indemnitee’s reputation or future business prospects; (3) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnitee; (4) the Indemnitee has been advised by counsel that a reasonable likelihood exists of a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee; (5) the claim involves environmental matters with a reasonable expectation that the claim, if successful, will exceed the Cap, in which case the Indemnitee and Indemnitor shall have joint control and management authority over the resolution of such claim (including hiring legal counsel and environmental consultants, conducting environmental investigations and cleanups, negotiating with governmental agencies and third parties and defending or settling claims and actions); provided that the Indemnitee shall keep the Indemnitor apprised of any major developments relating to any environmental claim; or (6) upon petition by the Indemnitee, the appropriate court rules that the Indemnitor failed or is failing to vigorously prosecute or defend such claim; and

 

39
 

  

(iii)        if the Indemnitor shall control the defense of any such claim, the Indemnitor shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnitee before entering into any settlement of a claim or ceasing to defend such claim if, pursuant to or as a result of such settlement or cessation, injunctive or other equitable relief will be imposed against the Indemnitee or if such settlement does not expressly and unconditionally release the Indemnitee from all liabilities and obligations with respect to such claim, without prejudice.

 

(e)           Certain Waivers; etc . Except as specifically provided below, HRSI hereby agrees that it shall not make any claim for indemnification against Buyer, the Company or any of its respective Affiliates by reason of the fact HRSI is or was a shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its Affiliates or is or was serving at the request of the Company or any of its Affiliates as a partner, trustee, director, officer, employee or agent of another entity (whether such claim is for judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, losses, expenses or otherwise and whether such claim is pursuant to any statute, charter document, bylaw, agreement or otherwise) with respect to any action, suit, proceeding, complaint, claim or demand brought by any of the Buyer Parties against HRSI or the Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement or applicable law or otherwise, and HRSI and the Stockholder hereby acknowledge and agree that they shall not have any claim or right to contribution or indemnity from the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to any amounts paid by them pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Effective upon the Closing, HRSI and the Stockholder hereby irrevocably waives, releases and discharges the Company and its Affiliates from any and all liabilities and obligations to them of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether in their capacity as a shareholder, officer or director of the Company or any of their Affiliates or otherwise (including in respect of any rights of contribution or indemnification, but excluding compensation otherwise payable as an employee of the Company, as applicable, for periods after the Company’s last regularly scheduled pay period), in each case whether absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown, and whether arising under any agreement or understanding (other than this Agreement and any of the other agreements executed and delivered in connection herewith) or otherwise at law or equity, and HRSI and the Stockholder agree that they shall not seek to recover any amounts in connection therewith or thereunder from the Company or any of its Affiliates. In no event shall the Company or any of its Affiliates have any liability whatsoever to HRSI or the Stockholder for any breaches of the representations, warranties, agreements or covenants of the Company hereunder, and in any event HRSI or the Stockholder may not seek contribution from the Company or any of its Affiliates in respect of any payments required to be made by HRSI or the Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing in this Agreement (including this Section 7.2(e)) shall prohibit HRSI or the Stockholder from making a claim for indemnification against Buyer or any of its Affiliates (other than the Company) if it results from an action or claim based upon fraud or intentional misrepresentation.

 

40
 

  

7.3          Litigation Support . In the event and for so long as HRSI or the Stockholder actively are contesting or defending against any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand in connection with (i) any transaction contemplated under this Agreement, or (ii) any fact, situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident, action, failure to act, or transaction on or prior to the Closing Date involving the Company, each of the Parties will reasonably cooperate with them and their counsel in the contest or defense, reasonably make available their personnel, and provide such testimony and access to their books and records as shall be reasonably necessary in connection with the contest or defense, all at the sole cost and expense of the contesting or defending HRSI or the Stockholder. Nothing contained herein, shall negate or mitigate against the representations and warranties made by HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder contained herein.

 

7.4          Confidential Information. Each Party agrees, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, not to divulge, communicate, use to the detriment of the other Party or its Affiliates or for the benefit of any other person any Confidential Information, except with respect to any information that is required to be disclosed in the IPO under applicable securities laws; provided however, that Buyer agrees to apply for, but with no guarantee that the SEC will grant, the confidential treatment of any such commercially sensitive information that the Stockholder reasonably requests to be kept as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, HRSI, Company and Mr. Isenhour acknowledge and agree that the Financial Statements together with any audited financial statements and other ancillary information being prepared by Buyer’s auditing firm with respect to the books and records of HRSI and Company may be utilized by Buyer and its Affiliates for all purposes reasonably contemplated and necessary for the IPO to be consummated. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Party or its Affiliates are compelled to disclose any Confidential Information to any tribunal, regulatory or governmental authority or agency or else stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure and penalty, such Party or its Affiliates may disclose such information without any liability hereunder, upon furnishing the other Party at least ten (10) days prior written notice, if possible under the circumstances. The Parties acknowledge that a remedy at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Section 7.4 will be inadequate and that the Parties shall be entitle to specific performance, injunctive relief, and any other remedies available to it for such breach or threatened breach. If a bond is required to be posted in order for a non-breaching Party to secure an injunction, then the Parties stipulate that a bond in the amount of One Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,000.00) will be sufficient and reasonable in all circumstances to protect the right of the Parties with regard to this Section 7.4.

 

7.5          Tax Matters.

 

(a)           Transfer Taxes . HRSI and Buyer shall each be responsible for one-half (1/2) of the payment of all Transfer Taxes, if any, resulting from, relating to, or arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer and HRSI shall cooperate in good faith to minimize, to the extent permissible under applicable Laws, the amount of any such Transfer Taxes. HRSI will, at its own expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Transfer Taxes, and Buyer will, and will cause HRSI to, join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and documentation.

 

41
 

  

(b)           Tax Periods Beginning Before and Ending After the Closing Date . Buyer shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed any Tax Returns of the Company which begin before the Closing Date and end after the Closing Date (“ Straddle Tax Returns ”). Any portion of any Tax which must be paid in connection with the filing of a Straddle Tax Return, to the extent attributable to any period or portion of a period ending on or before the Closing Date, shall be referred to herein as “ Pre-Closing Taxes .” If the Pre-Closing Taxes involve a period which begins before and ends after the Closing Date, such Pre-Closing Taxes shall be calculated as though the taxable year of the Company terminated as of the close of business on the Closing Date; provided, however, that in the case of a Tax not based on income, receipts, proceeds, profits or similar items, Pre-Closing Taxes shall be equal to the amount of Tax for the taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days from the beginning of the taxable period through the Closing Date and the denominator of which shall be the number of days in the taxable period. All determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made in a manner consistent with prior practice of the Company.

 

(c)           Payment of Taxes . With respect to Tax Returns for the Company for a Straddle Period, Buyer shall provide HRSI with a copy of such completed Tax Returns and a statement (with which the Buyer will make available supporting schedules and information) certifying the amount of Tax shown on such Tax Return that is allocable to HRSI at least fifteen (15) days prior to the due date (including any extension thereof) for filing of such Tax Return. For a Straddle Period, HRSI shall immediately pay Buyer the portion set forth on the Tax Returns allocable to HRSI. HRSI shall not be responsible for Taxes for pre-Closing periods due to the post-Closing utilization of different depreciation methods and useful lives for income Tax reporting and financial reporting implemented by Buyer. With respect to any Tax Return which Buyer is to prepare and file under this Section 7.5, Buyer shall make the Tax Return and related Tax work papers available for review by HRSI.

 

(d)           Cooperation on Tax Matters .

 

(i)          The Parties shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 7.5 and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include signing any Tax Returns, amended Tax Returns, claims or other documents necessary to settle any Tax controversy, the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such audit, litigation or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Buyer agrees to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by HRSI, any extensions thereof) of the respective taxable periods, and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any relevant taxing authority and to give HRSI reasonable written notice prior to transferring, destroying or discarding any such books and records.

 

42
 

  

(ii)         HRSI shall have the right to participate in and to direct Buyer in respect of any Tax proceeding to the extent it (a) relates to a pre-Closing taxable year or a Pre-Closing Tax of the Company and (b) could increase HRSI’s liability hereunder; provided , however, that Buyer shall not be required to follow the HRSI’s direction in any case in which the consequence could reasonably be expected to increase the Tax liability of, or otherwise have an adverse effect on, the Company or Buyer for which HRSI would have no obligation to indemnify in full. HRSI shall have no right to require the Company to settle or compromise any such proceeding, but Buyer agrees to settle upon terms proposed by HRSI if and to the extent Buyer reasonably determines that doing so will not increase the Tax liability of, or otherwise have an adverse effect on, the Company or Buyer.

 

(iii)        Buyer and HRSI further agree, upon reasonable request by the other, to use their commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any governmental authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

(e)           Apportionment of Taxes . The Parties do not anticipate that the Company will have any material Tax liabilities relating to Pre-Closing Taxes, but for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that any Taxes and Tax liabilities with respect to the income, assets or activities of the Company that relate to a taxable year or other taxable period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date will be apportioned between the pre-Closing Tax period and the post-Closing Tax period as follows: (a) in the case of Taxes other than income Taxes and sales and use Taxes, on a per diem basis and (b) in the case of Taxes based on income, receipts, or wages, as determined from the books and records of the Company, between pre-Closing and post-Closing Tax periods as though the taxable years of the Company terminated at the close of business on the Closing Date, and based on standard accounting methods. HRSI will be liable for the payment of all Taxes of the Company that are attributable to any pre-Closing Tax period, whether shown on any original return or amended return for the period referred to therein.

 

(f)           Tax Return Expenses . HRSI will be responsible for all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns of HRSI, and of any Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Company for any pre-Closing Tax period.

 

(g)           Amended Returns . HRSI will not cause, or permit to be filed, any amended Tax Return of the Company without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

43
 

  

(h)           Income Tax Treatment of the Transactions Hereunder . The Parties agree that for federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement should be treated as follows: (i) the Allocated Assets (subject to certain liabilities) to the Company by operation of the Asset Transfer as set forth in this Agreement should be disregarded, since the Company is initially an entity whose existence apart from its owner (HRSI) is disregarded; (ii) HRSI’s sale of the Interests to Buyer should be treated, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 99-5, as a sale of an undivided 100% interest in the assets of the Company to Buyer. The Parties agree to treat the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with this Section 7.5(h) for all income Tax purposes, and not to take any contrary position except upon a final determination to the contrary by the relevant Taxing Authority. If any Tax Authority disagrees with this treatment or proposes to do so, the Parties will consult with each other in good faith to determine how to respond to such disagreement or proposed disagreement, and shall keep each other reasonably informed of the progress of any discussions with such Tax Authority.

 

7.6          Use of Names. HRSI and the Stockholder agree that from and after the Closing Date, HRSI and the Stockholder shall not use the following URL address or any similar address with respect to the Company’s name: http://www.hardrocksolutionsinc.com/ nor shall HRSI or the Stockholder use “Hard Rock Solutions”, “Hard Rock”, or any derivative of such names, or any other name used by the Company or its Affiliates (or any name deceptively similar to any such names) in any business enterprise or in any commercial relationship that would in any way, directly or indirectly, be connected to the Business. To evidence the foregoing, on or before the Closing Date, HRSI and Stockholder agree to file a Certificate of Amendment in the State of Texas, and in any other states where HRSI is qualified to do business, for HRSI to change its name so that it does not violate this Section 7.6 , and HRSI and Stockholder shall cooperate with Buyer so Buyer can simultaneously, if it so elects, qualify Company to do business in such states under the “Hard Rock Solutions” name.

 

7.7          HRSI’s Assistance. HRSI covenants and agrees that upon reasonable request by one or more of Buyer or the Company, HRSI will make one of its representatives or agents available for assistance from time to time with corporate matters, including without limitation, legal disputes involving the Company and any employees, former employees, third party contactors, vendors, customers, suppliers or the like. HRSI will be reimbursed by the Company for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by HRSI in connection with such assistance but shall not be entitled to receive any other compensation therefore.

 

7.8          Access and Information.

 

(a)          Until the Closing, HRSI and the Company shall afford to Buyer and its representatives (including accountants, counsel and financing sources) reasonable access to all properties, books, records, and Tax Returns of the Company and all other information with respect to the Business, together with the opportunity to make copies of such books, records and other documents and to discuss the business of the Company with such directors, officers and counsel for the Company as Buyer may reasonably request for the purposes of familiarizing itself with the Company and HRSI.

 

44
 

  

(b)          The information and cooperation to be provided to Buyer pursuant to this Section 7.8 shall not affect or otherwise diminish or obviate in any respect, or affect Buyer’s right to rely upon, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of HRSI, the Stockholder and the Company contained in this Agreement.

 

7.9          Notification of Certain Matters. HRSI shall give prompt notice to Buyer of (a) the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event that has caused any representation or warranty of HRSI, the Company or the Stockholder contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect, and (b) the failure of HRSI, the Stockholder or the Company to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant to be complied with by it hereunder. No such notification shall affect the representations or warranties of the Parties hereto or the conditions to their respective obligations hereunder.

 

7.10       Exclusivity. During the period while this Agreement remains in effect:

 

(a)          HRSI, the Stockholder and the Company shall not, and the Stockholder shall require each of HRSI’s, the Stockholder’s and the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents not to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit, encourage or otherwise facilitate any inquiry, proposal, offer or discussion with any Person (other than Buyer) concerning any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of equity interests, sale of material assets or similar business transaction involving the Company; (ii) furnish any non public information concerning the Business or the Company to any Person (other than Buyer, HRSI’s, the Company’s or the Stockholder’s Affiliates, HRSI’s, the Stockholder’s or the Company’s legal counsel, accountants or other advisors or as may be required by law or required to be disclosed to any governmental authority in connection with any dispute, audit, controversy, or investigation with or by such governmental authority); or (iii) engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person (other than Buyer) concerning any such transaction described in clause (i) above.

 

(b)          HRSI and Stockholder shall immediately notify any Person with which discussions or negotiations of the nature described in Section 7.10(a)(i) above were pending that HRSI or the Stockholder, as applicable, is terminating such discussions or negotiations. Furthermore, if HRSI or the Stockholder receives any inquiry, proposal or offer of the nature described in Section 7.10(a)(i) above, HRSI or the Stockholder shall promptly inform such Person that HRSI, the Stockholder and the Company are parties to a binding agreement with an undisclosed third party and therefore cannot engage in any discussions or negotiations.

 

7.11       Conduct of Business. Except as expressly required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement, between the Execution Date and the earlier to occur of (i) termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VIII or (ii) the Closing, unless Buyer has otherwise consented in writing, HRSI, and when the Asset Transfer takes place, the Company shall:

 

45
 

  

(a)          operate the Business only in the ordinary course of business, to the extent consistent with such operation, and use its best efforts to: (i) preserve the Business’s present business organization intact; (ii) keep available the services of the employees of HRSI or the Company; (iii) preserve all material business relationships with customers, suppliers, and others having business dealings with HRSI or the Company; (iv) keep all of the Transferred Assets of HRSI or the Company in good working order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (v) maintain in full force and effect all of the existing casualty, liability, and other insurance of the Business through the Closing Date in amounts not less than those in effect on the date hereof;

 

(b)          maintain the books and records and accounts of the Business in the usual, regular and ordinary manner and on a basis consistent with past practices;

 

(c)          give to Buyer, and its counsel, accountants and other representatives, upon reasonable notice, and with a representative of HRSI or the Company present, reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the personnel, books, Tax Returns, contracts, commitments and other records of HRSI or the Company related thereto, including in the areas of detailed financial testing, human resources, Taxes and environmental, and furnish to Buyer and its representatives all such additional documents, financial information and information with respect to HRSI or the Company as Buyer or its representatives may reasonably request;

 

(d)          not take any action or fail to take any action permitted by this Agreement with the knowledge that such action or failure to take such action would result in any of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article VI not being satisfied;

 

(e)          not materially amend, modify or terminate any Contract, lease or agreement of HRSI or the Company or relating to the Business;

 

(f)          not make any increase in, or any commitment to increase, the compensation or benefits payable to any Independent Contractor other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)          not dispose of any of the Transferred Assets used in connection with the Business other than in the ordinary course of business or incur any debt with respect to the Business other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)          not make or change any election related to Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method or change any accounting period for Tax purposes, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment relating to HRSI or the Company, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment relating to HRSI or the Company, or take any other similar action relating to the filing of any Tax Return of the payment of any Tax, if such election, adoption, change, amendment, agreement, settlement, surrender, consent or other action would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of HRSI or the Company for any period ending after the Closing Date or decreasing any Tax attribute of HRSI or the Company existing on the Closing Date;

 

(i)          not hire or terminate any employee at the level of vice president or above;

 

46
 

  

(j)          not take any significant corporate actions including any merger, consolidation, other business combination, reorganization, recapitalization, sale or purchase of ownership interests, spin-off, liquidation, joint ventures, or making loans to or other investments in another entity;

 

(k)          not consummate any sale, lease or other disposition of Transferred Assets having a fair market value in excess of $200,000, in one transaction or a series of related transactions;

 

(l)          not make any capital expenditures (including, without limitation, payments with respect to capitalized leases, as determined in accordance with GAAP), that exceed $100,000 in the aggregate annually;

 

(m)          not enter into any agreement, arrangement or other commitments (i) obligating the Business to expend amounts in excess of $100,000 in the aggregate annually, or (ii) not in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)          not enter into any real estate lease with greater than $100,000 of annual rental/lease expense or a term of greater than two (2) years;

 

(o)          not enter into any employment arrangements providing for payments in any year of $100,000 or more;

 

(p)          not approve or engage in any transaction that would materially affect the regulatory or tax status of the Business, except for changes required by applicable law;

 

(q)          not initiate or settle any litigation, arbitration or other legal proceeding, which involve or may involve the Business and could lead to an exposure in excess of $100,000;

 

(r)          not enter into the ownership, active management or operation of any material line of business other than as conducted by the Business as of the Execution Date;

 

(s)          not directly or indirectly engage in any material transaction, or enter into any arrangement, with any officer, director, manager, shareholder or other Affiliate of HRSI or the Company;

 

(t)          not make any material change in the manner in which the Business extends discounts or credits to customers or otherwise deals with customers; or make any material change in the manner in which the Business markets its products or services;

 

(u)          not change in any material manner the principal activities that the Business engages in;

 

(v)         not incur any Indebtedness;

 

47
 

  

(w)          consult with Buyer as to any decisions, issues or concerns that HRSI or the Company in good faith could reasonably expect Buyer to have an interest and desire to have input in due to the operation of the Business being for the account of Buyer as of the Execution Date upon the consummation of Closing; or

 

(x)          not agree in writing or otherwise to take any of the foregoing actions.

 

7.12       Company Accounts Receivable. Buyer shall cause the Company to utilize commercially reasonable efforts to collect any and all Company Accounts Receivable generated by sales by HRSI or the Company before the Closing Date. All collections of accounts receivable from a customer shall be applied to the oldest accounts first, unless a customer indicates the specific account it is paying, in which event payment shall be applied to that account. Buyer, the Company, the Stockholder and HRSI agree that they will not influence account specification pursuant to the preceding sentence. Nothing contained herein, however, shall prohibit Buyer Accounts Receivable from being paid by a customer prior to any of the Company Accounts Receivable if there are commercially reasonable reasons to do so. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer shall not be required to institute litigation against any customer in order to collect Company Accounts Receivable, and in the event Stockholder or HRSI institutes litigation against any customer, HRSI or the Stockholder, as the case may be, hereby agrees to give Buyer at least ten (10) business days prior written notice before filing any such suit.

 

7.13       Schedule Updates. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if necessary, each of the Parties hereto shall have the right and obligation to promptly update any of their schedules and provide a Closing Certificate of any such update to the other Parties from the Execution Date to the Closing Date. In addition, HRSI and the Company shall promptly furnish Buyer an update to the Financial Statements, if any, and an update to the Customers and Suppliers List, if any, when they become available between the Execution Date and up to the Closing Date. No Party shall be considered in breach of this Agreement regardless of changes to the Schedules between the Execution Date and up to the Closing Date, so long as such changes in such Schedules are evidenced in a Closing Certificate and do not result from a violation by HRSI, the Stockholder and the Company pursuant to Section 3.34 or by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.8 .

 

7.14       Effect of Investigation . The right to indemnity and all other remedies based on any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of an Indemnitor contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to, or any Knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the Closing, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

 

8.1          Termination Events. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing only as follows:

 

48
 

  

(a)          by the mutual written consent of all Parties hereto;

 

(b)          by Buyer if there has been a material misrepresentation or a breach of warranty or a breach of a covenant in any case by HRSI, the Stockholder or the Company in the representations and warranties or covenants of any of them set forth in this Agreement, which in the case of any breach of covenant has not been cured, if curable, within five (5) business days after written notification of such breach by Buyer to HRSI, the Stockholder or the Company.

 

(c)          by Stockholder or HRSI if there has been a material misrepresentation or a breach of warranty or a breach of a covenant by the Buyer Parties in the representations and warranties or covenants of the Buyer Parties set forth in this Agreement, which in the case of any breach of covenant has not been cured, if curable, within five (5) business days after written notification of such breach by Stockholder or HRSI to the Buyer;

 

(d)          by Buyer, HRSI or Stockholder if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have not been consummated by the Closing Date, except with respect to the election by Buyer to extend such date up to the Extended Closing Date if Buyer has made the Extension Payments to HRSI as set forth in Section 6.1 hereof;

 

(e)          by Buyer if HRSI, the Stockholder or the Company amends the Schedules hereto between the Execution Date and the Closing and such amendment has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect on the transactions contemplated hereby; or

 

(f)          by Buyer if the IPO is not successfully consummated on or before the Closing Date.

 

provided , however , that the Party electing termination pursuant to Sections 8.1(b) and (c) is not in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement. In the event of the termination of this Agreement by either Party pursuant to this Section 8.1 written notice of such termination (describing in reasonable detail the basis for such termination) shall immediately be delivered to the other Party.

 

8.2          Effect of Termination. Each of Buyer’s, Stockholder’s and HRSI’s right of termination under Section 8.1 is in addition to any other rights any Party may have under this Agreement or otherwise, and the exercise of a right of termination will not be an election of remedies. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , all further obligations of the Parties under this Agreement will terminate; provided, however, that if this Agreement is terminated by a Party because of the breach of the Agreement by the other Party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating Party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other Party’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating Party’s right to pursue all legal remedies will survive such termination unimpaired.

 

49
 

  

8.3          Specific Performance. The Parties agree that if any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or are otherwise breached, irreparable damage would occur, no adequate remedy at law would exist and damages would be difficult to determine, and that the Parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms of this Agreement and immediate injunctive relief, without the necessity of providing the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy, in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither HRSI, the Stockholder nor the Company shall be permitted to seek specific performance in the event the IPO is not successfully consummated within the time set forth herein in which event the Buyer shall not have any liability to HRSI, the Stockholder or the Company other than its payment of the Extension Payments, if any paid, and to the extent provided in Section 6.1.

 

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1          Modification of Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by all of the Parties.

 

9.2          Notices. All notices, consents, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed sufficiently given when delivered personally or telefaxed with confirmation during regular business hours during a business day to the appropriate location described below, or three (3) business days after posting thereof by United States first-class, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage and fees prepaid and addressed as follows:

 

IF TO BUYER: SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
  Attn: Troy Meier
  2221 N. 3250 W.
  Vernal, Utah 84078
  Fax:  (435) 789-0595
  Email:   troy@teamsdp.com
   
WITH COPY TO: Ewing & Jones, PLLC
  Attn: Randolph Ewing
  6363 Woodway, Suite 1000
  Houston, Texas 77057
  Fax: (713) 590-9601
  Email: rewing@ewingjones.com
   
IF TO HRSI  
OR THE COMPANY: HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC.
  c/o James D. Isenhour and Julia Isenhour
  4817 Country Farms Drive
  Windsor, Colorado 80528
  Fax:  (970) 225-2696
  Email:   jimisenhour@comcast.net

 

50
 

  

WITH COPY TO: Myatt Brandes & Gast PC
  Attention:  Robert W. Brandes, Jr.
  and Ramsey D. Myatt
  323 S. College Avenue, Suite 1
  Fort Collins, CO 80524
  Fax:  (970) 482-3038
  Email:   rmyatt@mbglawfirm.com

 

Any Party at any time by furnishing notice to the other Parties in the manner described above may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

9.3          Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not invalidate or affect the enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

9.4          Entire Agreement; Binding Effect. This Agreement, together with the agreements described herein, constitutes the entire contract between the Parties hereto, and no Party shall be liable or bound to another in any manner by any warranties, representations or guaranties except as specifically set forth herein or in writing delivered in connection herewith which specifically refers to this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto.

 

9.5          Waiver. No delay in the exercise of any right under this Agreement shall waive such rights. Any waiver, to be enforceable, must be in writing.

 

9.6          Governing Law; Venue. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISION OR RULE (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF COLORADO OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF COLORADO. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN DENVER COUNTY, COLORADO SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION TO TRY ANY DISPUTES BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

9.7          Assignment. HRSI may not assign this Agreement or any of its interest herein without the prior written consent of the Buyer. Any attempted assignment by HRSI of its rights or obligations without such consent shall be null and void. Buyer shall have the right to assign any of the Escrowed Documents and any other agreements and obligations contemplated hereby to its designated Assignee. Reference to any of the Parties in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such Party.

 

51
 

  

9.8          Headings. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

9.9          Remedies. If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the successful or prevailing Party or Parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding in addition to any other remedies to which it, he or they may be entitled at law or equity. The rights and remedies granted herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy granted herein or provided by law.

 

9.10       Rights and Liabilities of Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to confer any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the Parties and their respective successors and assigns, nor is anything in this Agreement intended to relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any third persons to any Party to this Agreement, nor shall any provision give any third person any right of subrogation or action over or against any Party to this Agreement.

 

9.11       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall have the force and effect of an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

9.12       Drafting. Each of the Parties hereto acknowledge that each Party was actively involved in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and that no law or rule of construction shall be raised or used in which the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in favor or against any Party hereto because one is deemed to be the author thereof.

 

9.13       Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stockholder, HRSI and the Buyer shall each pay all of their own respective fees, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal counsel, investment bankers, brokers and other representatives and consultants) incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement, the performance of their obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided however, that Buyer shall pay all respective fees, costs and expenses of the Escrow Agent. For the avoidance of doubt, under no circumstances shall the Company incur any expenses in connection with this Agreement, the performance of its obligations hereunder and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

9.14       Further Assurances. In the event that at any time after the Closing any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, each of the Parties hereto will take such further action (including the execution and delivery of such further instruments and documents) as any other Party hereto reasonably may request. Stockholder and HRSI acknowledge and agree that, from and after the Closing, Buyer will be entitled to possession of all documents, books, records (including Tax records), agreements and financial data of any sort relating to HRSI or the Company. Neither Stockholder nor HRSI shall in any manner take any action which is designed, intended or might be reasonably anticipated to have the effect of discouraging customers, suppliers, lessors, licensors and other business associates from maintaining the same business relationships with HRSI or the Company and their Affiliates at any time after the date of this Agreement as were maintained with the Company and its Affiliates prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

52
 

  

9.15       Delivery by Facsimile or in PDF Format . This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or in PDF format, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any Party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other Party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other Parties. No Party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the delivery of an agreement or signature by facsimile machine or in PDF format as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such Party forever waives any such defense.

 

9.16       No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Nothing herein expressed or implied is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person other than the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement, such third parties specifically including employees and creditors of the Company.

 

9.17       Schedules . Nothing in any Schedule attached hereto shall be adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made in this Agreement unless such Schedule identifies the exception with particularity and describes the relevant facts in reasonable detail. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item shall not be adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made in this Agreement, unless the representation or warranty has to do with the existence of the document or other item itself. No exceptions to any representations or warranties disclosed on one Schedule shall constitute an exception to any other representations or warranties made in this Agreement unless the exception is disclosed as provided herein on each such other applicable Schedule or cross-referenced in such other applicable section or Schedule.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

53
 

  

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED EFFECTIVE as of the Execution Date.

 

  BUYER :
   
  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
   
  /s/ Troy Meier
  Troy Meier, President
   
  HRSI :
   
  HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC.
   
  /s/ James D. Isenhour
  James D. Isenhour, President
   
  COMPANY :
   
  HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, LLC
   
  /s/ James D. Isenhour
  James D. Isenhour, President
   
  STOCKHOLDER :
   
  /s/ James D. Isenhour
  JAMES D. ISENHOUR

 

54
 

  

LIST OF SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.62 Permitted Liens
Schedule 2.5 Purchase Price Allocation
Schedule 3.2(i) Equity; Capital Stock
Schedule 3.2(ii) Equity; Capital Stock
Schedule 3.5 Consents and Approvals
Schedule 3.8 Litigation
Schedule 3.9 Continuity Prior to Closing Date
Schedule 3.10 Contracts
Schedule 3.11 Taxes
Schedule 3.12(a) Transferred Assets
Schedule 3.12(b) Excluded Assets
Schedule 3.12(c) Rental Equipment
Schedule 3.12(d) Title to Assets
Schedule 3.13 Trademarks, Trade Names and Intellectual Property
Schedule 3.15 Condition of Assets and Inventory
Schedule 3.16 Liabilities
Schedule 3.17.1(a) Employees and Related Matters
Schedule 3.17.1(b) Employees and Related Matters
Schedule 3.17.2 Employees and Related Matters
Schedule 3.17.4 Employees and Related Matters
Schedule 3.17.6 Employees and Related Matters
Schedule 3.21 Government Licenses, Permits and Related Approvals
Schedule 3.22 Safety Reports
Schedule 3.23 Transactions with Certain Persons
Schedule 3.24 Leased Realty
Schedule 3.26 Names and Locations
Schedule 3.28 Customers and Suppliers List
Schedule 3.30.1 Employee Benefits
Schedule 3.30.4 Employee Benefits
Schedule 3.30.5 Employee Benefits
Schedule 3.30.6 Employee Benefits
Schedule 3.31.2 Environmental Matters
Schedule 5.3 Consents and Approvals
Schedule 5.6 Broker Agreement

 

55
 

  

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A Bill of Sale
Exhibit B Company Legal Opinion
Exhibit C Consulting Agreement
Exhibit D Escrow Agreement
Exhibit E Noncompetition Agreement-Mr. Isenhour
Exhibit F Noncompetition Agreement-Mrs. Isenhour
Exhibit G Note
Exhibit H Security and Pledge Agreement
Exhibit I IP Assignments
Exhibit J Closing Certificate
Exhibit K-1 UCC-1 Financing Statement-Colorado
Exhibit K-2 UCC-1 Financing Statement-Utah
Exhibit L USPTO Security Interest Forms

 

56

 

    Exhibit No.: 10.10
    To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY PROTECTION AGREEMENT (the “ Protection Agreement ”) is made effective as of January 28, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between 3cREAMERS, LLC , a Texas limited liability company (the “ 3cR ”), HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC. , a Texas corporation (“ HRSI ”), HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, LLC , a Utah limited liability company (the “ Company ”), SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC , a Utah limited liability company (“ Superior ”), JAMES D. ISENHOUR , an individual (“ Isenhour ”) and TROY MEIER , an individual (“ Meier ”). 3cR, HRSI and the Company are sometimes referred to herein as the “ Isenhour Companies ” or singularly as an “ Isenhour Company ”. The Isenhour Companies, Superior, Isenhour and Meier are sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Parties ” or individually as a “ Party ”.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Meier, and his wife, Annette Meier, are the owners of Superior Drilling Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (the “ Buyer ”);

 

WHEREAS , James D. Isenhour is the sole stockholder (“ Isenhour ”) of 3cR and of HRSI, which owns all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of the Company (“ Interests ”);

 

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that Buyer will purchase from HRSI and HRSI will sell to Buyer the Interests pursuant to that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement between HRSI, the Company, Isenhour and Buyer (the “ MIPA ”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the MIPA, HRSI will transfer certain assets and certain patents and a trademark (the “ Patents and Mark ”) to the Company;

 

WHEREAS, 3cR currently owns all such Patents and Mark and in connection with the MIPA, has agreed to transfer and assign the Patents and Mark to HRSI on or prior to the execution of the MIPA;

 

WHEREAS, in order to further facilitate the successful procurement of patents and the transactions contemplated by the MIPA, Isenhour and Meier have on even date herewith assigned and transferred all of each’s one-half (1/2) interest as an inventor in (i) United States Patent Application Serial No. 13/644,218 filed with the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office entitled “Well Bore Conditioning System” which was filed on October 3, 2012, published on July 18, 2013 as Publication No. 2013/0180779 and which relies upon provisional Application No. 61/566,079 and 61/542,601 for priority (“ the 218 Application ”) and (ii) Patent Cooperation Treaty Application No. PCT/US12/58573, filed on October 3, 2012, International Publication No. WO 2013/052554, which claims the benefit of United States Patent Application Serial No. 13/644,218 (the “ PCT Application ”) and all patent applications relying upon that PCT Application including but not limited to applications for patents in Argentina (collectively, the “ PCT/US12/58573 Application ”) to 3cR (the “ 3cR Assignment ”);

 

 
 

 

WHEREAS, in consideration of the transactions contemplated by the MIPA, Isenhour and Meier have also assigned and transferred all of each’s one-half (1/2) interest as an inventor in (i) United States Patent Application Serial No. 14/018,066 filed with the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office entitled “Low Friction, Abrasion Resistant Replaceable Bearing Surface” which was filed on September 4, 2013, and which relies upon provisional Application No. 61/696,738 for priority (“ the 066 Application ”) and (ii) Patent Cooperation Treaty Application No. PCT/US2013/58037, filed on September 4, 2013, which claims the benefit of United States Patent Application Serial No. 14/018,066 (the “ PCT Application ”) and all patent applications relying upon that PCT Application (collectively, the “ PCT/US2013/58037 Application ”) to Superior (the “ Superior Assignment ”);

 

WHEREAS, the 3cR Assignment and the Superior Assignment are in exchange for and contingent upon the Parties entering into this Protection Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the 218 Application and the PCT/US12/58573 Application shall be collectively referred to hereinafter as the “ Well Bore IP ” and the 066 Application and the PCT/US2013/58037 Application shall be collectively referred to hereinafter as the “ Low Friction IP ”;

 

WHEREAS, 3cR owns title to the Well Bore IP and Superior owns title to the Low Friction IP;

 

WHEREAS, 3cR has further agreed to transfer and assign the Patents and Mark, including the Well Bore IP, to HRSI on or prior to the execution of the MIPA;

 

WHEREAS , upon the occurrence of the Escrow Signing Date, as such term is defined in the MIPA, HRSI will transfer the Patents and Mark, including the Well Bore IP, to the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, this Protection Agreement shall govern, among other things, the time period during which any of the Isenhour Companies shall own the Well Bore IP, and the time period prior to the closing of the MIPA, as fully contemplated therein (the “ MIPA Closing ”) during which Superior shall own the Low Friction IP;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the payment of $10.00, t he mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

 

1.           The 3cR Assignment:

 

a.            Protection of Well Bore IP .            During any time that any of the Isenhour Companies own or hold title to the Well Bore IP, the Isenhour Companies, jointly and severally, shall utilize commercially reasonable best efforts to prosecute and maintain the patent applications and/or subsequent patents pertaining to the Well Bore IP. In addition, the Isenhour Companies, jointly and severally, agree not to do any of the following:

 

 
 

 

i.            enter into any sale, lease, transfer, pledge, license, security interest, or any subjection that may create a lien or encumbrance of any kind on the Well Bore IP;

 

ii.         enter into any agreement, arrangement, assignment or other commitments, including but not limited to a license agreement with respect to the Well Bore IP ; and

 

iii.         not alter, change, modify, improve or take any similar action with respect to the Well Bore IP.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Isenhour Companies may assign and transfer the Well Bore IP to other Isenhour Companies or to the Buyer as contemplated herein and in the MIPA.

 

b.            Re-conveyance to Meier . In the event either (i) the MIPA is terminated pursuant to Article VIII thereof or (ii) the MIPA Closing does not occur on the Closing Date, or the Extended Closing Date, if applicable, the Isenhour Companies hereby agree that a one-half (1/2) interest in the Well Bore IP shall automatically be conveyed back to Meier by the Isenhour Company then holding title thereto. In such event, such Isenhour Company shall execute and deliver an assignment, in substantially the same form as Meier used to convey such Well Bore IP to 3cR, and any other documents reasonably necessary or required in order to re-convey a one-half (1/2) interest in the Well Bore IP to Meier.

 

c.            Acknowledgement . The Isenhour Companies hereby acknowledge and agree that Meier transferred and assigned the Well Bore IP to 3cR as a convenience to all of the parties to the MIPA and to the U.S. Patent & Trademark Office, and but for this Protection Agreement, would not have so entered into the 3cR Assignment.

 

2.           The Superior Assignment:

 

a.            Protection of Low Friction IP . During the time period between the Effective Date and the MIPA Closing that Superior owns or holds title to the Low Friction IP, Superior shall utilize commercially reasonable best efforts to prosecute and maintain the patent applications and/or subsequent patents pertaining to the Low Friction IP. In addition, Superior, agrees not to do any of the following:

 

i.            enter into any sale, lease, transfer, pledge, license, security interest, or any subjection that may create a lien or encumbrance of any kind on the Low Friction IP;

 

 
 

 

ii.         enter into any agreement, arrangement, assignment or other commitments, including but not limited to a license agreement with respect to the Low Friction IP ; and

 

iii.         not alter, change, modify, improve or take any similar action with respect to the Low Friction IP.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the MIPA Closing, Isenhour hereby agrees that Superior shall freely own the Low Friction IP without any of the above stated restrictions.

 

b.            Re-conveyance to Isenhour . In the event either (i) the MIPA is terminated pursuant to Article VIII thereof or (ii) the MIPA Closing does not occur on the Closing Date, or the Extended Closing Date, if applicable, Superior hereby agrees that a one-half (1/2) interest in the Low Friction IP shall automatically be conveyed back to Isenhour by Superior. In such event, Superior shall execute and deliver an assignment, in substantially the same form as Isenhour used to convey such Low Friction IP to Superior, and any other documents reasonably necessary or required in order to re-convey a one-half (1/2) interest in the Low Friction IP to Isenhour.

 

c.            Acknowledgement . Superior hereby acknowledges and agrees that Isenhour transferred and assigned the Low Friction IP to Superior as consideration for the contemplated MIPA Closing, and but for this Protection Agreement, would not have so entered into the Superior Assignment.

 

3.           Termination . SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE PROVISIONS HEREIN, The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Protection Agreement shall immediately terminate and have no further force and effect upon the MIPA Closing.

 

4.           Breach; Equitable Relief . If any of the Isenhour Companies commits a breach, or overtly threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of Section 1, Meier shall have the right and remedy to obtain preliminary, temporary or permanent mandatory or restraining injunctions, orders or decrees as may be necessary to protect Meier or any of his affiliates and to have the provisions of Section 1 of this Protection Agreement specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach may cause immediate irreparable injury and continuing damage to Meier and his affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain. Further, the Isenhour Companies acknowledge and agree that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy, and that Meier shall be entitled to temporary or permanent injunctive relief. If Superior commits a breach, or overtly threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of Section 2, Isenhour shall have the right and remedy to obtain preliminary, temporary or permanent mandatory or restraining injunctions, orders or decrees as may be necessary to protect Isenhour or any of his affiliates and to have the provisions of Section 2 of this Protection Agreement specifically enforced by any court having jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach may cause immediate irreparable injury and continuing damage to Isenhour and his affiliates, the exact amount of which would be difficult to ascertain. Further, Superior acknowledges and agrees that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy, and that Isenhour shall be entitled to temporary or permanent injunctive relief. If a bond is required to be posted in order for either Party mentioned in this Section 4 to secure an injunction, the Parties stipulate that a bond in the amount of $1,000 would be sufficient in all circumstances to protect the rights of such Party. The rights and remedies enumerated above shall be independent, and in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Parties at law or in equity.

 

 
 

 

5.           Governing Law. This Protection Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado. All disputes, controversies or differences which may arise out of, in relation to, or in connection with this Protection Agreement or the breach thereof shall, unless settled by mutual consultation in good faith, be finally settled in the state or federal courts located in Denver County, Colorado. Each Party reserves the right to pursue injunctive relief or other equitable remedies in a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with any breach of the terms of this Protection Agreement.

 

6.           Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Protection Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Protection Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provisions shall be ineffective to the extent of such provision or invalidity only, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Protection Agreement .

 

7.           Waiver . No failure by any Party hereto at any time to give notice of any breach by another Party of, or to require compliance with, any condition or provision of this Protection Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

 

8.           Assignment . Neither this Protection Agreement nor any interest herein may be assigned by any Party hereto except as specifically contemplated and required by the MIPA or herein.

 

9.           Modification; Entire Agreement . No modification or amendment of any provisions of this Protection Agreement shall be effective unless such modification or amendment shall be in writing and signed by the Parties. This Protection Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the Parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all prior negotiations and written, oral or implied representations, warranties, commitments, agreements and understandings between or among the Parties with respect to such matters.

 

10.          Notice . All notices, demands, consents or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

 
 

 

If to 3cR:
   
3cReamers, LLC
  c/o James D. Isenhour and Julia Isenhour
  4817 Country Farms Drive
  Windsor, Colorado 80528
   
If to Isenhour or the Isenhour Companies:
   
  James D. Isenhour and Julia Isenhour
  4817 Country Farms Drive
  Windsor, Colorado 80528
   
If to Superior:
   
  Superior Drilling Products
  Attn: Troy Meier
  2221 N. 3250 W.
  Vernal, Utah 84078
   
If to Meier:
   
  2221 N. 3250 W.
  Vernal, Utah 84078

 

or to such other person and place as a Party shall furnish by notice to the other Parties hereto if given in the manner required above. Any notice, demand, consent or other communication given hereunder in the manner required above shall be deemed to have been effected and received as of the date hand delivered or, if mailed, three days after the date so mailed.

 

11.          Multiple Counterparts; Headings . This Protection Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. For purposes of the Protection Agreement and all documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection herewith, facsimile or electronic signatures shall be deemed to be original signatures. In addition, if any Party executes facsimile or electronic copies of this Protection Agreement or any documents, instruments of agreements executed in connection herewith, such copies shall be deemed originals. The section headings contained in this Protection Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Protection Agreement.

 

12.          Drafting . Both Parties hereto acknowledge that each Party was actively involved in the negotiation and drafting of this Protection Agreement and that no law or rule of construction shall be raised or used in which the provisions of this Protection Agreement shall be construed in favor or against either Party hereto because one is deemed to be the author thereof.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have executed this Protection Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  MEIER :
   
  /s/ Troy Meier
  TROY MEIER, an individual
   
  ISENHOUR :
   
  /s/ James D. Isenhour
  JAMES D. ISENHOUR, an individual
   
  3cR :
   
  3cREAMERS, LLC
     
  By:   /s/ James D. Isenhour
    James D. Isenhour, President
     
  HRSI :
   
  HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ James D. Isenhour
    James D. Isenhour, President
     
  Company :
   
  HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ James D. Isenhour
    James D. Isenhour, President
     
  Superior :
   
  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
    Troy Meier, President

 

 
 

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ARE EXECUTING THIS PROTECTION AGREEMENT IN ORDER TO EVIDENCE THEIR AGREEMENT TO UNEQUIVOCALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEE THE COVENANTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF EACH OF THE ISENHOUR COMPANIES AND SUPERIOR, RESPECTIVELY.

 

  On behalf of the Isenhour Companies:
   
  /s/ James D. Isenhour
  JAMES D. ISENHOUR, an individual
   
  On behalf of Superior:
   
  /s/ Troy Meier
  TROY MEIER, an individual

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.11

To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

EXHIBIT G

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$12,500,000.00 ___________ __, 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company with its principal place of business at 2221 N. 3250 W. Vernal, Utah 84078 and SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company with its principal place of business at 2221 N. 3250 W. Vernal, Utah 84078, (hereinafter collectively the “ Maker ”), hereby promise to pay to the order of HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, INC., a Texas corporation with its principal place of business at 4817 Country Farms Drive, Windsor, Colorado 80528 (the “ Payee ”), the principal sum of Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/00 Dollars ($12,500,000.00) together with interest on the outstanding balance of the principal sum at the rates and commencing at the times and pursuant to the terms hereinafter provided until this Promissory Note is paid in full.

 

1.              Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated January 28, 2014 by and between Maker, Payee and James D. Isenhour, an individual (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

 

2.              Principal and Interest . This Promissory Note shall bear interest from the date hereof (for the actual number of days occurring in the period for which interest is payable) at an adjustable interest rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate in effect. The term “Prime Rate” shall mean the annual rate of interest specified by JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as its prime rate, which may change from time to time. Any change in the interest rate payable hereunder will take effect on the date of the change to the Prime Rate. All accrued and unpaid interest on this Promissory Note shall be due and payable by Maker to Payee as follows:

 

(i)          Commencing on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, a principal payment of $5,000,000.00 plus accrued interest at the Prime Rate in effect for the period;

 

(ii)         Continuing on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, a principal payment of $5,000,000.00 plus accrued interest at the Prime Rate in effect for the period; and

 

(iii)        On the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the final payment of the entire remaining principal balance of this Promissory Note in the amount of $2,500,000.00 plus accrued interest at the Prime Rate in effect for the period is due in full.

 

3.             Maturity Date . The entire outstanding principal balance of this Promissory Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, shall be due and payable in full on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement (or, if such date is not a business day, then on the immediately preceding business day), or upon any earlier acceleration of the Maker’s obligations hereunder, unless such obligations are earlier satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

 
 

  

4.             Default.           If Maker fails to pay, within fifteen (15) days, any principal of or interest on this Promissory Note when due (“ Default ”), the holder of this Promissory Note or any part thereof may thereafter provide Maker written notice of the Default, and if Maker continues to be in Default for thirty (30) days or more after receipt of written notice, Payee may declare the principal balance hereof and the interest accrued hereon to be immediately due and payable.

 

A default under the terms of the Security and Pledge Agreement securing this Promissory Note (hereinafter “ Security Agreement ”) also is a default under this Promissory Note. If Maker is in default under the terms of the Security Agreement, Payee shall provide Maker with written notice specifying such default and allow thirty (30) days from receipt of said notice to cure the default. Maker shall not be in default under the terms of the Security Agreement until such notice has been given and Maker has failed to cure the default within the thirty (30) day grace period. In the event of a default under the Security Agreement which is not cured within the time period specified herein, Payee, at Payee’s option, may also accelerate the entire balance of this Promissory Note.

 

If Payee elects to accelerate the balance of this Promissory Note as permitted herein, the entire balance of principal, together with interest to the date of default and all other amounts due under this Note or the Security Agreement shall, from the date of default, bear interest at the rate of nine percent (9.00%) per annum (“Default Interest Rate”) , and all such amounts shall be immediately due and payable in full. Interest shall continue to accrue on the full amount of principal, interest and such other amounts due as of the default date until the default has been cured. The Payee shall have the right to recover from Maker an additional amount equal to Payee's reasonable costs in enforcing this Promissory Note and the Security Agreement in the event of default, including reasonable attorney's fees and other costs related to the default, whether or not suit is commenced, and whether or not Payee elects to accelerate the balance. All such reasonable fees and costs must be paid before a default will be cured.

 

4.             Prepayment . Maker may, at any time, prepay the outstanding balance of principal and interest due under this Promissory Note in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. In the event of prepayment, there shall become due and payable an amount equal to all accrued interest attributable to that portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Promissory Note being prepaid at that time. Partial prepayments shall not defer the due dates for, or the amounts of, succeeding payments.

 

5.             Payments and Computations . All payments on account of indebtedness evidenced by this Promissory Note shall be made on the day when due in lawful money of the United States. Payments are to be made at such place as Payee or the legal holders of this Promissory Note may, from time to time, in writing appoint, and in the absence of such appointment, then at the place provided in the Notice section of the Purchase Agreement.

 

6.             Applicable Law . Maker represents and agrees that this instrument and the rights and obligations of all parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Colorado without regard to the conflicts of law principles.

 

 
 

  

7.             Severability . The parties hereto intend and believe that each provision in this Promissory Note comports with all applicable local, state and federal laws and judicial decisions. However, if any provision or provisions, or if any portion of any provision or provisions, of this Promissory Note is found by a court of law to be in violation of any applicable local, state or federal ordinance, statute, law, administrative or judicial decision, or public policy, and if the court should declare that portion, provision or provisions to be illegal, invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable as written, then it is the intent of Maker and Payee that such portion, provision or provisions be given force to the fullest possible extent that they are legal, valid and enforceable, that the remainder of this Promissory Note shall be construed as if the illegal, invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable portion, provision or provisions were not contained herein, and that the rights, obligations and interest of Maker and Payee or the legal holders hereof under the remainder of this Promissory Note shall continue in full force and effect.

 

8.             Maximum Interest . Payee and Maker intend to contract in strict compliance with applicable usury law from time to time in effect. In furtherance thereof Payee and Maker hereby stipulate and agree that none of the terms and provisions contained herein shall ever be construed to create a contract to pay, for the use, forbearance or detention of money, interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted to be charged by applicable law from time to time in effect. Neither Maker nor any present or future guarantors, endorsers, or other Persons hereafter becoming liable for payment of any indebtedness hereunder shall ever be liable for unearned interest thereon or shall ever be required to pay interest thereon in excess of the maximum amount that may be lawfully contracted for, charged, or received under applicable law from time to time in effect, and the provisions of this section shall control over all other provisions hereof which may be in conflict or apparent conflict herewith. Payee expressly disavows any intention to contract for, charge, collect or receive excessive or unearned interest or finance charges in the event the maturity of any indebtedness hereunder is accelerated or upon the occurrence of any other event. If the maturity of any indebtedness hereunder is accelerated for any reason, any such indebtedness is prepaid and as a result any amounts that constitute interest are in excess of the legal maximum, or Payee or any other holder of any or all of the indebtedness hereunder shall otherwise charge, receive, or collect, or any Person shall pay, moneys which would otherwise increase the interest on any or all of the indebtedness hereunder to an amount in excess of that permitted by applicable law then in effect, then all sums that constitute interest in excess of such legal limit shall, without penalty, be promptly applied to reduce the then outstanding principal of the related indebtedness or, at Payee’s or holder’s option, promptly returned to Maker or the other payor thereof, as applicable, upon such determination. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable, under any specific circumstance, exceeds the maximum amount permitted under applicable law, Payee and Maker (and any other payors thereof) shall to the greatest extent permitted under applicable law, characterize any non-principal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread the total amount of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the instruments evidencing the indebtedness hereunder in accordance with the amounts outstanding from time to time thereunder and the maximum legal rate of interest from time to time in effect under applicable law in order to lawfully contract for, charge, collect, or receive the maximum amount of interest permitted under applicable law. As used in this section the term “applicable law” means the laws of the State of Colorado including the Laws of the United States of America, as such Laws now exist or may be changed or amended or come into effect in the future.

 

 
 

  

9.             Purchase Agreement . This Promissory Note is the Note referred to in the Purchase Agreement. Payment of this Promissory Note is subject to the Purchase Agreement and the parties hereto agree that this Promissory Note shall not be effective until the occurrence of the Closing and the satisfaction of any obligations as specifically set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

10.           Assignment . Payee may assign this Promissory Note in whole or in part or any right to the proceeds hereof, provided that Payee gives Maker prior written notice of any such assignment.

 

11.           Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile communication) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied or delivered to the addresses provided for in the Purchase Agreement or, as to each party, at such other address as designated by that party in a written notice to the other party. All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered (i) three (3) business days following deposit in the United States mail, with proper postage prepaid; (ii) upon delivery if delivered by hand to the party to be notified; or (iii) the following day if sent by facsimile transmission.

 

12.           Waiver . Maker and-all parties now or hereafter liable for the payment hereof, whether as endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise, generally waive demand, presentment for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, and diligence in collecting or bringing suit against any party hereto, and agree to all extensions, renewals, indulgences, releases or changes which from time to time may be granted by the holder hereof and to all partial payments hereon, with or without notice before or after maturity.

 

13.           Attorney’s Fees . Should the indebtedness represented by this Promissory Note or any part hereof be collected at law or in equity or through any bankruptcy, receivership, probate or other court proceedings or if this Promissory Note is placed in the hands of attorneys for collection after any default, Payee and all endorsers, guarantors and sureties of this Promissory Note jointly and severally agree to pay to the holder of this Promissory Note in addition to the principal and interest due and payable hereon all the costs and expenses of said holder in enforcing this Promissory Note including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses.

 

14.           Collateral . This Promissory Note is secured by a first lien security interest in all of the collateral described in the Security Agreement.

 

Time is of the essence as to all dates set forth herein.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 
 

  

Maker has executed and delivered this Promissory Note as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

MAKER: HARD ROCK SOLUTIONS, LLC
  a Utah limited liability company
   
  By  Its Manager:
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC
    a Utah limited liability company
       
    By: /s/ Troy Meier
      Troy Meier, President
       
  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
  a Utah limited liability company
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
    Troy Meier, President

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.12

To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

EXHIBIT H

 

SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (this “ Agreement ”) is executed as of ________ ___, 2014, by Hard Rock Solutions, LLC , a Utah limited liability company (“ Pledgor ”) in favor of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. , a Texas corporation (“ Secured Party ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

WHEREAS, Pledgor, Secured Party, James D. Isenhour (“ Stockholder ”) and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ Buyer ”) entered into a Membership Interest Purchase Agreement on January 28, 2014 (“ Purchase Agreement ”) to evidence, among other things, the purchase and sale of the Interests (as defined below). All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the Purchase Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Stockholder owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding common stock, no par value, of Secured Party;

 

WHEREAS, Secured Party is the sole member of Pledgor and owner of all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of Pledgor (“ Interests ”);

 

WHEREAS, at Closing, Buyer will purchase all of the Interests from Secured Party, and in connection therewith, Buyer and Pledgor have executed a promissory note in the principal amount of Twelve Million Five Hundred Thousand and No/00 Dollars ($12,500,000.00) (the “ Note ”) for the benefit of Secured Party (the “ Purchase ”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase, Buyer will become the sole member of Pledgor and owner of all of the Interests;

 

WHEREAS, upon or immediately after Closing, Pledgor will acquire all of the rights to the Collateral (hereinafter defined);

 

WHEREAS, after consummation of the foregoing, Buyer, as new owner of Pledgor, will agree to the grant by Pledgor to Secured Party of a security interest in the Collateral (hereinafter defined) to secure the payment of the Note and satisfaction of the other Secured Obligations.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged and agreed, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I
definitions

 

Section 1.1            Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings.

 

(a)          “ Collateral ” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in Section 2.1.

 

 
 

  

(b)          “ Event of Default ” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in Section 5.1 hereof.

 

(c)          “ Secured Obligations ” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in Section 3.1.

 

(d)          “ UCC ” means the uniform commercial code as adopted in Colorado.

 

Article II
GrantS of Security InterestS

 

Section 2.1            Pledge by Pledgor . To secure the full and prompt payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, Pledgor hereby pledges and assigns to Secured Party, and grants to Secured Party, a security interest in, and a lien upon, all of Pledgor’s right, title and interest in and to (i) the trademarks, trademark registrations, trademark applications, and any and all goodwill associated therewith (the “ Marks ”) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, (ii) the patents and patent applications (the “ Patents ”) set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, in each case together with (iii) all proceeds of the Marks and Patents, (iv) all of the goodwill of the businesses with which the Marks and Patents are associated, and (v) all causes of action, past, present and future, for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution of any of the Marks and/or Patents or unfair competition regarding the same (collectively, the “ Collateral ”).

 

Section 2.2            Perfection of Security Interests . Pledgor hereby agrees to sign any documents reasonably necessary to evidence, perfect or realize upon the security interest and obligations created by this Agreement including but not limited to a UCC-1 financing statement.

 

Article III
SECURED OBLIGATIONS

 

Section 3.1            Indebtedness and Obligations Secured . The pledge, security interest and assignment of rights contained herein is granted to secure the payment and performance of the following (collectively, the “ Secured Obligations ”):

 

(a)          any and all indebtedness of the Buyer and Pledgor to Secured Party evidenced by the Note (the “ Indebtedness ”);

 

(b)          all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Secured Party to obtain, preserve and perfect and enforce the security interests granted hereby and all other liens and security interests securing payment of the Indebtedness, to collect the Indebtedness and to maintain, preserve and collect the Collateral, as applicable, including, but not limited to, taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, advertising costs, brokerage fees and expenses of sale; and

 

(c)          all renewals, extensions and modifications of the Indebtedness.

 

 
 

 

 

Article IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Section 4.1            Pledgor’s Representations and Warranties . Pledgor represents and warrants to Secured Party that:

 

(a)          except for the security interests granted by this Agreement, Pledgor is the record and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any lien or any other right, title or interest of any other person.

 

(b)          the liens granted pursuant to this Agreement constitute perfected liens on the Collateral in favor of Secured Party, and such liens are prior to all other liens on the Collateral created by Pledgor and in existence on the date hereof and which are enforceable as such against all creditors of and purchasers from Pledgor and against any owner or purchaser of any of the Collateral where any of the Collateral is located and any present or future creditor obtaining a lien thereon.

 

(c)          no consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or any governmental body, agency or official or any other person (including, without limitation, any creditor of Pledgor), is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

 

(d)          this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Pledgor enforceable against it in accordance with the terms hereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

(e)          the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not violate any provision of any applicable law, rule, regulation or contractual obligations of Pledgor and will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any of the properties or revenues of Pledgor pursuant to any applicable law, rule, regulation or contractual obligations of Pledgor, except as contemplated hereby.

 

Article V
Events of Default

 

Section 5.1            Events of Default . The occurrence or happening, at any time and from time to time, of any one or more of the following, after any applicable notice or right to cure period has passed, shall immediately constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Agreement:

 

(a)          Buyer shall fail to pay the obligations evidenced by the Note, or any part thereof, when it becomes due, whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise; or

 

(b)          Pledgor shall fail to observe or perform any of the Secured Obligations or covenants contained or referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2            Remedies . If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then Secured Party has the right, in any order, in Secured Party’s sole discretion:

 

 
 

 

 (a)          to declare the obligations evidenced by the Note immediately due and payable and may proceed to enforce payment of the same and, in addition to any other rights and remedies provided for under this Agreement or under the Note, or otherwise available at law or in equity, to exercise with respect to any of the Collateral all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC;

 

(b)          with respect to the Marks and Patents, subject to any restrictions thereto, to elect to sell, assign, deliver, or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Marks and Patents at any public or private sale, or to accept and take title to the Marks and Patents in satisfaction of the Secured Obligations.

 

All net cash proceeds received by Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied by Secured Party against the Secured Obligations in such manner as determined by Secured Party in its sole discretion. Any surplus of such cash or cash proceeds held by Secured Party and remaining after payment in full of all the Note and performance of all the Secured Obligations shall be paid over to Pledgor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such surplus.

 

Article VI
COVENANTS

 

Section 6.1            Secured Party’s Right to Cure . If Pledgor fails to perform any agreement or undertaking contained herein, after ten (10) days written notice and a failure to cure, Secured Party may perform, or cause the performance of, such agreement or undertaking, and the expenses of Secured Party or its designees incurred in connection therewith, including attorneys’ fees shall be paid by Pledgor.

 

Section 6.2            Further Assurances . At any time from time to time, at the request of Secured Party, Pledgor shall (a) execute, acknowledge, deliver, record and/or file (or cause to be executed, acknowledged, delivered, recorded and/or filed) such further documents and instruments and perform such further acts and provide such further assurances as may be reasonably necessary, desirable, or proper, in Secured Party’s good faith opinion, (i) to perfect its security interest in the Collateral and carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement including but not limited to the execution and filing of such financing statements as Secured Party may require, (ii) to confirm the rights created under this Agreement, (iii) to protect the validity, priority and enforceability of this Agreement and the liens and security interests created herein, and (iv) subject any property of Pledgor intended by the terms of this Agreement to be encumbered; and (b) pay all reasonable costs in connection with any of the foregoing.

 

Section 6.3            Encumbrances . Pledgor shall not create, permit, or suffer to exist, and shall defend the Collateral against, and will take such action as is necessary to remove, any lien or encumbrance on the Collateral except the currently existing security interest of Secured Party hereunder, and shall defend Pledgor’s and Secured Party’s rights, title and interest in and to the Collateral against the claims and demands of all persons. Pledgor shall promptly notify Secured Party of (i) any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or claim made or threatened against the Collateral, and (ii) any material change in the Collateral.

 

 
 

 

 

Section 6.4            Rights to Collateral . Pledgor shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof without the prior written consent of Secured Party nor take any action to impair the rights of Secured Party in the Collateral.

 

Article VII

Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1            Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction . This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Colorado, excluding any choice of law rules which may direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction. Pledgor hereby submits to the jurisdiction of any Colorado state or federal court sitting in Denver County, Colorado.

 

Section 7.2            Successors and Assigns . The terms and provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Pledgor and Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns.

 

Section 7.3            Notices . All notices or communications permitted or required under this Agreement shall be given as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Section 7.4            Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement, together with the Note and the Purchase Agreement, embodies the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement executed by all of the parties hereto.

 

Section 7.5            Severability . If any provision of this Agreement would, under applicable law, be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall (to the extent permitted by applicable law) be construed by modifying or limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with, and possible under, applicable law. The provisions hereof are severable, and in the event any provision hereof should be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, it shall not invalidate, render unenforceable or otherwise affect any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.6            Headings . Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.7            Drafting . Each of the parties hereto acknowledge that each party was actively involved in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and that no law or rule of construction shall be raised or used in which the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in favor or against any party hereto because one is deemed to be the author thereof.

 

[ Signature page follows ]

 

 
 

 

The parties have executed this Agreement to be effective as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PLEDGOR:
   
  Hard Rock Solutions, LLC
  a Utah limited liability company
   
  By Its Manager:
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC
    a Utah limited liability company
       
    By: /s/ Troy Meier
      Troy Meier, President
       
  SECURED PARTY :
   
  Hard Rock Solutions, Inc.
  a Texas corporation
       
  By: /s/ James D. Isenhour
    James D. Isenhour, President

 

This Agreement is ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED to by:

 

BUYER:  
   
Superior Drilling Products, LLC  
a Utah limited liability company  
     
By: /s/ Troy Meier  
  Troy Meier, President  

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Patent Applications

 

Country/Pledgor       Application No.   Filing Date (Priority
Reference No.   Application Title   (Priority No.)   Date)
             

USA

3039.002.US

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift  

13/442,316

(61/437,587)

 

04/09/12

(04/08/11)

             

International (National Stage applications filed in AU, CA, CN, EP, MX)

3039.002.PCT

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift  

12/32714

(61/437,587)

 

04/09/12

(04/08/11)

             

Australia

3039.002.AU

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift   TBA   10/03/13
             

Canada

3039.002.CA

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift   TBA    
             

China

3039.002.CN

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift   TBA    
             

Europe

3039.002.EP

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift   TBA    
             

Mexico.MX

3039.002

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift   TBA    
             

USA

3039.003.US

  Well Bore Conditioning System  

13/644,218

(61/566,079)

(61/542,601)

 

10/03/12

(12/02/12)

(10/03/11)

             

International

3039.003.PCT

  Well Bore Conditioning System  

12/58573

(61/566,079)

(61/542,601)

 

10/03/12

(12/02/12)

(10/03/11)

             

Argentina

3039.003.AR

  Well Bore Conditioning System  

2012 01 03695

(61/566,079)

(61/542,601)

 

10/03/12

(12/02/12)

(10/03/11)

             

USA

3039.006.US

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift  

13/411,230

(61/437,587)

 

04/06/12

(04/08/11)

             

USA

3039.006.USCN

  Method and Apparatus for Reaming Well-Bore Surfaces Nearer the Center of Drift  

13/517,870

(61/437,587)

 

06/14/12

(04/08/11)

 

 
 

 

Trademarks

 

            Application
Country/Pledgor       Registration &   No. & Filing
Reference No.   Mark   Goods/Services Class   Date
             

USA

3039.003 USTM

  Drill-n-Ream  

U.S. Reg. No. 4,207,933

Sept 11, 2012

Supplemental Register

& International Class 7

 

85/386,210

&

08/01/11

 

 

 

 

   

Exhibit 10.13

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 31st day of March, 2014 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between Superior Drilling Products, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ Assignor ”), and SD Company, Inc., a Utah corporation (“ Assignee ”). All defined terms contained herein share the same meaning as contained in that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of January 28, 2014 by and between Assignor, Hard Rock Solutions, Inc. a Texas corporation, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company and James D. Isenhour (“Purchase Agreement”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Assignee is in the process of filing a form S-1 with the SEC; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority contained in Section 9.7 of the Purchase Agreement, Assignor has agreed to assign to Assignee all of Assignor’s right, title, and interest in, to, and under those certain contracts described on Exhibit A attached hereto (“ Assigned Contracts ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Assignee desires to accept the assignment of the Assigned Contracts and to assume the performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Assigned Contracts on the part of the Assignor;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement shall not be effective until the effective date of consummation of the IPO (the “Effective Date”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Assignee and Assignor hereby agree as follows:

 

1.        Assignment and Assumption . Effective automatically as of the Effective Date, Assignor hereby assigns and Assignee hereby accepts and assumes all benefits, liabilities and obligations of, and agrees to be bound by and perform all covenants, conditions, obligations, and duties of, Assignor under the Assigned Contracts.

 

2.        Indemnification . Assignee shall indemnify and hold harmless Assignor from and against all claims, actions, losses and expenses hereafter made against or incurred by Assignor to the extent arising from Assignee’s obligations under the Assigned Contracts from and after the Effective Date.

 

3.        Further Assurances . Assignor and Assignee agree to execute such additional documents and instruments, and take such actions as may be necessary to carry out and effectuate the purposes of this Assignment.

 

 
 

 

4.        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to any choice or conflicts of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction other than the State of Utah.

 

5.        Successors and Assigns . This Assignment and all of its terms and provisions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of Assignor and Assignee.

 

6.        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.        Effective Date . Notwithstanding the anything countering contained herein, this Agreement shall not be effective until the occurrence of the consummation of the IPO, at which time, this Agreement shall automatically become effective.

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  ASSIGNOR:
   
  Superior Drilling Products, LLC
   
  By:  
    Annett Meier, Chief Executive Officer
   
  ASSIGNEE:
   
  SD Company, Inc.
   
  By:  
    Troy Meier, Chief Executive Officer

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Assigned Contracts

 

1. The Purchase Agreement.

 

2. That certain Intellectual Property Protection Agreement dated as of January 28, 2014 executed by and between Assignor, HRSI, the Company, James D. Isenhour and Troy Meier.

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.14

To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

Execution Version

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of February __, 2014 between SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation (“ SDCI ”), and SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ SDP ”, and together with SDCI, the “ Companies ”) and D4D LLC, a Texas limited liability Company, or its successors, transferees or assigns (the “ Investor ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.           The Investor desires to provide a $2 million bridge loan (“ Bridge Loan ”) to the Companies, and the Companies desire to accept the Bridge Loan from the Investor, under the terms of this Agreement, the Note (as defined in Section 1 ), and and all other documents executed to evidence the Bridge Loan (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”).

 

B.           The Companies are issuing the Note in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of, or Rule 506 promulgated under, the Securities Act of 1933 (“ Act ”), or any other applicable exemption, and applicable state exemptions in each state in which the Investor’s members reside. The Investor is an accredited investor by virtue of each of Investor’s member being accredited investors.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Companies and the Investor agree as follows:

 

1.            Note. The Companies agree to issue and sell to the Investor, and the Investor agrees to purchase from the Companies, a Secured Convertible Promissory Note in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Note ”), having an initial principal balance of $2,000,000 (the “ Loan Amount ”).

 

2.            Warrant. As additional consideration for the Note, the Companies agrees to issue to the Investor a common stock purchase warrant in the form attached to the Note (the “ Warrant ”), upon conversion of the Note in accordance with the conversion provisions of the Note. The Warrant will grant to the Investor the right to purchase the number of shares of the Companies’s common stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”), and at an exercise price, as set forth in the Warrant.

 

3.            Contemporaneous Closing. Contemporaneously with signing this Agreement, each of the parties will make, or have previously made, all of the following deliveries which shall constitute closing of the Bridge Loan transaction (“ Closing ”):

 

3.1          Companies’ Deliveries. In addition to the Disclosure Documents (as defined and listed in Section 5.4 ), the Companies will deliver the following documents to the Investor on or before the Closing Date:

 

3.1.1        Each of the following fully executed Loan Documents

 

(a) This Agreement.

 

(b) The Note, including the attached form of Warrant.

 

(c) The Security Agreements for SDCI and SDP substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B and Exhibit C , respectively ( collectively, the Security Agreements ”).

 

(d) UCC Financing Statements perfecting Investor’s security interest in the collateral, as set forth in the Security Agreements (“ Financing Statements ”).

 

 
 

  

(e) Guarantees substantially in the forms attached as Exhibits D and E from Gilbert Troy Meier and Annette D. Meier.

 

(f) The Registration Rights Agreement in the form attached as Exhibits E (“ Registration Rights Agreement ”) .

 

(g) Borrowers’ authorizations to sign the Loan Documents.

 

3.1.2        A payoff statement and payment instructions from WCMF, Inc., a Nevada Corporation (“ WCMF ”), which shall be acceptable to Investor in its sole discretion, for the full repayment of the loan from WCMF to Superior Drilling Products, LLC made pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement dated July 23, 2012, and that certain Note dated July 23, 2013. Those payment instructions will include instructions to WCMF to provide Investor with evidence of WCMF’s release of lien with respect to the security interest(s) granted by that certain All Asset Security Interest Agreement dated July 23, 2012, as required upon payoff of that loan.

 

3.1.3        A Consent to Lien from American Bank of the North, which shall be acceptable to Investor in its sole discretion, in which American Bank of the North agrees that the Bridge Loan and Investor’s lien of the Companies’ assets in accordance with the Security Agreements will not constitute a default under any of the loans from American Bank of the North to the Companies or their affiliates.

 

3.1.4        A Consent to Lien from Proficio Bank, A state chartered commercial bank with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047, which shall be acceptable to Investor in its sole discretion, in which Proficio Bank agrees that the Bridge Loan and Investor’s lien of the Companies’ assets in accordance with the Security Agreements will not constitute a default under any of the loans from Proficio Bank to the Companies or their affiliates.

 

3.1.5        The fees of Investor’s legal counsel incurred in connection with this Note in the amount of $[27,500]; provided, however, that Investor shall be entitled to offset the amount of such fees against the Loan Amount at Closing.

 

3.1.6        All other consents, approvals and waivers of governmental authorities and third-parties necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

3.2          Investor’s Deliveries. On or before the Closing Date, the Investors will make each of the following deliveries to the Companies:

 

3.2.1        The following fully executed Loan Documents

 

(a)           This Agreement.

 

(b)           The Security Agreements.

 

(c)           The Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(d)           A Lock-Up Agreement from the Investor and each of its members in the form required by SDCI’s underwriter.

 

3.2.2        Completed and signed Investor qualification questionnaires from each of Investor’s limited liability company members in the form provided by the Companies.

 

3.2.3        The Loan Amount by confirmed wire transfer to the account specified by the Companies.

 

2
 

 

 

4.            Companies Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The Companies represent, warrant and covenant to the Investor that as of the date of this Agreement, and except with respect to Section 4.8 , through the date of the full repayment of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or the full conversion of the indebtedness evidenced by the Note pursuant to the terms of the Note:

 

4.1           Existence . (a) Borrower Parent is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Utah and has the requisite power and authority, and the legal right, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted, and (b) Borrower Subsidiary is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Utah and has the requisite power and authority, and the legal right, to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted.

 

4.2           Power and Authority. Each Borrower has the power and authority, and the legal right, to (i) execute and deliver this Note and the other Loan Documents, as applicable, to which such Borrower is a party, and (ii) to perform its obligations thereunder.

 

4.3           Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Note by each Borrower and the performance of each Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action in accordance with each Borrower’s organizational documents and applicable laws. Each Borrower has duly executed and delivered each of the Loan Documents.

 

4.4           Enforceability . The obligations of the Borrowers under this Note are valid, legal and binding obligations of the Borrowers, enforceable against the Borrowers in accordance with their terms.

 

4.5           Reservation. Sufficient shares of the Companies’s common stock will be reserved for issuance of (a) the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Note (“ Conversion Shares ”) and (b) the Warrant Shares upon exercise of the Warrant, if any, after is issuance in connection with any conversion of the Note.

 

4.6           Title. When issued, the Conversion Securities (as defined in the Note) and the Note (the “ Securities ”) will be (a) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, (b) free from all taxes, liens, and charges, and (c) not subject to preemptive or similar rights of the Companies’s shareholders.

 

4.7           No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Note and the consummation by the Borrowers of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (a) violate any provision of the Borrowers’ organizational documents; (b) violate any applicable law or order of any court or other tribunal applicable to either Borrower or by which any of the Borrowers’ properties or assets may be bound; or (c) constitute a default under any material agreement or contract by which either Borrower may be bound.

 

4.8           Ownership . On the date of this Agreement, the equity ownership and voting power of the Companies is as follows:

 

4.8.1        SDCI is owned (a) 64% by Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, and (b) 36% by Meier Management Company, LLC.

 

4.8.2        SDP is owned (a) 95% by Meier Family Holding Company, LLC and (b) 5% by Meier Management Company, LLC.

 

4.8.3        Meier Management Company, LLC is 50% owned by Mr. Meier, and 50% owned by Ms. Meier.

 

3
 

   

4.8.4        Meier Family Holding Company, LLC is 64% owned by Meier Management Company, LLC, and 36% owned by the children of Gilbert Troy Meier and Annette D. Meier.

 

4.9           Filing of Financing Statements. The Companies will promptly file, or cooperate with Investor in filing, the Financing Statements following the Closing.

 

5.           Investor Covenants, Representations and Warranties. The Investor covenants, represents and warrants to the Companies, as of the date of this Agreement, and as of any and each date that (a) any Conversion Shares are issued, (b) the Warrant is issued, and (c) any Warrant Shares are issued, that:

 

5.1           Authorization; Enforcement. This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Investor, and is a valid and binding agreement of the Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforceability to general principles of equity and to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

5.2           Investment Purpose. Except as permitted under Section 9 , the Investor is acquiring the Securities on its own account for investment purposes only, and not as a nominee or agent or with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution of the Securities.

 

5.3           Investor Status

 

5.3.1        Qualification . The Investor is an “Accredited Investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act, due to each of the Investor’s member being accredited investors for the reasons set forth in their individual Investor Qualification Questionnaires submitted to the Companies.

 

5.3.2        Broker-Dealer . The Investor is not a “broker” or “dealer” as those terms are defined in Section 3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

5.3.3        Residence . The Investor is duly organized under the laws of the State of Texas. Each of the Investor’s members are U.S. citizens and a resident of the state set forth after the member’s signature on this Agreement.

 

5.4          Disclosure. The Investor acknowledges and agrees that:

 

5.4.1        The Investor has received and carefully read the following documents (collectively, the Disclosure Documents ):

 

Ø The Companies’ (a) draft 2011 and 2012 combined audited financial statements (not including the Meier Property Series, LLC financial statements) and (b) draft reviewed combined financial statements for September 30, 2012 and 2013 (not including the Meier Property Series, LLC financial statements).

 

Ø (a) The 2011 and 2012 audited financial statements of Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., a Utah corporation (“ Hard Rock ”), and (b) Hard Rock’s draft reviewed combined financial statements for September 30, 2012 and 2013.

 

Ø The fully executed Membership Interest Purchase Agreement between Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Hard Rock.

 

Ø A draft of SD Company, Inc.’s pending Registration Statement on Form S-1.

 

4
 

  

5.4.2        The Companies has made available to the Investor, or to the Investor’s attorney, accountant or representative, all other documents that the Investor has requested, and has provided the Investor with answers to all questions concerning its investment in the Securities.

 

5.4.3        The Investor has requested all documents and other information that the Investor has deemed necessary for making an investment in the Securities, and carefully considered and has, to the extent the Investor believes such discussion necessary, discussed with the Investor’s professional legal, tax and financial advisers the suitability of an investment in the Securities for the Investor’s particular tax and financial situation.

 

5.5          Reliance on Exemptions. The Investor understands that (a) the Securities are being offered and sold in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal securities laws and applicable state securities laws, and (b) that the Companies are relying and will rely, in part, upon the truth and accuracy of, and the Investor’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Investor set forth in this Agreement, in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Investor to acquire the Securities.

 

5.6          Investment Risk. The Investor understands and acknowledges that (a) an investment in the Securities involves a high degree of risk, (b) it is able to bear the associated financial risks, including the loss of some or all of its investment, and (c) it has sought whatever accounting, legal and tax advice that it considers necessary to enter into the Loan Documents.

 

5.7           No Governmental Review. The Investor understands that no federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has (a) passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Securities or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Securities, and (b) passed on or endorsed the merits of the Bridge Loan of the Securities.

 

5.8           Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that (a) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and (b) the Companies is not obligated to register the Securities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption under those laws.

 

5.9           Transfer or Resale. The Investor understands that the Securities may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless (a) the Securities are registered under federal and state securities laws, (b) the Investor has delivered to the Companies an opinion of counsel, in a reasonably acceptable form, to the effect that such securities may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration, or (c) the Investor provides the Companies with reasonable assurance that such securities can be and are being sold, assigned or transferred in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act. However, the Companies (a) understand that the Investor intends to distribute the Conversion Shares and the Warrant to its members, in proportion to their respective membership interests, and (b) consent to such transfers upon receipt of the Assignment Agreement attached as Exhibit G from each assignee.

 

5.10        Legends . The Investor understands that (a) the certificates or other instruments representing the Securities will bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form, in addition to any legends required by applicable securities laws, and (b) the Companies may place a stop-transfer order against the transfer of those certificates or other instruments:

 

The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state securities laws. The securities have been acquired for investment and may not be offered for sale, sold, transferred or assigned in the absence of an effective registration statement for the securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state securities laws, or an opinion of counsel, in a generally acceptable form, that registration is not required under said act or applicable state securities laws or unless sold pursuant to Rule 144 under said act.

 

5
 

   

6.            Indemnification. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend, hold harmless and reimburse the other party from and against all claims, losses, causes of action, debts, liabilities, costs, judgments, obligations and expenses (including attorney fees and expenses) incurred in connection with or from the first party’s misrepresentation, breach of representation or warranty or non-fulfillment of any agreement contained in the Loan Documents.

 

7.            Dispute Resolution. The parties will first make a good faith effort to settle by negotiation any dispute regarding this Agreement, the Securities, or the Loan Documents. If a settlement has not been reached within 15 days of beginning that negotiation, then either party may submit the dispute for mediation, and the other party agrees to participate in that mediation proceeding. If a settlement is not reached in the course of the mediation proceeding, then either party may submit the dispute to binding arbitration by a mutually acceptable arbitrator, and the other party agrees to participate in that arbitration proceeding. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then each party will select one arbitrator, and those two arbitrators will select a third arbitrator who will conduct the arbitration. Any arbitration under this section will be conducted in Dallas County, Texas pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction of the matter. However, this section will not apply to (a) actions for equitable relief, or (b) actions to enforce any mediation or arbitration award. In any action under the preceding clauses (a) or (b), each party waives all rights to a jury trial.

 

8.            Attorney Fees. The substantially Prevailing Party in any mediation, arbitration, other dispute resolution proceeding, or litigation, concerning this Agreement is entitled to reimbursement of its court costs and reasonable attorney fees by the non-prevailing party, including costs and fees incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding. “ Prevailing Party means a party who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense.

 

9.            General Provisions. This Agreement (a) cannot be assigned without the written consent of all parties, (b) will be enforced, governed and construed exclusively under the laws of the State of Texas, and under the jurisdiction of and venue in any appropriate court in Texas, (c) benefits and is binding upon each of the parties and their respective heirs, estate, legal representatives, successors and assigns, as applicable, (d) is not intended for the benefit of any creditors or other third parties, (e) will remain in full force and effect to the extent possible if any portion of this Agreement is declared invalid by a court having jurisdiction, (f) together with the Loan Documents, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties, and supercedes all previous agreements, written or oral, with regard to its subject matter , (g) may only be waived or modified in writing signed by all parties, and (h) may be signed in two or more counterparts, which together constitute one and the same document.

 

Signatures appear on the next page

 

6
 

 

Effective as of the first date written above.

 

INVESTOR:   COMPANIES:
         
D4D LLC   SD COMPANY, INC.
         
By: Hard 4 Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member   By: /s/ Troy Meier
        Troy Meier, Chief Executive Officer
By: /s/ Reid Walker      
  Reid Walker, its Manager      
      SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC  
         
      By: /s/ Annette Meier
        Annette Meier, Manager

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]

 

7
 

 

Exhibit A

 

Secured Convertible Promissory Note

 

8
 

 

Exhibit B

 

SDCI Security Agreement

 

9
 

 

Exhibit C

 

SDP Security Agreement

 

10
 

 

Exhibit D

 

Guarantee of Mr. Meier

  

11
 


Exhibit E

 

Guarantee of Ms. Meier

 

12
 

 

Exhibit F

 

Registration Rights Agreement

 

13
 

 

Exhibit G

 

Assignment Agreement

  

14

 

    EXHIBIT NO.: 10.15
    To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

Execution Version

 

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATES. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER THAT SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION OTHERWISE COMPLIES WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

SD COMPANY, INC. AND SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC

 

SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

$2,000,000.00 February            , 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, on or before February , 2016 (the “ Maturity Date ”), SD Company, Inc., a Utah Corporation (“ Borrower Parent ”) and Superior Drilling Products LLC , a Utah limited liability company (“ Borrower Subsidiary ”, and together with Borrower Parent, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), each promises to pay to the order of D4D LLC, a Texas limited liability company, or its successors, transferees or assigns (the “ Holder ”), in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (the “ Loan Amount ”), together with interest from the date of this Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “ Note ”) on the unpaid principal balance at a rate equal to five percent (5.0 %) per annum, computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 days.

 

1.           Payments .

 

(a)   Payment of Principal and Interest . The principal of and all accrued but unpaid interest on this Note (the “ Note Balance ”) shall be due and payable as follows: (i) beginning on November 1 , 2014 (the “ Payment Date ”), interest shall begin accruing and 20 minimum payments each in the amount of $50,500 shall be due and payable to Holder on the first day of each calendar month until the earlier of (1) the Note Balance has been paid in full, (2) an automatic or voluntary conversion has occurred pursuant to Section 6(a) or Section 6(c) of this Note, or (3) the Maturity Date; and (ii) the remainder of the Note Balance, if any, shall be due and payable in one payment on the Maturity Date.

 

(b)   Prepayment . The Borrowers shall not be permitted to completely or partially prepay this Note without the written consent of Holder, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, unless the Prepayment Conditions have been satisfied. For purposes of this Note, “ Prepayment Conditions ” shall mean that (i) Borrower Parent has abandoned its pending Initial Public Offering, and (ii) the termination of that certain Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated January 28, 2014 (“ MIPA ”) by and between Borrower Subsidiary, Hard Rock Solutions, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“ Hard Rock ”), Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., a Texas corporation and James D. Isenhour, and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated by the MIPA. Upon satisfaction of the Prepayment Conditions, the Borrowers may completely or partially prepay this Note at any time without penalty; provided, however, that the Borrowers must provide Holder with at least 10 business days written notice of their intent to completely or partially repay this Note, and Holder shall have the right to elect to convert an equivalent amount of the Indebtedness in accordance with Section 6(a) or Section 6(c) of this Note, in lieu of accepting such payment.

 

 
 

 

2.     Security .

 

This Note is secured by (i) that certain Security Agreement dated the date hereof by and between Holder and Borrower Parent (the “ Borrower Parent Security Agreement ”), covering certain collateral as more particularly described therein, and (ii) that certain Security Agreement dated the date hereof by and between Holder and Borrower Subsidiary (the “ Borrower Subsidiary Security Agreement ”, and together with Borrower Parent Security Agreement, each a “ Security Agreement ”, and, collectively, the “ Security Agreements ”), covering certain collateral as more particularly described therein. This Note, the Security Agreements and all other documents evidencing, securing, governing, guaranteeing and/or pertaining to this Note are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Loan Documents .” The Borrowers acknowledge that the Holder is entitled to the benefits and security provided in the Loan Documents.

 

3.    Covenants

 

(a)   Initial Public Offering . The Initial Public Offering contemplated by the Borrower Parent’s draft pending Registration Statement on Form S-1 (“ Registration Statement ”) shall be consummated, if at all, by Borrower Parent. The Borrowers shall take no action that frustrates the foregoing or causes the Initial Public Offering to take place in any other entity other than Borrower Parent. However, nothing in this Note or the Loan Documents shall require the Borrower Parent to consummate the Initial Public Offering if its Board of Directors determines in good faith that it is not in the best interests of the Borrower Parent’s shareholders to do so.

 

(b)   Join Hard Rock as Co-Borrower . The Borrowers will cause Hard Rock to sign as a co-borrower under this Note within three business days of Borrower Parent closing its purchase of Hard Rock. However, nothing in this Note or the Loan Documents shall require the Borrower Parent to join Hard Rock as a co-borrower if it does not close its acquisition of Hard Rock.

 

(c)   Further Assurances . The Borrowers shall promptly execute and deliver such further instruments and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be necessary or advisable to carry out the intent and purposes of this Note, including, but not limited to, the taking of any action necessary to grant Holder the right to automatically or voluntarily convert this Note into the Conversion Securities (as defined in Section 9 ) .

 

4.     Events of Default .

 

The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ” under this Note:

 

(a)    Failure to Pay . The Borrowers shall fail to pay when due (i) any principal payment on the due date hereunder; or (ii) any interest payment or other payment required under the terms of this Note or any other agreement relating to the Note on the date due and such payment shall not have been made within five (5) business days of such due date; or

 

(b)    Breaches of Certain Covenants. Either Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement made by Borrowers, any subsidiary or guarantor (other than those specified in Section 4(a) ) contained in (i) Section 3(a) of this Note, (ii) Sections 13(a), 13(b), 13(c), 13(d), 13(e), 13(f), or 13(g) of the Guarantees, (iii) Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, and 4.9 of the Security Agreements and (iv) Sections 4.5 and 4.9 of that certain Securities Purchase Agreement executed as of the same date as this Note (the “ Securities Purchase Agreement ”);

 

- 2 -
 

 

(c)    Breaches of Other Covenants. Either Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, condition or agreement made by Borrowers, any subsidiary or guarantor (other than those specified in Section 4(a) ) contained in any Loan Document, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from Holder to the Borrowers;

 

(d)    Breaches of Representations and Warranties. Any material representation or warranty made or deemed made by Borrowers, any subsidiary or guarantor in any Loan Document (or any of their respective officers or managers) in any Loan Document or in any certificate, report, notice or financial statement furnished at any time in connection with this Note shall be false, misleading or erroneous in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made;

 

(e)    Other Payment Obligations. Defaults shall exist and be continuing under any agreements of either Borrower with any third party or parties which consist of the failure by such Borrower to pay any indebtedness for borrowed money at maturity and after any applicable grace or cure period or which results in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness for borrowed money of such Borrower, in each case, in an aggregate amount in excess of 1,000,000;

 

(f)     Voluntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries shall, (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries or of all or a substantial part of the assets of either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries, (ii) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they mature, (iii) make an assignment for the benefit of its or any of their subsidiaries’ creditors, (iv) be dissolved or liquidated, (v) commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, dissolutions, insolvency, bankruptcy, arrangement, readjustment of debt, reorganization or other relief with respect to either Borrower or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect or consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession of all or any of its assets by any official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing; or

 

(g)    Involuntary Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. Proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of either Borrower, any of their subsidiaries, or of all or a substantial part of the assets of either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to either Borrower, any of their subsidiaries or the debts of either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within ninety (90) days of commencement; or

 

(h)    Judgments . A final judgment or order, after expiration of all available appeal rights, for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 (exclusive of amounts covered by insurance) shall be rendered against either Borrower and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any judgment, writ, assessment, warrant of attachment, or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against a substantial part of the property of either Borrower or any of their subsidiaries, if any and such judgment, writ, or similar process shall not be released, stayed, vacated or otherwise dismissed within 30 days after issue or levy.

 

- 3 -
 

 

5.     Rights of Holder upon Default .

 

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in Sections 4(f) or 4(g) ) and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such Event of Default, Holder may, by written notice to the Borrowers, declare all outstanding Indebtedness payable by the Borrowers hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 4(f) or 4(g) , immediately and without notice, all outstanding Obligations payable by the Borrowers hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Holder may, exercise any other right power or remedy granted to it herein , under the other Loan Documents or otherwise permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

6.     Conversion; Change of Control .

 

(a)    Automatic Conversion upon a Qualified Equity Financing. In the event Borrower Parent consummates, prior to the Maturity Date, the Initial Public Offering or any other Qualified Equity Financing, thenthe Note Balance shall automatically convert into:

 

(i)           that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the Borrower Parent’s equity securities of the same class issued under the Qualified Equity Financing (“ Conversion Shares”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Note Balance by (y) the applicable Note Conversion Price (as defined in Section 9 , below); and

 

(ii)           a stock purchase warrant (the “ Warrant ”), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, to purchase that number of shares of the Borrower Parent’s Common Stock equal to the number of Conversion Shares (the “ Warrant Shares ”) for the applicable Warrant Exercise Price (as defined in Section 9 , below).

 

(b)           Automatic Conversion Procedure . The issuance of Conversion Securities upon conversion of the Note Balance shall be upon the terms and subject to the conditions no less favorable than the terms and conditions of the Qualified Equity Financing, except that Conversion Shares issued in the Initial Public Offering will be restricted common stock, and not publicly traded common stock. The Holder agrees to deliver the original of this Note (or a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement mutually and reasonably acceptable to Borrower Parent and the Holder whereby the Holder agrees to indemnify Borrower Parent from any loss incurred by it in connection with this Note) at the closing of the Qualified Equity Financing for cancellation; provided, however , that upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 6(b) , this Note shall be deemed converted and of no further force and effect, whether or not it is delivered for cancellation as set forth in this sentence.

 

(c)     Optional Conversion .

 

(i)           Non-Qualified Equity Financing. Upon the consummation of an equity financing that is not a Qualified Equity Financing or a Permitted Issuance (such financing, a “ Non-Qualified Equity Financing ”), all or a portion of the Note Balance shall be convertible at the option of the Holder into:

 

- 4 -
 

 

(1)         that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity security sold by Borrower Parent in such Non-Qualified Equity Financing (“ Non-Qualified Financing Shares ”) determined by dividing (x) the Note Balance by (y) the applicable Note Conversion Price.

 

(2)         a Warrant to purchase the same number of shares of Common Stock as the Non-Qualified Financing Shares (also, the “ Warrant Shares ”) for the lesser of (a) applicable Warrant Exercise Price, or (b) the exercise price of any warrants issued in the Non-Qualified Equity Financing.

 

Borrower Parent shall give Holder at least 30-days’ prior written notice of any contemplated Non-Qualified Equity Financing. As a condition precedent (which may be waived by Borrower Parent) to issuance of the Non-Qualified Financing Shares and the Warrant, the Holder will be required to execute the transaction documents prepared in connection with the Non-Qualified Equity Financing; provided, however, that such transaction documents are on terms no less favorable with respect to such Non-Qualified Financing Stock than the terms of the transaction documents entered into with all other purchasers of the Non-Qualified Financing Stock.

 

(ii)          Change of Control. Upon notice of a Change of Control of Borrower Parent that is not a Permitted Issuance, all or a portion of the Note Balance shall be convertible at the option of the Holder into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity security sold by Borrower Parent in such Change of Control (“ Change of Control Shares ”) determined by dividing (x) the Note Balance by (y) the applicable Note Conversion Price. In addition, Borrower Parent shall issue a Warrant to purchase the same number of shares of Common Stock as the Change of Control Shares (also, the “ Warrant Shares ”) for the lesser of (a) applicable Warrant Exercise Price, or (b) the exercise price of any warrants issued in the Change of Control transaction. The Borrowers shall provide Holder notice of any Change of Control in accordance with Section 10(c) below.

 

(d)           Optional Conversion Procedure . Before the Holder shall be entitled to convert this Note into shares of Borrower Parent’s stock pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii) , it shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the office of Borrower Parent and shall give written notice to Borrower Parent at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii) , and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal and accrued interest of this Note, as applicable, to be converted and the name or names in which the Convertible Securities are to be issued. Borrower Parent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the Non-Qualified Financing Shares or the Change of Control Shares, as applicable (bearing such legends as are required by the applicable stock purchase agreement and applicable state and federal securities laws in the opinion of counsel to Borrower Parent), together with a replacement Note (if any principal amount is not converted) and any other securities and property to which Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Note, including a check payable to the Holder for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 6(f) . If Holder elects to exercise its option to convert pursuant to Section 6(c)(i) , such conversion shall be deemed to have been made upon the consummation of the Non-Qualified Equity Financing and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Non-Qualified Financing Shares shall be treated as the record investor(s) as of such time.

 

(e)           Issuance to Members of Holder. Holder shall have the option, at its sole discretion, to cause the Borrowers to issue the Conversion Securities directly to its members in accordance with their membership percentages, subject to the requirements of the Securities Purchase Agreement. Any such members shall have the same rights and obligations as Holder under this Note.

 

- 5 -
 

 

(f)           Fractional Shares; Interest. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of Borrower Parent issuing any fractional shares to the Holder upon the conversion of this Note, Borrower Parent shall pay to Holder an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the applicable conversion price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. In addition, to the extent not converted into shares of capital stock, Borrower Parent shall pay to Holder any interest accrued on the amount converted and on the amount to be paid to Borrower Parent pursuant to the previous sentence.

 

(g)           Deliver of Note; Lost Note Indemnification. At the closing of any optional conversion under this Section 6(c) for cancellation, the Holder agrees to deliver (i) the original of this Note, or (ii) a notice to the effect that the original Note has been lost, stolen or destroyed and an agreement mutually and reasonably acceptable to Borrower Parent and Holder whereby Holder agrees to indemnify Borrower Parent against the claims of any Persons claiming an interest in this Note after conversion and issuance of the Conversion Securities to the Holder.

 

(h)           Effect of Conversion. Upon issuance of the Conversion Securities, (a) this Note automatically shall be deemed converted, fully paid, cancelled, and (b) the Borrowers shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to Borrower Parent for cancellation.

 

7.           Required Notices .

 

The Borrowers will provide the Holder with written notice in the event of:

 

(i)          If any of the following actions is to be taken in connection with a Qualified Equity Financing, Initial Public Offering, Non-Qualified Equity Financing, or Change of Control: Any taking by either Borrower of a record of the holders of any class of securities of the Borrowers for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution or any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right; or

 

(ii)         Any capital reorganization of the Borrowers, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Borrowers or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers to any other Person or any consolidation or merger involving the Borrowers; or

 

(iii)        Any Qualified Equity Financing, Non-Qualified Equity Financing, or Change of Control; or

 

(iv)        Any Initial Public Offering; or

 

(v)         Any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Borrowers.

 

The Borrowers will mail to Holder at least ten (10) days prior to the earliest date specified therein, a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, but only if such action is to be taken in connection with a Qualified Equity Financing, Initial Public Offering, Non-Qualified Equity Financing, or Change of Control; and (B) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Qualified Equity Financing, Non-Qualified Equity Financing, Change of Control, Initial Public Offering, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective and, if applicable, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, to the extent that Holder exercises its right to convert pursuant to Section 6(c)(ii) , Holder’s right to convert the shares shall be exercised at the time of and in connection with the closing of the Change of Control of Borrower Parent.

 

- 6 -
 

 

8.           Definitions .

 

As used in this Note, the following additional capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 34% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Change of Control ” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(a)          a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the Persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(b)          a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

 

(c)          the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any Person or related group of Persons (other than the Company or a Person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a stock purchase transaction or a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders (except that the sale by the Company of shares of its capital stock to non-Affiliate third parties in bona fide capital raising transactions shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control for this purpose).

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

 

Common Stock ” means the restricted common stock of Borrower Parent.

 

Conversion Securities ” means the Conversion Shares, the Non-Qualified Financing Shares, or the Change of Control Shares, as applicable, and the Warrant.

 

Conversion Shares ” means any shares of Borrower Parent’s fully paid and nonassessable shares of equity securities issued in accordance with any automatic or voluntary conversion of this Note under Section 6, rounded down to the next whole share.

 

Effective Date ” means the date first written above.

 

- 7 -
 

 

Guarantees ” means that certain Guaranty dated as of the date hereof by and between Holder and Gilbert Troy Meier, and that certain Guaranty dated as of the date hereof by and between Annette D. Meier.

 

Indebtedness ” shall mean and include all loans, advances, debts, liabilities and obligations, howsoever arising, owed by the Borrowers to the Holder of every kind and description, now existing or hereafter arising under or pursuant to the terms of this Note, including, all interest, fees, charges, expenses, attorneys’ fees and costs and accountants’ fees and costs chargeable to and payable by the Borrowers hereunder and thereunder, in each case, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, and whether or not arising after the commencement of a proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U. S. C. Section 101 et seq .), as amended from time to time (including post-petition interest) and whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding.

 

Initial Public Offering ” shall mean the closing of Borrower Parent’s first firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

Note Conversion Price ” means 70% of the per share purchase price paid for (i) the Qualified Financing Securities by the investors in the Qualified Equity Financing. (ii) the Non-Qualified Financing Stock issued to the investors in the Non-Qualified Financing, or (iii) the Change of Control Stock transferred to the recipients in connection with a Change of Control, in which this Note is converted, as applicable.

 

Permitted Issuance ” shall have the meaning given such term in the definition of Qualified Equity Financing.

 

Person ” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation (including a business trust), a joint stock company, a limited liability company, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a governmental authority.

 

Qualified Equity Financing ” means an Initial Public Offering or any other transaction (or series of related transactions occurring within any six-month period) after the date of this Note in which Borrower Parent issues and sells its equity securities in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of at least thirty million dollars ($30,000,000) (excluding Permitted Issuances and any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) in any transaction that is approved by Borrower Parent’s Board of Directors as a “Qualified Equity Financing”. None of the following issuances of securities (each a “ Permitted Issuance ”) shall constitute a Qualified Equity Financing:

 

(i)          this Note, the Conversion Securities or the Warrant Shares;

 

(ii)         securities issued in connection with any stock or unit split of or stock or unit dividend on Borrower Parent’s securities;

 

(iii)        securities issued to Borrower Parent’s employees, officers, directors, consultants, advisors or service providers pursuant to any plan, agreement or similar arrangement approved by either Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(iv)        securities issued to banks or equipment lessors;

 

- 8 -
 

 

(v)         securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships;

 

(vi)        securities issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by either Borrower (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise);

 

(vii)       securities issued for a charitable purpose;

 

(viii)      any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into or exercisable for the securities listed in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

 

Qualified Financing Securities ” means the equity securities issued by Borrower Parent in a Qualified Equity Financing, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, contractual or otherwise, as are applicable to the securities issued by Borrower Parent in the Qualified Equity Financing.

 

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Warrant Exercise Price ” means (a) 100% of the per share purchase price paid for (i) the Qualified Financing Shares by the investors in the Qualified Equity Financing. (ii) the Non-Qualified Financing Shares issued to the investors in the Non-Qualified Financing in which this Note is converted, or (b) 70% of the per share purchase price paid for the Change of Control Shares transferred to the recipients in connection with a Change of Control in which this Note is converted.

 

9.           Successors and Assigns; Transfer of this Note or Securities Issuable on Conversion Hereof .

 

(a)           Generally . Subject to the restrictions on transfer described in Section 9(b) , the rights and obligations of the Borrowers and the Holder under this Note shall be binding upon and benefit the successors, assigns, heirs, administrators and transferees of the parties.

 

(b)           Permitted Transfer. With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of the Conversion Securities, the Holder shall comply with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, including Section 5.9 thereof. Subject to the foregoing, transfers of this Note shall be registered upon registration books maintained for such purpose by or on behalf of the Borrowers. Prior to presentation of this Note for registration of transfer, the Borrowers shall treat the registered holder hereof as the owner and holder of this Note for the purpose of receiving all payments of principal and interest hereon and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not this Note shall be overdue and the Borrowers shall not be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(i)          Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Borrowers without the prior written consent Holder, which consent will not unreasonably be withheld.

 

10.         Miscellaneous

 

(a)           No Rights as Shareholders. This Note does not entitle the Holder to any voting or other rights as a shareholder of the Company unless and until to the conversion hereof under Section 6(a) or 6(c) .

 

- 9 -
 

 

(b)           Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified upon the written consent of the Borrowers and the Holder.

 

(c)           Notices. All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties at such address or facsimile number as the Borrowers shall have furnished to the Holder, or the Holder may have furnished to the Borrowers, in writing. All such notices and communications will be deemed effectively given the earlier of (i) when received, (ii) when delivered personally, (iii) one business day after being delivered by facsimile (with receipt of appropriate confirmation), (iv) one business day after being deposited with an overnight courier service of recognized standing or (v) four days after being deposited in the U.S. mail, first class with postage prepaid.

 

(d)           Payment. Unless converted into Borrower Parent’s equity securities pursuant to the terms hereof, payment shall be made in lawful tender of the United States.

 

(e)           Usury. In the event any interest is paid on this Note that is deemed to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of this Note.

 

(f)           Waivers. The Borrowers hereby waives notice of default, presentment or demand for payment, protest or notice of nonpayment or dishonor and all other notices or demands relative to this instrument.

 

(g)           Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of Texas, or of any other state.

 

(h)           Counterparts. This Note may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by facsimile or portable document format (pdf)) for the convenience of the parties hereto, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

( Signature Page Follows

- 10 -
 

 

The Borrowers have caused this Note to be signed as of the date first written above.

 

  BORROWERS:
   
  SD Company, Inc. , a Utah corporation
       
  By: /s/ Troy Meier  
  G. Troy Meier, Chief Executive Officer
   
  Superior Drilling Products, LLC. ,
  a Utah limited liability company
       
  By: /s/ Annette Meier  
  Annette Meier, Manager

 

Accepted:  
   
HOLDER:  
     
D4D LLC, a Texas limited liability company  
     
By: Hard 4 Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member  
         
  By: /s/ Reid Walker    
  Name: Reid Walker  
  Title: Manager  

 

[ Signature Page to Secured Convertible Promissory Note ]

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

Execution Version

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (“ Security Agreement ”) is entered into as of February ____, 2014, by Superior Drilling Products, LLC., a Utah limited liability company (“ Debtor ), in favor of D4D LLC, a Texas limited liability company ( Secured Party ).

 

WHEREAS, at the time of the execution of this Security Agreement, Secured Party has agreed to lend two million dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Loan” ), with such loan being evidenced by the Secured Convertible Promissory Note of even date herewith, payable by Debtor to the order of Secured Party (as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Note ”); and

 

WHEREAS, to induce Secured Party to make the Loan and other financial accommodations provided for in the Note, the Debtor has agreed to grant a security interest in collateral herein described to secure repayment of the Loan;

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.0           Terms . Terms defined in the Note have the same meanings when used herein unless otherwise defined herein or the context hereof otherwise requires. Certain terms used herein are defined in Appendix I hereto, which is incorporated herein. Terms not defined herein (including Appendix I ) or in the Note that are defined in the Texas Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect on the date hereof (the “UCC” ; provided, however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection or priority of the Security Interest is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of Texas, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such attachment, perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions related to such provisions ), have the meanings specified in the UCC, and the definitions specified in Article 9 of the UCC control in the case of any conflicting definitions in the UCC. The singular number includes the plural and vice versa. Captions of Sections do not limit the terms of such Sections.

 

2.0           Security .

 

2.1           Security Interest . To secure payment and performance of repayment of the Loan and all obligations of Debtor under the Note (the “Obligations ”), Debtor grants to Secured Party a security interest in the following described property of Debtor (the “ Collateral ”) wherever located, including:

 

(a)          Accounts;

 

(b)          Chattel Paper;

 

(c)          General Intangibles;

 

(d)          all amounts owing from time to time by Secured Party to Debtor in any capacity including without limitation, any balance belonging to Debtor of any deposit or other account with Secured Party, all investments thereof and any other claim of Debtor against Secured Party, now or hereafter existing, liquidated or unliquidated, and all properties of Debtor which are at any time in the possession, custody, or control of Secured Party or any of its agents, affiliates, or correspondents; and

 

 
 

 

(e)          all proceeds of the foregoing, and all dividends, distributions, and income attributable to proceeds, products, additions to, substitutions, replacements and supporting obligations, and accessions of, any and all Collateral described in this Section 2.1 ; “proceeds” includes, without limitation, all proceeds of any insurance (including any surrender value therefor, any right to return, or unearned premiums), causes and rights of action, remedies, privileges, settlements, judicial and arbitration judgments and awards, indemnities, liens, warranties, or guaranties payable from time to time with respect to or security; and all ledgers, files, writings, records, books, data bases, plans, drawings, and information relating to any of the foregoing.

 

2.2           Debtor to Remain Liable . Debtor shall remain liable under and, to the extent commercially reasonable, shall preserve the liability of all other parties to each agreement constituting part of the Collateral and shall perform all of its obligations thereunder. Except as required by the UCC or other applicable law, the exercise by Secured Party of any of its rights hereunder shall not release Debtor from any duties under any agreement. Secured Party has no obligation or liability with respect to any of the Collateral under any agreement by reason or arising out of the assignment thereof to Secured Party or the granting to Secured Party of a security interest therein or the receipt by Secured Party of any payment relating to any such agreement.

 

2.3           Termination . Subject to Section 9.10, this Security Agreement and all Security Interests granted under this Security Agreement will automatically terminate upon full repayment of the Obligations evidenced by the Note or conversion of the Obligations evidenced by the Note, without further action by the Secured Party or Debtor. Upon such termination, Secured Party agrees to file termination statements promptly with respect to all financing statements filed under the terms of this Security Agreement or otherwise.

 

2.4           Default . Debtor is in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening of an Event of Default.

 

3.0           Representations . Debtor makes the following representations to Secured Party:

 

3.1           Enforceability . This Security Agreement creates in favor of Secured Party an enforceable security interest in the Collateral, and the filing of a financing statement with the Secretary of State (or equivalent governmental official) of Utah that sufficiently indicates the Collateral, will perfect, and establish the first priority (subject to Permitted Liens) of, Secured Party’s security interest hereunder in the Collateral to the extent a security interest in such Collateral may be perfected under the UCC by the filing of a financing statement.

 

3.2           Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement by the Debtor and the performance of the Debtor’s obligations under this Security Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary organizational action in accordance with the Debtor’s organizational documents and applicable law. The Debtor has duly executed and delivered this Security Agreement.

 

3.3           Financial Condition of Debtor . Debtor is Solvent.

 

3.4           Title to Collateral and Related Matters .

 

(a)          Debtor has rights in or power to transfer the Collateral and its title to the Collateral free of any dispute, counterclaim, or defense.

 

 

 
 

 

 

(b)          To Debtor’s knowledge, each obligation constituting Payment Rights Collateral is a valid and enforceable obligation representing an undisputed debt owing by the Account Debtor to Debtor for a fixed sum as set forth in an invoice or other document or instrument representing the same. To Debtor’s knowledge, no Payment Rights Collateral is subject to any defense, right of offset, counterclaim or adjustment other than disputes arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(c)           Exhibit 3.3(c) lists all trade names by which Debtor is now known or has been known during the preceding five (5) years.

 

3.5           No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and the consummation by the Debtor of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not (i) violate any provision of the Debtor’s organizational documents; (ii) violate any applicable law or order of any court or other tribunal applicable to the Debtor or by which any of the Debtor’s properties or assets may be bound; or (iii) constitute a default under any material agreement or contract by which the Debtor may be bound.

 

3.6           Instruments in Payment of Intangible Collateral . Debtor has not received any note, trade acceptance, draft, or other instrument with respect to or in payment of any Payment Rights Collateral.

 

3.7           Address and Place of Business . Debtor’s correct mailing address and the location of its chief executive office is 1583 South 1700 East, Vernal, UT 84078, and Debtor has no other place of Business. All of Debtor’s records or copies thereof pertaining to the Collateral and the proceeds thereof are now maintained at its chief executive office. Within the past four (4) months, Debtor has not changed the location of its chief executive office or where it keeps its records concerning the Collateral.

 

3.8           Name and Organization of Debtor . Debtor’s exact legal name, type of organization, and the jurisdiction under which Debtor is organized are as set forth in the first paragraph of this Security Agreement. Debtor’s organizational identification number is set forth below Debtor’s signature hereto. Debtor has not changed its name within the five (5) years immediately preceding the date of this Security Agreement, and Debtor conducts no business under any other name, whether or not registered as an assumed name, except as specified in Exhibit 3.3(c) . Debtor will promptly advise Secured Party of any change in Debtor’s organizational identification number.

 

4.0           Covenants . Debtor covenants as follows:

 

4.1           In General . Debtor will (a) maintain good and marketable title to all Collateral free of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens); (b) perform fully and promptly all agreements applicable to it contained herein and in all other Loan Documents; (c) conduct all business efficiently and without voluntary interruption; (d) preserve all material rights, privileges, and franchises held or used in its business; (e) at its cost and expense, defend any action which may affect the Security Interest or Debtor’s title to the Collateral; (f) upon the request of Secured Party, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an acknowledgment from any third party which holds possession of any Collateral that the third party holds the Collateral for the benefit of Secured Party; and (g) upon the request of Secured Party, cooperate with Secured Party so that Secured Party is allowed to obtain a control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Secured Party with respect to Collateral which consists of electronic chattel paper.

 

 
 

 

4.2           Processing, Sale, Collections, Etc .

 

(a)           Debtor will, at its own expense, endeavor to collect, when due, all amounts due with respect to any of the Collateral, and take such action with respect to such collection as Secured Party may reasonably request or, in the absence of such request, as Debtor may deem advisable.

 

(b)          Except for the collection of accounts receivable, or as permitted by this Section 4.2(b) or under the Note, Secured Party does not authorize Debtor to, and Debtor will not, sell, lease, assign, license or transfer the Collateral or any part thereof (other than proceeds of permitted dispositions) except upon obtaining the prior written consent of Secured Party, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.3           Change of Name or Location . Debtor will not change its state of organization, name, or form of organization or conduct any of its business under any name except its legal name or those identified on Exhibit 3.3(c) without the prior, written consent of Secured Party, which consent is conditioned on Debtor’s delivery of all documents necessary or desirable to preserve the Security Interest. Debtor will not establish a new location for its chief executive office or for maintaining its books and records nor the location of any Collateral until it has given to Secured Party not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice of its intention to do so which identifies such new location and provides such other information and documents in connection therewith as Secured Party may request.

 

4.4           Records . Debtor will maintain a complete and accurate set of books and records containing up-to-date posting of all Debtor’s transactions. Debtor will keep proper books and records with respect to the Collateral and will upon request mark or otherwise make entries with respect to such books and records to reflect the Security Interest.

 

4.5           Reports . Debtor will furnish Secured Party with any information with respect to the Collateral as Secured Party may reasonably request upon at least ten (10) days written notice. Except for transactions in the ordinary course of Debtor’s business, if Debtor grants to any Account Debtor a credit, in excess of $250,000 or if Debtor receives back any goods having a value of more than $250,000 which Debtor had delivered to an Account Debtor, Debtor will forthwith give notice to Secured Party, in writing, of the issuance of such credit or the return of such goods. Debtor will promptly advise Secured Party of the existence of any dispute with respect to any material item of Collateral.

 

4.6           Indemnity . Debtor indemnifies and agrees to hold Secured Party harmless from and against any loss, claim, demand, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) (individually, a “Claim” ) arising by reason, or in any manner related to, this Security Agreement or the Collateral or the failure of Debtor to comply with any state or federal statute, rule, regulation, order, or decree but excluding any Claim arising by reason of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party. Secured Party shall control the defense of any Claim, but Debtor will pay the cost thereof.

 

4.7           Taxes . Debtor will pay all taxes and assessments on the Collateral or on its use or operation prior to the time such taxes become past due , except such as are being contested in good faith.

 

4.8           Operations . Debtor will at all times comply in all material respects with all applicable law, the violation of which could have a material adverse effect on the Debtor or the interests of the Secured Party hereunder.

 

 
 

 

4.9           Assurances . Debtor authorizes Secured Party to file a financing statement describing the Collateral. Debtor will at its own expense take all action as Secured Party may at any time reasonably request to protect, assure or enforce Secured Party’s interests, rights and remedies created by, provided in or emanating from this Security Agreement. Debtor will (a) take such steps as Secured Party may reasonably request to ensure Secured Party obtains control with respect to all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by control, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause any bailee in possession of any Collateral to acknowledge that such bailee will act with respect to such Collateral on the instructions of Secured Party without consent by Debtor; (b) promptly advise Secured Party of the assignment to Debtor of any organizational identification number (if Debtor does not currently have one) or of any change in Debtor’s current organizational identification number; and (c) execute and deliver to Secured Party, in due form for filing or recording (and pay the cost of filing or recording the same in all public offices reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by Secured Party) such assignments, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, pledge agreements, consents, waivers, financing statements (and amendments thereof), stock or bond powers, and other documents, and do such other acts and things, all as may from time to time in the reasonable opinion of Secured Party be necessary or desirable to establish and maintain a valid perfected first priority security interest (subject to the Permitted Liens) in the Collateral free of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

4.10           Preservation . Debtor has the risk of loss of the Collateral. Secured Party’s duty with respect to any Collateral in the possession of Secured Party is to solely use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral and to comply with any other obligations imposed on a secured party under the UCC as to such matters. Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its possession if it takes such action for that purpose (a) as is commercially reasonable given the nature of the Collateral, (b) as required by the UCC, or (c) as Debtor may request in writing, but failure by Secured Party to comply with any such request shall not of itself be deemed a failure to exercise such reasonable care. Except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, Secured Party is not responsible for, nor are the Obligations (or Debtor’s liability with respect thereto) subject to setoff or reduction by reason of, any shortage, discrepancy, damage, loss, or destruction in or to the Collateral unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Secured Party nor, in any event, any depreciation in the value of the Collateral. Secured Party is not required to fulfill any of the obligations of Debtor with respect to any of the Collateral, or to make any payment, or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or the sufficiency of any performance of any party under any of the Collateral, or to present or file any claim, or to take any action to enforce any performance or the payment of any amounts which have been assigned to it, in which it has been granted a security interest, or to which it may be entitled at any time. Secured Party has no duty to maintain in force, to prevent lapse or impairment of, or to exercise any rights with respect to any of the Collateral or any insurance thereon, or to exercise any rights, options or privileges respecting any of the Collateral or to take any steps necessary to preserve rights against prior or other parties or to enforce collection of the Collateral or any part thereof by legal proceedings or otherwise. The duties of Secured Party are to account to Debtor for Collateral actually received by Secured Party and to receive collections, remittances and payments on such Collateral as and when made and received by Secured Party and hold same as Collateral or apply same to the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

5.0           Secured Party’s Rights and Remedies . Subject to the UCC or other applicable law to the extent applicable, Secured Party has the following rights upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and at any time thereafter.

 

5.1           Delivery of Collateral . Secured Party may at any time demand and Debtor shall deliver to Secured Party possession or control of any of the Collateral.

 

5.2           Performance by Secured Party . Secured Party may, but is not obligated to, perform or attempt to perform any agreement of Debtor contained herein. If any material part of the Collateral becomes the subject of any proceeding and Debtor fails to defend fully such proceeding and to protect Debtor’s and Secured Party’s rights in such Collateral in good faith, Secured Party may, at its option but at Debtor’s cost, elect to defend and control the defense of such litigation or other proceeding, and may (a) select and retain counsel, (b) determine whether settlement shall be offered or accepted, and (c) determine and negotiate all settlement terms.

 

 
 

 

5.3           Regarding Intangible Collateral . Secured Party may upon contemporaneous notice to Debtor and without the necessity of foreclosing thereon, notify, any person liable in respect of any Payment Rights Collateral to make payment directly to Secured Party and receive such payments and otherwise enforce Debtor’s rights against Account Debtors. All payments so received will be applied as specified herein. Except as specifically permitted in this Security Agreement, Debtor will not agree to any modification of the terms of any Payment Rights Collateral without the prior written consent of Secured Party. If any Collateral evidences a security interest of Debtor in any property, Debtor will take all steps reasonably necessary to perfect such security interest. After an Account Debtor has been notified of the assignment of the Collateral to Secured Party, Debtor shall not release, compromise, or adjust any Payment Rights Collateral, or any guaranty, security, or lien therefor, or grant any discounts, allowances, or credits thereon, or bring any suit to enforce payment thereof. Except as may be required by the UCC, to the extent applicable, Secured Party is not liable for any error, omission, or delay occurring in the settlement, collection, or payment of or enforcement of rights with respect to any Payment Rights Collateral or of any instrument received in full or part payment thereof or in dealing with any lien, security, or guaranty of or any other contractual undertaking related to any Payment Rights Collateral. Secured Party may require Debtor to deposit in a bank account in a bank of Secured Party’s choice over which Secured Party alone shall have the authority to make withdrawals, or deliver to Secured Party all checks, drafts, money, or other cash proceeds of the Collateral, immediately upon receipt thereof and in form received (except for any necessary endorsement or assignment to permit a collection). Secured Party may hold the funds in said account as additional Collateral or may, at its discretion, apply same to the Obligations. Secured Party may attempt to collect from any person liable in respect of any Payment Rights Collateral, by suit or otherwise, any sums due thereon and otherwise to enforce Debtor’s rights with respect thereto, and may surrender, release, or exchange any Collateral therefor and extend, renew, or compromise any sums payable in connection therewith, but Secured Party is in any event entitled to charge back against Debtor any uncollected Payment Rights Collateral.

 

5.4           Removal and Possession . Secured Party may require Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at any place designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties. Secured Party is entitled to immediate possession of all books and records pertaining to any of the Collateral. Secured Party may leave the Collateral on Debtor’s or any other party’s premises but under Secured Party’s control or may remove the Collateral from the premises of Debtor or from wherever located, and, for purposes of removal and possession, Secured Party or its representatives may enter any premises of Debtor without legal process and thereafter hold or store same, and Debtor waives and releases Secured Party from all claims in connection therewith or arising therefrom, and Secured Party may maintain at Debtor’s expense on Debtor’s premises a custodian who may exercise Secured Party’s rights to protect the Collateral.

 

5.5           Sale of Collateral .

 

(a)          Secured Party may sell the Collateral, in one or more sales or parcels, at such price as Secured Party deems adequate and for cash or on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk, any portion of the Collateral, at any broker’s board or at public or private sale, without demand of performance or notice of intention to sell except to the extent required by applicable law. The purchaser of any Collateral sold shall thereafter hold the same free from any claim or right, including any equity of redemption, of Debtor. Secured Party may make any such sale subject to any limitation or restriction, including but not limited to a limitation in the method of offering the Collateral or in the number or identity of prospective bidders, which Secured Party may believe to be necessary to comply with any requirement of applicable law or in order to obtain any required approval of the purchase or the purchaser by any governmental authority or officer. No such limitation or restriction shall cause such sale not to be considered a commercially reasonable sale, nor shall Secured Party be liable or accountable to Debtor, nor shall the Obligations be subject to any reduction, by reason of the fact that the proceeds of a sale subject to any such limitation or restriction are less than otherwise might have been obtained. Without notice to or consent by Debtor Secured Party may exercise all rights as the insured, beneficiary, or owner of any insurance policy and may surrender same and receive the surrender value thereof or sell same pursuant to the terms thereof.

 

 
 

 

(b)          Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Secured Party will give Debtor commercially reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition thereof is to be made. The requirements of commercially reasonable notice are met if such notice is given in accordance with Section 9.1 at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. Expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale, selling, leasing or the like shall include Secured Party’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, and all such expenses shall be borne by Debtor. Public or private sales, for cash or on credit, to a wholesaler or retailer or investor, or use of Collateral of the types subject to this Security Agreement, or public auction, are commercially reasonable since differences in the sales prices generally realized in the different kinds of sales are ordinarily offset by the differences in the costs and the credit risks of such sales.

 

(c)          At any sale Secured Party may sell any part of the Collateral without warranty of any kind and may specifically disclaim any warranty of title or the like, and none of the foregoing will be considered to make the sale not commercially reasonable.

 

5.6           Other Rights .

 

(a)          Secured Party may exercise all other rights it may have under any of the other agreements between Debtor and Secured Party, or under applicable law. Secured Party is entitled to the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and to exercise any such powers as the court confers upon the receiver.

 

(b)          If Debtor so agrees in writing, Secured Party may accept all or part of the Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the Obligations.

 

5.7           Exercise of Rights . Secured Party may exercise its rights with respect to the Collateral in such manner and in such order as Secured Party determines, and Secured Party is not required to license, sell, or dispose of any part of the Collateral or to collect, or attempt to collect, any sum payable by reason of the Collateral before Secured Party may collect the Obligations, nor is Secured Party obligated to attempt to collect the Obligations before licensing, selling, or disposing of any part of the Collateral. Secured Party may, without foreclosing thereon, license, collect and otherwise enforce all amounts owing on the Collateral or any proceeds or otherwise enforce all of Debtor’s or Secured Party’s rights in any of the Collateral. Neither Debtor nor any other party liable in respect of the Obligations may direct the application of any proceeds received by Secured Party, and Secured Party may apply any such proceeds as herein provided.

 

 
 

 

5.8           Proceeds of Sale .

 

(a)          All proceeds of sale or other disposition or collection of the Collateral after default, at Secured Party’s discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied first to all costs and expenses of sale or other disposition or collection, including attorneys’ fees, and expenses for holding, preparing for sale, and selling the property; second, in whatever order Secured Party elects, to payment of the Obligations; third, to the settling of any other Liens or claims against the Collateral. If the Obligations are fully satisfied and there are no other claims to any surplus, Debtor is entitled to any surplus of the Collateral or the proceeds received therefrom, but Debtor remains liable for any deficiency.

 

(b)          If Secured Party sells any of the Collateral on credit, Debtor is entitled to credit on the Obligations for those payments actually made by the purchaser received by Secured Party and applied to the debt of the purchaser for such purchase.

 

6.0           Attorney-In-Fact . Debtor appoints Secured Party as Debtor’s attorney-in-fact (without requiring it to act as such) with full power of substitution to do any act which Debtor is obligated by this Security Agreement to do, including, without limitation, (a) to receive cash and to receive and to endorse the name of Debtor on all checks, drafts, money orders, or other instruments for the payment of monies that are payable to Debtor and constitute collections of the Collateral, (b) to execute in the name of Debtor schedules, assignments, documents, financing statements, amendments of financing statements, and other papers deemed necessary or appropriate by Secured Party to perfect, preserve, or enforce the Security Interest; (c) to exercise all rights of Debtor in the Collateral, (d) to make withdrawals from and to close deposit accounts and other accounts with any financial institution into which proceeds may have been deposited and to apply funds so withdrawn as provided herein, (e) to receive, open, and read mail addressed to Debtor, and (f) to prepare, adjust, execute, deliver, and receive payment under insurance claims and to collect and receive payment of and endorse any instrument in payment of loss or return premiums on any other insurance refund or return and to apply such amounts as received by Secured Party, at Secured Party’s sole option, toward repayment of the Obligations or replacement of the Collateral. The power of attorney herein conferred is granted for valuable consideration, is coupled with an interest, and is irrevocable so long as any part of the Obligations is unpaid. Secured Party agrees it will not exercise its powers as attorney-in-fact until the occurrence of a payment Event of Default, or a material non-payment Event of Default, and expiration of any applicable cure period.

 

7.0           Miscellaneous .

 

7.1           Notices . All notices, requests, demands, or other communications to or upon the parties hereto shall be deemed to have been given or made if given or made in accordance with the Note. Any notice to Borrower pursuant to the Note shall be deemed notice to Debtor.

 

7.2           Assignment of Collateral . Subject to compliance with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, including Section 5.9 thereof, Secured Party may assign all or any part of the Obligations and may assign, transfer, or deliver to any transferee of any of the Obligations any or all of the rights of Secured Party in the Collateral, and thereafter Secured Party shall be fully discharged from all responsibility with respect to the Collateral so assigned, transferred, or delivered. Such transferee shall be vested with all the powers and rights of Secured Party hereunder with respect to such Collateral, but Secured Party shall retain all rights and powers hereby given with respect to any of the Collateral not so assigned or transferred.

 

7.3           Alteration, Etc . No waiver, amendment, modification, or alteration of any provision of this Security Agreement (individually, an “Alteration” ), nor consent to any departure by Debtor from the terms hereof, or from the terms of any other document, is effective unless such is in writing and signed by Secured Party; and any such Alteration is effective only for the specific purpose and in the specific instance given. No waiver by Secured Party of any Event of Default shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent Event of Default; nor shall such waiver be deemed to be a continuing waiver. No delay of Secured Party in exercising any right shall be deemed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall one exercise of any right affect or impair the exercise of any other right. Time is of the essence in Debtor’s performance hereof.

 

 
 

 

7.4           Parties Bound . The rights of Secured Party hereunder inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns. The terms of this Security Agreement bind the successors and assigns of the parties hereto, but Debtor may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Secured Party. All representations, warranties, and covenants of Debtor survive the execution and delivery hereof. All indemnities by Debtor in favor of Secured Party survive termination or release of this Security Agreement. This Security Agreement constitutes a continuing agreement, and applies to all future transactions, whether or not contemplated at the date hereof, and all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof.

 

7.5           Remedies Cumulative, Etc . All rights and remedies of Secured Party hereunder are cumulative of each other and of every other right or remedy which Secured Party may otherwise have at law or in equity or under any other document for the enforcement of the Security Interest or the enforcement of any duties of Debtor or any other party liable in respect of the Obligations. The exercise by Secured Party of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies.

 

7.6           Severability . If any portion of the Obligations or if any provision of this Security Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such holding shall not affect any other portion of the Obligations or any other provision contained herein or contained in any other agreement between Debtor and Secured Party, and the same shall continue in full force and effect according to their terms.

 

7.7           Applicable Law . This Security Agreement and each issue related hereto, including the validity and enforceability hereof, shall be governed and construed according to and determined under the laws of the State of Texas and is performable in Dallas County, Texas.

 

7.8           Entire Agreement . This Security Agreement together with the other Loan Documents embodies the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

7.9           Usury Savings Clause . The parties hereto intend to conform strictly to the usury laws applicable to the transactions giving rise to the Obligations. Accordingly, (a) the aggregate of all consideration which constitutes interest under controlling applicable law that is contracted for, charged, or received under the Obligations or otherwise in connection with the Obligations shall never exceed the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law, and any excess shall be credited by Secured Party on the principal amount of the Obligations (or, to the extent that the principal amount of the Obligations has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded by Secured Party to Debtor); and (b) if the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated or if there is any required or permitted prepayment, such consideration that constitutes interest under controlling applicable law may never include more than the maximum amount allowed by such applicable law, and excess interest, if any, shall be canceled automatically as of the date of such acceleration or prepayment and, if theretofore paid, shall be credited by Secured Party on the principal amount of the Obligations (with any amount in excess of the unpaid Obligations to be refunded by Secured Party to Debtor). To the extent that the Texas Finance Code is relevant to Secured Party for the purpose of determining the highest lawful rate of interest allowed from time to time by applicable law, Secured Party hereby elects to determine the applicable rate ceiling under such Article by the weekly rate ceiling from time to time in effect, subject to Secured Party’s right subsequently to change such method in accordance with applicable law.

 

 
 

 

7.10           Reinstatement . If any payment received by Secured Party is or must be rescinded or returned, the obligations of Debtor pursuant to the Note shall, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence, notwithstanding such payment, and the Security Interest shall continue to be effective or be reinstated.

 

7.11           Jury Waiver . EACH OF SECURED PARTY AND DEBTOR HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY EACH OF SECURED PARTY AND DEBTOR, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE. EACH PARTY HERETO IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED TO FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH IN ANY PROCEEDING AS CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OF THIS WAIVER.

 

7.12           Conflicts . If any term hereof conflicts with any provision of the Note, the terms of the Note shall control. If any item of Collateral hereunder also constitutes Collateral granted to Secured Party under any other Loan Document executed by Debtor, in the event of any conflict between the provisions under this Security Agreement and those under such other Loan Document, the provision or provisions selected by Secured Party shall control with respect to such Collateral.

 

7.13           ENTIRE AGREEMENT . THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank; Signatures Begin on Next Page]

 

 
 

 

EXECUTED as of the day, month and year first above written.

 

  DEBTOR:
   
  Superior Drilling Products, LLC
  a Utah limited liability company
 
                                                                                           
  By:                  
  Name:  
  Title:  
                  Organizational Number:     ____________________________________                                                                       
   
  SECURED PARTY:
                                                                                                                 
  D4D LLC,
  a Texas limited liability company
                                                                                          
  By: Hard 4 Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member
   
  By:                                                                          
  Name: Reid Walker                                                         
  Title: Manager

 

 

 
 

 

APPENDIX I

 

“Accounts” means all of Debtor’s now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising accounts and accounts receivable, and includes all of Debtor’s rights to payment arising out of the transfer of rights in Debtor’s tangible or intangible personal property. For purposes of clarity, “Accounts” shall include all right, title and interest of Debtor in, to and under that certain Agreement by and between Hard Rock Solutions, Inc., a Texas corporation (“HRSI” ), and Debtor, as acknowledged by HRSI and Debtor in that certain acknowledgment dated September 11, 2013, whereby HRSI is obligated to pay to Debtor twenty five percent (25%) of the net rental income attributable to rental of the Drill N Ream tool.

 

“Account Debtor” means each person who is obligated on, under, or with respect to any Payment Rights Collateral.

 

“Chattel Paper” means all of Debtor’s now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising, tangible and intangible chattel paper.

 

“Collateral” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning given such term in the Note.

 

“General Intangibles” means all of Debtor’s now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising general intangibles (including all payment intangibles) and in any event includes all rights to tax refunds, rights arising out of leases, licenses, and contracts which are not accounts, chattel paper, or instruments (including, without limitation, dividends and rights to payment arising out of partnership agreements and management contracts), computer software, warranties, service contracts, program services, rights to refund, reimbursement, indemnification, and subrogation, goodwill, licenses, royalties, franchises, customer lists, reversions from any retirement plan or arrangement, and all other choses in action and causes of action.

 

“HRSI” has the meaning specified in the definition of Accounts.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, lien, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or any financing statement or any distraint, writ of attachment, writ of garnishment, writ of sequestration, or similar writ or any other encumbrance of any nature whatsoever, whether voluntary or not.

 

“Obligation” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

 

“Payment Rights Collateral” means all Collateral consisting of (a) General Intangibles which constitute payment intangibles, (b) Accounts, and (c) Chattel Paper.

 

“Permitted Lien ” means that Lien created pursuant to that certain Commercial Security Agreement dated September 15, 2011 in favor of American Bank of the North.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement” means that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated on or about the date hereof by and between the Secured Party and the Borrowers.

 

“Security Agreement” means this Security Agreement and all amendment hereof or supplements hereto.

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

“Security Interest” means the security interest granted by Debtor to Secured Party under this Security Agreement.

 

“Solvent” when used with respect to any person means that the fair value of the property of such person is on the date of determination, greater than the total amount of the liabilities (including contingent liabilities) of such person as of such date and that, as of such date, such person is able to pay all indebtedness of such person as such indebtedness matures.

 

 

 
 

   

EXHIBIT 3.3(c)

 

Trade Names

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

Execution Version

 

Exhibit A

to Secured Convertible Promissory Note

 

No. ________ Issue Date:  ___________

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SUCH ACT AND/OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT.

 

SD COMPANY, INC.

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (this “ Warrant ”) certifies that D4D LLC, a Texas limited liability company, or its assignee(s) (each a “ Holder ”), is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, during the Term, but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from SD Company, Inc., a Utah corporation (the “ Company ”), shares of the Company’s restricted Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) as set forth herein. This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated on or about the date hereof by and between Holder and Company (the “ Note) , which is (a) automatically convertible into Qualified Financing Shares, or (b) voluntarily convertible into Non-Qualifying Financing Shares or Change of Control Shares, as those terms are defined in the Note, in accordance with the Note’s terms (collectively, the “ Conversion Shares ”). The following is a statement of the rights of the Holder of this Warrant and the conditions to which this Warrant is subject, to which the Holder, by the acceptance of this Warrant, agrees:

 

Section 1.          Certain Definitions. Any capitalized terms that are not defined in this Warrant shall be defined as set forth in the Note.

 

1.1         “ Change of Control ” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(a)          a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(b)          a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or

 

(c)          the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a stock purchase transaction or a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders (except that the sale by the Company of shares of its capital stock to investors in bona fide capital raising transactions shall not be deemed to be a Change of Control for this purpose).

 

 
 

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

 

1.2           “ Change of Control Shares ” means the equity securities sold by the Company in a Change of Control.

 

1.3           “ Exercise Price means (a) 100% of the per share purchase price paid for (i) the Qualified Financing Shares by the investors in the Qualified Equity Financing. (ii) the Non-Qualified Financing Shares issued to the investors in the Non-Qualified Financing in which the Note was converted, or (b) 70% of the per share purchase price paid for the Change of Control Shares transferred to the recipients in connection with a Change of Control in which the Note was converted.

 

1.4           “ Expiration Date ” shall mean the fourth anniversary of the Offering Date.

 

1.5           “ IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1.6           “ Non-Qualified Equity Financing ” means any equity financing other than a Qualified Equity Financing.

 

1.7           “ Non-Qualified Financing Shares ” means that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the equity security sold by the Company in such Non-Qualified Equity Financing.

 

1.8           “ Offering Date ” shall mean the date of the consummation of a Qualified Equity Financing.

 

1.9           “ Qualified Equity Financing ” means an Initial Public Offering or any other transaction (or series of related transactions occurring within any six-month period) after the date of this Note in which the Company issues and sells its equity securities in exchange for aggregate gross proceeds of at least thirty million dollars ($30,000,000) (excluding Permitted Issuances and any amounts received upon conversion or cancellation of indebtedness) in any transaction that is approved by the Company’s Board of Directors as a “Qualified Equity Financing”. None of the following issuances of securities (each a “ Permitted Issuance ”) shall constitute a Qualified Equity Financing:

 

(i)          the Note, the Conversion Securities, or the Warrant Shares;

 

(ii) securities issued in connection with any stock or unit split of or stock or unit dividend on the Company’s securities;

 

(iii) securities issued to the Company’s employees, officers, directors, consultants, advisors or service providers pursuant to any plan, agreement or similar arrangement approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

 

(iv) securities issued to banks or equipment lessors;

 

(v) securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships;

 

(vi) securities issued in connection with a bona fide business acquisition of or by the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets, sale or exchange of stock or otherwise);

 

- 2 -
 

 

(vii) securities issued for a charitable purpose;

 

(viii) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into or exercisable for the securities listed in clauses (i) through (vii) above.

 

1.10          “ Qualified Financing Shares means the equity securities issued by the Company in a Qualified Equity Financing, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, contractual or otherwise, as are applicable to the securities issued by the Company in the Qualified Equity Financing.

 

1.11         “ Term ” shall mean the date that this Warrant is issued, as specified at the top of this Warrant, upon Conversion of the Note and ending on the Expiration Date.

 

1.12          “ Warrant Shares ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Section 2.          Exercise of Warrant.

 

2.1           Holder shall be entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, for the Term of this Warrant, to subscribe for and purchase, for the Exercise Price, a number of Shares computed as follows (each, the “ Warrant Shares ”):

 

(a)          that number of Shares equal to the number of Qualified Financing Shares issued to the Holder upon conversion of the Note upon the occurrence of a Qualified Equity Financing.

 

(b)          that number of Shares equal to the number of Non-Qualified Financing Shares issued to the Holder upon conversion of the Note; or

 

(c)           that same number of Shares equal to the number of Change of Control Shares issued to the Holder upon conversion of the Note.

 

Section 3.          

 

3.1           The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable by the Holder, in whole or in part, by the surrender of this Warrant and the Notice of Exercise annexed hereto duly executed at the Company’s principal executive office (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company), and upon payment of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Warrant Shares thereby purchased (by cash or by check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company); whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to receive a certificate for the number of Warrant Shares so purchased. The Company agrees that if at the time of the surrender of this Warrant and purchase of the Shares, the Holder shall be entitled to exercise this Warrant, the Warrant Shares so purchased shall be and be deemed to be issued to the Holder as the record owner of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised as aforesaid or on such later date requested by the Holder or on such earlier date agreed to by the Holder and the Company.

 

3.2           In lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash or check or bank draft payable to the order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 above, the Holder may elect to receive Warrant Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), at any time after the date hereof and before the close of business on the Expiration Date, by surrender of this Warrant at the principal executive office of the Company, together with the Notice of Conversion annexed hereto, in which event the Company will issue to the Holder, Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)
    A

 

- 3 -
 

 

Where, X = The number of Warrant Shares
  Y = The number of Conversion Shares issued to Holder
  A = The Fair Market Value of one Share at the time of exercise; and
  B = The Exercise Price.

 

(a)          For purposes of this Section 2.2 , the “Fair Market Value” of a Share is defined as follows:

 

(i)          If the exercise is conditional upon a Change of Control, then the fair market value shall be the per share value received in such Change of Control.

 

(ii)         If the Common Stock is traded on a securities exchange, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices on such exchange or market over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion;

 

(1)         if the Common Stock is actively traded over-the-counter, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Notice of Conversion; or

 

(iii)        if there is no active public market, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.          Nonassessable . The Company covenants that all Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges in respect of the issue thereof. Certificates for Shares purchased hereunder shall be delivered to the Holder promptly after the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised.

 

Section 5.          No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon the exercise of this Warrant, an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the then current fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 2.2(a)) of a Share shall be paid in cash to the Holder.

 

Section 6.         Assignment . Subject to compliance with the Securities Purchase Agreement, including Section 5.9 thereof, this warrant shall be assignable, in whole or in part, to any assignee of Holder, including, but not limited to, the members of Holder (each, a “ Member ”) pro rata in proportion to their membership percentages. If Holder desires to assign this Warrant to its Members, Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company, who shall, within 5 business days of such surrender, re-issue the rights represented by this Warrant to the Members in accordance with their respective membership percentages (the “ Reissued Warrant ”), and shall comply with the requirements of Section 5.9 under the Securities Purchase Agreement. The Reissued Warrant shall be issued upon terms and conditions no less favorable than those contained in this Warrant. Upon assignment duly completed under the terms of this section, each assignee shall have the rights of Holder under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.         Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of certificates for Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such certificate, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such certificates shall be issued in the name of the Holder.

 

Section 8.          No Rights as Shareholders. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof.

 

- 4 -
 

 

Section 9.         Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall be a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

 

Section 10.        Adjustments . The Exercise Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 9.

 

10.1      Reclassification , etc. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, remains outstanding and unexpired by reclassification of securities or otherwise, shall change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities or any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities that were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such reclassification or other change and the Exercise Price therefor shall be appropriately adjusted, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 9 .

 

10.2      Subdivision or Combination of Shares . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, or shall issue a stock dividend on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such subdivision or to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist, the number of securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the close of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

 

10.3      Cash Distributions. No adjustment on account of cash dividends or interest on the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist will be made to the Exercise Price under this Warrant.

 

Section 11.        Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide the Holder with at least twenty (20) days notice prior to the closing of a Change of Control (similar in manner and in substance to the notice provided by the Company to its stockholders and/or optionholders).

 

Section 12.        Miscellaneous.

 

12.1    Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new Warrant executed in the same manner as this Warrant and of like tenor and amount.

 

12.2      Waivers and Amendments. This Warrant and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holder under this Warrant may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) with the written consent of the Company and Holder. Any amendment, waiver discharge or termination effected in accordance with this Section 12.2 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company.

 

- 5 -
 

 

12.3      Notices . All notices, requests, demands, consents, instructions or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and faxed, mailed or delivered to each party at the respective addresses of the parties at such address or facsimile number as the Company shall have furnished to the Holder, or the Holder may have furnished to the Company, in writing.

 

12.4      Severability . If one or more provisions of this Warrant are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Warrant and the balance of this Warrant shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

12.5      Successors and Assigns. Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws, this Warrant and all rights under this Warrant are transferable in whole or in part by the Holder to any person or entity upon written notice to the Company. The transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon the surrender of this Warrant, properly endorsed, to the Company at its principal offices, and the payment to the Company of all transfer taxes and other governmental charges imposed on such transfer. In the event of a partial transfer, the Company shall issue to the holders one or more appropriate new warrants. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Warrant, the provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the Company and the Holder.

 

12.6      Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to the Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Warrant shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of the Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default therefore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of the Holder of any breach or default under this Warrant or any waiver on the part of the Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Warrant must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Warrant or by law or otherwise afforded to the Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

12.7      Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the paragraphs and subparagraphs of this Warrant are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Warrant.

 

12.8      Construction . The language used in this Warrant will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

12.9      Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Utah, without regard to conflicts of law principles.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

- 6 -
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Stock Purchase Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  SD Company, Inc.

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY HOLDER:

 

D4D LLC

 

  By: Hard 4 Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member  
     
  By:    
  Name: Reid Walker  
  Title: Manager  

  

[Signature Page to Warrant]

 

 
 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: SD Company, Inc.

[Address]

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares (the “ Shares ”) of the _________________ Stock of SD Company, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full.

 

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

  Name:    
  Address:    

 

3. The undersigned confirms that the undersigned is an “accredited investor”, and that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or selling the Shares.

 

     
(Date)   (Signature)
     
    (Print Name)

 

 
 

 

NOTICE OF CONVERSION

 

TO: SD Company, Inc.

[Address]

 

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into __________ shares (the “ Shares ”) of the _________________ Stock (the “ Shares ”) of SD Company, Inc. pursuant to Section 2.2 of such Warrant, which conversion shall be effected pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant.

 

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

  Name:    
  Address:    

 

3. The undersigned represents that the undersigned is an “accredited investor,” and that the Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares.

 

     
(Date)   (Signature)
     
    (Print Name)

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

Execution Version

 

EXHIBIT B

to Secured Convertible Promissory Note

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), is entered into as of February        , 2014 by and between SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the persons listed on Exhibit A (individually and together, the “ Investor ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.           The Investor and the Company have entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of this same date (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), under which the Investor is purchasing from the Company a $2 million Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of this same date (“ Note ”). Under the Note, all amounts owed under the Note (“ Indebtedness ”) may, in certain circumstances, convert automatically or voluntarily (each a “ Conversion ”) into (a) shares of the Company’s restricted common stock (“ Conversion Shares ”), and (b) a Stock Purchase Warrant (“ Warrant ”) to purchase additional shares of the Company’s restricted common stock (“ Warrant Shares ”).

 

B.           As a condition of closing the transactions contemplated under the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to grant the Investor registration rights, upon any Conversion, with respect to the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares (together, the “ Shares ”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.            Registration Obligation. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, upon receipt of the written request of an Investor to the Company under Section 3 (“ Registration Request ”), the Company will file a Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) requesting the registration of the Registerable Securities for resale under the Securities Act of 1933 (“ Securities Act ”). The Company will use its best efforts to cause the SEC to declare that Registration Statement effective, within 90 days from the filing of that Registration Statement.

 

2.            Definitions. In addition to terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings :

 

2.1          “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to preparing and filing a Registration Statement with the SEC, and the SEC’s subsequent declaration or ordering of effectiveness of that Registration Statement.

 

2.2          “ Registerable Securities ” means (a) the Shares, (b) any other shares of common stock held by the Investor (“ Other Securities ”), (c) any shares of common stock issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Shares or the Other Shares , or (d) any shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any option, warrant, preferred stock, or other security convertible into shares of common stock. However, Registerable Securities do not include shares sold (i) by a person in a transaction in which such person’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned, (ii) to or through a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, or (iii) in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of Section 4(1) of the Securities Act so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends, if any, are removed upon the consummation of that sale.

 

2.3          “ Registration Statement ” means a registration statement which covers the Registerable Securities, and which is filed with the SEC in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”)..

 

 
 

  

2.4          Subject Shares ” means the Registerable Securities that an Investor requests to be registered in a Registration Statement.

 

3.            Piggyback Registration Rights.

 

3.1         Scope. Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Investor shall have the right (“ Piggyback Rights ”) to include all or part of the Registerable Securities in any two Registration Statements on either Form S-1 or S-3 filed by the Company in connection with a public offering of securities by the Company or by any other shareholder of the Company (each a “ Piggyback Registration Statement ”). However, the Investor shall not have Piggyback Rights as to (a) registrations relating solely to employee benefit plans, (b) registrations on any form that does not permit secondary sales, (c) the Company’s first underwritten registered public offering, or (d) if all the Registerable Securities are eligible for resale under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, not including any Blackout Period.

 

3.2         Registration Notice. If the Company proposes to file a Piggyback Registration Statement, then it shall give the Investor written notice of such proposed filing (a “ Registration Notice ”) at least 45 days before the anticipated filing date of the Piggyback Registration Statement. The Registration Notice shall offer the Investor the opportunity to include all or part of the Registerable Securities in the Piggyback Registration Statement.

 

3.3         Registration Request. In order to exercise its rights under Section 3.1 , the Investor must deliver a Registration Request to the Company within 20 days after receiving a Registration Notice. Each Registration Request must specify (a) the number of Subject Shares, and (b) the Investor’s intended method of disposing of the Subject Shares. If the Company timely receives a Registration Request, then the Company shall include in the Piggyback Registration Statement (and any related qualifications or compliance filings under applicable state securities laws), and in any underwriting involved in the registration, all or any portion of the Subject Shares.

 

3.4         Underwritten Offerings

 

3.4.1       Conditions to Inclusion. The Company shall not be required to include any Subject Shares in a Piggyback Registration Statement unless (a) the Investor accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed on between the Company and the underwriters selected by it and (b) the Investor completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of the underwriting agreement (collectively, the “ Underwriting Documents ”); provided, however, that (i) the Investor shall only be required to complete and execute such Underwriting Documents to the same extent required of other similarly situated selling shareholders, if any, participating in the underwriting, and (ii) the terms of the Underwriting Documents required of Investor shall be upon terms and subject to the conditions no less favorable than the terms and conditions of any other applicable Underwriting Document executed in connection with the underwriting.

 

3.4.2       Limits on Inclusion.

 

(a)           If a Piggyback Registration is initiated as a primary underwritten offering on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriter advises the Company and the Investor (if the Investor has elected to include Registerable Securities in such Piggyback Registration) in writing that in its opinion the number of shares of common stock proposed to be included in such registration, including all Registerable Securities and all other shares of common stock proposed to be included in such underwritten offering, exceeds the number of shares of common stock which can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of shares of common stock proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the common stock to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the number of shares of common stock that the Company proposes to sell; (ii) second, the number of shares of common stock requested to be included therein by the Investor; and (iii) third, the number of shares of common stock requested to be included therein by other holders of common stock, allocated among such holders in such manner as they may agree; provided, however, that to the extent that Investor is unable to include substantially the number of shares of common stock requested to be included in the Investor’s Registration Request, the Company, in accordance with Section 8.1, shall be required to pay all fees and expenses associated with including the Registerable Securities in an additional Registration Statement.

 

2
 

  

(b)           If a Piggyback Registration is initiated as an underwritten offering on behalf of a holder of common stock other than Investor, and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that in its opinion the number of shares of common stock proposed to be included in such registration, including all Investor’s Registerable Securities and all other shares of common stock proposed to be included in such underwritten offering, exceeds the number of shares of common stock which can be sold in such offering and/or that the number of shares of common stock proposed to be included in any such registration would adversely affect the price per share of the common stock to be sold in such offering, the Company shall include in such registration (i) first, the number of shares of common stock requested to be included therein by the holder(s) requesting such registration and by Investor, allocated pro rata among such holders on the basis of the number of shares of common stock (on a fully diluted, as converted basis) and the number of common stock, as applicable, owned by all such holders or in such manner as they may otherwise agree; and (ii) second, the number of shares of common stock requested to be included therein by other holders of common stock, allocated among such holders in such manner as they may agree.

 

3.5           Lock Up. The Investor agrees, if requested by the underwriters in a public offering, to not to sell any common stock that they hold or may hold for a period of 90  days (or such other number of days as the underwriters may require) following the Effective Date of any Piggyback Registration Statement. “ Effective Date ” means the date that the SEC declares a filed Registration Statement to be effective.

 

3.6         Withdrawal. If at any time, an Investor disapproves of the terms of any offering in which it has elected to exercise its Piggyback Rights, then the sole remedy of the Investor shall be to withdraw from that offering and the related Piggyback Registration Statement, by giving written notice to the Company and any underwriter. Such withdrawal, however, shall not impair the Investor from exercising its Piggyback Rights with regard to another or future Piggyback Registration Statement.

 

3.7         Delay of Registration. No Investor will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any Piggyback Registration Statement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Agreement.

 

3.8         Decision Not to File. If the Company decides not to file a Piggyback Registration Statement after sending a Registration Notice, then the Investor shall not be entitled to have the Subject Shares registered at such time.

 

4.            Effective Period. The Company will keep the Registration Statement effective until the earlier of (a) the date all of the Registerable Securities registered under the Registration Statement have been sold, or (b) the date on which the Registerable Securities may be sold in compliance with Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act (the “ Effective Period ”). However, the Effective Period will be extended by the aggregate number of days that the Investor is required to suspend sales of the Registerable Securities under Section 5 .

 

5.            Blackout Period

 

5.1          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company may (a) postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, (b) allow a Registration Statement to fail to be effective or usable, or (c) elect that an effective Registration Statement will not be usable, for a reasonable period of time not in excess of 90 days (a “ Blackout Period ”), if:

 

3
 

  

5.1.1        the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith that the registration and distribution of the Registerable Securities (or the use of the Registration Statement or the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement (“ Prospectus ”)) would (a) interfere with any proposed or pending material corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (b) require premature disclosure of such transaction, or (c) require the Company to disclose information that the Company has not otherwise made public and that the Company reasonably determines is in the best interests of the Company not to disclose at such time,

 

5.1.2        the Prospectus at any time includes (a) an untrue statement of a material fact or (b) omits to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in the Prospectus not misleading, in the light of the circumstances then existing, or

 

5.1.3        (a) the SEC issues a stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, (b) any state securities commission suspends the qualification of the Registerable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or (c) an action relating to any such proceeding is initiated.

 

5.2         Blackout Notice. In each of the above cases, the Company must notify the Investor in writing (“ Blackout Notice ”) not later than five business days after such determination or occurrence.

 

5.3         Suspension of Sales. Each Investor agrees that, upon receipt of a Blackout Notice, the Investor will immediately discontinue disposition of its Registerable Securities under any Registration Statement until (a) such Investor’s receipt of a supplemented or amended Prospectus, or (b) until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Investor will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Investor’s possession, of the Prospectus covering the Registerable Securities that was current at the time of the Blackout Notice.

 

6.            Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Agreement to register any of any Registerable Securities, the Company shall do the following, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

6.1         Registration Statement. The Company will prepare and file with the SEC (a) a Registration Statement with respect to such Registerable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, and (b) such amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of the Registerable Securities.

 

6.2         Investor Documents . The Company will furnish to the Investor (a) each version of the Registration Statement or Prospectus at least five days before it is filed with the SEC, (b) the numbers of copies of the Prospectus as the Investor may reasonably request, and (c) such other documents as the Investor may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition under the Registration Statement of the Registerable Securities owned by it.

 

6.3         State Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts to register and qualify the Registerable Securities covered by the Registration Statement, or to comply with the requirements of any available exemption, under the state securities laws of any jurisdictions that are reasonably requested by the Investor, except that the Company will not be required to qualify to do business in any such states or jurisdictions in order to comply with this requirement.

 

6.4         Notice of Certain Events . The Company will notify any Investor with Registerable Securities covered by the Registration Statement if:

 

6.4.1        the Prospectus includes (a) an untrue statement of a material fact or (b) omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the light of the circumstances then existing, or the SEC issues a stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement under the Securities Act,

 

4
 

  

6.4.2        any state securities commission suspends the qualification of the Registerable Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or disallows any claimed exemption, or

 

6.4.3        an action relating to any such proceeding is initiated.

 

6.5         CUSIP Number. The Company will provide the Company’s transfer agent and registrar a CUSIP number for all Registerable Securities, in each case not later than the Effective Date of a Registration Statement.

 

7.            Information Regarding Investor. The Company will have no obligation to register any Registerable Securities under this Agreement unless and until the Investor promptly furnish to the Company all information that the Company reasonably requires in order to effect the registration of the Investor's Registerable Securities, including the information specified in Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act regarding (a) the Investor, (b) the Registerable Securities held by it, and (c) the intended method of disposition of such securities. In addition, each Investor as to which a Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company, for so long as the Investor holds any Registerable Securities, all information required to be disclosed in order to make any information previously furnished to the Company by such Investor not materially misleading.

 

8.            Expenses of Registration

 

8.1         Company’s Obligation. The Company will pay all expenses incurred in connection with including Registerable Securities in one Registration Statement, including (without limitation) (a) all registration, filing, qualification, printers' and accounting fees, (b) the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Investor selected by it with the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, (c) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and (d) any underwriters' discounts or commissions associated with Registerable Securities. If the Investor desires to include Registerable Securities in subsequent Registration Statement, then the Investor will be responsible for paying all of the above expenses incurred by the Company with respect to the inclusion of the Registerable Securities in the subsequent Registration Statement; provided, however, that if Investor was prevented from registering substantially the number of shares requested in its Registration Request during a prior Piggyback Registration, the Company will pay all expenses in connection with including Registerable Securities in an additional Registration Statement.

 

8.2         Exclusions. Notwithstanding Section 8.1 , in any underwritten offering where an additional underwriter participates at the request of the Investor, the Company will not be responsible for (a) any underwriting discounts, commissions or fees attributable to the sale of Registerable Securities included in such offering of such underwriter, (b) any legal fees or disbursements, other than any such fees or disbursements relating to state securities law compliance, incurred by such underwriter, or (c) any transfer taxes that may be imposed in connection with a sale or transfer of Registerable Securities.

 

8.3         Withdrawal of Registration Statement. If two-thirds of the Registerable Securities covered by a Registration Statement request that the Registration Statement be withdrawn before sale of the Registerable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, then the Investors who voted for withdrawal shall bear all of the Company’s expenses related to the Registration Statement and its withdrawal.

 

9.            Indemnification. In connection with any Registerable Securities included in a Registration Statement:

 

9.1         Indemnification by the Company. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Investor, Investor’s manager and members, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for Investor and each person, if any, who controls Investor or the underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“ Exchange Act ”) or the Securities Act (collectively the “ Investor Indemnified Parties ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “ Claim ”):

 

5
 

  

9.1.1        any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus, any free-writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) (“ Free Writing Prospectus ”) or any amendments or supplements thereto,

 

9.1.2        the omission or alleged omission to state in the Registration Statement, Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in the light of the circumstances then existing, or

 

9.1.3        any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law.

 

The Company will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any Investor indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim.

 

9.2         Indemnification by Investor. In connection with any registration in which Investor is participating, to the extent permitted by law, each selling Investor, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the Registration Statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other investor selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other investor (the “ Company Indemnified Parties ”), against any Claim to which any of the Company Indemnified Parties may become subject, to the extent that such Claim arises out of or is based upon the Company’s reliance upon written information furnished by Investor expressly for use in connection with the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereof. The Investor will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any Company indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action.

 

9.3         Limitations

 

9.3.1       Settlements . Except as set forth in Section 9.5.2 , no indemnifying party will be obligated to indemnify an indemnified party under this Section 9 for amounts paid in settlement of any Claim if settlement of such Claim is effected without the consent of the indemnifying party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

9.3.2       Company Indemnification Limitations. In no event will the Company be obligated to indemnify or contribute to any Investor Indemnified Party for any Claim to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Investor Indemnified Party expressly for use in connection with a Registration Statement.

 

9.3.3         Right to Contribution . If the indemnification provided for hereunder is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited by law to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method or allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein. No person guilty or liable of fraudulent misrepresentation shall be entitled to contribution from any person.

 

6
 

  

9.4         Survival . The obligations of the Company and Investor under this Section 9 will survive the completion of the offering of Registerable Securities in the Registration Statement and otherwise (i) for one year with respect to claims brought by the Company or Investor, and (ii) for the statutory period of the underlying claim with respect to third party claims under Section 9.5.2 (the “ Indemnification Period ”).

 

9.5         Claims

 

9.5.1       Claim Notice. Any claim for indemnification under Section 9.1 or 9.2 must be made in writing and delivered as a notice (each a “ Claim Notice ”) by the party seeking indemnification to the party from whom indemnification is sought within the Indemnification Period, specifying in reasonable detail the nature and estimated amount of the claim.

 

9.5.2       Third-Party Claims.

 

(a)           If the claim specified in the Claim Notice relates to a third-party claim, the indemnifying party shall have 15 days after its receipt of the Claim Notice to notify the indemnified party whether the indemnifying party agrees that the claim is subject to indemnification pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 , and whether the indemnifying party elects to defend such third-party claim at its own expense. However, if the indemnified party reasonably concludes that there are defenses available to it that are different or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, or if the interests of the indemnified party may be reasonably deemed to conflict with those of the indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall have the right to select separate counsel and to assume and control the defense of such claim, demand or action, with the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of such counsel to be reimbursed by the indemnifying party as incurred (it being the agreement between the Parties that the indemnified party may retain or use multiple lawyers or law firms but only if and to the extent the discrete tasks performed by each do not unnecessarily replicate the task of another). If the claim relates to a third-party claim that the indemnifying party elects to defend, then the indemnified party shall reasonably cooperate with such defense. The indemnified party shall, however, regardless, be entitled to participate in the defense or settlement of such a third-party claim through its own counsel and at its own expense and shall be entitled to approve or disapprove any proposed settlement that would impose a duty or obligation on the indemnified party. If the indemnifying party does not timely elect to defend a third-party claim, or if the indemnifying party fails to conduct such defense with reasonable diligence, then the indemnified party may conduct the defense of, or settle, such claim at the risk and expense of the indemnifying party.

 

(b)           If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such a claim, (i) the indemnifying party must acknowledge in writing to the indemnified party that the damages that may be assessed against the indemnified party in connection with the claim underlying such Claim Notice constitute damages for which the indemnified party shall be indemnified pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 , as applicable, (ii) the indemnifying party agrees to vigorously defend against the claim underlying such Claim Notice at the indemnifying party’s sole cost, (iii) the indemnified party shall have the right to consult with the indemnifying party and the indemnifying party shall facilitate such consultation, (iv) upon reasonable request by the indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall provide the notice, copies, access and right of consultation provided for herein with respect to any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, and (v) the indemnifying party shall have no liability with respect to any compromise or settlement thereof effected by the indemnified party without its consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

9.6         Claims Other Than Third-Party Claims. If the claim does not relate to a third-party claim, the indemnifying party shall have 30 days after receipt of the Claim Notice to notify the indemnified party in writing whether the indemnifying party accepts liability for all or any part of the claim and the method and timing of any proposed payment. If the indemnifying party does not so notify the indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be deemed to have accepted liability for all damages described in the Claim Notice.

 

7
 

  

10.          Exchange Act Reports . With a view to making available to the Investor the benefits of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit an Investor to sell securities of the Company to the public pursuant Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to a Form S-3 Registration Statement, the Company agrees to:

 

10.1        make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, for the Effective Period so long as the Company is and remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,

 

10.2        take such action as are necessary to enable the Company to use a Form S-3 Registration Statement to register the resale of the Registerable Securities at such time as the Company may be eligible to use a Form S-3 Registration Statement,

 

10.3        file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and

 

10.4        for so long as the Investor owns any Registerable Securities, to furnish to Investor upon its request (a) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, and/or that it qualifies as a registrant whose Registerable Securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), and (b) such other information that is not available in the SEC’s EDGAR system and that may be reasonably requested in availing any Investor of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any Registerable Securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

11.          Termination . This Agreement will terminate and be of no further force or effect on the earlier of the date when (a) all of the Registerable Securities have been sold under a Registration Statement or pursuant to any exemption from registration, (b) any unsold Registerable Securities may be immediately sold in compliance with Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act (without considering any applicable Blackout Period) or (c) the Company is no longer registered as a reporting issuer under the Exchange Act.

 

12.          General Provisions.

 

12.1       No Assignments; Successors. Neither party will assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, voluntarily or involuntarily (including a transfer to a receiver or bankruptcy estate), without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that upon written notice to the Company, Investor’s rights under this agreement shall be assignable, in whole or in part, to the members of Investor (each, a “ Member ”) pro rata in proportion to their membership percentages. Upon assignment duly completed under the terms of this section, each Member shall have the rights of Investor under this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be for the benefit of and be binding upon the parties, the parties’ legal representative, successors, and permitted assigns.

 

12.2       Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement or any agreement or instrument executed in connection with this Agreement will be (a) in writing, (b) delivered personally, including by means of facsimile transmission or by courier, or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested, (c) deemed given on the date of personal delivery or on the date set forth on the return receipt or on the confirmation of facsimile transmission, and (d) delivered or mailed to the addresses or facsimile numbers set forth below, or to such other address or facsimile number as any party may from time to time direct. E-mail addresses are included below for communications purposes only and not for the purpose of delivering effective notice under this section.

 

8
 

   

If to the Company:   With a copy (which will not constitute
notice) to:

SD Company, Inc.

1583 South 1700 East

Vernal, UT 84078

Facsimile : ____________________

Attention : Annette Meier, President

E-mail:       annette@teamsdp.com

 

Eugenie D. Rivers

Wong Fleming, P.C.

2340 – 130 th Ave, NE, Ste. D-150

Bellevue WA 98005

Facsimile : (206) 770-6134

E-mail: erivers@wongfleming.com

If to the Investor(s):   With a copy (which will not constitute
notice) to:

D4D LLC

3953 Maple Avenue, Suite #150

Dallas, TX 75219

Facsimile: ____________________

Attention : Reid Walker

E-mail: reid@5tinv.com

 

Mark S. Solomon

Andrews Kurth LLP

1717 Main Street, Suite 3700

Dallas TX 75201

Facsimile : (214) 659-4892

E-mail: marksolomon@andrewskurth.com

 

12.3       Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed and enforced under, the laws of the State of Texas. The parties consent to the jurisdiction of and venue in any appropriate court in Dallas County, Texas.

 

12.4       Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court having jurisdiction, that provision will not affect any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect to the extent possible.

 

12.5       Dispute Resolution. The parties will first make a good faith effort to settle by negotiation any dispute regarding this Agreement, or any document executed in connection with this Agreement. If a settlement has not been reached within 15 days of commencing such negotiation, the dispute will be submitted to binding arbitration by a mutually acceptable arbitrator. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator, then each party will select one arbitrator, and those two arbitrators will select a third arbitrator who will conduct the arbitration. Any arbitration under this section will be conducted in Unitah County, Utah, pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Notwithstanding the above, this section will not apply to (a) actions for equitable relief, or (b) actions to enforce any arbitration award. In any action under the preceding clauses (a) or (b), each party waives any right to a jury trial. In any action under this section, the substantially prevailing party will be entitled to reimbursement of its costs and reasonable attorney fees by the non-prevailing party, including such costs and fees as may be incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

12.6       No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except for Members of Investor as set forth in Section 12.1 ,this Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. This Agreement is not for the benefit of, nor may any of its provisions be enforced by, any other person.

 

12.7       Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by written agreement executed by both of the parties. The terms of this Agreement may only be waived by the party granting such waiver in writing. Any waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition in this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other provision.

 

12.8       Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding and agreement of the parties relating to the Registerable Securities, and supersedes any and all other understandings, negotiations or agreements between the parties relating to registration of the Registerable Securities.

 

12.9       Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together will constitute a single agreement.

 

9
 

  

[ Signatures appear on the next page ]

 

10
 

 

Signed effective as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTOR(S) :   COMPANY:
     
D4D LLC   SD COMPANY, INC.
     
By   Hard 4 Holdings, LLC, its Managing Member    

 

By:     By:  
  Reid Walker, its Manager     G. Troy Meier, Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

INVESTORS

 

1.          D4D LLC

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

 

   

AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - GROSS

(DO NOT USE THIS FORM FOR MULTI-TENANT BUILDINGS)

 

1. Basic Provisions ("Basic Provisions").

 

1.1          Parties: This Lease ("Lease"), dated for reference purposes only January 17, 2014                                                              ,is made by and between Superior Drilling of California, LLC                                                                                                                                                                                              ("Lessor") and Roger Holder or Assignee ("Lessee"), (collectively the "Parties," or individually a "Party").

 

1.2          Premises: That certain real property, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, and commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road                                                                                                                  ,located in the County of Kern                                                                                                         , State of California                                                                                  ,and generally described as (describe briefly the nature of the property and, if applicable, the "Project", if the property is located within a Project) approximately 21, 900sf of building office warehouse space, on 4.37 acres. ("Premises"). (See also Paragraph 2)

 

1.3          Term: 1                           years and 8                            months ("Original Term") commencing February 1, 2014 (" Commencement Date ") and ending September 30, 2015                                                                                                    (" Expiration Date "). (See also Paragraph 3)

 

1.4          Early Possession: If the Premises are available Lessee may have non-exclusive possession of the Premises commencing ("Early Possession Date"). (See also Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3)

 

1.5          Base Rent: $ 7,500.00            per month ("Base Rent"), payable on the first                                                                                        day of each month commencing March 1, 2014                                                                                                                                                                                                              . (See also Paragraph 4)

þ If this box is checked, there are provisions in this Lease for the Base Rent to be adjusted. See Paragraph _____________

 

1.6         Base Rent and Other Monies Paid Upon Execution:

 

(a)          Base Rent: $ 7,500.00 ______________         for the period February 1, 2014 - February 28, 2014       

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

(b)         Security Deposit: $ 7,500.00 _______________          ("Security Deposit"). (See also Paragraph 5)

(c)         Association Fees: $____________________          for the period __________________________________

(d)          Other: $____________________   for_____________________________________________________

(e) Total Due Upon Execution of this Lease: $ 15,000.00                                                                          

 

1.7         Agreed Use:__________________________________

____________________________________________________________________________    (See also Paragraph 6)

 

1.8          Insuring Party: Lessor is the "Insuring Party". The annual "Base Premium" is $__________________ (See also Paragraph 8)

1.9          Real Estate Brokers: (See also Paragraph 15 and 25)

(a)   Representation: The following real estate brokers (the "Brokers") and brokerage relationships exist in this transaction (check applicable boxes):

 

þ Coldwell Banker Preferred - Verlen Love __________________________ represents Lessor exclusively ("Lessor's Broker");

þ Cushman & Wake field/Pacific - Oscar Baltazar ___________________ represents Lessee exclusively ("Lessee's Broker"); or

¨  _____________________________________________________ represents both Lessor and Lessee ("Dual Agency").

 

(b) Payment to Brokers: Upon execution and delivery of this Lease by both Parties, Lessor shall pay to the Brokers for the brokerage services rendered by the Brokers the fee agreed to in the attached separate written agreement or if no such agreement is attached, the sum of or 6 % of the total Base Rent payable for the Original Term, the sum of __________________ or                    6                    % of the total Base Rent payable during any period of time that the Lessee occupies the Premises subsequent to the Original Term, and/or the sum of or 6 % of the purchase price in the event that the Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires from Lessor any rights to the Premises.

1.10          Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by_______________________ ("Guarantor"). (See also Paragraph 37)

1.11          Attachments. Attached hereto are the following, all of which constitute a part of this Lease:

 

þ   an Addendum consisting of Paragraphs                       51                       through                       56                       ;

þ   a p l ot plan d e p i cting th e- Pr e m i s e s Exhibit A

¨    a current set of the Rules and Regulations;

¨   a Work Letter;

þ   other (specify): Disclosure & Acknowledgement

 

 

AM PAGE 1 OF 13 RH
________   AM
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

  

2.          Premises .

 

2.1            Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

 

2.2            Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ("Start Date"), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ("HVAC"), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date and that the surface and structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the "Building") shall be free of material defects, and that the Unit does not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor's sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor's expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee's sole cost and expense, except for the roof, foundations, and bearing walls which are handled as provided in paragraph 7.

 

2.3            Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ("Applicable Requirements") that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee's use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee's intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor's expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ("Capital Expenditure"), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a)          Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months' Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee's termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months' Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b)          If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor's share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor's share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4            Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee's intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee's decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee's ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5            Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

 

3.          Term .

 

3.1            Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2            Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3            Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee's right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4            Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor's election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4.          Rent.

 

4.1.           Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ("Rent").

 

 

AM PAGE 2 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

  

 
 

 

4.2            Payment.  Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor's rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor's endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future payments to be made by Lessee to be by cashier's check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney's fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent, Insurance and Real Property Taxes, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

 

4.3            Association Fees. In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner's association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises. Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.

 

5.           Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee's faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor's reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

 

6.           Use .

 

6.1            Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor's objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

6.2            Hazardous Substances.

 

(a)           Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term "Hazardous Substance" as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee's expense) with all Applicable Requirements. "Reportable Use" shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b)           Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c)           Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee's expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d)           Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys' and consultants' fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee's obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e)           Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee's occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor's obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f)           Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessees occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee's use (including "Alterations", as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor's agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor's investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

 

AM PAGE 3 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

(g)           Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable effect, but subject to Lessor's rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor's option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor's desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor's notice of termination.

 

6.3            Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor's engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the such Requirements, without regard to whether such Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor's written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee's compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises.

 

6.4            Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor's "Lender" (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets (MSDS) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

7.          Maintenance; Repairs; Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1            Lessee's Obligations.

 

(a)           In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee's Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor's Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee's exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee's use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee is also responsible for keeping the roof and roof drainage clean and free of debris. Lessor shall keep the surface and structural elements of the roof, foundations, and bearing walls in good repair (see paragraph 7.2). Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee's obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b)           Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee's sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, and (v) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

(c)           Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days' prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

 

(d)           Replacement. Subject to Lessee's indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee's failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2            Lessor's Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee, except for the surface and structural elements of the roof, foundations and bearing walls, the repair of which shall be the responsibility of Lessor upon receipt of written notice that such a repair is necessary. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises, and they expressly waive the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect to the extent it is inconsistent with the terms of this Lease.

 

7.3            Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a)           Definitions. The term "Utility Installations" refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term "Trade Fixtures" shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term "Alterations" shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. "Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations" are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

 

(b)           Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month's Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month's Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee's: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month's Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee's posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

(c)           Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action Lessee shall pay Lessor's attorneys' fees and costs.

 

 

AM PAGE 4 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

    

 
 

   

7.4            Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a)           Ownership. Subject to Lessor's right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b)           Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the

required consent.

 

(c)           Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. "Ordinary wear and tear" shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if this Lease is for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall completely remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) even if such removal would require Lessee to perform or pay for work that exceeds statutory requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8.           Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1            Payment of Premium Increases.

 

(a)          Lessee shall pay to Lessor any insurance cost increase ("Insurance Cost Increase") occurring during the term of this Lease. Insurance Cost Increase is defined as any increase in the actual cost of the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(b), 8.3(a) and 8.3(b), over and above the Base Premium as hereinafter defined calculated on an annual basis. Insurance Cost Increase shall include but not be limited to increases resulting from the nature of Lessee's occupancy, any act or omission of Lessee, requirements of the holder of mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises, increased valuation of the Premises and/or a premium rate increase. The parties are encouraged to fill in the Base Premium in paragraph 1.8 with a reasonable premium for the Required Insurance based on the Agreed Use of the Premises. If the parties fail to insert a dollar amount in Paragraph 1.8, then the Base Premium shall be the lowest annual premium reasonably obtainable for the Required Insurance as of the commencement of the Original Term for the Agreed Use of the Premises. In no event, however, shall Lessee be responsible for any portion of the increase in the premium cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence.

 

(b)          Lessee shall pay any such Insurance Cost Increase to Lessor within 30 days after receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premium statement or other reasonable evidence of the amount due. If the insurance policies maintained hereunder cover other property besides the Premises, Lessor shall also deliver to Lessee a statement of the amount of such Insurance Cost Increase attributable only to the Premises showing in reasonable detail the manner in which such amount was computed. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond the term of this Lease, shall be prorated to correspond to the term of this Lease.

 

8.2            Liability Insurance.

 

(a)           Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization's "Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises" Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an "insured contract" for the performance of Lessee's indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

(b)           Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3            Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a)           Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee's personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender or included in the Base Premium), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b)           Rental Value. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (" Rental Value insurance "). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c)           Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee's acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4           Lessee's Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker's Compensation Insurance.

 

(a)           Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee's personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property. Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

 

(b)          Business Interruption.   Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will of access to the Premises as a attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c)           Worker's Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

 

(d)          No Representation of Adequate Coverage.   Lessor makes no representation that the limits of forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5          Insurance Policies.    Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of  “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender.  Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies.  Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor.  Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof , or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.  Such Policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less.  If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

 

AM PAGE 5 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

8.6            Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7            Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8            Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability. Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

 

8.9            Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/ costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9.           Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1            Definitions.

 

(a)           "Premises Partial Damage" shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b)           "Premises Total Destruction" shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c)           "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d)           "Replacement Cost" shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e)           "Hazardous Substance Condition" shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance, in, on, or under the Premises which requires restoration.

 

9.2            Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee's Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

9.3            Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4            Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor's damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5            Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

9.6            Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a) Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

  

AM PAGE 6 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

  

 
 

 

(b)           Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7            Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

10.          Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1          Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address and where the proceeds so generated are to be applied by the city, county or other local taxing authority of a jurisdiction within which the Premises are located. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

10.2

 

(a)           Payment of Taxes. Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises provided, however, that Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount, if any, by which Real Property Taxes applicable to the Premises increase over the fiscal tax year during which the Commencement Date Occurs (Tax Increase). Payment of any such Tax Increase shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 30 days after receipt of Lessors written statement setting forth the amount due and computation thereof. If any such taxes shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessees share of such taxes shall be prorated to cover only that portion of the tax bill applicable to the period that this Lease is in effect. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that the Tax Increase be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. Such monthly payment shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of the Tax Increase divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable Tax Increase is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable Tax Increase. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay the Tax Increase when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sums as are necessary to pay such obligations. Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

 

(b)           Additional Improvements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 10.2, Lessee shall pay to Lessor upon demand therefor the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes assessed by reason of Alterations or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request or by reason of any alterations or improvements to the Premises made by Lessor subsequent to the execution of this Lease by the Parties.

 

10.3         Joint Assessment.   If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Tax Increase for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4          Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee's said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee's property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

 

11.          Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor's reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

12.          Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1          Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a)          Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b)          Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c)          The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee's assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(d)          An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor's option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(c), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e)          Lessee's remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

(f)          Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

 

(g)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

 

12.2          Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a)          Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b)          Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's right to exercise its remedies for Lessee's Default or Breach.

 

(c)          Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d)          In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor's remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e)          Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor's considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

(f)          Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

  

 

AM PAGE 7 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

  

 
 

 

(g)          Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

 

12.3          Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein.

 

(a)          Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b)          In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c)          Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d)          No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e)          Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.          Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1          Default; Breach. A "Default" is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A "Breach" is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a)          The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b)          The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

 

(c)          The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(d)          The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(e)          A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(f)          The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph (e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(g)          The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(h)          If the performance of Lessee's obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor's liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor's becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor's refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor's breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee's failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2          Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee's behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a)          Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee's Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b)          Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor's interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee's right to possession.

 

(c)          Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee's right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee's occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3          Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

 

AM PAGE 8 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

13.4          Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 6 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor's option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5          Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest ("Interest") charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6          Breach by Lessor .

 

(a)           Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b)           Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee's expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month's Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee's right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14.          Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively "Condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee's relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15.          Brokerage Fees.

 

15.1          Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, and unless Lessor and the Brokers otherwise agree in writing, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

15.2          Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor's obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee's Broker when due, Lessee's Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee's Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor's Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

 

15.3          Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder's fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.          Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as "Responding Party") shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the "Requesting Party") execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current "Estoppel Certificate" form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

(b)          If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party's performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party's Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee's failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

(c)          If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee's financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17.          Definition of Lessor. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee's interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor's title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

 

18.          Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19.          Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word "days" as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

 

AM PAGE 9 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

20.         Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor's partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21.          Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22.          No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

23.          Notices.

 

23.1          Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party's signature on this Lease shall be that Party's address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2          Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means shall be deemed delivered upon telephone confirmation of receipt (confirmation report from fax machine is sufficient), provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.          Waivers.

 

(a)          No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

 

(b)          The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

(c)          THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

25.          Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

 

(a)          When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

 

(i)           Lessor's Agent . A Lessor's agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor's agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(ii)          Lessee's Agent . An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor's agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee : A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor : a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent's duties, b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith, c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(iii)         Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee . A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee, b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

(b)          Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys' fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker's liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

(c)          Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as "Confidential" any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

 

26.          No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27.          Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28.          Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29.          Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.          Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1          Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, "Security Device"), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as "Lender") shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

 

AM PAGE 10 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

30. 2          Attornment. In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Devise to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month's rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

 

30.3          Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement”) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee's possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee's option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4          Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

31.          Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys' fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys' fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys' fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys' fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

 

32.          Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee's use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

 

33.          Auctions.   Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34.          Signs.   Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “For Sale” signs at any time and ordinary “For Lease” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35.          Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor's failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor's election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36.          Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor's actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects', attorneys', engineers' and other consultants' fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor's consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor's consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37.          Guarantor.

 

37.1          Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association.

 

37.2          Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor's behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38.          Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee's part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.          Options. If Lessee is granted any Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

39.1          Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2          Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3          Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4          Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a)          Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b)          The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c)          An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

40.          Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.

 

41.          Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42.          Reservations.   Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

 

AM PAGE 11 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

  

 
 

 

43.          Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for therecovery of sums paid "under protest" within 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

44.          Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

 

(a)          If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

(b)          If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

 

(c)          This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

45.          Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46.          Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47.          Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48.          Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

49.          Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ☐  is  þ  is not attached to this Lease.

 

50.          Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

(a)          The Premises: þ have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). ¨ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. ☐ have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq.

 

(b)          Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) is dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in ADA compliance, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1.          SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

2.          RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE'S INTENDED USE.

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

  

     
Executed at :   Executed at  
On:     On:  
By LESSOR:   By LESSEE:
Superior Drilling of California, Inc.   Roger Holder or Assignee
     
     
By: /s/ Annette mitr   By: /s/ Roger Holder
Name Printed: Annette mitr   Name Printed: Roger Holder
Title: Member   Title: CEO
     
By:     By:  
Name Printed:     Name Printed:  
Title:     Title:  
Address:     Address:  
   
Telephone: (439) 789-0594   Telephone: (661) 201 7170
Facsimile: (439) 798-595   Facsimile: (661) 631 8197
Email: annette@teamsdp.com   Email: rholder@holdersac.com
Email:     Email:  
Federal ID No.     Federal ID No.  

 

 

AM PAGE 12 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

BROKER:   BROKER:
Coldwell Banker Preferred   Pacific Commercial Realty Advisors, Inc.
    dba Cushman & Wakefield/Pacific
     
Att: Verlen Love   Att: Oscar Baltazar
Title:     Title: Associate Director
Address: 1820 Westwind Drive   Address: 5060 California Ave., Suite #1000
Bakersfield, CA 93301   Bakersfield, CA 93309
Telephone:(_____)     Telephone: (661)633-3821
Facsimile:(_____)     Facsimile: (661)633-3801
Email:     Email: Oscar.Baltazar@paccra.com
Federal ID No.     Federal ID No.  
Broker/Agent DRE License #:     Broker/Agent DRE License #: 01919464/01263421

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203.

Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

© Copyright 2001 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved.

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

 

AM PAGE 13 OF 13 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS
     
©2001 – AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STG-17-2/13E

 

 
 

 

 

ADDENDUM

 

Date: January 17, 2014 __________________

   

By and Between (Lessor) Superior Drilling of California, LLC ________________________________________________

(Lessee) Roger Holder or Assignee _________________________________________________________

 

Address of Premises: 1140 Black Gold Road _______________________________________________________________

Bakersfield, CA _____________________________________________________________________

 

Paragraph 51 - 56 ____

 

In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Addendum and the printed provisions of the Lease, this Addendum shall control.

 

51.         Lease Commencement, Rent Commencement:

 

Lease to commence February 1, 2014, Rent to commence March 1, 2014. Lessee to pay rent per Section 1.6 and per the following schedule:

 

Months 1 - 20: March 1, 2014 - September 30, 2015; $7,500.00/month, Industrial Gross First Month’s rent and Security Deposit due upon lease execution.

 

52.           Renewal Option:

 

A. Lessee shall have the right to renew the Lease for one (1) three (3) year term upon the same terms and conditions as this Lease Agreement except for Rent, which shall be at a rate increase of 3% from year 3 to year 4.

 

B. Lessee must notify Lessor in writing of its intention to exercise this option right no less than 90-days prior to lease expiration. Failure to do so shall result in forfeiture of this option right.

 

C. In order to avail itself of this option right, Lessee must not be in default on any portion of this Lease Agreement. Any lease payment delinquent more than ten (10) days shall, amongst other things, constitute a default and forfeiture of this option right.

 

53.          Tenant Improvements:

 

Lessor, at its sole expense, shall complete the following Tenant Improvements.

 

1.    Lessor shall install a 600 RH AM amp 220/480v3 Phase electrical panel to the 1140 Black Gold Road building. Cost to be acceptable to both Lessor and Lessee. At the conclusion of purchase, said expense shall be added to final purchase price to be paid by purchaser. (see paragraph 56.a)

 

2.    Lessee at Lessee’s sole expense, shall be allowed to modify and make any office improvements necessary to accomodate Lessee’s needs, with Lessor approval.

 

54.           Signage:

 

Lessee, at Lessee’s sole expense, shall be allowed to install signage on the property where deemed necessary, subject to Lessor and County approval.

 

55.          Conditions:

 

Lessor’s approval of Lessee’s financial condition. Lessee shall provide any and all documentation requested by Lessor.

 

 

AM PAGE 1 OF 2 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS

 

 
 

 

56.         Purchase Option:

 

A. Lessor grants to Lessee an Option to Purchase 1140 Black Gold Road at the conclusion of initial Lease Term at Purchase Price of $1,650,000.00 plus cost of Lessor’s electrical work per paragraph 53.1, subject to the terms set forth below in Section B. To exercise this Option to Purchase, Lessee must not be in default under the Lease Agreement and must notify the Lessor in writing of its intent to purchase no later than six (6) months prior to the expiration of initial lease term.

 

The Security Deposit ($7,500.00) shall be applicable to the Purchase Price. An additional $42,500 shall be delivered to escrow, at the opening of escrow for a total earnest money deposit of $50,000. Said deposit shall be deposited into escrow and to be refundable to Purchaser should escrow fail to close due to any contingency listed below or because of Seller-default.

 

Rent paid over the term of lease, $150,000.00, shall be credited towards the fixed sale price.

 

B. Inspection Period: Purchaser shall have forty-five (45) days from the date a Purchase and Sale Agreement is signed by both parties ("Inspection Period") within which to investigate the following:

 

(1)  The purchase shall be subject to Purchaser’s approval of a Preliminary Title Report, together with all documentation of any exceptions to the coverage of a CLTA Policy of Title Insurance, which will supplied by Seller.

 

(2)  The purchase shall be conditioned upon Purchaser’s approval of a Phase I and Phase II Environmental report, which shall be produced at Seller’s sole expense.

 

(3)  Seller’s delivery to Purchaser within five (5) business days after full execution of a Purchase Contract of all reports, studies, maps, plans or similar such documentation is Seller’s possession regarding the property.

 

Loan Contingency:

 

Purchaser shall have ninety (90) days after a Purchase and Sales Agreement is signed by both parties, within which to obtain loan funding from a lender of its choice upon market terms

 

Escrow & Closing:

 

Close of es crow to occur no later than five (5) days following completion of Purchaser’s Loan Contingency Period .

 

Brokers Sale Commission:

 

Should Purchaser fully execute its Option to Purchase, Landlord shall pay Cushman & Wakefield and Coldwell Banker Preffered a sales commission equal to 6% of the gross Purchase Price, through escrow, and at the close of escrow, and Cushman & Wakefield and Coldwell Banker Preferred shall credit Seller any un-used portion of the leasing commission.

 

 

AM PAGE 2 OF 2 RH
___   ___
INITIALS   INITIALS

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A

 

 

 
 

 

Disclosures and Acknowledgment
Addendum to Lease Listing Agreement / Lease Agreement / Proposal to Lease
PACCOM REALTY ADVISORS, INC
BROKERAGE AND MANAGEMENT
LICENSED REAL ESTATE BROKER

    

Date:      January 17, 2014      

 

Lessor      Superior Drilling of California, LLC ______________________________________________________________

Lessee      Roger Holder _______________________________________________________________________________

Property     1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA __________________________________________________________

 

Street Address, City, State

 

Also known as:______________________________________________________________________________________

 

I.            Notification re: National Flood Insurance Program (CB Form 5230)

 

According to Panel # 06029C1825E [specify source] , this property is / Ö is not located in a Special Flood Hazard Area on United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) "Special Flood Zone Area Maps." Federal law requires that as a condition of obtaining federally related financing on most properties located in "flood zones," banks, savings and loan associations, and some insurance lenders require flood insurance to be carried where the property, real or personal, is security for a loan. This requirement is mandated by the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973. The purpose of the program is to provide flood insurance to property owners at a reasonable cost. Cities or counties participating in the National Flood Insurance Program may have adopted building or zoning restrictions, or other measures, as part of their participation in the program. You should contact the city or county in which the property is located to determine any such restrictions. The extent of coverage available in your area and the cost of this coverage may vary, and for further information, you should consult your lender or insurance carrier. Lessee shall be solely responsible for confirming the above stated Special Flood Hazard Area designation, and for investigation of the impact of such designation on Lessee s intended use of the Property. Flood Zone Designation: Zone     X      

 

II.           Alquist-Priolo Notification; Alquist-Priolo Special Earthquake Fault Zoning Act (CBC Form 5228-5229)

 

According to Alquist-Priolo: ______ Oildale ______ [specify source], the Property described above is/ is not/ Ö may or may not be situated in an Earthquake Fault Zone as designated under the Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zoning Act, Sections 2621-2630, inclusive, of the California Public Resources Code; and, as such, the construction or development on the Property of any structure for human occupancy may be subject to the findings of a geologic report prepared by a geologist registered in the State of California, unless such report is waived by the city or county under the terms of that Act. No representations on the subject are made by Lessor or by CB Richard Ellis or its agents or employees, and the Lessee should make his/her/its own inquiry or investigation. Lessee shall be solely responsible for confirming the above stated Special Flood Hazard Area designation, and for investigation of the impact of such designation on Lessee s intended use of the Property.

 

For further information you may wish to contact appropriate city or county agencies: Kern County Engineering & Survey Services Dept. _______
  (661) 862-5100 ____________________________

 

III.          Hazardous Wastes or Substances and Underground Storage Tanks

Comprehensive federal and state laws and regulations have been enacted in the past several years in an effort to control the use, storage, handling, clean-up, removal and disposal of hazardous wastes or substances. Some of these laws and regulations (such as, for example, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act [CERCLA]) provide for broad liability on the part of owners, tenants, or other users of property for clean-up costs and damages, regardless of fault. Another such statute is California Health and Safety Code Section 25359.7(a), which provides in part that a seller/lessor of nonresidential real property who knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that any release of a hazardous substance has come to be located on or beneath that real property shall, prior to the sale or lease, give written notice of that condition to the purchaser/lessee; and that failure of the seller/lessor to provide written notice as required shall subject the seller/lessor to liability for damages. Other laws and regulations set standards for the handling of asbestos, and establish requirements for the use, modification, abandonment, and closure of underground storage tanks.

 

It is not practical or possible to list all such laws and regulations in this Notice. Therefore, Lessors and Lessees are urged to consult legal counsel to determine their respective rights and liabilities with respect to the issues described in this Notice, as well as all other aspects of the proposed transaction. If hazardous wastes or substances have been, or are going to be used, stored, handled or disposed on the Property, or if the Property has been or may have underground storage tanks, it is essential that legal and technical advice be obtained to determine, among other things, the nature of permits and approvals which have been obtained or may be required; the estimated costs and expenses associated with the use, storage, handling, clean-up, disposal or removal of hazardous wastes or substances; and the nature and extent of contractual provisions necessary or desirable in this transaction. Broker recommends expert assistance and site investigation to determine past uses of the property, which may provide valuable information as to the likelihood of hazardous wastes or substances, or underground storage tanks, being on the Property.

 

Lessor agrees to disclose to Broker and to Lessee any and all information which he/she/it has regarding present and future zoning and environmental matters affecting the Property and regarding the condition of the Property, including, but not limited to structural, mechanical and soils conditions, the presence and location of asbestos, PCB transformers, other toxic, hazardous or contaminated substances, and underground storage tanks, in, on, or about the Property. Broker hereby requests that such information be provided immediately so that it may be timely communicated to the Lessee.

 

Broker has conducted no investigation regarding the subject matter hereof, except as may be contained in a separate written document signed by Broker. Broker makes no representations concerning the existence or nonexistence of hazardous wastes or substances, or underground storage tanks, in, on, or about the Property. Lessee should contact a professional, such as a civil engineer, industrial hygienist or other persons with experience in these matters, to advise on these matters.

 

The term "hazardous wastes or substances" is used herein in its very broadest sense and includes, but is not limited to, petroleum based products, paints and solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids, pesticides, ammonium compounds, asbestos, PCBs and other chemical products. Hazardous wastes or substances and underground storage tanks may be present on all types of real property. This Notice is intended to apply to any transaction involving any type of real property, whether improved or unimproved.

 

IV.           Broker Disclosure

The parties hereby expressly acknowledge that Broker has made no independent determination or investigation regarding the following: present or future use or zoning of the property; environmental matters affecting the Property; the condition of the Property, including, but not limited to structural, mechanical and soils conditions, as well as issues surrounding hazardous wastes or substances as set out above; violations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act or any other federal, state, county or municipal laws, ordinances, or statutes; measurements of land and/or buildings. Lessee agrees to make its own investigation and determination regarding such items. A real estate broker is qualified to advise on real estate. If you desire legal advice, consult your attorney.

 

Disclosures for Lease 8.96

 

- 1 -
 

 

V. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

 

Owners or tenants of real property may be subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), a federal law codified at 42 USC Section 12101 et seq. Among other requirements of the ADA that could apply to your property, Title III of the Act requires owners and tenants of public accommodations" to remove barriers to access by disabled persons and provide auxiliary aids and services for hearing, vision or speech impaired persons. The regulations under Title III of the ADA are codified at 28 CFR Part 36.

 

Broker recommends that you and your attorney review the ADA and the regulations, and, if appropriate, your proposed lease agreement, to determine if this law would apply to you and the nature of the requirements. These are legal issues. You are responsible for conducting your own independent investigation of these issues.

 

VI.      Residential Lead Paint Hazard Reduction Act - Intentionally deleted - Not Residential Property

 

VII.     Compliance with Laws

The parties hereto agree to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, codes, ordinances and administrative orders having jurisdiction over the parties, property or the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the 1964 Civil Rights Act and all amendments thereto, the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, and The Americans With Disabilities Act.

 

Receipt of a copy of these Disclosures is hereby acknowledged.

 

LESSOR: Superior Drilling of California, LLC   LESSEE: Roger Holder
     
By /s/ Annette miter   By /s/ Roger Holder
Title Annette miter   Title CEO
Dated:                 1-20-14                 ,2014   Dated:     1-12-14                     , 2014

  

 

 

This portion to be completed in conjunction with negotiation and/or consummation of lease agreement:

 

VIII. Broker Representation Disclosure and Acknowledgment

 

Paccom Realty Advisors, Inc. herein represents Lesee.

 

(check if applicable) Lessor and Lessee hereby acknowledge that Broker represents both parties hereto; and both parties consent thereto.

 

  Am  Lessor's initials    RH   Lessee's initials

 

CONSULT YOUR ADVISORS. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY PACCOM REALTY ADVISORS OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL EFFECT, INTERPRETATION, OR ECONOMIC CONSEQUENCES OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER, THE NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE PROGRAM AND RELATED LEGISLATION, NOR OF OTHER LEGISLATION REFERRED TO HEREIN. THESE ARE QUESTIONS THAT YOU SHOULD ADDRESS WITH YOUR CONSULTANTS AND ADVISORS.

 

Disclosures for Lease 8.96

 

- 2 -

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal 
$650,000.00
Loan Date
04-02-2012
Maturity
04-01-2022
Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.
Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

  

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products  of California,  LLC Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831
       

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated April 2, 2012, Is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or Schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying Upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of April 2, 2012, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

 

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expanses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

 

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

 

ADDITIONAL LOAN CONDITIONS. The following terms and conditional are hereby made part of this Business Loan Agreement:

 

1.   All terms and conditions as may be required by the United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”) as stated in the SBA Loan Authorization and all amendments, attachments and modifications (“Loan Authorization”).

 

2.   Approval by an SBA approved Pool Originator to facilitate the pooling of Loan in the SBA’s First Mortgage Lien Pool program may be required.

 

3.   Lender’s satisfactory verification and documentation of the required equity as documented In the SBA Loan Authorization.

 

4.   Lender’s receipt and satisfactory review of any additional or updated financial information required by Lender and/or SBA.

 

5.   Two months’ payments on first mortgage paid in advance to Lender may be required.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

Organization. Borrower is a limited liability company which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, UT 84078. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges; and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

 

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of organization or membership agreements, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

 

Hazardous Substances. Except for Collateral described in the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement executed in connection with the Loan, and except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any Use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the. Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral, The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will;

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following;

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one-hundred-twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, compiled by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Tax Returns. As soon as available, but in no event later than 45 days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Borrower’s Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

 

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender. Each Insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

 

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following; (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Guaranties. Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

Names of Guarantors   Amounts  
       
Superior Drilling Products, LLC   $ 650,000.00  
Annette D. Meier   $ 650,000.00  
Gilbert Troy Meler   $ 650,000.00  
Gilbert Troy Meier Trust   $ 650,000.00  
Annette Deuel Meier Trust   $ 650,000.00  

 

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

 

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for the following specific purposes: Proceeds to be disbursed to acquire and improve the property commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, California and disbursements are in compliance with the United States Small Business Loan 504 Loan Program.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens . Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lion or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

 

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive arid management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

 

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under, applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s solo opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

 

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

 

Compliance Certificates. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall: comply in all respects with any and all covenants, terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement executed in connection with the Loan; comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; except as otherwise provided by the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement, not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lion, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

 

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

 

JOB CREATION INTEREST RATE PROVISION. Borrower acknowledges that Lender agreed to make the Loan(s) in reliance on Operating Company’s business growth plan that provides for the creation and maintenance of new jobs. Borrower further acknowledges that the creation of new jobs by Operating Company is a primary consideration of Lender in agreeing to make the Loan(s) to Borrower. During the first five (5) years of loan life, Borrower covenants and agrees that the Operating Company shall have created new full-time employment positions with Operating Company, for which Operating Company has hired and continues to employ as part of Operating Company’s business growth plan. Borrower further covenants and agrees to provide, or to cause Operating Company to provide, to Lender from time-to-time upon request all reports and documentation required by Lender to evidence and report the results of any job creation by Operating Company. Such reports arid documentation may consist of one or more of the following: a) Quarterly Employment Update; b) Completed 1-9 form and the supporting identification documents; c) Annual Tax Return; d) Quarterly Financial Statement, and/or e) other evidence which may be required. Borrower further agrees to submit any required reports and documentation in its best effort and in a timely manner upon reasonable request from Lender. For purposes of this provision, the term “full-time employment position” shall refer to any employee of Operating Company who regularly works at least thirty-five (35) hours in a workweek and is compensated by wages paid by Operating Company and reported for federal tax purposes on 1RS Form W-2.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay When due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees With Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

 

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its; name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) make any distribution with respect to any capital account, whether by reduction of capital or otherwise.

 

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor-seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by Judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender, However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

FAILURE OF THE DEBENTURE TO FUND. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that the Debenture as defined in the SBA 504 Loan Program does not close or otherwise fund pursuant to the terms of the SBA Authorization within six (6) months of the Closing Date, then Lender shall, at its option, have the right to declare the entire principal amount of the Loan plus any accrued interest due and payable in full upon thirty (30) days written notice to Borrower.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

U.S. SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION LOAN AUTHORIZATION. The Loan Authorization for Debenture Guarantee (SBA 504 Loan) and all its amendments, additions, and modifications, issued by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) is hereby made part of the Loan Documents of the Loan.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation Whatsoever, to any one or mor e purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mall postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, it there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender. 

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 6
     

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any Investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time in of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

SITE INSPECTION. At Lender’s Request, Borrower must allow and assist Lender in inspecting Collateral at all locations wherever located. Lender’s inspection must be satisfactory and complete in order for Lender to prepare an internal site inspection memorandum.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code, Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC in the principal amount of $650,000.00 dated April 2, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics. Warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, ‘executed in connection with the Loan.

 

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 7
     

 

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

BORROWER:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC  
     
By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC  
     
LENDER:    
     
US EMPLOYMENT DEVELOPMENT LENDING CENTER, LLC  
     
By:    
  Authorized Signer  

 

 
LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.50.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFILPL\G140.FO TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal

$650,000.00

Loan Date

04-02-2012

Maturity

04-01-2022

Loan No Call / Coll Account

Officer

CB

Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.
Any item above containing
*** has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:   Superior Drilling Products of California, llc   Lender:   US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
    2221 North 3250 West       1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
    Vernal, UT 84078       Long Beach, CA 90831

 

 

Principal Amount: $650,000.00 Date of Note: April 2, 2012

 

PROMISE TO PAY. Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) promises to pay to US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Six Hundred Fifty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($650,000.00), together with Interest on the unpaid principal balance from April 2, 2012, until paid in full.

 

PAYMENT. Subject to any payment changes resulting from changes in the Index, Borrower will pay this loan in 119 regular payments of $4,022.15 each and one irregular last payment estimated at $493,690.04. Borrower’s first payment is due May 1, 2012, and all subsequent payments are due on the same day of each month after that. Borrower’s final payment will be due on April 1, 2022, and will be for all principal and all accrued interest not yet paid. Payments include principal and interest. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any late charges; and then to any unpaid collection costs. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the the London Interbank Offered Rate Swaps (LIBOR SWAPS) for maturities of Five Years as published in the Wall Street Journal (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans. If the index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each Five Years. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 1.241% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 3.500 percentage points over the Index, adjusted if necessary for any minimum and maximum rate limitations described below, resulting in an initial rate of 5.500%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be less than 5.500% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. Whenever increases occur in the interest rate, Lender, at its option, may do one or more of the following: (A) increase Borrower’s payments to ensure Borrower’s loan will pay off by its original final maturity date, (B) increase Borrower’s payments to cover accruing interest, (C) increase the number of Borrower’s payments, and (D) continue Borrower’s payments at the same amount and increase Borrower’s final payment.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

 

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE. In any event, even upon full prepayment of this Note, Borrower understands that Lender is entitled to a minimum interest charge of $50.00. Other than Borrower’s obligation to pay any minimum interest charge, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870 Long Beach, CA 90831.

 

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

 

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, Immediately increase by adding an additional 5.000 percentage point margin (“Default Rate Margin”). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

 

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any loan.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency jaws by or against Borrower.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, In an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

 
 

 

  PROMISSORY NOTE  
  (Continued) Page 2

 

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

FAILURE OF THE DEBENTURE TO FUND. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that the Debenture as defined in the SBA 504 Loan Program does not close or otherwise fund pursuant to the terms of the SBA Authorization within six (6) months of the Closing Date, then Lender shall, at its option, have the right to declare the entire principal amount of the Loan plus any accrued interest due and payable In full upon thirty (30) days written notice to Borrower.

 

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $25.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

 

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instruments listed herein:

 

(A)  a Deed of Trust dated April 2, 2012, to a trustee in favor of Lender on real property located in Kern County, State of California. That agreement contains the following due on sate provision: Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare Immediately due and payable all sums secured by the Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Lender’s prior written consent, of all or any part of the Real Property, or any interest in the Real Property. A “sale or transfer” means the conveyance of Real Property or any right, title or interest in the Real Property; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, leasehold interest with a term greater than three (3) years, lease-option contract, or by sale, assignment, or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Real Property, or by any other method of conveyance of an interest in the Real Property. If any Borrower is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests, as the case may be, of such Borrower. However, this option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.

 

(B)  an Assignment of All Rents to Lender on real property located in Kern County, State of California.

 

(C)  equipment, fixtures and mineral, oil and gas described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated April 2, 2012.

 

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

 

BORROWER:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling
  Products of California, LLC

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

RECORDATION REQUESTED BY:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

SEND TAX NOTICES TO:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831 FOR RECORDER’S USE ONLY

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS dated April 2, 2012, Is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company, whose address is 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, UT 84078; (referred to below as “Grantor”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, whose address is 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870, Long Beach, CA 90831 (referred to below as “Lender”).

 

ASSIGNMENT. For valuable consideration, Grantor hereby assigns, grants a continuing security Interest in, and conveys to Lender all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Rents from the following described Property located in Kern County, State of California:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PAGE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD, AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A. HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

The Property or its address is commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308. The Assessor’s Parcel Number for the Property is 481-200-22-00-9.

 

This is an absolute assignment of Rents made in connection with an obligation secured by property pursuant to California Civil Code section 2938.

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN TO SECURE (1) PAYMENT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS AND (2) PERFORMANCE OF ANY AND ALL OBLIGATIONS OF GRANTOR UNDER THE NOTE, THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND THE RELATED DOCUMENTS. THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN AND ACCEPTED ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

 

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. Except as otherwise provided in this Assignment or any Related Documents, Grantor shall pay to Lender all amounts secured by this Assignment as they become due, and shall strictly perform all of Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment. Unless and until Lender exercises its right to collect the Rents as provided below and so long as there is no default under this Assignment, Grantor may remain in possession and control of and operate and manage the Property and collect the Rents, provided that the granting of the right to collect the Rents shall not constitute Lender’s consent to the use of cash collateral in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Grantor warrants that:

 

Ownership. Grantor is entitled to receive the Rents free and clear of all rights, loans, liens, encumbrances, and claims except as disclosed to and accepted by Lender in writing.

 

Right to Assign. Grantor has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Assignment and to assign and convey the Rents to Lender

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

No Prior Assignment. Grantor has not previously assigned or conveyed the Rents to any other person by any instrument now in force.

 

No Further Transfer. Grantor will not sell, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any of Grantor’s rights in the Rents except as provided in this Assignment.

 

LENDER’S RIGHT TO RECEIVE AND COLLECT RENTS. Lender shall have the right at any time, and even though no default shall have occurred under this Assignment, to collect and receive the Rents, For this purpose, Lender is hereby given and granted the following rights, powers and authority:

 

Notice to Tenants. Lender may send notices to any and all tenants of the Property advising them of this Assignment and directing all Rents to be paid directly to Lender or Lender’s agent.

 

Enter the Property. Lender may enter upon and take possession of the Property; demand, collect and receive from the tenants or from any other persons liable therefor, all of the Rents; institute and carry on all legal proceedings necessary for the protection of the Property, including such proceedings as may be necessary to recover possession of the Property; collect the Rents and remove any tenant or tenants or other persons from the Property.

 

Maintain the Property. Lender may enter upon the Property to maintain the Property and keep the same in repair; to pay the costs thereof and of all services of all employees, including their equipment, and of all continuing costs and expenses of maintaining the Property in proper repair and condition, and also to pay all taxes, assessments and water utilities, and the premiums on fire and other insurance effected by Lender on the Property.

 

Compliance with Laws. Lender may do any and all things to execute and comply with the laws of the State of California and also all other laws, rules, orders, ordinances and requirements of all other governmental agencies affecting the Property.

 

Lease the Property. Lender may rent or lease the whole or any part of the Property for such term or terms and on such conditions as Lender may deem appropriate.

 

Employ Agents. Lender may engage such agent or agents as Lender may deem appropriate, either in Lender’s name or in Grantor’s name, to rent and manage the Property, including the collection and application of Rents.

 

Other Acts. Lender may do all such other things and acts with respect to the Property as Lender may deem appropriate and may act exclusively and solely in the place and stead of Grantor and to have all of the powers of Grantor for the purposes stated above.

 

No Requirement to Act. Lender shall not be required to do any of the foregoing acts or things, and the fact that Lender shall have performed one or more of the foregoing acts or things shall not require Lender to do any other specific act or thing.

 

APPLICATION OF RENTS. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the Property shall be for Grantor’s account and Lender may pay such costs and expenses from the Rents. Lender, in its sole discretion, shall determine the application of any and all Rents received by it; however, any such Rents received by Lender which are not applied to such costs and expenses shall be applied to the Indebtedness. All expenditures made by Lender under this Assignment and not reimbursed from the Rents shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Assignment, and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until paid.

 

FULL PERFORMANCE. If Grantor pays all of the Indebtedness when due and otherwise performs all the obligations imposed upon Grantor under this Assignment, the Note, and the Related Documents, Lender shall execute and deliver to Grantor a suitable satisfaction of this Assignment and suitable statements of termination of any financing statement on file evidencing Lender’s security interest in the Rents and the Property. Any termination fee required by law shall be paid by Grantor, if permitted by applicable law.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. if any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Property or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Assignment or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Assignment or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Rents or the Property and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Property. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Assignment also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following, at Lender’s option, shall constitute an Event of Default under this Assignment:

 

Payment Default. Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

 

Other Defaults. Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Assignment or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

 

Default on Other Payments. Failure of Grantor within the time required by this Assignment to make any payment for taxes or insurance, or any other payment necessary to prevent filing of or to effect discharge of any lien.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with the Property.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Assignment or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Defective Collateralization. This Assignment or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Grantor’s (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from the limited liability company, or any other termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by Judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against the Rents or any property securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Property Damage or Loss. The Property is lost, stolen, substantially damaged, sold, or borrowed against.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. Upon the “occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies, in addition to any other rights or remedies provided by law:

 

Accelerate indebtedness. Lender shall have the right at its option without notice to Grantor to declare the entire Indebtedness immediately due and payable, including any prepayment fee that Grantor would be required to pay.

 

Collect Rents. Lender shall have the right, without notice to Grantor, to take possession of the Property and collect the Rents, including amounts past due and unpaid, and apply the net proceeds, over and above Lender’s costs, against the Indebtedness. In furtherance of this right, Lender shall have all the rights provided for in the Lender’s Right to Receive and Collect Rents Section, above. If the Rents are collected by Lender, then Grantor irrevocably designates Lender as Grantor’s attorney-in-fact to endorse instruments received in payment thereof in the name of Grantor and to negotiate the same and collect the proceeds. Payments by tenants or other users to Lender in response to Lender’s demand shall satisfy the obligations for which the payments are made, whether or not any proper grounds for the demand existed. Lender may exercise its rights under this subparagraph either in person, by agent, or through a receiver.

 

Appoint Receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver, appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Property, with the power to protect and preserve the Property, to operate the property preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Property and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Property exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

 

Other Remedies. Lender shall have all other rights and remedies provided in this Assignment or the Note or by law.

 

Election of Remedies. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Assignment, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. If Lender institutes any suit or action to enforce any of the terms of this Assignment, Lender shall be entitled to recover such sum as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorneys’ fees at trial and upon any appeal. Whether or not any court action is involved, and to the extent not prohibited by law, all reasonable expenses Lender incurs that in Lender’s opinion are necessary at any time for the protection of its interest or the enforcement of its rights shall become a part of the Indebtedness payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Note rate from the date of the expenditure until repaid. Expenses covered by this paragraph include, without limitation, however subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services, the cost of searching records, obtaining title reports (including foreclosure reports), surveyors’ reports, and appraisal fees, title insurance, and fees for the Trustee, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Grantor also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Assignment:

 

Amendments. This Assignment, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Assignment. No alteration of or amendment to this Assignment shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

Governing Law. This Assignment will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Assignment has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

Merger. There shall be no merger of the interest or estate created by this assignment with any other interest or estate in the Property at any time held by or for the benefit of Lender in any capacity, without the written consent of Lender.

 

Interpretation. (1) In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Grantor, then all words used in this Assignment in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require, (2) If more than one person signs this Assignment as “Grantor, “the obligations of each Grantor are joint and several. This means that if Lender brings a lawsuit, Lender may sue any one or more of the Grantors. If Borrower and Grantor are not the same person, Lender need not sue Borrower first, and that Borrower need not be joined in any lawsuit. (3) The names given to paragraphs or sections in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only. They are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Assignment unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Assignment shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or, any other provision of this Assignment. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Assignment, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Assignment shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Assignment. Any party may change its address for notices under this Assignment by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

 

Powers of Attorney. The various agencies and powers of attorney conveyed on Lender under this Assignment are granted for purposes of security and may not be revoked by Grantor until such time as the same are renounced by Lender.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Assignment to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Assignment. Unless otherwise required by law, the Illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Assignment shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Assignment.

 

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Assignment on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Property becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Assignment and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Assignment or liability under the Indebtedness.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Assignment.

 

Waiver of Right of Redemption. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OF THE PROVISIONS TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS ASSIGNMENT, GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION FROM SALE UNDER ANY ORDER OR JUDGMENT OF FORECLOSURE ON GRANTOR’S BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF EACH AND EVERY PERSON, EXCEPT JUDGMENT CREDITORS OF GRANTOR, ACQUIRING ANY INTEREST IN OR TITLE TO THE PROPERTY SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized Words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Assignment, Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Assignment shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Assignment. The word “Assignment” means this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS, as this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS from time to time.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Assignment in the section titled “Default”.

 

Event of Default. The words ‘‘Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Assignment in the default section of this Assignment.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means all principal, interest, and other amounts, costs and expenses payable under the Note or Related Documents, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, consolidations of and substitutions for the Note or Related Documents and any amounts expended or advanced by Lender to discharge Grantor’s obligations or expenses incurred by Lender to enforce Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment, together with interest on such amounts as provided in this Assignment.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Note. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000.00 from Grantor to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Assignment” section of this Assignment.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness; except that the words do not mean any guaranty or environmental agreement, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

Rents. The word “Rents” means all of Grantor’s present and future rights, title and interest in, to and under any and all present and future leases, including, without limitation, all rents, revenue, income, issues, royalties, bonuses, accounts receivable, cash or security deposits, advance rentals, profits and proceeds from the Property, and other payments and benefits derived or to be derived from such leases of every kind and nature, whether due now or later, including without limitation Grantor’s right to enforce such leases and to receive and collect payment and proceeds thereunder.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND NOT PERSONALLY BUT AS AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER, HAS CAUSED THIS ASSIGNMENT TO BE SIGNED AND EXECUTED ON BEHALF OF GRANTOR ON APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GRANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By:   /s/ Annette D. Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC

 

 
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF Utah )  
          ) SS  
COUNTY OF  Salt Lake )  
       
On April 9, 2012 before me,   Rich Mahoney Notary Public
    (here insert name and title of the officer)

 

personally appeared Annette D. Meier, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.    
Signature   /s/ Rich Mahoney  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer Initials
$650,000.00 04-02-2012 04-01-2022       CB  

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Grantor:   

Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC

2221 North 3250 West

Vernal, UT 84078

  Lender:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

         

 

THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated April 2, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Grantor”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”).

 

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST . For valuable consideration, Grantor grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION . The word “Collateral” as used in this Agreement means the following described property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located, in which Grantor is giving to Lender a security interest for the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of all other obligations under the Note and this Agreement:

 

All equipment; all furniture; all fixtures; all attachments, accessions, accessories, fittings, increases, tools, parts, repairs, supplies, and commingled goods relating to the foregoing property, and all additions, replacements of and substitutions for all or any part of the foregoing property; all insurance refunds relating to the foregoing property; all good will relating to the foregoing property; all records and data and embedded software relating to the foregoing property, and all equipment, inventory and software to utilize, create, maintain and process any such records and data on electronic media; and all supporting obligations relating to the foregoing property; all whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or whether now or hereafter subject to any rights in the foregoing property; and all products and proceeds (including but not limited to all insurance payments) of or relating to the foregoing property.

 

In addition, the word “Collateral” also includes all the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located:

 

(A)   All accessions, attachments, accessories, tools, parts, supplies, replacements of and additions to any of the collateral described herein, whether added now or later.

(B)   All products and produce of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(C)   All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies, payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, consignment or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

(D)   All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale, destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section, and sums due from a third party who has damaged or destroyed the Collateral or from that party’s insurer, whether due to judgment, settlement or other process.

(E)   All records and data relating to any of the property described in this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or data on electronic media.

 

Some or all of the Collateral may be located on the following described real estate:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PAGE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD, AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVlDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A. HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000. AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS

 

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL . With respect to the Collateral, Grantor represents and promises to Lender that:

 

Perfection of Security Interest . Grantor agrees to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s security Interest In the Collateral, Upon request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender.

 

Notices to Lender . Grantor will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (1) change in Grantor’s name; (2) change in Grantor’s assumed business name(s); (3) change in the management or in the members or managers of the limited liability company Grantor; (4) change in the authorized signer(s); (5) change in Grantor’s principal office address; (6) change in Grantor’s state of organization; (7) conversion of Grantor to a new or different type of business entity; or (8) change in any other aspect of Grantor that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between Grantor and Lender. No change in Grantor’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

 

No Violation . The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its membership agreement does not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Enforceability of Collateral . To the extent the Collateral consists of accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, the Collateral is enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and fully complies with all applicable laws and regulations concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on the Collateral. There shall be no setoffs or counterclaims against any of the Collateral, and no agreement shall have been made under which any deductions or discounts may be claimed concerning the Collateral except those disclosed to Lender in writing.

 

Location of the Collateral . Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor agrees to keep the Collateral at Grantor’s address shown above or at such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Upon Lender’s request, Grantor will deliver to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and Collateral locations relating to Grantor’s operations, including without limitation the following: (1) all real property Grantor owns or is purchasing; (2) all real property Grantor is renting or leasing; (3) all storage facilities Grantor owns, rents, leases, or uses; and (4) all other properties where Collateral is or may be located.

 

Removal of the Collateral . Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor shall not remove the Collateral from its existing location without Lender’s prior written consent. To the extent that the Collateral consists of vehicles, or other titled property, Grantor shall not take or permit any action which would require application for certificates of title for the vehicles outside the State of California, without Lenders prior written consent. Grantor shall, whenever requested, advise Lender of the exact location of the Collateral.

 

Transactions Involving Collateral . Except for inventory sold or accounts collected in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, Grantor shall not sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral. Grantor shall not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever reason) shall be hold in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon receipt, Grantor shall immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.

 

Title . Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that Grantor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement, No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to which Lender has specifically consented. Grantor shall defend Lender’s rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons.

 

Repairs and Maintenance . Grantor agrees to keep and maintain, and to cause others to keep and maintain, the Collateral in good order, repair and condition at all times while this Agreement remains in effect. Grantor further agrees to pay when due all claims for work done on, or services rendered or material furnished in connection with the Collateral so that no lien or encumbrance may ever attach to or be filed against the Collateral.

 

Inspection of Collateral . Lender and Lender’s designated representatives and agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to examine and inspect the Collateral wherever located.

 

Taxes, Assessments and Liens . Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness, or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized in Lender’s sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus any interest, costs, attorneys’ fees or other charges that could accrue as a result of foreclosure or sale of the Collateral. In any contest Grantor shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the Collateral. Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings. Grantor further agrees to furnish Lender with evidence that such taxes, assessments, and governmental and other charges have been paid in full and in a timely manner. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized.

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Grantor shall comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, including without limitation all environmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, production, disposition, or use of the Collateral, including all laws or regulations relating to the undue erosion of highly-erodible land or relating to the conversion of wetlands for the production of an agricultural product or commodity. Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral, in Lender’s opinion, is not jeopardized.

 

Hazardous Substances . Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used in violation of any Environmental Laws or for the generation, manufacture, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Grantor’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for Hazardous Substances. Grantor hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any Environmental Laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement. This obligation to indemnify and defend shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of this Agreement.

 

Maintenance of Casualty Insurance . Grantor shall procure and maintain all risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lender and not including any disclaimer of the insurer’s liability for failure to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest. Grantor will provide Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require. If Grantor at any time falls to obtain or maintain any insurance as required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if Lender so chooses “single interest insurance,” which will cover only Lender’s interest in the Collateral.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Application of Insurance Proceeds . Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of any loss or damage to the Collateral if the estimated cost of repair or replacement exceeds $25,000,00, whether or not such casualty or loss is covered by insurance. Lender may make proof of loss if Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration. If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral, Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the Indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

 

Insurance Reserves . Lender may require Grantor to maintain with Lender reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created by monthly payments from Grantor of a sum estimated by Lender to be sufficient to produce, at least fifteen (15) days before the premium due date, amounts at least equal to the insurance premiums to be paid. If fifteen (15) days before payment is due, the reserve funds are insufficient, Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender. The reserve funds shall be held by Lender as a general deposit and shall constitute a non-interest-bearing account which Lender may satisfy by payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor as they become due. Lender does not hold the reserve funds in trust for Grantor, and Lender is not the agent of Grantor for payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment of premiums shall remain Grantor’s sole responsibility.

 

Insurance Reports . Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as Lender may reasonably request including the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the property Insured; (5) the then current value on the basis of which insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.

 

Financing Statements . Grantor authorizes Lender to file a UCC financing statement, or alternatively, a copy of this Agreement to perfect Lender’s security interest. At Lender’s request, Grantor additionally agrees to sign all other documents that are necessary to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s security interest in the Property. This includes making sure Lender is shown as the first and only security interest holder on the title covering the Property. Grantor will pay all filing fees, title transfer fees, and other fees and costs involved unless prohibited by law or unless Lender is required by law to pay such fees and costs. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender to execute documents necessary to transfer title if there is a default. Lender may file a copy of this Agreement as a financing statement. If Grantor changes Grantor’s name or address, or the name or address of any person granting a security interest under this Agreement changes, Grantor will promptly notify the Lender of such change.

 

GRANTOR’S RIGHT TO POSSESSION . Until default, Grantor may have possession of the tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, provided that Grantor’s right to possession and beneficial use shall not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is required by law to perfect Lender’s security interest in such Collateral. If Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an Event of Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES . If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

 

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default . Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

 

Environmental Default . Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Indebtedness.

 

Other Defaults . Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

 

False Statements . Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Defective Collateralization . This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Insolvency . The dissolution of Grantor (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from the limited liability company, or any other termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

 

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT . If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured party under the California Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

 

Accelerate Indebtedness . Lender may declare the entire Indebtedness, including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay, immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

 

Assemble Collateral . Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after repossession.

 

Sell the Collateral . Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in Lender’s own name or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give Grantor, and other persons as required by law, reasonable” notice of the time and place of any public sale, or the time after which any private sale or any other disposition of the Collateral is to be made. However, no notice need be provided to any person who, after Event of Default occurs, enters into and authenticates an agreement waiving that person’s right to notification of sale. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral, shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until repaid.

 

Appoint Receiver . Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to protect and preserve the Collateral, to operate the Collateral preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Collateral exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

 

Collect Revenues, Apply Accounts . Lender, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. Lender may at any time in Lender’s discretion transfer any Collateral into Lender’s own name or that of Lender’s nominee and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

 

Obtain Deficiency . If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral, Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.

 

Other Rights and Remedies . Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

 

Election of Remedies . Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Related Documents, or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lenders right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments . This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses . Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses Include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or hot there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings . Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue . If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

Preference Payments . Any monies Lender pays because of an asserted preference claim in Grantor’s bankruptcy will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, shall be payable by Grantor as provided in this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

No Waiver by Lender . Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right, A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

 

Power of Attorney . Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect, amend, or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement or to demand termination of filings of other secured parties. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor, file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement. Grantor will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

Waiver of Co-Obligor’s Rights . If more, than one person is obligated for the Indebtedness, Grantor Irrevocably waives, disclaims and relinquishes all claims against such other person which Grantor has or would otherwise have by virtue of payment of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, specifically including but not limited to all rights of indemnity, contribution or exoneration.

 

Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Successors and Assigns . Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations, warranties, and agreements made by Grantor in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Grantor’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

 

Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Agreement . The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Security Agreement, as this Commercial Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower . The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral . The word “Collateral” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Agreement.

 

Default . The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

 

Environmental Laws . The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response. Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default . The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

Grantor . The word “Grantor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Guarantor . The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness,

 

Guaranty . The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances . The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 6
     

 

Indebtedness . The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other Indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender . The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Note . the word “Note” means the Note executed by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC in the principal amount of $650,000.00 dated April 2, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Property . The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Collateral Description” section of this Agreement.

 

Related Documents . The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

GRANTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GRANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
   
By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling
  Products of California, LLC

 

LASER PRO Lending. Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831
       
Guarantor: Superior Drilling Products, LLC    
  1583 S. 1700 East    
  Vernal, UT 84078    
       

 

GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. For good and valuable consideration, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lender or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The Word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations that Borrower individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender under the Note and Related Documents and any renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations and substitutions of the Note and Related Documents.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties front Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty.

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fall or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall he made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) upon Lender’s request. Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor agrees to furnish Lender with the following:

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, Guarantor’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, compiled by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Tax Returns. As soon as available, but in no event later than 45 days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Guarantor’s Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Guaranty shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Guarantor as being true and correct.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 2
   

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the Indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or nonaction taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of new or additional Indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the Indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lender’s power whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate.

 

Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and any defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though that the election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. This means among other things: (N) Lender may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower. (O) If Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (1) the amount of Borrower’s obligation may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price. (2) Lender may collect from Guarantor even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

 

Guarantor understands and agrees that the foregoing waivers are unconditional and irrevocable waivers of substantive rights and defenses to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled under state and federal law. The rights and defenses waived include, without limitation, those provided by California laws of suretyship and guaranty, anti-deficiency laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor has provided these waivers of rights and defenses with the intention that they be fully relied upon by Lender. Guarantor further understands and agrees that this Guaranty is a separate and independent contract between Guarantor and Lender, given for full and ample consideration, and is enforceable on its own terms. Until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Guarantor may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness, Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty;

 

AMENDMENTS. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

INTEGRATION. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 3
   

 

INTERPRETATION. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

NO WAIVER BY LENDER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

Definitions. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

BORROWER. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

GUARANTOR. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Superior Drilling Products, LLC, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTY. The word “Guaranty” means this guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s Indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty.

 

LENDER. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

NOTE. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000.00 from Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products, LLC  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831
       
Guarantor: Gilbert Troy Meier Trust    
  2221 N. 3250 West    
  Vernal, UT 84078    
       

 

GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. For good and valuable consideration, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lender or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations that Borrower individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender under the Note and Related Documents and any renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations and substitutions of the Note and Related Documents.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties from Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this. Guaranty shall have been performed in full. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty.

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend, additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) upon Lender’s request, Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law. Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the Indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or nonaction taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of now or additional Indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the Indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lender’s power whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the Indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 2
   

 

Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and any defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though that the election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. This means among other things: (N) Lender may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower. (O) If Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (1) the amount of Borrower’s obligation may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price. (2) Lender may collect from Guarantor even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are hot limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

 

Guarantor understands and agrees that the foregoing waivers are unconditional and irrevocable waivers of substantive rights and defenses to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled under state and federal law. The rights and defenses waived include, without limitation, those provided by California laws of suretyship and guaranty, anti-deficiency laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor has provided these waivers of rights and defenses with the intention that they be fully relied upon by Lender. Guarantor further understands and agrees that this Guaranty is a separate and independent contract between Guarantor and Lender, given for full and ample consideration, and is enforceable on its own terms. Until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Guarantor may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable a4nd not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

AMENDMENTS. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

INTEGRATION. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

INTERPRETATION. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable, if any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 3
   

 

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

NO WAIVER BY LENDER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

Definitions. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

BORROWER. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTOR. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTY. The word “Guaranty” means this guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s Indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty.

 

LENDER. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

NOTE. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000.00 from Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST

 

By: /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier   By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
  Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee of  Gilbert Troy Meier Trust     Annette D. Meier, Trustee of Gilbert Troy Meier Trust

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC   Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West     1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078     Long Beach, CA 90831
         
Guarantor: Gilbert Troy Meier      
  2221 N. 3250 West      
  Vernal, UT 84078      
         

 

GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. For good and valuable consideration. Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lander or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations that Borrower individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender under the Note and Related Documents and any renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations and substitutions of the Note and Related Documents.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties from Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty.

 

OBLIGATIONS OF MARRIED PERSONS. Any married person who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees that recourse under this Guaranty may be had against both his or her separate property and community property.

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender In its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and Warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will hot, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) Upon Lender’s request, Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor agrees to furnish Lender with the following:

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year. Guarantor’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, prepared by Guarantor.

 

Tax Returns. As soon as available, but in no event later than 15 days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Guarantor’s Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a tax professional satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Guaranty shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis and certified by Guarantor as being true and correct.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 2
   

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the Indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or nonaction taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of new or additional Indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the Indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lender’s power whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the Indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate.

 

Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and any defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though that the election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. This means among other things: (N) Lender may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower. (O) If Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (1) the amount of Borrower’s obligation may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price. (2) Lender may collect from Guarantor even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

 

Guarantor understands and agrees that the foregoing waivers are unconditional and irrevocable waivers of substantive rights and defenses to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled under state and federal law. The rights and defenses waived include, without limitation, those provided by California laws of suretyship and guaranty, anti-deficiency laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor has provided these waivers of rights and defenses with the intention that they be fully relied upon by Lender. Guarantor further understands and agrees that this Guaranty is a separate and independent contract between Guarantor and Lender, given for full and ample consideration, and is enforceable on its own terms. Until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Guarantor may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether how existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve arid enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

AMENDMENTS. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party of parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 3
   

 

INTEGRATION. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

INTERPRETATION. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

NO WAIVER BY LENDER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

Definitions. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

BORROWER. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

GUARANTOR. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Gilbert Troy Meier, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTY. The word “Guaranty” means this guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s Indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty.

 

LENDER. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

NOTE. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000.00 from Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

/s/ Gilbert Troy Meier  
Gilbert Troy Meier  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “****” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC Lender:  US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831
       
Guarantor: Annette Deuel Meier Trust    
  2221 N. 3250 West    
  Vernal, UT 84078    
       

 

GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. For good and valuable consideration, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents. This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lender or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations that Borrower individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender under the Note and Related Documents and any renewals, extensions, modifications, refinancings, consolidations and substitutions of the Note and Related Documents.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties from Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lendor without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty.

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the Indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, and exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty Is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) upon Lender’s request, Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the Indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or nonaction taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of new or additional Indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the Indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lender’s power whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the Indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 2
   

 

Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification, and contribution and any other rights and defenses that are or may become available to Guarantor by reason of California Civil Code Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and any defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Lender even though that the election of remedies, such as a non-judicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Guarantor’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against Borrower by operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. This means among other things: (N) Lender may collect from Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by Borrower. (O) If Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by Borrower: (1) the amount of Borrower’s obligation may be reduced only by the price for which the collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price. (2) Lender may collect from Guarantor even if Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right Guarantor may have to collect from Borrower. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses Guarantor may have because Borrower’s obligation is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights and defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the Code of Civil Procedure.

 

Guarantor understands and agrees that the foregoing waivers are unconditional and irrevocable waivers of substantive rights and defenses to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled under state and federal law. The rights and defenses waived include, without limitation, those provided by California laws of suretyship and guaranty, anti-deficiency laws, and the Uniform Commercial Code. Guarantor acknowledges that Guarantor has provided these waivers of rights and defenses with the intention that they be fully relied upon by Lender. Guarantor further understands and agrees that this Guaranty is a separate and independent contract between Guarantor and Lender, given for full and ample consideration, and is enforceable on its own terms. Until all of the Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Guarantor may have against the Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which if may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender, Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

AMENDMENTS. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

CAPTION HEADINGS. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

INTEGRATION. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

INTERPRETATION. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and “Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
(Continued) Page 3
   

 

NOTICES. Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender Informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

NO WAIVER BY LENDER. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior Waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

Definitions. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

BORROWER. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTOR. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Annette Deuel Meier Trust, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

GUARANTY. The word “Guaranty” means this guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The Word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s Indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty.

 

LENDER. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

NOTE. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $650,000.00 from Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

RELATED DOCUMENTS. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS, IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

GUARANTOR:

 

ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier   By: /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Trustee of Annette Deuel Meier Trust     Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee of Annette Deuel Meier Trust

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. – CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer Initials
$650,000.00 04-02-2012 04-01-2022       CB  
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.
Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831
       

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT dated April 2, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM . This Agreement shall be effective as of April 2, 2012, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE . Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Loan Documents . Borrower shall provide to Lender the following documents for the Loan: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel.

 

Borrower’s Authorization . Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may require.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses . Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct.

 

No Event of Default . There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

 

ADDITIONAL LOAN CONDITIONS . The following terms and conditional are hereby made part of this Business Loan Agreement:

 

1.  All terms and conditions as may be required by the United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”) as stated in the SBA Loan Authorization and all amendments, attachments and modifications (“Loan Authorization”).

 

2.  Approval by an SBA approved Pool Originator to facilitate the pooling of Loan in the SBA’s First Mortgage Lien Pool program may be required.

 

3.  Lender’s satisfactory verification and documentation of the required equity as documented in the SBA Loan Authorization.

 

4.  Lender’s receipt and satisfactory review of any additional or updated financial information required by Lender and/or SBA.

 

5.  Two months’ payments on first mortgage paid in advance to Lender may be required.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

Organization . Borrower is a limited liability company which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, UT 84078. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names . Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None.

 

Authorization . Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of organization or membership agreements, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information . Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Properties . Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable, Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security Interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

 

Hazardous Substances . Except for Collateral described in the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement executed in connection with the Loan, and except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or Indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions, of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims . No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority . Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect . This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS . Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation . Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records . Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

 

Financial Statements . Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Annual Statements . As soon as available, but in no event later than one-hundred-twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, compiled by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Tax Returns . As soon as available, but in no event later than 45 days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Borrower’s Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Additional Information . Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

 

Insurance . Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

 

Insurance Reports . Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Guaranties . Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

Names of Guarantors   Amounts  
       
Superior Drilling Products, LLC   $ 650,000.00  
Annette D. Meier   $ 650,000.00  
Gilbert Troy Meier   $ 650,000.00  
Gilbert Troy Meier Trust   $ 650,000.00  
Annette Deuel Meier Trust   $ 650,000.00  

 

Other Agreements . Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

 

Loan Proceeds . Use all Loan proceeds solely for the following specific purposes: Proceeds to be disbursed to acquire and improve the property commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, California and disbursements are in compliance with the United States Small Business Loan 504 Loan Program.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens . Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of ever kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance . Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

 

Operations . Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

 

Environmental Studies . Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements . Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral, including without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s sole opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may require Borrower to post adequate security or a surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

 

Inspection . Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

 

Compliance Certificates . Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

Environmental Compliance and Reports . Borrower shall: comply in all respects with any and all covenants, terms, conditions and provisions set forth in the Hazardous Substances Certificate and indemnity Agreement executed in connection with the Loan; comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; except as otherwise provided by the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement, not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

 

Additional Assurances . Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

 

JOB CREATION INTEREST RATE PROVISION . Borrower acknowledges that Lender agreed to make the Loan(s) in reliance on Operating Company’s business growth plan that provides for the creation and maintenance of new jobs. Borrower further acknowledges that the creation of new jobs by Operating Company is a primary consideration of Lender in agreeing to make the Loan(s) to Borrower. During the first five (5) years of loan life, Borrower covenants and agrees that the Operating Company shall have created new full-time employment positions with Operating Company, for which Operating Company has hired and continues to employ as part of Operating Company’s business growth plan. Borrower further covenants and agrees to provide, or to cause Operating Company to provide, to Lender from time-to-time upon request all reports and documentation required by Lender to evidence and report the results of any job creation by Operating Company. Such reports and documentation may consist of one or more of the following: a) Quarterly Employment Update; b) Completed 1-9 form and the supporting identification documents; c) Annual Tax Return; d) Quarterly Financial Statement, and/or e) other evidence which may be required. Borrower further agrees to submit any required reports and documentation in its best effort and in a timely manner upon reasonable request from Lender. For purposes of this provision, the term “full-time employment position” shall refer to any employee of Operating Company who regularly works at least thirty-five (35) hours in a workweek and is compensated by wages paid by Operating Company and reported for federal tax purposes on IRS Form W-2.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES . If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS . Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Indebtedness and Liens . (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

 

Continuity of Operations . (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) make any distribution with respect to any capital account, whether by reduction of capital or otherwise.

 

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties . (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

Agreements . Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default . Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

Other Defaults . Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

 

False Statements . Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency . The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Defective Collateralization . This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

FAILURE OF THE DEBENTURE TO FUND . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that the Debenture as defined in the SBA 504 Loan Program does not close or otherwise fund pursuant to the terms of the SBA Authorization within six (6) months of the Closing Date, then Lender shall, at its option, have the right to declare the entire principal amount of the Loan plus any accrued interest due and payable in full upon thirty (30) days written notice to Borrower.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT . If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to “make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lenders option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

U.S. SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION LOAN AUTHORIZATION . The Loan Authorization for Debenture Guarantee (SBA 504 Loan) and all its amendments, additions, and modifications, issued by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) is hereby made part of the Loan Documents of the Loan.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments . This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings . Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters. Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

No Waiver by Lender . Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

 

Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower . To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 6
     

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties . Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Rotated Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

SITE INSPECTION . At Lender’s Request, Borrower must allow and assist Lender in inspecting Collateral at all locations wherever located. Lender’s inspection must be satisfactory and complete in order for Lender to prepare an internal site inspection memorandum.

 

DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Advance . The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement . The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement, as this Business Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower . The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral . The word “Collateral” means all properly and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Environmental Laws . The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code. Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Grantor . The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

 

Guarantor . The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

 

Guaranty . The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances . The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Indebtedness . The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns,

 

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Note . The word “Note” means the Note executed by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC in the principal amount of $650,000.00 dated April 2, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Permitted Liens . The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled ‘‘Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

 

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing or creating a Security Interest.

 

 
 

 

  BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 7
     

 

Security Interest . The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

BORROWER:
 
SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
     
By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling
  Products of California, LLC
   
LENDER:
   
US EMPLOYMENT DEVELOPMENT LENDING CENTER, LLC
     
By:    
  Authorized Signer

 

 
LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14 FO TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer Initials
$461,500,00 04-02-2012 10-01-2012 113     CB  

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:   Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC   Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  19479 Creek Blvd.     1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Bakersfield, CA 93314     Long Beach, CA 90831
         

 

Principal Amount: $461,500.00 Initial Rate: 6.250% Date of Note: April 2, 2012

 

PROMISE TO PAY . Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) promises to pay to US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of Four Hundred Sixty-one Thousand Five Hundred & 00/100 Dollars ($461,500.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from April 2, 2012, until paid in full.

 

PAYMENT . Borrower will pay this loan in one principal payment of $461,500.00 plus interest on October 1, 2012. This payment due on October 1, 2012, will be for all principal and all accrued interest not yet paid. In addition, Borrower will pay regular monthly payments of all accrued unpaid interest due as of each payment date, beginning May 1, 2012, with all subsequent interest payments to be due on the same day of each month after that. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any late charges; and then to any unpaid collection costs. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE . The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an independent index which is the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal (the “Index”). The Index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans, if the index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each day. Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The index currently is 3.250% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 3.000 percentage points over the index, adjusted if necessary for any minimum and maximum rate limitations described below, resulting in an initial rate of 6.250%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be less than 6.250% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD . Interest on this Note is computed on a 30/360 simple interest basis; that is, with the exception of odd days before the first full payment cycle, monthly interest is calculated by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by a month of 30 days. Interest for the odd days before the first full month is calculated on the basis of the actual days and a 360-day year. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

 

JOB CREATION INTEREST RATE PROVISION . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Note to the contrary: (i) if, on the first anniversary of the date of this Note, the total number of employees employed by Borrower has increased over the number of employees employed by Borrower as of the date of this Note by less than five (5) full time positions, or if, during the first twelve (12) months of the term of this Note, Borrower fails to provide such reports and documentation required by Lender to evidence and report the results of any job creation by Borrower, then the Interest Rate shall automatically increase, without notice, during the calendar year form the first anniversary of this Note to the second anniversary of this Note to a rate equal to the “Wall Street Journal Prime” (as defined herein) plus six percent (6.00%); and (ii) if, on the second anniversary of the date of this Note, the number of employees employed by Borrower has increased by less than (12) full-time positions, of if, during the second twelve (12) months of the term of this Note, Borrower fails to provide such reports and documentation required by Lender to evidence and report the results of any job creation by Borrower, or if, Borrower fails to sustain a minimum of twelve new (12) full-time positions over the number of employees employed by Borrower as of the time of this Note at all times during the period between the second and third anniversary of this Note, then the interest Rate shall be increased for the remaining term of the Loan to a rate equal to the Wall street Journal Prime plus six percent (6.00%). For purposes of this provision: (i) the term “full-time position” shall refer to an employee of Borrower who regularly works at least thirty-five (35) hours in a workweek and is compensated by wages paid by Borrower and reported for federal tax purposes on IRS Form W-2, and (ii) Borrower and Lender acknowledge that, as of the date of this Note, the number of employees currently employed by Borrower in connection with its business is 24. The term “Wall Street Journal Prime” shall mean the rate from time to time published in the Wall Street Journal and referred to therein as “Prime Rate,” provided that if the Prime Rate should cease to be published in the Wall Street Journal, or if the Wall Street Journal should cease to be published, then Lender shall select an alternate base rate (for purposes of this provision) that, in the judgment of Lendor is likely to result in a base rate being substantially similar to the Prime Rate previously published.

 

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE . In any event, even upon full prepayment of this Note, Borrower understands that, Lender is entitled to a minimum interest charge of $50.00. Other than Borrower’s obligation to pay any minimum interest charge, Borrower may pay without penally all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870 Long Beach, CA 90831.

 

LATE CHARGE . If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

 

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT . Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by adding an additional 5.000 percentage point margin (“Default Rate Margin”). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default.

 

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

 

Payment Default . Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

 

Other Defaults . Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default . Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any loan.

 

 
 

 

  PROMISSORY NOTE  
  (Continued) Page 2

 

False Statements . Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency . The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

 

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note is impaired.

 

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

FAILURE OF THE DEBENTURE TO FUND . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that the Debenture as defined in the SBA 504 Loan Program does not close or otherwise fund pursuant to the terms of the SBA Authorization within six (6) months of the Closing Date, then Lender shall, at its option, have the right to declare the entire principal amount of the Loan plus any accrued interest due and payable in full upon thirty (30) days written notice to Borrower.

 

LENDER’S RIGHTS . Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES . Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

GOVERNING LAW . This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE . If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

DISHONORED ITEM FEE . Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $25.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

 

COLLATERAL . Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instruments listed herein:

 

(A)  a Deed of Trust dated April 2, 2012, to a trustee in favor of Lender on real property located in Kern County, State of California. That agreement contains the following due on sale provision: Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by the Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Lender’s prior written consent, of all or any part of the Real Property, or any interest in the Real Property. A “sale or transfer” means the conveyance of Real property or any right, title or interest in the Real Property; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, leasehold interest with a term greater than three (3) years, lease-option contract, or by sale, assignment, or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Real Property, or by any other method of conveyance of an interest in the Real Property. If any Borrower is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests, as the case may be, of such Borrower. However, this option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.

 

(B)  an Assignment of All Rents to Lender on real property located in Kern County, State of California.

 

(C)  equipment, fixtures and mineral, oil and gas described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated April 2, 2012.

 

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS . The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS . If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

 

 
 

 

  PROMISSORY NOTE  
  (Continued) Page 3

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS, BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

 

BORROWER:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling  
  Products of California, LLC  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-113 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

  

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer Initials
$461,500.00 04-02-2012 10-01-2012 113     CB  

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC   Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  19479 Creek Blvd.     1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Bakersfield, CA 93314     Long Beach, CA 90831
         

  

THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT dated April 2, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Grantor”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”).

 

GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST. For valuable consideration, Grantor grants to Lender a security interest in the Collateral to secure the Indebtedness and agrees that Lender shall have the rights stated in this Agreement with respect to the Collateral, in addition to all other rights which Lender may have by law.

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION. The word “Collateral” as used in this Agreement means the following described property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located, in which Grantor is giving to Lender a security interest for the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of all other obligations under the Note and this Agreement:

 

All equipment; all furniture; all fixtures; all attachments, accessions, accessories, fittings, increases, tools, parts, repairs, supplies, and commingled goods relating to the foregoing property, and all additions, replacements of and substitutions for all or any part of the foregoing property; all insurance refunds relating to the foregoing property; all good will relating to the foregoing property; all records and data and embedded software relating to the foregoing property, and all equipment, inventory and software to utilize, create, maintain and process any such records and data on electronic media; and all supporting obligations relating to the foregoing property; all whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or whether now or hereafter subject to any rights in the foregoing property; and all products and proceeds (including but not limited to all insurance payments) of or relating to the foregoing property.

 

In addition, the word “Collateral” also includes all the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and wherever located:

 

(A)  All accessions, attachments, accessories, tools, parts, supplies, replacements of and additions to any of the collateral described herein, whether added now or later.

 

(B)  All products and produce of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

 

(C)    All accounts, general intangibles, instruments, rents, monies, payments, and all other rights, arising out of a sale, lease, consignment or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section.

 

(D)    All proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale, destruction, loss, or other disposition of any of the property described in this Collateral section, and sums due from a third party who has damaged or destroyed the Collateral or from that party’s insurer, whether due to judgment, settlement or other process.

 

(E)  All records and data relating to any of the property described in this Collateral section, whether in the form of a writing, photograph, microfilm, microfiche, or electronic media, together with all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to all computer software required to utilize, create, maintain, and process any such records or data on electronic media.

 

Some or all of the Collateral may be located on the following described real estate:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA. AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PACE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD. AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A. HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS

 

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE COLLATERAL . With respect to the Collateral, Grantor represents and promises to Lender that:

 

Perfection of Security Interest. Grantor agrees to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s security Interest in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Grantor will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Grantor will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender.

 

Notices to Lender. Grantor will promptly notify Lender in writing at Lender’s address shown above (or such other addresses as Lender may designate from time to time) prior to any (1) change in Grantor’s name; (2) change in Grantor’s assumed business name(s); (3) change in the management or in the members or managers of the limited liability company Grantor; (4) change in the authorized signer(s); (5) change in Grantor’s principal office address; (6) change in Grantor’s state of organization; (7) conversion of Grantor to a new or different type of business entity; or (8) change in any other aspect of Grantor that directly or indirectly relates to any agreements between Grantor and Lender. No change in Grantor’s name or state of organization will take effect until after Lender has received notice.

 

No Violation. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate any law or agreement governing Grantor or to which Grantor is a party, and its membership agreement does not prohibit any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT 

  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Enforceability of Collateral. To the extent the Collateral consists of accounts, chattel paper, or general intangibles, as defined by the Uniform Commercial Code, the Collateral is enforceable in accordance with its terms, is genuine, and fully complies with all applicable laws and regulations concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution, and all persons appearing to be obligated on the Collateral have authority and capacity to contract and are in fact obligated as they appear to be on the Collateral. There shall be no setoffs or counterclaims against any of the Collateral, and no agreement shall have been made under which any deductions or discounts may be claimed concerning the Collateral except those disclosed to Lender in writing.  

 

Location of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor agrees to keep the Collateral at Grantor’s address shown above or at such other locations as are acceptable to Lender. Upon Lender’s request, Grantor will deliver to Lender in form satisfactory to Lender a schedule of real properties and Collateral locations relating to Grantor’s operations, including without limitation the following: (1) all real property Grantor owns or is purchasing; (2) all real property Grantor is renting or leasing; (3) all storage facilities Grantor owns, rents, leases, or uses; and (4) all other properties where Collateral is or may be located.  

 

Removal of the Collateral. Except in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, Grantor shall not remove the Collateral from its existing location without Lender’s prior written consent. To the extent that the Collateral consists of vehicles, or other titled property, Grantor shall not take or permit any action which would require application for certificates of title for the vehicles outside the State of California, without Lender’s prior written consent. Grantor shall, whenever requested, advise Lender of the exact location of the Collateral.  

 

Transactions Involving Collateral. Except for inventory sold or accounts collected in the ordinary course of Grantor’s business, or as otherwise provided for in this Agreement, Grantor shall not sell, offer to sell, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral. Grantor shall not pledge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise permit the Collateral to be subject to any lien, security interest, encumbrance, or charge, other than the security interest provided for in this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Lender. This includes security interests even if junior in right to the security interests granted under this Agreement. Unless waived by Lender, all proceeds from any disposition of the Collateral (for whatever reason) shall be held in trust for Lender and shall not be commingled with any other funds; provided however, this requirement shall not constitute consent by Lender to any sale or other disposition. Upon receipt, Grantor shall Immediately deliver any such proceeds to Lender.  

 

Title. Grantor represents and warrants to Lender that Grantor holds good and marketable title to the Collateral, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances except for the lien of this Agreement. No financing statement covering any of the Collateral is on file in any public office other than those which reflect the security interest created by this Agreement or to which Lender has specifically consented. Grantor shall defend Lender’s rights in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all other persons.  

 

Repairs and Maintenance. Grantor agrees to keep and maintain, and to cause others to keep and maintain, the Collateral in good order, repair and condition at all times while this Agreement remains in effect. Grantor further agrees to pay when due all claims for work done on, or services rendered or material furnished in connection with the Collateral so that no lien or encumbrance may ever attach to or be filed against the Collateral.  

 

Inspection of Collateral. Lender and Lender’s designated representatives and agents shall have the right at all reasonable times to examine and inspect the Collateral wherever located.   

 

Taxes, Assessments and Liens. Grantor will pay when due all taxes, assessments and liens upon the Collateral, its use or operation, upon this Agreement, upon any promissory note or notes evidencing the Indebtedness, or upon any of the other Related Documents. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized in Lender’s sole opinion. If the Collateral is subjected to a lien which is not discharged within fifteen (15) days, Grantor shall deposit with Lender cash, a sufficient corporate surety bond or other security satisfactory to Lender in an amount adequate to provide for the discharge of the lien plus any interest, costs, attorneys’ fees or other charges that could accrue as a result of foreclosure or sale of the Collateral. In any contest Grantor Shall defend itself and Lender and shall satisfy any final adverse judgment before enforcement against the Collateral. Grantor shall name Lender as an additional obligee under any surety bond furnished in the contest proceedings. Grantor further agrees to furnish Lender with evidence that such taxes, assessments, and governmental and other charges have been paid in full and in a timely manner. Grantor may withhold any such payment or may elect to contest any lien if Grantor is in good faith conducting an appropriate proceeding to contest the obligation to pay and so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral is not jeopardized.    

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Grantor shall comply promptly with all laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of all governmental authorities, including without limitation all environmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, applicable to the ownership, production, disposition, or use of the Collateral, including all laws or regulations relating to the undue erosion of highly-erodible land or relating to the conversion of wetlands for the production of an agricultural product or commodity. Grantor may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Lender’s interest in the Collateral, in Lender’s opinion, is not jeopardized.  

 

Hazardous Substances. Grantor represents and warrants that the Collateral never has been, and never will be so long as this Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used in violation of any Environmental Laws or for the generation, manufacture, storage, transportation, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Grantor’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for Hazardous Substances. Grantor hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Grantor becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any Environmental Laws, and (2) agrees to Indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims and losses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Agreement. This obligation to indemnify and defend shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the satisfaction of this Agreement.  

 

Maintenance of Casualty Insurance. Grantor shall procure and maintain all risks insurance, including without limitation fire, theft and liability coverage together with such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to the Collateral, in form, amounts, coverages and basis reasonably acceptable to Lender and issued by a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Grantor, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lender and not including any disclaimer of the insurer’s liability for failure to give such a notice. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Grantor or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest, Grantor will provide Lender with such loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require. If Grantor at any time fails to obtain or maintain any insurance as required under this Agreement, Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) obtain such insurance as Lender deems appropriate, including if Lender so chooses “single interest insurance,” which will cover only Lender’s interest in the Collateral.  

 

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Application of Insurance Proceeds. Grantor shall promptly notify Lender of any loss or damage to the Collateral if the estimated cost of repair or replacement exceeds $25,000.00, whether or not such casualty or loss is covered by insurance. Lender may make proof of loss if Grantor fails to do so within fifteen (15) days of the casualty. All proceeds of any insurance on the Collateral, including accrued proceeds thereon, shall be held by Lender as part of the Collateral. If Lender consents to repair or replacement of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, Lender shall, upon satisfactory proof of expenditure, pay or reimburse Grantor from the proceeds for the reasonable cost of repair or restoration. If Lender does not consent to repair or replacement of the Collateral. Lender shall retain a sufficient amount of the proceeds to pay all of the indebtedness, and shall pay the balance to Grantor. Any proceeds which have not been disbursed within six (6) months after their receipt and which Grantor has not committed to the repair or restoration of the Collateral shall be used to prepay the Indebtedness.

 

Insurance Reserves. Lender may require Grantor to maintain with Lender reserves for payment of insurance premiums, which reserves shall be created by monthly payments from Grantor of a sum estimated by Lender to be sufficient to produce, at least fifteen (15) days before the premium due date, amounts at least equal to the insurance premiums to be paid. If fifteen (15) days before payment is due, the reserve funds are Insufficient, Grantor shall upon demand pay any deficiency to Lender. The reserve funds shall be held by Lender as a general deposit and shall constitute a non-interest-bearing account which Lender may satisfy by payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor as they become due. Lender does not hold the reserve funds in trust for Grantor, and Lender is not the agent of Grantor for payment of the insurance premiums required to be paid by Grantor. The responsibility for the payment of premiums shall remain Grantor’s sole responsibility.

 

Insurance Reports. Grantor, upon request of Lender, shall furnish to Lender reports on each existing policy of insurance showing such information as Lender may reasonably request including the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the property insured; (5) the then current value on the basis of which insurance has been obtained and the manner of determining that value; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, Grantor shall upon request by Lender (however not more often than annually) have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the cash value or replacement cost of the Collateral.

 

Financing Statements. Grantor authorizes Lender to file a UCC financing statement, or alternatively, a copy of this Agreement to perfect Lender’s security interest. At Lender’s request, Grantor additionally agrees to sign all other documents that are necessary to perfect, protect, and continue Lender’s security interest in the Property. This includes making sure Lender is shown as the first and only security interest holder on the title covering the Property. Grantor will pay all filing fees, title transfer fees, and other fees and costs involved unless prohibited by law or unless Lender is required by law to pay such fees and costs. Grantor irrevocably appoints Lender to execute documents necessary to transfer title if there is a default. Lender may file a copy of this Agreement as a financing statement. If Grantor changes Grantor’s name or address, or the name or address of any person granting a security interest under this Agreement changes, Grantor will promptly notify the Lender of such change.

 

GRANTOR’S RIGHT TO POSSESSION. Until default, Grantor may have possession of the tangible personal property and beneficial use of all the Collateral and may use it in any lawful manner not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents, provided that Grantor’s right to possession and beneficial use shall not apply to any Collateral where possession of the Collateral by Lender is required by law to perfect Lender’s security interest in such Collateral. If Lender at any time has possession of any Collateral, whether before or after an Event of Default, Lender shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral if Lender takes such action for that purpose as Grantor shall request or as Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, but failure to honor any request by Grantor shall not of itself be deemed to be a failure to exercise reasonable care. Lender shall not be required to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in the Collateral against prior parties, nor to protect, preserve or maintain any security interest given to secure the Indebtedness.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, Including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents. Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Agreement also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

 

DEFAULT . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default. Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Indebtedness.

 

Other Defaults. Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents, or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security Interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Insolvency. The dissolution of Grantor (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from the limited liability company, or any other termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. If an Event of Default occurs under this Agreement, at any time thereafter, Lender shall have all the rights of a secured party under the California Uniform Commercial Code. In addition and without limitation, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies:

 

Accelerate Indebtedness. Lender may declare the entire Indebtedness, including any prepayment penalty which Grantor would be required to pay, immediately due and payable, without notice of any kind to Grantor.

 

Assemble Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to deliver to Lender all or any portion of the Collateral and any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral. Lender may require Grantor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place to be designated by Lender. Lender also shall have full power to enter upon the property of Grantor to take possession of and remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains other goods not covered by this Agreement at the time of repossession, Grantor agrees Lender may take such other goods, provided that Lender makes reasonable efforts to return them to Grantor after repossession.

 

Sell the Collateral. Lender shall have full power to sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise deal with the Collateral or proceeds thereof in Lender’s own name or that of Grantor. Lender may sell the Collateral at public auction or private sale. Unless the Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender will give Grantor, and other persons as required by law, reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale, or the time after which any private sale or any other disposition of the Collateral is to be made. However, no notice need be provided to any person who, after Event of Default occurs, enters into and authenticates an agreement waiving that person’s right to notification of sale. The requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice is given at least ten (10) days before the time of the sale or disposition. All expenses relating to the disposition of the Collateral, including without limitation the expenses of retaking, holding, insuring, preparing for sale and selling the Collateral, shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Agreement and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until repaid.

 

Appoint Receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Collateral, with the power to protect and preserve the Collateral, to operate the Collateral preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Collateral and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Collateral exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

 

Collect Revenues, Apply Accounts. Lender, either itself or through a receiver, may collect the payments, rents, income, and revenues from the Collateral. Lender may at any time in Lender’s discretion transfer any Collateral into Lender’s own name or that of Lender’s nominee and receive the payments, rents, income, and revenues therefrom and hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or apply it to payment of the Indebtedness in such order of preference as Lender may determine. Insofar as the Collateral consists of accounts, general intangibles, insurance policies, instruments, chattel paper, choses in action, or similar property, Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose, or realize on the Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Indebtedness or Collateral is then due. For these purposes, Lender may, on behalf of and in the name of Grantor, receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Grantor; change any address to which mail and payments are to be sent; and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, documents of title, instruments and items pertaining to payment, shipment, or storage of any Collateral. To facilitate collection, Lender may notify account debtors and obligors on any Collateral to make payments directly to Lender.

 

Obtain Deficiency. If Lender chooses to sell any or all of the Collateral, Lender may obtain a judgment against Grantor for any deficiency remaining on the Indebtedness due to Lender after application of all amounts received from the exercise of the rights provided in this Agreement. Grantor shall be liable for a deficiency even if the transaction described in this subsection is a sale of accounts or chattel paper.

 

Other Rights and Remedies. Lender shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured creditor under the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code, as may be amended from time to time. In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all other rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

 

Election of Remedies. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement, the Related Documents, or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Agreement, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Grantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Grantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Grantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

Preference Payments. Any monies Lender pays because of an asserted preference claim in Grantor’s bankruptcy will become a part of the indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, shall be payable by Grantor as provided in this Agreement.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

 

Power of Attorney. Grantor hereby appoints Lender as Grantor’s irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect, amend, or to continue the security interest granted in this Agreement or to demand termination of filings of other secured parties. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Grantor, file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of any financing statement or of this Agreement for use as a financing statement. Grantor will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

Waiver of Co-Obligor’s Rights. If more than one person is obligated for the Indebtedness, Grantor irrevocably waives, disclaims and relinquishes all claims against such other person which Grantor has or would otherwise have by virtue of payment of the Indebtedness or any part thereof, specifically including but not limited to all rights of indemnity, contribution or exoneration.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Agreement on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes vested in a person other than Grantor. Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Agreement and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Agreement or liability under the Indebtedness.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations, warranties, and agreements made by Grantor in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Grantor’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Commercial Security Agreement, as this Commercial Security Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Commercial Security Agreement from time to time.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Agreement.

 

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Agreement in the section titled “Default”.

 

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Grantor is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

 
 

 

COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT

  (Continued) Page 6
     

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Note. The word ‘‘Note” means the Note executed by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC in the principal amount of $461,500.00 dated April 2, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Collateral Description” section of this Agreement.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

GRANTOR HAS READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS COMMERCIAL SECURITY AGREEMENT AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS AGREEMENT IS DATED APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GRANTOR:

   

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager or superior Drilling  
  Products of California, LLC  
     

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

 

OMB Control No. 3245-0367

Expiration Date: 04/30/2010

 

FIRST LIEN POSITION 504 LOAN POOL GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is entered into as of _________________________________, among

______________________________________________________________ (Seller),

______________________________________________________________ (Pool Originator),

______________________________________________________________ (Pool Investor),

______________________________________________________________ (Pool Investor),

______________________________________________________________ (Pool Investor)*,

___________________________________________________ (Central Servicing Agent), and

______US Small Business Administration_______________________________ (SBA)

regarding the sale of the Pool Loan associated with the SBA 504 Loan number

____________________________________.

 

* Add an attachment to this Agreement listing additional Pool Investors with Tax Identification Numbers for such Pool Investors, and additional signature pages for such Pool Investors, and such attachment is hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

(For definitions of capitalized terms see Appendix A)

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, by entering into this Agreement, the parties are participating in a secondary market program established pursuant to section 503 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (Program);

 

WHEREAS, a Third Party Loan has been made by a Third Party Lender under the Loan Program Requirements applicable to it pursuant to the Small Business Administration’s 504 Loan Program authorized by Title V of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 (such Loan Program Requirements include the regulations set forth in Part 120 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations and the Third Party Lender Agreement (SBA Form 2287));

 

WHEREAS, Pool Originator intends to Pool the Third Party Loan, which Pool Originator represents is eligible to be Pooled pursuant to Program Rules and Regulations;

 

WHEREAS, the eligible Third Party Loan that the Pool Originator either (i) purchases and Pools, or (ii) Pools pursuant to this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the Pool Loan;

 

WHEREAS, if Pool Originator does not own the Pool Loan prior to executing this Agreement, Seller is selling, and Pool Originator is purchasing, an 85% or less Loan Interest in the Pool Loan;

 

SBA Form 2401 (9-09)

 

1
 

 

WHEREAS, Central Servicing Agent (CSA) is settling the purchase and sale of that Loan Interest and is acting as the agent for the Small Business Administration;

 

WHEREAS, if Pool Originator owns the Pool Loan prior to executing this Agreement, the same entity that executes this Agreement as Pool Originator has executed this Agreement as Seller, and that entity shall have all of the rights and responsibilities of both Pool Originator and Seller pursuant to this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Pool Originator directs the division and transfer of its Loan Interest into two portions of a single Pool;

 

WHEREAS, one portion of the Pool consists of a percentage of the Pool Originator’s Loan Interest in the Pool Loan combined with Loan Interests in other eligible Third Party Loans (also referred to herein as First Lien Position 504 Loans) that the Pool Originator will retain ownership in for the life of the Pool and which is not guaranteed by SBA;

 

WHEREAS, the other portion of the Pool consists of a percentage of the Pool Originator’s Loan Interest in the Pool Loan combined with Loan Interests in other First Lien Position 504 Loans that the Pool Originator sells to Pool Investors and which SBA guarantees pursuant to this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, CSA implements the formation of the Pool;

 

WHEREAS, CSA issues Seller a Seller Receipt for its retained Loan Interest which shall not equal less than 15% of the Pool Loan;

 

WHEREAS, CSA issues Pool Originator a Pool Originator Receipt for its retained Loan Interests in the unguaranteed portion of the Pool which shall not equal less than 5% of the aggregate of the total outstanding principal balance of the Pool Loan and each First Lien Position 504 Loan with a Loan Interest in the Pool as calculated at the time of Pool formation;

 

WHEREAS, CSA issues to each Pool Investor a Pool Certificate representing a beneficial fractional interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool;

 

WHEREAS, all Loan Receivables from the Pool Loan and the other First Lien Position 504 Loans with Loan Interests in the Pool, are to be forwarded to the CSA, whether or not such payment is attributable to Loan Interests in the Pool;

 

WHEREAS, CSA distributes all Loan Receivables on a pro rata basis based on the percentage of the Loan Interest backing the Seller Receipt, Pool Originator Receipt, and each Pool Certiticate to the Seller, Pool Originator, and each Pool Investor, respectively, less applicable fees;

 

WHEREAS, As required by the Federal Credit Reform Act, SBA receives from the payments directed by the CSA to Pool Investors the Ongoing Guarantee Fee equal to a certain percentage of the Loan Interest of the Pool guaranteed by SBA to cover expected losses incurred by SBA in connection with its unconditional timely payment guarantee of the Pool of Loan Interests backing the Pool Certificates and the operation of the Program;

 

2
 

 

WHEREAS, Seller services and liquidates the Pool Loan pursuant to this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Seller has the obligation to reimburse SBA for losses incurred relating to its guarantee based on Seller’s improper actions pursuant to this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the parties agree as follows;

 

1.          Definitions and Use of Words and Phrases.  For all purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in Appendix A, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. “Herein”, “hereby”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “hereinafter” and other equivalent words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not solely to the particular paragraph or section of this Agreement in which any such word is used.

 

2. Seller.

 

(a) Seller certifies that the following information regarding the Pool Loan is true and correct as of the date of Seller’s execution of this Agreement:

 

(1) Date of Pool Note___________________________

 

(2) Original Face Amount $______________________

 

(3) Outstanding Principal Amount of Pool Loan $___________________________________________________

 

(4) Seller’s retained Loan Interest in the Pool Loan $________________________________________ which is___________ % of the Pool Loan (the amount listed must equal 15% or more of the Pool Loan)

 

(5) Date of first disbursement of Pool Loan        _____________________________________

 

Date of final disbursement of Pool Loan_______________________________

 

(6) Pool Loan has a [     ] fixed rate or [     ] variable rate (check one)

 

(7) Base rate if the Pool Loan has a variable interest rate:________________

 

(8) Frequency of interest fluctuation: (e.g. monthly, quarterly, etc):________________________________

 

(9) Base Rate plus Spread :________________ (Gross Note Rate)

 

(10)         Lender/Servicing Fee:_________________

 

(11)         Net Note Rate:____________________ (Gross Rate less Servicing Fee)

 

3
 

 

(12)         SBA Ongoing Fee:________ % (fee is 16.7 basis points for pools formed between 10/1/09 and 9/30/10. Fee will be announced for pools formed after 9/30/10 at a later date.)

 

(13)         Investor Rate:_________________________(Net Rate less Ongoing Fee)

 

(14)         Interest is paid to, but not Including__________________________________________________.

 

(15)         Interest is calculated on [    ] 30/360 or [    ] Actual Days/365 [    ] Other: Specify___________

 

(16)         That the Pool Loan: (i) Is (A) a Third Party Loan, (B) made by a private sector lender, and (C) secured by a first lien on the Project Property; (ii) Is part of a 504 financing that is comprised of only one Third Party Loan and one CDC 504 loan which was funded by a Debenture sold on or after February 17,2009; (iii) Is Current and has been Current for the six-month-period immediately prior to the date the Pool is formed or for the life of the Pool Loan, whichever time period is shorter; (iv) Was made and closed in a commercially reasonable manner, consistent with prudent lending standards (see also paragraph 2(a)((13)); (v) Is not (A) to a business deriving more than one-third of its gross annual revenue from legal gambling activities; (B) to a casino, gambling establishment, or casino hotel; (C) for financing the acquisition, construction or renovation of an aquarium, zoo, golf course, or swimming pool; or (D) to a business covered by a six-digit North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for casinos — 713210 (“Casinos (Except Casino Hotels)”); casino hotels — 721120 (“Casino Hotels”); other gambling institutions — 713290 (‘‘Other Gambling Industries”); golf courses — 713910 (“Golf Courses and Country Clubs”); or aquariums and zoos — 712130 (“Zoos and Botanical Gardens’’);

 

(17) That the Pool Loan has been made and closed in a commercially reasonable manner, consistent with prudent lending standards, and in accordance with applicable Program Rules and Regulations, Loan Program Requirements applicable to the Third Party Lender that made the Pool Loan, and the Third Party Lender Agreement executed by such Third Party Lender in connection with the Pool Loan;

 

(18) The original Pool Note has the following legend at the top of its first page “_____________% percent of this Pool Loan has been sold for value”;

 

(19) Seller has delivered or hereby delivers to CSA a photocopy of the Pool Note and any modifications thereto with additional legend language stating that the photocopy of the Pool Note is a true and correct copy of the original Pool Note; and

 

(20) That Seller has obtained the “Authorization Agreement for Preauthorization Payment (debit)” from Borrower directing Borrower payments due under the Pool Note to the CSA by Automated Clearing House (ACH) or Federal Fund Wire transfer if ACH is not available, or as approved by the CSA in writing.

 

(b) Seller agrees to remain obligated for servicing and liquidating the Pool Loan until the Pool Loan is repaid in full unless SBA provides written approval or notice to the contrary.

 

4
 

 

(c) Seller agrees that SBA is entitled to recover from Seller any losses incurred by SBA on its guarantee of a Pool if such losses resulted because the Third Party Lender did not make or close the Pool Loan in a commercially reasonable manner, consistent with prudent lending standards, and in accordance with applicable Program Rules and Regulations, Loan Program Requirements applicable to the Third Party Lender that originated the Pool Loan, and the Third Party Lender Agreement executed by such Third Party Lender in connection with the Pool Loan (see also paragraph 2(i)).

 

(d) Seller agrees that SBA is entitled to recover from Seller any losses incurred by SBA on its guarantee of a Pool if such losses resulted because the Pool Loan was not serviced or liquidated by the Seller or any other entity in a commercially reasonable manner, consistent with prudent lending standards, and in accordance with applicable Program Rules and Regulations, Loan Program Requirements applicable to the Third Party Lender that originated the Pool Loan, or any of its successors or assignees, and the Third Party Lender Agreement executed by such Third Party Lender in connection with the Pool Loan (see also paragraph 2(i)) (nothing in this paragraph or Agreement shall waive, vacate or release the Third Party Lender or any of its successors or assignees of any exiting liabilities or obligations).

 

(e) Subject to paragraph 2(h), the Seller agrees that it must liquidate and conduct debt collection litigation for the Pool Loan in a prompt, cost-effective and commercially reasonable manner, consistent with prudent lending standards, in accordance with applicable Program Rules and Regulations, and with SBA approval of a liquidation plan and any litigation plan, and any amendment of either such a plan, if applicable (see also paragraph 2(i)).

 

(f) Seller agrees that it must not, without prior written consent of SBA, take the following actions with respect to the Pool Loan: (1) make or consent to any substantial alteration in the terms (“substantial” includes, but is not limited to, any changes to the principal amount or interest rate); (2) accelerate the maturity; (3) sue; (4) waive or release any claim; or (5) take any servicing action listed in the Guide as a servicing action that requires SBA’s prior written consent.

 

(g) Seller agrees that, subject to paragraph 2(f), without the prior written consent if SBA, Seller, at the request of Borrower, may grant one deferment of such Borrower’s scheduled payments for a continuous period not to exceed three months of past or future installments. Seller shall immediately notify CSA of any payment deferment and that notification shall include (i) the SBALoan Number, (ii) the Borrower’s name, (iii) the terms of such deferment, (iv) the date such Borrower is to resume payment and (v) reconfirmation of the basis of interest calculation (e.g. 30/360 or Actual Days/365). Seller shall notify CSA at least 15 business days prior to the end of the deferment of a revised payment that will be collected on the first payment due date after the termination of the deferment. If Seller does not notify CSA of a specific payment, CSA shall reamortize the loan over the remaining term and establish a new payment, and shall add accrued interest to the loan balance for the purpose of determining a new payment

 

(h) Seller agrees that SBA may, in its sole discretion, undertake the servicing, liquidation and/or litigation of the Pool Loan at any time and, in such event, Seller must take any steps necessary to facilitate the assumption by SBA of such responsibilities, which can be transferred by SBA at its discretion to a contractor, agent or other entity, and such steps shall include, among other things, providing to SBA any documents requested by SBA within 15 calendar days of Seller’s receipt of such request.

 

5
 

 

(i) Seller agrees that SBA is entitled to recover from Seller any monies paid on SBA’s guarantee of a Pool Certificate backed in part by the Pool Loan, plus interest, if SBA in its sole discretion determines that any of the following events has occurred: (A) Seller’s improper action or inaction has put SBA at risk; (B) Seller has failed to disclose a material fact to SBA regarding a the Pool Loan in a timely manner; (C) Seller has misrepresented a material fact to SBA regarding the Pool Loan; (D) Seller has failed to comply materially with paragraph 2(j); (E) SBA has received a written request from Seller to terminate the SBA’s guarantee on the Loan Interest in the Pool Loan; (F) Seller has failed to comply materially with Program Rules and Regulations; or (G) Seller has failed to make, close, service or liquidate the Pool Loan in a prudent manner and in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(j) Seller agrees that, in the event that SBA purchases a Loan Interest in the Pool Loan, Seller must provide to SBA copies of the Pool Loan collateral documents, Pool Loan underwriting documents, and any other documents SBA may require in writing within 15 calendar days of a written request from SBA (which SBA will review in connection with its efforts to determine if Seller is obligated to reimburse SBA pursuant to this subpart) and that Seller’s failure to provide the requested documentation may: (A) constitute a material failure to comply with Program Rules and Regulations and may lead to an action for recovery under paragraph 2(i), and/or (B) constitute sufficient grounds for SB A to restrict further sales under the Program by Seller until SBA determines that the Seller has provided sufficient documentation.

 

(k) Seller agrees that SBA may undertake such investigation as it deems necessary to determine whether it is entitled to seek recovery from the Seller and Seller agrees to take whatever actions are necessary to facilitate such investigation, and therefore, Seller also agrees to retain all documentation related to the Pool Loan until such time that the loan is fully paid off or, if the Borrower defaults, for a period of four years after loan documents are provided to SBA in connection with its review under this paragraph.

 

(l) Seller agrees that SBA shall have the right to set off any amount owed by SBA/CSA to Seller pursuant to this Agreement against any amount owed by Seller to SBA/CSA.

 

(m) Seller agrees that any Loan Receivables received by Seller in connection with obligations under the Pool Loan must be forwarded by Seller to CSA within two business days of receipt of collected funds.

 

(n) Seller agrees that all ordinary and reasonable expenses of servicing and liquidating the Pool Loan shall be paid by, or be recoverable from, Borrower, and all such ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred by Seller, or SBA which are not recoverable from Borrower shall be shared ratably by Seller, SBA, and the Pool Originator pursuant to the applicable percentage of Loan Interest ownership in the Pool Loan of such party as set forth in this Agreement.

 

(o) Seller agrees that Seller must not establish a Preference,

 

(p) Seller agrees that neither a Seller, nor any of its Associates or Affiliates, may purchase a Pool Certificate that is backed by a Loan Interest in a Pool Loan that the Seller, or any of its Associates or Affiliates, originated or owned, and, in the event such purchase occurs, SBA’s guarantee shall not be in effect with respect to any such Pool Certificate.

 

6
 

 

(q) Seller agrees that Seller: (1) must retain a 35% or greater Loan Interest in the Pool Loan; (2) may not sell less than 100% of the Seller Receipt and Servicing Retention Amount, and may not sell a participation interest in any portion of the Pool Loan; (3) may, with SBA’s written permission, sell the Seller Receipt and Servicing Retention Amount in whole, but not in part, to a single entity at one time; and (4) must have the purchaser of its rights to the Pool Loan execute this Agreement as Seller and deliver such original executed Agreement to the CSA in order to complete a sale of the Seller Receipt or any interest therein.

 

(r) Seller agrees that (1) it must conform with all applicable Program Rules and Regulations, Loan Program Requirements applicable to the Third Party Lender that originated the Pool Loan, and the Third Party Lender Agreement executed by such Third Party Lender in connection with the Pool Loan, and (2) as between Seller and SBA, Seller assumes all liabilities and obligations arising prior to the date of this Agreement of the Third Party Lender that originally made the Pool Loan and/or any of such Third Party Lender’s successors or assignees and/or any entity that has previously executed this Agreement as Seller to SBA with respect to the Pool Loan.

 

(s) ) Seller agrees CSA will offset funds paid to Seller by CSA, where the borrower’s ACH or other payment is called back by the sender due to insufficent borrower funds from any future payments to Seller related to a Pooled Loan. In the event that funds are not availble for offset, the Seller is responsible to return funds to the CSA by wire.

 

(t) Seller agrees that if the borrower’s ACH returns that CSA shall determine the payment amount necessary to bring the loan current on the next installment due date. CSA shall notifity lender of the new payment amount at least five business days prior to the next installment due date. If the Seller does not provide an alternative payment amount prior to three business days before the next installment due date, CSA shall debit the amount it calculated from the borrower’s account using an ACH transaction.

 

3.          Pool Originator.

 

(a)          Pool Originator certifies that as of the date of its execution of this Agreement that it is an Approved Pool Assembler or it:

 

(1) Is regulated by the appropriate agency as defined in section 3(a)(34)(G) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(34)(G));

 

(2) Meets all financial and other applicable requirements of its regulatory authority and the Government Securities Act of 1986, as amended (Pub. L. 99-571, 100 Stat. 3208);

 

(3) Has the financial capability, to originate acceptable pools consisting of eligible First Lien Position 504 Loans in sufficient quantity to support the issuance of Pool Certificates;

 

(4) Is in good standing with SBA (as the SBA determines), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) if it is a national bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if it is a bank not regulated by the OCC, the Financial Institutions Regulatory Authority, if it is a member, the National Credit Union Administration if it is a credit union, and, for any Pool Originator that is an SBA Lender as defined in 13 CFR § 120.10, that the SBA Lender has satisfactory SBA performance, as determined by SBA in its sole discretion;

 

7
 

 

(5) It has neither participated in nor been aware of any negligence, fraud or misrepresentation by Seller or Borrower with respect to any Pool Loan agreement or document; and

 

(6) Under the penalties of perjury, Pool Originator certifies that its Taxpayer Identification Number is ______________________________________________ and that it is not subject to backup withholding because : (a) it is exempt from backup withholding, or (b) it has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) it has been notified by the IRS that it is no longer subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide a Taxpayer Identification Number will subject interest earned to backup withholding.

 

(b) Pool Originator agrees to conform to all applicable Program Rules and Regulations.

 

(c) Pool Originator agrees that (1) it must retain an ownership interest in the Pool that is evidenced by its Pool Originator Receipt equal to at least 5% of the aggregate of the total outstanding principal balance of each Loan Interest in the Pool as calculated at the time of Pool formation, (2) it must not sell, pledge, participate, or otherwise transfer its Pool Originator Receipt, or any interest therein for the life of the Pool, and (3) it is obligated to share ratably in liquidation expenses.

 

(d) Pool Originator agrees that it is subject to termination or suspension from the Program by SBA for Pool Originator’s material violation of any of the terms of this Agreement and/or pursuant to applicable Program Rules and Regulations.

 

(e) Pool Originator agrees that it has no rights or authority regarding the Pool Loan, including how the Pool Loan is serviced or liquidated, except that Pool Originator is entitled to payments attributable to its Pool Originator Receipt in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(f) Pool Originator agrees that it has no authority pursuant to this Agreement to repurchase the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool backing Pool Certificates.

 

(g) Pool Originator agrees that its right to Loan Receivables applicable to the Pool Loan shall be equal to the CSA’s obligations to pay the Pool Originator pursuant to the terms of its Pool Origination Receipt and this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to in writing by SBA.

 

(h) Pool Originator agrees that the Pool must conform to Program Rules and Regulations including the formation requirements and pool-characteristic requirements set forth in the Guide.

 

(i) Pool Originator agrees that it must not establish a Preference.

 

(j) Pool Originator agrees that SBA shall have the right to set off any amount owed by SBA/CSA to Pool Originator pursuant to this Agreement against any amount owed by Pool Originator to SBA/CSA.

 

8
 

 

(k) Pool Originator agrees that an amount shall be deducted from the interest payments due on the Loan Interest backing the Pool Originator Receipt to cover a portion of the Servicing Retention Amount pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Agreement.

 

(l) Pool Originator agrees to use an electronic mechanism supplied by the Central Servicing Agent to submit the information identified in Appendix B.

 

(m) Pool Originator agrees CSA will offset fuds paid to pool originator by CSA, where the borrower’s ACH or other payment is called back by the sender due to insufficent borrower funds from any future payments to Pool Originator related to a Pooled Loan. In the event that funds are not availble for offset, the Pool Orignator is responsible to return funds to the CSA by wire.

 

(n) Pool Originator’s retained interest in the Pool Loan is $________________which is________% of the Pooled Loan

 

4.          Pool Investor

 

(a)          Pool Investor certifies;

 

(1) That, subject to the provisions of 18 U.S.C. §1001 (relating among other things to false claims) Pool Investor, and any person or entity having the beneficial interest therein, hereby warrants that it was not the Borrower, Seller, the Third Party Lender that made the Pool Loan if other than Seller, an owner of the Pool Loan or any interest therein except pursuant to Pool Certificate ownership, or an Associate or Affiliate of Seller, or anyone standing in the same relationship to Borrower;

 

(2) That, to the best of its knowledge, Pool Investor has no, and so long as it is a Pool Investor will have no, interest in the Borrower, the Pool Note, or the collateral hypothecated to the Pool Loan except as provided pursuant to this Agreement;

 

(3) That it had neither participated in nor been aware of any negligence, fraud or misrepresentation by Seller, Pool Originator or Borrower with respect to any Pool Loan agreement or document;

 

(4) If Pool Investor is not the person or entity having the beneficial interest in the Pool Certificate, then Pool Investor has obtained authorization from such holder of beneficial interest appointing Pool Investor as agent for such person or entity with respect to all transactions arising out of the respective obligations under this Agreement; and

 

(5) Under the penalties of perjury, Pool Investor certifies that its Taxpayer Identification Number is __________________________________________________and that it is not subject to backup withholding because: (a) it is exempt from backup withholding, or (b) it has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that it is subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) it has been notified by the IRS that it is no longer subject to backup withholding. Failure to provide a Taxpayer Identification Number will subject interest earned to backup withholding. Use additional sheets if there is more than one Pool Investor.

 

9
 

 

(b)          Pool Investor agrees:

 

(1) That Pool Investor is subject to suspension or termination of its privilege to participate in the Program for material violation of Program Rules and Regulations;

 

(2) That Pool Investor shall not service or attempt to service the Pool Loan, or secure or attempt to secure additional collateral from Borrower;

 

(3) That Pool Investor has no rights or authority regarding when SBA purchases a Loan Interest from the Pool backing a Pool Certificate except as set forth in this Agreement;

 

(4) That neither execution of this Agreement by SBA, nor purchase by SBA from the Pool Investor shall constitute any waiver by SBA of any right of recovery against Pool Investor;

 

(5) To acknowledge and accept (for itself and each subsequent Pool Investor) that the Loan Interest backing a Pool Certificate may be terminated on a date other than its maturity date and the Pool will cease to accrue interest related to the Pool Certificate as of the date of such termination;

 

(6) That Pool Investor’s rights to any payments under a Pool Certificate, including any and all payments and collections made pursuant to any Pool Loan agreement or document, shall be equal to the CSA’s obligations to pay the Pool Investor pursuant to the terms of the Pool Certificate and this Agreement;

 

(7) That an amount shall be deducted from the interest payments due on the Loan Interest backing the Pool Certificates to cover a portion of the Servicing Retention Amount pursuant to paragraph 5 of this Agreement; and

 

(8) That an amount shall be deducted from the interest payments due on the Loan Interest backing the Pool Certificates to cover the Ongoing Guarantee Fee pursuant to paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

 

5.          Seller Servicing. The Seller shall receive the Servicing Retention Amount for servicing the Pool Loan. The Servicing Retention Amount, paid by the Pool Originator and the Pool Investor, shall be equal to________% per annum or the applicable minimum percentage as published by SBA from time to time in the Federal Register, whichever is greater, of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan Interest backing the Pool Originator Receipt and the Loan Interest backing the Pool Certificates, respectively. The minimum Servicing Retention Amount as of the date of publication of this form is 0.5% per annum.

 

6.          Ongoing Guarantee Fee. SBA shall receive the Ongoing Guarantee Fee. The Ongoing Guarantee Fee shall be equal to the applicable Ongoing Guarantee Fee annual percentage, as published by SBA in the Federal Register in effect as of the delivery of this fully executed Agreement to the CSA, of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan Interest backing the Pool Certificates.

 

10
 

 

7.          Evidence of Ownership Interest.

 

(a)          SBA, Seller, Pool Originator, and Pool Investor (for itself and each subsequent Pool Investor) agree that an ownership interest in the Pool Loan or a Pool shall be evidenced by a Participation Certificate issued by SBA. SBA shall issue such Participation Certificate by designating and authorizing such issuance by CSA, or through its own facilities.

 

(b)          Seller Receipt Seller requests CSA to issue a Seller Receipt evidencing Seller’s retained ownership in the Pool Loan.

 

(c)          Pool Originator Receipt. Pool Originator requests CSA to issue a Pool Originator Receipt evidencing Pool Originator’s retained ownership in the Pool.

 

(d)          Pool Certificates. Each Pool Investor requests CSA to issue it a Pool Certificate evidencing its ownership interest in the Pool.

 

8. Pool Certificate Characteristics. SBA, CSA, and Program Participants, and their successors or assignees, agree that Pool Certificates shall have the following characteristics:

 

(1) SBA guarantees to a Pool Investor the timely payment of principal and interest installments and any prepayment or other recovery of principal to which the Pool Investor is entitled. If a Borrower misses a scheduled payment pursuant to the terms of the Pool Note underlying a Loan Interest backing a Pool Certificate, SBA, through the CSA, will make advances to maintain the schedule of interest and principal payments to the Pool Investor, If SBA makes such payments, it is subrogated fully to the rights satisfied by such payment. No Federal, State or local law can preclude or limit the exercise by SBA of any ownership rights in the Pool Loan relating to its purchase of a Loan Interest pursuant to its guarantee of a Pool.

 

(2) SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

(3) SBA will determine whether to purchase a Loan Interest backing a Pool Certificate with an underlying Pool Note that is 60 days or more in arrears. SBA reserves the right to purchase a Loan Interest from a Pool at any time.

 

(4) A Pool Certificate represents a fractional beneficial interest in a Pool that is self-liquidating by Loan Receivables and/or SBA Loan Interest payment or redemption.

 

(5) SBA must approve the form and terms of the Pool Certificate.

 

(6) A Pool Certificate must be registered with the CSA.

 

(7) The face amount of a Pool Certificate cannot be less than a minimum amount as specified in the Guide, and the dollar amount of Pool Certificates must be in increments which SBA will specify in the Guide (except for one Pool Certificate for each Pool). SBA may change these requirements based upon an analysis of market conditions and program experience, and will publish any such change in the Federal Register.

 

(8) All payments on a Pool Certificate are due pursuant to terms, conditions, and percentages set forth thereon or referenced therein and are based on the unpaid principal balance of the Pool represented by the Pool Certificate. Any Loan Receivables applicable to a Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of a Pool will be passed through to the appropriate Pool Investors with the regularly scheduled payments to such Pool Investors with the exception of late payment penalties. Late payment penalties will be retained by the Seller as compensation for additional collection efforts. Prepayment penalties received by the CSA shall be distributed to the Investor on a pro rata basis.

 

11
 

 

(9) A Pool Certificate must have a Weighted Average Interest Rate.

 

(10) A Pool Certificate must have a Maturity and a Weighted Average Maturity.

 

(11) SBA, or the CSA on behalf of SBA, may redeem a Pool Certificate prior to its Maturity because of prepayment and/or default of all Pool Loans with a Loan Interest in the Pool backing the Pool Certificate.

 

(12) A Pool Certificate is transferable.

 

9.          Transfers of Pool Certificates.

 

(a) Transfer of Pool Certificate. A transfer of a Pool Certificate must comply with Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York. The seller may use any form of assignment acceptable to SBA and the CSA. The CSA may refuse to issue a Pool Certificate until it is satisfied that the documents of transfer are complete.

 

(b) Transfer on CSA records. In order for the transfer of a Pool Certificate to be effective, the CSA must reflect the transfer on its records.

 

(c) Contents of letter of transmittal for Pool Certificate. A letter of transmittal must accompany each Pool Certificate which a Pool Investor submits to the CSA for transfer, The Pool Investor must supply the following information in the letter:

 

(1) Pool number;

 

(2) Pool Certificate number;

 

(3) Name of purchaser of Pool Certificate;

 

(4) Address and tax identification number of the purchaser;

 

(5) Name, e-mail address and telephone number of the person handling or facilitating the transfer; and

 

(6) Instructions for the delivery of the new Pool Certificate.

 

(7) CSA transfer cost reimbursement. At the same time a Pool Investor submits a letter of transmittal for a Pool Certificate pursuant to this paragraph, it must send the reimbursement amount due to the CSA for providing this service as calculated by the CSA. The CSA will supply the transfer fee information to the Pool Investor.

 

10.         Custodian of this Agreement. CSA shall be the custodian of the executed original of this Agreement. The Agreement shall be delivered to CSA immediately after execution by Seller, Pool Originator and Pool Investor.

 

12
 

 

11 .          SBA Right to Prohibit Inclusion of Pool Loan into Pool. SBA has the right to review any Pool Loan before a Loan Interest in it is added to a Pool, and SBA may prohibit the Pool’s formation as proposed based on SBA’s review in SBA’s sole discretion. In the event SBA decides to review Pool Loan documents related to a Loan Interest prior to the requested Pool formation, that Loan Interest may not be added to the Pool until SBA reviews and approves the Pool Loan for such purpose. Copies of Pool Loan documents related to underwriting and origination, and any other Pool Loan-related documents SBA may, in its sole discretion, request to review in writing, must be sent to SBA’s Sacramento Loan Processing Center, Attention: Director, Sacramento Loan Processing Center. SBA must review Pool Loan documents before a Loan Interest is added to a Pool if:

 

(a) The Pool Loan is to a business within NAICS code 713940 covering Fitness and Recreational Spoils Centers; (If SBA determines that a Pool Loan has had any of its proceeds used for any of the restricted purposes listed above, the Pool Loan will be prohibited from being part of a Pool.)

 

(b) The Pool Loan was part of a 504 financing involving a 504 loan that was processed under SBA’s Premier Certified Lenders Program; or

 

(c) The Project the Pool Loan financed included the refinancing of existing debt owed to the Seller or Third Party Lender (not including interim financing associated with the Project).

 

12.         Obligations of CSA.

 

(a)          CSA shall have the obligation to remit payments received by Borrower (or Seller on behalf of Borrower) or advances made by SBA pursuant to this Agreement and to the Seller, Pool Originator and Pool Investor as follows:

 

(1)         Payment date will be the fifteenth of the month or next business day if the fifteenth is not a business day. The portion of the payment applicable to the Pooled Interest and received by the CSA up to the second business day prior to the payment date will be sent to the Pool Investor on the payment date (less the Ongoing Guarantee Fee and the Servicing Retention Amount). Any payment related to the Seller Receipt received by the CSA up to the second business day prior to the payment date will be sent to the Seller on the payment date. Any payment related to the Pool Originator Receipt received by the CSA up to the second business day prior to the payment date will be sent to the Pool Originator on the payment date (less the Servicing Retention Amount). The portion of the payment related to the Servicing Retention Amount received by the CSA up to the second business day prior to the payment date will be sent to the Seller on the payment date.

 

(2)         Any scheduled Pool Investor payment not received from the Borrower by the date that is two business days prior to payout will be forwarded by SBA to the CSA for disbursement to the Pool Investor.

 

(3)         The portion of the payment applicable to the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool received by CSA on or after the second business day prior to the Pool Investor payment date of the month following Borrower’s scheduled payment will be remitted to SBA to replace funds advanced to the Pool Investor. Such remittance shall be sent within two (2) business days of receipt of immediately available funds by CSA. Any excess will be distributed by the CSA to the Seller and Pool Originator based on their proportionate interests.

 

13
 

 

(4)         Other amounts received from Borrower or Seller by CSA will be held and applied as directed by SBA.

 

(5)         With the prior written consent of SBA, CSA may offset from payments due to Pool Investor any prior overpayments made to Pool Investor,

 

(6)         With the prior written consent of SBA, CSA may offset from payments due to Seller any amounts owed to SBA.

 

(7)         With the prior written consent of SBA, CSA may offset from payments due to Pool Originator any amounts owed to SBA.

 

(b)          Borrower prepayments or full redemption payments received by CSA from Seller or SBA shall be remitted by CSA to Pool Investor, Pool Originator, and Seller at the time of the next monthly pool payout. Payment on full redemption of the Participation Certificate will be made only after presentation of the Participation Certificate to CSA by the Program Participant. CSA may retain or recover reasonable costs associated with the final transfer upon redemption from the Program Participant.

 

(c)          Each remittance by CSA to Program Participant shall be accompanied by a statement of (i) the amount allocable to interest, (h) the amount allocable to principal, and (iii) the remaining principal balance as of the date on which such allocations were calculated.

 

(d)          If CSA fails to make timely remittance to Program Participant in accordance with this Agreement, CSA shall pay to Program Participant (i) interest on the unremitted amount at the rate provided in the Pool Note less applicable fees, plus (ii) a late payment penalty calculated at a rate of 12% per annum on the amount of such payment

 

(e)          CSA agrees to notify SBA of any borrower that did not make a payment in a given month. Such report shall be received by SBA by the 10 th of the month or next business day. The report shall include the borrower name, loan number, payment amount, and principal and interest breakdown for the loan. SBA will forward funds necessary to make payments that are allocable to the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool.

 

(f)          Within two business days of receipt by the CSA of this executed Agreement, CSA shall, in accordance with paragraph 7 of this Agreement, issue and deliver: (1) to Seller a Seiler Receipt evidencing Seller’s retained ownership interest in the Pool Loan; (2) to Pool Originator a Pool Originator Receipt evidencing Pool Originator’s retained interest in the Pool Loan; to Pool Investors Pool Certificates evidencing the applicable ownership interest in the Pool.

 

(g)          CSA agrees to issue Pool Certificates within two business days of settlement or receipt of Form of Detached Assignment for U .S. Small Business Administration Pool Certificate for The First Lien Position 504 Loan Pools (SBA Form 2402).

 

14
 

 

(h)          CSA agrees to acknowledge any request from Pool Investor for late payment claims within ten (10) business days of receipt.

 

(i)          CSA agrees to forward to SBA, within five (5) business days of receipt, any servicing request requiring concurrence of SBA. CSA agrees to forward SBA’s response to Seller within five (5) business days of receipt. If CSA does not receive a response from SBA within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the request, SBA will be deemed to have submitted a response of nonconsent.

 

(j)          CSA agrees to pay accrued interest for any loan which CSA fails to include in the late payment report. CSA shall be responsible for interest beginning 90 days after the interest paid to date of the loan and continuing until 30 days after the SBA receives notification of the arrearage.

 

(k)          Liquidation Proceeds shall be paid to the Program Participant pursuant to this Agreement and as set forth in the Guide, or as directed by SBA within two business days of receipt of funds.

 

(l)          CSA agrees to perform its duties under this Agreement in accordance with the Statement of Work related to the Program in its [procurement amendment dated XXX] with SBA.

 

13.         CSA and SBA Role Concerning Transferability of Participation Certificates.

 

(a)   SBA and CSA establish the form of assignment of a Seller Receipt. A transfer of a Pool Certificate requires use of the Form of Detached Assignment for U.S. Small Business Administration Pool Certificate for The First Lien Position 504 Loan Pools (SBA Form XXXX). The effective date of any transfer of the Pool Certificate shall be the date on which such transfer is registered on the books of CSA. Any payment or action by CSA or SBA to the transferor Pool Investor prior to the effective date of the transfer of the Pool Certificate shall be final and fully effective. Neither SBA nor CSA shall have any further obligation to the transferee Pool Investor with respect to such payment or action, and any adjustment between the transferor and transferee resulting from such payment or action by SBA or CSA shall be the responsibility and obligation solely of the transferor and transferee.

 

(b)   CSA will make payments on payment date to the person or entity that on the books of CSA is the Pool Investor as of the close of business on the applicable Record Date. The Record Date is the last business day of the prior month. Any other adjustment between transferee and transferor is their responsibility and obligation. Although pools may have multiple owners, each Pool Certificate shall only have one owner at any given time that is entitled to the benefits of ownership of the Pool Certificate. Upon transfer of the Pool Certificate, the transferor shall cease to have any right in the Pool Certificate or any Obligation or commitment under this Agreement.

 

(c)          The Seller Receipt may be transferred on the records of the CSA after written permission for the sale is provided by SBA.

 

(d)          The Pool Originator Receipt may not be transferred.

 

(e)          CSA shall serve as the central registry of Participation Certificate ownership.

 

15
 

 

14.         Submitting a claim to CSA by Program Participant to replace a Program Participant Certificate.

 

(a)          To replace a Participation Certificate because of loss, theft, destruction, mutilation, or defacement, the Program Participant must:

 

(1)         Give the CSA information about the Participation Certificate and the facts relating to the claim;

 

(2)         File an indemnity bond acceptable to SBA and the CSA with a surety to protect the interests of SBA and the CSA;

 

(3)         Reimburse CSA for reasonable costs related to replacing the Participation Certificate; “and

 

(4)         Use an affidavit of loss (form available from the CSA) to report:

 

(i) The name and address of the Program Participant (and the name and capacity of any representative actually filing the claim);

 

(ii) The Program Participant Certificate by pool number, if applicable;

 

(iii) The Program Participant Certificate number;

 

(iv) The original principal amount;

 

(v) The name in which the Program Participant Certificate was registered;

 

(vi) Any assignment, endorsement or other writing on the Program Participant Certificate; and

 

(vii) A statement of the circumstances of the theft or loss.

 

(b)          When the CSA receives notice of the theft or loss, it will stop any transfer of the Participation Certificate. The Program Participant must send to the CSA all available portions of a mutilated or defaced Participation Certificate. When the Program Participant completes these steps, the CSA will replace the Program Participant Certificate.

 

15.         Purchase by SBA.

 

(a)          Written notices will be given to Seller and CSA when SBA is to purchase the Loan Interest 10 days prior to purchase.

 

(b)          On the purchase date, SBA will arrange to have funds wired to CSA. CSA will forward funds received with the next scheduled pool payment. The payoff amount will include the outstanding principal balance of the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool plus interest through the date immediately preceding the date of SBA purchase, less any funds previously advanced. The CSA transcript of account will be used to determine the payment amount.

 

(c)          Upon purchase of the Loan Interest by SBA pursuant to this paragraph, the rights and obligations of each Program Participant shall be governed by this Agreement. SBA shall be deemed a transferee of the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of a Pool and the final Pool Investor thereof with all the rights and privileges of such Pool Investor under this Agreement.

 

16
 

 

16.         Default by Borrower

 

(a)          CSA shall notify SBA of those loans that are in payment default.

 

(b)          When SBA determines that the Borrower has failed for any reason to remit the payments required pursuant to the Pool Note, SBA may purchase the pooled portion of the Pool Loan under the provisions of this Agreement, provided, however, under no circumstances shall SBA be liable for any amount attributable to any late payment charge as described in more detail in paragraph 16(e).

 

(c)          Pursuant to the Third Party Lender Agreement, Seller shall not be entitled to receive any prepayment penalties, late fees, other default charges, or escalated interest after default from Liquidation Proceeds obtained directly or indirectly from Project Properly until all Loan Receivables payable on the GDC 504 loan with a subordinate lien on the Project Property have been received by the CDC or SBA.

 

17.         Default by Central Servicing Agent

 

(a)          If CSA receives any payment from Borrower, Seller or SBA and fails to remit to the Program Participant pursuant this Agreement, the Program Participant shall have the right to make written demand on CSA for any payment not remitted by CSA.

 

(b)          If CSA fails to remit any such payment within ten (10) business days of such demand, Program Participant shall have the right to make written demand on the SBA Servicing Office identified in this Agreement.

 

(c)          Upon receipt of written demand from Program Participant, SBA will verity non-payment by CSA. SBA, within thirty (30) days of verification of non-payment by CSA, will (i) make payment directly to Program Participant of the amount of the unremitted payment plus interest at Program Participant Certificate rate to day of payment by SB A, or (ii) purchase the Program Participant Certificate.

 

(d)          CSA shall repay SBA within ten (10) business days after receipt of written demand from SBA an amount equal to the unremitted amount plus interest computed at the interest rate on the Program Participant Certificate on the unpaid balance of the Loan Interest backing such Participation Certificate from the date of the failure of CSA to remit to the Program Participant to the date of CSA’s repayment to SBA. Such payment will not affect CSA’s liability for a late payment charge under this Agreement.

 

18.         Prepayment or Refinancing by Borrower.

 

(a)          This paragraph applies if the Borrower notifies Seller that it intends to make a partial or total prepayment of the Pool Loan.

 

17
 

 

(b)          Seller shall transmit written notice to CSA of Borrower’s intent to make a partial or total prepayment of principal. Such prepayment can be by refinancing or otherwise. The prepayment date must be a date that is two business days prior to a monthly payment date that is established with the CSA, and on which immediately available funds shall be delivered to CSA. The written notice shall be received by the CSA at least ten (10) business days prior to the prepayment date, and it shall be Seller’s responsibility to verify receipt of such notice by CSA. Seller’s notice to CSA shall include:

 

(1)         The SBA loan number and Borrower name

 

(2)         The prepayment date

 

(3)         The principal amount being prepaid

 

(4)         The accrued interest due the CSA as of prepayment date (interest shall accrue through and including the calendar day immediately preceding the prepayment date)

 

(5)         A certification from an officer of the Seller that the prepayment is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Pool Note and applicable law

 

(6)         (The above certifications are intended to guard against Seller’s unilateral repurchase of the pooled portion of the Pool Loan from the Pool Investor without prior written consent of SBA.)

 

(c)          On the prepayment date. Borrower will wire the amount due to CSA without notification from CSA. If funds are not received by CSA on the prepayment date, the prepayment shall be cancelled or rescheduled for the day prior to the next monthly payment date. The Pool Loan will accrue interest through the day immediately prior to the date payment is received by CSA.

 

(d)          CSA shall, upon receipt of notice pursuant to paragraph 18(b), advise the Seller in writing of any discrepancy between the prepayment information supplied by the Seller and the CSA’s current records. Seller agrees to work with CSA to resolve errors or miscalculations.

 

(e)          CSA will remit the prepayment amount to Program Participant in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(f)          Any amount received by CSA above expected principal and interest will be distributed pro-rata to Program Participants.

 

(g)          Prepayment penalties received by the CSA shall be distributed to the Investor, Seller and Pool Originator on a pro rata basis.

 

19.         Option to Purchase by SBA. SBA shall at any time have the option to purchase from the Pool Investor the Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of a Pool backing the Pool Certificate less the Servicing Retention Amount and other applicable fees. Failure of the Pool Investor to submit the Pool Certificate to CSA for redemption on the date of prepayment if the prepaid loan is the last loan in the pool specified by SBA or CSA will not entitle the Pool Investor to accrued interest beyond such date.

 

18
 

 

20.         Side Agreements. SBA’s obligation to make payments under this Agreement is not affected by the Third Party Lender Agreement or any side agreement between the parties unless SBA is a signatory to such agreement.

 

21.         Indemnity and Force Majeure. Each party to this Agreement (including CSA) for itself and its successors and assigns, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any other party (including CSA) from and against any costs, liabilities, and related expenses arising from the performance of its duties or otherwise arising under this Agreement; provided that no indemnification shall be provided under this Agreement for action or failure to act which constitutes negligence, breach of authority, or bad faith.

 

If any party hereto (including CSA) is in doubt as to the applicability of this Agreement to a communication it has received, it may refer the matter to SBA for an opinion as to whether it may take, suffer or omit any action pursuant to such communications.

 

Under no circumstances shall any party hereto (including CSA) be held liable to any person or entity for special or consequential damages or for attorneys’ fees or expenses in connection with its performance under this Agreement.

 

If any party hereto (including CSA) shall be delayed in its performance hereunder or prevented entirely or in part from completing such performance due to causes or events beyond its control, such delay or non-performance shall be excused and the reasonable time for performance in connection with this Agreement shall be extended to include the period of such delay or non-performance. Causes or events include but are not limited to: (i) Act of God; (ii) postal malfunction; (iii) interruption of power or other utility, transportation, or communication service; (iv) act of civil or military authority; (v) sabotage; (vi) national emergency; (vii) war; (viii) explosion, flood, accident, earthquake or other catastrophe; (ix) fire; (x) strike or other labor problem; (xi) legal action; (xii) present or future law, government order, rule or regulation; or (xiii) shortage of suitable parts, materials, labor or transportation. In disputes between CSA and Seller, CSA and Pool Originator, or between CSA and Pool Investor, SBA reserves the right to require CSA to take appropriate action as SBA determines, and if legal action is required, SBA will pay reasonable attorney’s fees incurred by CSA in talking such action.

 

22.         Emergency Repurchase Authority by Seller. In certain critical situations in which the Borrower’s ability to remain in business is directly dependent on a change in the provisions relating to the installment payments by Borrower, SBA may permit Seller to repurchase the Pool Loan portions held by the Pool Originator and Pool Investor. Seller must submit to the SBA servicing center a written request, which includes the following:

 

A.           Current financial statements of the Borrower,

 

B.           A statement that the proposed change in the. terms and conditions of the Pool Loan is solely for the benefit of Borrower, and

 

19
 

 

C.           A certification by Seller that it will make the requested change in the terms and conditions if repurchase is approved by SBA.

 

The SBA servicing center must review the financial statements of Borrower and any other appropriate information and conclude that (i) a situation exists that Borrower’s business will probably fail if the change is not approved, and (ii) that it is probable that the business wil l survive and resume payment if the change is approved. If all conditions are met, the SBA servicing center may approve the purchase of the Pool Loan portions by Seller.

 

Loan Interests purchased pursuant to this paragraph may not be resold unless the Borrower has made all payments as scheduled in the Pool Note for a period of twelve (12) months.

 

23.         Inconsistent Provisions and Caption Headings. Any inconsistency between this Agreement and Title 13, Code of Federal Regulations, shall be resolved in favor of Title 13. Program Rules and Regulations in effect on the Settlement Date, and as may be amended from time to time in the Federal Register, apply to this Agreement unless explicitly stated to be inapplicable. The caption headings for the various paragraphs herein are for case of reference only and are not to be deemed part of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree to all the provisions of this Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this multi-page Agreement this__________day of __________________ 20__________ in New York State.

 

By signing below, each party (1) certifies that it has reviewed all certifications made on such party’s behalf in this Agreement and that all of these certifications are true and correct, and (2) acknowledges that SBA is relying on these certifications in order to issue a Federal guarantee, and that false statements are punishable under Federal Law including 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 3729-3733.

 

      SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
(Pool Investor)  
         
By:     By: Administrator,
         
Title:       Small Business Administration
         
Date:        
         
      Examined and Accepted by
(Seller)   Fiscal and Transfer Agent
         
By:     By:  
         
Title:     COLSON SERVICES CORP.
       
Date:     New York. NY 11217

 

20
 

 

Pool Originator

 

By:  
   
Title:  
   
Date:  

 

21
 

 

APPENDIX A

 

DEFINITIONS AND USAGE

 

Usage

 

The following rules of construction and usage shall be applicable to this Agreement and to any Pool Certificate, Pool Certificate transfer document, Seller Receipt, or Pool Originator Receipt issued pursuant to this Agreement:

 

(a) All terms defined in this Appendix shall have the defined meanings when used in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b) As used herein, in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of such instrument. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained in this Appendix or in any such instrument, certificate or other document shall control.

 

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “‘hereunder” and words of similar import when used in an instrument refer to such instrument as a whole and not to any particular provision or subdivision thereof; references in an instrument to article, section, paragraph or another subdivision or to an attachment are, unless the context otherwise requires, to an article, section, paragraph or subdivision of or an attachment to such instrument; and the term “including” means “including without limitation”.

 

(d) The definitions contained in this Appendix are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

 

(e) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to below or in any agreement or instrument that is governed by this Appendix means such agreement or instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or supplemented, including (in the case of agreements or instruments) by waiver or consent and (in the case of statutes) by succession of comparable successor statutes and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated therein. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns.

 

22
 

 

Definitions

 

504 financing .   The loans made to a small business to fund a Project under the SBA’s development company program authorized by Title V of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.

 

504 loan . A loan as defined in 13 CFR § 120.2(c).

 

Affiliate . A person or entity SBA determines to be an affiliate of a Program Participant pursuant to the application of the principals and guidelines set forth in 13 CFR § 120.103.

 

Associate . An associate defined in 13 CFR § 120.10 for a Lender or CDC as applied to Program Participants pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Borrower . The obligor under the Pool Note.

 

Certified Development Company or CDC. An entity that meets the definition of a Certified Development Company as defined in 13 CFR § 120.10.

 

Central Servicing Agent or CSA. The entity serving as SBA’s central servicing agent for the Program.

 

Current. That no scheduled payment owed by the Borrower is over 29 days past due.

 

First Lien Position 504 Loan. A Third Party Loan meeting the eligibility requirements set forth in 13 CFR § 120.1704.

 

Guide. The First Lien Position 504 Loan Pooling Program Guide published by SBA which provides information applicable to the Program including, among other things, requirements relating to the formation of a Pool, available at sba.gov / _____.

 

Liquidation Proceeds . Cash, including insurance proceeds, proceeds of any foreclosed-on property disposition, revenues received with respect to the conservation and disposition of a foreclosed-on property or repossessed collateral, including any real property securing the Pool Loan, consisting of a commercial property or residential property and any improvements thereon, and any other amounts received in connection with the liquidation of the Pool Loan, whether through Seller’s sale, foreclosure sale, any offset or workout, or otherwise.

 

Loan Interest. The right to receive the owned portion of the principal balance of the Pool Loan together with interest thereon at a per annum rate in effect from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Loan Program Requirements . The applicable requirements as defined in 13 CFR § 120.10.

 

Loan Receivables. Pool Loan payments, prepayments, or collections made in connection with the Pool Loan by the any obligor under the Pool Loan or by another person or entity made on behalf of any such obligor, and Liquidation Proceeds.

 

23
 

 

Maturity. The maturity of the Loan Interest in the Pool that has the longest remaining term of any Loan Interest in the Pool. The maturity will change from time to time due to prepayment or default on Loan Interests in the Pool.

 

Ongoing Guarantee Fee . The fee set forth in paragraph 6 of this Agreement.

 

Participation Certificate . A Seller Receipt, Pool Originator Receipt, and/or Pool Certificate.

 

Pool. The aggregate of Loan Interests formed into a single pool by the Pool Originator in accordance with the Program and this Agreement.

 

Pool Assembler . An entity that meets the qualifications set forth in 13 CFR § 120.630 and has been approved as such by SBA.

 

Pool Certificate . A document representing a beneficial fractional interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool.

 

Pooled . When one or more Loan Interests in a Pool Loan has been put into a Pool.

 

Pooling . The transfer of one or more Loan Interests in a Pool Loan into a Pool.

 

Pool Investor . An entity which holds a Pool Certificate in accordance with Program Rules and Regulations.

 

Pool Loan. The loan Pooled pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Pool Note. The document evidencing the Pool Loan.

 

Pool Originator. The entity that is pooling a Loan Interest pursuant to this Agreement that has signed this Agreement as Pool Originator.

 

Pool Originator Receipt. The document evidencing the Pool Originator’s retained ownership in a Pool it has formed under the Program.

 

Preference . A preference as defined in 13 CFR § 120.10.

 

Premier Certified Lenders Program. The program defined in 13 CFR § 120.845.

 

Program. The program authorized by section 503 of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.

 

Program Participant. An entity that executes this Agreement as Seller, Pool Originator, or Pool Investor, and any successors or assignees thereof.

 

Program Rules and Regulations. Subpart J, Part 120, of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) (13 CFR § 120.1700-1726) as may be amended from time to time by SBA, this Agreement any other Program agreements signed by a Program Participant, if applicable, the Guide, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, and the provisions of subpart H, V Part 120, of Title 13 of the CFR governing Third Party Loans and Third Party Lenders.

 

24
 

 

Project.   A project as defined in 13 CFR § 120.802.

 

Project Property . Project properly as defined in 13 CFR § 120,802.

 

SBA. The United States Small Business Administration, an agency of the United States Government.

 

Seller. The entity that has sold the Pool Loan pursuant to this Agreement and/or has executed this Agreement as Seller.

 

Seller Receipt. The document that evidences a Seller’s Loan Interest.

 

Servicing Retention Amount. The amount set forth in paragraph 5 of this Agreement.

 

Third Party Lender . The lender that has made the Third Party Loan that is the Pool Loan pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Third Party Lender Agreement . The SBA Form 2287 agreement executed by the Third Party Lender that governs the Third Party Loan.

 

Third Party Loan . The loan as defined in 13 CFR § 120.801 that is the Pool Loan pursuant to this Agreement..

 

Weighted Average Interest Rate. The dollar-weighted average interest rate of a Pool Certificate calculated by multiplying the interest rate of each Loan Interest in the Pool by the ratio of that Loan Interest’s current outstanding principal in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool (that is, the portion of the Pool Loan backing the Pool Certificates) to the current aggregate or outstanding principal of each Loan Interest in the SBA-guaranteed portion of the Pool, and adding the sum of the resulting products. The Pool Certificate interest rate will fluctuate over the life of the Pool as defaults, prepayments and normal repayments applicable to Loan Interests in the Pool occur.

 

Weighted Average Maturity. The weighted average maturity of a Pool Certificate is a dollar weighted average maturity that is calculated by multiplying the remaining term, in months, of each Loan Interest in a Pool by the ratio of that Loan Interest’s current outstanding pooled principal to the current aggregate outstanding pooled principal of all Loan Interests in the Pool, and adding the sum of the resulting products. The weighted average maturity of a Pool Certificate will fluctuate over the life of the Pool as Loan Interest defaults, prepayments and normal Loan Interest repayments occur.

 

25

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

RECORDATION REQUESTED BY:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

SEND TAX NOTICES TO:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

FOR RECORDER’S USE ONLY

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS dated April 2, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company, whose address is 19479 Creek Blvd., Bakersfield, CA 93314 (referred to below as “Grantor”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, whose address is 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870, Long Beach, CA 90831 (referred to below as “Lender”).

 

ASSIGNMENT. For valuable consideration, Grantor hereby assigns, grants a continuing security interest in, and conveys to Lender all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Rents from the following described Property located in Kern County, State of California:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PAGE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD, AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A. HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

The Property or its address is commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308. The Assessor’s Parcel Number for the Property is 481-200-22-00-9.

 

This is an absolute assignment of Rents made in connection with an obligation secured by property pursuant to California Civil Code section 2938.

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN TO SECURE (1) PAYMENT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS AND (2) PERFORMANCE OF ANY AND ALL OBLIGATIONS OF GRANTOR UNDER THE NOTE, THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND THE RELATED DOCUMENTS. THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN AND ACCEPTED ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

 

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE . Except as otherwise provided In this Assignment or any Related Documents, Grantor shall pay to Lender all amounts secured by this Assignment as they become due, and shall strictly perform all of Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment. Unless and until Lender exorcises its right to collect the Rents as provided below and so long as there is no default under this Assignment. Grantor may remain in possession and control of and operate and manage the Property and collect the Rents, provided that the granting of the right to collect the Rents shall not constitute Lender’s consent to the use of cash collateral in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Grantor warrants that:

 

Ownership . Grantor is entitled to receive the Rents free and clear of all rights, loans, liens, encumbrances, and claims except as disclosed to and accepted by Lender in writing.

 

Right to Assign . Grantor has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Assignment and to assign and convey the Rents to Lender.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

No Prior Assignment . Grantor has not previously assigned or conveyed the Rents to any other person by any instrument now in force.

 

No Further Transfer . Grantor will not sell, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any of Grantor’s rights in the Rents except as provided in this Assignment.

 

LENDER’S RIGHT TO RECEIVE AND COLLECT RENTS . Lender shall have the right at any time, and even though no default shall have occurred under this Assignment, to collect and receive the Rents. For this purpose, Lender is hereby given and granted the following rights, powers and authority:

 

Notice to Tenants . Lender may send notices to any and all tenants of the Property advising them of this Assignment and directing all Rents to be paid directly to Lender or Lender’s agent.

 

Enter the Property . Lender may enter upon and take possession of the Property; demand, collect and receive from the tenants or from any other persons liable therefor, all of the Rents; institute and carry on all legal proceedings necessary for the protection of the Property, including such proceedings as may be necessary to recover possession of the Property; collect the Rents and remove any tenant or tenants or other persons from the Property.

 

Maintain the Property . Lender may enter upon the Property to maintain the Property and keep the same in repair; to pay the costs thereof and of all services of all employees, including their equipment, and of all continuing costs and expenses of maintaining the Property in proper repair and condition, and also to pay all taxes, assessments and water utilities, and the premiums on fire and other insurance effected by Lender on the Property.

 

Compliance with Laws . Lender may do any and all things to execute and comply with the laws of the State of California and also all other laws, rules, orders, ordinances and requirements of all other governmental agencies affecting the Property.

 

Lease the Property . Lender may rent or lease the whole or any part of the Property for such term or terms and on such conditions as Lender may deem appropriate.

 

Employ Agents . Lender may engage such agent or agents as Lender may deem appropriate, either in Lender’s name or in Grantor’s name, to rent and manage the Property, including the collection and application of Rents.

 

Other Acts . Lender may do all such other things and acts with respect to the Property as Lender may deem appropriate and may act exclusively and solely in the place and stead of Grantor and to have all of the powers of Grantor for the purposes stated above.

 

No Requirement to Act . Lender shall not be required to do any of the foregoing acts or things, and the fact that Lender shall have performed one or more of the foregoing acts or things shall not require Lender to do any other specific act or thing.

 

APPLICATION OF RENTS . All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the Property shall be for Grantor’s account and Lender may pay such costs and expenses from the Rents. Lender, its sole discretion, shall determine the application of any and all Rents received by it; however, any such Rents received by Lender which are not applied to such costs and expenses shall be applied to the Indebtedness. All expenditures made by Lender under this Assignment and not reimbursed from the Rents shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Assignment, and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until paid.

 

FULL PERFORMANCE . If Grantor pays all of the Indebtedness when due and otherwise performs all the obligations imposed upon Grantor under this Assignment, the Note, and the Related Documents, Lender shall execute and deliver to Grantor a suitable satisfaction of this Assignment and suitable statements of termination of any financing statement on file evidencing Lender’s security interest in the Rents and the Property. Any termination fee required by law shall be paid by Grantor, if permitted by applicable law.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES . If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Property or if Grantor falls to comply with any provision of this Assignment or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Assignment or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Rents or the Property and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Property. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Assignment also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

 

DEFAULT . Each of the following, at Lender’s option, shall constitute an Event of Default under this Assignment:

 

Payment Default . Grantor falls to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

 

Other Defaults . Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Assignment or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

 

Default on Other Payments . Failure of Grantor within the time required by this Assignment to make any payment for taxes or insurance, or any other payment necessary to prevent filing of or to effect discharge of any lien.

 

Environmental Default . Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with the Property.

 

False Statements . Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Assignment or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Defective Collateralization . This Assignment or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Death or Insolvency . The dissolution of Grantor’s (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from the limited liability company, or any other termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings . Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against the Rents or any property securing the Indebtedness. This includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event,of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Property Damage or Loss . The Property is lost, stolen, substantially damaged, sold, or borrowed against.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor . Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change . A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

 

Insecurity . Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies, in addition to any other rights or remedies provided by law:

 

Accelerate Indebtedness . Lender shall have the right at its option without notice to Grantor to declare the entire Indebtedness immediately due and payable, including any prepayment fee that Grantor would be required to pay.

 

Collect Rents . Lender shall have the right, without notice to Grantor, to take possession of the Property and collect the Rents, including amounts past due and unpaid, and apply the net proceeds, over and above Lender’s costs, against the Indebtedness. In furtherance of this right, Lender shall have all the rights provided for in the Lender’s Right to Receive and Collect Rents Section, above. If the Rents are collected by Lender, then Grantor irrevocably designates Lender as Grantor’s attorney-in-fact to endorse instruments received in payment thereof in the name of Grantor and to negotiate the same and collect the proceeds. Payments by tenants or other users to Lender in response to Lender’s demand shall satisfy the obligations for which the payments are made, whether or not any proper grounds for the demand existed. Lender may exercise its rights under this subparagraph either in person, by agent, or through a receiver.

 

Appoint Receiver . Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Property, with the power to protect and preserve the Property, to operate the Property preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Property and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the Indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Property exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

 

Other Remedies . Lender shall have all other rights and remedies provided in this Assignment or the Note or by law.

 

Election of Remedies . Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Assignment, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses . If Lender institutes any suit or action to enforce any of the terms of this Assignment, Lender shall be entitled to recover such sum as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorneys’ fees at trial and upon any appeal. Whether or not any court action is involved, and to the extent not prohibited by law, all reasonable expenses Lender incurs that in Lender’s opinion are necessary at any time for the protection of its interest or the enforcement of Its rights shall become a part of the Indebtedness payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Note rate from the date of the expenditure until repaid. Expenses covered by this paragraph include, without limitation, however subject to any limits Linder applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services, the cost of searching records, obtaining title reports (including foreclosure reports), surveyors’ reports, and appraisal fees, title insurance, and fees for the Trustee, to the extent permitted by applicable law. Grantor also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Assignment:

 

Amendments . This Assignment, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Assignment No alteration of or amendment to this Assignment shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Caption Headings . Caption headings in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

Governing Law . This Assignment will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Assignment has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

Choice of Venue . If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County County, State of California.

 

Merger . There shall be no merger of the interest or estate created by this assignment with any other interest or estate in the Property at any time held by or for the benefit of Lender in any capacity, without the written consent of Lender.

 

Interpretation . (1) In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Grantor, then all words used in this Assignment in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require. (2) If more than one person signs this Assignment as “Grantor,” the obligations of each Grantor are joint and several. This means that if Lender brings a lawsuit, Lender may sue any one or more of the Grantors. If Borrower and Grantor are not the same person, Lender need not sue Borrower first, and that Borrower need not be joined in any lawsuit. (3) The names given to paragraphs or sections in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only. They are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

No Waiver by Lender . Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Assignment unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Assignment shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Assignment. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Assignment, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Assignment shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Assignment. Any party may change its address for notices under this Assignment by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

 

Powers of Attorney . The various agencies and powers of attorney conveyed on Lender under this Assignment are granted for purposes of security and may not be revoked by Grantor until such time as the same are renounced by Lender.

 

Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Assignment to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, Invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Assignment Unless otherwise required by law, the Illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Assignment shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Assignment.

 

Successors and Assigns . Subject to any limitations stated in this Assignment on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Property becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Assignment and the indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Assignment or liability under the Indebtedness.

 

Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence in the performance of this Assignment.

 

Waiver of Right of Redemption . NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OF THE PROVISIONS TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS ASSIGNMENT, GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION FROM SALE UNDER ANY ORDER OR JUDGMENT OF FORECLOSURE ON GRANTOR’S BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF EACH AND EVERY PERSON, EXCEPT JUDGMENT CREDITORS OF GRANTOR, ACQUIRING ANY INTEREST IN OR TITLE TO THE PROPERTY SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT.

 

DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Assignment. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Assignment shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Assignment . The word “Assignment” means this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS, as this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS from time to time.

 

Borrower . The word ‘‘Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Default . The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Assignment in the section titled “Default”.

 

Event of Default . The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Assignment in the default section of this Assignment.

 

Grantor . The word “Grantor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Guarantor . The word “Guarantor means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness.

 

Guaranty . The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Indebtedness . The word “Indebtedness” means all principal, interest, and other amounts, costs and expenses payable under the Note or Related Documents, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, consolidations of and substitutions for the Note or Related Documents and any amounts expended or advanced by Lender to discharge Grantor’s obligations or expenses incurred by Lender to enforce Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment, together with interest on such amounts as provided in this Assignment.

 

 
 

 

  ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

Lender . The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Note . The word “Note” means the promissory note dated April 2, 2012, in the original principal amount of $461,500.00 from Grantor to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

Property . The word ‘‘Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Assignment” section of this Assignment.

 

Related Documents . The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the indebtedness; except that the words do not mean any guaranty or environmental agreement, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

Rents . The word “Rents” means all of Grantor’s present and future rights, title and interest in, to and under any and all present and future leases, including, without limitation, all rents, revenue, income, issues, royalties, bonuses, accounts receivable, cash or security deposits, advance rentals, profits and proceeds from the Property, and other payments and benefits derived or to be derived from such leases of every kind and nature, whether due now or later, including without limitation Grantor’s right to enforce such leases and to receive and collect payment and proceeds thereunder.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND NOT PERSONALLY BUT AS AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER, HAS CAUSED THIS ASSIGNMENT TO BE SIGNED AND EXECUTED ON BEHALF OF GRANTOR ON APRIL 2, 2012.

 

GRANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC

 

 
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF   Utah )  
    ) SS  
COUNTY OF  Salt Lake )  

 

On  April 9 , 2012  before me.     Rich Mahoney - Notary Public
    (here insert name and title of the officer)

 

personally appeared Annette D, Meier, who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 
Signature [ILLEGIBLE]   (Seal)

  

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-113 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Principal

$1,350,000.00

Loan Date

05-11-2012

Maturity

05-01-2017

Loan No

5051014

Call / Coll Account

Officer

CB

Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC Lender: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West   1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078   Long Beach, CA 90831

 

 

THIS CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT dated May 11, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has applied to Lender for one or more loans for purposes of constructing the Improvements on the Real Property described below. Lender is willing to lend the loan amount to Borrower solely under the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement and in the Related Documents, to each of which Borrower agrees. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement, and (B) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of May 11, 2012, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

LOAN. The Loan shall be in an amount not to exceed the principal sum of U.S. $1,350,000.00 and shall bear interest on so much of the principal sum as shall be advanced pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents. The Loan shall bear interest on each Advance from the date of the Advance in accordance with the terms of the Note. Borrower shall use the Loan Funds solely for the following specific purposes: Loan Proceeds to be used as follows:

 

$ 417,325     for general construction costs
$ 610,961     for equipment purchases
$ 23,000     reserved for Interest on Loan
$ 20,000     for construction contingency
$ 38,714     for loan costs
$ 240,000     for working capital.

 The Loan amount shall be subject at all times to all maximum limits and conditions set forth in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents, including without limitation, any limits relating to loan to value ratios and acquisition and Project costs.

 

PROJECT DESCRIPTION. The word “Project” as used in this Agreement means the construction and completion of all Improvements contemplated by this Agreement, including without limitation the erection of the building or structure on the Real Property identified to this Agreement by Borrower and Lender, Installation of equipment and fixtures, landscaping, and all other work necessary to make the Project usable and complete for the intended purposes. The Project includes the following work:

 

To construct improvements on the real property commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308.

 

The word “Property” as used in this Agreement means the Real Property together with all Improvements, all equipment, fixtures, and other articles of personal property now or subsequently attached or affixed to the Real Property, together with all accessions, parts, and additions to, all replacements of, and all substitutions for any of such property, and all proceeds (including insurance proceeds and refunds of premiums) from any sale or other disposition of such property. The real estate described below constitutes the Real Property as used in this Agreement.

 

The real estate legally described as:

THE LAND DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF KERN, UNINCORPORATED AREA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PAGE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD, AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

Its address is commonly known as:

Real Property located at 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308.

 

FEES AND EXPENSES. As a condition of Lender making the Loan, Borrower agrees to pay the following fees, charges, and expenses, in addition to all others set forth in this Agreement: Borrower will pay all fees and costs incurred by Lender in connection with this Loan. Whether or not the Project shall be consummated, Borrower shall assume and pay upon demand all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation of loan documents and the making of the Loan, including without limitation the following: (A) all closing costs, loan fees, and disbursements; (B) all expenses of Lender’s legal counsel; and (C) all title examination fees, title insurance premiums, appraisal fees, survey costs, required fees, and filing and recording fees.

 

NO CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO RECORDING OF SECURITY DOCUMENT. Borrower will not permit any work or materials to be furnished in connection with the Project until (A) Borrower has signed the Related Documents; (B) Lender’s mortgage or deed of trust and other Security Interests in the Property have been duly recorded and perfected; (C) Lender has been provided evidence, satisfactory to Lender, that Borrower has obtained all insurance required under this Agreement or any Related Documents and that Lender’s liens on the Property and Improvements are valid perfected first liens, subject only to such exceptions, if any, acceptable to Lender.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Organization. Borrower is a limited liability company which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business. Specifically, Borrower is, and at all times shall be, duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company in all states in which the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its business or financial condition. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, UT 84078. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of organization or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: None .

 

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of organization or membership agreements, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements or in writing to Lender and as accepted by Lender, and except for property tax liens for taxes not presently due and payable. Borrower owns and has good title to all of Borrower’s properties free and clear of all Security interests, and has not executed any security documents or financing statements relating to such properties. All of Borrower’s properties are titled in Borrower’s legal name, and Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years.

 

Hazardous Substances. Except for Collateral described in the Hazardous Substances Certificate and Indemnity Agreement executed in connection with the Loan, and except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing, Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from the Collateral by any prior owners or occupants of any of the Collateral; or (c) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed: to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims . No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes . To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority. Unless otherwise previously disclosed to Lender in writing, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

Title to Property. Borrower has, or on the date of first disbursement of Loan proceeds will have, good and marketable title to the Collateral free and dear of all defects, Hens, and encumbrances, excepting only liens for taxes, assessments, or governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or payable without penalty or interest, and such liens and encumbrances as may be approved in writing by the Lender. The Collateral is contiguous to publicly dedicated streets, roads, or highways providing access to the Collateral.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

Project Costs. The total cost for the Project shall not exceed $1,500,000.00. The Project costs are true, and accurate estimates of the costs necessary to complete the improvements in a good and workmanlike manner according to the Plans and Specifications presented by Borrower to Lender, and Borrower shall take all steps necessary to prevent the actual cost of the Improvements from exceeding the Project costs.

 

Utility Services . All utility services, appropriate to the use of the Project after completion of construction are available at the boundaries of the Collateral.

 

Assessment of Property . The Collateral is and will continue to be assessed and taxed as an independent parcel by all governmental authorities.

 

Compliance with Governing Authorities. Borrower has examined and is familiar with all the easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, reservations, building laws, regulations, zoning ordinances, and federal, state, and local requirements affecting the Project. The Project will, at all times and in all respects conform to and comply with the requirements of such easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, reservations, building laws, regulations, zoning ordinances, and federal, state, and local requirements.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrowers Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE . Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Equity Funds. Borrower shall provide evidence of equity funds totaling $150,000.00 prior to the initial advance from the Loan Fund. Lender may, at Lender’s option, require that the equity funds be deposited with Lender as a portion of the Loan Fund, which funds shall be disbursed prior to any Loan proceeds.

 

Approval of Contractors, Subcontractors, and Materialmen . Lender shall have approved a fist of all contractors employed in connection with the construction of the Improvements, showing the name, address, and telephone number of each contractor, a general description of the nature of the work to be done, the labor and materials to be supplied, the names of materialmen, if known, and the approximate dollar value of the labor, work, or materials with respect to each contractor or materialman. Lender shall have the right to communicate with any person to verily the facts disclosed by the list or by any application for any Advance, or for any other purpose.

 

Plans, Specifications, and Permits. Lender shall have received and accepted a complete set of written Plans and Specifications setting forth all Improvements for the Project, and Borrower shall have furnished to Lender copies of all permits and requisite approvals of any governmental body necessary for the construction and use of the Project.

 

Architect’s and Construction Contracts. Borrower shall have furnished in form and substance satisfactory to Lender an executed copy of the Architect’s Contract and an executed copy of the Construction Contract.

 

Budget and Schedule of Estimated Advances. Lender shall have approved detailed budget and cash flow projections of total Project costs and a schedule of the estimated amount and time of disbursements of each Advance.

 

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the consummation of the Project and duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, in their sole discretion, may require.

 

Bond. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have furnished a performance and payment bond in an amount equal to 100% of the amount of the Construction Contract, as well as a materialmen’s and mechanics’ payment bond, with such riders and supplements as Lender may require, each in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, naming the General Contractor as principal and Lender as an additional obligee. For the Project to be constructed on the California Real Property, any required bonds and the contracts which they cover must be duly recorded or filed in accordance with California Civil Code Section 3235, if required by Lender.

 

Appraisal. If required by Lender, an appraisal shall be prepared for the Properly, at Borrower’s expense, which in form and substance shall be satisfactory to Lender, in Lender’s sole discretion, including applicable regulatory requirements.

 

Plans and Specifications . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have assigned to Lender on Lender’s forms the Plans and Specifications for the Project.

 

Environmental Report. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have furnished to Lender, at Borrower’s expense, an environmental report and certificate on the Property in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, prepared by an engineer or other expert satisfactory to Lender stating that the Property complies with all applicable provisions and requirements of the “Hazardous Substances” paragraph set forth in this Agreement.

 

Soil Report . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have furnished to Lender, at Borrower’s expenses, a soil report for the Property in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, prepared by a registered engineer satisfactory to Lender stating that the Property is free from soil or other geological conditions that would preclude its use or development as contemplated without extra expense for precautionary, corrective or remedial measures.

 

Survey . If requested by Lender, Borrower shall have furnished to Lender a survey of recent date, prepared and certified by a qualified surveyor and providing that the Improvements, if constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, shall lie wholly within the boundaries of the Collateral without encroachment or violation of any zoning ordinances, building codes or regulations, or setback requirements, together with such other information as Lender in its sole discretion may require.

 

Zoning . Borrower shall have furnished evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Collateral is duly and validly zoned for the construction, maintenance, and operation of the Project.

 

Title Insurance . Borrower shall have provided to Lender an ALTA Lender’s extended coverage policy of title insurance with such endorsements as Lender may require, issued by a title insurance company acceptable to Lender and in a form, amount, and content satisfactory to Lender, insuring or agreeing to insure that Lender’s security agreement or other security document on the Property is or will be upon recordation a valid first lien on the Property free and clear of all defects, liens, encumbrances, and exceptions except those as specifically accepted by Lender in writing. If requested by Lender, Borrower shall provide to Lender, at Borrower’s expense, a foundation endorsement (CLTA 102.5 or its equivalent) to the title policy upon the completion of each foundation for the Improvements, showing no encroachments, and upon completion an endorsement which insures the lien-free completion of the Improvements (CLTA 101 series, as required by Lender). Specifically, Borrower shad provide to Lender the following title insurance endorsements: Title Escrow to be established for all advances.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

Insurance . Unless waived by Lender in writing, Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the following insurance policies or evidence thereof: (a) an all risks course of construction insurance policy (builder’s risk), with extended coverage covering the Improvements issued. In an amount and by a company acceptable to Lender, containing a loss payable or other endorsement satisfactory to Lender insuring Lender as mortgagee, together with such other endorsements as may be required by Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender; (b) owners and General Contractor general liability insurance, public liability and workmen’s compensation insurance; (c) flood insurance if required by Lender or applicable law; and (d) all other insurance required by this Agreement or by the Related Documents.

 

Workers’ Compensation Coverage. Provide to Lender proof of the General Contractor’s compliance with all applicable workers’ compensation laws and regulations with regard to all work performed on the Project.

 

Payment of Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, charges, and other expenses which are then due and payable as specified in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

Satisfactory Construction. All work usually done at the stage of construction for which disbursement is requested shall have been done in a good and workmanlike manner and all materials and fixtures usually furnished and installed at that stage of construction shall have been furnished and installed, all in compliance With the Plans and Specifications. Borrower shall also have furnished to Lender such proofs as Lender may require to establish the progress of the work, compliance with applicable laws, freedom of the Property from liens, and the basis for the requested disbursement.

 

Certification. Borrower shall have furnished to Lender a certification by an engineer, architect, or other qualified inspector acceptable to Lender that the construction of the Improvements has complied and will continue to comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances, codes, regulations, and similar requirements,

 

Lion Waivers. Borrower shall have obtained and attached to each application for an Advance, including the Advance to cover final payment to the General Contractor, executed acknowledgments of payments of all sums due and releases of mechanic’s and materialmen’s liens, satisfactory to Lender, from any party having lien rights, which acknowledgments of payment and releases of liens shall cover all work, labor, equipment, materials done, supplied, performed, or furnished prior to such application for an Advance.

 

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document.

 

INTEREST ONLY PERIOD. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, it is understood by Borrower and Guarantor that on November 1, 2012, the interest only period ends and any remaining loan funds under the Note dated May 11, 2012 will be fully disbursed to the established fund control account and/or Borrower as determined by Lender regardless of the completion stage of the Project.

 

DISBURSEMENT OF LOAN FUNDS. The following provisions relate to the disbursement of funds from the Loan Fund.

 

Application for Advances. Borrower shall apply for Advances from the Loan Fund according to the following disbursement schedule: Borrower is limited to one advance per month.

 

Each application shall be stated on a standard AIA payment request form or other form approved by Lender, executed by Borrower, and supported by such evidence as Lender shall reasonably require. Borrower shall apply only for disbursement with respect to work actually done by the General Contractor and for materials and equipment actually incorporated into the Project. Each application for an Advance shall be deemed a certification of Borrower that as of the date of such application, all representations and warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct, and that Borrower is in compliance with all of the provisions of this Agreement. Under no circumstances shall Lender be required to make any Loan Advance in an amount less than $5,000.00.

 

Loan to Value. Unless waived by Lender in writing, the ratio of the amount of the Loan to the Value of the Property as completed shall not exceed 90.000%.

 

Payments. At the sole option of Lender, Advances may be paid in the joint names of Borrower and the General Contractor, subcontractor(s), or supplier(s) in payment of sums due under the Construction Contract. At its. sole option, Lender may directly pay the General Contractor and any subcontractors or other parties the sums due under the Construction Contract. Borrower appoints Lender as its attorney-in-fact to make such payments. This power shall be deemed coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable, and shall survive an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

Projected Cost Overruns. If Lender at any time determines in its sole discretion that the amount in the Loan Fund is insufficient, or will be insufficient, to complete fully and to pay for the Project, then within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request from Lender, Borrower shall deposit in the Loan Fund an amount equal to the deficiency as determined by Lender. The judgment and determination of Lender under this section shall be final and conclusive. Any such amounts deposited by Borrower shall be disbursed prior to any Loan proceeds.

 

Final Payment to General Contractor. Upon completion of the Project and fulfillment of the Construction Contract to the satisfaction of Lender and provided sufficient Loan Funds are available, Lender shall make an Advance to cover the final payment due to the General Contractor upon delivery to Lender of endorsements to the ALTA title insurance policy following the posting of the completion notice, as provided under applicable law. Construction shall not be deemed complete for purposes of final disbursement unless and until Lender shall have received all of the following:

 

(1)  Evidence satisfactory to Lender that all work under the Construction Contract requiring inspection by any governmental authority with jurisdiction has been duly inspected and approved by such authority, that a certificate of occupancy has been issued, and that all parties performing work have been paid, or will be paid, for such work;

 

(2)  A certification by an engineer, architect, or other qualified inspector acceptable to Lender that the improvements have been completed substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications and the Construction Contract, that direct connection has been made to all utilities set forth in the Plans and Specifications, and that the Project is ready for occupancy; and

 

(3)  Acceptance of the completed improvements by Lender and Borrower.

 

Construction Default. If Borrower fails in any respect to comply with the provisions of this Agreement or if construction ceases before completion regardless of the reason, Lender, at its option, may refuse to make further Advances, may accelerate the indebtedness under the terms of the Note, and without thereby impairing any of its rights, powers, or privileges, may enter into possession of the construction site and perform or cause to be performed any and all work and labor necessary to complete the improvements, substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 5
     

 

Damage or Destruction. If any of the Collateral or improvements is damaged or destroyed by casualty of any nature, within sixty (60) days thereafter Borrower shall restore the Collateral and improvements to the condition in which they were before such damage or destruction with funds other than those in the Loan Fund. Lender shall not be obligated to make disbursements under this Agreement until such restoration has been accomplished.

 

Adequate Security. When any event occurs that Lender determines may endanger completion of the Project or the fulfillment of any condition or covenant in this Agreement, Lender may require Borrower to furnish, within ten (10) days after delivery of a written request, adequate security to eliminate, reduce, or indemnify Lender against, such danger. In addition, Upon such occurrence, Lender in its sole discretion may advance funds or agree to undertake to advance funds to any party to eliminate, reduce, or indemnify Lender against, such danger or to complete the Project. All sums paid by Lender pursuant to such agreements or undertakings shall be for Borrower’s account and shall be without prejudice to Borrower’s rights, if any, to receive such funds from the party to whom paid. All sums expended by Lender in the exercise of its option to complete the Project or protect Lender’s interests shall be payable to Lender on demand together with interest from the date of the Advance at the rate applicable to the Loan. In addition, any Advance of funds under this Agreement, including without limitation direct disbursements to the General Contractor or other parties in payment of sums due under the Construction Contract, shall be deemed to have been expended by or on behalf of Borrower and to have been secured by Lender’s Deed of Trust, if any, on the Collateral.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

LIMITATION OF RESPONSIBILITY. The making of any Advance by Lender shall not constitute or be interpreted as either (A) an approval or acceptance by Lender of the work done through the date of the Advance, or (B) a representation or indemnity by Lender to any party against any deficiency or defect in the work or against any breach of any contract. Inspections and approvals of the Plans and Specifications, the Improvements, the workmanship and materials used in the Improvements, and the exercise of any other right of inspection, approval, or inquiry granted to Lender in this Agreement are acknowledged to be solely for the protection of Lender’s interests, and under no circumstances shall they be construed to impose any responsibility or liability of any nature whatsoever on Lender to any party. Neither Borrower nor any contractor, subcontractor, materialman, laborer, or any other person shall rely, or have any right to rely, upon Lender’s determination of the appropriateness of any Advance.. No disbursement or approval by Lender shall constitute a representation by Lender as to the nature of the Project, its construction, or its intended use for Borrower or for any other person, nor shall it constitute an indemnity by Lender to Borrower or to any other person against any deficiency or defects in the Project or against any breach of any contract

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and permit Lender to examine and audit Borrower’s books and records at all reasonable times.

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one-hundred-twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower’s balance sheet and income statement for the year ended, compiled by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Tax Returns. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred-twenty (120) days after the applicable filing date for the tax reporting period ended, Borrower’s Federal and other governmental tax returns, prepared by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower, as being true and correct. ;

 

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, lists of assets and liabilities, agings of receivables and payables, inventory schedules, budgets, forecasts, tax returns, and other reports with respect to Borrower’s financial condition and business operations as Lender may request from time to time.

 

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such agreements.

 

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, hail, federal crop insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Lender. Each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that coverage in favor of Lender will not be impaired in any way by any act, omission or default of Borrower or any other person. In connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may require.

 

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request; including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

Guaranties. Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans In favor of Lender, executed by the guarantors named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amounts and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 6
     

 

Names of Guarantors   Amounts  
       
Superior Drilling Products, LLC   $ 1,350,000.00  
Annette D. Meier   $ 1,350,000.00  
Gilbert Troy Meier   $ 1,350,000.00  

 

Loan Fees, Charges and Expenses. Whether or not the Project is completed. Borrower also shall pay upon demand all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation of loan documents and the making of the Loan, including, without limitation, all closing costs, fees, and disbursements, all expenses of Lender’s legal counsel, and all title examination fees, title insurance premiums, appraisal fees, survey costs, required fees, and filing and recording fees.

 

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for the following specific purposes; Loan Proceeds to be used as follows: 

$ 417,325     for general construction costs
$ 610,961     for equipment purchases
$ 23,000     reserved for interest on Loan
$ 20,000     for construction contingency
$ 38,714     for loan costs
$ 240,000     for working capital.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any agreement.

 

Inspection. Permit employees or agents of Lender at any reasonable time to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer Software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records at all reasonable times and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense.

 

Construction of the Project. Commence construction of the Project no later than May 11, 2012, and cause the Improvements to be constructed and equipped in a diligent and orderly manner and in strict accordance with the Plans and Specifications approved by Lender, the Construction Contract, and all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, regulations, and rights of adjoining or concurrent property owners. Borrower agrees to complete the. Project for purposes of final payment to the General Contractor on or before November 1, 2012, regardless of the reason for any delay.

 

Defects. Upon demand of Lender, promptly correct any defect in the Improvements or any departure from the Plans and Specifications not approved by Lender in writing before further work shall be done upon the portion of the Improvements affected.

 

Project Claims and Litigation . Promptly inform Lender of (1) all material adverse changes in the financial condition of the General Contractor; (2) any litigation and claims, actual Or threatened, affecting the Project or the General Contractor, which could, materially affect the successful completion of the Project or the ability of the General Contractor to complete the Project as agreed; and (3) any condition or event which constitutes a breach or default under any of the Related Documents or any contract related to the Project.

 

Payment of Claims and Removal of Liens. (1) Cause all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the Improvements to be fully paid and discharged in a timely manner, (2) diligently file or procure the filing of a valid notice of completion of the Improvements, or such comparable document as may be permitted under applicable lien laws, (3) diligently file or procure the filing of a notice of cessation, or such comparable document as may be permitted under applicable lien laws, upon the happening of cessation of labor on the Improvements for a continuous period of thirty (30) days or more, and (4) take all reasonable steps necessary to remove all claims of lions against the Collateral, the Improvements or any part of the Collateral or Improvements, or any rights or interests appurtenant to the Collateral or Improvements. Upon Lender’s request, Borrower shall make such demands or claims upon or against laborers, materialmen, subcontractors, or other persons who have furnished or claim to have furnished labor, services, or materials in connection with the. Improvements, which demands or claims shall under the laws of the states where the Improvements are located require diligent assertions of lien claims upon penalty of loss or waiver thereof. Borrower shall, within ten (10) days after the filing of any claim of lien that is disputed or contested by Borrower, provide Lender with a surety bond issued by a surety acceptable to Lender sufficient to release the claim of lien or deposit with Lender an amount satisfactory to Lender for the possibility that the contest will be unsuccessful. For the Improvements to be constructed on the California Real Property, Borrower shall, within ten (10) days after the filing of any claim of lien that is disputed or contested by Borrower, record, or cause the General Contractor for the construction of the Improvements to record in the Office of the Kern County Recorder, a surety bond pursuant to California law sufficient to release the claim of lien and, within five (5) days of Lender’s demand, make suitable provision by deposit of funds with Lender in an amount satisfactory to Lender or by bond satisfactory to Lender for the possibility that the contest will be unsuccessful. If Borrower fails to remove any lien on the Collateral or Improvements or provide a bond or deposit pursuant to this provision, Lender may pay such lien, or may contest the validity of the lien, and Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses of such contest, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

Taxes and Claims. Pay and discharge when due all of Borrower’s indebtedness, obligations, and claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon, the Collateral or Improvements; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to pay and discharge any such indebtedness, obligation, or claim so long as (1) its legality shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (2) the indebtedness, obligation, or claim does not become a lien or charge upon the Collateral or Improvements, and (3) Borrower shall have established on its books adequate reserves with respect to the amount contested in accordance with GAAP. If the indebtedness, obligation, or claim does become a lien or charge upon the Collateral or Improvements, Borrower shall remove the lien or charge as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 7
     

 

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests in the Collateral and Improvements.

 

JOB CREATION COVENANT. Borrower acknowledges that Lender agreed to make the Loan(s) in reliance on Operating Company’s business growth plan that provides for the creation and maintenance of new jobs. Borrower further acknowledges that the creation of new jobs by Operating Company is a primary consideration of Lender in agreeing to make the Loan(s) to Borrower. During the first five (5) years of loan life. Borrower covenants and agrees that the Operating Company shall have created new full-time employment positions with Operating Company, for which Operating Company has hired and continues to employ as part of Operating Company’s business growth plan. Borrower further covenants and agrees to provide, or to cause Operating Company to provide, to Lender from time-to-time upon request all reports and documentation required by Lender to evidence and report the results of any job creation by Operating Company. Such reports and documentation may consist of one or more of the following: a) Quarterly Employment Update; b) Completed 1-9 form and the supporting identification documents; c) Annual Tax Return; d) Quarterly Financial Statement, and/or e) other evidence which may be required. Borrower further agrees to submit any required reports and documentation in its best effort and In a timely manner upon reasonable request from Lender For purposes of this provision, the term “full-time employment position” shall refer to any employee of Operating Company who regularly works at least thirty-five (35) hours in a workweek and is compensated by wages paid by Operating Company and reported for federal tax purposes on IRS Form W-2.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the dale incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender.

 

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) make any distribution with respect to any capital account, whether by reduction of capital or otherwise.

 

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

Modification of Contract. Make or permit to be made any modification of the Construction Contract.

 

Liens. Create or allow to be created any lien or charge upon the Collateral or the Improvements.

 

Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

GENERAL PROJECT PROVISIONS. The following provisions relate to the construction and completion of the Project:

 

Change Orders. All requests for changes in the Plans and Specifications, other than minor changes involving no extra cost, must be in writing, signed by Borrower and the architect, and delivered to Lender for its approval. Borrower will not permit the performance of any work pursuant to any change order or modification of the Construction Contract or any subcontract without the written approval of Lender. Borrower will obtain any required permits or authorizations from governmental authorities having jurisdiction before approving or requesting a new change order.

 

Purchase of Materials; Conditional Sales Contracts. No materials, equipment, fixtures, or articles of personal property placed in or incorporated into the Project shall be purchased or installed under any Security Agreement or other agreement whereby the seller reserves or purports to reserve title or the right of removal or repossession, or the right to consider such items as personal property after their incorporation into the Project, unless otherwise authorized by Lender in writing.

 

Lender’s Right of Entry and Inspection. Lender and its agents shall have at all times the right of entry and free access to the Properly and the right to inspect all work done, labor performed, and materials furnished with respect to the Project. Lender shall have unrestricted access to and the right to copy all records, accounting books, contracts, subcontracts, bills, statements, vouchers, and supporting documents of Borrower relating in any way to the Project.

 

Lender’s Right to Stop Work. If Lender in good faith determines that any work or materials do not conform to the approved Plans and Specifications or sound building practices, or otherwise depart from any of the requirements of this Agreement, Lender may require the work to be stopped and withhold disbursements until the matter is corrected. In such event, Borrower will promptly correct the work to Lender’s satisfaction. No such action by Lender will affect Borrower’s obligation to complete the Improvements on or before the Completion Date. Lender is under no duty to supervise or inspect the construction or examine any books and records. Any inspection or examination by Lender is for the sole purpose of protecting Lender’s security and preserving Lender’s rights under this Agreement No default of Borrower will be waived by any inspection by Lender, in no event will any inspection by Lender be a representation that there has been or will be compliance with the Plans and Specifications or that the construction is free from defective materials or workmanship.

 

Indemnity. Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Lender harmless from any and all claims asserted against Lender or the Property by any person, entity, or governmental body, or arising out of or in connection with the Property, Improvements, or Project. Lender shall be entitled to appear in any proceedings to defend itself against such claims, and all costs and expenses attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in connection with such defense shall be paid by Borrower to Lender. Lender shall, in its sole discretion, be entitled to settle or compromise any asserted claims against it, and such settlement shall be binding upon Borrower for purposes of this indemnification. All amounts paid by Lender under this paragraph shall be secured by Lenders security agreement or Deed of Trust, if any, on the Property, shall be deemed an additional principal Advance under the Loan, payable upon demand, and shall bear interest at the rate applicable to the Loan.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 8
     

 

Publicity. Lender may display a Sign at the construction site informing the public that Lender is the construction lender for the Project. Lender may obtain other publicity in connection with the Project through press releases and participation in ground-breaking and opening ceremonies and similar events.

 

Actions. Lender shall have the right to commence, appear in, or defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the rights, duties, or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement, or the disbursement of funds from the Loan Fund. In connection with this right, Lender may incur and pay reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees. Borrower covenants to pay to Lender on demand all such expenses, together with interest from the date Lender incurs the expense at the rate specified in the Note, and Lender is authorized to disburse funds from the Loan Fund for such purposes.

 

CONSTRUCTION LOAN COMMITMENT. Lender has issued a construction loan commitment letter for the Loan to Borrower with an acceptance date of April 26, 2012 and with a closing date of May 11, 2012.

 

RELATIONSHIP TO THIS AGREEMENT. The terms and provisions of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents supersede any inconsistent terms and conditions of Lender’s construction loan commitment letter to Borrower, provided that all obligations of Borrower under the commitment to pay any fees to Lender or any costs and expenses relating to the Loan or the commitment shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. Any failure of Borrower to perform any such obligation shall constitute a default under this Agreement.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply With or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any Loan.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether, election to continue is made), any member withdraws from. Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monles or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Breach of Construction Contract . The improvements are not constructed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications or in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract.

 

Cessation of Construction . Prior to the completion of construction of the Improvements and equipping of the Project, the construction of the Improvements or the equipping of the Project is abandoned or work thereon ceases for a period of more than ten (10) days for any reason, or the Improvements are not completed for purposes of final payment to the General Contractor prior to November 1, 2012, regardless of the reason for the delay.

 

Transfer of Property. Sale, transfer, hypothecation, assignment, or conveyance of the Property or the Improvements or any portion thereof or interest therein by Borrower or any Borrower without Lender’s prior written consent.

 

Condemnation. All or any material portion of the Collateral is condemned, seized, or appropriated without compensation, and Borrower does not within thirty (30) days after such condemnation, seizure, or appropriation, initiate and diligently prosecute appropriate action to contest in good faith the validity of such condemnation, seizure, or appropriation.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness,

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Lender may. at its option, but without any obligation to do so, and in addition to any other right Lender without notice to Borrower may have, do any one or more of the following without notice to Borrower: (a) Cancel this Agreement; (b) Institute appropriate proceedings to enforce the performance of this Agreement; (c) Withhold further disbursement of Loan Funds; (d) Expend funds necessary to remedy the default;; (e) Take possession of the Property and continue construction of the Project; (f) Accelerate maturity of the Note and/or Indebtedness and demand payment of all sums due under the Note and/or Indebtedness; (g) Bring an action on the Note and/or Indebtedness; (h) Foreclose Lender’s security agreement or Deed of Trust, if any, on the Property in any manner available under law; and (i) Exercise any other right or remedy which it has under the Note or Related Documents, or which is otherwise available at law or in equity or by statute.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 9
     

 

COMPLETION OF IMPROVEMENTS BY LENDER. If Lender takes possession of the Collateral, it may take any and all actions necessary in its judgment to complete construction of the improvements, including but not limited to making changes in the Plans and Specifications, work, or materials and entering into, modifying or terminating any contractual arrangements, subject to Lender’s right at any time to discontinue any work without liability. If Lender elects to complete the improvements, it will not assume any liability to Borrower or to any other person for completing the improvements or for the manner or quality of construction of the improvements, and Borrower expressly waives any such liability, Borrower irrevocably appoints Lender as its attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to complete the Improvements, at Lender’s option, either in Borrower’s name or in its own name. In any event, all sums expended by Lender in completing the construction of the Improvements will be considered to have been disbursed to Borrower and will be secured by the Collateral for the Loan. Any such sums that cause the principal amount of the Loan to exceed the face amount of the Note will be considered to be an additional Loan to Borrower, bearing interest at the Note rate and being secured by the Collateral. For these purposes, Borrower assigns to Lender all of its right, title and interest in and to the Project Documents; however Lender will not have any obligation under the Project Documents unless Lender expressly hereafter agrees to assume such obligations in writing. Lender will have the right to exercise any rights of Borrower under the Project Documents upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies, whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any other writing, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.

 

ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS. Borrower shall provide Lender with the following additional documents:

 

Articles of Organization and Company Resolutions. Borrower has provided or will provide Lender with a certified copy of Borrower’s Articles of Organization, together with a certified copy of resolutions properly adopted by the members of the company, under which the members authorized one or more designated members or employees to execute this Agreement, the Note and any and all Security Agreements directly or indirectly securing repayment of the same, and to consummate the borrowings and other transactions as contemplated under this Agreement, and to consent to the remedies following any default by Borrower as provided in this Agreement and in any Security Agreements.

 

Opinion of Counsel. When required by Lender, Borrower has provided or will provide Lender with an opinion of Borrower’s counsel certifying to and that; (1) Borrower’s Note, any Security Agreements and this Agreement constitute valid and binding obligations on Borrower’s part that are enforceable in accordance with their respective terms; (2) Borrower is validly existing and in good standing; (3) Borrower has authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement; and (4) such other matters as may have been requested by Lender or by Lender’s counsel.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given In writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and; legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings {including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Authority to File Notices. Borrower appoints and designates Lender as its attorney-in-fact to fife for the record any notice that Lender deems necessary to protect its interest under this Agreement. This power shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable while any sum or performance remains due and owing under any of the Related Documents.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal Jaw applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

Indemnification of Lender. Borrower agrees to indemnify, to defend and to save and hold Lender harmless from any and all claims, suits, obligations, damages, losses, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, Lender’s attorneys fees, as well as Lender’s architect’s and engineering fees), demands, liabilities, penalties, fines and forfeitures of any nature whatsoever that may be asserted against or incurred by Lender, its officers, directors, employees, and agents arising out of, relating to, or in any manner occasioned by this Agreement and the exercise of the rights and remedies granted Lender under this. The foregoing indemnity provisions shall survive the cancellation of this Agreement as to all matters arising or accruing prior to such cancellation and the foregoing indemnity shall survive in the event that Lender elects to exercise any of the remedies as provided under this Agreement following default hereunder.

 

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters, Borrower additionally waives any and all notices of sale of participation interests, as well as all notices of any repurchase of such participation interests. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance, if feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the Illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 10
     

 

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in making the Loan, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the making of the Loan and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

SITE INSPECTION. At Lender’s Request, Borrower, must allow and assist Lender in inspecting Collateral at all locations wherever located. Lender’s inspection must be satisfactory and complete in order for Lender to prepare an internal site inspection memorandum.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf on a line of credit or multiple advance basis under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement’’ means this Construction Loan Agreement, as this Construction Loan Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Construction Loan Agreement from time to time.

 

Architect’s Contract. The words “Architect’s Contract” mean the architect’s contract between Borrower and the architect for the Project.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral. The word ‘‘Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Completion Date. The words “Completion Date” mean November 1, 2012.

 

Construction Contract. The words “Construction Contract” mean the contract between Borrower and Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, the general contractor for the Project, and any subcontracts with subcontractors, materialmen, laborers, or any other person or entity for performance of work on the Project or the delivery of materials to the Project.

 

Contractor. The word “Contractor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, the general contractor for the Project.

 

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of-1986, Pub. L. No: 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., Chapters 6.5 through 7.7 of Division 20 of the California Health and Safety Code, Section 25100, et seq.> or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan and any guarantor under a completion guaranty agreement

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when Improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their Very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos.

 

Improvements. The word ‘‘Improvements’’ means all existing and future buildings, structures, facilities, fixtures, additions, and similar construction on the Collateral.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan. The word “Loan” means the loan or loans made to Borrower under this Agreement and the Related Documents as described.

 

Loan Fund. The words “Loan Fund” mean the undisbursed proceeds of the Loan under this Agreement together with any equity funds or other deposits required from Borrower under this Agreement.

 

 
 

 

  CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT  
  (Continued) Page 11
     

 

Note. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated May 11, 2012, in the original principal amount of $1,350,000.00 from Borrower to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

Plans and Specifications. The words “Plans and Specifications” mean the plans and specifications for the Project which have been submitted to and initialed by Lender, together with such changes and additions as may be approved by Lender in writing.

 

Project. The word “Project” means the construction project as described In the “Project Description” section of this Agreement.

 

Project Documents. The words “Project Documents” mean the Plans and Specifications, all studies, data and drawings relating to the Project, whether prepared by or for Borrower, the Construction Contract, the Architect’s Contract, and all other contracts and agreements relating to the Project or the construction of the improvements.

 

Property. The word “Property” means the property as described in the “Project Description” section of this Agreement.

 

Real Property. The words “Real Property” mean the real property, interests and rights, as further described in the “Project Description” section of this Agreement.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan,

 

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

 

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

Value. The word “Value” means such amount or worth as defined and determined by Lender in its sole discretion unless agreed to the contrary by Lender in writing.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS CONSTRUCTION LOAN AGREEMENT IS DATED MAY 11, 2012.

 

BORROWER:  
     
SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC
     
By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling  
  Products of California, LLC  
     
LENDER:  
     
US EMPLOYMENT DEVELOPMENT LENDING CENTER, LLC
     
By:    
  Authorized Signer  

 

 
LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.32

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal Loan Date Maturity Loan No Call / Coll Account Officer Initials
$1,350,000,00 05-11-2012 05-01-2017 5051014     CB  

References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item.

Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations

 

Borrower:    Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC   Lender:   US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC
  2221 North 3250 West     1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870
  Vernal, UT 84078     Long Beach, CA 90831

 

Principal Amount: $1,350,000.00 Date of Note: May 11, 2012

 

PROMISE TO PAY. Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC (“Borrower”) promises to pay to US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of One Million Three Hundred Fifty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($1,350,000.00) or so much as may be outstanding, together with interest on the unpaid outstanding principal balance of each advance. Interest shall be calculated from the date of each advance until repayment of each advance.

 

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in accordance with the following payment schedule, which calculates Interest on the unpaid principal balances as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using the interest rates described in this paragraph: 6 monthly consecutive interest payments, beginning June 1, 2012, with interest calculated on the unpaid principal balances using an interest rate of 5.500%; 53 monthly consecutive principal and interest payments of $9,346.39 each, beginning December 1, 2012, with interest calculated on the unpaid principal balances using an interest rate of 5.500%; and one principal and interest payment of $1,171,102.89 on May 1, 2017, with interest calculated on the unpaid principal balances using an interest rate of 5.500%. This estimated final payment is based on the assumption that all payments will be made exactly as scheduled; the actual final payment will be for all principal and accrued interest not yet paid, together with any other unpaid amounts under this Note. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; then to any late charges; and then to any unpaid collection costs. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/360 basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over a year of 360 days, multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

 

PREPAYMENT; MINIMUM INTEREST CHARGE. In any event, even upon full prepayment of this Note, Borrower understands that Lender is entitled to a minimum interest charge of $50.00. Upon prepayment of this Note, Lender is entitled to the following prepayment fee: 5% on amounts prepaid during years 1 through 4. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s’obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, eariy payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870 Long Beach, CA 90831.

 

INTEREST RESERVES. Borrower authorizes Lender to place $23,000.00 of the Principal Amount as an interest reserve, which is an estimate of the interest due on the Note for the draw phase (“Interest Reserve”). Borrower may pay interest due directly to Lender. In the event Borrower does not make an interest payment, Lender may automatically deduct the interest due from the Interest Reserve. Interest will accrue, as described in this Note, on amounts deducted from the Interest Reserve. In the event the interest due under this Note for the draw phase exceeds the Interest Reserve, Borrower will pay accrued unpaid interest when due according to the terms of this Note. At the end of the draw phase, Lender will advance or disburse the remaining Interest Reserve, if any, to Borrower.

 

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 10 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

 

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, the interest rate on this Note shall, if permitted under applicable law, immediately increase by adding an additional 5.000 percentage point margin (“Default Rate Margin”). The Default Rate Margin shall also apply to each succeeding interest rate change that would have applied had there been no default. After maturity, or after this Note would have matured had there been no default, the Default Rate Margin will continue to apply to the final interest rate described in this Note.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”) under this Note:

 

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under this Note.

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or in any of the related documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any parly to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with any loan.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Note or the related documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Borrower (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from Borrower, or any other termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower.

 

 
 

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

  (Continued) Page 2

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any guaranty of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of this Note, is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees, expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $25.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

 

COLLATERAL. Borrower acknowledges this Note is secured by the following collateral described in the security instruments listed herein:

 

(A) a Construction Deed of Trust dated May 11, 2012, to a trustee in favor of Lender on real property located in Kern County, Stafe of California. That agreement contains the following due on sale provision; Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by the Construction Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Lender’s prior written consent, of all or any part of the Real Property, or any interest in the Real Property. A “sale or transfer” means the conveyance of Real Property or any right, title or interest in the Real Property; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, leasehold interest with a term greater than three (3) years, lease-option contract, or by sale, assignment, or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Real Property, or by any other method of conveyance of an interest in the Real Property. If any Borrower is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock, partnership interests or limited liability company interests, as the case may be, of such Borrower. However, this option shall not be exercised by Lender if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.

 

(B) an Assignment of All Rents to Lender on real property located in Kem County, Slate of California,

 

(C) inventory, chattel paper, accounts, equipment, general intangibles, fixtures and mineral, oil and gas described in a Commercial Security Agreement dated May 11, 2012.

 

LINE OF CREDIT. This Note evidences a straight line of credit. Once the total amount of principal has been advanced, Borrower is not entitled to further loan advances. Borrower agrees to be liable for all sums either: (A) advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person or (B) credited to any of Borrower’s accounts with Lender. The unpaid principal balance owing on this Note at any time may be evidenced by endorsements on this Noto or by Lender’s internal records, including daily computer print-outs.

 

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note, Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive any applicable statute of limitations, presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any Change in the terms of this Note, and unless otheiwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker pr endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this loan or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone. All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

 

 

 
 

 

PROMISSORY NOTE  

  (Continued) Page 3

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

 

BORROWER:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

    

By: Annette D. Meier  
Annette D, Meier, Manager or superior Drilling  
Products of California, LLC  

 

LASER PSO Lending Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.33

 

GUARANTY OF COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE

 

Principal

$1,350,000.00

Loan Date
 05-11-2012
Maturity
05-01-2017
Loan No
5051014
Call / Coll Account Officer
CB
Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender's use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC

2221 North 3250 West

Vernal, UT 84078

  Lender:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

         
Guarantor:

Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC;

Superior Drilling Products, LLC; Annette D. Meier;

and Gilbert Troy Meier

2221 North 3250 West

Vernal, UT 84078

 
     

 

THIS GUARANTY OF COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE (“Guaranty”) is made as of May 11, 2012, by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC; Superior Drilling Products, LLC; Annette D. Meier; and Gilbert Troy Meier (“Guarantor”) to and for the benefit of US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC (“Lender”).

 

THE LOAN . Borrower proposes to borrow from Lender the principal amount of One Million Three Hundred Fifty Thousand & 00/100 Dollars ($1,350,000.00) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Construction Loan Agreement. As a condition and inducement to making the Loan, Borrower has requested that Guarantor duly execute and deliver this Guaranty guaranteeing the lien-free completion of the construction of the Project and the performance of other covenants, which are all considered by Lender to be material regarding Lender's decision to make the Loan.

 

GUARANTY . Guarantor hereby unconditionally and absolutely warrants and guarantees to Lender that: (a) construction of the Project shall be commenced and shall be substantially completed within the time limits set forth in the Construction Loan Agreement; (b) the Project shall be constructed and completed in accordance with the Loan Documents and the Plans and Specifications, without substantial deviation there from unless approved by Lender in writing; (c) except for Lender's security agreements, the Project will be constructed and completed free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, including without limitation all mechanics' liens, materialmen’s liens, and equitable liens; and (d) all costs of constructing the Project will be paid when due, and no stop notices shall be served on Lender.

 

OBLIGATIONS OF GUARANTOR UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT . Should an Event of Default (as defined in any Construction Loan Agreement) occur or if the Project shall not be constructed and completed as provided above, Guarantor shall: (a) diligently proceed to cure such default and procure completion of the Project at Guarantor's sole cost and expense; (b) fully pay and discharge all Claims for labor performed and material and services furnished in connection with the construction of the Project; and (c) pay such amounts as may be necessary to release and discharge all Claims of stop notices, mechanics' liens, materialmen’s liens, and equitable liens, if any, that may come into existence in connection with the construction of the Project.

 

NATURE OF GUARANTY . This Guaranty is an original and independent Obligation of Guarantor, separate and distinct from Borrower’s obligations to Lender under the Loan Documents. The obligations of Guarantor to Lender under this Guaranty are direct and primary, regardless of the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents. This Guaranty is for the benefit of Lender, and is not for the benefit of any third party. This Guaranty shall continue until (A) the Project has been completed, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances as provided above, and (B) all obligations of Guarantor to Lender under this Guaranty have been performed in full.

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER . Guarantor authorizes Lender, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (a) to make or approve changes to the Plans and Specifications; (b) to make modifications to the Construction Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents; (c) to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower; (d) to repeatedly alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change the time for payment or other terms of the Loan or any part of the Loan, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the Loan; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (e) to take and hold security for the payment of the Loan or this Guaranty, and exchange, enforce, waive, and release any such security, with or without the Substitution of new collateral; (f) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (g) to determine how, when, and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Loan; (h) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in Lender’s discretion may determine; (i) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Loan; and (j) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that: (a) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (b) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender to induce Lender to disburse the Loan to Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and that Lender would not make and disburse the Loan to Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents were it not for the execution and delivery of this Guaranty; (c) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or. any interest therein; (d) neither the execution nor the delivery of this Guaranty nor compliance with the terms hereof will conflict with or result in the breach of any law or Statute, will constitute a breach or default under any agreement or instrument to which Guarantor may be a party, or will result in the creation or imposition of any charge or lien upon any property or assets of Guarantor; (e) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; (f) the most recent financial statements of Guarantor heretofore delivered to Lender are true and correct in all material respects and fairly present the financial condition of Guarantor as of the respective dates thereof, and no material adverse change has occurred in the financial condition of Guarantor since the date of the most recent financial statements; and (g) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for Information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any Information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS . Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender to (A) make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of change of any terms of repayment of the indebtedness, default by Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, any action or nonaction taken by Borrower, Lender, or any other guarantor or surety of Borrower, or the creation of new or additional indebtedness; (B) proceed against any person, including Borrower, before proceeding against Guarantor; (C) proceed against any collateral for the indebtedness, including Borrower’s collateral, before proceeding against Guarantor; (D) apply any payments or proceeds received against the Indebtedness in any order; (E) give notice of the terms, time, and place of any sale of the collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other law governing such sale; (F) disclose any information about the Indebtedness, the Borrower, the collateral, or any other guarantor or surety, or about any action or nonaction of Lender; or (G) pursue any remedy or course of action in Lenders power whatsoever.

 

 
 

 

  GUARANTY OF COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE  
  (Continued) Page 2
     

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of (H) any disability or other defense of Borrower, any other guarantor or surety or any other person; (I) the cessation from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full, of the Indebtedness; (J) the application of proceeds of the Indebtedness by Borrower for purposes other than the purposes understood and intended by Guarantor and Lender; (K) any act of omission or commission by Lender which directly or indirectly results in or contributes to the discharge of Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, or the Indebtedness, or the loss or release of any collateral by operation of law or otherwise; (L) any statute of limitations in any action under this Guaranty or on the Indebtedness; or (M) any modification or change in terms of the Indebtedness, whatsoever, including without limitation, the renewal, extension, acceleration, or other change in the time payment of the Indebtedness is due and any change in the interest rate, and including any such modification or change in terms after revocation of this Guaranty on Indebtedness incurred prior to such revocation. Until all Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor shall have no right of Subrogation, and Guarantor waives any defense Guarantor may have based upon any election of remedies by Lender which limits or destroys Guarantor’s Subrogation rights or Guarantor’s rights to seek reimbursement from Borrower or any other guarantor or surety, including without limitation, any loss of rights Guarantor may suffer by reason of any rights or protections of Borrower in connection with any anti-deficiency laws or other laws limiting or discharging the Indebtedness or Borrower’s obligations (including, without limitation, Sections 726, 580b, and 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure). Until all Indebtedness is paid in full, Guarantor waives any right to enforce any remedy Lender may have against Borrower or any other guarantor, surety, or other person, and further, Guarantor waives any right to participate in any collateral for the Indebtedness now or hereafter held by Lender.

 

GUARANTOR’S UNDERSTANDING WITH RESPECT TO WAIVERS . Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of Guarantor’s significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES . If Guarantor shall fail to perform, promptly as provided in this Guaranty, Lender shall have the following rights and remedies:

 

Perform Work . Lender, at its option, but without any Obligation to do so, may proceed to perform on behalf of Guarantor any and all work on the Project and to pay any costs incurred in connection with the work. Guarantor, upon Lender’s demand, shall promptly pay to Lender all such sums expended together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the Note.

 

Cure Defaults . Lender, at its option, but without any Obligation to do so, may sure any defaults, including without limitation, paying any unpaid bills and liens, including without limitation those for construction, labor, and materials. Guarantor, upon Lender’s demand. shall promptly pay to Lender all such sums expended together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the Note.

 

Specific Performance . From time to time and without first requiring performance on the part of Borrower and without being required to exhaust any security held by Lender for the Loan, to require Guarantor specifically to perform Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, by action at law or in equity or both, and further, to collect in any such action, compensation for all loss, cost, damage, injury and expense sustained or Incurred by Lender as a direct or indirect consequence of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s failure to perform, with Interest thereon at the interest rate set forth In the Note.

 

Other Rights and Remedies . In addition, Lender shall have and may exercise any or all of the rights and remedies it may have available at law, in equity, or otherwise.

 

SUBORDINATION OF BORROWER’S DEBTS TO GUARANTOR . Guarantor agrees that the Loan, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptey, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors, by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Loan. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptey of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Loan. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

Amendments. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty. No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys Fees; Expenses . Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with The enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys fees and legal expenses for bankruptey proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings . Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

Governing Law. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

Choice of Venue . If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

Joint and Several Liability . All obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be joint and several, and all references to Guarantor shall mean each and every Guarantor. This means that each Guarantor signing below is responsible for all obligations in this Guaranty. Where any one or more of the parties is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity, it is not necessary for Lender to inquire into the powers of any of the officers, directors, partners, members, or other agents acting or purporting to act on the entity’s behalf, and any obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

 
 

 

  GUARANTY OF COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE  
  (Continued) Page 3
     

 

No Waiver by Lender . Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that Provision or any other Provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Notices . Any notice required to be given under this Guaranty shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight Courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address, Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

Interpretation . In all cases where there is more than one Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Guarantor named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one, the words “Guarantor” shall mean all and any one or more of them. Reference to the phrase “Guarantor” includes the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them.

 

Severability . If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Guaranty to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any person or circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending Provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other person or circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Guaranty. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegally, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Guaranty shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other Provision of this Guaranty.

 

Successors and Assigns . Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns. If ownership of the Collateral becomes Vested in a person other than Guarantor, Lender, without notice to Guarantor, may deal with Guarantor’s successors with reference to this Guaranty and the Loan by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Guarantor from the obligations of this Guaranty or liability under the Loan.

 

DEFINITIONS . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Borrower . The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Collateral . The word “Collateral” means all of Guarantor’s right, title and Interest in and to all the Collateral as described in the Collateral Description section of this Guaranty.

 

Guarantor . The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC; Superior Drilling Products, LLC; Annette D. Meier; and Gilbert Troy Meier, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

Guaranty . The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Lender . The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan . The word “Loan” means the loan made to Borrower under the Construction Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents as described below.

 

Note . The word “Note” means the Note executed by Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC in the principal amount of $1,350,000.00 dated May 11, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancing of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Plans and Specifications . The words “Plans and Specifications” mean the plans and specifications for the Project which have been submitted to and initialed by Lender, together with such changes and additions as may be approved by Lender in writing.

 

Project . The word “Project” means the construction, renovation, or other work on the improvements as set forth in the Plans and Specifications. The Project includes the following work:

 

To construct improvements on the real property commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308.

 

Related Documents . The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

 

 
 

 

  GUARANTY OF COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE  
  (Continued) Page 4
     

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED MAY 11, 2012.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC  

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC  

 

x /s/ Annette D. Meier   x /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Individually     Gilbert Troy Meier, individually

 

LENDER:

 

US EMPLOYMENT DEVELOPMENT LENDING CENTER, LLC

 

x    
  Authorized Signer  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-128 PR-20

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.34

 

RECORDATION REQUESTED BY:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:

US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC

1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870

Long Beach, CA 90831

 

FOR RECORDER’S USE ONLY

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS dated May 11, 2012, is made and executed between Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC, a California limited liability company, whose address is 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, UT 84078; (referred to below as “Grantor”) and US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, whose address is 1 World Trade Center, Suite 1870, Long Beach, CA 90831 (referred to below as “Lender”).

 

ASSIGNMENT. For valuable consideration, Grantor hereby assigns, grants a continuing security interest in, and conveys to Lender all of Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the Rents from the following described Property located in Kern County, State of California:

 

THE LAND DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF KERN, UNINCORPORATED AREA, AND IS DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

 

PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8961 IN THE UNINCORPORATED AREA OF THE COUNTY OF KERN, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP RECORDED MAY 9, 1991, IN BOOK 42 OF PARCEL MAPS, PAGE 25 IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.

 

EXCEPTING THEREFROM 1/2 OF ALL OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES AS CONVEYED TO GERI BLOEMER COOPER IN DEED RECORDED OCTOBER 11, 1989, IN BOOK 6301, PAGE 990 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS.

 

ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM ALL REMAINING OIL, GAS, MINERALS AND OTHER HYDROCARBON SUBSTANCES WITHIN OR UNDERLYING SAID LAND AS RESERVED BY JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD, AS TRUSTEES UNDER THE JACK M. HOOD AND SHARON B. HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED DECEMBER 27, 1991, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST; ROBERT A HOOD AND MARY MARTHA HOOD AS CO-TRUSTEES OF THE ROBERT A. AND MARY MARTHA HOOD LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 2, 1992, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST AND HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON, TRUSTEE OF THE HAZEL MARY HOBBA HENDERSON REVOCABLE TRUST DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 1987, AS TO AN UNDIVIDED 1/3 INTEREST IN DEED RECORDED MARCH 7, 2000, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 02-26223 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS

 

The Property or its address is commonly known as 1140 Black Gold Road, Bakersfield, CA 93308. The Assessor’s Parcel Number for the Property is 481-200-22-00-9.

 

This is an absolute assignment of Rents made in connection with an obligation secured by property pursuant to California Civil Code section 2938.

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN TO SECURE (1) PAYMENT OF THE INDEBTEDNESS AND (2) PERFORMANCE OF ANY AND ALL OBLIGATIONS OF GRANTOR UNDER THE NOTE, THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND THE RELATED DOCUMENTS. THIS ASSIGNMENT IS GIVEN AND ACCEPTED ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

 

PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE. Except as otherwise provided in this Assignment or any Related Documents, Grantor shall pay to Lender all amounts secured by this Assignment as they become due, and shall strictly perform all of Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment. Unless and until Lender exercises its right to collect the Rents as provided below and so long as there is no default under this Assignment, Grantor may remain in possession and control of and operate and manage the Property and collect the Rents, provided that the granting of the right to collect the Rents shall not constitute Lender’s consent to the use of cash collateral in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

GRANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Grantor warrants that:

 

Ownership. Grantor is entitled to receive the Rents free and clear of all rights, loans, liens, encumbrances, and claims except as disclosed to and accepted by Lender in writing.

 

 
 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
(Continued) Page 2
   

 

Right to Assign. Grantor has the full right, power and authority to enter into this Assignment and to assign and convey the Rents to Lender.

 

No Prior Assignment. Grantor has not previously assigned or conveyed the Rents to any other person by any instrument now in force.

 

No Further Transfer. Grantor will not sell, assign, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any of Grantor’s rights in the Rents except as provided in this Assignment.

 

LENDER’S RIGHT TO RECEIVE AND COLLECT RENTS. Lender shall have the right at any time, and even though no default shall have occurred under this Assignment, to collect and receive the Rents. For this purpose, Lender is hereby given and granted the following rights, powers and authority:

 

Notice to Tenants. Lender may send notices to any and all tenants of the Property advising them of this Assignment and directing all Rents to be paid directly to Lender or Lender’s agent.

 

Enter the Property. Lender may enter upon and take possession of the Property; demand, collect and receive from the tenants or from any other persons liable therefor, all of the Rents; institute and carry on all legal proceedings necessary for the protection of the Property, including such proceedings as may be necessary to recover possession of the Property; collect the Rents and remove any tenant or tenants or other persons from the Property.

 

Maintain the Property. Lender may enter upon the Property to maintain the Property and keep the same in repair; to pay the costs thereof and of all services of all employees, including their equipment, and of all continuing costs and expenses of maintaining the Property in proper repair and condition, and also to pay all taxes, assessments and water utilities, and the premiums on fire and other insurance effected by Lender on the Properly.

 

Compliance with Laws. Lender may do any and all things to execute and comply with the laws of the State of California and also all other laws, rules, orders, ordinances and requirements of all other governmental agencies affecting the Property.

 

Lease the Property. Lender may rent or lease the whole or any part of the Property for such term or terms and on such conditions as Lender may deem appropriate.

 

Employ Agents. Lender may engage such agent or agents as Lender may deem appropriate, either in Lender’s name or in Grantor’s name, to rent and manage the Property, including the collection and application of Rents.

 

Other Acts. Lender may do all such other things and acts with respect to the Property as Lender may deem appropriate and may act exclusively and solely in the place and stead of Grantor and to have all of the powers of Grantor for the purposes stated above.

 

No Requirement to Act. Lender shall not be required to do any of the foregoing acts or things, and the fact that Lender shall have performed one or more of the foregoing acts or things shall not require Lender to do any other specific act or thing.

 

APPLICATION OF RENTS. All costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the Property shall be for Grantor’s account and Lender may pay such costs and expenses from the Rents. Lender, in its sole discretion, shall determine the application of any and all Rents received by; it; however, any such Rents received by Lender which are not applied to such costs and expenses shall be applied to the Indebtedness. All expenditures made by Lender under this Assignment and not reimbursed from the Rents shall become a part of the Indebtedness secured by this Assignment, and shall be payable on demand, with interest at the Note rate from date of expenditure until paid.

 

FULL PERFORMANCE. If Grantor pays all of the Indebtedness when due and otherwise performs all the obligations imposed upon Grantor under this Assignment, the Note, and the Related Documents, Lender shall execute and deliver to Grantor a suitable satisfaction of this Assignment and suitable statements of termination of any financing statement on file evidencing Lender’s security interest in the Rents and the Property. Any termination fee required by law shall be paid by Grantor, if permitted by applicable law.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Property or if Grantor fails to comply with any provision of this Assignment or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Grantor’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Grantor is required to discharge or pay under this Assignment or any Related Documents, Lender on Grantor’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on the Rents or the Property and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving the Property. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Grantor. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable on demand; (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during either (1) the term of any applicable insurance policy; or (2) the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity. The Assignment also will secure payment of these amounts. Such right shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies to which Lender may be entitled upon Default.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following, at Lender’s option, shall constitute an Event of Default under this Assignment;

 

Payment Default. Grantor fails to make any payment when due under the Indebtedness.

 

Other Defaults. Grantor fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Assignment or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Grantor.

 

Default on Other Payments. Failure of Grantor within the time required by this Assignment to make any payment for taxes or insurance, or any other payment necessary to prevent filing of or to effect discharge of any lien.

 

Environmental Default. Failure of any party to comply with or perform when due any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any environmental agreement executed in connection with the Property.

 

 
 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
(Continued) Page 3
   

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Grantor or on Grantor’s behalf under this Assignment or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading at any time thereafter.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Assignment or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Death or Insolvency. The dissolution of Grantor’s (regardless of whether election to continue is made), any member withdraws from the limited liability company, or any other termination of Grantor’s existence as a going business or the death of any member, the insolvency of Grantor, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Grantor’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Grantor.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Grantor or by any governmental agency against the Rents or any property securing the Indebtedness. This, includes a garnishment of any of Grantor’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Grantor as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Grantor gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Property Damage or Loss. The Property is lost, stolen, substantially damaged, sold, or borrowed against.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Grantor’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Indebtedness is impaired.

 

Insecurity. Lender in good faith believes itself insecure.

 

RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Lender may exercise any one or more of the following rights and remedies, in addition to any other rights or remedies provided by law:

 

Accelerate Indebtedness. Lender shall have the right at its option without notice to Grantor to declare the entire Indebtedness immediately due and payable, including any prepayment fee that Grantor would be required to pay.

 

Collect Rents. Lender shall have the right, without notice to Grantor, to take possession of the Property and collect the Rents, including amounts past due and unpaid, and apply the net proceeds, over and above Lender’s costs, against the Indebtedness. In furtherance of this right, Lender shall have all the rights provided for in the Lender’s Right to Receive and Collect Rents Section, above. If the Rents are collected by Lender, then Grantor irrevocably designates Lender as Grantor’s attorney-in-fact to endorse instruments received in payment thereof in the name of Grantor and to negotiate the same and collect the proceeds. Payments by tenants or other users to Lender in response to Lender’s demand shall satisfy the obligations for which the payments are made, whether or not any proper grounds for the demand existed. Lender may exercise its rights under this subparagraph either in person, by agent, or through a receiver.

 

Appoint Receiver. Lender shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to take possession of all or any part of the Property, with the power to protect and preserve the Property, to operate the Property preceding foreclosure or sale, and to collect the Rents from the Property and apply the proceeds, over and above the cost of the receivership, against the indebtedness. The receiver may serve without bond if permitted by law. Lender’s right to the appointment of a receiver shall exist whether or not the apparent value of the Property exceeds the Indebtedness by a substantial amount. Employment by Lender shall not disqualify a person from serving as a receiver.

 

Other Remedies. Lender shall have all other rights and remedies provided in this Assignment or the Note or by law.

 

Election of Remedies. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Grantor under this Assignment, after Grantor’s failure to perform, shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and exercise its remedies.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. If Lender institutes any suit or action to enforce any of the terms of this Assignment, Lender shall be entitled to recover such sum as the court may adjudge reasonable as attorneys’ fees at trial and upon any appeal. Whether or not any court action is involved, and to the extent not prohibited by law, all reasonable expenses Lender incurs that in Lender’s opinion are necessary at any time for the protection of its interest or the enforcement of its rights shall become a part of the Indebtedness payable on demand and shall bear interest at the Note rate from the date of the expenditure until repaid. Expenses covered by this paragraph include, without limitation, however subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services, the cost of searching records, obtaining title reports (including foreclosure reports), surveyors’ reports, and appraisal fees, title insurance, and fees for the Trustee to the extent permitted by applicable law. Grantor also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Assignment:

 

Amendments. This Assignment, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Assignment. No alteration of or amendment to this Assignment shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

 
 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
(Continued) Page 4
   

 

Governing Law. This Assignment will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Assignment has been accepted by Lender in the State of California.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Los Angeles County, State of California.

 

Merger. There shall be no merger of the interest or estate created by this assignment with any other interest or estate in the Property at any time held by or for the benefit of Lender in any capacity, without the written consent of Lender.

 

Interpretation. (1) In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Grantor, then all words used in this Assignment in the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require. (2) If more than one person signs this Assignment as “Grantor, “the obligations of each Grantor are joint and several. This means that if Lender brings a lawsuit, Lender may sue any one or more of the Grantors. If Borrower and Grantor are not the same person, Lender need not sue Borrower first, and that Borrower need not be joined in any lawsuit. (3) The names given to paragraphs or sections in this Assignment are for convenience purposes only. They are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Assignment.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Assignment unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender, No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Assignment shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Assignment. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Assignment, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender,

 

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Assignment shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United Stales mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Assignment. Any party may change its address for notices under this Assignment by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Grantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Grantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Grantor, any notice given by Lender to any Grantor is deemed to be notice given to all Grantors.

 

Powers of Attorney. The various agencies and powers of attorney conveyed on Lender under this Assignment are granted for purposes of security and may not be revoked by Grantor until such time as the same are renounced by Lender.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Assignment to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable, if the offending provision cannot he so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Assignment. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or Unenforceability of any provision of this Assignment shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Assignment.

 

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Assignment on transfer of Grantor’s interest, this Assignment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns, if ownership of the Property becomes vested in a person other than Grantor, Lender, without notice to Grantor, may deal with Grantor’s successors with reference to this Assignment and the Indebtedness by way of forbearance or extension without releasing Grantor from the obligations of this Assignment or liability under the Indebtedness.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Assignment.

 

Waiver of Right of Redemption. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OF THE PROVISIONS TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS ASSIGNMENT, GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION FROM SALE UNDER ANY ORDER OR JUDGMENT OF FORECLOSURE ON GRANTOR’S BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF EACH AND EVERY PERSON, EXCEPT JUDGMENT CREDITORS OF GRANTOR, ACQUIRING ANY INTEREST IN OR TITLE TO THE PROPERTY SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS ASSIGNMENT.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Assignment. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Assignment shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Assignment. The word “Assignment” means this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS, as this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS from time to time.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Default. The word “Default” means the Default set forth in this Assignment in the section titled “Default”.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Assignment in the default section of this Assignment.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Indebtedness.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

 
 

 

ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS  
(Continued) Page 5
   

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means all principal, interest, and other amounts, costs and expenses payable under the Note or Related Documents, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, consolidations of and substitutions for the Note or Related Documents and any amounts expended or advanced by Lender to discharge Grantor’s obligations or expenses incurred by Lender to enforce Grantor’s obligations under this Assignment, together with interest on such amounts as provided in this Assignment.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means US Employment Development Lending Center, LLC, its successors and assigns.

 

Note. The word “Note” means the promissory note dated May 11, 2012, in the original principal amount of $1,350,000.00 from Grantor to Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the promissory note or agreement.

 

Property. The word “Property” means all of Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all the Property as described in the “Assignment” section of this Assignment.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed In connection with the Indebtedness; except that the words do not mean any guaranty or environmental agreement, whether now or. hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

Rents. The word “Rents” means all of Grantor’s present and future rights, title and interest in, to and under any and all present and future leases, including, without limitation, all rents, revenue, income, issues, royalties, bonuses, accounts receivable, cash or security deposits, advance rentals, profits and proceeds from the Property, and other payments and benefits derived or to be derived from such leases of every Kind and nature, whether due now or later, including without limitation Grantor’s right to enforce such leases and to receive; and collect payment and proceeds thereunder.

 

THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS ASSIGNMENT, AND NOT PERSONALLY BUT AS AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER, HAS CAUSED THIS ASSIGNMENT TO BE SIGNED AND EXECUTED ON BEHALF OF GRANTOR ON MAY 11, 2012.

 

GRANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS OF CALIFORNIA, LLC

 

By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
  Annette D. Meier, Manager of Superior Drilling Products of California, LLC  

 

 
CERTIFICATE OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT

 

STATE OF Utah )  
        ) SS  
COUNTY OF Salt Lake )  

 

On May 23, 2012 be fore me,      Rich Mahoney Notary Public

(here insert name and title of the officer)

personally appeared Annette D, Meier , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the Instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

Signature [ILLEGIBLE]                               

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-126 PR-20

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.35

 

Loan No. TBD

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into at Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as of July 3, 201.2, between Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, an Utah limited liability company, with its chief executive office located at 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 (the “Borrower”) and Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Bank”).

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Bank of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Borrower represents to and agrees with the Bank, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows: 

 

1.          THE LOAN

 

1.1                  Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to make a loan to Borrower and Superior Drilling Products, LLC in the original principal amount of $240,000,00 (the “Loan”). The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Term Note, of even date herewith (the “Note’’) by Borrower and Superior Drilling Products, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $240,000.00 . This Agreement, the Note, and any and all other documents, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

 

1.2                  Definitions . The following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “Code” shall mean the Utah Uniform Commercial Code, Section 70A-1-101 et.seq. as amended from time to time.

 

(b) “Obligation(s)” shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by the Borrower to the Bank at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Borrower to the Bank; or are due indirectly by the Borrower to the Bank as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Bank, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Borrower or due from the Borrower to the Bank from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement.

 

(c) “Person” or “party” shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

 

 
 

 

2.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1                  Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

2.2                  Related Parties . Borrower has no interest in any entities other than those listed on Schedule 2.2, if any, and the Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other entity or person other than those listed on Schedule 2.2, if any.

 

2.3                  Limited Liability Company Records . Borrower’s certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of the Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of the Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 

2.4                  Title to Properties: Absence of Liens . Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, except (a) the mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any, and (b) the leases of personal property as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any.

 

2.5                  Places of Business . Borrower’s chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

2.6                  Valid Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

2.7                  Conflicts . There is no provision in Borrower’s organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

 

2.8                  Governmental Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

 

2.9                  Litigation, etc . There are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

 

2.10                Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to the Bank one or more financial statements each of which fairly presents the condition of the Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of the Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

2.11                Changes . Since the date of the Financial Statements, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or business of the Borrower, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which have, in the aggregate, been materially adverse.

 

2
 

 

2.12                Taxes . The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from the Borrower have been fully paid. The Borrower has established on its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

 

2.13                Use of Proceeds . No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes.

 

2.14                Environmental . As of the date hereof neither the Borrower nor any of Borrower’s agents, employees or independent contractors (1) have caused or are aware of a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials (as defined herein) on any of the premises or personal property owned or controlled by Borrower (“Controlled Property”) or any property abutting Controlled Property (“Abutting Property”), which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law (as defined herein) or any other Federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (2) have arranged for the transport of or transported any Hazardous Materials in a manner as to violate, or result in potential liabilities under, any Environmental Law; (3) have received any notice, order or demand from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other Federal, state or local agency under any Environmental Law; (4) have incurred any liability under any Environmental Law in connection with the mismanagement, improper disposal or release of Hazardous Materials; or (5) are aware of any inspection or investigation of any Controlled Property or Abutting Property by any Federal, state or local agency for possible violations of any Environmental Law.

 

To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower, nor any prior owner or tenant of any Controlled Property, committed or omitted any act which caused the release of Hazardous Materials on such Controlled Property which could give rise to a lien thereon by any Federal, state or local government. No notice or statement of claim or lien affecting any Controlled Property has been recorded or filed in any public records by any Federal, state or local government for costs, penalties, fines or other charges as to such property. All notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the ownership, operation, or use of the Controlled Property, Including without limitation, the past or present generation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed.

 

Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense, including attorney fees and costs of litigation, arising from any and all of its violations of any Environmental Law (including those arising from any lien by any Federal, state or local government arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials) or from the presence of Hazardous Materials located on or emanating from any Controlled Property or Abutting Property whether existing or not existing and whether known or unknown at the time of the execution hereof and regardless of whether or not caused by, or within the control of Borrower. Borrower further agrees to reimburse Bank upon demand for any costs incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing. Borrower agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive the repayment of all debts to Bank and shall continue so long as a valid claim may be lawfully asserted against the Bank.

 

The term “Hazardous Materials” includes but is not limited to any and all substances (whether solid, liquid or gas) defined, listed, or otherwise classified as pollutants, hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous wastes, or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect under any present or future Environmental Law or that may have a negative impact on human health or the environment, Including but not limited to petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, radon, radioactive materials, flammables and explosives.

 

3
 

 

The term “Environmental Law” means any present and future Federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like, as well as common law, relating to protection of human health or the environment, relating to Hazardous Materials, relating to liability for or costs of remediation or prevention of releases of Hazardous Materials or relating to liability for or costs of other actual or threatened danger to human health or the environment. The term “Environmental Law” includes, but is not limited to, the following statutes, as amended, any successor thereto, and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like addressing similar issues: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (including but not limited to Subtitle I relating to underground storage tanks); the Solid Waste Disposal Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act; the Safe Drinking Water Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; the Endangered Species Act; the National Environmental Policy Act; and the River and Harbors Appropriation Act.

 

3.          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

3.1                  Payments and Performance . Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Bank and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.

 

3.2                  Books and Records; Inspection . Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Bank, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower. Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives and will permit inspection of all of its properties by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Bank with such information and statements as the Bank may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations.

 

3.3                  Financial Statements . Borrower will furnish to Bank:

 

(a) as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, on a combined basis with such other entities designated by the Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such year, and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on a compiled basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied together with any so-called management letter;

 

(b) from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

(c) any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Bank may reasonably request.

 

3.4                  Conduct of Business . The Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.5                  Contact with Accountant . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower’s books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Bank.

 

4
 

 

3.6                  Taxes . Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.7                  Maintenance . Borrower will keep and maintain its properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition. Borrower will immediately notify the Bank of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any such property.

 

3.8                  Insurance . Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on any property of the Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of the Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to the Borrower, At the option of the Bank, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any property shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Bank, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 

3.9                  Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Bank written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

3.10                Notification of Material Litigation . Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations.

 

3.11                Pension Plans . With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes (“Plan”), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, P.L. 93-406, as amended (“ERISA”) or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation”), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Bank (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan’s termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.

 

5
 

 

4.          NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

4.1                  Financial Covenants . The Borrower will not at any time or during any fiscal period (as applicable) fail to be in compliance with any of the financial covenants in this section.

 

(a) Definitions . The following definitions shall apply to this Section:

 

(i)          “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

(b) Asset Retention . Borrower covenants that no assets from any Borrower or any Borrower Affiliate is to be sold without prior Bank approval for the life of the loan.

 

4.2                  Sale of Interest . There shall not be any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent.

 

4.3                  Loans or Advances . Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

4.4                  Investments . The Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

4.5                  Merger . Borrower shall not merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

4.6                  Sale of Assets . Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business, provided that fair consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Bank

 

4.7                  Other Business . Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

4.8                  Change of Name, etc . Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type of its formation, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

5.          DEFAULT

 

5.1                  Default . “Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events;

 

(a) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

6
 

 

(b) failure of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days;

 

(c) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 30 days;

 

(d) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(e) if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(t) the death of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

(g) the institution by or against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC § 101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(i) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(j) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k) the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(l) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

5.2                  Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Bank, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

 

7
 

 

5.3                  Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Bank’s rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Bank in its sole discretion may determine,

 

6.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                  Waivers . The Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

 

6.2                  Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

6.3                  Deposit Collateral . The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

6.4                  Indemnification . The Borrower shall Indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other person (as well as from reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Bank in favor of the Borrower.

 

6.5                  Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Bank in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Bank’s rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Bank in defending the Bank’s security interest in, title or right to any collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of any Obligation.

 

6.6                  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

6.7                  Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

6.8                  Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

8
 

 

6.9                  Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Bank shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Bank. The Bank may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver it to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Bank; and the Bank shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

6.10                Further Assurances . Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Bank all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

6.11                Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if Borrower shall obtain the Bank’s prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Bank on any future occasion.

 

6.12                Terms of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Bank shall be outstanding, or the Bank shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Bank and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Bank be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 

6.13                Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

6.14                Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

6.15                Reproductions . This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

9
 

 

6.16                 Jurisdiction and Venue . Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

 

6.17                JURY WAIVER . THE BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of July 3, 2012 .

 

Witness:   Borrower:
    Meier Family Holding Company, LLC
       
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Manager

 

Accepted: Proficio Bank

 

By:  

Name: Brett Smiley

Title: VP / SBA Business Development

 

Loan Agreement - Obligor 1 © 2012 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

10
 

 

Loan No. TBD

 

TERM NOTE

 

July 3, 2012

 

$240,000,00 Cottonwood Heights, Utah

 

For value received, the undersigned Meier Properties, Series LLC, an Utah limited liability company , with an address of 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, an Utah limited liability company, with an address of PO Box 1656, Vernal, Utah 84078 and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, a Utah limited liability company , with an address of 2221 North 3260 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 (collectively, the “Borrower”), jointly and severally, promise to pay to the order of Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (together with its successors and assigns, the ‘‘Bank”), the principal amount of Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($240,000.00) on or before July 3, 2017 (the “Maturity Date”), as set forth below, together with interest from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding until paid in full. The Borrower shall pay consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest, as follows; $2,604,63 commencing on August 3, 2012 , and the same amount (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) on the 3rd of each month thereafter, until changed in accordance with this Note. The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to Two Percent (2.00%) above the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined). Upon any change in the interest rate in accordance with this Note, each monthly installment due and payable thereafter (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) shall be recalculated (increased or reduced) to reflect the adjusted interest rate, the outstanding principal balance at such time and the remaining term of the 10 year amortization period commencing on the date of this Note in accordance with the Bank’s calculation in the Bank’s sole discretion.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, the interest rate on this Note is limited by a floor as follows: the minimum interest rate (i.e. floor) is 5.50% per annum.

 

Wall Street Journal Prime Rate means the highest rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal as the Prime Rate, or, in the event the Wall Street Journal ceases publication of the Prime Rate, the base, reference or other rate then designated by the Bank, in its sole discretion, for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.

 

The effective interest rate applicable to the Borrower’s loans evidenced hereby shall change on the date of each change in the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate.

 

Principal and interest shall be payable at the Bank’s main office or at such other place as the Bank may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Borrower represents and warrants:

 

Organization and Qualification. If not an individual that: (i) it is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the state of its formation, (ii) its exact legal name is set forth in the first paragraph of this Note; (iii) it is in good standing under the laws of said state; (iv) it has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and; (v) it is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

 
 

 

Address. Such Borrower maintains its principal office at the address set forth in the first paragraph of this Note.

 

Authorization and Valid Obligations. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note and all other documents and agreements delivered in connection with this Note (the “Related Documents”) have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of such Borrower and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

Conflicts. Such Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Note and all the Related Documents do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to such Borrower.

 

Litigation. There is no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action pending or threatened against such Borrower which might materially adversely affect such Borrower’s financial condition or such Borrower’s ability to conduct its business or to pay or perform its obligations to the Bank under this Note or the Related Documents except as have been disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing.

 

Liens. Such Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, except as previously disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing.

 

Financial Information. Each financial statement of such Borrower provided to the Bank fairly presents the condition of such Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of such Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied There have been no material adverse changes in the such Borrower’s financial condition or business since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to the Bank.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall:

 

Financial Statements. Furnish the Bank with the following:

 

Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available to such Borrower, but in any event within Ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements in form acceptable to the Bank, in its sole discretion, which shall include a balance sheet of such Borrower, as at the end of such year, statement of cash flows and statement of profit and loss of such Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year.

 

Additional Requirements. Such other financial statements and related information, in such form and detail as may be satisfactory to the Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Bank’s request.

 

All financial statements required to be provided under this Note shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by such Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Tax Returns. Furnish the Bank with such Borrower’s filed Federal tax returns, including all schedules thereto, for the prior year within 30 days after the date that such Borrower’s tax returns are required to be filed each such year or by such other date approved by the Bank.

 

Right to Audit. Permit the Bank to examine and audit such Borrower’s books and records at any time and from time to time.

 

2
 

 

Conduct of Business. Maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business.

 

Taxes. Promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; except for any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

Maintenance. Keep and maintain its properties, in good repair, working order and condition.

 

Notification of Material Litigation. Promptly notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of such Borrower or any guarantor of this Note.

 

Insurance. Maintain in force property, casualty and liability insurance on its property and/or operations satisfactory to the Bank, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of such Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) clays written notice of cancellation to the Bank.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank:

 

Indebtedness. Issue any evidence of indebtedness or create, assume, guarantee, become contingently liable for, or suffer to exist indebtedness in addition to indebtedness to the Bank, except indebtedness or liabilities of such Borrower, other than for money borrowed, incurred or arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

Sale of Interest. Permit any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in such Borrower unless such transfer shall not result in change in control of such Borrower,

 

Loans or Advances. Make any loans or advances to any organization or person, including without limitation its officers, members and employees; provided, however, that such Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by such Borrower; and provided further, however, that such Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

Dividends and Distributions. Pay any dividends on or make any distribution in cash or in property, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any stock, partnership, membership, beneficial or other ownership interests in such Borrower, except, so long as such Borrower is not in default hereunder, if such Borrower is a Subchapter S corporation, under the regulations of the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, distributions to the stockholders of such Borrower in such amounts as are necessary to pay the tax liability of such stockholders due as a result of such stockholders’ interest in such Borrower.

 

Investments. Make investments in, or advances to, any Organization or person other than as previously advised to the Bank in writing.

 

3
 

 

Merger. Merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make capital expenditures by lease, purchase, or otherwise, except in the ordinary and usual course of business for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in such Borrower’s business.

 

Sale of Assets. Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in such Borrower’s business.

 

Restriction on Liens. Grant any security interest in, or mortgage of, any of its properties or assets except liens or security interests for taxes or assessments if not yet due and payable, purchase-money liens or security interests, or liens in favor of the Bank.

 

Other Business. Engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

Change of Name, etc. Change its legal name or the State or the type of its organization or the location of its principal office, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

At the option of the Bank, this Note shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand upon the occurrence at any time of any of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”): (1) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof under any other loan document delivered by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor, or in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or any other agreement by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period); (2) failure of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days; (3) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to any other party continuing for 30 days; (4) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made; (5) if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property; (6) the death of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof and, if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member; (7) the institution by or against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC § 101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors; (8) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (9) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution; (10) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien) except as permitted under any of the other loan documents between the Bank and the Borrower, seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (11) the termination or revocation of any guaranty hereof; or (12) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

4
 

 

Any payments received by the Bank on account of this Note shall, at the Bank’s option, be applied first, to any costs, expenses or charges then owed to the Bank by the Borrower; second, to accrued and unpaid interest; third, to the unpaid principal balance hereof; and the balance to escrows, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Bank may determine. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Bank for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.

 

If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder.

 

The Borrower represents to the Bank that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof grant to the Bank a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and/or each endorser or guarantor hereof and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower and/or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this Note, regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and all other notices of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note waive and terminate any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee’’) harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, by any endorser or guarantor, or by any other person (as well as from attorneys’ reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s selection, but at the expense of the Borrower and any endorser and/or guarantor), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank.

 

5
 

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note agree to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the aggregate of 4.0% plus the rate provided for herein. If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 10 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Bank’s other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof and upon their respective heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any endorser or guarantor of this Note are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Bank of the Borrower or any one or more endorsers or guarantors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any endorser or guarantor of this Note are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank. Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and endorser or guarantor of this Note, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Bank of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Bank of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof each authorizes the Bank to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Bank, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.

 

The Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to the Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action, as the Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Bank all rights contemplated by this Note or any other loan documents related thereto (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Bank the security interest in any collateral securing this Note or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

This Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Note or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

6
 

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note each irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s, endorser’s or guarantor’s address shown below or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s), endorser(s) or guarantor(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower or such endorser or guarantor.

 

THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR TO THE BANK, AND ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREES NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of July 3, 2012.

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Meier Properties, Series LLC
       
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Manager
       
    2221 North 3250 West
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

7
 

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC
       
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Member
       
    PO Box 1656
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Meier Family Holding Company, LLC
       
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Manager
       
    2221 North 3250 West
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

Promissory Notes © 2012 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.36

 

Loan No. TBD

TERM NOTE

 

July 3, 2012

 

$240,000.00 Cottonwood Heights, Utah

 

For value received, the undersigned Meier Properties, Series LLC, an Utah limited liability company, with an address of 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 and Superior Drilling Products, LLC, an Utah limited liability company , with an address of PO Box 1656, Vernal, Utah 84078 and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC, a Utah limited liability company , with an address of 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 (collectively, the "Borrower"), jointly and severally, promise to pay to the order of Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (together with its successors and assigns, the "Bank"), the principal amount of Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($240,000.00) on or before July 3, 2017 (the "Maturity Date"), as set forth below, together with interest from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding until paid in full. The Borrower shall pay consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest, as follows: $2,604.63 commencing on August 3, 2012, and the same amount (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) on the 3rd of each month thereafter, until changed in accordance with this Note. The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to Two Percent (2.00%) above the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined). Upon any change in the interest rate in accordance with this Note, each monthly installment due and payable thereafter (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) shall be recalculated (increased or reduced) to reflect the adjusted interest rate, the outstanding principal balance at such time and the remaining term of the 10 year amortization period commencing on the date of this Note in accordance with the Bank's calculation in the Bank's sole discretion.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, the interest rate on this Note is limited by a floor as follows: the minimum interest rate (i.e. floor) is 5.50% per annum.

 

Wall Street Journal Prime Rate means the highest rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal as the Prime Rate, or, in the event the Wall Street Journal ceases publication of the Prime Rate, the base, reference or other rate then designated by the Bank, in its sole discretion, for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.

 

The effective interest rate applicable to the Borrower's loans evidenced hereby shall change on the date of each change in the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate.

 

Principal and interest shall be payable at the Bank's main office or at such other place as the Bank may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Each Borrower represents and warrants:

 

Organization and Qualification. If not an individual that: (i) it is duly formed and validly existing under the laws of the state of its formation, (ii) its exact legal name is set forth in the first paragraph of this Note; (iii) it is in good standing under the laws of said state; (iv) it has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and; (v) it is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

 
 

 

Address. Such Borrower maintains its principal office at the address set forth in the first paragraph of this Note.

 

Authorization and Valid Obligations. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note and all other documents and agreements delivered in connection with this Note (the "Related Documents") have been duly authorized by all necessary actions of such Borrower and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights.

 

Conflicts . Such Borrower's execution, delivery, and performance of this Note and all the Related Documents do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of any agreement or other instrument binding upon such Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to such Borrower.

 

Litigation. There is no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action pending or threatened against such Borrower which might materially adversely affect such Borrower's financial condition or such Borrower’s ability to conduct its business or to pay or perform its obligations to the Bank under this Note or the Related Documents except as have been disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing.

 

Liens. Such Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, except as previously disclosed to and acknowledged by the Bank in writing.

 

Financial Information. Each financial statement of such Borrower provided to the Bank fairly presents the condition of such Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of such Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. There have been no material adverse changes in the such Borrower's financial condition or business since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to the Bank.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall:

 

Financial Statements. Furnish the Bank with the following:

 

Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available to such Borrower, but in any event within Ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements in form acceptable to the Bank, in its sole discretion, which shall include a balance sheet of such Borrower, as at the end of such year, statement of cash flows and statement of profit and loss of such Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year.

 

Additional Requirements. Such other financial statements and related information, in such form and detail as may be satisfactory to the Bank, within thirty (30) days of the Bank’s request.

 

All financial statements required to be provided under this Note shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by such Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Tax Returns. Furnish the Bank with such Borrower's filed Federal tax returns, including all schedules thereto, for the prior year within 30 days after the date that such Borrower's tax returns are required to be filed each such year or by such other date approved by the Bank.

 

Right to Audit. Permit the Bank to examine and audit such Borrower's books and records at any time and from time to time.

 

2
 

 

Conduct of Business. Maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business.

 

Taxes. Promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; except for any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

Maintenance. Keep and maintain its properties, in good repair, working order and condition.

 

Notification of Material Litigation. Promptly notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of such Borrower or any guarantor of this Note.

 

Insurance. Maintain in force property, casualty and liability insurance on its property and/or operations satisfactory to the Bank, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of such Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Each Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall not, without the prior written consent of the Bank:

 

Indebtedness. Issue any evidence of indebtedness or create, assume, guarantee, become contingently liable for, or suffer to exist indebtedness in addition to indebtedness to the Bank, except indebtedness or liabilities of such Borrower, other than for money borrowed, incurred or arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

Sale of interest. Permit any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in such Borrower unless such transfer shall not result in change in control of such Borrower.

 

Loans or Advances. Make any loans or advances to any organization or person, including without limitation its officers, members and employees; provided, however, that such Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by such Borrower; and provided further, however, that such Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

Dividends and Distributions. Pay any dividends on or make any distribution in cash or in property, or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any stock, partnership, membership, beneficial or other ownership interests in such Borrower, except, so long as such Borrower is not in default hereunder, if such Borrower is a Subchapter S corporation, under the regulations of the Internal Revenue Service of the United States, distributions to the stockholders of such Borrower in such amounts as are necessary to pay the tax liability of such stockholders due as a result of such stockholders' interest in such Borrower.

 

Investments. Make investments in, or advances to, any organization or person other than as previously advised to the Bank in writing.

 

3
 

 

Merger. Merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

Capital Expenditures. Make or commit to make capital expenditures by lease, purchase, or otherwise, except in the ordinary and usual course of business for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in such Borrower's business.

 

Sale of Assets. Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in such Borrower’s business.

 

Restriction on Liens. Grant any security interest in, or mortgage of, any of its properties or assets except liens or security interests for taxes or assessments if not yet due and payable, purchase-money liens or security interests, or liens in favor of the Bank.

 

Other Business.  Engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

Change of Name, etc.  Change its legal name or the State or the type of its organization or the location of its principal office, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

At the option of the Bank, this Note shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand upon the occurrence at any time of any of the following events of default (each, an "Event of Default"): (1) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof under any other loan document delivered by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor, or in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or any other agreement by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period); (2) failure of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days; (3) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to any other party continuing for 30 days; (4) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made; (5) if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property; (6) the death of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof and, if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member; (7) the institution by or against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors; (8) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (9) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution; (10) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien) except as permitted under any of the other loan documents between the Bank and the Borrower, seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (11) the termination or revocation of any guaranty hereof; or (12) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

4
 

 

Any payments received by the Bank on account of this Note shall, at the Bank's option, be applied first, to any costs, expenses or charges then owed to the Bank by the Borrower; second, to accrued and unpaid interest; third, to the unpaid principal balance hereof; and the balance to escrows, if any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Bank may determine. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Bank for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.

 

If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder.

 

The Borrower represents to the Bank that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof grant to the Bank a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and/or each endorser or guarantor hereof and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower and/or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this Note, regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and all other notices of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note waive and terminate any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, by any endorser or guarantor, or by any other person (as well as from attorneys' reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank's relationship with the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank's selection, but at the expense of the Borrower and any endorser and/or guarantor), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank.

 

5
 

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note agree to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the aggregate of 4.0% plus the rate provided for herein. If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 10 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Bank's other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof and upon their respective heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any endorser or guarantor of this Note are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Bank of the Borrower or any one or more endorsers or guarantors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any endorser or guarantor of this Note are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank. Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and endorser or guarantor of this Note, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Bank of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Bank of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof each authorizes the Bank to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Bank, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.

 

The Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to the Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action, as the Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Bank all rights contemplated by this Note or any other loan documents related thereto (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Bank the security interest in any collateral securing this Note or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

This Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah Without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Note or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note each irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s, endorser's or guarantor's address shown below or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s), endorser(s) or guarantor(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower or such endorser or guarantor.

 

6
 

 

THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR TO THE BANK, AND ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREES NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of July 3, 2012.

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Meier Properties, Series LLC
     
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Manager
     
    2221 North 3250 West
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

7
 

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC
     
    By:  
      Annette D Meier, Member
     
   

PO Box 1656

Vernal, Utah

84078

     
Witness:   Borrower;
     
    Meier Family Holding Company, LLC
     
    By:  
      Annette D Meter, Manager
     
   

2221 North 3250 West

Vernal, Utah

84078

 

Promissory Notes © 2012 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

8

 

Exhibit 10.37

 

DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS

 

This DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES AND RENTS (this “Deed of Trust”) is entered into at Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as of July 3, 2012, among Meier Properties, Series LLC, a Utah limited liability company, with an address of 2221 North 3250 West, Vernal, Utah 84078 (the “Trustor”) and Proficio Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Trustee”) for the use and benefit of Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Beneficiary’’), and the Beneficiary.

 

The real property which is the subject matter of this Deed of Trust has the following address(es): 1565 South 1625 East, Vernal, Utah 84078 (the “Address(es)”).

 

1.          DEED OF TRUST, OBLIGATIONS AND FUTURE ADVANCES

 

1.1          Deed of Trust . For valuable consideration paid and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally mortgages, grants, bargains, transfers, sells, conveys, sets over and assigns to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary forever, WITH POWER OF SALE AND RIGHT OF ENTRY AND POSSESSION, the “Property” described below, to secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), including without limitation, all liabilities under notes and/or guarantees by the Trustor in favor of the Beneficiary (collectively, such notes and/or guarantees and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith, the “Loan Documents”), and any substitutions, modifications, extensions or amendments to any of the Loan Documents.

 

The amount of principal obligations outstanding and evidenced by the Loan Documents and secured by this Deed of Trust total $240,000.00. as of the date of this Deed of Trust (the “Amount”), but this Deed of Trust shall nevertheless secure payment and performance of all Obligations including, without limitation, any other liabilities and future advances, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now existing or hereafter arising from Trustor to Beneficiary.

 

 
 

 

1.2          Security Interest in Property . As continuing security for the Obligations the Trustor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, a security interest in all of the Property constituting personal property or fixtures, This Deed of Trust is and shall be deemed to be a security agreement and financing statement pursuant to the terms of the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah (the “Uniform Commercial Code”) as to any and all personal property and fixtures and as to all such property the Trustee and its successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary shall have the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code in addition to its rights hereunder. This Deed of Trust constitutes a financing statement filed as a fixture filing under Section 70A-9a-502(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code covering any Property which now is or later may become a fixture.

 

1.3          Collateral Assignment of Leases and Rents . The Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to the Trustee, and their successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, as collateral security for the Obligations all of the Trustor’s rights and benefits under any and all Leases (as hereinafter defined) and any and all rents and other amounts now or hereafter owing with respect to the Leases or the use or occupancy of the Property. This collateral assignment shall be absolute and effective immediately, but the Trustor shall have a license, revocable by the Beneficiary, to continue to collect rents owing under the Leases until an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs and the Beneficiary exercises its rights and remedies to collect such rents as set forth herein.

 

1.4          Conditions to Grant The Trustee shall have and hold the above granted Property unto and to the use and benefit of the Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns forever; provided, however, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust are upon the express condition that, if Trustor shall irrevocably pay and perform the Obligations in full, including, without limitation, all principal, interest and premium thereon and other charges, if applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Loan Documents and this Deed of Trust shall pay and perform all other Obligations as set forth in this Deed of Trust and shall abide by and comply with each and every covenant and condition set forth herein and in the Loan Documents, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust be appropriately released and discharged.

 

1.5          Property . The term “Property,” as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean that certain parcel of land and the fixtures, structures and improvements and all personal property constituting fixtures, as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, now or hereafter thereon located at the Address(es), as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto, together with: (i) all rights now or hereafter existing, belonging, pertaining or appurtenant thereto; (ii) the following categories of assets as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code; goods (including inventory, equipment and any accessions thereto), instruments (including promissory notes), documents, accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), commercial tort claims, securities and all other investment property, general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), supporting obligations and any and all proceeds of any thereof, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, that are located on or used in connection with, or that arise in whole or in part out of the Trustor’s use of or business conducted on or respecting, the Property and any substitutions, replacements, accessions and proceeds of any of the foregoing; (iii) all judgments, awards of damages and settlements hereafter made as a result or in lieu of any Taking, as hereinafter defined; (iv) all of the rights and benefits of the Trustor under any present or future leases and agreements relating to the Property, including, without limitation, rents, issues and profits, or the use or occupancy thereof together with any extensions and renewals thereof, specifically excluding all duties or obligations of the Trustor of any kind arising thereunder (the “Leases”); and (v) all contracts, permits and licenses respecting the use, operation or maintenance of the Property.

 

1.6          Obligations . The term “Obligation(s),” as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean without limitation all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, now or hereafter owing by the Trustor to the Beneficiary at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Deed of Trust or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Trustor to the Beneficiary; or are due indirectly by the Trustor to the Beneficiary as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as obligor of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Beneficiary, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter contracted, including, without limitation, payment of all amounts outstanding when due pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Trustor or due from the Trustor to the Beneficiary from time to time and all advances, costs and expenses referred to in this Deed of Trust, including without limitation the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s fees) of enforcement of the Beneficiary’s rights hereunder or pursuant to any document or instrument executed in connection herewith.

 

2
 

 

1.7          Cross-Collateral and Future Advances . It is the express intention of the Trustor that this Deed of Trust secure payment and performance of all of the Obligations, whether now existing or hereinafter incurred by reason of future advances by the Beneficiary or otherwise, and regardless of whether such Obligations are or were contemplated by tho parties at the time of the granting of this Deed of Trust. Notice of the continuing grant of this Deed of Trust shall not be required to be stated on the face of any document evidencing any of the Obligations, nor shall such documents be required to otherwise specify that they are secured hereby.

 

2.          REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS

 

2.1          Representations and Warranties . The Trustor represents and warrants that:

 

(a) This Deed of Trust has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustor and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally;

 

(b) The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the Property, holding good and marketable fee simple title to the Property, subject to no liens, encumbrances, leases, security interests or rights of others, other than as set forth in detail in Exhibit B hereto (the “Permitted Encumbrances”);

 

(c) The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the entire lessor’s interest in Leases, if any, with full power and authority to encumber the Property in the manner set forth herein, and the Trustor has not executed any other assignment of Leases or any of the rights or rents arising thereunder;

 

(d) As of the date hereof, there are no Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) in, on or under the Property, except as disclosed in writing to and acknowledged by the Beneficiary; and

 

(e) Each Obligation is a commercial obligation and does not represent a loan used for personal, family or household purposes and is not a consumer transaction.

 

2.2          Recording; Further Assurances . The Trustor covenants that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon the request of the Beneficiary, cause this Deed of Trust, and each amendment, modification or supplement hereto, to be recorded and filed in such manner and in such places, and shall at all times comply with all such statutes and regulations as may be required by law in order to establish, preserve and protect the interest of the Beneficiary in the Property and the rights of the Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust. Trustor will from time to time execute and deliver to the Beneficiary such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as the Beneficiary may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Beneficiary all rights contemplated by this Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in, or assure to the Beneficiary the security interest in, the Property or to comply with applicable statute or law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Trustor authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction. The Beneficiary may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto that describe the Property as defined in this Deed of Trust and which contain any other information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Trustor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Trustor; Trustor also authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements describing any agricultural liens or other statutory liens held by the Beneficiary. Trustor agrees to furnish any such information to the Beneficiary promptly upon request. In addition, Trustor shall at any time and from time to time, take such steps as the Beneficiary may reasonably request for the Beneficiary (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Beneficiary, of any bailee having possession of any of the Property that the bailee holds such Property for the Beneficiary, and (ii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Beneficiary’s security interest in any of the Property and the preservation of its rights therein. Trustor hereby constitutes the Beneficiary its attorney-in-fact to execute and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Deed of Trust terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are paid in full and the Property is released.

 

3
 

 

2.3          Restrictions on the Trustor . The Trustor covenants that it will not, nor will it permit any other person to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written approval of the Beneficiary in each instance;

 

(a) Sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, lease or dispose of all or any part of any legal or beneficial interest in the Trustor or the Property or any part thereof or permit any of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted by the terms of this Deed of Trust;

 

(b) Permit the use, generation, treatment, storage, release or disposition of any oil or other material or substance constituting hazardous waste or hazardous materials or substances under any applicable Federal or state law, regulation or rule (“Hazardous Substances”); or

 

(c) Permit to be created or suffer to exist any mortgage, lien, security interest, attachment or other encumbrance or charge on the Property or any part thereof or interest therein (except for the Permitted Encumbrances), including, without limitation, (i) any lien arising under any Federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or law pertaining to the release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances and (ii) any mechanics’ or materialmen’s lien. The Trustor further agrees to give the Beneficiary prompt written notice of the imposition, or notice, of any lien referred to in this Section and to take any action necessary to secure the prompt discharge or release of the same. The Trustor agrees to defend its title to the Property and the Beneficiary’s interest therein against the claims of all persons and, unless the Beneficiary requests otherwise, to appear in and diligently contest, at the Trustor’s sole cost and expense, any action or proceeding that purports to affect the Trustor’s title to the Property, or the priority or validity of this Deed of Trust or the Beneficiary’s interest hereunder.

 

2.4          Operation of Property . The Trustor covenants and agrees as follows:

 

(a) The Trustor will not permit the Property to be used for any unlawful or improper purpose, will at all times comply with all Federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, and the provisions of any Lease, easement or other agreement affecting all or any part of the Property, and will obtain and maintain all governmental or other approvals relating to the Trustor, the Property or the use thereof, including without limitation, any applicable zoning or building codes or regulations and any laws or regulations relating to the handling, storage, release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and will give prompt written notice to the Beneficiary of (i) any violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by the Trustor or relating to the Property, (ii) receipt of notice from any Federal, state or local authority alleging any such violation and (iii) the presence or release on the Property of any Hazardous Substances;

 

4
 

 

(b) The Trustor will at all times keep the Property insured for such losses or damage, in such amounts and by such companies as may be required by law and which the Beneficiary may require, provided that, in any case, the Trustor shall maintain: (i) physical hazard insurance on an “all risks” basis in an amount not less than 100% of the full replacement cost of the Property; (ii) flood insurance if and as required by applicable Federal law and as otherwise required by the Beneficiary; (iii) comprehensive commercial general liability insurance; (iv) rent loss and business interruption insurance; and (v) such other insurance as the Beneficiary may require from time to time, including builder’s risk insurance in the case of construction loans. All policies regarding such insurance shall be issued by companies licensed to do business in the state where the policy is Issued and also in the state where the Property is located, be otherwise acceptable to the Beneficiary, provide deductible amounts acceptable to the Beneficiary, name the Beneficiary as mortgagee, loss payee and additional insured, and provide that no cancellation or material modification of such policies shall occur without at least Thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Beneficiary. Such policies shall include (i) a mortgage endorsement determined by the Beneficiary in good faith to be equivalent to the “standard” mortgage endorsement so that the insurance, as to the interest of the Beneficiary, shall not be invalidated by any act or neglect of the Trustor or the owner of the Property, any foreclosure or other proceedings or notice of sale relating to the Property, any change in the title to or ownership of the Property, or the occupation or use of the Property for purposes more hazardous than are permitted at the date of inception of such insurance policies; (ii) a replacement cost endorsement; (iii) an agreed amount endorsement; (iv) a contingent liability from operation endorsement; and (v) such other endorsements as the Beneficiary may request. The Trustor will furnish to the Beneficiary upon request such original policies, certificates of insurance or other evidence of the foregoing as are acceptable to the Beneficiary. The terms of all insurance policies shall be such that no coinsurance provisions apply, or if a policy does contain a coinsurance provision, the Trustor shall insure the Property in an amount sufficient to prevent the application of the coinsurance provisions;

 

(c) Trustor will not enter into or modify the Leases in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary execute any. assignment of the Leases except in favor of the Beneficiary, or accept any rentals under any Lease for more than one month in advance and will at all times perform and fulfill every term and condition of the Leases;

 

(d) Trustor will at all times (i) maintain complete and accurate records and books regarding the Property in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) permit the Beneficiary and the Beneficiary’s agents, employees and representatives, at such reasonable times as the Beneficiary may request, to enter and inspect the Property and such books and records; and

 

(e) Trustor will at all times keep the Property in good and first-rate repair and condition (damage from casualty not excepted) and will not commit or permit any strip, waste, impairment, deterioration or alteration of the Property or any part thereof.

 

2.5          Payments . The Trustor covenants to pay when due: all Federal, state, municipal, real property and other taxes, betterment and improvement assessments and other governmental levies, water rates, sewer charges, insurance premiums and other charges on the Property, this Deed of Trust or any Obligation secured hereby that could, if unpaid, result in a lien on the Property or on any interest therein. If and when requested by the Beneficiary, the Trustor shall deposit from time to time with the Beneficiary sums determined by the Beneficiary to be sufficient to pay when due the amounts referred to in this Section. The Trustor shall have the right to contest any notice, lien, encumbrance, claim, tax, charge, betterment assessment or premium filed or asserted against or relating to the Property; provided that it contests the same diligently and in good faith and by proper proceedings and, at the Beneficiary’s request, provides the Beneficiary with adequate cash security, in the Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, against the enforcement thereof. The Trustor shall furnish to the Beneficiary the receipted real estate tax bills or other evidence of payment of real estate taxes for the Property within thirty (30) days prior to the date from which interest or penalty would accrue for nonpayment thereof. The Trustor shall also furnish to the Beneficiary evidence of all other payments referred to above within fifteen (15) days after written request therefor by the Beneficiary. If Trustor shall fail to pay such sums, the Beneficiary may, but shall not be obligated to, advance such sums. Any sums so advanced by the Beneficiary shall be added to the Obligations, shall bear interest at the highest rate specified in any note evidencing the Obligations, and shall be secured by the lien of this Deed of Trust.

 

5
 

 

2.6          Notices; Notice of Default . The Trustor will deliver to the Beneficiary, promptly upon receipt of the same, copies of all notices or other documents it receives that affect the Property or its use, or claim that the Trustor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms hereof or that the Trustor or any tenant is In default of any terms of the Leases. The Trustor further agrees to deliver to the Beneficiary written notice promptly upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder.

 

2.7          Takings . In case of any condemnation or expropriation for public use of, or any damage by reason of the action of any public or governmental entity or authority to, all or any part of the Property (a “Taking”), or the commencement of any proceedings or negotiations that might result in a Taking, the Trustor shall immediately give written notice to the Beneficiary, describing the nature and extent thereof. The Beneficiary may, at its option, appear in any proceeding for a Taking or any negotiations relating to a Taking and the Trustor shall immediately give to the Beneficiary copies of all notices, pleadings, determinations and other papers relating thereto. The Trustor shall in good faith and with due diligence and by proper proceedings file and prosecute its claims for any award or payment on account of any Taking. The Trustor shall not settle any such claim without the Beneficiary’s prior written consent. The Trustor shall hold any amounts received With respect to such awards or claims, by settlement, judicial decree or otherwise, in trust for the Beneficiary and immediately pay the same to the Beneficiary. The Trustor authorizes any award or settlement due in connection with a Taking to be paid directly to the Beneficiary in amounts not exceeding the Obligations. The Beneficiary may apply such amounts to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine.

 

2.8          Insurance Proceeds . The proceeds of any insurance resulting from any loss with respect to the Property shall be paid to the Beneficiary and, at the option of the Beneficiary, be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine; provided, however, that if the Beneficiary shall require repair of the Property, the Beneficiary may release all or any portion of such proceeds to the Trustor for such purpose. Any insurance proceeds paid to the Trustor shall be held in trust for the Beneficiary and promptly paid to it.

 

3.          CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARY

 

3.1          Legal Proceedings . The Beneficiary shall have the right, but not the duty, to intervene or otherwise participate in any legal or equitable proceeding that, in the Beneficiary’s reasonable judgment, might affect the Property or any of the rights created or secured by this Deed of Trust. The Beneficiary shall have such right whether or not there shall have occurred an Event of Default hereunder.

 

3.2          Appraisals/Assessments . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor’s sole cost and expense, to obtain appraisals, environmental site assessments or other inspections of the portions of the Property that are real estate at such times as the Beneficiary deems necessary or as may be required by applicable law, or its prevailing credit or underwriting policies.

 

3.3          Financial Statements . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor’s sole cost and expense, to require delivery of financial statements in form and substance acceptable to the Beneficiary from the Trustor or any guarantor of any of the Obligations and the Trustor hereby agrees to deliver such financial statements and/or cause any such guarantor to so deliver any such financial statement when required by the Beneficiary.

 

3.4          Substitution of Trustee . The Beneficiary may from time to time, without notice to the Trustor or Trustee and with or without cause and with or without the resignation of Trustee, substitute a successor or successors to the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder. Upon such appointment, the successor trustee shall be vested with all title, powers and duties conferred Upon the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder. Each such appointment and substitution shall be made by a writing executed by Beneficiary and when duly recorded in the appropriate office of the County Recorder of each county in which the Property is situated shall be conclusive proof of proper appointment of such successor Trustee. The procedure herein provided for substitution of the Trustee shall be conclusive of all other provisions for substitution, statutory or otherwise.

 

6
 

 

3.5          Tax Return . Trustor shall provide the Beneficiary with copies of Trustor’s filed Federal and state tax returns for the prior year within 120 days after the date that Trustor’s tax returns are required to be filed.

 

3.6          Leases and Rent Roll The Trustor shall deliver to the Beneficiary (i) during each calendar year and at such other times as the Beneficiary shall request a rent roll for the Property, In form acceptable to the Beneficiary, listing all tenants and occupants and describing all of the Leases; and (ii) at such times as the Beneficiary shall request executed copies of all the Leases.

 

4.          DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

4.1          Events of Default . Event of Default shall mean the occurrence of any one or more of the following events:.

 

(a) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Beneficiary, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Beneficiary continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

(b) failure by the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations to perform, observe or comply with any of the covenants, agreements, terms or conditions set forth in this Deed of Trust or the Loan Documents continuing for 30 days;

 

(c) the (i) occurrence of any material loss, theft, damage or destruction of, or (ii) issuance or making of any levy, seizure, attachment, execution or similar process on a material portion of the Property;

 

(d) failure of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Beneficiary continuing for 30 days;

 

(e) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 30 days;

 

(f) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Deed of Trust or in any supporting financial statement of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Beneficiary to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(g) if the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(h) the death of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

7
 

 

(i) the institution by or against the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law In which the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(j) the service upon the Beneficiary of a writ in which the Beneficiary is named as trustee of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(l) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(m) the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(n) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Beneficiary, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Trustor or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Beneficiary has been or may be impaired.

 

4.2          Remedies . On the occurrence of any Event of Default the Beneficiary may, at any time thereafter, at its option and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without notice, exercise any or all of the following remedies:

 

(a) Declare the Obligations due and payable, and the Obligations shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without presentment, protest, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Trustor except for Obligations due and payable on demand, which shall be due and payable on demand whether or not an event of default has occurred hereunder;

 

(b) Direct the Trustee to, or enter, take possession of, manage and operate the Property (including all personal property and all records and documents pertaining thereto) and any part thereof and exclude the Trustor therefrom, take all actions it deems necessary or proper to preserve the Property and operate the Property as a mortgagee in possession with all the powers as could be exercised by a receiver or as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law; provided, however, the entry by the Beneficiary upon the Property for any reason shall not cause the Trustee or the Beneficiary to be a mortgagee In possession, except upon the express written declaration of the Beneficiary;

 

(c) With or without taking possession, receive and collect all rents, income, issues and profits (“Rents”) from the Property (including all real estate and personal property and whether past due or thereafter accruing), including as may arise under the Leases, and the Trustor appoints the Beneficiary as its true and lawful attorney with the power for the Beneficiary in its own name and capacity to demand and collect Rents and take any action that the Trustor is authorized to take under the Leases. The Beneficiary shall (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred) apply any Rents received by it to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary determines, or in accordance with any applicable statute, and the Trustor agrees that exercise of such rights and disposition of such funds shall not be deemed to cure any default or constitute a waiver of any foreclosure once commenced nor preclude the later commencement of foreclosure for breach thereof. The Beneficiary shall be liable to account only for such Rents actually received by the Beneficiary. Lessees under the Leases are hereby authorized and directed, following notice from the Beneficiary, to pay all amounts due the Trustor under the Leases to the Beneficiary, whereupon such lessees shall be relieved of any and all duty and obligation to the Trustor with respect to such payments so made;

 

8
 

 

(d) In addition to any other remedies, to sell the Property or any part thereof or interest therein pursuant to exercise of its power of sale set out in Section 57-1-23 of the Utah Code or otherwise at public auction on terms and conditions as the Beneficiary may determine, or otherwise foreclose this Deed of Trust in any manner permitted by law, and upon such sale the Trustor shall execute and deliver such instruments as the Beneficiary may request in order to convey and transfer all of the Trustor’s interest in the Property, and the same shall operate to divest all rights, title and interest of the Trustor in and to the Property. In the event this Deed of Trust shall include more than one parcel of property or subdivision (each hereinafter called a “portion”), the Beneficiary shall, in its sole and exclusive discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, be empowered to foreclose upon any such portion without impairing its right to foreclose subsequently upon any other portion or the entirety of the Property from time to time thereafter. In addition, the Beneficiary may in its sole and exclusive discretion subordinate this Deed of Trust to one or more Leases for the sole purpose of preserving any such Lease in the event of a foreclosure;

 

(e) Cause one or more environmental assessments to be taken, arrange for the cleanup of any Hazardous Substances or otherwise cure the Trustor’s failure to comply with any statute, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and the Trustor shall provide the Beneficiary or its agents with access to the Property for such purposes; provided that the exercise of any of such remedies shall not be deemed to have relieved the Trustor from any responsibility therefor or given the Beneficiary “control “over the Property or cause the Beneficiary to be considered to be a mortgagee In possession, “owner” or “operator” of the Property for purposes of any applicable law, rule or regulation pertaining to Hazardous Substances; and

 

(f) Take such other actions or proceedings as the Beneficiary deems necessary or advisable to protect its interest in the Property and ensure payment and performance of the Obligations, Including, without limitation, appointment of a receiver (and the Trustor hereby waives any right to object to such appointment) and exercise of any of the Beneficiary’s remedies provided herein or in any other document evidencing, securing or relating to any of the Obligations or available to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, Chapter 1 of Title 57 of the Utah Code, or under other applicable law.

 

In addition, the Trustee and the Beneficiary shall have all other remedies provided by applicable law, including, without limitation, the right to pursue a judicial sale of the Property or any portion thereof by deed, assignment or otherwise.

 

The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the acceptance by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any payments from either the Trustor or any guarantor after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the exercise by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any remedy set forth herein or the commencement, discontinuance or abandonment of foreclosure proceedings against the Property shall not waive the Trustee’s or the Beneficiary’s subsequent or concurrent right to foreclose or operate as a bar or estoppel to the exercise of any other rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Beneficiary, The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the Trustee or the Beneficiary, by making payments or incurring costs described herein, shall be subrogated to any right of the Trustor to seek reimbursement from any third parties, including, without limitation, any predecessor in interest to the Trustor’s title or other party who may be responsible under any law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances.

 

9
 

 

4.3          Advances . If the Trustor fails to pay or perform any of its obligations respecting the Property, the Beneficiary may in its sole discretion do so without waiving or releasing Trustor from any such obligation. Any such payments may include, but are not limited to, payments for taxes, assessments and other governmental levles, water rates, insurance premiums, maintenance, repairs or improvements constituting part of the Property. Any amounts paid by the Beneficiary hereunder shall be, until reimbursed by the Trustor, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and shall be due and payable to the Beneficiary, on demand, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the highest rate permitted under any of the notes evidencing the Obligations.

 

4.4          Cumulative Rights and Remedies . All of the foregoing rights, remedies and options (including without limitation the right to enter and take possession of the Property, the right to manage and operate the same, and the right to collect Rents, in each case whether by a receiver or otherwise) are cumulative and in addition to any rights the Beneficiary might otherwise have, whether at law or by agreement, and may be exercised separately or concurrently and none of which shall be exclusive of any other. The Trustor further agrees that the Trustee and the Beneficiary may exercise any or all of its rights or remedies set forth herein without having to pay the Trustor any sums for use or occupancy of the Property.

 

4.5          Trustor’s Waiver of Certain Rights . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives the benefit of all present and future laws (i) providing for any appraisal before sale of all or any portion of the Property or (ii) in any way extending the time for the enforcement of the collection of the Obligations or creating or extending a period of redemption from any sale made hereunder.

 

4.6          Transfer of Title . Upon the completion of any sale or sales of any Property, Trustee shall execute and deliver to the accepted purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed of conveyance or assignment and transfer, lawfully conveying, assigning, and transferring the Property sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied.

 

4.7          Effect of Sale . Any sale or sales made by virtue of or under this Deed of Trust, whether under any power of sale herein granted or through judicial proceedings, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, operate to divest all right, title, estate, interest, claim, and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Trustor in and to the property so sold, or any part thereof from, through or under Trustor, its successors and assigns. The receipt by Trustee of such purchase money shall be full and sufficient discharge to any purchaser of the Property or any part thereof sold as aforesaid for the purchase money; and no purchaser or his representatives, grantees or assigns after paying such purchase money, shall be bound to see to the application of such purchase money upon or for any trust or purpose of this Deed of Trust, or in any manner whatsoever be answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application of any such purchase money or be bound to inquire as to the authorization, necessity, expedience or regularity of any such sale.

 

4.8          Reconveyance . Upon written request of the Beneficiary and surrender of this Deed of Trust and any Notes to Trustee for cancellation or endorsement, and upon payment of its fees and charges, Trustee shall reconvey, without warranty, all or any part of the Property then subject to this Deed of Trust. Any reconveyance, whether full or partial, shall be made to the person or persons legally entitled thereto, and the recitals in such reconveyance of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof.

 

5.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1          Costs and Expenses . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor shall pay to the Trustee and the Beneficiary, on demand, all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, brokerage and similar professional fees and charges) incurred by the Trustee and the Beneficiary in connection with the Trustee’s and the Beneficiary’s interpretation, recordation of this Deed of Trust, exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights, remedies and options set forth in this Deed of Trust and in connection with any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise relating to the Obligations, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, until paid in full by the Trustor at the highest rate set forth in any of the notes evidencing the Obligations. Any amounts owed by the Trustor hereunder shall be, until paid, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and the Beneficiary shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to receive and retain such amounts in any action for a deficiency against or redemption by the Trustor, or any accounting for the proceeds of a foreclosure sale or of insurance proceeds.

 

10
 

 

5.2          Indemnification Regarding Leases . The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold the Beneficiary, Trustee, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless from all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) resulting from the assignment of the Leases and from all demands that may be asserted against such Indemnitees arising from any undertakings on the part of the Beneficiary to perform any obligations under the Leases. It is understood that the assignment of the Leases shall not operate to place responsibility for the control or management of the Property upon the Beneficiary or any Indemnitee or make them liable for performance of any of the obligations of the Trustor under Leases, respecting any condition of the Property or any other agreement or arrangement, written or oral, or applicable law.

 

5.3          Indemnification Regarding Hazardous Substances . The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses, including, without limitation, litigation costs and attorneys’ fees and expenses and fees or expenses of any environmental engineering or cleanup firm incurred by such Indemnitee and arising out of or in connection with the Property or resulting from the application of any current or future law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances on or affecting the Property. The Trustor agrees its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive termination or discharge of this Deed of Trust and/or the repayment of all debts to the Beneficiary including repayment of all Obligations.

 

5.4          Indemnitee’s Expenses . If any Indemnitee is made a party defendant to any litigation or any claim is threatened or brought against such Indemnitee concerning this Deed of Trust or the Property or any part thereof or therein or concerning the construction, maintenance, operation or the occupancy or use thereof by the Trustor or other person or entity, then the Trustor shall indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against all liability by reason of said litigation or claims, including attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any such litigation or claim, whether or not any such litigation or claim is prosecuted to judgment. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Beneficiary in favor of the Trustor.

 

5.5          Waivers . The Trustor waives notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof. No delay or omission of the Beneficiary in exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges, remedies, immunities or discretion (all of which are hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Beneficiary’s rights and remedies”) hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof; and no waiver by the Beneficiary of any default of the Trustor hereunder or of any demand shall operate as a waiver of any other default hereunder or of any other demand. No term or provision hereof shall be waived, altered or modified except with the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which consent makes explicit reference to this Deed of Trust. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no other agreement or transaction, of whatsoever nature, entered into between the Beneficiary and the Trustor at any time (whether before, during or after the effective date or term of this Deed of Trust) shall be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary’s rights and remedies under this Deed of Trust (nor shall anything in this Deed of Trust be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary’s rights and remedies under any such other agreement or transaction) but all the Beneficiary’s rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Deed of Trust but also under any such other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Beneficiary at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Beneficiary in its sole discretion may determine.

 

11
 

 

5.6          Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting the Property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

5.7          Joint and Several . If there is more than one Trustor, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for payment and/or performance of all obligations secured by this Deed of Trust and the term “Trustor” shall include each as well as all of them.

 

5.8          Severability . If any provision of this Deed of Trust or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Deed of Trust (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

5.9          Complete Agreement . This Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

5.10         Binding Effect of Agreement . This Deed of Trust shall run with the land and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Beneficiary shall be entitled to rely thereon) until all Obligations are fully and indefeasibly paid. The Beneficiary may transfer and assign this Deed of Trust and deliver any collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Beneficiary; and the Beneficiary shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Deed of Trust and such collateral. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies; obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Deed of Trust or the other Loan Documents.

 

5.11         Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Deed of Trust shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Trustor or Beneficiary, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Trustor or Beneficiary at the address set forth in this Deed of Trust or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to. the other party.

 

5.12         Governing Law . This Deed of Trust shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

5.13         Reproductions . This Deed of Trust and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Trustor to the Beneficiary may be reproduced by the Beneficiary by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

5.14         Jurisdiction and Venue . The Trustor irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deed of Trust. The Trustor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Trustor hereby consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding (i) by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Trustor’s address set forth herein or such other address as has been provided in writing to the Beneficiary and (ii) in any other manner permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Trustor.

 

12
 

 

5.15         JURY WAIVER . THE TRUSTOR AND THE BENEFICIARY EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS DEED OF TRUST, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. THE TRUSTOR CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BENEFICIARY NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BENEFICIARY WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

EXECUTED as of the date first above written.

 

  Trustor:
  Meier Properties, Series LLC

 

  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier  
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF SALT LAKE, SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 3 day of July, 2012, by Annette D Meier, Manager of Meier Properties, Series LLC, a utah limited Liability Company, on behalf of such Limited Liability Company.

 

  /s/ Mark Hendry NOTARY PUBLIC
MY  COMMISSION EXPIRES: 12-7-12
MARK HENDRY
TYPE OR PRINT NAME  
   

 

Deed of Trust 1 © 2012 Medicl, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

13
 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

Property Description

 

LOT 25 OF THE BROOKLANE SUBDIVISION, ACCORDING TO THE OFFICIAL PLAT THEREOF ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER, UINTAH COUNTY, UTAH

 

14
 

 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

Permitted Encumbrances

 

None

 

15

 

 

Exhibit 10.38

 

Loan No. TBD

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered Into at Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as of July 3, 2012 , between Superior Drilling Products, LLC, an Utah limited liability company , with its chief executive office located at PO Box 1656, Vernal, Utah 84078 (the “Borrower”) and Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Bank”).

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Bank of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Borrower represents to and agrees with the Bank, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

 

1.           THE LOAN

 

1.1             Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to make a loan to Meier Properties, Series LLC and Borrower in the original principal amount of $240,000.00 (the “Loan”). The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Term Note, of even date herewith (the “Note”) by Meier Properties, Series LLC and Borrower in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $240,000.00 . This Agreement, the Note, and any and all other documents, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

 

1.2             Definitions . The following definitions shall apply:

 

  (a) “Code” shall mean the Utah Uniform Commercial Code, Section 70A-1-101 et.seq. as amended from time to time.

 

  (b) “Obligation(S)” shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by the Borrower to the Bank at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Borrower to the Bank; or are due indirectly by the Borrower to the Bank as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Bank, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Borrower or due from the Borrower to the Bank from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement .

 

(c) “Person” or “party” shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

 

 
 

 

2.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1           Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

2.2            Related Parties . Borrower has no interest in any entities other than those listed on Schedule 2.2, if any, and the Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other entity or person other than those listed on Schedule 2.2, if any.

 

2.3            Limited Liability Company Records . Borrower’s certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of the Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of the Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 

2.4            Title to Properties: Absence of Liens . Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, except (a) the mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any, and (b) the leases of personal property as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any.

 

2.5            Places of Business . Borrower’s chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

2.6            Valid Obligations , The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights.

 

2.7            Conflicts . There is no provision in Borrower’s organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

 

2.8            Governmental Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

 

2.9            Litigation, etc . There are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

 

2.10          Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to the Bank one or more financial statements each of which fairly presents the condition of the Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of the Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

2.11          Changes . Since the date of the Financial Statements, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or business of the Borrower, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which have, in the aggregate, been materially adverse.

 

2
 

 

2.12          Taxes . The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from the Borrower have been fully paid. The Borrower has established oh its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

 

2.13          Use of Proceeds . No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes.

 

2.14          Environmental . As of the date hereof neither the Borrower nor any of Borrower’s agents, employees or independent contractors (1) have caused or are aware of a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials (as defined herein) on any of the premises or personal property owned or controlled by Borrower (“Controlled Property”) or any property abutting Controlled Property (“Abutting Property”), which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law (as defined herein) or any other Federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (2) have arranged for the transport of or transported any Hazardous Materials in a manner as to violate, or result in potential liabilities under, any Environmental Law; (3) have received any notice, order or demand from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other Federal, state or local agency under any Environmental Law; (4) have incurred any liability under any Environmental Law in connection with the mismanagement, improper disposal or release of Hazardous Materials; or (5) are aware of any inspection or investigation of any Controlled Property or Abutting Property by any Federal, state or local agency for possible violations of any Environmental Law.

 

To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, neither Borrower, nor any prior owner Or tenant of any Controlled Property, committed or omitted any act which caused the release of Hazardous Materials on such Controlled Property which could give rise to a lien thereon by any Federal, state or local government. No notice or statement of claim or lien affecting any Controlled Property has been recorded or filed in any public records by any Federal, state or local government for costs, penalties, fines or other charges as to such property. All notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the ownership, operation, or use of the Controlled Property, including without limitation, the past or present generation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed.

 

Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense, including attorney fees and costs of litigation, arising from any and all of its violations of any Environmental Law (including those arising from any lien by any Federal, state or local government arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials) or from the presence of Hazardous Materials located on or emanating from any Controlled Property or Abutting Property whether existing or not existing and whether known or unknown at the time of the execution hereof and regardless of whether or not caused by, or within the control of Borrower. Borrower further agrees to reimburse Bank upon demand for any costs incurred by Bank in connection with the foregoing. Borrower agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive the repayment of all debts to Bank and shall continue so long as a valid claim may be lawfully asserted against the Bank.

 

The term “Hazardous Materials” includes but is not limited to any and all substances (whether solid, liquid or gas) defined, listed, or otherwise classified as pollutants, hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous wastes, or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect under any present or future Environmental Law or that may have a negative impact on human health or the environment, including but not limited to petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, radon, radioactive materials, flammables and explosives.

 

3
 

 

The term “Environmental Law” means any present and future Federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like, as well as common law, relating to protection of human health or the environment, relating to Hazardous Materials, relating to liability for or costs of remediation or prevention of releases of Hazardous Materials or relating to liability for or costs of other actual or threatened danger to human health or the environment. The term “Environmental Law” includes, but is not limited to, the following statutes, as amended, any successor thereto, and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like addressing similar issues: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (Including but not limited to Subtitle I relating to underground storage tanks); the Solid Waste Disposal Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act; the Safe Drinking Water Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act; the Endangered Species Act; the National Environmental Policy Act; and the River and Harbors Appropriation Act.

 

3.            AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

3.1            Payments and Performance . Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Bank and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.

 

3.2            Books and Records: Inspection . Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Bank, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower. Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives and will permit inspection of all of its properties by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Bank with such information and statements as the Bank may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations.

 

3.3            Financial Statements . Borrower will furnish to Bank:

 

(a) as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, on a combined basis with such other entities designated by the Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such year, and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on a compiled basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied together with any so-called management letter;

 

(b) from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

(c) any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Bank may reasonably request.

 

3.4            Conduct of Business . The Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.5            Contact with Accountant . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower’s books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Bank.

 

4
 

 

3.6            Taxes . Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.7            Maintenance . Borrower will keep and maintain its properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition. Borrower will immediately notify the Bank of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any such property.

 

3.0            Insurance . Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on any property of the Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of the Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted there under without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Bank may, at its option, secure such Insurance and charge the cost thereof to the Borrower. At the option of the Bank, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any property shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Bank, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 

3.9            Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Bank written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

3.10          Notification of Material Litigation . Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations.

 

3.11          Pension Plans . With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes (“Plan”), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, P.L. 93-406, as amended (“ERISA”) or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation”), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Bank (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan’s termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined In ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.

 

5
 

 

4.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

4.1            Financial Covenants . The Borrower will not at any time or during any fiscal period (as applicable) fail to be in compliance with any of the financial covenants in this section.

 

(a) Definit ions. The following definitions shall apply to this Section:

 

(i)           “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United Slates.

 

(b) Asset Retention . Borrower covenants that no assets from any Borrower or any Borrower Affiliate is to be sold without prior Bank approval for the life of the loan.

 

4.2            Sale of Interest . There shall not be any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent

 

4.3            Loans or Advances . Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

4.4            Investments . The Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

4.5            Merger . Borrower shall not merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

4.6            Sale of Assets . Borrower shall not self, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business, provided that fair consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Bank.

 

4.7            Other Business . Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

4.8            Change of Name, etc . Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type of its formation, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

5.            DEFAULT

 

5.1            Default . “Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events;

 

(a) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower or any Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

6
 

 

(b) failure of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days;

 

(c) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 30 days;

 

(d) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(e) if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(f) the death of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

(g) the institution by or against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(i) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(j) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k) the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(I) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

5.2            Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Bank, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

 

7
 

 

5.3            Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Bank’s rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

 

6.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1            Waivers . The Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

 

6.2            Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower hereby Waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

6.3            Deposit Collateral . The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

6.4            Indemnification . The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an Indemnitee”) harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other person (as well as from reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Bank in favor of the Borrower.

 

6.5            Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Bank in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Bank’s rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Bank in defending the Bank’s security interest in, title or right to any collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of any Obligation.

 

6.6            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

6.7            Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

6.8            Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

8
 

 

6.9            Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Bank shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Bank. The Bank may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver it to the assignee, Who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Bank; and the Bank shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

6.10            Further Assurances . Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Bank all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

6.11          Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if Borrower shall obtain the Bank’s prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Bank on any future occasion.

 

6.12          Terms of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Bank shall be outstanding, or the Bank shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Bank and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Bank be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 

6.13          Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

6.14          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

6.15          Reproductions . This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

9
 

 

6.16          Jurisdiction and Venue . Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

 

6.17          JURY WAIVER . THE BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of July 3, 2012.    
     
Witness:   Borrower:
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC
       
Miranda Stumph   By: /s/ Annette D Meier
      Annette D Meier, Member

 

Accepted: Proficio Bank  
   
By: /s/ Brett Smiley  
Name: Brett Smiley  
Title: VP / SBA Business Development  

 

Loan Agreement - Obligor 2 © 2012 Medici, a division of Welters Kluwer Financial Services

 

10
 

 

LOSS PAYMENT ENDORSEMENT

 

Endorsement to be attached to and made a part of policy No._________________ dated ______________, of the __________________________ (Insurance Company), issued to Meier Properties, Series LLC , herein called the named insured.

 

Loss, if any, under this policy shall be payable to Proficio Bank (the “Beneficiary”), with a principal place of business at 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as lender, pledgee, mortgagee, lienor, security interest holder, entruster, owner or in any other capacity in which it holds an insurable interest, as its interest may appear. It is understood that the Beneficiary now has or will acquire, from time to time hereafter, an insurable interest in property insured under this policy, which interest will be established by written evidence, including without limitation warehouse receipts, bills of lading, assignments, mortgages, pledges, factoring agreements, accounts receivable financing agreements, security interest agreements, factors lien agreements, other agreements or documents, financing statements, trust receipts or records maintained by the Beneficiary.

 

This insurance, solely as to the interest of the Beneficiary therein, shall not be impaired or invalidated, in whole or in part, by reason of any act or neglect of the named insured or any subsequent owner of any of the property insured under this policy, or by any change in the title of ownership of such property, or by the occupation of the premises wherein such property is located or by any breach of or failure to comply with any warranty or condition of the policy over which the Beneficiary has no control. This policy shall not be canceled or materially changed as to the interest of the Beneficiary, unless at least Thirty (30) days (or in case of war risk coverage, at least two days) prior written notice of such cancellation or change has been given to the Beneficiary. The Beneficiary shall have the right, but only if it so elects, to pay any premium which may be or become due under this policy; but shall not, in any event, have the obligation to do so or any obligation or liability therefor. All other terms and conditions of the policy to which this endorsement is attached and of which it is a part remain unchanged. This endorsement cannot be changed or terminated orally.

 

       
Date   Insurance Company  

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.39

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Unconditional Guarantee 

  

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Guarantor Meier Family Holding Co, LLC
   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Note Amount $627, 000.00

 

1. GUARANTEE:

 

Guarantor unconditionally guarantees payment to Lender of all amounts owing under the Note. This Guarantee remains in effect until the Note is paid in full. Guarantor must pay all amounts due under the Note when Lender makes written demand upon Guarantor. Lender is not required to seek payment from any other source before demanding payment from Guarantor.

 

2. NOTE:

 

The “Note” is the promissory note dated December, 2013 in the principal amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents  Dollars , from Borrower to Lender. It includes any assumption, renewal, substitution, or replacement of the Note, and multiple notes under a line of credit.

 

3. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of the Note or any guarantee of the Note.

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by the Note.

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to the Loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, or anyone who pledges Collateral.

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 1 /4
 

 

4. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Lender may take any of the following actions at any time, without notice, without Guarantor’s consent, and without making demand upon Guarantor:

 

A. Modify the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document except to increase the amounts due under the Note;

 

B. Refrain from taking any action on the Note, the Collateral, or any guarantee;

 

C. Release any Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

D. Compromise or settle with the Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

E. Substitute or release any of the Collateral, whether or not Lender receives anything in return;

 

F. Foreclose upon or otherwise obtain, and dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement;

 

G. Bid or buy at any sale of Collateral by Lender or any other lienholder, at any price Lender chooses; and

 

H. Exercise any rights it has, including those in the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

These actions will not release or reduce the obligations of Guarantor or create any rights or claims against Lender.

 

5. FEDERAL LAW:

 

When SBA is the holder, the Note and this Guarantee will be construed and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Guarantee, Guarantor may not claim or assert any local or state law against SBA to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

6. RIGHTS, NOTICES, AND DEFENSES THAT GUARANTOR WAIVES:

 

To the extent permitted by law,

 

A. Guarantor waives all rights to:

 

1) Require presentment, protest, or demand upon Borrower;
2) Redeem any Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it;
3) Have any disposition of Collateral advertised; and
4) Require a valuation of Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it.

 

B. Guarantor waives any notice of:

 

1) Any default under the Note;
2) Presentment, dishonor, protest, or demand;
3) Execution of the Note;
4) Any action or inaction on the Note or Collateral, such as disbursements, payment, nonpayment, acceleration, intent to accelerate, assignment, collection activity, and incurring enforcement expenses;
5) Any change in the financial condition or business operations of Borrower or any guarantor;
6) Any changes in the terms of the Note or other Loan Documents, except increases in the amounts due under the Note; and
7) The time or place of any sale or other disposition of Collateral.

 

C. Guarantor waives defenses based upon any claim that:

 

1) Lender failed to obtain any guarantee;
2) Lender failed to obtain, perfect, or maintain a security interest in any property offered or taken as Collateral;
3) Lender or others improperly valued or inspected the Collateral;
4) The Collateral changed in value, or was neglected, lost, destroyed, or underinsured;

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 2 /4
 

 

5) Lender impaired the Collateral;
6) Lender did not dispose of any of the Collateral;
7) Lender did not conduct a commercially reasonable sale;
8) Lender did not obtain the fair market value of the Collateral;
9) Lender did not make or perfect a claim upon the death or disability of Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;
10) The financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor was overstated or has adversely changed;
11) Lender made errors or omissions in Loan Documents or administration of the Loan;
12) Lender did not seek payment from the Borrower, any other guarantors, or any Collateral before demanding payment from Guarantor:
13) Lender impaired Guarantor’s suretyship rights;
14) Lender modified the Note terms, other than to increase amounts due under the Note. If Lender modifies the Note to increase the amounts due under the Note without Guarantor’s consent, Guarantor will not be liable for the increased amounts and related interest and expenses, but remains liable for all other amounts;
15) Borrower has avoided liability on the Note; or
16) Lender has taken an action allowed under the Note, this Guarantee, or other Loan Documents.

 

7. DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL:

 

Guarantor will preserve the Collateral pledged by Guarantor to secure this Guarantee. Lender has no duty to preserve or dispose of any Collateral.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Guarantee, Guarantor includes heirs and successors, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. Guarantor promises to pay all expenses Lender incurs to enforce this Guarantee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs.
     
B. SBA NOT A CO-GUARANTOR. Guarantor’s liability will continue even if SBA pays Lender. SBA is not a co-guarantor with Guarantor. Guarantor has no right of contribution from SBA.
     
C. SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Guarantor has no subrogation rights as to the Note or the Collateral until the Note is paid in full.
     
D. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All individuals and entities signing as Guarantor are jointly and severally liable.
     
E. DOCUMENT SIGNING. Guarantor must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.
     
F. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor must give Lender financial statements as Lender requires.
     
G. LENDER’S RIGHTS CUMULATIVE, NOT WAIVED. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times as it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without losing or impairing any of them.
     
H. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING. Guarantor may not use an oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of the Note or this Guarantee, or to raise a defense to this Guarantee.
     
I. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Guarantee is found to be unenforceable, all other parts will remain in effect.
     
J. CONSIDERATION. The consideration for this Guarantee is the Loan or any accommodation by Lender as to the Loan.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 3 /4
 

 

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 4 /4

 

Exhibit 10.40

  

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Unconditional Guarantee  

 

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Guarantor Gilbert Troy Meier
   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Note Amount $627,000.00

   

1. GUARANTEE:

 

Guarantor unconditionally guarantees payment to Lender of all amounts owing under the Note. This Guarantee remains in effect until the Note is paid in full. Guarantor must pay all amounts due under the Note when Lender makes written demand upon Guarantor. Lender is not required to seek payment from any other source before demanding payment from Guarantor.

 

2. NOTE:

 

The “Note” is the promissory note dated December                , 2013  in the principal amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents  Dollars , from Borrower to Lender. It includes any assumption, renewal, substitution, or replacement of the Note, and multiple notes under a line of credit.

 

3. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of the Note or any guarantee of the Note.

 

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by the Note.

 

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to the Loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, or anyone who pledges Collateral.

 

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 1 /5
 

 

4. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Lender may take any of the following actions at any time, without notice, without Guarantor’s consent, and without making demand upon Guarantor:

 

A. Modify the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document except to increase the amounts due under the Note;

 

B. Refrain from taking any action on the Note, the Collateral, or any guarantee;

 

C. Release any Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

D. Compromise or settle with the Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

E. Substitute or release any of the Collateral, whether or not Lender receives anything in return;

 

F. Foreclose upon or otherwise obtain, and dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement;

 

G. Bid or buy at any sale of Collateral by Lender or any other lienholder, at any price Lender chooses; and

 

H. Exercise any rights it has, including those in the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

These actions will not release or reduce the obligations of Guarantor or create any rights or claims against Lender.

 

5 . FEDERAL LAW:

 

When SBA is the holder, the Note and this Guarantee will be construed and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Guarantee, Guarantor may not claim or assert any local or state law against SBA to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

6. RIGHTS, NOTICES, AND DEFENSES THAT GUARANTOR WAIVES:

 

To the extent permitted by law,

 

A. Guarantor waives all rights to:

 

1) Require presentment, protest, or demand upon Borrower;

 

2) Redeem any Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it;

 

3) Have any disposition of Collateral advertised; and

 

4) Require a valuation of Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it.

 

B. Guarantor waives any notice of:

 

1) Any default under the Note;

 

2) Presentment, dishonor, protest, or demand;

 

3) Execution of the Note;

 

4) Any action or inaction on the Note or Collateral, such as disbursements, payment, nonpayment, acceleration, intent to accelerate, assignment, collection activity, and incurring enforcement expenses;

 

5) Any change in the financial condition or business operations of Borrower or any guarantor;

 

6) Any changes in the terms of the Note or other Loan Documents, except increases in the amounts due under the Note; and

 

7) The time or place of any sale or other disposition of Collateral.

 

C. Guarantor waives defenses based upon any claim that:

 

1) Lender failed to obtain any guarantee;

 

2) Lender failed to obtain, perfect, or maintain a security interest in any property offered or taken as Collateral;

 

3) Lender or others improperly valued or inspected the Collateral;

 

4) The Collateral changed in value, or was neglected, lost, destroyed, or underinsured;

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 2 /5
 

 

5) Lender impaired the Collateral;

 

6) Lender did not dispose of any of the Collateral;

 

7) Lender did not conduct a commercially reasonable sale;

 

8) Lender did not obtain the fair market value of the Collateral;

 

9) Lender did not make or perfect a claim upon the death or disability of Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

10) The financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor was overstated or has adversely changed;

 

11) Lender made errors or omissions in Loan Documents or administration of the Loan;

 

12) Lender did not seek payment from the Borrower, any other guarantors, or any Collateral before demanding payment from Guarantor:

 

13) Lender impaired Guarantor’s suretyship rights;

 

14) Lender modified the Note terms, other than to increase amounts due under the Note. If Lender modifies the Note to increase the amounts due under the Note without Guarantor’s consent, Guarantor will not be liable for the increased amounts and related interest and expenses, but remains liable for all other amounts;

 

15) Borrower has avoided liability on the Note; or

 

16) Lender has taken an action allowed under the Note, this Guarantee, or other Loan Documents.

 

7. DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL:

 

Guarantor will preserve the Collateral pledged by Guarantor to secure this Guarantee. Lender has no duty to preserve or dispose of any Collateral.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Guarantee, Guarantor includes heirs and successors, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. Guarantor promises to pay all expenses Lender incurs to enforce this Guarantee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs.

 

B. SBA NOT A CO-GUARANTOR. Guarantor’s liability will continue even if SBA pays Lender. SBA is not a co-guarantor with Guarantor. Guarantor has no right of contribution from SBA.

 

C. SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Guarantor has no subrogation rights as to the Note or the Collateral until the Note is paid in full.

 

D. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All individuals and entities signing as Guarantor are jointly and severally liable.

 

E. DOCUMENT SIGNING. Guarantor must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.

 

F. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor must give Lender financial statements as Lender requires.

 

G. LENDER’S RIGHTS CUMULATIVE, NOT WAIVED. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times as it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without losing or impairing any of them.

 

H. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING. Guarantor may not use an oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of the Note or this Guarantee, or to raise a defense to this Guarantee.

 

I. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Guarantee is found to be unenforceable, all other parts will remain in effect.

 

J. CONSIDERATION. The consideration for this Guarantee is the Loan or any accommodation by Lender as to the Loan

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 3 /5
 

  

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

 

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 4 /5
 

  

Witness:   Guarantor(s)
     
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
    Gilbert Troy Meier, Individually

  

TATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 30 day of December, 2013, by Gilbert Troy Meier.

 

                                                                         

 

 

/ s/ Rich Mahoney                                          , NOTARY PUBLIC
MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: 11.5.15
Rich Mahoney
TYPE OR PRINT NAME

  

 
 

 

   

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Unconditional Guarantee  

 

   

 

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Guarantor

Gilbert Troy Meier Trust

   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Note Amount $627,000.00

 

1. GUARANTEE:

 

Guarantor unconditionally guarantees payment to Lender of all amounts owing under the Note. This Guarantee remains in effect until the Note is paid in full. Guarantor must pay all amounts due under the Note when Lender makes written demand upon Guarantor. Lender is not required to seek payment from any other source before demanding payment from Guarantor.

 

2. NOTE:

 

The “Note” is the promissory note dated December                 , 2013 in the principal amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents Dollars , from Borrower to Lender. It includes any assumption, renewal, substitution, or replacement of the Note, and multiple notes under a line of credit.

 

3. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of the Note or any guarantee of the Note.

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by the Note.

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to the Loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, or anyone who pledges Collateral.

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 1/5

 

 
 

 

4. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Lender may take any of the following actions at any time, without notice, without Guarantor’s consent, and without making demand upon Guarantor:

 

A. Modify the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document except to increase the amounts due under the Note;

 

B. Refrain from taking any action on the Note, the Collateral, or any guarantee;

 

C. Release any Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

D. Compromise or settle with the Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

E. Substitute or release any of the Collateral, whether or not Lender receives anything in return;

 

F. Foreclose upon or otherwise obtain, and dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement;

 

G. Bid or buy at any sale of Collateral by Lender or any other lienholder, at any price Lender chooses; and

 

H. Exercise any rights it has, including those in the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

These actions will not release or reduce the obligations of Guarantor or create any rights or claims against Lender.

 

5. FEDERAL LAW:

 

When SBA is the holder, the Note and this Guarantee will be construed and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Guarantee, Guarantor may not claim or assert any local or state law against SBA to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

6. RIGHTS, NOTICES, AND DEFENSES THAT GUARANTOR WAIVES:

 

To the extent permitted by law,

 

A. Guarantor waives all rights to:

 

1) Require presentment, protest, or demand upon Borrower;

 

2) Redeem any Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it;

 

3) Have any disposition of Collateral advertised; and

 

4) Require a valuation of Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it.

 

B. Guarantor waives any notice of:

 

1) Any default under the Note;

 

2) Presentment, dishonor, protest, or demand;

 

3) Execution of the Note;

 

4) Any action or inaction on the Note or Collateral, such as disbursements, payment, nonpayment, acceleration, intent to accelerate, assignment, collection activity, and incurring enforcement expenses;

 

5) Any change in the financial condition or business operations of Borrower or any guarantor;

 

6) Any changes in the terms of the Note or other Loan Documents, except increases in the amounts due under the Note; and

 

7) The time or place of any sale or other disposition of Collateral.

 

C. Guarantor waives defenses based upon any claim that:

 

1) Lender failed to obtain any guarantee;

 

2) Lender failed to obtain, perfect, or maintain a security interest in any property offered or taken as Collateral;

 

3) Lender or others improperly valued or inspected the Collateral;

 

4) The Collateral changed in value, or was neglected, lost, destroyed, or underinsured;

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 2/5

 

 
 

 

5) Lender impaired the Collateral;

 

6) Lender did not dispose of any of the Collateral;

 

7) Lender did not conduct a commercially reasonable sale;

 

8) Lender did not obtain the fair market value of the Collateral;

 

9) Lender did not make or perfect a claim upon the death or disability of Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

10) The financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor was overstated or has adversely changed;

 

11) Lender made errors or omissions in Loan Documents or administration of the Loan;

 

12) Lender did not seek payment from the Borrower, any other guarantors, or any Collateral before demanding payment from Guarantor:

 

13) Lender impaired Guarantor’s suretyship rights;

 

14) Lender modified the Note terms, other than to increase amounts due under the Note. If Lender modifies the Note to increase the amounts due under the Note without Guarantor’s consent, Guarantor will not be liable for the increased amounts and related interest and expenses, but remains liable for all other amounts;

 

15) Borrower has avoided liability on the Note; or

 

16) Lender has taken an action allowed under the Note, this Guarantee, or other Loan Documents.

 

7. DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL:

 

Guarantor will preserve the Collateral pledged by Guarantor to secure this Guarantee. Lender has no duty to preserve or dispose of any Collateral.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Guarantee, Guarantor includes heirs and successors, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. Guarantor promises to pay all expenses Lender incurs to enforce this Guarantee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs.

 

B. SBA NOT A CO-GUARANTOR. Guarantor’s liability will continue even if SBA pays Lender. SBA is not a co- guarantor with Guarantor. Guarantor has no right of contribution from SBA.

 

C. SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Guarantor has no subrogation rights as to the Note or the Collateral until the Note is paid in full.

 

D. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All individuals and entities signing as Guarantor are jointly and severally liable.

 

E. DOCUMENT SIGNING. Guarantor must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.

 

F. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor must give Lender financial statements as Lender requires.

 

G. LENDER’S RIGHTS CUMULATIVE, NOT WAIVED. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times as it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without losing or impairing any of them.

 

H. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING. Guarantor may not use an oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of the Note or this Guarantee, or to raise a defense to this Guarantee.

 

I. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Guarantee is found to be unenforceable, all other parts will remain in effect.

 

J. CONSIDERATION. The consideration for this Guarantee is the Loan or any accommodation by Lender as to the Loan.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 3/5

 

 
 

 

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

 

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 4/5

 

 
 

 

Witness:   Guarantor(s):    
         
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Annette D Meier    
   

Annette D Meier, as Trustee of
Gilbert Troy Meier Trust

   

 

Witness:   Guarantor(s):    
         
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier    
   

Gilbert Troy Meier as Trustee of
Gilbert Troy Meier Trust

   

 

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 30 day of December, 2013. by Annette D Meier, Trustee of Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, a Utah Trust, on behalf of such Trust.

 

/s/ Rich Mahoney               , NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:          11.5.15        

Rich Mahoney                      

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

 

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 30 day of December, 2013 , by Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee of Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, a Utah Trust, on behalf of such Trust.

 

/s/ Rich Mahoney                         , NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:          11.5.15        

Rich Mahoney                      

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

 

 

 
 

 

   

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Unconditional Guarantee  

 

   

 

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Guarantor Annette Meier
   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Note Amount $627,000.00

 

1. GUARANTEE:

 

Guarantor unconditionally guarantees payment to Lender of all amounts owing under the Note. This Guarantee remains in effect until the Note is paid in full. Guarantor must pay all amounts due under the Note when Lender makes written demand upon Guarantor. Lender is not required to seek payment from any other source before demanding payment from Guarantor.

 

2. NOTE:

 

The “Note” is the promissory note dated December, 2013 in the principal amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents Dollars , from Borrower to Lender. It includes any assumption, renewal, substitution, or replacement of the Note, and multiple notes under a line of credit.

 

3. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of the Note or any guarantee of the Note.

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by the Note.

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to the Loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, or anyone who pledges Collateral.

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 1/5

 

 
 

 

4. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Lender may take any of the following actions at any time, without notice, without Guarantor’s consent, and without making demand upon Guarantor:

 

A. Modify the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document except to increase the amounts due under the Note;

 

B. Refrain from taking any action on the Note, the Collateral, or any guarantee;

 

C. Release any Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

D. Compromise or settle with the Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

E. Substitute or release any of the Collateral, whether or not Lender receives anything in return;

 

F. Foreclose upon or otherwise obtain, and dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement;

 

G. Bid or buy at any sale of Collateral by Lender or any other lienholder, at any price Lender chooses; and

 

H. Exercise any rights it has, including those in the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

These actions will not release or reduce the obligations of Guarantor or create any rights or claims against Lender.

 

5. FEDERAL LAW:

 

When SBA is the holder, the Note and this Guarantee will be construed and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Guarantee, Guarantor may not claim or assert any local or state law against SBA to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

6. RIGHTS, NOTICES, AND DEFENSES THAT GUARANTOR WAIVES:

 

To the extent permitted by law,

 

A. Guarantor waives all rights to:

 

1) Require presentment, protest, or demand upon Borrower;

 

2) Redeem any Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it;

 

3) Have any disposition of Collateral advertised; and

 

4) Require a valuation of Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it.

 

B. Guarantor waives any notice of:

 

1) Any default under the Note;

 

2) Presentment, dishonor, protest, or demand;

 

3) Execution of the Note;

 

4) Any action or inaction on the Note or Collateral, such as disbursements, payment, nonpayment, acceleration, intent to accelerate, assignment, collection activity, and incurring enforcement expenses;

 

5) Any change in the financial condition or business operations of Borrower or any guarantor;

 

6) Any changes in the terms of the Note or other Loan Documents, except increases in the amounts due under the Note; and

 

7) The time or place of any sale or other disposition of Collateral.

 

C. Guarantor waives defenses based upon any claim that:

 

1) Lender failed to obtain any guarantee;

 

2) Lender failed to obtain, perfect, or maintain a security interest in any property offered or taken as Collateral;

 

3) Lender or others improperly valued or inspected the Collateral;

 

4) The Collateral changed in value, or was neglected, lost, destroyed, or underinsured;

  

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 2/5

 

 
 

 

5) Lender impaired the Collateral;

 

6) Lender did not dispose of any of the Collateral;

 

7) Lender did not conduct a commercially reasonable sale;

 

8) Lender did not obtain the fair market value of the Collateral;

 

9) Lender did not make or perfect a claim upon the death or disability of Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

10) The financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor was overstated or has adversely changed;

 

11) Lender made errors or omissions in Loan Documents or administration of the Loan;

 

12) Lender did not seek payment from the Borrower, any other guarantors, or any Collateral before demanding payment from Guarantor;

 

13) Lender impaired Guarantor’s suretyship rights;

 

14) Lender modified the Note terms, other than to increase amounts due under the Note. If Lender modifies the Note to increase the amounts due under the Note without Guarantor’s consent, Guarantor will not be liable for the increased amounts and related interest and expenses, but remains liable for all other amounts;

 

15) Borrower has avoided liability on the Note; or

 

16) Lender has taken an action allowed under the Note, this Guarantee, or other Loan Documents.

 

7. DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL:

 

Guarantor will preserve the Collateral pledged by Guarantor to secure this Guarantee. Lender has no duty to preserve or dispose of any Collateral.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Guarantee, Guarantor includes heirs and successors, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. Guarantor promises to pay all expenses Lender incurs to enforce this Guarantee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs.

 

B. SBA NOT A CO-GUARANTOR. Guarantor’s liability will continue even if SBA pays Lender. SBA is not a co-guarantor with Guarantor. Guarantor has no right of contribution from SBA.

 

C. SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Guarantor has no subrogation rights as to the Note or the Collateral until the Note is paid in full.

 

D. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All individuals and entities signing as Guarantor are jointly and severally liable.

 

E. DOCUMENT SIGNING. Guarantor must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.

 

F. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor must give Lender financial statements as Lender requires.

 

G. LENDER’S RIGHTS CUMULATIVE, NOT WAIVED. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times as it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without losing or impairing any of them.

 

H. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING. Guarantor may not use an oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of the Note or this Guarantee, or to raise a defense to this Guarantee.

 

I. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Guarantee is found to be unenforceable, all other parts will remain in effect.

 

J. CONSIDERATION. The consideration for this Guarantee is the Loan or any accommodation by Lender as to the Loan.

  

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 3/5

 

 
 

 

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

 

  

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 4/5

 

 
 

 

Witness:   Guarantor(s):    
         
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Annette D Meier    
    Annette D Meier, individually    

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this  30  day of December, 2013 by Annette D Meier.

 

/s/ Rich Mahoney                         , NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:          11.5.15        

Rich Mahoney                      

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

 

 

 
 

 

   

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Unconditional Guarantee  

 

   

 

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Guarantor

Annette Deuel Meier Trust

   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Note Amount $627,000.00

 

1. GUARANTEE:

 

Guarantor unconditionally guarantees payment to Lender of all amounts owing under the Note. This Guarantee remains in effect until the Note is paid in full. Guarantor must pay all amounts due under the Note when Lender makes written demand upon Guarantor. Lender is not required to seek payment from any other source before demanding payment from Guarantor.

 

2. NOTE:

 

The “Note” is the promissory note dated December, 2013 in the principal amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents Dollars , from Borrower to Lender. It includes any assumption, renewal, substitution, or replacement of the Note, and multiple notes under a line of credit.

 

3. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of the Note or any guarantee of the Note.

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by the Note.

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to the Loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor or any other guarantor, or anyone who pledges Collateral.

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 1/5

 

 
 

 

4. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Lender may take any of the following actions at any time, without notice, without Guarantor’s consent, and without making demand upon Guarantor:

 

A. Modify the terms of the Note or any other Loan Document except to increase the amounts due under the Note;

 

B. Refrain from taking any action on the Note, the Collateral, or any guarantee;

 

C. Release any Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

D. Compromise or settle with the Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

E. Substitute or release any of the Collateral, whether or not Lender receives anything in return;

 

F. Foreclose upon or otherwise obtain, and dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement;

 

G. Bid or buy at any sale of Collateral by Lender or any other lienholder, at any price Lender chooses; and

 

H. Exercise any rights it has, including those in the Note and other Loan Documents.

 

These actions will not release or reduce the obligations of Guarantor or create any rights or claims against Lender.

 

5. FEDERAL LAW:

 

When SBA is the holder, the Note and this Guarantee will be construed and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Guarantee, Guarantor may not claim or assert any local or state law against SBA to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

6. RIGHTS, NOTICES, AND DEFENSES THAT GUARANTOR WAIVES:

 

To the extent permitted by law,

 

A. Guarantor waives all rights to:

 

1) Require presentment, protest, or demand upon Borrower;

 

2) Redeem any Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it;

 

3) Have any disposition of Collateral advertised; and

 

4) Require a valuation of Collateral before or after Lender disposes of it.

 

B. Guarantor waives any notice of:

 

1) Any default under the Note;

 

2) Presentment, dishonor, protest, or demand;

 

3) Execution of the Note;

 

4) Any action or inaction on the Note or Collateral, such as disbursements, payment, nonpayment, acceleration, intent to accelerate, assignment, collection activity, and incurring enforcement expenses;

 

5) Any change in the financial condition or business operations of Borrower or any guarantor;

 

6) Any changes in the terms of the Note or other Loan Documents, except increases in the amounts due under the Note; and

 

7) The time or place of any sale or other disposition of Collateral.

 

C. Guarantor waives defenses based upon any claim that:

 

1) Lender failed to obtain any guarantee;

 

2) Lender failed to obtain, perfect, or maintain a security interest in any property offered or taken as Collateral;

 

3) Lender or others improperly valued or inspected the Collateral;

 

4) The Collateral changed in value, or was neglected, lost, destroyed, or underinsured;

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 2/5

 

 
 

 

5) Lender impaired the Collateral;

 

6) Lender did not dispose of any of the Collateral;

 

7) Lender did not conduct a commercially reasonable sale;

 

8) Lender did not obtain the fair market value of the Collateral;

 

9) Lender did not make or perfect a claim upon the death or disability of Borrower or any guarantor of the Note;

 

10) The financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor was overstated or has adversely changed;

 

11) Lender made errors or omissions in Loan Documents or administration of the Loan;

 

12) Lender did not seek payment from the Borrower, any other guarantors, or any Collateral before demanding payment from Guarantor:

 

13) Lender impaired Guarantor’s suretyship rights;

 

14) Lender modified the Note terms, other than to increase amounts due under the Note. If Lender modifies the Note to increase the amounts due under the Note without Guarantor’s consent, Guarantor will not be liable for the increased amounts and related interest and expenses, but remains liable for all other amounts;

 

15) Borrower has avoided liability on the Note; or

 

16) Lender has taken an action allowed under the Note, this Guarantee, or other Loan Documents.

 

7. DUTIES AS TO COLLATERAL:

 

Guarantor will preserve the Collateral pledged by Guarantor to secure this Guarantee. Lender has no duty to preserve or dispose of any Collateral.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Guarantee, Guarantor includes heirs and successors, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. ENFORCEMENT EXPENSES. Guarantor promises to pay all expenses Lender incurs to enforce this Guarantee, including, but not limited to, attorney’s fees and costs.

 

B. SBA NOT A CO-GUARANTOR. Guarantor’s liability will continue even if SBA pays Lender. SBA is not a co-guarantor with Guarantor. Guarantor has no right of contribution from SBA.

 

C. SUBROGATION RIGHTS. Guarantor has no subrogation rights as to the Note or the Collateral until the Note is paid in full.

 

D. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All individuals and entities signing as Guarantor are jointly and severally liable.

 

E. DOCUMENT SIGNING. Guarantor must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.

 

F. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Guarantor must give Lender financial statements as Lender requires.

 

G. LENDER’S RIGHTS CUMULATIVE, NOT WAIVED. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times as it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without losing or impairing any of them.

 

H. ORAL STATEMENTS NOT BINDING. Guarantor may not use an oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of the Note or this Guarantee, or to raise a defense to this Guarantee.

 

I. SEVERABILITY. If any part of this Guarantee is found to be unenforceable, all other parts will remain in effect.

 

J. CONSIDERATION. The consideration for this Guarantee is the Loan or any accommodation by Lender as to the Loan.

 

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 3/5

 

 
 

 

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

 

 

SBA Form 148 (10/98) Previous editions obsolete Page 4/5

 

 
 

 

Witness:   Guarantor(s):    
         
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Annette D Meier    
   

Annette D Meier, as Trustee of
Annette Deuel Meier Trust

   

 

         
[ILLEGIBLE]   /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier    
   

Gilbert Troy Meier,as Trustee of
Annette Deuel Meier Trust

   

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS. 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 30 day of December, 2013, by Annette D Meier, Trustee of Annette Deuel Meier Trust, a Utah Trust, on behalf of such Trust.

 

/s/ Rich Mahoney                         , NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:          11.5.15                       

Rich Mahoney                                                                         

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

 

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF       UINTAH       , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 30 day of December, 2013, by Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee of Annette Deuel Meier Trust, a Utah Trust, on behalf of such Trust.

 

/s/ Rich Mahoney                         , NOTARY PUBLIC

MY COMMISSION EXPIRES:          11.5.15                       

Rich Mahoney                                                                        

TYPE OR PRINT NAME

 

 

 

 
 

 

   

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Note

 

   

 

SBA Loan # 65911350-04
   
SBA Loan Name Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Date December 30, 2013
   
Loan Amount $627,000.00
   
Interest Rate Initially 6.00%
   
Borrower Superior Drilling Products, LLC, Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC
   
Operating
Company
Superior Drilling, LLC
   
Lender Proficio Bank

 

1. PROMISE TO PAY:

 

In return for the Loan, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Lender the amount of Six Hundred Twenty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents Dollars , interest on the unpaid principal balance, and all other amounts required by this Note.

 

2. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of this Note or any guarantee of this Note.

 

“Guarantor” means each person or entity that signs a guarantee of payment of this Note.

 

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by this Note.

 

“Loan Documents” means the documents related to this loan signed by Borrower, any Guarantor, or anyone who pledges collateral.

 

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 1/6

 

 
 

 

3. PAYMENT TERMS:

 

Borrower must make all payments at the place Lender designates. The payment terms for this Note are: 

 

Maturity: This Note will mature in 7 years from date of Note.

 

Repayment Terms:

Lender must insert onto SBA Note, Form 147, to be executed by Borrower, the following terms, without modification. Lender must complete all blank terms on the Note at time of closing:

 

The interest rate on this Note will fluctuate. The initial interest rate is 6.00% per year. This initial rate is the Prime Rate in effect on the first business day of the month in which SBA received the loan application, plus 2.75%. The initial interest rate must remain in effect until the first change period begins unless reduced in accordance with SOP 50 10.

 

Borrower must pay principal and interest payments of $9,159.56 every month, beginning one month from the month this Note is dated; payments must be made on the 20 th calendar day in the months they are due.

 

Lender will apply each installment payment first to pay interest accrued to the day Lender receives the payment, then to bring principal current, then to pay any late fees, and will apply any remaining balance to reduce principal.

 

The interest rate will be adjusted quarterly (the “change period”).

 

The “Prime Rate” is the Prime Rate in effect on the first business day of the month (as published in the Wall Street Journal newspaper) in which SBA received the application, or any interest rate change occurs. Base Rates will be rounded to two decimal places with .004 being rounded down and .005 being rounded up.

 

The adjusted interest rate will be 2.75% above the Prime Rate. Lender will adjust the interest rate on the first calendar day of each change period. The change in interest rate is effective on that day whether or not Lender gives Borrower notice of the change.

 

The spread as identified in the Note may not be changed during the life of the Loan without the written agreement of the Borrower.

 

For variable rate loans, the interest rate adjustment period may not be changed without the written consent of the Borrower.

 

Lender must adjust the payment amount at least annually as needed to amortize principal over the remaining term of the note.

 

If SBA purchases the guaranteed portion of the unpaid principal balance, the interest rate becomes fixed at the rate in effect at the time of the earliest uncured payment default. If there is no uncured payment default, the rate becomes fixed at the rate in effect at the time of purchase.

 

Loan Prepayment:

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Note to the contrary:

 

Borrower may prepay this Note. Borrower may prepay 20 percent or less of the unpaid principal balance at any time without notice. If Borrower prepays more than 20 percent and the Loan has been sold on the secondary market, Borrower must:

a.  Give Lender written notice;

b.  Pay all accrued interest; and

c.  If the prepayment is received less than 21 days from the date Lender receives the notice, pay an amount equal to 21 days’ interest from the date lender receives the notice, less any interest accrued during the 21 days and paid under subparagraph b., above.

 

If Borrower does not prepay within 30 days from the date Lender receives the notice, Borrower must give Lender a new notice.

 

All remaining principal and accrued interest is due and payable 7 years from date of Note.

 

Late Charge : If a payment on this Note is more than 10 days late, Lender may charge borrower a late fee of up to 5.00% of the unpaid portion of the regularly scheduled payment.

 

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 2/6

 

 
 

 

4. DEFAULT:

 

Borrower is in default under this Note if Borrower does not make a payment when due under this Note, or if Borrower or Operating Company:

 

A. Fails to do anything required by this Note and other Loan Documents;

 

B. Defaults on any other loan with Lender;

 

C. Does not preserve, or account to Lender’s satisfaction for, any of the Collateral or its proceeds;

 

D. Does not disclose, or anyone acting on their behalf does not disclose, any material fact to Lender or SBA;

 

E. Makes, or anyone acting on their behalf makes, a materially false or misleading representation to Lender or SBA;

 

F. Defaults on any loan or agreement with another creditor, if Lender believes the default may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note;

 

G. Fails to pay any taxes when due;

 

H. Becomes the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law;

 

I. Has a receiver or liquidator appointed for any part of their business or property;

 

J. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

K. Has any adverse change in financial condition or business operation that Lender believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note;

 

L. Reorganizes, merges, consolidates, or otherwise changes ownership or business structure without Lender’s prior written consent; or

 

M. Becomes the subject of a civil or criminal action that Lender believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note.

 

5. LENDER’S RIGHTS IF THERE IS A DEFAULT:

 

Without notice or demand and without giving up any of its rights, Lender may:

 

A. Require immediate payment of all amounts owing under this Note;

 

B. Collect all amounts owing from any Borrower or Guarantor;

 

C. File suit and obtain judgment;

 

D. Take possession of any Collateral; or

 

E. Sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement.

 

6. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Without notice and without Borrower’s consent, Lender may:

 

A. Bid on or buy the Collateral at its sale or the sale of another lienholder, at any price it chooses;

 

B. Incur expenses to collect amounts due under this Note, enforce the terms of this Note or any other Loan Document, and preserve or dispose of the Collateral. Among other things, the expenses may include payments for property taxes, prior liens, insurance, appraisals, environmental remediation costs, and reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. If Lender incurs such expenses, it may demand immediate repayment from Borrower or add the expenses to the principal balance;

 

C. Release anyone obligated to pay this Note;

 

D. Compromise, release, renew, extend or substitute any of the Collateral; and

 

E. Take any action necessary to protect the Collateral or collect amounts owing on this Note.

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 3/6

 

 
 

 

7. WHEN FEDERAL LAW APPLIES:

 

When SBA is the holder, this Note will be interpreted and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Note, Borrower may not claim or assert against SBA any local or state law to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Note, Borrower and Operating Company include the successors of each, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. All individuals and entities signing this Note are jointly and severally liable.

 

B. Borrower waives all suretyship defenses.

 

C. Borrower must sign all documents necessary at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable Lender to acquire, perfect, or maintain Lender’s liens on Collateral.

 

D. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times and in any order it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without giving up any of them.

 

E. Borrower may not use an oral statement of Lender or SBA to contradict or alter the written terms of this Note.

 

F. If any part of this Note is unenforceable, all other parts remain in effect.

 

G. To the extent allowed by law, Borrower waives all demands and notices in connection with this Note, including presentment, demand, protest, and notice of dishonor. Borrower also waives any defenses based upon any claim that Lender did not obtain any guarantee; did not obtain, perfect, or maintain a lien upon Collateral; impaired Collateral; or did not obtain the fair market value of Collateral at a sale.

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 4/6

 

 
 

 

10. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

 

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 5/6

 

 
 

 

11. BORROWER’S NAME(S) AND SIGNATURE(S):

 

By signing below, each individual or entity becomes obligated under this Note as Borrower.

 

 

 

Witness:   Borrower(s):  
       
    Superior Drilling Products, LLC  
         
[illegible]   By: /s/ Annette D Meier  
      Annette D Meier, Member  
         
[illegible]   By: /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier  
      Gilbert Troy Meier, Member  
         
    Meier Leasing, LLC
         
[illegible]   By: /s/ Annette D Meier  
      Annette D Meier, Manager  
         
    Meier Management Company, LLC
         
[illegible]   By: /s/ Annette D Meier  
      Annette D Meier, Manager  

 

 

 

 

 

SBA Form 147 (06/03/02) Version 4.1 Page 6/6

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.41

 

 

6985 Union Park Center Ste 150

Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047

 

NOTICE OF RIGHT TO RECEIVE A COPY OF APPRAISAL

 

Dated: February 4, 2013

 

Property: Okuma Multus B400-Wx2000, YOM:2010/06, S/N148243

 

You have a right to receive a copy of the appraisal report(s) (the “Appraisal”) respecting the Property used in connection with your application for credit. If you would like a copy of the Appraisal you must send a request in writing no later than 90 days after we notify you about the action taken on your credit application or when you withdraw your application.

 

Acknowledgement

 

By signing below, you acknowledge that you have received, read and understood this Notice of Right to Receive a Copy of Appraisal.

 

  Meier Leasing, LLC
  Meier Management Company, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier

 

  Title: Member

 

  Print Name: Annette D. Meier

 

 
 

  

 

6985 Union Park Center Ste 150

Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047

 

STATEMENT OF DOCUMENTS RECEIVED

 

I, the undersigned acknowledge receipt of the following documents;

 

Ø Appraisal dated 01/28/2013

 

Meier Leasing, LLC

 

Meier Management Company, LLC

 

/s/ Annette D. Meier  
   
Annette D. Meier  

 

 
 

  

 

COMMERCIAL PATRIOT ACT DISCLOSURE

 

In an effort to help the US Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account with our bank. You will be asked for documents and information which are used to assist in validating the identity of each individual listed on the account. This is in accordance with Section 326 of the PATRIOT ACT.

 

AUTHORIZATION TO OBTAIN CREDIT REPORTS

 

The undersigned hereby consent(s) to Proficio Bank, the use of non-business consumer credit report on the undersigned in order to further evaluate the credit worthiness of the undersigned as principal, proprietor, and/or guarantor in connection with the extension of business credit as completed by this credit application.

 

The undersigned hereby authorize(s) Proficio Bank to utilize a consumer credit report on the undersigned from time to time in connection with the extension or continuation of the business credit represented by this credit application. The undersigned individual(s) hereby knowingly consent to the use of such credit reports consistent with the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act as contain in U.S.C, @ 1681 et seq.

 

/s/ Annette D. Meier   2/4/13  
Signature   Date
     
Member    
Print, Position    
     
Meier Management Company, LLC   26-1820292
Name of Company   Tax Identification Number of Company
     
2221 N. 3250 W., Vernal, Utah 84078    
Address of Company (street address, city, state zip)    

 

 
 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY

 

The undersigned being the only “Manager” of Meier Leasing, LLC (the “Limited Liability Company”) does hereby certify that:

 

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Limited Liability Company (as amended) effective as of, ____________________ and the same remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and correct copy of the written Operating Agreement of the Limited Liability Company dated ____________________ (the “Operating Agreement”) and the same is the only such agreement, either written or oral, and the same has not been amended, rescinded, modified or dissolved, and remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

3. The following are all of the Managers of the Limited Liability Company:

 

Annette D Meier.

 

4. The members of the Limited Liability Company have authorized the actions to be taken by the Manager as set forth herein, to the fullest extent required by law and by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

5. The above named Manager acting on behalf of the Limited Liability Company is authorized and empowered:

 

To borrow, from time to time, from Proficio Bank (“Bank”), such sum or sums of money as said Managers may deem necessary or advisable for the purpose of this Limited Liability Company, including without limitation, $592,000.00 evidenced by that certain Term Note, dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 ;

 

To mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign and transfer to Bank and to grant to Bank security interests In, as security for money borrowed and for all other obligations of this Limited Liability Company to Bank, all property of this Limited Liability Company, whether real, personal, or of whatever kind or nature and wherever situated, and whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising; and

 

To make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, in the name of this Limited Liability Company, promissory notes, loan agreements, credit agreements, construction loan agreements, financing agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, guaranties, and all other instruments, documents and agreements required by Bank (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) in connection with, or to give effect to, or any of the powers and authority therein granted and to continue, extend, modify or amend the same from time to time, all such Loan Documents to be in such form and on such terms and conditions as any of the said Managers shall, by his, her or their execution and delivery thereof, deem satisfactory; hereby ratifying, approving and confirming all that any of the said Managers has done or may do respecting any of the foregoing.

 

6. That all certifications, representations and assertions by the Manager relative to the authority of the Manager to act on behalf of the Limited Liability Company in any dealing or transaction with the Bank shall remain in full force and effect until notice of modification thereof shall be received by Bank and that the Bank may conclusively rely on the signature of such Manager or its authorized representative until notified in writing by the Manager or members of the Limited Liability Company of any change in such Manager.

 

WITNESS my hand this February 4, 2013 .

 

  Manager:
   
  /s/ Annette D Meier
  Annette D Meier

 

Authority Documents - Obligor 1 @ 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

Certificate of Formation

 

(Attach to Certificate of Authority)

  

2
 

  

EXHIBIT B

 

Operating Agreement

 

(Attach to Certificate of Authority)

 

3
 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY

 

The undersigned being the only “Manager” of Meier Management Company, LLC (the “Limited Liability Company”) does hereby certify that:

 

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Certificate of Formation of the Limited Liability Company (as amended) effective as of ______________________ and the same remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

2. Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a true and correct copy of the written Operating Agreement of the Limited Liability Company dated ______________________ (the “Operating Agreement”) and the same is the only such agreement, either written or oral, and the same has not been amended, rescinded, modified or dissolved, and remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

3. The following are all of the Managers of the Limited Liability Company:

 

Annette D Meier.

 

4. The members of the Limited Liability Company have authorized the actions to be taken by the Manager as set forth herein, to the fullest extent required by law and by the terms of the Operating Agreement.

 

5. The above named Manager acting on behalf of the Limited Liability Company is authorized and empowered:

 

To borrow, from time to time, from Proficio Bank (“Bank”), such sum or sums of money as said Managers may deem necessary or advisable for the purpose of this Limited Liability Company, including without limitation, $592,000.00 evidenced by that certain Term Note , dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 ;

 

To mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, sell, assign and transfer to Bank and to grant to Bank security interests in, as security for money borrowed and for all other obligations of this Limited Liability Company to Bank, all property of this Limited Liability Company, whether real, personal, or of whatever kind or nature and wherever situated, and whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising; and

 

To make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, in the name of this Limited Liability Company, promissory notes, loan agreements, credit agreements, construction loan agreements, financing agreements, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, deeds to secure debt, guaranties, and all other instruments, documents and agreements required by Bank (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) in connection with, or to give effect to, or any of the powers and authority therein granted and to continue, extend, modify or amend the same from time to time, all such Loan Documents to be in such form and on such terms and conditions as any of the said Managers shall, by his, her or their execution and delivery thereof, deem satisfactory; hereby ratifying, approving and confirming all that any of the said Managers has done or may do respecting any of the foregoing.

 

6. That all certifications, representations and assertions by the Manager relative to the authority of the Manager to act on behalf of the Limited Liability Company in any dealing or transaction with the Bank shall remain in full force and effect until notice of modification thereof shall be received by Bank and that the Bank may conclusively rely on the signature of such Manager or its authorized representative until notified in writing by the Manager or members of the Limited Liability Company of any change in such Manager.

 

WITNESS my hand this February 4, 2013.

 

  Manager:
   
  /s/ Annette D Meier
  Annette D Meier

 

Authority Documents - Obligor 2 @ 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

Certificate of Formation

 

(Attach to Certificate of Authority)

 

2
 

  

EXHIBIT B

 

Operating Agreement

 

(Attach to Certificate of Authority)

 

3
 

  

LANDLORD'S CONSENT AND WAIVER OF LIEN

 

PREMISES: 2221 N.3250 W. Vernal, ut. 84078

 

TENANT: Meier Leasing, LLC

 

FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the undersigned, being the owner and landlord of the above-described premises, hereby waives any claim against or lien upon the books, records, inventory, equipment and other property of the Tenant and any proceeds therefrom (and replacements, substitutions and additions for or to the foregoing), located at or installed or to be installed in the aforesaid premises in which Proficio Bank (the “Bank”), its successors or assigns, now or hereafter holds a security interest.

 

The landlord further agrees to interpose no objections to the entry by the Bank, its successors and assigns, upon said premises for the purpose of removing and/or liquidating its collateral in the event of default by the tenant in its obligations to the Bank, provided that (a) the Bank restores any walls, windows, doors, partitions, roofs, floors or other parts of the premises materially damaged by it in the course of removal to their condition at the time of the Bank's entry into possession, (b) the Bank pays the landlord rent on a per diem basis at the same rate as the tenant for the period of its occupancy, such rent to be paid in arrears on the thirtieth (30th) day after the Bank's entry into possession, and (c) the Bank completes such removal and liquidation within ninety (90) days of the Bank's entry into possession. The undersigned agrees that upon the Bank taking possession of the premises that the Bank's only obligation shall be the payment of the aforementioned sums and no amount that may be due to the undersigned from tenant shall in any way be chargeable to the Bank or against the collateral of the Bank.

 

The landlord represents that a true and correct copy of the lease of said premises is attached hereto and acknowledges that there are currently no uncured defaults on the part of the tenant. The landlord agrees to give the Bank a copy of any notice of default given to the tenant under the lease and of any notice terminating the rights of the tenant thereunder. The landlord agrees that the Bank shall have the right for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to either (a) enter into possession for the purpose of removing and liquidating its collateral In accordance with the preceding paragraph, or (b) cure any default which can be cured by the payment or expenditure of money and thereupon to assume all of the obligations and rights of the tenant under the lease in the Bank's discretion for a period of three (3) months or for the unexpired term of the lease, the assumption by the Bank and period of the Bank's tenancy to be set forth in writing to landlord within thirty (30) days of the Bank's entry on the premises. All notices to the Bank shall be in writing, by certified mail or overnight courier at the Bank's address as follows:

 

  Proficio Bank
  6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150
  Cottonwood Heights, Utah
  84047

 

The acceptance of such rents or other sums from the Bank will not bar the landlord's rights against the tenant under the lease.

 

 
 

  

SIGNED and SEALED on behalf of the undersigned and the successors and assigns of the undersigned as of February 4, 2013 .

 

  Landlord: Meier Properties Series, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Annette D Meier
    Name:
    Title:  Member

 

 
 

  

Loan No. TBD

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into at Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as of February 4, 2013 , between Meier Management Company, LLC, an Utah limited liability company , with its chief executive office located at 2221 N. 3250 W., Vernal, Utah 84078 (the “Borrower”) and Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Bank”).

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Bank of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Borrower represents to and agrees with the Bank, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

 

1.            THE LOAN

 

1.1                   Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to make a loan to Meier Leasing, LLC and Borrower in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 (the “Loan”). The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Term Note, of even date herewith (the “Note”) by Meier Leasing, LLC and Borrower in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 . This Agreement, the Note, and any and all other documents, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any o f the f oregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

 

1.2 Definitions . The following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “Code” shall mean the Utah Uniform Commercial Code, Section 70A-1-101 et.seq. as amended from time to time.

 

(b) “Obligation(s)” shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by the Borrower to the Bank at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Borrower to the Bank; or are due indirectly by the Borrower to the Bank as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Bank, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Borrower or due from the Borrower to the Bank from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement.

 

(c) “Person” or “party” shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

 

 
 

  

2.            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

2.1                    Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

2.2                    Related Parties . Borrower has no interest in any entities other than those listed on Schedule “A”, if any, and the Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other entity or person other than those listed on Schedule “B”, if any.

 

2.3                    Limited Liability Company Records . Borrower's certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of the Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of the Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 

2.4                    Title to Properties: Absence of Liens . Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, except (a) the mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any, and (b) the leases of personal property as set forth on Schedule 2.4, if any.

 

2.5                    Places of Business . Borrower's chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

2.6                    Valid Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights.

 

2.7                    Conflicts . There is no provision in Borrower's organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

 

2.8                    Governmental Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

 

2.9                    Litigation, etc . There are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

 

2.10                  Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to the Bank one or more financial statements each of which fairly presents the condition of the Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of the Borrower for the period indicated, all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

2.11                  Changes . Since the date of the Financial Statements, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or business of the Borrower, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which have, in the aggregate, been materially adverse.

  

2
 

 

2.12                 Taxes . The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from the Borrower have been fully paid. The Borrower has established on its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

  

2.13                 Use of Proceeds . No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes.

 

3.            AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

3.1                   Payments and Performance . Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Bank and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.

 

3.2                   Books and Records; Inspection . Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Bank, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower. Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives and will permit inspection of all of its properties by the Bank and the Bank's representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Bank with such information and statements as the Bank may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations.

 

3.3                   Financial Statements . Borrower will furnish to Bank:

 

(a) as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, on a combined basis with such other entities designated by the Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such year, and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on a compiled basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied together with any so-called management letter;

 

(b) from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

(c) any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Bank may reasonably request

 

3.4                   Conduct of Business . The Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.5                   Contact with Accountant . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower's books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Bank.

 

3
 

  

3.6                   Taxes . Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

3.7                    Maintenance . Borrower will keep and maintain its properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition. Borrower will immediately notify the Bank of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any such property.

 

3.8                    Insurance . Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on any property of the Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of the Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank, In the event that the Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to the Borrower. At the option of the Bank, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any property shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Bank, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 

3.9                    Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition

or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Bank written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

3.10                  Notification of Material Litigation . Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations.

 

3.11                  Pension Plans . With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes (“Plan”), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, P.L. 93-406, as amended (“ERISA”) or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation”), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Bank (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan's termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.

 

4.            NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

4.1                    Financial -Covenants . The Borrower will not at any time or during any fiscal period (as applicable) fail to be in compliance with any of the financial covenants in this section.

 

4
 

  

(a) Definitions . The following definitions shall apply to this Section:

 

(i)           “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

(b) Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Meier Management Company, LLC is to maintain a minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio of 1.20.

 

(c) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Meier Management Company, LLC is to maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.25.

 

4.2                   Sale of Interest . There shall not be any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent.

 

4.3                   Loans or Advances . Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

4.4                   Investments . The Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

4.5                   Merger . Borrower shall not merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

4.6                   Sale of Assets . Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower's business, provided that fair consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Bank.

 

4.7                   Other Business . Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

4.8                   Change of Name, etc . Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type of its formation, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

5.          DEFAULT

 

5.1                   Default . “Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events:

 

(a) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

5
 

  

(b) failure of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days;

 

(c) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 30 days;

 

(d) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(e) if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(f) the death of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

(g) the institution by or against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(i) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(j) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k) the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(l) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

5.2                  Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Bank, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

 

6
 

  

5.3                   Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Bank's rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

 

6.            MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                   Waivers . The Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

 

6.2                   Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

6.3                   Deposit Collateral . The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

6.4                   Indemnification . The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other person (as well as from reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Bank in favor of the Borrower.

 

6.5                   Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Bank in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Bank’s rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Bank in defending the Bank's security interest in, title or right to any collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of any Obligation.

 

6.6                   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

6.7                   Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

6.8                   Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

7
 

 

6.9            Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Bank shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Bank. The Bank may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver it to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Bank; and the Bank shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

6.10          Further Assurances . Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Bank all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

6.11          Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if Borrower shall obtain the Bank’s prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Bank on any future occasion.

 

6.12          Terms of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Bank shall be outstanding, or the Bank shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Bank and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Bank be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 

6.13          Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

6.14          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

6.15          Reproductions . This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

8
 

 

6.16          Jurisdiction and Venue . Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, Borrower-irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may .effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

 

6.17          JURY WAIVER . THE BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS; TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN ,WAIVED, THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of February 4, 2013.

 

Witness:   Borrower:
      Meier Management Company, LLC
         
/s/ Muanda Stumph   By: /s/ Annette D Meier
        Annette D Meier, Manager
         
Accepted: Proficio Bank      
         
By: /s/ Brett Smiley      
Name: Brett Smiley      
Title: VPBusiness Development Officer      

 

Loan Agreement - Obligor 2 © 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters  Klumer Financial Services

 

9
 

 

Loan No. TBD

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into at Cottonwood Heights, Utah, as of February 4, 2013, between Meier Leasing, LLC, an Utah limited liability company , with its chief executive office located at 2221 N. 3250 W. , Vernal , Utah 84078 (the “Borrower”) and Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank, with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (the “Bank”).

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Bank of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), the Borrower represents to and agrees with the Bank, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

 

1.          THE LOAN

 

1.1            Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Bank hereby agrees to make a loan to Borrower and Meier Management Company, LLC in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 (the “Loan”). The Loan shall be evidenced by that certain Term Note, of even date herewith (the “Note”) by Borrower and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00. This Agreement, the Note, and any and all other documents, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

 

2.          GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

2.1            Grant of Security Interest . In consideration of the Bank’s extending credit and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of the Borrower, the Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a security interest in, a lien on and pledge and assignment of the Collateral (as hereinafter defined). The security interest granted by this Agreement is given to and shall be held by the Bank as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations, including, without limitation, all amounts outstanding pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

2.2            Definitions . The following definitions shall apply:

 

(a) “Code” shall mean the Utah Uniform Commercial Code, Section 70A-1-101 et.seq. as amended from time to time.

 

(b) “Collateral” shall mean all of the Borrower's present and future right, title and interest in and to any and all of the property described in the following subparagraphs, whether such property be now existing or hereafter created, arising or acquired, and wherever located from time to time:

 

(i)          Multus 400BBWx2000, Serial Number 152318; CNC Bit Grinding Machine Serial # 201009-001;

 

(ii)         All proceeds of collateral of every kind and nature in whatever form, including, without limitation, both cash and noncash proceeds resulting or arising from the sale or other disposition by the Borrower of the collateral; and

 

 
 

 

(iii)          All records and products of and accessions to any of the collateral.

 

(c) “Obligation(s)” shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by the Borrower to the Bank at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by the Borrower to the Bank; or are due indirectly by the Borrower to the Bank as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Bank, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Borrower or due from the Borrower to the Bank from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement.

 

(d) “Person” or “party” shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

 

2.3            Ordinary Course of Business . Not Applicable to this loan The Bank hereby authorizes and permits the Borrower to hold, process, sell, use or consume in the manufacture or processing of finished goods, or otherwise dispose of inventory for fair consideration, all in the ordinary course of the Borrower's business, excluding, without limitation, sales to creditors or in bulk or sales or other dispositions occurring under circumstances which would or could create any lien or interest adverse to the Bank's security interest or other right hereunder in the proceeds resulting therefrom. The Bank also hereby authorizes and permits the Borrower to receive from the Debtors all amounts due as proceeds of the Collateral at the Borrower’s own cost and expense, and also liability, if any, subject to the direction and control of the Bank at all times; and the Bank may at any time, without cause or notice, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or demand has been made, terminate all or any part of the authority and permission herein or elsewhere in this Agreement granted to the Borrower with reference to the Collateral, and notify Debtors to make all payments due as proceeds of the Collateral to the Bank. Until Bank shall otherwise notify Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of Collateral shall be retained by Borrower and used solely for the ordinary and usual operation of Borrower's business. From and after notice by Bank to Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Borrower for Bank and shall not be commingled with Borrower's other funds or deposited in any Bank account of Borrower; and Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank on the dates of receipt thereof by Borrower, duly endorsed to Bank or to bearer, or assigned to Bank, as may be appropriate, all proceeds of the Collateral in the identical form received by Borrower.

 

2.4            Allowances . Absent an Event of Default the Borrower may grant such allowances or other adjustments to Debtors (exclusive of extending the time for payment of any item which shall not be done without first obtaining the Bank's written consent in each instance) as the Borrower may reasonably deem to accord with sound business practice, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, accepting the return of all or any part of the inventory (subject to the provisions set forth in this Agreement with reference to returned inventory).

 

2.5            Records . The Borrower shall hold its books and records relating to the Collateral segregated from all the Borrower's other books and records in a manner satisfactory to the Bank; and shall deliver to the Bank from time to time promptly at its request all invoices, original documents of title, contracts and any other writings relating thereto; and the Borrower will deliver to the Bank promptly at the Bank’s request from time to time additional copies of any or all of such papers or writings, and such other information with respect to any of the Collateral and such other writings as the Bank may in its sole discretion deem to be necessary or effectual to evidence any loan hereunder or the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

2
 

 

2.6            Legends . The Borrower shall promptly make, stamp or record such entries or legends on the Borrower’s books and records or on any of the Collateral (including, without limitation, chattel paper) as Bank shall request from time to time, to indicate and disclose that Bank has a security interest in such Collateral.

 

2.7            Inspection . The Bank, or its representatives, at any time and from time to time, shall have the right at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, and the Borrower will permit the Bank and/or its representatives; (a) to examine, check, make copies of or extracts from any of the Borrower's books, records and files (including, without limitation, orders and original correspondence); (b) to perform field exams or otherwise inspect and examine the Collateral and to check, test or appraise the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition; and (c) to Verify the Collateral or any portion or portions thereof or the Borrower's compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.8            Purchase Money Security Interests . To the extent the Borrower uses proceeds of any loans to purchase Collateral, the repayment of such loans shall be on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the loan used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be repaid in the order in which Borrower purchased such item of Collateral.

 

2.9            Search Reports . Bank shall receive prior to the date of this Agreement UCC search results under all names used by the Borrower during the prior five (5) years, from each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located, from the State, if any, where the Borrower is organized and registered (as such terms are used in the Code), and the State where the Borrower’s chief executive office is located. The search results shall confirm that the security interest in the Collateral granted Bank hereunder is prior to all other security interests in favor of any other person.

 

3.          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1            Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, and is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification.

 

3.2            Related Parties . Borrower has no interest in any entities other than those listed on Schedule “A” if any, and the Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other entity or person other than those listed on Schedule “B”, if any.

 

3.3            Limited Liability Company Records . Borrower's certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of the Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of the Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 

3.4            Title to Properties: Absence of Liens . Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets including the Collateral are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, other than the security interest therein granted to the Bank and (a) the mortgages, deeds of trust and security interests as set forth on Schedule “C”, if any, and (b) the leases of personal property as set forth on Schedule “D”, if any.

 

3
 

 

3.5            Places of Business . Borrower's chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

3.6            Valid Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights.

 

3.7            Conflicts . There is no provision in Borrower's organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

 

3.8            Governmental Approvals . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

 

3.9            Litigation, etc . There are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

 

3.10          Financial Statements . The Borrower has furnished to the Bank one or more financial statements each of which fairly presents the condition of the Borrower at the date thereof and the results of the operations of the Borrower for the period indicated , all in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

3.11          Title to Collateral . At the date hereof the Borrower is (and as to Collateral that the Borrower may acquire after the date hereof, will be) the lawful owner of the Collateral, and the Collateral and each item thereof is, will be and shall continue to be free of all restrictions, liens, encumbrances or other rights, title or interests (other than the security interest therein granted to the Bank), credits, defenses, recoupments, set-offs or counterclaims whatsoever. The Borrower has and will have full power and authority to grant to the Bank a security interest in the Collateral and the Borrower has not transferred, assigned, sold, pledged, encumbered, subjected to lien or granted any security interest in, and will not transfer, assign, sell, pledge, encumber, subject to lien or grant any security interest in any of the Collateral (or any of the Borrower's right, title or interest therein), to any person other than the Bank. The Collateral is and will be valid and genuine in all respects; and that the Borrower will warrant and defend the Bank’s right to and interest in the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons whatsoever.

 

3.12          Location of Collateral . The Borrower will keep all Collateral only at locations specified in this Agreement. The Borrower's chief executive office is correctly stated in this Agreement, and the Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Bank currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not open any new, or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Bank at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof.

 

3.13          Changes . Since the date of the Financial Statements, there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or business of the Borrower, other than changes in the ordinary course of business, the effect of which have, in the aggregate, been materially adverse.

 

3.14          Taxes . The Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from the Borrower have been fully paid. The Borrower has established on its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

 

4
 

 

3.15          Use of Proceeds . No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” or “margin stock” as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes. The Collateral is not used or acquired primarily for personal, family or household purposes.

 

4.          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

4.1            Payments and Performance . Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Bank and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.

 

4.2            Books and Records; Inspection . Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Bank, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower. Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives and will permit inspection of the Collateral and all of its properties by the Bank and the Bank’s representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Bank with such information and statements as the Bank may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations or the Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

4.3            Financial Statements . Borrower will furnish to Bank:

 

(a) as soon as available to Borrower, but in any event within 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, a full and complete signed copy of financial statements, prepared by certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, on a combined basis with such other entities designated by the Bank, which shall include a balance sheet of the Borrower, as at the end of such year, and statement of profit and loss of the Borrower reflecting the results of its operations during such year, bearing the opinion of such certified public accountants and prepared on a compiled basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied together with any so-called management letter;

 

(b) from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Bank may reasonably request; and

 

(c) any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Bank may reasonably request.

 

4.4            Conduct of Business . The Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

 

4.5            Contact with Accountant . The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower's books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Bank.

 

4.6            Taxes . Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained. The Bank may, at its option, from time to time, discharge any taxes, liens or encumbrances of any of the Collateral, and the Borrower will pay to the Bank on demand or the Bank in its sole discretion may charge to the Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

 

5
 

 

4.7            Maintenance .  Borrower will keep and maintain the Collateral and its other properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition. Borrower will immediately notify the Bank of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any Collateral. The Bank may, at its option, from time to time, take any other action that the Bank may deem proper to repair, maintain or preserve any of the Collateral, and the Borrower will pay to the Bank on demand or the Bank in its sole discretion may charge to the Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

 

4.8            Insurance . Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on all Collateral and any other property of the Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of the Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Bank, such insurance to be payable to the Bank as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Bank as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Bank’s approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least Thirty (30) days written notice of cancellation to the Bank. In the event that the Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to the Borrower. At the option of the Bank, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any of the Collateral shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations. From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Bank, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 

4.9            Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Bank written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

4.10          Notification of Material Litigation . Borrower will immediately notify the Bank in writing of any litigation or of any investigative proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened against it which would or might be materially adverse to the financial condition of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations.

 

4.11          Pension Plans . With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes (“Plan”), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, P.L. 93-406, as amended (“ERISA”) or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation”), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Bank (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan’s termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.

 

6
 

 

5.          NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

5.1            Financial Covenants . The Borrower will not at any time or during any fiscal period (as applicable) fail to be in compliance with any of the financial covenants in this section.

 

(a) Definitions . The following definitions shall apply to this Section:

 

(i)          “GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

 

(b) Minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio . Meier Leasing, LLC is to maintain a minimum Debt Service Coverage Ratio of 1.20.

 

(c) Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Meier Leasing, LLC is to Maintain a minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of 1.25

 

5.2            Sale of Interest . There shall not be any sale or transfer of ownership of any interest in the Borrower without the Bank’s prior written consent.

 

5.3            Loans or Advances . Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

 

5.4           I nvestments . The Borrower shall not make investments in, or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank. The Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Bank.

 

5.5            Merger . Borrower shall not merge or consolidate or be merged or consolidated with or into any other entity.

 

5.6            Sale of Assets . Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary and usual course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in the Borrower’s business, provided that fair consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall the Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Bank.

 

5.7            Other Business . Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

 

5.8            Change of Name, etc . Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type Of its formation, without giving the Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

 

6.          DEFAULT

 

6.1             Default . “Event of Default” shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events:

 

7
 

 

(a) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period);

 

(b) failure of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days;

 

(c) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party continuing for 30 days;

 

(d) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;

 

(e) if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;

 

(f) the death of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;

 

(g) the institution by or against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors;

 

(h) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(i) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution;

 

(i) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;

 

(k) the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations; or

 

(l) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

6.2           Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Bank, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.

 

8
 

 

The Bank is hereby authorized, at its election, after an Event of Default or after Demand, without any further demand or notice except to such extent as notice may be required by applicable law, to take possession and/or sell or otherwise dispose of all or any of the Collateral at public or private sale; and the Bank may also exercise any and all other rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or which are otherwise accorded to it in equity or at law, all as Bank may determine, and such exercise of rights in compliance with the requirements of law will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral. If notice of a sale or other action by the Bank is required by applicable law, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Borrower agrees that ten (10) days Written notice to the Borrower, or the shortest period of written notice permitted by such law, whichever is smaller, shall be sufficient notice; and that to the extent permitted by law, the Bank, its officers, attorneys and agents may bid and become purchasers at any such sale, if public, and may purchase at any private sale any of the Collateral that is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or which is the subject of Widely distributed standard price quotations. Any sale (public or private) shall be without warranty and free from any right of redemption, which the Borrower shall waive and release after default upon the Bank's request therefor, and may be free of any warranties as to the Collateral if Bank shall so decide. No purchaser at any sale (public or private) shall be responsible for the application of the purchase money. Any balance of the net proceeds of sale remaining after paying all Obligations of the Borrower to the Bank shall be returned to such other party as may be legally entitled thereto; and if there is a deficiency, the Borrower shall be responsible for repayment of the same, with interest. Upon demand by the Bank, the Borrower shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Bank at a place designated by the Bank which is reasonably convenient to the Bank and the Borrower. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Bank has extended credit and other financial accommodations to the Borrower upon reliance of the Borrower's granting the Bank the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement including without limitation the right to take immediate possession of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Bank is entitled to equitable and injunctive relief to enforce any of its rights and remedies hereunder or under the Code and the Borrower hereby waives any defense to such equitable or injunctive relief based upon any allegation of the absence of irreparable harm to the Bank.

 

The Bank shall not be required to marshal any present or future security for (including but not limited to this Agreement and the Collateral subject to the security interest created hereby), or guarantees of, the Obligations or any of them, or to resort to such security or guarantees in any particular order; and all of its rights hereunder and in respect of such securities and guaranties shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may do so, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke and irrevocably waives the benefits of any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Bank’s rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or guaranteed. Except as required by applicable law, the Bank shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income thereon, nor as to the preservation of rights against prior parties, nor as to the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof,

 

6.3            Power of Attorney. The Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Bank as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrower but for the sole benefit of the Bank, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, to convert the Collateral into cash, including, without limitation the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the Collateral; to sign and endorse the name of the Borrower on documents of title of the same or different nature relating to the Collateral; to receive as secured party any of the Collateral; or other to sign and file or record on behalf of the Borrower any financing or other statement in order to perfect or protect the Bank’s security interest. The Bank shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Bank elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to the Borrower except for willful misconduct in bad faith. All powers conferred upon the Bank by this Agreement, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable so long as any Obligation of the Borrower to the Bank shall remain unpaid or the Bank is obligated under this Agreement to extend any credit to the Borrower.

 

9
 

 

6.4            Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Bank’s rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Bank at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Bank in its sole discretion may determine.

 

7.          MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1             Waivers . The Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

 

7.2             Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Borrower hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

7.3             Deposit Collateral . The Borrower hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and pe r f orman ce of a ll of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

7.4             Indemnification . The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other person (as well as from reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Bank in favor of the Borrower.

 

7.5             Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay to the Bank on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Bank in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Bank’s rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Bank in defending the Bank’s security interest in, title or right to the Collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of the Obligations,

 

7.6             Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

10
 

 

7.7             Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.

 

7.8             Complete Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.

 

7.9             Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Bank shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Bank. The Bank may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver the Collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Bank; and the Bank shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement and the Collateral. The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

7.10           Further Assurances . Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Bank all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Bank the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Bank by this Agreement or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the execution of stock transfer orders and stock powers, endorsement of promissory notes and instruments and notifications to obligors on the Collateral). To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes the Bank to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction. Bank may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto which contain any information required by the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number Issued to Borrower. Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to Bank promptly upon request. In addition, Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as Bank may reasonably request for Bank (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for Bank, (ii) to obtain “control” (as defined in the Code) of any Collateral comprised of deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter of credit rights or investment property, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of Bank’s security interest in any of the Collateral and the preservation of its rights therein. Borrower hereby constitutes Bank its attorney-in-fact to execute, if necessary, and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are irrevocably paid in full and the Collateral is released.

 

7.11           Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended and Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if Borrower shall obtain the Bank’s prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Bank on any future occasion.

 

11
 

 

7.12           Terms of Agreement . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Bank shall be outstanding, or the Bank shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Bank and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Bank be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Bank or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 

7.13           Notices . Any notice under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be a signed writing or other authenticated record (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Code). Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

7.14           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

7.15           Reproductions . This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

 

7.16           Jurisdiction and Venue . Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

 

7.17          JURY WAIVER . THE BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of February 4, 2013.

 

12
 

 

Witness:   Borrower:
      Meier Leasing, LLC
         
/s/ Miranda Stumph   By: /s/ Annette D Meier
        Annette D Meier, Manager
         
Accepted: Proficio Bank      
         
By: /s/ Brett Smiley      
Name: Brett Smiley      
Title: VP Business Development Officer      

 

Loan and Security Agreement - Obligor 1 © 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters  Klumer Financial Services

 

13
 

 

AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE INSURANCE

 

Grantor:   Meier Management Company, LLC   Bank:   Proficio Bank
    2221 N. 3250 W.       6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150
    Vernal, Utah 84078       Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047
             

 

Credit Accommodations: That certain Term Note, dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 with a maturity date of February 4, 2020 (the “Note”); and collectively, along with all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith,(the “Loan Documents”).

 

Insurance Requirements: Grantor, Meier Leasing, LLC (the “Grantor”), understands that the Loan Documents set forth insurance requirements in connection with the Bank extending the Credit Accommodations to or for the benefit of the Grantor. The following insurance coverage is required on the collateral described below (the “Collateral”):

 

Collateral:           Okuma Multus B400-W, Serial Number 148243; CNC Bit Grinding Machine Serial # 201009-001

Type:                                    All risks, including fire, theft and liability

Amount:                               Full Insurance Value

Basis:                                   Replacement

Endorsements:                     Lender loss payable clause with stipulation that coverage will not be cancelled or diminished without a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Bank

Comments:                          Proficio Bank (and its successors and assigns) to be named as Loss Payee/Mortgagee and Additional Insured

Latest Delivery Date:          February 4,2013

Insurance Company:           Grantor may obtain insurance from any insurance company Grantor may choose that is reasonably acceptable to Bank.

Insurance Mailing Address:      All documents and other materials relating to Insurance should be mailed, delivered to the following address:

Proficio Bank

6985 Union Park Center Suite 150

Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047

 

; Failure to Provide Evidence of Insurance;. Grantor shall deliver to Bank, on or before the delivery date described above, proof of the required insurance. In the event that Grantor fails to provide evidence of the insurance required hereunder, Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance. The cost of any such insurance, at the option of Bank, shall be payable on demand or shall be added to the indebtedness as provided in the Loan Documents. Bank may obtain insurance with different coverage and at higher rates than what Grantor could have obtained and Bank may obtain such insurance from a company other than the one Grantor would choose.

 

Grantor consents to Bank using or disclosing information regarding the Credit Accomodations, the Collateral, or both, for the purpose of securing or replacing the insurance required hereunder.

 

THIS AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE INSURANCE IS DATED AS OF February 4, 2013.

 

  Grantor:
     
  Meier Management Company, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D Meier
    Annette D Meier, Manager

 

 
 

 

NOTICE OF INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

Grantor:   Meier Management Company, LLC   Bank:   Proficio Bank
    2221 N. 3250 W.       6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150
    Vernal, Utah 84078       Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047
             

 

To: Attn: Insurance Agent Date:

 

Dear Insurance Agent:

 

Proficio Bank is extending credit accommodations to or for the benefit of Grantor, Meier Leasing, LLC (“Grantor”), which credit accommodations are being secured by the collateral described below. Please send evidence of insurance and any required endorsements on such collateral to Proficio Bank.

 

Collateral:              Okuma Multus B400-W, Serial Number 148243; CNC Bit Grinding Machine Serial # 201009-001

Type:                                 All risks, including fire, theft and liability

Amount:                            Full Insurance Value

Basis:                                 Replacement

Endorsements:                   Lender loss payable clause with stipulation that coverage will not be cancelled or diminished without a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Bank

Comments:                        Proficio Bank (and its successors and assigns) to be named as Loss Payee/Mortgagee and Additional Insured

Latest Delivery Date:        February 4, 2013

 

    Grantor:
     
    Meier Management Company, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D Meier
    Annette D Meier, Manager

 

Return to:

Proficio Bank

6985 Union Park Center

Suite 150

Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.42

 

Loan No. TBD

 

TERM NOTE

February 4, 2013

 

$592,000.00 Cottonwood Heights, Utah

 

For value received, the undersigned Meier Leasing, LLC, an Utah limited liability company, with an address of 2221 N. 3250 W., Vernal, Utah 84078 and Meier Management Company, LLC, an Utah limited liability company, with an address of 2221 N. 3250 W., Vernal, Utah 84078 (collectively, the “Borrower”), jointly and severally, promise to pay to the order of Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank with an address of 6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150, Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047 (together with its successors and assigns, the “Bank”), the principal amount of Five Hundred Ninety-Two Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($592,000.00) on or before February 4, 2020 (the “Maturity Date”), as set forth below, together with interest from the date hereof on the unpaid principal balance from time to time outstanding until paid in full. The Borrower shall pay consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest, as follows: $8,577.49 commencing on March 4, 2013, and the same amount (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) on the 4th day of each month thereafter, until changed in accordance with this Note. The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to Two and One-Half Percent (2.50%) above the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate (as hereinafter defined) with a Floor Rate of 6.00%.; and a cap rate of 10.00%. Each quarter, any change in the interest rate in accordance with this Note, each the payments for that quarter due and payable thereafter (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) shall be recalculated (increased or reduced) to reflect the adjusted interest rate, the outstanding principal balance at such time and the remaining term of the 7 year amortization period commencing on the date of this Note in accordance with the Bank’s calculation in the Bank’s sole discretion.

 

Wall Street Journal Prime Rate means the highest rate published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal as the Prime Rate, or, in the event the Wall Street Journal ceases publication of the Prime Rate, the base, reference or other rate then designated by the Bank, in its sole discretion, for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.

 

The effective interest rate applicable to the Borrower’s loans evidenced hereby shall change quarterly reflecting each change in the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate.

 

This Note is secured by all collateral granted to the Bank by the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof or by any other party and shall be secured by any additional collateral hereafter granted to the Bank by the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof or by any other party.

 

Principal and interest shall be payable at the Bank’s main office or at such other place as the Bank may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year.

 

 
 

 

At the option of the Bank, this Note shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand upon the occurrence at any time of any of the following events of default (each, an “Event of Default”): (1) default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or interest or default of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof under any other loan document delivered by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor, or in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or any other agreement by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor with the Bank continuing for 30 days with respect to any default (other than with respect to the payment of money for which there is no grace period); (2) failure of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Bank continuing for 30 days; (3) default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to any other party continuing for 30 days; (4) if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or in any supporting financial statement of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof shall be determined by the Bank to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made; (5) if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or its ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property; (6) the death of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof and, if the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member; (7) the institution by or against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of any proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code 11 USC §101 et seq. or any other law in which the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof is alleged to be insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature, or the making by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of an assignment for the benefit of creditors or the granting by the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof of a trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors; (8) the service upon the Bank of a writ in which the Bank is named as trustee of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (9) a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of thirty (30) consecutive days without a stay of execution; (10) any levy, lien (including mechanics lien) except as permitted under any of the other loan documents between the Bank and the Borrower, seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof; (11) the termination or revocation of any guaranty hereof; or (12) the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Bank, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of the Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor hereof to the Bank has been or may be impaired.

 

Any payments received by the Bank on account of this Note shall, at the Bank’s option, be applied first, to any costs, expenses or charges then owed to the Bank by the Borrower; second, to accrued and unpaid interest; third, to the unpaid principal balance hereof; and the balance to escrows, If any. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Bank may determine. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Bank for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.

 

If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder.

 

The Borrower represents to the Bank that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.

 

2
 

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof grant to the Bank a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Borrower and/or each endorser or guarantor hereof and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof in the possession of the Bank, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower and/or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof to the Bank at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank.

 

No delay or omission on the part of the Bank in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Bank, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver oh any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and every endorser or guarantor of this Note, regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration and all other notices of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note waive and terminate any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note shall indemnify, defend and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an “Indemnitee”) harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any indemnitee by the Borrower, by any endorser or guarantor, or by any other person (as well as from attorneys’ reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Bank’s relationship with the Borrower or any endorser or guarantor hereof (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Bank with counsel of the Bank’s selection, but at the expense of the Borrower and any endorser and/or guarantor), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note agree to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the aggregate of 4.0% plus the rate provided for herein. If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 10 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Bank’s other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.

 

This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof and upon their respective heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any endorser or guarantor of this Note are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Bank of the Borrower or any one or more endorsers or guarantors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any endorser or guarantor of this Note are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Bank. Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and endorser or guarantor of this Note, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Bank of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Bank of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.

 

3
 

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereof each authorizes the Bank to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Bank, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.

 

The Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to the Bank such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action, as the Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Bank all rights contemplated by this Note or any other loan documents related thereto (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Bank the security interest in any collateral securing this Note or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

This Note shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer or agent of the Borrower or Bank, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Bank at the address set forth in this Note or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

 

The Borrower and each endorser and guarantor of this Note each irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Each of the Borrower and each endorser and guarantor hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower’s, endorser’s or guarantor’s address shown below or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s), endorser(s) or guarantor(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower or such endorser or guarantor.

 

THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS OF THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR TO THE BANK, AND ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREES NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN, WAIVED. THE BORROWER, EACH ENDORSER AND GUARANTOR AND THE BANK EACH CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed as of February 4, 2013.

 

4
 

 

Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Meier Leasing, LLC
     
/s/ Brett Smiley   By: /s/ Annette D Meier
      Annette D Meier, Manager
       
    2221 N. 3250 W,
    Vernal, Utah
    84078
     
Witness:   Borrower:
     
    Meier Management Company, LLC
     
/s/ Brett Smiley   By: /s/ Annette D Meier
      Annette D Meier, Manager
       
    2221 N. 3250 W.
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

Promissory Notes © 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

5
 

 

AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE INSURANCE

 

Grantor: Meier Leasing, LLC   Bank: Proficio Bank
  2221 N. 3250 W.     6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150
  Vernal, Utah 84078     Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047
         

 

Credit Accommodations: That certain Term Note, dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 with a maturity date of February 4, 2020 (the “Note”); and collectively, along with all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith,( the “Loan Documents”).

 

Insurance Requirements: Grantor, Meier Leasing, LLC (the “Grantor”), understands that the Loan Documents set forth insurance requirements in connection with the Bank extending the Credit Accommodations to or for the benefit of the Grantor. The following insurance coverage is required on the collateral described below (the ‘‘Collateral”):

 

Collateral: Okuma Multus B400-W, Serial Number 148243; CNC Bit Grinding Machine Serial # 201009-001

Type: All risks, including fire, theft and liability
Amount: Full Insurance Value
Basis: Replacement
Endorsements: Lender loss payable clause with stipulation that coverage will not be cancelled or diminished without a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Bank
Comments: Proficio Bank (and its successors and assigns) to be named as Loss Payee/Mortgagee and Additional Insured
Latest Delivery Date: February 4, 2013

Insurance Company: Grantor may obtain insurance from any insurance company Grantor may choose that is reasonably acceptable to Bank.

Insurance Mailing Address: All documents and other materials relating to insurance should be mailed, delivered to the following address:
Proficio Bank  
6985 Union Park Center Suite 150  
Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047  

 

Failure to Provide Evidence of Insurance; Grantor shall deliver to Bank, on or before the delivery date described above, proof of the required Insurance, In the event that Grantor falls to provide evidence of the insurance required hereunder, Bank may, at its option, secure such insurance. The cost of any such insurance, at the option of Bank, shall be payable on demand or shall be added to the indebtedness as provided In the Loan Documents, Bank may obtain insurance with different coverage and at higher rates than what Grantor could have obtained and Bank may obtain such insurance from a company other than the one Grantor would choose.

 

Grantor consents to Bank using or disclosing information regarding the Credit Accomodations, the Collateral, or both, for the purpose of securing or replacing the insurance required hereunder.

 

THIS AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE INSURANCE IS DATED AS OF February 4, 2013.

 

  Grantor:
   
  Meier Leasing, LLC

 

  By: /s/ Annette D Meier
    Annette D Meier, Manager

 

 
 

 

NOTICE OF INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

Grantor: Meier Leasing, LLC Bank: Proficio Bank
  2221 N. 3250 W.   6985 Union Park Center, Suite 150
  Vernal, Utah 84078   Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047
       

 

To: Attn: Insurance Agent Date:  

  

Dear Insurance Agent:

 

Proficio Bank is extending credit accommodations to or for the benefit of Grantor, Meier Leasing, LLC (“Grantor”), which credit accommodations are being secured by the collateral described below. Please send evidence of insurance and any required endorsements on such collateral to Proficio Bank.

 

Collateral; Okuma Multus B400-W, Serial Number 148243; CNC Bit Grinding Machine Serial # 201009-001

Type: All risks, including fire, theft and liability
Amount: Full Insurance Value
Basis: Replacement
Endorsements: Lender loss payable clause with stipulation that coverage will not be cancelled or diminished without a minimum of 30 days prior written notice to Bank
Comments: Proficio Sank (and its successors and assigns) to be named as Loss Payee/Mortgagee and Additional Insured
Latest Delivery Date: February 4, 2013

 

  Grantor:
   
  Meier Leasing, LLC

 

  By: /s/ Annette D Meier, Manager
    Annette D Meier, Manager

 

Return to:

Proficio Bank

6985 Union Park Center

Suite 150

Cottonwood Heights, Utah 84047

 

 
 

 

UNLIMITED GUARANTY

 

TO:             Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank (the “Bank”)

 

RE:               Meier Leasing, LLC, an Utah limited liability company and Meier Management Company, LLC, an Utah limited liability company (the ‘‘Borrowers”)

 

To induce the Bank to make or continue to make loans, advances, or grant Other financial accommodations to the Borrowers or any of them, in consideration thereof and for loans, advances or financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter granted by the Bank to or for the account of the Borrowers or any of them, the undersigned Gilbert Troy Meier (the “Guarantor”) absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full and punctual payment to the Bank of all sums which may be presently due and owing and of all sums Which shall in the future become due and owing to the Bank from the Borrowers or any of them, whether direct or indirect, whether as a borrower, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including without limitation, respecting that certain Term Note , dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 , including, without limitation, interest, attorneys’ fees and other amounts accruing after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against any Borrower, notwithstanding the discharge of such Borrower from such obligations, together with all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with such obligations, this Unlimited Guaranty (this “Guaranty”) and the enforcement thereof, and also guarantees the due performance by the Borrowers or any of them of all their obligations under all other present and future contracts and agreements with the Bank. This is a guaranty of payment and not collection.

 

The reference to one or more specific obligations herein shall not be construed as a limitation of any kind of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, which shall be unlimited as to all present and future obligations of the Borrowers as described above.

 

Guarantor also agrees:

 

(1) to indemnify and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys harmless from and against all claims, obligations, demands and liabilities, by whomsoever asserted, and against all losses in any way suffered, incurred or paid as a result of or in any way arising out of or following or consequential to transactions with any of the Borrowers, except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank;

 

(2) that this Guaranty shall not be impaired by any modification, supplement, extension, renewal or amendment of any contract or agreement to which the parties thereto may hereafter agree, nor by any modification, increase, release or other alteration of any of the obligations hereby guaranteed or of any security therefor, nor by any agreements or arrangements whatsoever with any of the Borrowers or anyone else, all of which may be done without notice to or consent by the Guarantor;

 

(3) that the liability of the Guarantor hereunder is direct and unconditional and due immediately upon default of any of the Borrowers without demand or notice and without requiring the Bank first to resort to any other right, remedy or security;

 

(4) that Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever until the Bank is indefeasibly paid in full, nor any right of recourse to security for the debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to the Bank;

 

(5) that the liability of the Guarantor is unlimited and shall be joint and several with the liabilities of any other guarantors;

 

 
 

 

(6) that if any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any other guarantor should at any time become insolvent or make a general assignment, or if a petition in bankruptcy or any insolvency or reorganization proceedings shall be filed or commenced by, against or in respect of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the obligations guaranteed hereby, any and all obligations of the Guarantor shall be immediately due and payable without notice;

 

(7) that the Bank’s books and records showing the account between the Bank and any of the Borrowers shall be admissible in any action or proceeding, shall be binding upon the Guarantor for the purpose of establishing the items therein set forth and shall constitute conclusive proof thereof;

 

(8) that this Guaranty is, as to the Guarantor, a continuing Guaranty that shall remain effective under successive transactions until the obligations guaranteed hereby are irrevocably paid in full;

 

(9) that the death of Guarantor shall not effect the termination of this Guaranty as to Guarantor providing, that in any event within Sixty (60) days after the death of the Guarantor, any Borrower or any surviving guarantor shall provide to the Bank evidence that the estate of the Guarantor confirms its obligations to the Bank under this Guaranty;

 

(10) that termination, release or limitation of any guaranty of the obligations guaranteed hereby by any other guarantor shall not affect the continuing liability hereunder of the Guarantor;

 

(11) that nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of the Guarantor hereunder except the full indefeasible payment and performance of all of each Borrower’s debts and obligations to the Bank with interest and costs of collection;

 

(12) that this Guaranty shall not be affected by the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of the obligations guaranteed, by any fraudulent, illegal or improper act by any of the Borrowers, the legal incapacity or any other defense of any of the Borrowers, the Guarantor or any other person obligated to the Bank consequential to transactions with any of the Borrowers nor by the invalidation, by operation of law or otherwise, of all or any part of the obligations guaranteed hereby, including but not limited to any interest accruable on the obligations guaranteed hereby during the pendency of any bankruptcy or receivership proceeding of any of the Borrowers;

 

(13) that any and all present and future debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to Guarantor are hereby waived and postponed in favor of and subordinated to the full indefeasible payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to the Bank;

 

(14) that the Guarantor hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Guarantor and any property of the Guarantor at any time in the possession of the Bank whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such obligations at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and Whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank;

 

2
 

 

(15) that if at any time payment of all or any part of the obligations guaranteed hereunder is rescinded or otherwise must be restored by the Bank to any of the Borrowers or to the creditors of any of the Borrowers or any representative of any of the Borrowers or representative of any of the Borrowers’ creditors as a voidable preference or fraudulent transfer or conveyance upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor, or to the creditors of the Guarantor or any representative of the Guarantor or representative of the creditors of Guarantor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Guarantor or otherwise, this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such payments had not been made, and shall survive as an obligation of the Guarantor, and shall not be discharged or satisfied by said payment or payments, notwithstanding the return of the original of this Guaranty to the Guarantor or to any of the Borrowers, or any other apparent termination of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder;

 

(16) that any rights and remedies available to the Bank under this Guaranty are cumulative, and not exclusive of any rights and remedies otherwise available to the Bank at law or in equity;

 

(17) that the Bank’s delay or omission in exercising any of the Bank’s rights and remedies shall not constitute a waiver of these rights and remedies, nor shall the Bank’s waiver of any right or remedy operate as a waiver of any other right or remedy available to the Bank. The Bank’s waiver of any right or remedy on any one occasion shall not be considered a waiver of same on any subsequent occasion, nor shall this be considered to be a continuing waiver;

 

(18) that this Guaranty incorporates all discussions and negotiations between the Bank and the Guarantor concerning the guaranty and indemnification provided by the undersigned hereby, and that no such discussions or negotiations shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof, there are no preconditions to the effectiveness of this Guaranty and that no provision hereof may be altered, amended, waived, canceled or modified, except by a written instrument executed and acknowledged by the Bank’s duly authorized officer;

 

(19) that this Guaranty and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Guarantor to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business); and

 

(20) that the Guarantor shall deliver to the Bank and on or before April, 1 in any year and upon request therefor, personal financial statements addressed to the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank, and the Guarantor represents and warrants the accuracy of any information contained therein and that so long as this Guaranty remains in effect, Guarantor shall provide the Bank with copies of Guarantor’s filed Federal and state tax returns for the prior year within 120 days after the date that Guarantor’s tax returns are required to be filed each such year or such other date approved by the Bank.

 

Guarantor waives; notice of acceptance hereof, presentment and protest of any instrument and notice thereof, notice of default and all other notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; and any and all defenses, including without limitation, any and all defenses which any of the Borrowers or any other party may have to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense to this Guaranty based on impairment of collateral or on suretyship defenses of every type; any right to exoneration or marshaling. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead law, including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4. To the extent that it lawfully may, Guarantor hereby further agrees not to invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Bank’s rights under this Guaranty or otherwise respecting the guaranteed obligations, and to the extent that it lawfully may do so, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Bank shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of any collateral, if any, securing the guaranteed obligations beyond the safe custody thereof.

 

3
 

 

Guarantor will from time to time execute and deliver to the Bank, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action as the Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Bank all the rights contemplated in this Guaranty (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or respecting any of the obligations guaranteed hereby or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof, shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank’s successors and assigns.

 

If any provision of this Guaranty is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of the remainder of the Guaranty shall not be affected.

 

Guarantor irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty. Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Guarantor hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Guarantor’s address shown below or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Guarantor in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Guarantor.

 

GUARANTOR AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) Waive any and all rights to a trial by jury in any action or proceeding in CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, THE OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEED HEREBY, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED, GUARANTOR CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed and dated February 4, 2013.

 

Witness:   Guarantor:
     
/s/ Brett Smiley   /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
    Gilbert Troy Meier, individually

 

  Address: 2221 N 3250 West
    Cernal, Utah
    84078

 

4
 

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF Salt Lake , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 4th day of February, 2013, by Gilbert Troy Meier.

 

  MIRANDA N. STUMPH, NOTARY PUBLIC
  MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: 3-18-2014
  MIRANDA N. STUMPH
  TYPE OR PRINT NAME
   
   

 

Guaranty - Guarantor 1 © 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

5
 

 

UNLIMITED GUARANTY

 

TO:        Proficio Bank, a State Chartered Commercial Bank (the “Bank”)

 

RE:        Meier Leasing, LLC, an Utah limited liability company and Meier Management Company, LLC, an Utah limited liability company (the “Borrowers”)

 

To induce the Bank to make or continue to make loans, advances, or grant other financial accommodations to the Borrowers or any of them, in consideration thereof and for loans, advances or financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter granted by the Bank to or for the account of the Borrowers or any of them, the undersigned Annette D Meier (the “Guarantor”) absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the full and punctual payment to the Bank of all sums which may be presently due and owing and of all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to the Bank from the Borrowers or any of them, whether direct or indirect, whether as a borrower, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including without limitation, respecting that certain Term Note, dated February 4, 2013, by Meier Leasing, LLC and Meier Management Company, LLC in favor of the Bank in the original principal amount of $592,000.00 , including, without limitation, interest, attorneys’ fees and other amounts accruing after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against any Borrower, notwithstanding the discharge of such Borrower from such obligations, together with all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection with such obligations, this Unlimited Guaranty (this “Guaranty”) and the enforcement thereof, and also guarantees the due performance by the Borrowers or any of them of all their obligations under all other present and future contracts and agreements with the Bank, This is a guaranty of payment and not collection.

 

The reference to one or more specific obligations herein shall not be construed as a limitation of any kind of the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, which shall be unlimited as to all present and future obligations of the Borrowers as described above.

 

Guarantor also agrees:

 

(1) to indemnify and hold the Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys harmless from and against all claims, obligations, demands and liabilities, by whomsoever asserted, and against all losses in any way suffered, Incurred or paid as a result of or in any way arising out of or following or consequential to transactions with any of the Borrowers, except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank;

 

(2) that this Guaranty shall not be impaired by any modification, supplement, extension, renewal or amendment of any contract or agreement to which the parties thereto may hereafter agree, nor by any modification, increase, release or other alteration of any of the obligations hereby guaranteed or of any security therefor, nor by any agreements or arrangements whatsoever with any of the Borrowers or anyone else, all of which may be done without notice to or consent by the Guarantor;

 

(3) that the liability of the Guarantor hereunder is direct and unconditional and due immediately upon default of any of the Borrowers without demand or notice and without requiring the Bank first to resort to any other right, remedy or security;

 

(4) that Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever until the Bank is indefeasibly paid in full, nor any right of recourse to security for the debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to the Bank;

 

(5) that the liability of the Guarantor is unlimited and shall be joint and several with the liabilities of any other guarantors;

 

 
 

 

(6) that if any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor or any other guarantor should at any time become insolvent or make a general assignment, or if a petition in bankruptcy or any insolvency or reorganization proceedings shall be filed or commenced by, against or in respect of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor, or any other guarantor of the obligations guaranteed hereby, any and all obligations of the Guarantor shall be immediately due and payable without notice;

 

(7) that the Bank’s books and records showing the account between the Bank and any of the Borrowers shall be admissible in any action or proceeding, shall be binding upon the Guarantor for the purpose of establishing the items therein set forth and shall constitute conclusive proof thereof;

 

(8) that this Guaranty is, as to the Guarantor, a continuing Guaranty that shall remain effective under successive transactions until the obligations guaranteed hereby are irrevocably paid in full;

 

(9) that the death of Guarantor shall not effect the termination of this Guaranty as to Guarantor providing, that in any event within Sixty (60) days after the death of the Guarantor, any Borrower or any surviving guarantor shall provide to the Bank evidence that the estate of the Guarantor confirms its obligations to the Bank under this Guaranty;

 

(10) that termination, release or limitation of any guaranty of the obligations guaranteed hereby by any other guarantor shall not affect the continuing liability hereunder of the Guarantor;

 

(11) that nothing shall discharge or satisfy the liability of the Guarantor hereunder except the full indefeasible payment and performance of all of each Borrower’s debts and obligations to the Bank with interest and costs of collection;

 

(12) that this Guaranty shall not be affected by the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of the obligations guaranteed, by any fraudulent, illegal or improper act by any of the Borrowers, the legal incapacity or any other defense of any of the Borrowers, the Guarantor or any other person obligated to the Bank consequential to transactions with any of the Borrowers nor by the invalidation, by operation of law or otherwise, of all or any part of the obligations guaranteed hereby, including but not limited to any interest accruable on the obligations guaranteed hereby during the pendency of any bankruptcy or receivership proceeding of any of the Borrowers;

 

(13) that any and all present and future debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to Guarantor are hereby waived and postponed in favor of and subordinated to the full indefeasible payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of any of the Borrowers to the Bank;

 

(14) that the Guarantor hereby grants to the Bank a continuing lien and security interest in all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Bank to the Guarantor and any property of the Guarantor at any time in the possession of the Bank whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Bank (regardless of the reason the Bank had received the same or whether the Bank has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such obligations at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Bank;

 

2
 

 

(15) that if at any time payment of all or any part of the obligations guaranteed hereunder is rescinded or otherwise must be restored by the Bank to any of the Borrowers or to the creditors of any of the Borrowers or any representative of any of the Borrowers or representative of any of the Borrowers’ creditors as a voidable preference or fraudulent transfer or conveyance upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the Borrowers or the Guarantor, or to the creditors of the Guarantor or any representative of the Guarantor or representative of the creditors of Guarantor upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Guarantor or otherwise, this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such payments had not been made, and shall survive as an obligation of the Guarantor, and shall not be discharged or satisfied by said payment or payments, notwithstanding the return of the original of this Guaranty to the Guarantor or to any of the Borrowers, or any other apparent termination of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder;

 

(16) that any rights and remedies available to the Bank under this Guaranty are cumulative, and not exclusive of any rights and remedies otherwise available to the Bank at law or in equity;

 

(17) that the Bank’s delay or omission in exercising any of the Bank’s rights and remedies shall not constitute a waiver of these rights and remedies, nor shall the Bank’s waiver of any right or remedy operate as a waiver of any other right or remedy available to the Bank. The Bank’s waiver of any right or remedy on any one occasion shall not be considered a waiver of same on any subsequent occasion, nor shall this be considered to be a continuing waiver;

 

(18) that this Guaranty incorporates all discussions and negotiations between the Bank and the Guarantor concerning the guaranty and indemnification provided by the undersigned hereby, and that no such discussions or negotiations shall limit, modify, or otherwise affect the provisions hereof, there are no preconditions to the effectiveness of this Guaranty and that no provision hereof may be altered, amended, waived, canceled or modified, except by a written instrument executed and acknowledged by the Bank’s duly authorized officer;

 

(19) that this Guaranty and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Guarantor to the Bank may be reproduced by the Bank by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business); and

 

(20) that the Guarantor shall deliver to the Bank and on or before April 1 in any year and upon request therefor, personal financial statements addressed to the Bank in form satisfactory to the Bank, and the Guarantor represents and warrants the accuracy of any information contained therein and that so long as this Guaranty remains in effect, Guarantor shall provide the Bank with copies of Guarantor’s filed Federal and state tax returns for the prior year within 120 days after the date that Guarantor’s tax returns are required to be filed each such year or such other date approved by the Bank.

 

Guarantor waives; notice of acceptance hereof, presentment and protest of any instrument and notice thereof, notice of default and all other notices to which the Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; and any and all defenses, including without limitation, any and all defenses which any of the Borrowers or any other party may have to the fullest extent permitted by law, any defense to this Guaranty based on impairment of collateral or on suretyship defenses of every type; any right to exoneration or marshaling. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Guarantor waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead law, Including without limitation, Utah Code 78-23-4 and hereby agrees not to file a declaration of homestead under Utah Code 78-23-4. To the extent that it lawfully may, Guarantor hereby further agrees not to invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Bank’s rights under this Guaranty or otherwise respecting the guaranteed obligations, and to the extent that it lawfully may do so, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Bank shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of any collateral, if any, securing the guaranteed obligations beyond the safe custody thereof.

 

3
 

 

Guarantor will from time to time execute and deliver to the Bank, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action as the Bank may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Bank all the rights contemplated in this Guaranty (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or respecting any of the obligations guaranteed hereby or to comply with applicable statute or law.

 

This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof, shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of the Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank’s successors and assigns.

 

If any provision of this Guaranty is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity of the remainder of the Guaranty shall not be affected.

 

Guarantor irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in Utah, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty. Guarantor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Guarantor hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Guarantor’s address shown below or as notified to the Bank and (ii) by serving the same upon the Guarantor in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Guarantor.

 

GUARANTOR AND BANK EACH HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY, AND AFTER AN OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH LEGAL COUNSEL, (A) WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, THE OBLIGATIONS GUARANTEED HEREBY, ALL MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND (B) AGREE NOT TO SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH ACTION WITH ANY OTHER ACTION IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CAN NOT BE, OR HAS NOT BEEN WAIVED. GUARANTOR CERTIFIES THAT NEITHER THE BANK NOR ANY OF ITS REPRESENTATIVES, AGENTS OR COUNSEL HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT THE BANK WOULD NOT IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Executed and dated February 4, 2013.

 

Witness:   Guarantor:
     
/s/ Brett Smiley   /s/ Annette D Meier
    Annette D Meier, individually

 

  Address: 2221 North 3250 West
    Vernal, Utah
    84078

 

4
 

 

STATE OF UTAH

COUNTY OF Salt Lake , SS.

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this 4th day of February, 2013 by Annette D Meier.

 

  MIRANDA N. STUMPH, NOTARY PUBLIC
  MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: 3-18-2014
  MIRANDA N. STUMPH
  TYPE OR PRINT NAME
   
   

 

Guaranty - Guarantor 2 © 2013 Medici, a division of Wolters Kluwer Financial Services

 

5

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.43

To form S-1 Registration Statement

 

loan agreement

 

This Loan Agreement-(this “Agreement”) is made effective as of August 10 th 2007 (“Effective Date”), by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation (“Borrower” or “Tronco”), PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC, a Utah Limited Liability Company (“Philco” or “Subsidiary”) and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company or Assigns (“Lender” or “Fortuna”).

 

RECITALS:

 

A.           Borrower is in the business of acquiring, developing and operating oil and gas properties in the State of Utah either directly or through Philco.

 

B.           Borrower and its Subsidiary, Philco, desire to utilize the financial resources of Lender as a funding source for development and drilling capital for Borrower’s projects in the State of Utah and elsewhere. Lender desires to make available to Borrower a credit facility subject to the terms and provisions herein.

 

TERMS OF AGREEMENT:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Commitment Use of Proceeds and Collateral

 

Section 1.1.      Commitment/Advances . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and beginning on the Effective Date, until the Maturity of the Loan, by whatever means Maturity comes about, Lender will make a Loan to Borrower by making advances of good funds by wire transfer to Borrower’s designated bank or such designated third party recipient(s) as the parties may mutually agree upon (the “Advances”), from time to time as limited by Section 1.5 hereinbelow, in such amounts as the Borrower may request up to the funding limits described in this Agreement, up to the maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time during the term of the loan of EIGHT MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($8,000,000.00) (the “Credit Facility” or “Loan”). First funding under the Loan from Lender to Borrower shall be denoted the “Initial Advance”.

 

Section 1.2      Use of Proceeds . Proceeds of the Advances shall be used only to finance:

 

(a)          Past, present, or future acquisitions of oil and gas leases (collectively, the “Leases”), including all title and land work, in the name of Borrower and/or Philco; all fees paid to governmental entities (i.e. filing fees and/or tax stamps), bonus consideration, surface damage payments, prospect acquisition costs and other like and similar expenses which accrue in the usual and customary practice of the oil and gas industry in Utah, associated title, geological, and engineering review, fees and payments to maintain such Leases such as delay rentals;

 

 
 

 

(b)          Oil and gas development, drilling, completion, reworking, production, transportation, marketing and plugging activities under the Leases as well as customary costs and expenses related to said activities, and

 

(c)          All Lender charges and fees, including fees and expenses of legal counsel to Lender.

 

During the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall, subject to the Draw Limitations set forth hereinbelow in Section 1.5, the Collateral Coverage Requirements set forth hereinbelow in Section 1.6 and availability of Lender funds, use Lender funds pursuant to this Credit Facility for the matters set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (c) above, to fund such items and for no other purposes. Should (i) the provisions of Sections 1.5 and/or 1.6 hereinbelow preclude the use of Lender funds for any such item(s), (ii) Lender fails to fund Borrower’s request due to inability of Lender, or (iii) Lender otherwise fails to respond to the Borrower’s request for funds within the time period prescribed in Section 1.5 hereinbelow, then Borrower may resort to other available sources of capital. It is the intention of Borrower and Lender that Lender has the first right of refusal to finance any and all ongoing and future oil and gas acquisitions and operations of the Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.3      Promissory Note .    The Advances shall be evidenced by a Promissory Note (the “Note”) of the Borrower in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, dated as of the Effective Date, payable to the order of Lender, and providing for interest on the outstanding principal balance as advanced, from time to time, at the rate of thirteen percent (13%) per annum (the “Note Rate”). Lender is irrevocably authorized by Borrower to make appropriate notations on the Note reflecting the amount and date of each Advance, and such notations shall be deemed conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

- 2 -
 

 

Section 1.4      Collateral for Credit Facility . The collateral for the Credit Facility evidenced by this Agreement shall be (a), first and prior lien(s) on the oil and gas leases, wells, downhole and surface equipment and storage equipment as well as personal property on certain Leases (“Collateral Leases”) as to which Lender’s funds have been utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs referenced in Sections 1.2(a) and (b) above, including all existing and future lease interests in Uintah County, Utah for which Lender funds have been or will be utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs or other activities described in Sections 1.2(a) and (b) above which lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form(s) of Master Deed(s) of Trust, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement, and Financing Statement (“Deed(s) of Trust”) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “B”, and (b) first and prior lien(s) on all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Reserve Account as described in Section 1.7 hereinbelow, such lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form of Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement (with attached DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROLL AGREEMENT) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “C” (the “Security Agreement/Pledge”). Borrower and Philco, respectively, further covenant and agree to execute and deliver first and prior lien(s) covering any additional oil and gas lease(s) now existing or hereafter acquired and/or drilled using Lender funds in the name of Borrower, Philco, and/or any other subsidiary now existing or hereafter created to acquire, hold or develop oil and gas properties which are acquired and/or developed using Leader funds. In the event that the title review and/or examination for newly acquired oil and gas lease(s) or interests therein reflects any mortgage, deeds of trust, tax lien or other apparent encumbrance (“encumbrance”) which, if valid and existing, could impair the first and prior status of Lender’s lien(s) and security interest(s) therein, then Borrower shall cause such encumbrance, whether valid or otherwise, to be released of record or shall lawfully bond around in accordance with applicable state or local law requirements the apparent encumbrance within sixty (60) days of the request date for any Lender Advance which will be used to either acquire the encumbered oil and gas lease(s) or reimburse Borrower, Philco, or its other subsidiaries for the costs of its acquisition. In the event Borrower fails to cure such title encumbrance within the time period provided above, Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, cure such title encumbrance and to charge the cost and expense incurred in such curative action to Borrower as an increase in the principal balance under the Note. Such curative expenses so advanced shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of eighteen (18%) per annum from the date incurred until paid (“Default Rate”).

 

In addition to the above collateral documents, the said Loan and Note shall be personally guaranteed in payment by Troy Meier (“Guarantor”). The form of such Guaranty (“Guaranty”) is attached hereto labeled Exhibit “E”. Said Guaranty shall be a continuous and ongoing obligation of the Guarantor, provided however, in the event that the Borrower elects to make a public offering of its securities in the manner described in Section 2.3 hereinbelow, and the value of the collateral securing the Loan and the Note is not less than 200% (as determined by a Reserve Report prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 1.6 hereinbelow satisfactory to Lender) of the then current principal balance of the Note (with such collateral valuation and Note principal balance to be determined as of the date the securities of the Borrower first trade on a publicly recognized exchange), then in such event, and only in such event, shall the Guaranty be deemed discharged and the said Guaranty shall be released to the Guarantor and thereafter the said Guarantor shall have no further individual or personal liability upon the indebtedness under the Note.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Guaranty, the Debenture(s) and all other documents executed in conjunction with the Loan shall be referred to as the “Loan Documents” from time to time hereinafter. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms set forth in any of the Loan Documents, the terms set forth in this Agreement shall be controlling, except to the extent, and only to the extent, that the terms set forth in the specific Loan Document are required to be controlling by applicable state law.

 

- 3 -
 

 

Section 1.5.            Draw Limitations . The principal of the Loan may be drawn by Borrower over a twelve (12) month period which shall begin on the date of the Initial Advance under this Agreement (“Initial Advance Date”) in a lump sum or partial sums in Borrower’s discretion, subject to the Collateral Coverage Requirements described in Section 1.6 below. Each draw by Borrower other than the Initial Advance shall be preceded by a 10-day written request (accompanied by a statement of the proposed use of proceeds) to Lender and shall be funded by Lender on the eleventh (11 th ) day following the request. In the event that the eleventh (11 th ) day falls on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday, then the funding date shall be the next business day of Lender. Unless otherwise agreed by Lender, draw requests shall be funded no more frequently than monthly.

 

Borrower acknowledges, understands and agrees that Lender is a private, non-public, entity. As such, Lender obtains its funds from the private capital markets and/or individuals who desire to participate in Lenders investment banking activities, thus Lender does not have a guaranteed source of money in which to fund this transaction with Borrower. Borrower acknowledges that the volatility of the capital markets, the nature of Borrower’s business activities and/or other events which may come into existence may impact Lender’s ability to raise and procure sufficient capital in order to fund all or substantially all of the Loan described in this Agreement.

 

Section 1.6.      Collateral Coverage Requirements . Unless otherwise agreed by Lender, any available funds under the Credit Facility, including the Initial Advance, shall only be available for draw by Borrower if the total principal balance of the Note outstanding after the requested Advance will not exceed seventy percent (70%) of the loan to value (“LTV”) ratio of Borrower’s Proved Producing Reserves, (as defined herein), from all sources, at a present value discount of ten percent (10%) per annum (“PV10”), as such Proved Producing Reserves are reflected in the most recent reserve report (“Reserve Report”) prepared by an independent petroleum engineer engaged by Borrower and otherwise qualified to calculate Proved Producing Reserves acceptable under the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) standards. For purposes hereof, the term Proved Producing Reserves shall mean the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which, based upon engineering and geologic data, are expected to be recovered under existing economic and operating conditions from existing wells in reservoirs (including behind the pipe reservoirs) that have produced at any time during the twelve (12) months before the reporting date. To the extent that a Reserve: Report cannot be prepared based upon the criteria set forth hereinabove due to a lack of sufficient time for such production to have occurred, then Borrower may present a reserve appraisal study based upon initial production values as currently existing on the subject Leases together with data on comparable production of other wells in the area wherein the Borrower’s producing wells are located and which produce from the same or similar zones, as a basis of information as to the probable production values from the subject well or wells of the Borrower. In that event Borrower agrees that a full and complete Reserve Report will be subsequently prepared for all production from the well or wells of the Borrower reflecting actual production from the date of the Initial Advance through December 31, 2007 with such Reserve Report to be in form consistent with the Reserve Report requirements set forth above and same shall be due on or before February 15, 2008. Borrower is to provide evidence to Lender that such production actually exists by delivering copies to Lender of all third party purchaser run statements, and /or checks (with stub and/or skirt details), and other indices of payment received by Borrower reflecting the sale of oil and/or gas from the subject Leases. Such documentation shall be delivered to Borrower by the fifteenth (15 TH ) day after receipt of such documentation and/or statements by Borrower. If for any reason the Collateral Coverage Requirements fall below the minimum threshold amount described in this Section 1.6 and remain below such minimum threshold amount for thirty (30) consecutive days, then in such event Borrower and its subsidiaries shall cause additional collateral acceptable to Lender to be secured, pledged and encumbered by Lender’s first and prior lien(s) and security interest(s), all at Borrower’s expense, or, at Lender’s option, Lender may demand that Borrower pay down the principal balance of the said Note in an amount sufficient to then cause the then remaining principal balance of the Note after such pay down to be in compliance with the collateral coverage requirements set forth hereinabove. If such principal pay down demand is made by Lender, Borrower shall have ten (10) business days from date of such written demand in order to cause such payment to be made upon the Note.

 

- 4 -
 

 

Section 1.7.      Segregated Reserve Accounts . Borrower shall establish, independent of any other bank accounts currently held by Borrower, in a National Bank with offices in Salt Lake City, Utah, subject to Lender’s approval, a fully segregated Reserve Account (“Reserve Account”) wherein Borrower will cause to be deposited as such funds are received sixty percent (60%) of all revenues from oil and/or gas sales received by Borrower and/or Philco from any production wells on the Collateral Leases described upon Exhibit “B” hereto (“Production Wells”) as of the effective date of this Agreement, together with all future and other revenue derived and received from such Production Wells during the terms of this Agreement and until the Note is paid in full, for the purpose of utilization of such deposited funds for debt service, both as to interest and principle, required under this Agreement and/or the Note, provided however, so long as this Agreement and/or the Note are not in default, the said Reserve Account shall be capped in an amount equal to six (6) months interest due upon the principal balance of the Note, as same may change from time to time, at the rate specified therein (being the sum of $520,000.00 or such lesser amount equal to six (6) months interest upon such principal balance) and shall be maintained at said minimum level during the term of the Loan such that for each dollar withdrawn from said Reserve Account on a monthly basis to pay interest on the said Loan, a like sum shall be deposited to the said Reserve Account from the next available funds received by Borrower as revenue from production from the said Production Wells so as to maintain a constant balance in the said Reserve Account of the sum of not less than $520,000.00 or such lesser amount equal to six (6) months interest on the principal balance, as same may change from time to time Said Reserve Account shall be debited monthly by Borrower in a n amount equal to the then current interest payment due upon the Note, and such funds shall then be paid to Lender promptly in accordance with the terms of the Note. Except for such monthly interest payment debits no other funds shall be debited, withdrawn or paid from the said Reserve Account by Borrower without Lender’s prior written consent. In the event of Borrower’s default under the terms of this Agreement and/or the Note, the Reserve Account capped amount shall no longer be controlling, and the full reserve deposit as set forth hereinabove shall be made by Borrower to the Reserve Account during the remaining term of the Loan until such time as the Note has been paid in full. To the extent said funds in said Reserve Account exceeds the amount necessary to maintain the interest payments required under the terms of this Agreement and/or the Note, any such excess proceeds shall accrue and be applied to principle repayment under the Note. As if and when Borrower completes an IPO as hereinbelow defined wherein the common stock of Borrower is offered to the public in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (“Act”) and with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) (or the applicable equivalent laws of the jurisdiction wherein such public offering of the securities of Borrower shall occur) and in compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC (or the applicable regulatory body and/or governmental agency of the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur), then and only then, shall such Reserve Account requirement be reduced from sixty percent (60%) to fifty-five percent (55%) of all revenues derived from such Production Wells.

 

- 5 -
 

 

Borrower shall pledge the said Reserve Account to Lender as security for the payment of the Loan and Note as per the requirements of Section 1.4 hereinabove.

 

Borrower shall provide proof of such Reserve Account status monthly to Lender by providing a copy to Lender of a copy of the bank statement(s) received on such Reserve Account together with copies of all oil and/or gas revenue checks from first purchasers of the oil and/or gas produced from such Production Wells. Such documentation shall be delivered by Borrower not later than the tenth (10th) day of the month following the date when such documentation and/or statements are received by Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be.

 

Section 1.8      Term of Credit Facility . The Note and any and all obligations of Borrower under this Agreement shall mature on the two (2) year anniversary date of the Initial Advance (“Maturity”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

Payments of Principal and Interest/Additional Consideratio n

 

Section 2.1      Principal Payments . The Principal due under the Note shall be due and payable in full two (2) years from the date of the Initial Advance.

 

Section 2.2      Interest Payments . Borrower shall pay to Lender accrued interest at rate of thirteen percent (13%) per annum on the outstanding unpaid principal balance, monthly, in arrears, commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the month following the Initial Advance and continuing thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each succeeding month until Maturity at which time all remaining accrued but unpaid interest shall then be immediately due and payable. All interest payments shall be calculated on the average daily principal balance outstanding under the Note.

 

- 6 -
 

 

Section 2.3      CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE(S) and/or PERPETUAL WARRANT .

 

A.           As additional consideration from Borrower to Lender to make the Loan, Borrower shall issue to Lender simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement a Convertible Debenture (“1 st Debenture”) in the amount of $400,000.00 (being equal to five percent (5%) of the Loan) subject to proportionate reduction in the event Borrower fails to fund the entire Loan, and such failure to fund is not based upon any act of Borrower nor based upon Borrower’s inability to meet the Collateral Coverage Requirements set forth in Section 1.6 above (“Proportionate Funding Shortfall”). Said 1st Debenture shall be payable at the Maturity of the Loan as set forth in Section 1.8 above, provided however at the sole discretion and election of Lender, said 1st Debenture may be redeemed for a cash payment from Borrower to Lender at any time after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date of the Initial Advance made hereunder, or alternatively at the sole discretion and election of the Lender, if, prior to Maturity of the Loan, Borrower (or any related affiliate or subsidiary thereof) shall have determined to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission SEC (or a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur on a recognized exchange) a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) for an underwritten public offering (“IPO”) of the common stock of Borrower, then Borrower shall give Lender at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intention to file the Registration Statement, and, Lender shall have the right, within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice (“Offering Conversion Period”) to exercise its right to convert the 1st Debenture, in whole or in part, by delivering written notice thereof (the “Offering Exercise Notice”) to Borrower prior to the expiration of the ten (10) day period. If an Offering Exercise Notice is given by Lender, Lender shall become the record and beneficial owner of a specified number of shares of fully registered and freely tradable common stock of the Borrower as determined hereiribelow (“Shares”) concurrently with the issuance by the SEC (or a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur) of an order (the “Effectiveness Order”) declaring the Registration Statement effective pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other applicable securities laws in the jurisdiction where such offering shall occur), and upon issuance of the Effectiveness Order, to the extent that the 1st Debenture shall have been converted to such Shares the principal amount thereof shall be reduced and the 1st Debenture shall be deemed paid, in full or to the extent of such conversion, as the case may be, and if paid in full, the 1st Debenture shall be surrendered by Lender to Borrower (or to Borrower’s Registrar if so directed) for cancellation. The number of Shares to which the conversion right is applicable as to the 1st Debenture shall be determined by a set price per share equal to fifty percent (50%) of the initial IPO price on a per share basis, as determined on the first day of trading of Borrower’s common stock on a recognized exchange. Such 1 st Debenture shall be assignable by Lender to one or more parties without Borrower’s consent. The form of such 1st Debenture which will be issued is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “D-1”.

 

- 7 -
 

 

B.           In addition, and not in lieu of the above, if the Loan has not been paid in full on or before the first (1st) anniversary date of the Initial Advance (“1 st Anniversary”), Borrower shall issue to Lender on the 1 st Anniversary a second Convertible Debenture (“2 nd Debenture”) in the amount of $472,000.00 subject to proportionate reduction in the event of a Proportionate Funding Shortfall (of which $400,000.00 shall be subject to a per diem proration, commencing on the 1st Anniversary Date and expiring on the Maturity of the Loan, prorated to the actual date of redemption and payment to Lender or, in the event of conversion, as hereinafter provided, to the actual date of the first day of trading of the common stock of Borrower pursuant to an IPO as hereinafter provided, on a recognized exchange). Said 2 nd Debenture shall be payable at the Maturity of the Loan as set forth in Section 1.8 above, provided however, at the sole discretion and election of Lender, said 2 nd Debenture may be redeemed for a cash payment from Borrower to Lender at any time prior to Maturity, in the event that Borrower commences an IPO before the Maturity of the Loan in the manner as set forth in subsection A. above or, alternatively at the sole discretion and election of the Lender, if prior to Maturity of the Loan, Borrower (or any related affiliate or subsidiary thereof) shall have determined to file with the SEC (or a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur on a recognized exchange) a Registration Statement for an IPO of the common stock of Borrower then Borrower shall give Lender at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intention to file the Registration Statement, and, Lender shall have the right, within the Offering Conversion Period to exercise its right to convert the 2 nd Debenture, in whole or in part, by delivering its Offering Exercise Notice to Borrower prior to the expiration of the Offering Conversion Period. If an Offering Exercise Notice is given by Lender, Lender shall become the record beneficial owner of a specified number of shares of fully registered and freely tradable common stock of the Borrower as determined hereinbelow (“2 nd Debenture Shares”) concurrently with issuance by the SEC (or a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur) of an Effectiveness Order declaring the Registration Statement effective pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other applicable securities laws in the jurisdiction where such offering shall occur), and upon issuance of the Effectiveness Order, to the extent that the 2 nd Debenture shall have been converted to such 2 nd Debenture Shares the principal amount thereof shall be reduced and the 2 nd Debenture shall be deemed paid, in full or to the extent of such conversion, as the case may be, and if paid in full, the 2 nd Debenture shall be surrendered by Lender to Borrower (or to Borrower’s Registrar if so directed) for cancellation. The number of 2 nd Debenture Shares which the conversion right is applicable as to the 2 nd Debenture shall be determined by a set price per share equal to fifty percent (50%) of the initial IPO price on a per share basis, as determined on the first day of trading of Borrower’s common stock on a recognized exchange. Such 2nd Debenture shall be assignable by Lender to one or more parties without Borrower’s consent The form of such 2 nd Debenture which will be issued is attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “D-2”.

 

C.           The 1 st Debenture and 2 nd Debenture shall generally be referred to as the (“Debenture(s)”) and shall be secured in payment and performance of Borrower’s obligations by the Deed(s) of Trust attached as Exhibit “B” hereto and referenced in Section 1.4 above.

 

D.           In the event that Borrower elects at any time to seek a public registration of Borrower’s common stock and elects to file for registration for an IPO with the SEC (or such other similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein Borrower elects to offer its securities to the public over a recognized exchange) then in such event, within five (5) business days of the initial filing with SEC or such other regulatory entity, Borrower shall give written notice to Lender of Borrower’s election to seek a public offering of its securities and shall provide to Lender copies of all information and/or registration materials utilized by Borrower in seeking approval for such IPO and shall provide to Lender the names, addresses, telephone numbers, facsimile numbers and e-mail addresses of all persons involved in such public offering process engaged by Borrower, including but not limited to underwriters, securities dealers, accountants and/or accounting firms, attorneys and/or law firms, and such other persons or entities engaged by Borrower to assist Borrower in the completion of such IPO. Lender shall be entitled to communicate with all such persons to determine the status of such IPO and/or its registration process, and such persons and/or entities shall be instructed to provide to Lender such information so requested by Lender provided that the delivery and/or transmittal of such information from such persons and/or entities does not contravene applicable state or federal law, or the law of the jurisdiction where such public offering of the common stock of Borrower shall occur over a recognized exchange.

 

- 8 -
 

 

E.           Further, it is agreed by the Borrower that if no IPO has been completed as of the Maturity of the Loan, as hereinabove defined, and the Debenture(s) are redeemed for cash payments, respectively, then simultantiously with such redemption and payment of said Debentures, Borrower shall issue its perpetual warrant (“Warrant”) to Lender granting to Lender the right to acquire fully registered and freely tradable common stock of Borrower (for the number of shares as hereinafter determined), in the event of a future public offering of the securities of Borrower in an IPO, at a per share price equal to fifty percent (50%) of the initial offering price for such securities, fixed as of the first date of trading of the securities of Borrower on a recognized exchange. The number of shares to which Lender shall be entitled and which are applicable to and exercisable under the said warrant shall be determined by dividing the sum of $1,000,000.00 by one half (1/2) of the initial offering price on a per share basis for such common stock of Borrower fixed as of the first date of trading of such common stock on a recognized exchange. Said warrant shall be exercisable by Lender not later than thirty (30) days after the first date of trading of Borrower’s securities on a recognized exchange. If after Maturity, Borrower (or any related affiliate or subsidiary thereof) shall have determined to file with the SEC (or a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such offering shall occur on a recognized exchange) a Registration Statement for an IPO of the common stock of Borrower then Borrower shall g;ive Lender at lease twenty (20) days prior written notice of Borrower’s intention to file the Registration Statement. Said Warrant shall be assignable by Lender to one or more parties without Borrower’s consent. The form of such perpetual warrant is attached hereto labeled Exhibit “F" and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.

 

Section 2.4      A pplication of Payments; Prepayments . Borrower may prepay the Loan, provided however, any such prepayment of any principle amount advanced under this Agreement and/or the Note within the twelve (12) months from the date of such principle advance shall bear a prepayment penalty equal to the difference between the actual interest earned to date of prepayment, pursuant to the terms of the Note, and the interest which would have been earned on such prepayment sum from date of prepayment to the 1 st anniversary date of such respective principal advance at the rate specified in the Note, on such principal sums so prepaid. Any prepayment prior to Maturity but after the first anniversary date from the date when such principle amount was advanced may be made without penalty. For the purposes of this Agreement and the Note, any prepayment of principle by Borrower shall be applied to the oldest principle advance made under this Agreement and/or the Note. Any prepayments shall be applied first to those fees and expenses incurred by Lender in enforcement of the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture or any other document evidencing or securing the obligations of Borrower and/or its subsidiaries under this Agreement or under such documents, then to accrued interest and then to the principal balance outstanding, provided however, in the event, if at any time Lender receives from Borrower or otherwise an amount applicable to the Loan which is less than all amounts due and payable at such time, Lender may apply that payment to amounts then due and payable in any manner and in order determined by Lender, at Lender’s discretion. Borrower agrees that neither Lender’s acceptance of the payment from Borrower in the amount that is less than all amounts then due and payable nor Lender’s application of such payment of such payments shall constitute either a waiver of the unpaid amounts or an accord and satisfaction.

 

- 9 -
 

 

Section 2.5      Events upon Repayment of Loan . Upon the full, complete and final repayment and discharge by Borrower of all of the obligations under this Agreement, the Note, the Debenture(s), and the corresponding Loan Documents, Lender shall, promptly after such repayment and discharge have occurred, release all of its liens and security interests under the Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) and any other Loan Document executed by Borrower and/or Subsidiary and/or any other subsidiaries to evidence or secure the indebtedness and/or obligation(s) of Borrower, Philco and/or any other subsidiaries under this Credit Facility.

 

Section 2.6.      Partial Releases of Deeds of Trust . Intentionally omitted.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Conditions To Advances

 

The obligation of Lender to fund the Advances shall be subject to the prior or concurrent satisfaction (or in Lender's discretion, the waiver) of each of the conditions precedent set forth in this Section.

 

Section 3.1.      Resolution .

 

A.            Lender shall have received from Borrower a certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other appropriate officer, as applicable, as to;

 

(i)          resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s) the Warrant (if applicable) and each other Loan Document to be executed by it,

 

(ii)         the incumbency and signatures of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to this Agreement, and

 

- 10 -
 

 

(iii)        that Borrower and its subsidiaries are in compliance with all of the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement(s).

 

B.            Further, Lender shall have received from Philco its certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary, manager, general partner, or other appropriate officer, as applicable, as to

 

(i)  Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) (if applicable), the Deed(s) of Trust and each of the Loan Documents to be executed by it,

 

a.   the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/managers authorized to act with respect to this Agreement, and

 

b.   that Philco is in compliance with all the covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.2.      Delivery of Note . Lender shall have received the Note duly executed and delivered by Borrower.

 

Section 3.3      Delivery of Deed(s) of Trust and Security Agreement/P ledge Agreement . Lender shall have received the Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) duly executed in recordable form on behalf of the Borrower, and/or Philco, as applicable.

 

Section 3.4.      Delivery of Convertible Debenture Note . Lender shall have received the first Debenture (Exhibit “D-1”) duly executed by Borrower and further acknowledged by Borrower that same is recorded on the books and records of Borrower.

 

Section 3.5.      Compliance with Loan Documents . Borrower shall have performed all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement and all representations and warranties herein and in the other Loan Documents made by Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall be true and correct as of the date of the Advance.

 

Section 3.6      No Default. No default, or event which could become a default if uncured, shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of funding of the requested Advance.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Representations And Warranties

 

In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the Advances hereunder, Borrower and Philco, respectively, represents and warrant unto Lender as follows:

- 11 -
 

 

Section 4.1      Organization, etc .

 

A.            Borrower is a corporation validly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in the State of Utah and all jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualification, and has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) the Debenture(s) and each other Loan Document and to own and hold under lease its property and to conduct its business substantially as currently conducted by it.

 

B.            Philco, is a limited liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) and each other Loan Document and owns and holds under lease its property and to conduct its business substantially as currently conducted by it.

 

Section 4.2      Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc .

 

A.            Borrower has the full legal power, right and capacity to enter into and perform this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is party. Each obligor has the full legal power, right and capacity to enter into and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenturs(s) and each other Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it are within Borrower's and each such obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not (a) contravene Borrower's or any such obligor's organizational documents, (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting Borrower or any such obligor, (c) result in, or require the creation or imposition of, any lien on any of any obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person.

 

B.            Philco has the full legal power, right and capacity to enter into and perform this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by Philco of this Agreement, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) (as applicable) and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery, and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively, are within Philco’s and each other obligor’s company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and do not (a) contravene Philco’s or any such obligor organizational document(s), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting Philco or any such obligor, (c) result in or require or the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor’s properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person.

 

- 12 -
 

 

Section 4.3      Government Approval, Regulation etc . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or other person is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by Borrower and/or Philco or any other obligor, respectively, of this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s) or any other Loan Document to which it is a party. Neither Borrower or Philco, or any of its subsidiaries or any other obligor is an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

 

Section 4.4      Validity, etc . This Agreement constitutes, and the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s)(s), the Debenture(s) and each other executed by Borrower and/or Philco will, on the due execution and delivery thereof, constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower and/or Philco enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Each document executed pursuant hereto by each named obligor will, on the due execution and delivery thereof by such obligor, be the legal, valid and binding obligation of such obligor enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

Section 4.5.      No Material Adverse Change . Since the date of Borrower’s most recent audited financial statements, there has not been any material adverse change.

 

Section 4.6.      Litigation, Labor Controversies, etc . There is no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy affecting Borrower or any of its subsidiaries or any other obligor, or any of their properties, assets or revenues, or the Leases, which has caused or may cause a material adverse effect or which purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s) or any other Loan Document.

 

Section 4.7.      Broker’s Fees . Borrower has not incurred any obligation, contingent or otherwise, for brokers' or finders' fees in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, save and except that Borrower simultaneous with the Initial Advance under this Agreement shall pay to Lender an investment banking fee equal to one percent (1%) of the Credit Facility, being the sum of $80,000.00 and shall pay David Victorson the sum of $80,000.00 for services rendered in relationship to the Loan describe in this Agreement, provided however, such payments shall be proportionally reduced in the event the funding of the Credit Facility is less than the full $8,000,000.00 and such failure to fund is predicated upon an event constituting a Proportionate Funding Shortfall.

- 13 -
 

 

Section 4.8.      Taxes . Borrower, Philco, and/or each of its subsidiaries and any other obligor has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes or charges which are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings in accordance with the requirements of the jurisdiction where such contest is pending and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books and neither Borrower nor Philco has been audited by any state, federal, or other governmental or other body having taxing authority, nor is either entity currently subject to an audit nor has been given notice by any state, federal or other governmental taxing entity that such an audit is forthcoming, planned and/or scheduled.

 

Section 4.9.      Pension and Welfare Plans; Employees . Neither Borrower nor Philco, has any pension plans or employee benefit plans within the meaning of ERISA.

 

Section 4.10.      Compliance with Laws . Borrower, Philco, and its other subsidiaries have complied with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof, having jurisdiction over the Leases. Neither Borrower, Philco, nor any of its other subsidiaries has received any notice to the effect that the operations of Borrower, or Philco, or such subsidiary, relating to the Leases are not in compliance with any of the requirements of applicable environmental laws, or are the subject of any federal or state investigations evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any hazardous material (as defined in the environmental laws) involving the Leases.

 

Section 4.11.      Environmental Warranties . Except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement to the contrary (i) all of the Leases and associated facilities operated by Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries have been, and continue to be, owned, leased or operated by Borrower, or such subsidiary in compliance with all environmental laws; (ii) there have been no past, and there are no pending or threatened claims, complaints, notices or inquiries to, or requests for information received by, or known to, either Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries with respect to, any alleged violation of any environmental law with respect to the oil and gas leases or associated facilities operated by Borrower, Philco, or such subsidiary or such obligor; (iii) there are no pending or threatened claims, complaints, notices or inquiries to, or requests for information received by, or known to, Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries for potential liability under any environmental law or under any common law theories relating to operations or the condition of any of the lands comprising the Leases (including underlying groundwater); and (iv) Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries have been issued and are in compliance with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters and necessary or desirable for its business and the operation of each of the Leases.

 

Section 4.12.      SEC Requirements . Neither Borrower, Philco, nor any of its other subsidiaries have received notice from the SEC or any state securities agency that Borrower, Philco, or any other subsidiary is not in compliance with applicable Securities and Exchange Commission or state securities rules and regulations or is under investigation regarding the potential violation of any such rule or regulation.

 

- 14 -
 

 

ARTICLE V

 

Affirmative Covenants

 

Borrower and Philco, respectively, agree with Lender that during the Term of this credit facility, Borrower and/or Philco will, and will cause its subsidiaries to perform, the obligations set forth in this Section.

 

Section 5.1.      Allocation and Budgeting of Loan Proceeds For Drilling . Borrower and/or Philco shall, in good faith exercising sound commercial judgment, and absent a Proportionate Funding Shortfall event, endeavor to budget and allocate the requested Advances under this Credit Facility in such a manner that sufficient funds shall be available to Borrower in the near term, either from third party venturers, projected cash flow or set asides to drill, test and complete, (as applicable) the Leases and/or any other the oil and gas Lease(s) acquired with or reimbursed by the Credit Facility funds within the primary term of such Leases and/or other oil and gas lease(s) and shall have determined that appropriate and sufficient drilling rigs and/or equipment are available in the geographic area where such drilling activity is to occur within such time period.

 

Section 5.2.      Financial Information, Reports, Notices, etc . Borrower will furnish, or will cause to be furnished at Borrower's cost, to Lender copies of (i) fiscal quarter unaudited and annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP of both Borrower and Philco; (ii) all reserve reports prepared at the behest of Borrower and/or Philco as applicable; (iii) all filings with the SEC (as, if and when applicable) as to Borrower; and (iv) all press releases of Borrower and/or Philco.

 

Section 5.3.      Compliance with Laws, etc. Borrower and Philco shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, orders, licenses, contracts, and permits, such compliance to include, without limitation: (i) compliance with all environmental laws; (ii) the maintenance and preservation of its existence and qualification as a corporation and/or as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualification; (iii) compliance with all SEC rules and regulations (or such rules and/or regulations of a similar or equivalent regulatory body and/or governmental agency in the jurisdiction wherein such common stock of Borrower may be traded) (as, if and when applicable); and (iv) the payment, before the same become delinquent, of all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its property except to the extent being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books.

 

- 15 -
 

 

Section 5.4.      Taxes. Borrower and Philco will make all required federal income tax filings prior to any applicable filing deadlines. Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable, shall pay, promptly when due, and in any event within thirty (30) days of its payment due date, except as contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings in compliance with the laws and procedures of the taxing jurisdiction under which the contest is filed and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books, together with interest and penalties thereon, if any, all taxes, including severance taxes and other taxes, duties, imposts, charges, levies and assessments of any kind or nature whatsoever, imposed upon or assessed with respect to or charged against the Leases or production therefrom.

 

Section 5.5.      Insurance . Borrower and Philco will maintain (or will cause to be maintained) bonding and liability insurance in coverages and amounts customary and usual in the North American exploration and production industry and in compliance with the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which such operations and/or property is are located. At Lender’s request, Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable, shall cause Lender to be named on any policy or policies of insurance as an additional insured or loss payee to the extent of its interest, as applicable.

 

Section 5.6.      Books and Records . Borrower, Philco, and its other subsidiaries will keep books and records which accurately reflect all of their business affairs and transactions, or relate to the Leases, and permit Lender or any of its representatives, at reasonable times and intervals, to visit all of its offices and the Leases, to discuss such affairs and transactions with their respective officers and independent public accountants (and Lender is hereby authorized to have such independent public accountants discuss the financial matters of Borrower and its subsidiaries) and to examine (and, at the expense of Borrower, photocopy extracts from) any of its books or other corporate records. Borrower shall pay any fees incurred in connection with Lender's exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section.

 

Section 5.7.      Environmental Covenant . Borrower and Philco will (i) use and operate all of its facilities and properties (including the Leases) in compliance with all environmental laws, keep all necessary permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and handle all hazardous materials in compliance with all applicable environmental laws, (ii) immediately notify Lender and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating to the condition of its facilities and properties or compliance with environmental laws, and shall promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the satisfaction of Lender any actions and proceedings relating to compliance with environmental laws, and (iii) provide such information and certifications which Lender may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section.

 

Section 5.8.      Further Assurances . Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable, will execute and deliver all such other and additional instruments, notices, releases and other documents and will do all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to more fully secure Lender or its successors or assigns all of the respective rights and interests herein and hereby or pursuant to any of the other Loan Documents granted or intended so to be.

- 16 -
 

 

Section 5.9.      Punctual Payment . Borrower shall timely and punctually pay all interest, principal and all other amounts when due under this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s), or any other Loan Document executed by Borrower, subsidiary and/or any other subsidiaries to evidence or secure the indebtedness of Borrower and/or Subsidiary and/or other subsidiaries under this Credit Facility.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Negative Covenants

 

Borrower agrees with Lender that during the Term of this Credit Facility, Borrower will, and will cause its subsidiaries to perform, the obligations set forth in this Section.

 

Section 6.1.      No Senior or Pari Passu Indebtedness . Borrower and Philco shall not, without Lender’s consent, except in the event of a Proportionate Funding Shortfall, incur any indebtedness which is senior to or in pari passu to this Credit Facility nor directly or indirectly hypothecate, pledge or encumber the Leases, cash flow, assets or reserves of Borrower or Philco in or to any other credit facility, loan or arrangement which is senior to or in pari passu to this Credit Facility while any part of the principal advanced by Lender under the Note is outstanding and/or unpaid and any part of the Debenture(s) remain unsatisfied either as to monetary or stock obligations thereunder.

 

Section 6.2.      Liens of Deed(s) of Trust and Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) . The Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) are, and always will be kept, a direct first perfected lien and security interest upon 100% of the interest in the Leases owned by or held in the name of Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be (as to the Deed(s) of Trust) and 100% of the Reserve Account interests of Borrower and/or Philco as the case may be (as to the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s)). Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable will not create or suffer to be created or permit to exist any lien, security interest or charge which is senior, prior to or on a parity with the liens and security interests of the Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) upon the Leases covered by the Deed(s) of Trust or the personal property in the names of the Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be or any part thereof or upon the rents, issues, revenues, profits and other income therefrom.

 

Section 6.3.      Business Activities . Borrower is a corporation and will not engage, or permit any of its subsidiaries (including Philco) to engage, in any business activity, except the owning, operating, producing, processing and marketing of hydrocarbons and such activities as may be incidental or related thereto, without the prior written consent of Lender, in its sole discretion.

 

Section 6.4.      Consolidation, Merger, etc . Borrower and/or Philco, respectively will not liquidate or dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into or with, any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Lender does hereby grant it consent to Borrower’s ownership interest in Philco.

 

- 17 -
 

 

Section 6.5.      No Change in Name, Location, etc . Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable, will not change its name or identity, or change the location of its chief executive office or its chief place of business or the place where Borrower and/or Philco, as applicable, keeps its books and records concerning the Leases without the prior written consent of Lencer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Events of Default/Remedies of Lender

 

Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Section shall constitute an "Event of Default."

 

Section 7.1.      Non-Payment of Obligations . Borrower shall default in the payment or prepayment (as applicable) when due of any principal of or interest under the Note and/or the Debenture(s), or Borrower or any other obligor shall default in the payment when due of any other monetary obligation arising by, through or under the Loan Documents.

 

Section 7.2.      Breach of Warranty . Any representation or warranty of Borrower and/or Philco, respectively, made or deemed to be made hereunder or in the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, any supplemental Deed of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) the Guaranty or the Debenture(s) executed by Borrower, Philco and/or its other subsidiaries, as applicable, or any other writing or certificate furnished by or on behalf of Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries for the purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document is false in any material respect.

 

Section 7.3.      Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations . A default in the due performance by Borrower, Philco, or any of its other subsidiaries or Guarantor, respectively of any covenant or express agreement contained in this Agreement, the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, any supplemental Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Guaranty or the Debenture(s), and continuation of such default beyond the applicable grace period expressly granted, if any, with respect thereto.

 

Section 7.4.      Judgments . Any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $100,000.00 shall be rendered against Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be or any other Borrower’s subsidiaries hereunder and either (a) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, (b) there shall be any period of ten (10) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect or (c) the judgment has not been superseded by the filing of a bond prescribed under the laws of the jurisdiction where the judgment originated or where the judgment is sought to be enforced.

- 18 -
 

 

Section 7.5.      Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc. Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be shall (a) become insolvent, be declared bankrupt (involuntary or voluntary) or generally be unable to pay, or admit in writing its inability or unwillingness to pay its debts as they become due (b) apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for Borrower, Philco, the Leases or any other property of any thereof, or make general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (c) in the absence of such application consent or other custodian for Borrower and/or Philco, any of its other subsidiaries or for the Leases or any part of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged within sixty (60) days or an action commenced within such period seeking such discharge and prosecuted in good faith to conclusion.

 

Section 7.6      Remedies of Lender . Upon an event of default described above in this Article, Lender shall, prior to exercising the remedies described herein, provide Borrower with written notice specifying in reasonable detail the event of default which has occurred and stating that it intends to exercise remedies provided in this Section. Borrower shall then have five (5) days in the case of a monetary default, and twenty (20) days in the case of a non-monetary fault, after receipt of such notice to cure or cause to be cured such default and to provide Lender with notice and reasonable documentation that it has cured or cause to be cured such of Default. If Borrower does not provide such proper notice and evidence, then Lender may immediately by notice to Borrower declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount under the Note and other obligations to be due and payable whereupon the full unpaid mount under the Note and other obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment, except as may be required by applicable law. Lender is further authorized, after the passage of the particular cure period, to perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money that Lender deems necessary or desirable to cure such event of default and any expenses so incurred by Lender and any money so paid by the Lender shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower to the Lender and the Lender, upon making such payment, shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the person receiving such payment. Each amount due and owing by Borrower to the Lender Pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall bear interest from the date of notice to Borrower of such expenditure or payment or other occurrence which gives rise to such amount being owed to the Lender until paid at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum, and all such amounts together with such interest thereon shall become part of the obligations evidenced by the Note and deemed secured by the Deed(s) of Trust the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) and all other Loan Documents described or contemplated by this Agreement as security for the obligations of Borrower and its subsidiaries Upon demand after the occurrence of an event of default, Borrower, Philco, and its other subsidiaries, shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable amounts expended (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in connection therewith, as a result of or in connection with its exercise of remedies, together with interest on such amounts at the Note default interest rate from the date incurred until reimbursed.

 

- 19 -
 

 

Further upon an event of default as described hereinabove and the expiration of any applicable cure period provided as set forth hereinabove, Lender shall be entitled to exercise all of its rights under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms set forth therein and in accordance with applicable law then in effect.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Miscellaneous

 

Section 8 . 01 .      Expenses; Indemnification. Borrower agrees to pay on demand all costs and expenses incurred by Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement and any and all amendments, modifications, and supplements hereto. Borrower agrees to pay and to hold Lender harmless from and against all excise, sales, stamp, or other taxes agree to hold Lender harmless from and against any and all present or future claims or liabilities with respect to or resulting from Borrower performing or delaying in performing their obligations under this Agreement.

 

Section 8.02.      No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure on the part of Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power, or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

Section 8.03.      Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower, Philco, respectively, and Lender and their respective successors, and assigns, except that Borrower and Philco, may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Section 8.04.      Amendment; Entire Agreement . This Agreement together with all other loan documents described or referenced in this Agreement (“Loan Documents”) embodies the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, if any, relating to the subject matter hereof.  The provisions of this Agreement may he amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 8.05.      Notices . Any notice, consent, or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement to Lender or Borrower and/or Philco must be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, sent by verifiable facsimile transmission, or by verifiable overnight delivery service, as follows:

 

To Lender:   Fortuna Asset Management, LLC
    1300 Bristol Street

 

- 20 -
 

 

    Newport Beach, CA 92660
    Attention: Karen Beth Brenner, Managing Member
    FAX: (949) 476-3098
     
(if by mail)   P.O. Box 9109
    Newport Beach, CA 92658
     
(copy to)   Barry L. Racusin, PC
    Racusin and Wagner, LLP
    600 Woodway Tower, 4900 Woodway
    Houston, Texas 77056
    FAX: (713) 626-9313
     
To Borrower:   Tronco Energy Corp.
    Philco Exploration, LLC
    2825 East Cottonwood Parkway, Suite 500
    Salt Lake City, Utah 84121
    Attention: Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)
    FAX: (801) 990-1256
     
(copy to)   T. Brooke Farnsworth, Esq.
    Farnsworth & vonBerg
    333 North Sam Houston Parkway
    Suite 300
    Houston, Texas 77060
    FAX: (281) 931-6032

 

Any such notice, consent, or other communication shall be deemed given when delivered in person or, if mailed, when duly deposited in the U.S. mails, or if by overnight delivery service, when actually delivered.

 

Section 8.06.      Applicablelaw. This agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of utah.

 

Section 8.07.      Headings . The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 8.08.      Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by Lender shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of Lender to rely upon them.

 

- 21 -
 

 

Section 8.09.      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instruments.

 

Section 8.10.      Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 8.11.      USA Patriot Act Compliance . This Agreement is expressly subject to the provisions of the USA Patriot Act, PublicLawl07-56, signed into law October 26, 2001, and as amended, and the resulting amendments to the various and sundry federal statutes resulting from its provisions.

 

Section 8.12.      NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT TOGETHER WITH THE DOCUMENTS DESCRIBED OR REFERENCED HEREIN REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

Executed as of the Effective Date above written.

 

SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE

 

- 22 -
 

 

    “Borrower”
     
  TRONCO ENERGY CORP.
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
    Troy Meier
    President
     
  PHILCO EXPLORATION, L.L.C.
     
  By: Tronco Energy Corp.
  Name: [Illegible]
    Manager/Managing Member
     
    “Lender”
   
  FORTUNA ASSET MANGEMENT, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Karen Beth Brenner
    Karen Beth Brenner, Managing Member

 

- 23 -
 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

AUGUST 10.2007

 

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (“First Amendment”) is entered into and effective as of December 10 , 2007 by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware Corporation (“Borrower” or “Tronco”), PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC, a Utah Limited Liability Company (“Philco” or “Subsidiary”) and ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California Corporation (“ACF”) or (“Lender”) (as “Assignee” from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company) (“Fortuna”), hereby amending and supplementing that certain LOAN AGREEMENT dated August 10,2007 (“Loan Agreement”) upon the terms, conditions and agreements as follows:

 

1. Paragraph A. of the RECITALS is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower is in the business of acquiring, developing and/or operating oil and gas properties in the State of Utah and elsewhere in the United States, either directly or through Philco.”

 

2. Paragraph B. of the RECITALS is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower and its Subsidiary, Philco, desire to utilize the financial resources of Lender as a funding source for development and drilling capital requirements for Borrower’s projects in the State of Utah and for acquisition, rework and future development of existing oil and/or gas properties elsewhere in the United States. Lender desires to make available to Borrower a credit facility subject to the terms and provisions herein.”

 

3. Section 1.2 entitled Use of Proceeds is hereby supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

“(d)          Acquisition, operation and future development of certain oil and gas properties in the State of Ohio more fully described upon Exhibit “ B-l ” hereto and incorporated herein by reference for all purposes.”

 

4. Section 1.2 denoted Use of Proceeds (ending paragraph-pg. 2 of Loan Agreement) is amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“During the term of this Agreement, Borrower shall, subject to the Draw Limitations set forth hereinbelow in Section 1.5, the Collateral Coverage Requirements set forth hereinbelow in Section 1.6 and availability of Lender funds, use Lender funds pursuant to this Credit Facility for the matters set forth in subparagraphs (a) through (d) above, to fund such items and for no other purposes. Should (i) the provisions of Sections 1.5 and/or 1.6 hereinbelow preclude the use of Lender funds for any such item(s), (ii) Lender fails to fund Borrower’s request due to inability of Lender, or (iii) Lender otherwise fails to respond to the Borrower’s request for funds within the time period prescribed in Section 1.5 hereinbelow, then Borrower may resort to other available sources of capital. It is the intention of Borrower and Lender that Lender has the first right of refusal to finance any and all ongoing and future oil and gas acquisitions and operations of the Borrower and/or Philco, as the case may be.”

 

 
 

 

5. Section 1.4 denoted Collateral for Credit Facility is amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“The collateral for the Credit Facility evidenced by this Agreement shall be (a), first and prior lien(s) on the oil and gas leases, wells, downhole and surface equipment and storage equipment as well as personal property on certain Leases (“Collateral Leases”) as to which Lender’s funds have been utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs referenced in Sections 1.2(a), (b) and (d) above, including all existing and future lease interests in Uintah County, Utah and in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage and Stark Counties in the State of Ohio for which Lender funds have been or will be utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs or other activities described in Sections 1.2(a), (b) and (d) above which lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form(s) of Master Deed(s) of Trust, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement, and Financing Statement (“Deed(s) of Trust”) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “B”, and (b) first and prior lien(s) on all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Reserve Account as described in Section 1.7 hereinbelow, such lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form of Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement (with attached DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “C” (the “Security Agreement/Pledge”). Borrower and Philco, respectively, further covenant and agree to execute and deliver first and prior lien(s) covering any additional oil and gas lease(s) now existing or hereafter acquired and/or drilled using Lender funds in the name of Borrower, Philco, and/or any other subsidiary now existing or hereafter created to acquire, hold or develop oil and gas properties which are acquired and/or developed using Lender funds. In the event that the title review and/or examination for newly acquired oil and gas lease(s) or interests therein reflects any mortgage, deeds of trust, tax lien or other apparent encumbrance (“encumbrance”) which, if valid and existing, could impair the first and prior status of Lender’s lien(s) and security interest(s) therein, then Borrower shall cause such encumbrance, whether valid or otherwise, to be released of record or shall lawfully bond around in accordance with applicable state or local law requirements the apparent encumbrance within sixty (60) days of the request date for any Lender Advance which will be used to either acquire the encumbered oil and gas lease(s) or reimburse Borrower, Philco, or its other subsidiaries for the costs of its acquisition. In the event Borrower fails to cure such title encumbrance within the time period provided above, Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, cure such title encumbrance and to charge the cost and expense incurred in such curative action to Borrower as an increase in the principal balance under the Note. Such curative expenses so advanced shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of eighteen (18%) per annum from the date incurred until paid (“Default Rate”).”

 

2
 

 

6. Section 1.6 denoted Collateral Coverage Requirements is hereby supplemented by the addition of the following at the end of the existing provision, to wit:

 

“The above requirements shall be equally applicable to Borrower’s Proved Producing Reserves in Uintah County, Utah and in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage and Stark Counties, Ohio respectively.”

 

7. Section 1.7 denoted Segregated Reserve Account is supplemented by the addition of the following provision at the end of the first full paragraph of Section 1.7 as follows, to wit:

 

“In addition to the Collateral Leases described upon Exhibit “B” hereto, the Leases acquired by Borrower in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage and Stark Counties Ohio described upon Exhibit “B-1 “ hereto shall be included in the requirements of this Section 1.7.”

 

8. Section 3.1. denoted Resolution shall be supplemented by the addition of subparagraph (iv) under subsection A. as follows:

 

“(iv) Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Deed(s) of Trust over and upon Borrower’s leasehold interests in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage and Stark Counties, Ohio and each other Loan Document to be executed by it.”

 

9. Section 5.1. denoted Allocation and Budgeting of Loan Proceeds for Drilling is amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower and/or Philco shall, in good faith, exercising sound commercial judgment, and absent a Proportionate Funding Shortfall event, endeavor to budget and allocate the requested Advances under this Credit Facility in such a manner that sufficient funds shall be available to Borrower in the near term, either from third party venturers, projected cash flow or set asides to drill, test and complete, (as applicable) the Leases and/or any other oil and gas lease(s) (including leases in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage and Stark Counties in the State of Ohio) acquired with or reimbursed by the Credit Facility funds within the primary term of such Leases and/or other oil and gas lease(s) and shall have determined that appropriate and sufficient drilling rigs and/or equipment are available in the geographic area where such drilling activity is to occur within such time period.”

 

All other terms, conditions, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Agreement not specifically modified, amended or supplemented hereinabove shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Executed as of the date set forth hereinabove.

 

3
 

 

    “BORROWER”
     
  TRONCO ENERGY CORP.
   
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
      Troy Meier, President
     
  PHILCO EXPLORATION, L.L.C.
  BY Tronco Energy Corp, Manager/Managing Member
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meler
      Troy Meler, President
     
    “LENDER”
     
  ACP PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.
     
  By:
      Alan C. Fox, President

 

4
 

 

WELL NAME   PERMIT#   SECTION   TOWNSHIP   COUNTY   STATE   NWI   NRI
                             
Anderson, A. #1   5209   10   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Anderson, A. #2   5210   10   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Anderson, A. #3   7905   10   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Anderson, D. #2   4433   15   Union   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Anderson, D. #3   7636   15   Union   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Baker #1   2134   11   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Baker #2   2165   11   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Baker #3   4964   10   Percy   Muskingum   Ohio   71.43%   62.50%
Baker #4   5048   10   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   85.71%   75.00%
Baker #7   6856   10   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Burkhart #1   2209   14   Union   Muskingum   Ohio   50.00%   50.00%
Consol. Coal #1   2897   2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
DeHarte J. #3   7047   3   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Eschman, W. #1   3176   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Eschman, W. #3   7814   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Foraker, C. #1   3397   19   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Goff, C. #1   5720   12   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Hooper, R. #1   2838   2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Johnson, K. #1   2290   19   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Johnson, K. #2   3555   19   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
King, R. #1   3705   18   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Krebs #1   4043   T-3, 2 Q   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Krebs #3   4105   T-3, 2 Q   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Krebs #4   4103   T-3, 2 Q   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Lacy, H. #1   3596   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Lighthizer, C. #1   2087   23   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Lighthizer, C. #2   2121   23   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Lighthizer, C. #3   2098   18   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Lighthizer, C. #4   2086   18   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Lighthizer, C. #5   343   18   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Little, L. #1   4321   Q2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Little, L. #2   4340   Q2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Little, L. #3   4499   Q2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%

 

EXHIBIT

B - 1

 

 
 

 

WELL NAME   PERMIT#   SECTION   TOWNSHIP   COUNTY   STATE   NWI   NRI
                             
Little, L. #4   7558   Q2   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   84.38%
Lynn #2   5862   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Marshall #1   831   12   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   10.0.00%   87.50%
Marshall #2   8051   12   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Mattox #1   7271   22   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Miller, H. #1   2524   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Miller, H. #2   3038   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Miller, H. #3   4300   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Miller, H. #4   6220   3   Madison   Muskingum   Ohio   85.72%   75.00%
Young, C. #1   3426   19   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Young, C. #2   7157   19   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   100.00%   87.50%
Zemba Farms #1   8546   22   Perry   Muskingum   Ohio   50.00%   43.75%

 

 
 

 

PERMIT#   WELL NAME   LESSOR   LESSEE   DATE  

VOLUME

PAGE

5209   A. Anderson #1   Winston R. and Jenniue E           Lease
5210   A. Anderson #2   Anderson   Charles O. Lighthizer   1-16-80   190/347
7905   A. Anderson #3                

4433

7636

 

D. Anderson #2

D. Anderson #3

  Dorothy G. Anderson   Charles O. Lighthizer   2-17-78  

Lease

182/326

        Gerald M. Baker and The First            
2134   Baker #1   National Bank of Zanesville,   Glenn Kohl   7-11-69   Lease
2165   Baker #2  

Trustees under the Will of Ira B. 

Baker; Gary B. Baker; Carol Ann 

Baker

          119/66
4964   Baker #3   Gerald M. Baker and The First           Lease

5048

6856

 

Baker #4 

Baker #7

 

National Bank of Zanesville, 

Trustees under the Will of Ira B.

Baker; Gary B. Baker Carol Ann

Baker

Charles O. Lighthizer and Patricia 

Lighthizer

  H & H Energy of Ohio, Ltd.   12-  -98  

119/66

Deed

767/134

                    Lease
2209   Burkhart #1   Glen A. and Gertrude Burkhart   Charles O. Lighthizer   10-6-78   178/51
                    Lease
2897   Consolidation Coal #1   Paul R. and Lucille Middleton   Charles O. Lighthizer   7-20-72   137/138
                    Deed
7047   DeHarte #3   Charles O. and Patricia Lighthizer   H & H Energy of Ohio, Ltd.   04-30-69   767/134

3176

7814

 

Eschman, W. #1 

Eschman, W. #3

  William H. and Ula M. Eschman   Charles O. Lighthizer   8-6-73  

Lease

146/44

3397   Foraker, C. #1   Charles O. and Isabel L. Foraker   Charles O. Lighthizer   11-30-73  

Lease

150/134

5720   Goff, C.#l   Bain A. & Carol A. Goff   Jerry C. Olds   2-15-81  

Lease

202/320

 

 
 

 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

          Lease
2838 Hooper #1 Ronald J. and Dixie L. Hooper Charles O. Lighthizer 12-6-71 132/102
2290 Johnson #1 Kenneth and Ruby Johnson, and
First National Bank of Zanesville,
Charles O. Lighthizer 12-2-69 Lease
3555 Johnson #2 Trustee of Estate of S. B.
Bowman, deceased
    120/699
        1-24-76 Lease
3705 King, R. #1 Rodney C. and Betty J. King Charles O. Lighthizer   160/227

4043

4105

Krebs #1
Krebs #3
Mina B. Krebs Leader Equities, Inc. 03-16-77

Lease

166/257

4103 Krebs #4        
          Lease
3596 Lacy,H #l Harrison J. and Geraldine L. Lacy Charles O. Lighthizer 06-04-75 155/338

2087

2121

Lighthizer #1
Lighthizer #2
Robert G. and Jane Elaine
Lighthizer
Mitchell Strach 4-30-69

Lease

118/67

2098

2086

343-RO

Lighthizer #3
Lighthizer #4
Lighthizer #5
Volena B. Lighthizer Mitchell Strach 06-01-77

Lease

168/302

4321

4340

Little #1
Little #2
Lester D. and Juanita J. Little Leader Equities, Inc. 11-18-77

Lease

172/169

4499 Little #3        
7558 little #4        
5682 Lynn #2 Floyd D. and Elsie M. Lynn;
James H. and Dorothy M. Lynn
Charles O. Lighthizer 1-4-75

Lease

155/336

831-RO

8051

Marshall #1
Marshall #2
Charles O. and Patricia Lighthizer H & H Energy of Ohio, Ltd. 12- -98

Deed

1126/494

1126/498

          Deed
7271 Mattox/Zemba #1 Charles O. and Patricia Lighthizer   1-31-78 775/132

 

 
 

 

PERMIT# WELLNAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

2524 Miller #1        
3038 Miller #2 Harold L. and Dorothy J. Miller Charles O. Lighthizer 8-10-70 Lease
4300 Miller #3       123/407
6220 Miller #4        
3426 C. Young #1 Charles R. and Eileen Young Charles O. Lighthizer 4-24-74 Lease
7157 C. Young #2       150/146
8546 Zemba Farms #1 Zemba Farms, Ltd. H & H Energy of Ohio, 7-25-05 Lease
      Ltd.   1964/489

 

 
 

 

WELL NAME PERMIT # SECTION TOWNSHIP COUNTY STATE NWI. NRI
               
J.E.&P.C.Reiter #1 20531   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 83.33%
Mirt & Tyyna Housel #1 20558   Denmark Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Harju-Esgard FKA Green Unit 20610   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 82.25%
Esguard of Ohio #1-A 20678   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 86.67%
Kenneth Janson #2 20683   Jefferson Ashtabula Ohio 100% 84.77%
Kenneth Janson #1 20684   Jefferson Ashtabula Ohio 97% 81.77%
Friedrich-Cotterman Added P 21826   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 86.20%
Fishwick #1 21829   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 82.37%
Friedrich #2 22143   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 86.20%
Fetters #5 22286   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Hamilton #lA 22362   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Sharp #1 22861   Jefferson Ashtabula Ohio 100% 81.25%
Voytek #1 22883   Denmark Ashtabula Ohio 100% 81.25%
Fetters #6 22940   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Graves-Fetters #1 22944   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Graves-Fetters #2 22945   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Archibald #3 23417   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 86.68%
Fetters #1-A 23447   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Giddings #1 23680   New Lyme Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%
Elza Baker #3 23683   Lenox Ashtabula Ohio 100% 87.50%

 

 
 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

23417 Archibald #3 Helen V. Harju, et al Mansfield Drilling Co. 10-13-69 74/1114
    Kathryn Kessler, et Kingwood Oil Company 02-15-65 65/86
      Subject to the    
      restrictions set forth in    
      paragraph 11 of the    
      Assignment from    
      Equitable Production    
      Company    
23683 Baker, E. #3 Elza N. Baker, et ux
Robert E. Nagy, et ux
Jud Noble & Associates,
Inc.
02-17-74
02-17-64

96/289

65/104

      Subject to the    
      restrictions set forth in    
      paragraph 11 of the    
      Assignment from    
      Equitable Production    
      Company    
21829 Fishwick #1 Lenox Equipment Co. Inc. ‘ Pioneer Resources, Inc. 05-19-79 14/1390
    Stephen R. Fishwick, et ux Subject to the 06-26-81 14/2559
    Walter V. Hayford, et ux restrictions set forth in 06-28-81 14/2557
      paragraph 11 of the    
      Assignment from    
      Equitable Production    
      Company    
21826 Friedrich-Cotterman #1 Robert D. Cotterman, et ux. Jud Noble & Assoc. 05-13-74 98/267
    Eric E. Friedrich, et ux. Joseph Lebeit 03-23-65 70/46l
      Subject to the    
      restrictions set forth in    
      paragraph 11 of the    
      Assignment from    
      Equitable Production    
      Company    

 

 
 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

22143 Friedrich #2 Eric E. Friedrich, et ux Joseph Lebit
Subject to the
restrictions set forth in
paragraph 11 of the
Assignment from
Equitable Production
Company
03-23-65 70/461
22362 Hamilton #1A Charles B. Hamilton, et ux Noble Oil Corporation
Subject to the
restrictions set forth in
paragraph 11 of the
Assignment from
Equitable Production
Company
02-23-83 29/380
20684 Janson, K. #1 Kenneth Janson, et al.

Jud Noble & Associates,
Inc.

Subject to the
restrictions set forth in
paragraph 11 of the
Assignment from
Equitable Production
Company

07-15-75 103/33
20683 Janson K. #2 Kenneth Janson, et al.

Jud Noble & Associates,
Inc.

Subject to the
restrictions set forth in
paragraph 11 of the
Assignment from
Equitable production
Company

07-15-75 103/33
20558 Housel #1 Darl Gray, et ux. M.M. Laughbaum 10-09-69 74/1138
22883 Voytek #1 James J. Greene, et ux. Jud Noble & Assoc . 08-07-74 99/31

 

 
 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

22861 Sharp #1 James Hamilton, et a1. M. M. Laughbaum 10-07-69 74/1132
20678 Esguard of Ohio #1-A John T. Voytek, et ux. Strategic Oil Co. 04-11-84 24/2268
20610 Harju-Esgard Karl Stainfield ; Nat'l Petroleum Corp. 11-28-73 94/286
20531 Reiter #1 Michael Serdiuk, et ux. Laker Energy, Inc. 05-09-84 24/6208
23447 Fetters #1-A Lucille B. Chapin Gilbert, et vir. Noble Oil Corp. 04-18-85 28/8821
22286 Fetters #5 Victor Fetters, et ux. Noble Oil Corp. 05-14-84 24/4929
22940 Fetters #6 Eric Fredrich, et ux. Joseph Lebit 03-23-65 70/461
23680 Giddings #1 Charles Hamilton, et ux. Noble Oil Corp. 02-23-83 20/380
22944 Graves-Fetters #1 Stanley Hayford, et al. Pure Oil Company 02-05-64 67/160
22945 Graves-Fetters #2 Kathryn Kessler, et vir . Kingwood Oil Co. 02-17-64 65/1390

 

 
 

 

WELL NAME PERMIT # SECTION TOWNSHIP COUNTY STATE NWI NRI
               
Shilliday Comm 1 20125   Edinburg Portage Ohio 100% 87.50%
Waddell F & E Comm 1 20278   Randolph Portage Ohio 100% 87.50%
McCoy 1-384 20308   Randolph Portage Ohio 100% 87.50%
Bossow Added Prod 96 21220   Freedom Portage Ohio 100% 87.50%
Petrenchak Added Prod 96 21228   Freedom Portage Ohio 100% 82.50%
T & B Hall Unit 1 Added Prod 96 22174   Rootstown Portage Ohio 100% 83.70%
S. Solu #1 22931   Edinburg Portage Ohio 71% 58.72%
Hostetler #1 23356   Randolph Portage Ohio 100% 87.50%
Moss-Stokes-Bailey #1 23571   Randolph Portage Ohio 100% 84.77%

 

 
 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

21220 Bossow #1 Robert E. & Beatrice L. Bossow     89/727
21228 Petrenchak #2 John Petrenchak     77/128
20125 Shilliday Comm #1 W. B. Shilliday Lot/Sec 14, 15, 76
W. B. Shilliday Lot/Sec 14 & 15
 

11-09-61

11-09-61

58/178

59/429

20308 McCoy 1-384 R. J. & Orpha McCoy
Elmer M. & Margaret K. Mullet
Hadley L. & Bernice McCormick
 

02-29-60

09-13-60

03-04-60

66/339

66/339

66/339

20278 Waddell F & E Comm #l Frank & Evelyn Waddell   12-19-59

64/368

66/571

22931 Solu, S. #1       109/158
23356 Hostetler #1

Malon M. Spangler & Ruth M.
Spangler and

David D. Hostetler & Hallie
Hostetler and

J. Daniel Spearman YY Betsey
Diane Spearman

  07-02-85 120/35
23571 Moss-Stokes-Bailey #1 James T. & Frances M. Bailey
J. M. & Louise Moss
Emmit & Frona Bauer
Ronald & Jan A. Stokes
 

11-25-60

05-31-60

01-09-60

03-14-63

55/219

54/151

53/39

61/608

22174 Hall, T & B #1

Carl W. Frutchey, et ux.

Thomas E. Hall, et ux.

Boyd B. Herwick, et ux.*
(*insofar as said Lease covers the
most easterly 5 acres thereof, Lot
24, Rootstown Township)
Rights of Way
Ernest L. Foster, et ux.
Raymond H. Scott

East Ohio Gas Co.

Midland Exploration Co.
East Ohio Gas Co.

 

 

 

Adobe Oil & Gas Corp.

Adobe Oil & Gas Corp.

11-30-62

02-16-63

09-22-60

 

 

 

 

01-02-81

12-10-80

61/106

61/451

55/7

 

 

 

 

985/181

989/183

 

 
 

 

WELL NAME PERMIT# SECTION TOWNSHIP COUNTY STATE NWI NRI
               
P Smith & D Robinson Added P 21155   Osnaburg Stark Ohio 100% 87.50%

 

 
 

 

PERMIT # WELL NAME LESSOR LESSEE DATE

VOLUME

PAGE

21155 Smith, P. & Robinson, D. #1

Mahon J. Smith, et a1.

David S. Robinson, et al.

All States Oil &
Producing Co., Inc.

02-02-67 


12-27-66

143/375 


141/79

 

 
 

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/ o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

PO Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Payment History -Tronco Energy Loan (originated 8/2007), Interest and Principal

 

Date: September 11, 2013

 

Date Description   Amount

Interest

Rate

  Interest Principal Principal Balance Due Date / Payment
Date
  Balance Due
08/21/07 Funding $ 3,000,000.00   $ -   $ 3,000,000.00   $ -
08/31/07 Monthly Interest $ 11,916.67 13.0% $ 11,916.67   $ 3,000,000.00 1-Sep-07 $ 11,916.67
09/04/07 Payment $ 11,916.67   $ (11,916.67)   $ 3,000,000.00 4-Sep-07 $ -
09/30/07 Monthly Interest $ 32,500.00 13.0% $ 32,500.00   $ 3,000,000.00 1-0ct-07 $ 32,500.00
10/02/07 Payment $ 32,500.00   $ (32,500.00)   $ 3,000,000.00 20ct-07 $ -
10/31/07 Monthly Interest $ 32,500.00 13.0% $ 32,500.00   $ 3,000,000.00 1-Nov-07 $ 32,500.00
11/05/07 Payment $ 32,500.00   $ (32,500.00)   $ 3,000,000.00 5-Nov-07 $ -
11/27/07 Monthly Interest $ 32,500.00 13.0% $ 32,500.00   $ 3,000,000.00 1-Dec-07 $ 32,500.00
  Payment $ 32,500.00   $ (32,500.00)   $ 3,000,000.00 0-Jan-00 $ -
12/06/07 Funding $ 5,000,000.00   $ -   $ 8,000,000.00   $ -
12/30/07 Monthly Interest $ 68,805.56 13.0% $ 68,805.56   $ 8,000,000.00 2-Jan-08 $ 68,805.56
01/07/08 Interest Correction $ (2,000.00)   $ (2,000.00)   $ 8,000,000.00   $ 66,805.56
01/07/08 Payment $ 68,805.56   $ (68,805.56)   $ 8,000,000.00 7-Jan-08 $ (2,000.00)
01/27/08 Monthly Interest $ 86,666.67 13.0% $ 86,666.67   $ 8,000,000.00 1-Feb-08 $ 84,666.67
02/06/08 Payment $ 84,666.67   $ (84,666.67)   $ 8,000,000.00 6-Feb-08 $ -
02/29/08 Monthly Interest $ 86,666.67 13.0% $ 86,666.67   $ 8,000,000.00 1-Mar-08 $ 86,666.67
03/07/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,000,000.00 7-Mar-08 $ -
03/10/08 Principal Due $ 8,000,000.00       $ 8,000,000.00 10-Mar-0 8 $ 8,000,000.00
03/10/08 10 Days Interest Due $ 28,888.89 13.0% $ 28,888.89   $ 8,028,888.89 10-Mar-08 $ 8,028,888.89
03/18/08 8 Days Interest Due $ 23,111.11 13.0% $ 23,111.11   $ 8,028,888.89   $ 8,052,000.00
04/04/08 17 Days Default Interest Due                    
@ $4,026.00 per day $ 68,442.00 18.0% $ 68,442.00   $ 8,028,888.89 4-Apr-08 $ 8,120,442.00
04/04/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 4-Apr-08 $ 8,033,775.33
05/02/08 28 Days Default Interest Due                    
@ $4026 per day $ 112,728.00 18.0% $ 112,728.00   $ 8,028,888.89 2-May-08 $ 8,146,503.33
05/02/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-May-08 $ 8,059,836.66
06/02/08 31 Days Default Interest Due                    
@ $4026 per day $ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Jun-08 $ 8,184,642.66
06/03/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 3-Jun-08 $ 8,097,975.99
07/01/08 29 Days Default Interest Due                    
@ $4026 per day $ 116,754.00 18.0% $ 116,754.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Jul-08 $ 8,214,729.99
07/02/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Jul-08 $ 8,128,063.32

 

Page 1 of 3
 

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

PO Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Payment History - Tronco Energy Loan (originated 8/2007), Interest and Principal

 

Date: September 11,2013

 

Date Description Amount Interest
Rate
Interest Principal Principal Balance Due Date / Payment
Date
Balance Due
08/01/08 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Aug-08 $  8,252,869.32
08/01/08 Payment $ 67,000.00   $ (67,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Aug-08 $  8,185,869.32
08/04/08 Payment $ 19,667.67   $ (19,667.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 4-Aug-08 $  8,166,201.65
09/01/08 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Sep-08 $  8,291,007.65
09/04/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 4-Sep-08 $  8,204,340.98
10/01/08 30 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 120,780.00 18.0% $ 120,780.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Oct-08 $  8,325,120.98
10/02/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Oct-08 $  8,238,454.31
11/01/08 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Nov-08 $  8,363,260.31
11/02/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Oct-08 $  8,276,593.64
12/01/08 30 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 120,780.00 18.0% $ 120,780.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Dec-08 $  8,397,373.64
12/02/08 Payment $ 86,666.67   $ (86,666.67)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Dec-08 $  8,310,706.97
12/04/08 Payment $ 14,000.00   $ (14,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 4-Dec-08 $  8,296,706.97
01/01/09 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Jan-09 $  8,421,512.97
01/02/09 Payment $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Jan-09 $  8,321,512.97
02/01/09 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Feb-09 $  8,446,318.97
02/03/09 Payment $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 3-Feb-09 $  8,346,318.97
03/01/09 28 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 112,728.00 18.0% $ 112,728.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Mar-09 $  8,459,046.97
03/03/09 Payment $ 15,000.00   $ (15,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 3-Mar-09 $  8,444,046.97
03/03/09 Payment $ 85,000.00   $ (85,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 3-Mar-09 $  8,359,046.97
04/01/09 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Apr-09 $  8,483,852.97
04/02/09 Payment $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-Apr-09 $  8,383,852.97
05/01/09 30 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 120,780.00 18.0% $ 120,780.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-May-09 $  8,504,632.97

 

Page 2 of 3
 

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

PO Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Payment History - Tronco Energy Loan (originated 8/2007), Interest and Principal

 

Date: September 11, 2013

 

Date Description   Amount Interest
Rate
  Interest Principal Principal Balance Due Date / Payment
Date
Balance Due
05/02/09 Payment $ 100,000.00   $ (100,000.00)   $ 8,028,888.89 2-May-09 $ 8,404,632.97
06/01/09 31 Days Default Interest Due
@ $4026 per day
$ 124,806.00 18.0% $ 124,806.00   $ 8,028,888.89 1-Jun-09 $ 8,529,438.97
06/15/09 Revised and Replaced by
New Loan
            $ 0.00   $ 0.00

 

Page 3 of 3
 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

AUGUST 10 , 2007

 

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (“Second Amendment”) is entered into and effective as of June 1 5 , 2009 (“Effective Date”) by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware Corporation (‘'Borrower” or “Tronco”), PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC ,. a Utah Limited Liability Company (“Philco” or ‘‘Subsidiary”) and ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC ., a California Corporation (“ACF”) or (“Lender”) (as “Assignee” from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC , a California Limited Liability Company (“Fortuna”)), hereby amending, modifying and' supplementing that certain LOAN AGREEMENT dated August 10, 2007 (“Loan Agreement”) and that certain FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT AUGUST 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (“First Amendment”) (the said Loan Agreement and First Amendment hereinafter referred to as the “Current Loan Agreement”) upon the terms, conditions, stipulations and agreements as follows:

 

1. The section of the Current Loan Agreement entitled RECITALS is hereby amended, modified and expanded by addition of the following, to wit:

 

“C In consideration of ACF’s agreement to enter into the First Amendment, Borrower agreed to an early maturity of the Loan as described in the Loan Agreement to March 10, 2008 ("Early Maturity Date”) as set forth in Letter Agreement dated December 10, 2007.

 

D. On March 10, 2008 Borrower failed to pay in full the said Loan and defaulted thereunder.

 

E. On March 27, 2008 ACF, Borrower and Philco entered into that certain FOREBEARANCE AGREEMENT (“Forebearance Agreement”) which required payments and other performance obligations of Borrower as more fully set forth therein and extending the maturity date of the said Loan to May 23, 2008.

 

F. Borrower failed to comply with the terms and obligations set forth in the said Forebearance Agreement and defaulted hereunder.

 

G. On April 9, 2008, ACF in accordance with its rights under the respective MASTER DEED(s) OF TRUST. ASSIGNMENT OF PRODUCTION, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT (“Master Deed(s) of Trust”) exercised its right to interdict the oil and gas runs of Borrower (and its subsidiary Tronco Ohio LLC, a Ohio limited liability company) (“TOLLC”) in and to its oil and gas properties in the State of Ohio.

 

 
 

 

H. Borrower has requested ACF to reinstate the Loan effective as of the Effective Date of the Second Amendment upon the terms and conditions set forth in that certain SUMMARY OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS dated April 17, 2009 (“Summary”) and upon such additional terms that Borrower and ACF may agree upon by the execution of this Second Amendment and documents related hereto.

 

I. Borrower and Lender have further agreed that the principal balance of the 1 st Debenture in the amount of $400,000.00 shall be added to the principal balance of the Note and Loan as of the Effective Date of this Second Amendment and that the 1 st Debenture shall be terminated as of the same date.

 

J. Borrower and Lender have further agreed that the principal balance of the 2 nd Debenture in the amount of $472,000.00 shall be added to the principal balance of the Note and Loan (prorated to the Effective Date of this Second Amendment as per the terms of the 2 nd Debenture in the amount of $398,575.37) and that the 2 nd Debenture shall be terminated as of the same date.

 

K. Borrower and Lender have further agreed that all accrued but unpaid interest and late fees due on the Note through June 15, 2009 shall be capitalized in the amount of $485,802.97 and added to the principal balance of the Note.

 

L. Borrower and Lender have agreed that the new principal balance of the Note and Loan as of the Effective Date of the Second Amendment shall be the sum of $9,284,378.34.

 

M. Borrower and Lender have further agreed that all past due interest from and after the Effective Date of the Second Amendment and/or any outstanding reimbursable expenses from Borrower to Lender not reimbursed or paid shall be capitalized and added to the principal balance of the Note on a monthly basis.

 

N. Borrower and Lender have further agreed that the Note shall be modified, and in lieu thereof Borrower shall execute the Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated as of the Effective Date of the Second Amendment, and that such Amended and Restated Promissory Note (hereinafter referred to as the “Note”) shall be in lieu of the original Note.

 

O. Borrower and Lender have further agreed to pledge or cause to be pledged additional oil and gas properties in the State of Ohio more fully described upon Schedule I hereto.

 

P. Borrower has agreed to pay to ACF the sum of $185,687.56 (being 2% of the new principal balance of the Loan) as a reinstatement, renewal and extension fee simultaneous with the execution of this Second Amendment and all other ACF required documents.

 

2
 

 

Q. ACF is prepared to reinstate, renew and extend the Loan (and Note) in accordance with the terms set forth in the Summary, the additional terms contained hereinbelow, and the payment of the sum of $185,687.56 upon the execution of this Second Amendment and all other ACF required documents related to the Loan.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties hereto, ACF, Borrower and Philco agree as follows:

 

A. Section 1.1 denoted Commitment/Advances is hereby amended and modified by inclusion of the following paragraph at the end of existing paragraph, to wit:

 

“From and after the Effective Date of the Second Amendment, the outstanding principal balance of the Note and the Loan shall be fixed as a term loan (subject to the addition of sums to be added as principal to the Note as per the terms set forth hereinbelow) and no further advances will be made under the terms of the Note or of the Current Loan Agreement.”

 

B. Section 1.3 entitled Promissory Note is hereby amended by inclusion of the following paragraph at the end of the existing Section 1.3, to wit:

 

“From the Effective Date of this Second Amendment, the said Note shall provide for interest on the outstanding principal balance as advanced and remaining unpaid at the rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum until maturity (the "Note Rate”). Any accrued but unpaid interest from and after the date when due shall be capitalized at the end of the month when such interest was due and shall be added to the principal balance of the Note, and such capitalized sum shall bear interest in accordance with the terms of the Note.”

 

C. Section 1.4 denoted Collateral for Credit Facility is amended, modified and supplemented to read as follows, to wit:

 

“The collateral for the Credit Facility evidenced by this Agreement from and after the Effective Date of the Second Amendment shall be:

 

3
 

 

(a) first and prior lien(s) on the oil and gas leases, wells, downhole and surface equipment and storage equipment as well as personal property on certain Leases (“Collateral Leases” or “Leases”) as to which Lender’s funds have been utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs referenced in Sections 1.2(a), (b) and (d) above, including all existing and future lease interests in Uintah County, Utah and in Muskingum, Ashtabula, Portage, Stark and Licking Counties (and any other counties) in the State of Ohio for which Lender funds have been or will be utilized for acquisition and/or drilling costs or other activities described in Sections 1.2(a), (b) and (d) above which lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form(s) of Master Deed(s) of Trust, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement, and Financing Statement (“Deed(s) of Trust”) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “B”. Borrower and Philco, respectively, further covenant and agree to execute and deliver and/or cause to be executed and delivered first and prior lien(s) covering any additional oil and gas lease(s) now existing or hereafter acquired and/or drilled using Lender funds in the name of Borrower, Philco, and/or any other subsidiary now existing or hereafter created (including TOLLC) to acquire, hold or develop oil and gas properties which are acquired and/or developed using Lender funds. Further, Borrower shall pledge or cause to be pledged certain oil and gas interests acquired and/or in the name of MPS and/or TOLLC, as the case may be, by the execution and delivery of Deed(s) of Trust in recordable form over and upon the subject oil and gas properties as described upon Schedule I hereto. In the event that the title review and/or examination for newly acquired oil and gas lease(s) or interests therein reflects any mortgage, deeds of trust, tax lien or other apparent encumbrance (“encumbrance”) which, if valid and existing, could impair the first and prior status of Lender’s lien(s) and security interest(s) therein, then Borrower shall cause such encumbrance, whether valid or otherwise, to be released of record or shall lawfully bond around in accordance with applicable state or local law requirements the encumbrance within sixty (60) days of written notice and demand from Lender to remove such encumbrance(s), as the case may be. In the event Borrower fails to cure such title encumbrance(s) within the time period provided above, Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, cure such title encumbrance(s) and to charge the cost and expense incurred in such curative action to Borrower as an increase in the principal balance under the Note. Such curative expenses so advanced shall thereafter bear interest at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum from the date incurred until paid (“Default Rate”),”

 

(b) first and prior lien(s) on all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the Reserve Account as described in Section 1.7 hereinbelow, such lien(s) shall be evidenced by the form of Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement (with attached DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT) attached hereto and made a part hereof as Exhibit “C” (the “Security Agreement/Pledge”).

 

(c) DEED OF TRUST AND SECURITY AGREEMENT from the Meier F amil y Limited Partnership (“Meier Family L.P. Deed of Trust”) to ADVANCE(D) TITLE COMPANY, INC., Trustee over and upon certain real property located in Uintah County, Utah described as follows:

 

4
 

 

1. 05-132-0134

Lot 1, ROPER”S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah together with a 25% interest in 1700 East Circle Street

 

2. 05-132-0135

Lot 2, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street

 

3. 05-132-0136

Lot 3, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street

 

4. 05-132-0137

Lot 4, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street

 

The Real Property or its address (subsections 1, 2, 3 and 4 above) is commonly known as 1545/1583/1586/1540 South 1700 East Circle, Vernal, Utah 84078.

 

5. Lots 15 & 16 of Brooklane Subdivision, being a part of Section 31, Township 4 South, Range 22 East, Salt Lake Meridian, being the same property as described in that certain WARRANTY DEED filed of record under Uintah County Recorder Entry No. 2007008500 (Book 1044, Page 378).

 

Said Deed of Trust being filed of record in the Uintah County Recorder Office under Entry No. 2007009529 (Book 1048, Page 490-500) on the 22 nd day of August, 2007.

 

(d)    SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (the “SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE”) of 100% of the membership interest in and to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC (“SDP”) a Utah limited liability company, held by or in the name of its members, MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC (“MMC”) a Utah limited liability company, and MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC (“MFHC”) a Utah limited liability company.

 

5
 

 

(e)    an Assignment of Life Insurance Policy as Collateral (and proceeds therefrom) confirmed by the John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) over and upon the life of G. Troy Meier under Policy No. 81466393, with a death benefit in the face amount of $8,000,000.00 wherein ACF or its designee shall be designated as Beneficiary for so long as there is any balance due on the said Note or other sums due under the terms of the Current Loan Agreement, respectively.

 

The second full paragraph of Section 1.4 is hereby amended, supplemented and modified to read as follows:

 

“In addition to the above collateral documents, the said Loan and Note shall be personally guaranteed in payment by Gilbert Troy Meier, Annette Deuel Meier, the Trustees of the Gilbert Troy Meier Trust (“GTM Trust”), The Trustees of the Annette Deuel Meier Trust (“ADM Trust”), SDP, and MMC, jointly and severally (the “Guarantors”). The form of such Guaranty (“Guaranty”) is attached hereto labeled Exhibit “E”. Said Guaranty shall be a continuous and ongoing obligation of the Guarantors, and each of them, until the Loan and Note have been paid in full, including principal, interest and other sums that may be come due under the terms of the Loan Documents.

 

The last full paragraph of Section 1.4 is hereby amended, supplemented and modified to read as follows:

 

“For the purposes of this Second Amendment, the Amended and Restated Promissory Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Guaranty(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (and Owner’s Consent to Pledge), Consent and/or Ratification of the Deed(s) of Trust and the Life Insurance Assignment and all documents executed in conjunction with the Loan shall be referred to as the “Loan Documents” from time to time hereinafter. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms set forth in any of the Loan Documents, the terms set forth in this Agreement shall be controlling, except to the extent, and only to the extent, that the terms set forth in the specific Loan Documents are required to be controlling by applicable state law.”

 

6
 

 

D. Section 1.6 denoted Collateral Coverage Requirements is hereby amended, supplemented and modified, as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, unless otherwise agreed by Lender, the principal balance of the Note and Loan will not exceed seventy percent (70%) of the loan to value (“LTV”) ratio of Borrower’s Proved Producing Reserves, (as defined herein), from all sources, at a present value discount of ten percent (10%) per annum (“PV10”), as such Proved Producing Reserves are reflected in the most recent reserve report (“Reserve Report”) prepared by an independent petroleum engineer engaged by Borrower and otherwise qualified to calculate Proved Producing Reserves acceptable under the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) standards. The Reserve Report shall be due and be delivered to Lender on or before July 15, 2009, and thereafter an updated Reserve Report shall be due annually on the same monthly date, until the Note and Loan have been fully paid. For purposes hereof, the term Proved Producing Reserves shall mean the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids which, based upon engineering and geologic data, are expected to be recovered under existing economic and operating conditions from existing wells in reservoirs (including behind the pipe reservoirs) that have produced at any time during the twelve (12) months before the reporting date. Borrower is to provide evidence to Lender that such production actually exists by delivering copies to Lender of all third party purchaser run statements, and /or checks (with stub and/or skirt details), and other indices of payment received by Borrower reflecting the sale of oil and/or gas from the subject Leases. Such documentation shall be delivered to Borrower by the fifteenth (15 th ) day after receipt of such documentation and/or statements by Borrower. If for any reason the Collateral Coverage Requirements fall below the minimum threshold amount described in this Section 1.6 and remain below such minimum threshold amount for thirty (30) consecutive days, then in such event Borrower and its subsidiaries shall cause additional collateral acceptable to Lender to be secured, pledged and encumbered by Lender’s first and prior lien(s) and security interest(s), all at Borrower’s expense, or, at Lender’s option, Lender may demand that Borrower pay down the principal balance of the said Note in an amount sufficient to then cause the then remaining principal balance of the Note after such pay down to be in compliance with the collateral coverage requirements set forth hereinabove. If such principal pay down demand is made by Lender, Borrower shall have ten (10) business days from date of such written demand in order to pay or cause such payment to be made upon the Note.”

 

E. Section 1.8 denoted Term of Credit Facility is hereby amended, supplemented and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

7
 

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Note and any and all obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement shall mature on January 2, 2012 (“Final Maturity Date”), subject to interim principal reduction requirements as set forth in the Note as amended, PROVIDED HOWEVER, Borrower shall be entitled to extend the Final Maturity Date of the said Note for an additional one (1) year to January 2, 2013, (“Extended Final Maturity Date”) upon Borrower’s giving written notice to ACF, not earlier than sixty (60) days but not later than thirty (30) days prior to the Final Maturity Date, of Borrower’s election to so extend the maturity date of the Note and the payment by Borrower to ACF of an extension fee equal to two percent (2%) of the principal balance due upon the Note as of the date of such written notice to ACF, with payment of said two percent (2%) fee to be paid on or before the Final Maturity Date; and PROVIDED HOWEVER, Borrower shall be entitled to extend the Extended Final Maturity Date of the said Note for an additional one (1) year to January 2, 2014 (“2 nd Extended Final Maturity Date”) upon Borrower’s giving written notice to ACF, not earlier than sixty (60) days but not later than thirty (30) days prior to the Extended Final Maturity Date, of Borrower’s election to so extend the maturity date of the Note and the payment by Borrower to ACF of an extension fee equal to two percent (2%) of the principal balance due upon the Note as of the date of such written notice to ACF, with payment of said two percent (2%) fee to be made on or before the Extended Final Maturity Date. The rights of Borrower to so extend shall be only exercisable by Borrower in the event Borrower is not otherwise in default under the terms of the Note or of this Agreement at the time such written notice to extend is given.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Note and the Loan shall become immediately due and payable in the event any shareholder of Borrower owning 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of Borrower (other than the Lender) sells, transfers and/or conveys any shares of the Common Stock of Borrower held in the name of such shareholder, either directly or indirectly, to a third party purchaser (not already an existing shareholder of Borrower) unless the Borrower has obtained the prior written consent of the Lender to such proposed transaction.”

 

F. Section 2.1 denoted Principal Payments is hereby amended and modified as follow, to wit:

 

“The principal due under the Note shall be due and payable as follows:

 

a. on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date the sum of $500,000.00; and

 

8
 

 

b. on the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date the sum of $500,000.00; and
c. the remaining principal balance shall be due and payable on January 2, 2012: PROVIDED HOWEVER,
d. if the Note is extended pursuant to Section 1.8 above until January 2, 2013, then on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date the sum of $500,000.00; and PROVIDED HOWEVER,
e. if the Note is extended pursuant to Section 1.8 above until January 2, 2014, then on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date the sum of $500,000.00, and
f. thereafter all remaining principal balance shall then be due and payable as of January 2, 2014.”

 

G. Section 2.2 denoted Interest Payments is hereby amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower shall pay to Lender accrued interest at the rate of eleven percent (11%) on the outstanding unpaid principal balance, monthly, in arrears, commencing on the first (1st) day of the month following the Second Amendment Effective Date and continue thereafter on the first (1st) day of each succeeding month until maturity at which time all remaining accrued but unpaid interest shall then be immediately due and payable. All interest payments shall be calculated on the average daily principal balance outstanding under the Note. Interest shall be calculated on a per annum basis of a 360 day year, with such interest to be divided into twelve (12) equal monthly installments. Payments of any interest that become due other than on the first (1 st ) day of a month or payments of interest due on the 1 st day of the month for less than a complete month shall be prorated over a thirty (30) day month period on the actual number of days elapsed. All accrued but unpaid interest remaining due at the end of the month when such interest was due, shall be capitalized and added to the principal balance of the Note as of the first day of the month following the month when such interest payment was due, and upon being added to the principal balance of the Note the entire principal balance shall bear interest at the Default Rate specified in the Note.”

 

H. Section 2.3 denoted CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE(S) and/or PERPETUAL WARRANT is hereby changed to read CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE(S) and/or PERPETUAL WARRANT and EQUITY MATTERS , and said Section 2.3 is hereby amended, modified and supplemented by the addition and/or deletion of the following provisions, to wit:

 

9
 

 

“A. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the 1 st Debenture is hereby terminated and/or cancelled and the principal sum due thereunder in the amount of $400,000.00 is hereby capitalized and added to the principal balance of the Note.

 

B. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the 2 nd Debenture in the amount of $472,000.00 is hereby terminated and/or cancelled, and the pro rated principal amount due there under in accordance with its terms in the amount of $398,575.37 is hereby capitalized and added to the principal balance of the Note.

 

C. As of the Second Amendment Effective Date Section C. is hereby omitted.

 

F. As additional consideration from Borrower to Lender to reinstate, renew and extend the Loan and the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement, Borrower simultaneous with the execution of this Second Amendment shall issue to ACF or its designee (so as not to cause the loss of Subchapter S status of Borrower under the Internal Revenue Code (“IRS”)) 207,699 shares of the Common Stock of Borrower (the “ACF Shares”), which said ACF shares shall be deemed fully paid and nonassessable, and such ACF shares shall be equal to twenty percent (20%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock issued by Borrower. Said ACF shares shall be subject to the following terms and conditions, to wit:

 

(1) ACF shall have full preemptive rights concerning the said ACF Shares and that Borrower shall not issue any further or additional shares of Common Stock to any third parties or other existing shareholders without first giving a thirty (30) day written notice to ACF, such notice to provide to ACF the terms and conditions upon which such additional shares are being offered to a third party and/or existing shareholder(s) and shall entitle ACF to subscribe to and acquire, but shall not obligate ACF to do so, such number of such additionally offered shares of Common Stock that would allow ACF to maintain the same percentage ownership in and to Borrower as the ACF Shares represent as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

10
 

 

(2) Should the Borrower elect at any time while the ACF Shares are outstanding to seek a public registration of Borrower’s Common Stock pursuant to Section D. above, the said ACF shares shall be entitled to full “piggyback” registration rights, and Borrower shall include the ACF Shares in any registration statement filed with the SEC concerning the offering of any other shares of Borrower on an equal basis as any other shares of Borrower are so registered and offered for sale to the public.

 

(3) That so long as the ACF Shares are outstanding, should Borrower or Borrower’s controlling shareholder (MMC) (“Controlling Shareholder) elect to sell any outstanding and existing Common Stock shares of Borrower held by such Controlling Shareholder to any third party, that Borrower and/or the Controlling Shareholder shall be required to include in such offer to such third party the ACF Shares, if ACF so elects in writing, upon the same terms and conditions and for the same purchase price as such other outstanding and existing shares of Common Stock of Borrower are offered to such third party purchaser. Notwithstanding this provision, it shall be at the sole option and election of ACF as to whether they shall include the ACF Shares, or any part of them, in such proposed sale to such third party purchaser.

 

(4) That so long as the ACF Shares are outstanding, should Borrower or its Controlling Shareholder receive a buyout offer and elects to accept such offer as to the Controlling Shareholder’s Shares, then the Controlling Shareholder and the Borrower shall have the right to require that the ACF Shareholders sell 100% of their Shares to the buyout offeror on the same terms and subject to the same conditions of purchase and sale, PROVIDED, that the Note and Loan are then paid in full and the consideration to be received by the ACF Shareholder(s) shall not be less than the Floor Value Per Share as hereinbelow defined on a per share basis in cash at closing of the transaction.

 

(5) Upon full and complete payment of all principal and interest due on the Loan and the Note and for a period of two (2) years after the date of such full and final repayment of the said Loan and Note, the Borrower and ACF shall have the following rights in regards to the ACF Shares, to wit:

 

11
 

 

(a) The Borrower shall have the right and option (“Call Option”) exercisable at any time by written notice (“Call Notice”) to ACF (or the designee holding the ACF Shares) (“ACF Shareholder(s)”) to redeem all of the ACF Shares then owned by ACF or its designee. The Call Option shall be subject to and governed by the following provisions:

 

(i) As used herein the term “Call Closing Effective Date” shall mean with respect to any exercise of the Call Option, the last day of the second (2 nd ) month following the month in which the Call Notice is provided to the ACF Shareholder(s).

 

(ii) The purchase price per share for the ACF Shares being redeemed pursuant to an exercise of the Call Option shall be equal to the greater of: (1) the Agreed Value Per Share as defined in subsection (c) below multiplied by the number of ACF Shares being called, or (2) the Floor Value Per Share as defined in subsection (c) below multiplied by the number of ACF Shares being called.

 

(iii) The purchase price to be paid to the ACF Shareholder(s) for the ACF Shares being redeemed pursuant to an exercise of the Call Option shall be paid either: (1) in full in cash at closing, or (2) by payment in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over a two (2) year period at an interest rate of Bank of America, N.A. prime rate (or if unavailable, the prime rate of any other U.S. Domestic National Bank with assets of $500,000,000.00 or more insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as Lender may designate) plus 2%, but not less than 8% per annum, whichever is greater.

 

12
 

 

(iv) At the closing of the purchase of any ACF Shares pursuant to the Call Option by the Borrower as set forth hereinabove, the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower shall be obligated to execute and deliver the following instruments, certificates and agreements at such closing;

 

( 1) The Borrower shall deliver to the selling ACF Shareholder(s) the amount of cash or a promissory note (if payment shall be by monthly installments) required to be delivered, whichever is applicable, and an originally executed Stock Pledge, if applicable, in mutually acceptable form together with certificates evidencing all of the ACF Shares being redeemed with blank Stock Powers to be held as collateral security by the selling ACF Shareholder(s) for repayment of the promissory note delivered by the Borrower to the selling ACF Shareholder(s).

 

(2) The selling ACF Shareholder(s) shall execute and deliver to the Borrower at such closing the following:

 

(A) The certificates representing the ACF Shares being purchased by the Borrower endorsed for transfer to the Borrower, free of all liens, claims and encumbrances.

 

(B) Such other instruments of assignment, certificates of authority, tax releases, consents to transfer and instruments in evidence of title in compliance with this Section of the Second Amendment as may be reasonably required by the Borrower.

 

13
 

 

(b) The ACF Sharehotder(s) shall have the right and option (Put Option”) exercisable any time by written notice (“Put Notice”) to require the Borrower to redeem all or any portion of the ACF Shares. The Put Option shall he subject to and governed by the following provisions:

 

(i) As used herein, the term “Put Closing Effective Date” shall mean with respect of any exercise of the Put Option, the last day of the second (2 nd ) month following the month in which the Put Notice is provided to Borrower.

 

(ii) The purchase price per share for the ACF Shares being redeemed pursuant to an exercise of the Put Option shall be equal to the greater of (1) the Agreed Value Per Share multiplied by the number of ACF Shares being put, or (2) the Floor Value Per Share multiplied by the number of ACF Shares being put.

 

(iii) The purchase price to be paid to each ACF Shareholder for the shares being redeemed pursuant to an exercise of the Put Option shall be paid either: (1) in full in cash at closing, or (2) by payment in equal monthly installments of principal and interest over a two (2) year period at an interest rate of Bank of America, N.A. prime rate (or if unavailable, the prime rate of any other U.S. Domestic National Bank with assets of $500,000,000.00 or more insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) as Lender may designate) plus 2% but not less than 8% per annum, whichever shall be greater.

 

(iv) At the closing of the purchase of any ACF Shares pursuant to the Put Option by the Borrower as set forth hereinabove, the selling ACF Shareholders) and the Borrower shall be obligated to execute and deliver the following instrument, certificates and agreements at such closing;

 

14
 

 

 

 

(1) The Borrower shall deliver to the selling ACF Shareholder(s) the amount of cash or a promissory note (if payment shall be by monthly installments) required to be delivered, whichever is applicable, and an originally executed Stock Pledge, if applicable, in mutually acceptable form together with certificates evidencing all of the ACF Shares being redeemed with blank Stock Powers to be held as collateral security by the selling ACF Shareholder(s) for repayment of the promissory note delivered by the Borrower to the selling ACF Shareholder(s).

 

(2) The selling ACF Shareholder(s) shall execute and deliver to the Borrower at such closing the following:

 

(A) The certificates representing the ACF Shares being purchased by the Borrower endorsed for transfer to the Borrower, free of all hens, claims and encumbrances.

 

(B) Such other instruments of assignment, certificates of authority, tax releases, consents to transfer and instruments in evidence of title in compliance with this Section of the Second Amendment as may be reasonably required by the Borrower.

 

15
 

 

(c) For the purposes of this subsection (5) the following definitions shall control:

 

(a) “Agreed Value Per Share" means the fair market value as mutually agreed upon between the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower. In the event that the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower do not agree within thirty (30) days, the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower shall designate an appraiser (the “Appraiser") to determine the Agreed Value Per Share. Such Appraiser shall be designated within ten (10) days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s) cannot agree on an Appraiser within such ten (10) day period, the Borrower shall contact the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) who shall, after meeting with the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and pursuant to reasonable judgment and its rules of Arbitration, appoint the Appraiser (all at Borrower's expense). The Appraiser shall submit its determination of the Agreed Value Per Share to the Borrower and to the selling ACF Shareholder(s) within thirty (30) days after the date of its selection. The determination by the Appraiser shall not take into account either majority or minority status as a shareholder but shall value the Borrower as a whole and determine the value of each share issued by the Borrower without consideration of majority or minority status, corporate control, insider or outsider ownership issues, etc. The determination of the Agreed Value Per Share in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be final and binding upon the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s). The Appraiser selected pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be a qualified person with prior experience in appraising businesses comparable to the business of the Borrower and shall not be an affiliate of or an interested person with respect to the Borrower or any shareholder of the Borrower including any ACF Shareholders). In determining the Agreed Value Per Share the Appraiser shall not take into account any insurance maintained on the lives of any shareholder, officer or director of the Borrower.

 

16
 

 

(b) “Floor Value Per Share” means such value per share that the ACF Shareholders) on a per share basis shall receive, being an amount of not less than sixteen percent (16%) per annum profit on the principal amounts advanced under the Note and pursuant to the Loan, including all payments of interest, investment banking fees, extension, renewal and/or reinstatement fees on the Loan for the time period commencing on the Second Amendment Effective Date and ending when the Call Option or Put Option, as the case may be, is consummated.

 

(6) Further so long as such ACF Shares are outstanding, same shall be subject to a right of first refusal ("RFR") to Borrower in the event ACF elects to sell such ACF Shares, or any part of them, to any third party. The terms of such RFR are as follows:

 

17
 

 

(a) Prior to such proposed sale to a bonafide third party purchaser by the ACF Shareholder(s) (“Proposed Sale”), such ACF Shareholder(s) shall first send a written notice to the Borrower describing such Proposed Sale (the “Offer Notice”). If any of the terms of the Proposed Sale should change after delivery of the Offer Notice then such ACF Shareholder(s) shall be required to promptly notify the Borrower of any such changes, and such subsequent notice shall constitute a new Offer Notice for the purposes of this provision.

 

(b) For a period of 30 days after the date of delivery of the Offer Notice to the Borrower, the Borrower shall have the right to elect to purchase all (but not a portion of ) the ACF Shares that are the subject of the Offer Notice for a per share price equal to the offering price per share specified in the Offer Notice for the Proposed Sale, and under the same terms and conditions under which such Proposed Sale is made. Such election is to be in writing and delivered to the ACF Shareholder(s) within the 30 day period.

 

(c) If the Borrower does not elect to accept the Proposed Sale or fails to respond to the Offer Notice within 30 days to purchase the ACF Shares made subject to the Offer Notice (or the Borrower rejects the Proposed Sale in writing), then the ACF Shareholder(s) shall be entitled to sell such offered ACF Shares strictly in accordance with the terms contained in the Offer Notice within a ninety (90) day time period. If the Proposed Sale is not consummated on the terms contained in the Offer Notice within such ninety (90) day time period after the Borrower either does not accept the Proposed Sale or fails to respond to the Offer Notice, the ACF Shareholder(s) attempting to effect the Proposed Sale must again comply with the provisions contained in Section 5 (a) above.

 

18
 

 

(d) The provisions of this Section 5 shall not be applicable in the event the Proposed Sale to a third party is in conjunction with and as a part of a transfer of the Note and the Loan.”

 

I. Section 2.4 denoted Application of Payments; Prepayments    hereby is amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower may prepay the Loan (and the Note) in whole or in part, at any time, without penalty. Any such prepayments by Borrower (not connected to an Asset Sale as hereinafter defined) shall be credited against the next principal installment(s) due under the Note. Borrower shall apply and pay any proceeds from the sale of any assets of Borrower, Philco, or any other subsidiary (including TOLLC) to the principal balance due under the Loan (and the Note). Any prepayment shall be applied first to those fees and expenses incurred by Lender in enforcement of the Note, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE, the Guaranty(s) or any other document evidencing or securing the obligations of Borrower and/or its subsidiaries under the Current Loan Agreement as amended, or under such documents, then to accrued interest and then to the principal balance outstanding, provided however, in the event, if at anytime Lender receives from Borrower or otherwise an amount applicable to the Loan which is less than all amounts due and payable at such time, Lender may apply that payment to amounts then due and payable in any manner and in any order determined by Lender, at Lender’s discretion. Borrower agrees that neither Lender’s acceptance of the payment from Borrower in the amount that is less than all amounts then due and payable nor Lender’s application of such payments shall constitute either a waiver of the unpaid amounts or an accord and satisfaction.”

 

J. Section 2.6 denoted Partial Releases of Deeds of Trust is hereby amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

19
 

 

“From and after the Second Amended Effective Date, Borrower shall be entitled to partial releases of Deed(s) of Trust Liens on assets pledged, liened or encumbered to secure the Note and the Loan; provided that Borrower secures Lender’s written consent to the sale, conveyance, transfer and/or disposition of such asset(s) (“Asset Sale”) and the entire net proceeds from such Asset Sale are applied as a prepayment of principal to the Note and Loan.”

 

K. Section 3.1 denoted Resolution is hereby amended and supplemented to read as follows, to wit:

 

“C. Further, Lender shall have received from SDP its certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Manager, General Partner, or other appropriate officer as applicable, as to:

 

a. Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty to be executed by it and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Second Amendment, if applicable.

 

D. Further, Lender shall have received from Meier Properties, Series, LLC (“MPS”) its certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Manager, General Partner, or other appropriate officer, as applicable as to:

 

a. Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery of a Master Deed of Trust and/or Ratification of existing Master Deed of Trust, as applicable, to be executed by it, and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Second Amendment, if applicable.

 

E. Further, Lender shall have receive from MFHC its certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Manager, General Partner, or other appropriate officer, as applicable, as to:

 

20
 

 

a. Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of that certain SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE, pledging its membership interest owned in SDP, to be executed by it and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Second Amendment, if applicable.

 

F. Further, Lender shall have receive from MMC its certificate of its Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Manager, General Partner, or other appropriate officer, as applicable, as to:

 

a. Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, then in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of that certain SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE, pledging its membership interest owned in SDP and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of its Guaranty to be executed by it and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Second Amendment, if applicable.

 

G. Further, Lender shall have received from the Trustees of ADM Trust the following, to wit:

 

a. AMENDMENT TO REVOCABLE TRUST AGREEMENT OF ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, amending the said ADM Trust so as to allow the ADM Trust to guaranty the obligations of the Trustor and/or other entities that are directly or indirectly owned in whole or in part by the ADM Trust and the delivery of the Guaranty duly executed in performance thereof.

 

H. Further, Lender shall have received from the Trustees of GTM Trust the following, to wit:

 

a. AMENDMENT TO REVOCABLE TRUST AGREEMENT OF GILBERT TROY MEIER, amending the said GTM Trust so as to allow the GTM Trust to guaranty the obligations of the Trustor and/or other entities that are directly or indirectly owned in whole or in part by the GTM Trust and the delivery of the Guaranty duly executed in performance thereof.

 

L. Section 3.2 denoted Delivery of Note is hereby amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

21
 

 

“Lender shall have received the Amended and Restated Promissory ("Note”) , duly executed and delivered by Borrower.”

 

M. Section 3.3 denoted Delivery of Deed(s) of Trust and Security Agreement/Pledge is hereby amended to read Delivery of Deed(s) of Trust, Security Agreement/Pledge. SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE. Owner’s Consent to Pledge, etc. and is otherwise amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amended Effective Date, Lender shall have received the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge, SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE, the Ratifications and/or Consents to existing Deed(s) of Trust, the Owner’s Consent to Pledge, as applicable in recordable form, as applicable, on behalf of Borrower, Philco, MMC, MFHC, TOLLC, and/or MPS, as applicable.”

 

N. Section 4.1 denoted Organization, etc. is hereby amended and supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

“C. SDP, is a limited liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform its obligations under the Guaranty to be executed by SDP as set forth in Section 1.4 above.

 

D. MMC, is a limited Liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform it obligations under the SECURITY AGREEMENT- PLEDGE (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge) and the Guaranty as described in Section 1.4 above.

 

E. MFHC, is a limited Liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform it obligations under the SECURITY AGREEMENT- PLEDGE (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge) as described in Section 1.4 above.

 

22
 

 

F. MPS, is a limited liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform it obligations under the Ratification and Consent to the existing Meier Family L.P. Deed of Trust as described in Section 1.4(c) above.

 

O. Section 4.2 denoted Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc. is hereby amended and supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

“C. SDP has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the Guaranty and any other Loan Documents to which it is a party, The execution, delivery and performance by SDP of the Guaranty and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within SDP’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene SDP’s or any such obligor's organizational document(s), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting SDP or any such obligor (if applicable), (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.

 

D. MMC has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the Guaranty and the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (and/or the Owner’s Consent to Pledge) or any other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by MMC of the Guaranty, the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (and/or the Owner’s Consent to Pledge) and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within MMC’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene MMC’s or any such obligor's organizational documents), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting MMC or any such. obligor( if applicable), (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any hen on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.

 

23
 

 

E. MFHC has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge) and/or any other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by MFHC of the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge) and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within MFHC’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene MFHC’s or any other such obligor's organizational document(s), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting MFHC or any such obligor (if applicable), (c) result in or require or the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.

 

F. MPS has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the Ratification and/or Consent and/or other Loan Documents to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by MPS of the Ratification and/or Consent and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within MPS’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene MPS’s or any such obligor’s organizational documents), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting MPS or any such obligor (if applicable), (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.”

 

24
 

 

P. Section 4.3 denoted Government Approval. Regulation, etc. is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or other person is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by Borrower and/or Philco and/or SDP and/or MMC and/or MFHC and/or MPS and/or TOLLC and/or any other obligor, respectively, as applicable, of the Note, and all amendments thereto, the Deed(s) of Trust, the Ratification and/or Consents to the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s), the Guaranty(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S) (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge) or any other Loan Document to which it is a party, respectively, Neither Borrower, Philco, SDP, MMC, TOLLC, MFHC, MPS or any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or any other obligor is an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or a "holding company," or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended ”

 

Q, Section 4.4 denoted Validity, etc. is hereby amended and supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Current Loan Agreement, and all amendments thereto constitute, and the Note and all amendments thereto, and all Consents and Ratifications to the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreements), the Debenture(s), the Guaranty(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S), and each other executed Loan Document by Borrower and/or Philco and/or SDP and/or MMC and/or MFHC and/or MPS and/or TOLLC will, on the due execution and delivery thereof, constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and/or Philco and/or SDP and/or MMC and/or MFHC and/or MPS and/or TOLLC, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. Each document executed pursuant hereto by each named obligor will, on the due execution and delivery thereof by such obligor, be the legal, valid and binding obligation of such obligor enforceable in accordance with its terms.”

 

R. Section 4.10 denoted Compliance with Laws is hereby amended and modified to read as follow, to wit;

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower, Philco, MMC and TOLLC and their respective subsidiaries, as applicable, have complied with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof, having jurisdiction over the Leases. Neither Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC nor any of their other subsidiaries, as applicable, has received any notice to the effect that the operations of or by Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any such respective subsidiary, relating to the Leases are not in compliance with any of the requirements of applicable environmental laws, or are the subject of any federal or state investigations evaluating whether any remedial action is needed to respond to a release of any hazardous material (as defined in the environmental laws) involving the Leases, and each of their them, respectively.

 

25
 

 

S. Section 4.11 denoted Environmental Warranties is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, except as may be specifically set forth in this Agreement, or any amendments thereto, to the contrary (i) all of the Leases and associated facilities operated by Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any of their respective subsidiaries have been, and continue to be, owned, leased or operated by Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or their respective subsidiary in compliance with all environmental laws; (ii) there have been no past, and there are no pending or threatened claims, complaints, notices or inquiries to, or requests for information received by, or known to, either Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to, any alleged violation of any environmental law with respect to the oil and gas leases or associated facilities operated by Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any such subsidiary of such obligor; (iii) there are no pending or threatened claims, complaints, notices or inquiries to, or requests for information received by, or known to, Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any of their respective subsidiaries for potential liability under any environmental law or under any common law theories relating to operations or the condition of any of the lands comprising the Leases (including underlying groundwater); and (iv) Borrower, Philco, MMC and/or TOLLC or any of their respective subsidiaries have been issued and are in compliance with all permits, certificates, approvals, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters and necessary or desirable for its business and the operation of each of the Leases, respectively.”

 

T. Section 5.2 denoted Financial Information. Reports, Notices, etc. is hereby supplemented to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower shall provide quarterly, information on the financial condition and/or operations of the Borrower, including current financial obligations and operating conditions, as the Lender may reasonably request.

 

Borrower shall also provide interim monthly reports to ACF indicating income, expenses, cash flow and other financial information that ACF may direct Borrower to provide.”

 

26
 

 

U. Section 5.4 denoted as Taxes is hereby amended and supplemented by the addition of the following, to wit:

 

“Additionally as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower shall provide annual tax information (i.e. Form 1099, Form K-1, information returns, etc.) to ACF or its designee equity holder on or before February 15 of the year following the end of each fiscal year of Borrower. The failure to deliver such information in correct form and by the date specified will be considered an event of monetary default, pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Agreement and shall subject the Note and the Loan to be deemed and declared in default subjecting the Note and the Loan to the Default Interest rate as specified in the Agreement.”

 

V. Section 5 .5 denoted Insurance is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“From and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower, Philco and TOLLC will maintain (or cause to be maintained) bonding and liability insurance in coverages in amounts customary and usual in the North American Exploration and Production Industry in compliance with the laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdiction in which such operators and/or property(ies) is or are located, respectively at Lender’s request, Borrower, Philco and/or TOLLC as applicable, shall cause Lender to be named on any policy or policies of insurance as an additional insured or loss payee to the extent of interest, as applicable.”

 

W. Section 5.7 denoted Environmental Covenant is hereby amended to reads as follows, to wit:

 

“Borrower, Philco and/or TOLLC will (i) use and operate all of its facilities and properties (including the Leases) in compliance with all environmental laws, keep all necessary permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and handle all hazardous materials in compliance with all applicable environmental laws, (ii) immediately notify Lender and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries relating to the condition of its facilities and properties or compliance with environmental laws, and shall promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the satisfaction of Lender any actions and proceedings relating to compliance with environmental, laws and (iii) provides such information, and certifications which. Lender may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section.”

 

27
 

 

X. Section 5.8 denoted Further Assurances is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, Borrower, Philco, MMC, MFHC, MPS, SDP, TOLLC, the GTM Trust and/or the ADM Trust, as applicable, will execute and deliver all such other and additional instruments, notices, releases and other documents and will do all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to more fully secure Lender or it successors or assigns all of the respective rights and interests herein and hereby or pursuant to any of the other Loan Documents granted or intended so to be.”

 

Y. Section 6.2 denoted Liens of Deed(s) of Trust and Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreements) are. and always will be kept, a direct first perfected lien and security interest upon 100% of the interest in the Leases owned by or held in the name of Borrower, Philco, TOLLC and/or MPS, as the case may be (as to the Deed(s) of Trust) and 100% of the Reserve Account interests of Borrower, Philco and/or TOLLC as the case may be (as to the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s)). Borrower, Philco and/or TOLLC, as applicable, will not create or suffer to be created or permit to exist any lien, security interest or charge which is senior, prior to or on a parity with the liens and security interests of the Deed(s) of Trust and the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreements) upon the Leases covered by the Deed(s) of Trust or the personal property in the names of the Borrower, Philco and/or TOLLC, as the case may be, or any part thereof or upon the rents, issues, revenues, profits and other income therefrom.”

 

Z. Section 6.4 denoted Consolidation, Merger, etc. is hereby amended to read as follows, to wit:

 

“From and after the Effective Date of the Second Amendment, Borrower, Philco, MMC, MFHC, SDP, MPS, and/or TOLLC, respectively will not sell or transfer any interest in said entities, liquidate or dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into or with, any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Lender. Lender does hereby grant its consent to the merger of the Meier Family Limited Partnership (“Meier Family, L.P,”) into MFHC and the transfer of by Meier Family, L.P. of certain real property interests in Uintah County, Utah to MPS.”

 

28
 

 

 

AA. Section 7.1 denoted Non-Payment of Obligations is hereby supplemented by the addition of the following at the conclusion of the existing paragraph, to wit:

 

“Notwithstanding the above, the failure by Borrower to furnish the tax information as set forth in Section 5.4 above shall be deemed an event of monetary default under this Agreement.”

 

BB. Section 7.6 denoted Remedies of Lender is hereby amended and modified as follows:

 

“As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, upon an Event of Default described above in this Article, and Borrower’s failure to cure such Event of Default within five (5) days of such an Event of Default, Lender may declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount under the Note and other obligations to be due and payable whereupon the full unpaid amount under the Note and other obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment, except as may be required by applicable law. Lender is further authorized, to perform or cause to be performed such act or take such action or pay such money that Lender deems necessary or desirable to cure such an Event of Default, and any expenses so incurred by Leader and any money so paid by the Lender shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower to the Lender and the Lender, upon making such payment, shall be subrogated to all of the rights of the person receiving such payment. Each amount due and owing by Borrower to the Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall bear interest from the date of notice to Borrower of such expenditure or payment or other occurrence which gives rise to such amount being owed to the Lender until paid at the rate of twenty-three (23%) per annum, and all such amounts together with such interest thereon shall become part of the obligations evidenced by the Note and deemed secured by the Deed(s) of Trust, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE, (and/or Owner’s Consent to Pledge), the Guaranty, and all other Loan Documents described or contemplated by this Agreement as security for the obligations of Borrower and/or its subsidiaries. Upon demand, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower, Philco, and/or its other subsidiaries, shall reimburse Lender for all reasonable amounts expended (including the fees and out-of-pocket expenses of legal counsel) in connection therewith, as a result of or in connection with its exercise of remedies, together with interest on such amounts at the Note Default Rate from, the date incurred until reimbursed.

 

29
 

 

Additionally, Lender may at Lender's option capitalize such sums due as expense reimbursements and add same to the principal balance of the Note as of the first day of the month following the month when such expense reimbursement was due from Borrower.

 

Further upon an Event of Default as described hereinabove, Lender shall be entitled to exercise all of its rights under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms set forth therein and in accordance with applicable law then in effect.

 

TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE INSOFAR AS BORROWER’S PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS SET FORTH HEREIN ABOVE.”

 

CC. Section 8.05 denoted Notices shall be amended as to the following, to wit:

 

“To Lender: ACF Property Management, Inc.
  c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC
  1300 Bristol Street
  Newport Beach, California 92660
  Attention Karen Beth Brenner, Managing Member
  FAX: (949) 476-3098
   
(if by mail) P.O. Box 9109
  Newport Beach
  California 92658
   
(copy to) Barry L. Racusin, P.C.
  600 Woodway Tower
  4900 Woodway
  Houston, Texas 77056
  FAX: (713) 626-9313
   
(To Borrower) Tronco Energy Corp.
  Philco Exploration, LLC
  2221 North 3250 W.
  P. O. Box 1165
  Vernal, Utah 84078
  Attn: President/Managing Member
  FAX: (435) 789-0595

 

30
 

 

(copy to) Randolph Ewing, Esq.
  6363 Woodway
  Suite 1000
  Houston, Texas 77057
  FAX: (713) 590-9601

 

All of the terms, conditions, agreements, covenants, obligations, stipulations and provisions set forth in the Current Loan Agreement not otherwise amended directly by this Second Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect. All capitalized terms used in this Second Amendment shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Current Loan Agreement unless otherwise specifically defined herein.

 

This Second Amendment may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity. Facsimile signed copies of this Second Amendment shall be deemed of equal and weight and dignity as an original signed copy of this Second Amendment

 

Executed as of Effective Date indicated hereinabove.

 

  “Borrower”
   
  TRONCO ENERGY CORP.
     
  By: /s/ G. Troy Meier
    G. Troy Meier, President
     
  PHILCO EXPLORATION, L.L.C.
   
  By: /s/ G. Troy Meier
    G. Troy Meier, Manager
     
  “Lender”
   
  ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Alan C Fox
    Alan C Fox, President

 

31
 

 

Each of the undersigned hereby execute this Second Amendment for the purposes of acknowledgment of the undersigned’s obligations arising by, through and under this Second Amendment as set forth hereinabove.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager
     
  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager
     
  MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC
   
  By: Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager
     
  MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC
   
  By: Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager
     
  ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST
(as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST
AGREEMENT OF ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
dated October 28, 1999, as amended)
   
  By: /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
    Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Annette Deuel Meier
    Annette Deuel Meier, Trustee

 

32
 

 

  GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST
(as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST
AGREEMENT OF GILBERT TROY MEIER
dated October 28, 1999, as amended)
   
  By: /s/ Annette Deuel Meier
    Annette Deuel Meier, Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Gilbert Troy Meier
    Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee
     
  TRONCO OHIO, LLC
   
  By: G. Troy Meier
    G. Troy Meier, President of Tronco Energy
Corp., Sole Member

 

33
 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

1. All working interests in the Dave Baker #1 Well located in Licking County, Washington Township, 3 rd Quarter and located 1402’ SL & 2100’ WL of TWP (Lot 4, 3 rd Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2011093
Y: 795070

 

2. All working interests in the Dave Baker #2 Well located in Licking County, Washington Township, 3 rd Quarter and located 50’ SL & 560’ EL of TWP (Lot 5, 3 rd Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2012089
Y: 796612

 

3. All working interests in the Karen Hunter Moran # 1 Well located in Licking County, Washington Township, 3 rd Quarter and located 325’ SL & 1377’ WL of TWP (Lot 4, 3 rd Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2010311
Y: 794055

 

4. All working interests in the Dennis Sedwick #1 Well located in Licking County, Newton Township, 2 nd Quarter and located 1661’ NL & 364’ WL of TWP (Lot 15, 2 nd Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2009185
Y: 792112

 

5. All working interests in the William Hagstad #1 Well located in Licking County, McKean Township, 1 st Quarter and located 364’ NL & 170’ EL of TWP (Lot 1, 1 st Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2000303
Y: 786816

 

6. All working interests in the Randy Shipley #1 Well located in Licking County, McKean Township, 1 st Quarter and located 750’ SL 8c 270’ EL of TWP (Lot 13, 1 st Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2001380
Y: 790994

 

 
 

 

7. All working interests in the Craig Srba #2 Well located in Licking County, McKean Township, 1 st Quarter and located 1258’ SL & 417’ EL of TWP (Lot 2 , 1 st Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 1999152
Y: 788530

 

8. All working interests in the Craig Srba #3 Well located in Licking County, McKean Township, 1 st Quarter and located 358’ SL & 410’ EL of TWP (Lot 2, 1 st Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X; 1999166
Y: 787629

 

9. All working interests in the Spiker W K & A S #1 Well located in Muskingum County, Madison Township, 3 rd Quarter and located 1920’ NL & 6830’ EL of TWP (Lot 2, 3 rd Qtr. TWP) and having bearing coordinates of the following, to wit:

 

X: 2145779
Y: 771873

 

 
 

 

NOTE:        A POWER OF SALE HAS BEEN GRANTED IN THIS DEED OF TRUST/MORTGAGE A POWER OF SALE MAY ALLOW THE MORTGAGEE TO TAKE THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY AND SELL, IT WITHOUT GOING TO COURT IN A FORECLOSURE ACTION UPON DEFAULT BY THE GRANTOR/MORTGAGOR UNDER THIS DEED OF TRUST/MORTGAGE IF SO ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE STATE LAW.

 

NOTE: THIS DEED OF TRUST COVERS AFTER ACQUIRED PROPERTY INTERESTS OF THE GRANTOR. THIS IS AN OPEN-END MORTGAGE.

 

MASTER DEED OF TRUST, MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT

OF PRODUCTION, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND

FINANCING STATEMENT

(Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests)

 

THE STATE OF OHIO §
  §
COUNTY OF LICKING §

 

This MASTER DEED OF TRUST, MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT OF PRODUCTION, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT (herein called the “Deed of Trust”), is executed as of June 15, 2009 (the ‘'Effective Date”), from TRONCO OHIO, LLC, an Ohio Limited Liability Company, (herein called “ TOLLC ”), whose address is 1583 South 1700 East, P.O. Box 1165, Vernal, Utah 84078, and MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC, a Utah Limited Liability Company, (herein called “ MPS ”); whose address is 2221 North 3250 W., P.O. Box 1165, Vernal, Utah 84078, to BARRY L. RACUSIN (herein called “Trustee”), whose address is 600 Woodway Tower, 4900 Woodway, Houston, TX 77056, for the benefit of ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California Corporation (as “Assignee” from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC, a California Limited Liability Company) (“Lender” or “Beneficiary”).

 

TOLLC and MPS collectively are “Grantor” herein, and reference to Grantor shall mean said entities individually, jointly and/or severally, as the case may be, unless otherwise indicated herein below. Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as said term is defined in the Loan Agreement herein below identified.

 

WITNESSETH :

 

That Grantor, and each of them, for a sufficient consideration received and acknowledged, do(es) hereby MORTGAGE, GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER and CONVEY unto Trustee and to Trustee’s successors in this trust, the following described real and personal property, rights, titles, interests and estates (herein collectively called the “Covered Properties”),

 

Exhibit "B"
 

 

(A)         The aggregate interests of Grantor, and each of them, now owned or hereafter acquired in the oil and gas and/or the oil, gas and mineral leases (herein sometimes called the “Leases”), described in Exhibit “A” hereto, together with all of the respective Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under any land described or referred to in Exhibit “A” or described or referred to in any of the Leases described or referred to in such Exhibit “A” or hereafter acquired by Grantor, and each of them, in the County where the Leases are situated (the “Lands”);

 

(B)         All of the respective Grantor’s rights, titles, interests and estates now owned or hereafter acquired in and to (i) the properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with the Leases; (ii) all presently existing or future unitization, communitization, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled units and the units created thereby (including, without limitation, all units created under orders, regulations, rules or other official acts of any Federal, State or other governmental body or agency having jurisdiction) which may affect all or any portion of the Leases; (iii) all documents, files records, data and information, whether maintained in paper and/or electronic format, pertaining to the Leases of every kind and character including without limitation, all title and lease file records, seismic data and analyses, engineering data, maps, logs, cores, test data, invoices, drilling contracts, field services agreements, operating agreements, farmout agreements, purchase agreements, gas balancing agreements, oil contracts, regulatory and/or governmental filings, licenses, permits and/or consents, as issued by any local, state and/or federal agency, department and/or regulatory body, contracts and other agreements which relate to any of the Leases or interests in the Leases or to the ownership and/or operation of the Leases or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing of the “Hydrocarbons” (hereinafter defined) from or attributable to such Leases or interests; and (iv) the Leases even though Grantor’s interests therein be incorrectly described or a description of a part or all of such Leases or Grantor’s interests therein be omitted;

 

(C)         All of the respective Grantor’s rights, titles, interests and estates now owned or hereafter acquired in and to all oil, gas, casinghead gas, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined therefrom and all other minerals (herein collectively called the “Hydrocarbons”) in and under and which may be produced and saved from or attributable to the Leases, the Lands covered thereby and Grantor’s interests therein, including all oil in tanks and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other income from or attributable to the Leases, the Lands covered thereby and Grantor's interests therein which are subjected or required to be subjected to the liens and security interests of this Deed of Trust;

 

(D)         All tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and properties in anywise appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to the Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to in subparagraphs (b) and (c) above, which are owned as of the Effective Date or hereafter acquired by Grantor, or either of them, including, without limitation, any and all property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use, or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any of such Leases or the marketing of Hydrocarbons produced therefrom (excluding drilling rigs, validly licensed automotive equipment or other personal property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells, buildings, structures, field separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, pipelines, tanks and tank, batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, pipes, pipe stands and racks, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, apparatus, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing described items or material (‘'properties”);

 

2
 

 

(E)         Any property, real or personal, that may from time to time hereafter by delivery or by written instrument of any kind be subjected to the lien or security interests hereof by Grantor, or either of them, by anyone on the respective Grantor’s behalf; and the Trustee is hereby authorized to receive the same at any time as additional security hereunder; and

 

(F)         All of the rights, titles and interests of every nature whatsoever owned as of the Effective Date or hereafter acquired by Grantor, or either of them, in and to the Lands, Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests and estates and every part and parcel thereof, including, without limitation, said Lands, Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests and estates as the same may be enlarged by the discharge of any payments out of production or by the removal of any charges or “Permitted Encumbrances” (hereinafter defined) to which any of said Lands, Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests or estates are subject, or otherwise; together with any and all renewals and extensions of any of said Lands, Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests or estates; and all contracts and agreements supplemental to or amendatory of or in substitution for the contracts and agreements described or mentioned above, including without limitation any and all additional interests of any kind hereafter acquired by Grantor, or either of them, in and to said Lands, Leases, properties, rights, titles, interests or estates;

 

IN TRUST, however, for the purposes, uses and benefits hereinafter set out.

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Covered Properties unto Trustee, and Trustee’s successors and assigns, forever, in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, and Grantor, and each of them, hereby covenants, warrants and represents to Lender that Grantor, or either of them, is the lawful owner of the Covered Properties, that Grantor, or either of them, has good right to sell, convey, transfer, assign and mortgage the Covered Properties, and that Grantor, and each of them, will warrant and forever defend the same against the claims of all persons whomsoever lawfully claiming or to claim the same or any part thereof.

 

3
 

 

ARTICLE I

INDEBTEDNESS SECURED

 

1.1           The foregoing conveyance is made in trust to secure and enforce prompt and full payment and performance of Grantor, and each of them as applicable, of each of the following (herein collectively called the “Indebtedness”):

 

(a)          That certain AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE (the “Note”) dated June 15, 2009 executed by TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION. (“TRONCO”), as ‘Borrower”, in the principal sum of NINE MILLION TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY FOUR THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY EIGHT AND 34/100 DOLLARS ($9,284,378.34) payable to the order of the Lender, subject to terms and conditions more particular described in that certain Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007, as amended, by and between TRONCO, PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC (the “Loan Agreement”);

 

(b)          All of the terms, provisions and obligations set forth in the Loan Agreement, as amended, the Note, this Deed of Trust, any other Deed of Trust executed to secure the Lender regarding the above referenced Note, any Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), any SECURITY AGREEMENT – PLEDGE, the Warrant to be issued by TRONCO pursuant to the terms in Section 2.3.E. of the Loan Agreement, as amended and the Guaranty of Troy Meier (aka Gilbert Troy Meier), Annette Deuel Meier, the Gilbert Troy Meier Trust, the Annette Deuel Meier Trust, Meier Management Company, LLC and Superior Drilling Products, LLC of the Indebtedness and of the Note of even date herewith (collectively, the “Loan Documents”);

 

(c)          Any and all notes or instruments given in substitution for or in renewal, extension and modification, in whole or in part, of any Loan Document; and

 

(d)          All indebtedness incurred or arising pursuant to the provisions of and/or the enforcement of any Loan Document

 

1.2           Grantor, and each of them, authorizes extensions and renewals of any and all of the Indebtedness and substitutions of the evidence thereof with or without notice to Grantor, and Grantor, and each of them, specifically waives presentment, protest, notices of dishonor, intention to accelerate, acceleration and any extensions or renewals of the Indebtedness, in whole or in part

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

2.1           Grantor, and each of them, represent(s) and warrant(s) to, and covenant(s) and agree(s) with, Trustee and Lender (said term as used herein being intended to mean ACF Property Management, Inc. or any other holder or holders, from time to time, of the Indebtedness or any part thereof or any interest therein), and with each of them, so long as the Indebtedness or any part thereof remains unpaid, as follows:

 

4
 

 

(a)          Grantor, and each of them, or, to the best of the respective Grantor's knowledge, Grantor’s predecessor or predecessors in title to each of the Covered Properties, have properly and timely performed whatever may be required by the provisions of each of the Leases, respectively, (or by any contract, assignment or conveyance under which Grantor, or either of them, holds title to any of the Covered Properties) to perpetuate the Leases and to perfect or maintain Grantor's title, respectively. Grantor, and each of them, shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid or discharged all rentals, delay rentals, royalties, production payments, and Indebtedness required to be paid by Grantor, or either of them, and perform or cause to be performed, each and every act, matter, or thing required of Grantor, or either of them, by each and all of the Leases, assignments, deeds, subleases, contracts and agreements in any way relating to the Covered Properties and do all other things necessary of Grantor, or either of them, to keep unimpaired the rights of Grantor, or either or them, thereunder and to prevent the forfeiture thereof or default thereunder.

 

(b)          Grantor, and each if them, shall immediately notify Lender in the event of institution of any suit for the cancellation of or in any manner materially and adversely affecting any of the Leases or any Land covered or purported to be covered thereby or the Land or the title of Grantor thereto respectively.

 

(c)          Grantor, and each of them, shall immediately notify Lender of any voluntary or involuntary lien placed against, or any security interest created in, any of the Covered Properties, respectively whether for indebtedness owed or asserted to be owed by Grantor, or either of them, or by any other party.

 

(d)          Grantor, and each of them, shall pay and discharge promptly all taxes, assessments, and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Grantor, or either of them, or upon the income of Grantor, or either of them, or against any of the Covered Properties or Hydrocarbons as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials, supplies and rent) which, if unpaid, might result in a lien being claimed upon any or all of the Covered Properties or Hydrocarbons, provided, however, that Grantor, or either of them, shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted in compliance with the laws and procedures of the taxing jurisdiction under which the contest is filed and if Grantor, or either of them, shall have set up reserves therefore adequate under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(e)          Grantor, and each of them, shall operate or cause to be operated all Covered Properties as a reasonable and prudent operator and in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and, in the case of the Leases, in compliance with all applicable proration and conservation laws of the State in which the Leases are situated, and all applicable laws, rules and regulations of every other agency and authority from time to time constituted to regulate the development and operation of the Leases and the production and sale of Hydrocarbons therefrom; provided, however, Grantor, and each of them, shall have the right to contest in good faith in compliance with the laws and procedures of the regulatory authority or jurisdiction under which the contest is filed by appropriate proceedings, the applicability or lawfulness of any such law, rule or regulation and, pending such contest, may defer compliance therewith, so long as such deferment shall not subject the Covered Properties or any part thereof to foreclosure or loss.

 

5
 

 

(f)          TRONCO shall pay the Note according to the reading, tenor and effect thereof, and Grantor, and each of them, shall do and perform every act and discharge all of the obligations provided to be performed and discharged by TRONCO under the Note and Grantor, and each of them, under this instrument at the time or times and in the manner specified.

 

(g)          Grantor, and each of them, will advise Lender immediately of (i) any lien, privilege, security interest, encumbrance or claim made or asserted against all or any part of the Covered Properties, (ii) any material change in the composition of any of the Covered Properties and (iii) the occurrence of any other event which would have a material effect on the aggregate value of the Covered Properties or on the lien and security interest created hereunder or under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(h)          Grantor, and each of them, will immediately notify Lender of any event causing loss or depreciation in value of the Covered Properties and the amount of such loss or depreciation other than loss attributed to the customary fluctuations in market prices for hydrocarbons, from time to time.

 

2.2           Grantor, and each of them, will not, without first obtaining the written consent of Lender (a) sell, transfer, all or any part of the Covered Properties or (b) mortgage, assign, pledge, exchange or otherwise dispose of, hypothecate, or encumber, enter into any contract agreeing to sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge, assign or otherwise convey all or any part or interest, whether legal or equitable, of the Covered Properties, or (c) create any lien or encumbrance subordinate to this Deed of Trust, or (d) grant any easement, right-of-way or any other right whatsoever materially affecting the value of the collateral with respect to die Covered Properties (all and any of the above herein collectively called “Transfers”), irrespective of whether any such Transfers are evidenced by written instruments, and irrespective if such a written instrument is filed for record.

 

2.3           If Grantor, or either of them fails to perform any act which hereunder it is required to perform or to pay any money which hereunder it is required to pay, Trustee and Lender or either of them, may perform or cause to be performed such act or pay such money. The respective Grantor will, upon request, promptly reimburse Lender for all amounts expended, advanced or incurred by Lender to satisfy any obligation of Grantor under this instrument or to protect the Covered Properties plus interest at the rate of twenty-three (23%) percent interest per annum from date of advance until paid ('‘Default Rate”).

 

6
 

 

ARTICLE III

 

ABSOLUTE ASSIGNMENT OF RUNS

 

3.1           To provide a source of payment of the Indebtedness and as cumulative of any and all rights and remedies herein provided for, effective as of 7:00 am Eastern Standard Time (EST) on the Effective Date hereof, Grantor, and each of them, hereby unconditionally and absolutely bargains, sells, transfers, assigns, sets over and conveys unto Lender, all the Hydrocarbons, together with the proceeds derived from the sale thereof (such proceeds being hereinafter called “proceeds of runs”), and further together with the immediate and continuing right to collect and receive the same. Grantor, and each of them, directs and instructs each purchaser of the Hydrocarbons to immediately pay to Lender upon Lender's request all of the proceeds of runs until such time as such purchaser has been furnished evidence that all Indebtedness has been paid and that the lien evidenced hereby have been released. Grantor, and each of them, hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the purchaser of Hydrocarbons barmless from any and all liabilities, actions, claims, judgments, costs, charges and attorneys' fees incurred in connection with any payment of proceeds of runs to Lender. Grantor, and each of them, authorizes Lender to receive and collect all sums of money derived from the proceeds of runs, and no purchaser of the Hydrocarbons shall have the responsibility for the application of any funds paid to Lender.

 

3.2           Independent of the foregoing provisions and authorities herein granted, Grantor, and each of them, agrees to execute and deliver any and all transfer orders, division orders and other instruments that may be requested by Lender or that may be required by the purchaser of the Hydrocarbons for the purpose of effectuating payment for the proceeds of runs to Lender.

 

Without limitation upon any of the foregoing, Grantor, and each of them, hereby constitute and appoint Lender as Grantor's special attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution, either generally or for such periods or purposes as Lender may from time to time prescribe) in the name, place and stead of Grantor, and each of them, to do any and every act and exercise any and every power that Grantor, or either of them, might or could do or exercise personally with respect to all Hydrocarbons and Hydrocarbon proceeds of runs (the same having been assigned by Grantor, and by each of them, to Lender pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof), expressly inclusive, but not limited to, the right, power and authority to:

 

(a)          Execute and deliver in the name of Grantor, and each of them, any and all transfer orders, division orders, letters in lieu of transfer orders, indemnifications, certificates and other instruments of every nature that may be requested or required by any purchaser of Hydrocarbons from any of the Covered Properties for the purposes of effectuating payment of the proceeds of runs to Lender or which Lender may otherwise deem necessary or appropriate to effect the intent and purposes of the assignment contained in Section 3.1; and

 

(b)          (If, under any product sales agreements other than division order or transfer orders, any proceeds of runs are required to be paid by the purchaser to Grantor, or either of them, such that under such existing agreements payment cannot be made of such proceeds of runs to Lender) execute such sales agreements, other agreements and/or amendments of any existing agreements as are necessary to direct proceeds of runs to be payable to Lender;

 

7
 

 

giving and granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform any and every act and thing whatsoever necessary and requisite to be done as fully and to all intents and purposes, as Grantor, or either of them, might or could do if personally present and Grantor, and each of them, shall be bound thereby as fully and effectively as if Grantor, and each of them, had personally executed, acknowledged and delivered any of the foregoing certificates or documents. The powers and authorities herein conferred upon Lender may be exercised by Lender through any person who, at the time of the execution of the particular instrument, is an officer, agent or representative of Lender. The power of attorney herein conferred is granted for valuable consideration and hence is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable so long as the Indebtedness, or any part thereof, shall remain unpaid. All persons dealing with Lender or any substitute shall be fully protected in treating the powers and authorities conferred by this paragraph as continuing in full force and effect until advised by Lender that all the secured indebtedness is fully and finally paid. Lender may, but shall not be obligated to, take such action as it deems appropriate in an effort to collect the proceeds of runs and any reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) so incurred by Lender shall be a demand obligation of the respective Grantor and shall be part of the secured indebtedness, and shall bear interest each day, from the date of such expenditure or payment until paid, at the Default Rate described in Section 2.3 hereof.

 

3.3           Upon Default by TRONCO and/or Grantor, or either of them as applicable, in performance of its obligations under the Note or any other Loan Document, the monthly proceeds of runs actually received by Lender may be held by Lender and applied first to all fees and expenses incurred by Lender in the enforcement of the terms of any Loan Document, then to the payment of all accrued interest on the Note and any other of the Indebtedness and then to the payment of installments of principal of the Note in the stated order of maturity and then to any other of the Indebtedness owing by Grantor, or either of them, to Lender in such manner as Lender may elect. In its sole discretion, Lender may elect to return any part of said funds to Grantor, or either of them, or to deposit the same to the respective Grantor's account without applying it to the Indebtedness.

 

3.4           The receipt by the Lender of any monies, including but not limited to money received as proceeds of runs, shall not in any manner change or alter in any respect the obligations of TRONCO upon the Note or other evidence of the Indebtedness, and nothing herein contained shall be construed as limiting the Lender to the collection of any of the Indebtedness out of the proceeds of runs. The Indebtedness shall continue as the absolute and unconditional obligation of TRONCO to pay, as provided in the Note or other instruments evidencing the Indebtedness, the amounts therein specified at their respective maturity dates, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

 

3.5           Lender is hereby absolved and released from all liability for failure or delay to enforce collection of the proceeds of runs and from all other responsibility in connection therewith except the responsibility to account to the respective Grantor for funds actually received. Grantor, and each of them, agree to indemnify and hold Lender harmless against any and all liabilities, actions, claims, judgments, costs, charges and attorneys' fees by reason of the assertion that Lender has received, either before or after the payment in full of the Indebtedness, funds from the sale of Hydrocarbons claimed by third persons, except for third parties who have valid claims. Lender shall have the right to defend against any such claims or actions, employing attorneys of its own selection. The foregoing indemnities shall not terminate upon the release, foreclosure or other termination of this Deed of Trust but will survive the foreclosure of this Deed of Trust or conveyance in lieu of foreclosure, and the repayment of the Indebtedness and the discharge and release of this Deed of Trust and the other documents evidencing and/or securing the Indebtedness.

 

8
 

 

WITHOUT LIMITATION, IT IS THE INTENTION OF TOLLC AND MPS AND TOLLC AND MPS AGREE THAT THE FOREGOING RELEASES AND INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PARTY WITH RESPECT TO ALL CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIABILITIES, LOSSES, DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, PENALTIES, COSTS AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION REASONABLE ATTORNEYS' FEES AND EXPENSES) WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF THE NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH (AND/OR ANY OTHER) INDEMNIFIED PARTY . However, such indemnities shall not apply to any particular indemnified party (but shall apply to the other indemnified parties) to the extent the subject of the indemnification is caused by or arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such particular indeminified party. If not furnished with indemnity satisfactory to the Lender, Lender shall have the right to compromise and adjust any such claims, actions and judgments, and, in addition to the rights to be indemnified as herein provided, all amounts paid by Lender in compromise, satisfaction or discharge of any such claim, action or judgment and all court costs, attorneys' fees and other expenses of every character incurred by Lender shall be a demand obligation owing by TOLLC and MPS , shall be secured by the lien and security interest evidenced by this instrument and shall bear interest on each such amount from the date that the same is expended, advanced or incurred by Lender until the data of the reimbursement of same, at a rate of interest equal to the Note Default Rate.

 

3.6        Each of the provisions of this Article III shall be deemed a covenant running with the Land and shall be binding upon each Grantor, its respective successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of Lender, its successors and assigns.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

RELEASE UPON REPAYMENT
AND MASTER AND SUPPLEMENTAL DEEDS OF TRUST

 

4.1        If all Indebtedness be paid as the same becomes due and payable and if the covenants, warranties, undertakings and agreements made in this instrument and any other Loan Document are kept and performed, then and in that case only, this Deed of Trust shall have no force and effect, this conveyance shall become null and void, the Covered Properties hereby conveyed shall become wholly clear of the liens, conveyances, assignments and security interests evidenced hereby, and all such liens, conveyances, assignments and security interests shall be released in due form at Grantor's cost.

 

4.2         INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

a.         This Deed of Trust is intended as a master Deed of Trust which, when filed for record, shall cover the Lands, Leases and any and all other lands and leases hereafter acquired by Grantor, or either of them, in the County where the Leases are situated to the extent that Loan proceeds and/or Lender funds are utilized in such acquisition. Grantor, and each of them, agree to promptly execute and deliver in recordable form, such Supplemental Deed(s) of Trust as are reasonably requested by Lender to evidence a first and prior lien and security interest in the land(s) acquired by Grantor after the Effective Date and the execution and recording of such a Supplemental Deed of Trust shall in all respects grant unto Lender such rights and interests in the land(s) covered thereby as if such lands were included in this Deed of Trust as a Covered Property. Each Supplemental Deed of Trust shall be treated as a Loan Document and shall be deemed to be cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized to every other Deed of Trust, Supplemental Deed of Trust and Loan Document such that a default under one Loan Document shall constitute a default under every other Loan Document

 

9
 

 

ARTICLE V

REMEDIES IN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

5.1            The terms "Default" and "Event of Default" as used in this instrument shall each mean the failure of Borrower to make any payment under the Note when due or the failure of Grantor to timely and properly observe, keep or perform any covenant, agreement or condition required to be observed, kept or performed under any Loan Document.

 

5.2            It is intended that the Loan Documents be cross-defaulted and cross-collateralized such that a Default under one Loan Document shall constitute a Default under every other Loan Document entitling Leader to avail itself of all remedies, legal or equitable, arising under any of the Loan Documents or under applicable law.

 

5.3            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Lender may, at its sole option and sole remedy, without notice to Grantor, or either of them, declare the principal of and interest accrued on the Note to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall become due and payable without any presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration or notice of any kind, all of which are all hereby waived.

 

5.4            Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Grantor, and each of them, hereby authorize(s) and empower(s) the Trustee, and each and all of his or its successors in this trust, at the request of the Lender, at any time when Grantor, or either of them, shall be in Default in the performance of any covenant or agreement in the Note or hereunder to sell the Covered Properties at public venue to the highest bidder, for cash. Except as may be required by the laws of the jurisdiction in which any of the Covered Properties are located, this power of sale may be exercised by Lender or Trustee without judicial action or authority. The sale shall be made at the location, time and in accordance with the requirements of the laws of the jurisdiction where the Covered Properties are located. If the Covered Properties are located in a state where non-judicial foreclosure is allowed by power of sale granted in the mortgage document, the sale shall occur between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on the date specified in the written notice required by the laws of the jurisdiction where the said Covered Properties are located in the county in which the Covered Properties, or any part thereof are situated; provided, however, that if the Covered Properties are situated in more than one county such sale of the Covered Properties, or any part thereof, may be made in the county in the state of Utah wherein any part of the Covered Properties are situated. The sale shall be made at the area of the County Courthouse designated for such sales by either the Commissioner's Court, County Recorder’s Office or such other authorized government agency charged with such matters, of such county, in an instrument heretofore recorded in the real property records of that county; provided that, if the said Commissioner's Court, County Recorder's Office and/or governmental agencies has not hereto for recorded a written instrument designating the area in which such sales shall occur in the real property records of such county, then the sale shall take place at the area of the County Courthouse designated in the notice of sale. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Grantor, and each of them, hereby auth orize(s) and empower(s) the Trustee, and each and all of Trustee’s successors in this trust, to sell the Covered Properties, or any interest or estate in the Covered Properties together or in lots or parcels, as such Trustee shall deem expedient, and to execute and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers of the Covered Properties good and sufficient deed or deeds of conveyance thereof and bills of sale with covenants of general warranty binding on Grantor and its successors and assigns, to the extent allowed by the laws of the jurisdiction where such Covered Properties are located. The proceeds of said sale or sales received by the Trustee shall be applied as follows:

 

10
 

 

FIRST: To the payment of all necessary costs and expenses incident to the execution of this trust, including but not limited to a reasonable fee to Trustee;
   
SECOND: To the payment of the Indebtedness (first to accrued interest and then to principle), and
   
THIRD: The remainder, if any, shall he paid to Grantor.

 

The recitals in any deed, assignment or other conveyance given by Trustee of a default, publication of notice of sale, demand that such sale should be made, postponement of sale, terms of sale, sale, name of purchaser, payment of purchase money and any other facts affecting the regularity or validity of such sale shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof, and such deed or deeds shall be conclusive against all persons as to all matters or facts therein recited.

 

5.5           In addition to all other remedies herein provided for, after a default has occurred Lender shall, as a matter of right, be entitled to the appointment of a receiver or receivers of its choice except as may be prohibited by law, for all or any part of the Covered Properties, whether such receivership be incident to a proposed sale of the Covered Properties or otherwise, and Grantor does hereby consent to the appointment of such receiver or receivers and agrees not to oppose any application therefore by Lender.

 

5.6           Lender shall have the right to become the purchaser or purchasers at any sale held by Trustee or by any receiver or public officer. Lender, if a purchaser at any such sale, shall have the right to credit upon the amount of the bid made therefore the pro rata part of the Indebtedness owing to Lender, accounting to other holders any portion of the Indebtedness not bidding or not bidding successfully at such sale or sales in cash for the portion of such bid or bids apportionable to such non-bidding bolder or holders.

 

11
 

 

5.7           Lender may resort to any security given by this instrument or to any other security now existing or hereafter given to secure the pay ment of the Indebtedness, in whole or in part, and in such portions and in such order as may seem best to Lender in its sole and uncontrolled discretion. Any such action shall not in anywise be considered as a waiver of any of the rights, benefits or liens evidenced by this instrument.

 

5.8           In those states where a non-judicial power of sale is unavailable and foreclosure must be authorized and/or effected pursuant to a local judicial action in accordance with applicable state law, Lender shall comply with the applicable state law in the pursuit of its remedy of foreclosure, and if a foreclosure sale pursuant to judicial authority is then conducted, shall apply the proceeds of sale in the order of priority set forth in Section 5.4 hereinabove, unless otherwise required under applicable state law.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

APPOINTMENT OF SUBSTITUTE OR SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE

 

6.1           Lender may act any time, by an instrument in writing, appoint a successor to Trustee, which instrument shall contain the name of Grantor, and each of them, Trustee and of the Lender, the places of recordation of this instrument in the real property records of any county where it has been recorded, and the name and address of the new Trustee and such other information required by the law of the jurisdiction where the Covered Properties are located. Such instrument when executed, acknowledged and recorded shall be conclusive proof of the proper substitution of such successor Trustee. Such successor Trustee, without conveyance from the predecessor Trustee, shall succeed to all of the rights, titles, estates, powers and duties of the predecessor Trustee. In like manner successive successor Trustees may be appointed in place of any prior Trustee or successor.

 

12
 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

7.1           To further secure the Indebtedness, Grantor, and each of them, hereby grant to Lender a security interest in all of Grantor's rights, titles and interests in and to the Covered Properties insofar as such Covered Properties consist of the goods, equipment, accounts, contract rights, records, files, data and materials of every kind pertaining to the Covered Properties, general intangibles, inventory, Hydrocarbons, fixtures and any and all other personal property of any kind or character defined in and subject to the provisions of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code, including the proceeds and products from any and all of such personal property (all of the foregoing being in this Article VII collectively called the "Collateral"). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender is and shall be entitled to all of the rights, powers and remedies afforded a secured party by the applicable Uniform Commercial Code with reference to the personal property and fixtures in which Lender has been granted a security interest herein, or the Trustee or Lender may proceed as to both the real and personal property covered hereby in accordance with the rights and remedies granted under this instrument in respect of the real property covered hereby. Such rights, powers and remedies shall be cumulative and in addition to those granted Trustee or Lender under any other provision of this instrument or under any other instrument executed in connection with or as security for the Note or any of the Indebtedness. Grantor, and each of them, as Debtor (and in this Article VII and otherwise herein called "Debtor") covenants and agrees with Lender, as Secured Party (and in this Article VII and otherwise herein called "Secured Party") that:

 

 (a)          To the extent permitted by law, Debtor expressly waives any notice of sale or other disposition of the Collateral and any other right or remedies of a debtor or formalities prescribed by law relative to sale or disposition of the Collateral or exercise of any other right or remedy of Secured Party existing after default hereunder, and to the extent any such notice is required and cannot be waived, Debtor agrees that if such notice is mailed, postage prepaid, to Debtor at Debtor's address set out herein at least five days before the time of the sale or disposition, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and shall fully satisfy any requirement for giving of said notice.

 

 (b)          In addition to the other remedies herein provided for, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party is expressly granted the right at its option, to transfer at any time to itself or to its nominee the Collateral, or any part thereof, and to receive the monies, income, proceeds, or benefits attributable or accruing thereto and to hold the same as security for the Indebtedness or to apply it on the principal and interest or other amounts owing on any of the Indebtedness, whether or not then due, in such order or manner as Secured Party may elect. All rights to marshalling of assets of Debtor, including any such right with respect to the Collateral, are hereby waived.

 

 (c)          All recitals in any instrument of assignment or any other instrument executed by Secured Party incident to sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition or utilization of the Collateral or any part thereof hereunder shall be prima facie evidence of the matter stated therein, no other proof shall be required to establish full legal propriety of the sale or other action or of any fact, condition or thing incident thereto, and all prerequisites of such sale or other action and of any fact, condition or thing incident thereto shall be presumed conclusively to have been performed or to have occurred.

 

13
 

 

 (d)          All expenses of preparing for sale, or other use or disposition, selling or otherwise using or disposing of the Collateral and the like which are incurred or paid by Secured Party as authorized or permitted hereunder, including also all attorneys' fees, legal expenses and costs, shall be added to the Indebtedness and the Debtor shall be liable therefore.

 

 (e)          Should Secured Party elect to exercise its rights under said Uniform Commercial Code as to part of the Collateral, this election shall not preclude Secured Party or the Trustee from exercising any other rights and remedies granted by this instrument as to the remainder of the Collateral.

 

 (f)          Any copy of this instrument may also serve as a financing statement under said Uniform Commercial Code between the Debtor, whose present address is Grantor's address listed on the first page of this Deed of Trust, and Secured Party, whose present address is in care of ACF Property Management, Inc., 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, California 91604.

 

 (g)          So long as any amount remains unpaid on any of the Indebtedness, Debtor will not execute and there will not be filed in any public office any financing statement or statements affecting the Collateral other than financing statements in favor of Secured Party hereunder and Permitted Liens, unless the prior written specific consent and approval of Secured Party shall have first been obtained.

 

 (h)          Secured Party is authorized to file, in any jurisdiction where Secured Party deems it necessary, a financing statement or statements, and at the request of Secured Party, Debtor will join Secured Party in executing one or more financing statements pursuant to said Uniform Commercial Code in form satisfactory to Secured Party, and will pay the cost of filing or recording this instrument, as a financing statement, in all public offices at any time and from time to time whenever filing or recording of any financing statement or of this instrument is deemed by Secured Party to be necessary or desirable.

 

 (i)          The office where Debtor keeps Debtor's accounting records concerning the Collateral covered by this Security Agreement is Grantor's address Listed on the first page of this Deed of Trust.

 

7.2           Portions of the Collateral consist of (i) oil, gas and other minerals produced or to be produced from the Lands described in the Leases, or (ii) goods which are or will become fixtures attached to the real estate constituting a portion of the Covered Properties, and Debtor hereby agrees that this instrument shall be filed in the real property records of the counties in which the Covered Properties are located as a financing statement to perfect the security interest of Secured Party in said portions of the Collateral. The said oil, gas and other minerals will be financed at the wellhead of the oil and gas wells located on the Lands described in the Leases. The name of the record owner of the Covered Properties is the party named herein as Grantor and Debtor. Nothing herein contained shall impair or limit the effectiveness of this document as a security agreement or financing statement for other purposes.

 

14
 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

  

8.1           All options and rights of election herein provided for the benefit of Lender are continuing, and the failure to exercise any such option or right of election upon a particular Default or breach or upon any subsequent Default or breach shall not be construed as waiving the right to exercise such option or election at any later date. By the acceptance of payment of any sum secured hereby after its due date, Lender shall not be deemed to have waived the right either to require prompt payment when due of all other sums so secured or to regard as an Event of Default the failure to pay any other sums due which are secured hereby. No exercise of the rights and powers herein granted and no delay or omission in the exercise of such rights and powers shall be held to exhaust the same or be construed as a waiver thereof, and every such right and power may be exercised at any time and from time to time.

 

8.2           If two or more parties shall at any time be Lenders of the Indebtedness, all of them may jointly exercise any right, option, election or other power, authority or benefit granted herein to Lender, or any of them may do so with the express consent of the other or others of them,

 

8.3           All Indebtedness shall be payable at Lender’s offices or at such place as Lender may from time to time designate in writing.

 

8.4           The terms, provisions, covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon Grantor, and each of them, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Trustee Trustee's substitutes or successors and assigns, and of Lender, its successors and assigns, and all other holders of the Indebtedness, or any part thereof, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

8.5           If any provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction, and the remaining provisions hereof shall be liberally construed in favor of the Trustee and Lender in order to effectuate the provisions hereof, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

15
 

 

8.6           It is the intention of the parties hereto to comply with the applicable usury laws; accordingly, it is agreed that notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary in the Note, any instrument evidencing the Indebtedness, this instrument or in any of the documents or instruments securing payment of the Indebtedness or otherwise relating thereto, in no event shall the Note or such documents require the payment or permit the collection of interest in excess of the maximum amount permitted by such laws. If any such excess of interest is contracted for, charged or received, under the Note, any instrument evidencing the Indebtedness, this instrument or under the terms of any of the other documents securing payment of the Indebtedness or otherwise relating thereto, or in the event the maturity of any of the Indebtedness is accelerated in whole or in part; or in the event that all or part of the principal or interest of the Indebtedness shall be prepaid, so that under any of such circumstances, the amount of interest contracted for, charged or received, under the Note or any instruments evidencing the Indebtedness, under this instrument or under any of the other instruments securing payment of the Indebtedness or otherwise relating thereto, on the amount of principal actually outstanding from time to time under the Note and other instruments evidencing the Indebtedness, shall exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by the applicable usury laws, now or hereafter enacted, then in any such event (a) the provisions of this paragraph shall govern and control, (b) neither TRONCO nor any other person or entity now or hereafter liable for the payment of the Note or any instrument evidencing the Indebtedness shall be obligated to pay the amount of such interest to the extent that it is in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by the applicable usury laws, now or hereafter enacted, (c) any such excess that may have been collected shall be either applied as a credit against the then unpaid principal amount hereof or refunded to TRONCO, at Lender's option, and (d) the effective rate of interest shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful contract rate allowed under the applicable usury laws, now or hereafter enacted. It is further agreed that without limitation of the foregoing, all calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged or received under the Note, or any other instrument evidencing the Indebtedness, under this instrument or under such other documents that are made for the purpose of determining whether such rate exceeds the maximum lawful contract rate, shall be made, to the extent permitted by the applicable usury laws, now or hereafter enacted, by amortizing, proratin g , allocating and spreading in equal parts during the period of the full stated term of the loans evidenced by the Note or the instruments evidencing the Indebtedness, all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received from TRONCO or otherwise by Lender in connection with such loans.

 

8.7            THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF UTAH EXCEPT AS MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THE ENFORCEMENT OF LENDER’S REMEDIES AGAINST THE COVERED PROPERTIES WHICH SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE IN WHICH SUCH COVERED PROPERTIES ARE LOCATED.

 

8.8           NOTICE OF NO ORAL AGREEMENTS. THIS DOCUMENT AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THIS LOAN TOGETHER CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT WHICH REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS LOAN.

 

16
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes, effective as of the date hereinabove first set out.

 

  TRONCO OHIO, LLC,
  an Ohio Limited Liability Company
     
  By: /s/ G.Troy Meier
    G.Troy Meier, president of TRONCO ENERGY CORP., Sole Member

 

  MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC
  a Utah Limited Liability Company
     
  By: /s/ Annette Deuel Meier
    Annette Deuel Meier, Manager
     
THE STATE OF UTAH §  
  §  
COUNTY OF UINTAH §  

 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on this the 15 th day of June, 2009, by G. TROY MEIER President TRONCO ENERGY CORP., on behalf of said corporation.

 

/s/ BOBBI B. GESSELL
Notary Public, State of Utah

 

THE STATE OF UTAH §  
  §  
COUNTY OF UINTAH §  

 

This instrument was acknowledged before me on this the 15 th day of June, 2009, by ANNETTE DEUEL Meier, Manager, BOBBI PROPERITIES, SERIES LLC, on behalf of said company.

 

/s/ BOBBI B. GESSELL
Notary Public, State of Utah

 

17
 

 

THIS INSTRUMENT WAS PREPARED BY/  
AFTER RECORDING RETURN TO:  
   
   
Barry L. Racusin, PC  
State Bar No. 16451800 (Texas)  
RACUSIN AND WAGNER, LLP  
600 Woodway Tower  
4900 Woodway  
Houston, Texas 77056  

 

18
 

 

NOTE:            A POWER OF SALE HAS BEEN GRANTED IN THIS DEED OF TRUST/MORTGAGE A POWER OF SALE MAY ALLOW THE MORTGAGEE TO TAKE THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY AND SELL IT WITHOUT GOlNG TO COURT IN A FORECLOSURE, ACTION UPON DEFAULT BY THE GRANTOR/MORTGAGOR UNDER THIS DEED OF TRUST/MORTGAGE IF SO ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE STATE LAW.

 

NOTE: THIS DEED OF TRUST COVERS AFTER ACQUIRED PROPERTY INTERESTS OF THE GRANTOR. THIS IS AN OPEN-END MORTGAGE.

 

MASTER DEED OF TRUST, MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT
OF PRODUCTION, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND
FINANCING STATEMENT
(Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests)

 

THE STATE OF OHIO §
  §
COUNTY OF MUSKINGUM §

 

This MASTER DEED OF TRUST, MORTGAGE, ASSIGNMENT OF PRODUCTION, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FINANCING STATEMENT (herein called the "Deed of Trust"), is executed as of June 15, 2009 (the "Effective Date"), from TRONCO OHIO, LLC, an Ohio Limited Liability Company, (herein called ‘'TOLLC" ), whose address is 1583 South 1700 East, P.O. Box 1165, Vernal, Utah 84078, and MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC , a Utah Limited Liability Company, (herein called "MPS” ); whose address is 2221 North 3250 W., P.O. Box 1165, Vernal, Utah 84078, to BARRY L. RACUSIN (herein called "Trustee"), whose address is 600 Woodway Tower, 4900 Woodway, Houston, TX 77056, for the benefit of ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC ., a California Corporation (as “Assignee” from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC , a California limited Liability Company ) (‘'Lender” or “Beneficiary").

 

TOLLC and MPS collectively are “Grantor’' herein, and reference to Grantor shall mean said entities individually, jointly and/or severally, as the case may be, unless otherwise indicated herein below. Capitalized terms used herein not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as said term is defined in the Loan Agreement herein below identified.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

That Grantor, and each of them, for a sufficient consideration received and acknowledged, do(es) hereby MORTGAGE, GRANT, BARGAIN, SELL, ASSIGN, TRANSFER and CONVEY unto Trustee and to Trustee's successors in this trust, the following described real and personal property, rights, titles, interests and estates (herein collectively called the "Covered Properties"),

 

 
 

 

GUARANTY

 

IN CONSIDERATION of credit and financial accommodations extended, to be extended or continued to TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called "Borrower," by ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.). hereinafter called "Lender" and for other good and valuable considerations, I, we, and each of us have jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed and do hereby jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee to Lender, the payment and collection of each and every claim, demand, indebtedness, right or canse of action of every nature whatsoever against said Borrower now or hereafter existing, due or to become due to, or held by Lender as shown upon the accounts and business records of Lender to the extent of that one certain AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE of even date herewith in the amount of NINE MILLION TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY FOUR THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY EIGHT AND 34/100 DOLLARS ($9,284,378.34) (“Note"), together with interest as it may accrue and if this Guaranty is placed with an attorney for collection or if collected by suit or through any probate, bankruptcy, or other court, to pay all court costs and attorney's fees in the amount of $50,000.00 or such other amount as the court enforcing this Guaranty finds to be reasonable, customary and necessary, which the undersigned agree is a reasonable fee, together with any and all expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing this Guaranty. This is a continuing guaranty and all extensions of credit and financial accommodation concurrently herewith or hereafter made by Lender to Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been made in acceptance hereof, and this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect for any and all renewals, extensions and/or modifications of the Note and/or indebtedness herein described.

 

All indebtedness of Borrower to the undersigned, whether now existing or hereafter arising (including indebtedness resulting from this Guaranty) is hereby assigned to Lender to the extent of the amount of this Guaranty as security for the payment of all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender. To the extent such indebtedness of Borrower is to the undersigned (whether now existing or hereafter arising) exceeds the amount of this Guaranty, such indebtedness is hereby subordinated to all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender.

 

The undersigned acknowledge and agree that possession of this Guaranty by Lender constitutes true and correct execution and actual and proper delivery of same to Lender and the undersigned waive notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, and waive presentment and demand for payment thereof, notice of dishonor or non-payment thereof, collection or instigation of suit or any other action by Lender in collection thereof including any notice of default in payment thereof or other notice to, or demand of payment therefore on, any party. Payment by the undersigned shall be made at the office of Lender at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, , Los Angeles, California.

 

Lender may, at its option, at any time without the consent of, or notice to the undersigned, without incurring responsibility to the undersigned, without impairing or releasing the obligations of the undersigned, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part, (1) change the manner, place or terms of payment or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, or alter any liability of Borrower hereby guaranteed, or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder, and the guaranty herein made shall apply to the liabilities of the Borrower, changed, extended, renewed or altered in any manner, (2) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure or securing the liabilities hereby guaranteed or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder or any offset against any said liabilities, (3) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting, (4) settle or compromise any liabilities hereby guaranteed or hereby incurred, and may subordinate the payment of ah or any part of such liabilities to the payment of any liabilities which may be due to Lender or others, and, (5) apply any sums paid, to any liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender regardless of what liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender remain unpaid. Lender may, at its option, without the consent of or notice to the undersigned, apply to the payment of the liability created by this Guaranty, at any time after such liability becomes payable, any monies, property, or other assets belonging to the undersigned in the possession, care, custody and control of Lender.

 

 
 

 

and the sole effect of revocation or termination shall be to exclude from this Guaranty liabilities thereafter arising which are unconnected with liabilities theretofore existing or transactions theretofore entered into.

 

The undersigned, if more than one, shall be jointly severally liable hereunder and the term "undersigned" shall mean the undersigned or any one or more of them. Any one signing this Guaranty shall be bound hereby, whether or not any other party signs this Guaranty or is released therefrom at any time. Any married woman who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees that recourse may be had against her separate property for all her obligations under this Guaranty.

 

This Guaranty shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Lender and the undersigned. This Guaranty in the possession of the Lender will be presumed that same has been executed and delivered, by each of the undersigned for a valuable consideration.

 

This Guaranty may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity.

 

This Guaranty is an addition to, and not in lieu of that certain GUARANTY dated August 10, 2007 executed and delivered by Troy Meier.

 

WITNESS our hands at Vernal, Uintah County, Utah, on this the 15 day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ G. TROY MEIER
  G. TROY MEIER
   
  SS# 529-21-9297
   
  UTAH
  Drivers License #7542818

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by G. TROY MEIER on this the 15 day of June 2009.

 

  /s/ Del R. Brady
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: 8/10/2009

 

/s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
 
ss 529-96-9139
 
UTAH
Drivers License # 12809850

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

 
 

 

1
  GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST
  (as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST
  AGREEMENT OF GILBERT TROY MEIER dated
  October 28, 1999, as amended)
     
  BY:   /s/ GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE
    GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE
     
    /s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE
    ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE and ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE who signatures appear above on this the 15 day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ Del R. Brady
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: 8/10/2009  

     
ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST
(as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST
AGREEMENT OF ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER dated October 28, 1999, as amended)
   
BY: /s/ GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE
  GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE
   
  /s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE
  ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE and ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ Del R. Brady
  NOT ARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires 8/10/2009

     
  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
   
BY: /s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
  ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, MANAGER

  

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, MANAGER who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

 
 

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
   
  BY: /s/ ANNETTE D. MEIER
    ANNETTE D. MEIER, MANAGER

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER MANAGER who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ Del R. Brady
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires 8/10/2009

  

 
 

   

THIRD AMENDMENT

TO

LOAN AGREEMENT

AUGUST 10, 2007

 

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (“Third Amendment”) is entered into on this ____ day of December, 2013 to be effective as of January 1, 2014 (“Effective Date”) by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware Corporation (“Borrower” or “Tronco”), PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC , a Utah Limited Liability Company (“Philco” or “Subsidiary”) and ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. , a California Corporation (“ACF”) or (“Lender”) (as “Assignee” from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC , a California Limited Liability Company (“Fortuna”)), hereby amending, modifying and supplementing that certain LOAN AGREEMENT dated August 10, 2007 (“Loan Agreement”), that certain FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT AUGUST 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (“First Amendment”), and that certain Second Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated June 15, 2009 (the said Loan Agreement, First Amendment and Second Amendment hereinafter referred to as the “Current Loan Agreement”) upon the terms, conditions, stipulations and agreements as follows:

 

1. The section of the Current Loan Agreement entitled RECITALS is hereby amended, modified and expanded by addition of the following, to wit:

 

“R.           Borrower and Lender have agreed to modify the terms and conditions for payment of the Note, as set forth in that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (the “Current Note”).

 

S.           The principal amount due and owing on the Current Note as of the Effective Date is $6,888,092.28.”

 

NOW, THEREFORE, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties hereto, ACF, Borrower and Philco agree as follows:

 

A. Section 1.3 entitled Promissory Note is hereby amended by inclusion of the following paragraph at the end of the existing Section 1.3, to wit:

 

“The previously made Advances shall be evidenced by the Current Note dated as of January 1, 2014 which shall constitute a renewal, modification and extension of all prior promissory notes, and shall be payable to the order of Lender, and providing interest on the outstanding principal balance as advanced, from time to time, at the rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum. Any accrued but unpaid interest from and after the date when due, at the option of Lender, shall be capitalized at the end of the month when such interest was due and shall be added to the principal balance of the Current Note, and such capitalized sum shall bear interest at the Default Rate provided in the Current Note.”

 

  1
 

 

B. A new full paragraph shall be added to Section 1.4 denoted Collateral for Credit Facility prior to the last full paragraph which shall read as follows, to wit:

 

“In addition to the above collateral documents, the Current Note and the ACF Redemption Obligation, as defined in Section 2.3(F)(5)(a) below, shall be jointly and severally guaranteed by SDP and by Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“SDF”), (the “SDP and SDF Guarantors”), in substantially the form of such guaranty is attached hereto and labeled Exhibit “F” (the “Guaranty”). Said Guaranty shall be a continuous and ongoing obligation of the SDP AND SDF Guarantors until the Current Note and ACF Redemption Obligation are paid in full.”

 

C. Section 1.8 denoted Term of Credit Facility is hereby amended, supplemented and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“By its execution hereof, Borrower has hereby elected to extend the maturity date of the Current Note to June 30, 2014 (the “Maturity Date”) and by its execution hereof, agrees to pay Lender the amount of $68,880.92 on or before January 25, 2014. As reflected in the Current Note, and provided that Borrower is not otherwise in default under the Current Note and/or any of the Loan Documents, Borrower shall have the unilateral right to further extend the Current Note beyond the Maturity Date of June 30, 2014 (each an “Extension”) as follows:

 

(a)          By providing written notice to Lender on or before June 1, 2014 of the desire to extend the Maturity Date, the new Maturity Date will be December 31, 2014; provided that, Borrower pays Lender an amount equal to 1.5% of the then outstanding principal balance as of June 15, 2014 on or before July 1, 2014.

 

(b)          By providing written notice to Lender on or before December 1, 2014 of the desire to extend the Maturity Date, the new Maturity Date will be June 30, 2015; provided that, Borrower pays Lender an amount equal to 2% of the then outstanding principal balance as of December 15, 2014 on or before January 25, 2015.

 

(c)          By providing written notice to Lender on or before June 1, 2015 of the desire to extend the Maturity Date, the new Maturity Date will be December 31, 2015; provided that, Borrower pays Lender an amount equal to 2.5% of the then outstanding principal balance as of June 15, 2015 on or before July 1, 2015.

 

  2
 

 

All of the foregoing Extension payments shall be hereinafter referred to as “Extension Fees”.

 

Notwithstanding the above, the Current Note and the Loan shall become immediately due and payable in the event any shareholder of Borrower, SDP or SDF owning 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock of Borrower, SDP or SDF, respectively (other than the Lender) sells, transfers and/or conveys any shares of the common stock of Borrower, SDP or SDF held in the name of such shareholder, either directly or indirectly, to a third party purchaser (not already an existing shareholder of Borrower, SDP or SDF) unless the Borrower, SDP or SDF has obtained the prior written consent of the Lender to such proposed transaction.”

 

D. Section 2.1 denoted Principal Payments is hereby amended, supplemented and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“The Principal due under the Current Note (together with any accrued interest thereon) shall be due and payable as follows:

 

(a)          Monthly payments of principal and accrued interest in the amount of $83,150.85 commencing on February 1, 2014 and on the first day of each succeeding month thereafter until the Note is fully repaid (“Monthly Payments”); and

 

(b)          For such time as this Note remains unpaid, quarterly payments (i) on or before April 30 for the time period of January 1 through March 31; (ii) on or before July 31 for the time period of April 1 through June 30; (iii) on or before October 31 for the time period of July 1 through September 30; and (iv) on or before January 31 of the following year for the time period of October 1 through December 31, (commencing with 2014 and thereafter) equal to 33% of the Free Cash Flow as defined below, less the amount of Monthly Payments during such time period; provided, however, if such number is negative, then no payment shall be due for such time period under this provision. Whether or not any payments are due under this provision, Borrower SDP or SDF shall provide an accounting of the calculation thereof on or before the last date of the succeeding month;

 

(c)          All remaining principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under the Current Note shall be due and payable on June 30, 2014 (the “Initial Maturity Date”) except to the extent such Initial Maturity Date is extended as per the provisions set forth in the Current Note.

 

  3
 

 

(d)          If at the end of each Extension year as per the provisions set forth hereinbelow, Borrower has not reduced the principal balance of this Note by at least $500,000.00, Borrower shall make an additional payment equal to $500,000.00 less the difference between such current Extension year’s beginning and ending principal balance by January 15 following the end of such Extension year.

 

(e)          If Borrower fully repays all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this Note on or before December 31, 2014, then Borrower also shall pay Lender an additional amount of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2014 unless Borrower has timely paid the Extension Fee provided in Section 1.8 (a) hereof in which instance the 1% Additional Payment Fee is waived. If Borrower does not fully repay the Note until sometime between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015, Borrower also shall pay Lender two percent (2%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2015 unless Borrower has timely paid both the Extension Fees set forth in Section 1.8 (b) and (c) hereof in which instance the 2% Additional Payment Fee is waived . All of such payments shall be referred to herein as the “Additional Payment Fees.”

 

The term “Indebtedness” shall mean the sum of the principal balance of the Current Note, all unpaid interest accruing on the Current Note, and all other amounts due under the Current Note, including the Additional Payment Fees.

 

The term “EBITDA” shall mean the combined earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of SDP and SDF calculated in accordance with the United States GAAP.”

 

The term “Free Cash Flow” as defined herein shall mean 33% of the combined quarterly EBITDA of SDP and SDF.

 

E.           Section 2.3 denoted CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE(S) and/or PERPETUAL WARRANT and EQUITY MATTERS subsection (F)(5) is hereby deleted in its entirety and substituted therefore is the following:

 

“(a)          Upon full and complete payment of all Indebtedness, the Borrower shall simultaneously redeem all of the ACF Shares from ACF (or the designee holding the ACF Shares, the “ACF Shareholder(s)”) then owned by the ACF Shareholders (the “ACF Redemption Obligation”). Said ACF Redemption Obligation shall be effectuated as follows:

 

(i)           Subject to Section 2.3(c), Borrower shall pay ACF an amount equal to the greater of: (1) the Agreed Value Per Share as defined in subsection (b) below multiplied by 200,000, or (2) the Floor Value Per Share as defined in subsection (b) below multiplied by 200,000 (the “Purchase Price”).

 

  4
 

 

(ii)         The Purchase Price to be paid to the ACF Shareholder(s) for the ACF Shares being redeemed pursuant to the ACF Redemption Obligation shall be paid in full in cash at Closing as defined below.

 

(b)          For the purposes of this subsection (5) the following definitions shall control:

 

(i)          “Agreed Value Per Share” means the fair market value as mutually agreed upon between the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower. In the event that the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower do not agree within thirty (30) days, the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and the Borrower shall designate an appraiser (the “Appraiser”) to determine the Agreed Value Per Share. Such Appraiser shall be designated within ten (10) days following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. If the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s) cannot agree on an Appraiser within such ten (10) day period, the Borrower shall contact the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) who shall, after meeting with the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s) and pursuant to reasonable judgment and its rules of Arbitration, appoint the Appraiser (all at Borrower’s expense). The Appraiser shall submit its determination of the Agreed Value Per Share to the Borrower and to the selling ACF Shareholder(s) within thirty (30) days after the date of its selection. The determination by the Appraiser shall not take into account either majority or minority status as a shareholder but shall value the Borrower as a whole and determine the value of each share issued by the Borrower without consideration of majority or minority status, corporate control, insider or outsider ownership issues, etc. The determination of the Agreed Value Per Share in accordance with the foregoing procedure shall be final and binding upon the Borrower and the selling ACF Shareholder(s). The Appraiser selected pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be a qualified person with prior experience in appraising businesses comparable to the business of the Borrower and shall not be an affiliate of or an interested person with respect to the Borrower or any shareholder of the Borrower including any ACF Shareholder(s). In determining the Agreed Value Per Share the Appraiser shall not take into account any insurance maintained on the lives of any shareholder, officer or director of the Borrower.

 

  5
 

 

(ii)         “Floor Value Per Share” means such value per share that the ACF Shareholder(s) on a per share basis shall receive, being an amount of not less than sixteen percent (16%) per annum profit on the principal amounts advanced under the Current Note and pursuant to the Loan, including all payments of interest and investment banking fees on the Loan, but excluding all extension, renewal and/or reinstatement fees for the time period commencing on the Third Amendment Effective Date and ending when all principal and interest due on the Current Note and the Loan are paid in full.

 

(iii)        “Closing” means the date when the Borrower has wire transferred or otherwise paid the Lender and the ACF Shareholder(s) all Indebtedness and the Purchase Price, and the Lender and/or the ACF Shareholder(s) has transferred and delivered to Borrower or its designee: (i) good and marketable title to the ACF Shares free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and (ii) all Loan Documents, and all collateral held by Lender to collateralize the Indebtedness and the ACF Redemption Obligation.

 

(c)          Upon the Maturity Date, the Borrower and Lender shall utilize their commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the Closing to occur on a timely basis, and Borrower shall pay Lender and the ACF Shareholder(s), respectively all Indebtedness and the Purchase Price. The Purchase Price to be paid by Borrower to the ACF Shareholder(s) at Closing shall be the Floor Value Per Share multiplied by 200,000 and the Closing shall occur. Such payment shall not preclude Lender and/or the ACF Shareholder(s) from seeking additional payment on the ACF Shares for the difference, if any, between the Agreed Value Per Share and the Floor Value Per Share to the extent Lender and/or the ACF Shareholder(s) are able to show the Agreed Value Per Share exceeds the Floor Value Per Share; provided, that Lender and/or the ACF Shareholder(s) initiates such claim within ninety (90) days after the Closing.

 

(d)          All collateral securing the Current Note and the Loan will remain as security for Borrower’s obligation under this Section and shall not be released or discharged until the ACF Shareholders have been paid the Purchase Price specified in Section 2.3 (c) hereinabove.

 

F. (Deliberately Omitted)

 

G.          Section 3.1 denoted Resolution is hereby amended and supplemented to read as follows, to wit:

 

  6
 

 

“I. Further, Lender shall receive from SDP a certificate of its secretary, assistant secretary, manager, general partner, or other appropriate officer as is applicable, as to:

 

(a)          Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, been in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty to be executed by it and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Current Note and Third Amendment, if applicable.

 

J. Further, Lender shall receive from SDF a certificate of its secretary, assistant secretary, manager, general partner, or other appropriate officer as is applicable, as to:

 

(a) Resolutions of its Board of Directors or Managers, as the case may be, been in full force and effect authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Guaranty to be executed by it and the incumbency and signature of those of its officers and/or managers authorized to act with respect to the Current Note and Third Amendment, if applicable.”

 

H.           Section 3.2 denoted Delivery of Note is hereby amended and modified to read as follows, to wit:

 

“Lender shall have received the Current Note, duly executed and delivered by Borrower.”

 

I.           Section 4.1 denoted Organization, etc. is hereby amended and supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

           “G.           SDF, is a limited liability company validly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Utah and is duly qualified to do business in all other jurisdictions where the nature of its business requires such qualifications, has full power and authority and holds all requisite governmental licenses, permits and other approvals to enter into and perform its obligations under the Guaranty to be executed by SDF as set forth in Section 1.4 above.”

 

J.           Section 4.2 denoted Due Authorization, Non-Contravention, etc. is hereby amended and supplemented as follows, to wit:

 

  7
 

 

           “G.           SDP has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the Guaranty to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by SDP of the Guaranty and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within SDP’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene SDP’s or any such obligor's organizational document(s), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting SDP or any such obligor (if applicable), (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.

 

H. SDF has the full power, right and capacity to enter into and perform under the Guaranty to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by SDF of the Guaranty and each of the Loan Documents, executed or to be executed by it, and the execution, delivery and performance by each other obligor of each Loan Document executed or to be executed by it, respectively are within SDF’s and each other obligor's company, corporate or partnership powers, respectively, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action (as applicable), and do not (a) contravene SDF’s or any such obligor's organizational document(s), (b) contravene any contractual restriction, law or governmental regulation or court decree or order binding on or affecting SDF or any such obligor (if applicable), (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any other obligor's properties, or (d) require the consent or approval of any other person or entity.”

 

All of the terms, conditions, agreements, covenants, obligations, stipulations and provisions set forth in the Current Loan Agreement not otherwise amended directly by this Third Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect. All capitalized terms used in this Third Amendment shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Current Loan Agreement unless otherwise specifically defined herein.

 

This Third Amendment may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity. Facsimile signed copies of this Third Amendment shall be deemed of equal and weight and dignity as an original signed copy of this Third Amendment.

 

Executed as of Effective Date indicated hereinabove.

 

  8
 

 

  Borrower ”:
     
  TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
     G. Troy Meier, President
     
  PHILCO EXPLORATION, L.L.C.
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
     G. Troy Meier, Manager

 

Each of the undersigned hereby execute this Third Amendment for the purposes of acknowledgment of the undersigned’s obligations arising by, through and under this Third Amendment as set forth hereinabove.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier,  Manager
     
  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier, Manager
     
  MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier, Member
     
  MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier, Member

 

  9
 

 

  ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST
  (as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST AGREEMENT OF ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER dated October 28, 1999, as amended)
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
     Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
      Annette Deuel Meier, Trustee
     
  GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST
  (as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST AGREEMENT OF GILBERT TROY MEIER dated October 28, 1999, as amended)
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
      Annette Deuel Meier, Trustee
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
      Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee
     
  TRONCO OHIO, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
      G. Troy Meier, President of Tronco Energy
      Corp., Sole Member
     
  SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
      Annette D. Meier, Manager

     
  LENDER ”:
     
  ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Alan C. Fox
     Alan C. Fox, President

 

  10
 

  

EXHIBIT A

 

CURRENT NOTE

 

(see attachment)

 

  11
 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Salt Lake City, Utah

 

$6,888,092.28 January 1, 2014

 

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, (“Maker”) for value received, promises and agrees to pay to the order of ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (“ACF”) (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C. ) (“FAM”)) or Assigns (herein called “Lender” which term shall herein in every instance refer to the owner or holder of this Note), at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, California 91604, or at such other place as Lender may hereafter designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of SIX MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND NINETY TWO AND 28/100 DOLLARS ($6,888,092.28) (the “Loan”), or so much thereof as may be outstanding from time to time under the terms and limitations of the Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between FAM, Maker and Philco Exploration, LLC, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (“First Amendment”); and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated June 15, 2009 (“Second Amendment”); and as further amended by the Third Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December __, 2013 (the “Third Amendment”) (collectively, the “Agreement”), together with interest accruing during the term hereof on the principal balance from time to time outstanding until paid, at an annual rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum. All defined terms contained herein shall have the same meaning as contained in the Agreement except where otherwise specifically provided herein. Interest shall be calculated on the average daily outstanding principal balance. Upon Maturity (defined hereinbelow) or upon an Event of Default (defined hereinbelow) by Maker, the principal balance hereof and all accrued but unpaid interest shall bear interest at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum (“Default Rate”).

 

From and after the date hereof, the outstanding principal balance of this Note and the Loan described in the Agreement is and shall be a fixed term loan and no further advances will be made under the terms of this Note or under the terms of the Agreement, provided however additional sums may be added to the principal balance of this Note, from time to time, as provided for hereinbelow.

 

The principal of this Note has been fully advanced to the Maker hereof prior to the date hereof.

 

  12
 

 

Maker shall pay accrued interest at the rate specified hereinabove and calculated as specified hereinabove monthly, in arrears, commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the month after the date of this Note and continuing regularly thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each succeeding month until Maturity.

 

Maker shall repay the outstanding principal balance due (together with accrued interest thereon) under this Note as follows,

 

(1)                     Monthly payments of principal and accrued interest in the amount of $83,150.85 commencing on February 1, 2014 and on the first day of each succeeding month thereafter until the Note is fully repaid (“Monthly Payments”).

 

(2)                     For such time as this Note remains unpaid, quarterly payments (i) on or before April 30 for the time period of January 1 through March 31; (ii) on or before July 31 for the time period of April 1 through June 30; (iii) on or before October 31 for the time period of July 1 through September 30; and (iv) on or before January 31 of the following year for the time period of October 1 through December 31 (commencing 2014 and thereafter), equal to 33% of the Free Cash Flow (as defined below) less the amount of Monthly Payments during such time period; provided, however, if such number is negative, then no payment shall be due for such time period under this provision. Whether or not any payments are due under this provision, Maker shall provide an accounting of the calculation thereof on or before the last date of the succeeding month.

 

(3)                     All remaining principal and accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on June 30, 2014 (the “Initial Maturity Date”) except to the extent such Initial Maturity Date is extended as per the provisions set forth hereinbelow.

 

(4)                     If at the end of each Extension year as per the provisions set forth hereinbelow, Maker has not reduced the principal balance of this Note by at least $500,000.00, Maker shall make an additional payment equal to $500,000.00 less the difference between such current Extension year’s beginning and ending principal balance by January 15 following the end of such Extension year.

 

(5)                     If Borrower fully repays all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this Note on or before December 31, 2014, then Borrower also shall pay Lender an additional amount of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2014 unless Borrower has timely paid the First Extension fee as set forth below in which instance the 1% Additional Payment Fee is waived. If Borrower does not fully repay the Note until sometime between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015, Borrower also shall pay Lender two percent (2%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2015 unless Borrower has timely paid both the Second Extension Fee and the Third Extension Fee as set forth below in which instance the 2% Additional Payment Fee is waived. All of such payments shall be referred to herein as the “Additional Payment Fees”.

 

  13
 

 

All payments made by Borrower shall be applied in the following order:

 

(1) All outstanding fees and expenses due under this Note, the Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(2) All accrued and unpaid interest; and

 

(3) All outstanding and unpaid principal on the Note.

 

The principal balance of his Note, all accrued but unpaid interest, and all other amounts due under this Note, including the Additional Payment Fees (collectively the Indebtedness”), may be prepaid at any time from and after the date of this Note, either in whole or in part, without penalty. Further, Maker shall apply any proceeds received, directly or indirectly, by Maker or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or shareholders to the principal balance due under this Note, up to full repayment of the Indebtedness from (i) the sale of any assets of Maker, Philco or any other subsidiary (including Tronco Ohio, LLC) and/or (ii) the consummation of that certain initial public offering whereby a portion of Superior Drilling Products, LLC’s (or any other affiliate of Superior Drilling Products, LLC) (collectively the “Corporation”) consummates an initial public offering, whereby its securities are publicly registered on a recognized United States national securities exchange and sold to various Persons in an amount of $25,000,000 or more (the “IPO”). For the purposes hereof, any prepayments upon the Indebtedness shall be applied in the manner and order as provided for in Section 2.4 of the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Third Amendment, Maker is entitled to extend the Initial Maturity Date of this Note by up to three (3) additional six (6) month periods (each an “Extension”) beginning on the Initial Maturity Date upon Maker’s giving written notice to Lender of at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of each Extension as follows:

 

(a)     if Maker elects to so extend the Initial Maturity Date (“First Extension”) of this Note to December 31, 2014 and gives Lender written notice thereof on or before June 1, 2014, the payment by Maker to Lender for such First Extension shall be equal to 1.5% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of June 15, 2014, with payment of said 1.5% fee to be paid on or before July 1, 2014;

 

(b)     if Maker elects to extend the Maturity Date of this Note for a second additional six (6) month period to June 30, 2015 (“Second Extension”) and gives Lender written notice thereof by December 1, 2014, the payment by Maker to Lender for such Second Extension shall be equal to 2% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of December 15, 2014, with payment of said 2% fee to be paid on or before January 25, 2015; and

 

(c)     if Maker elects to extend the Maturity Date of this Note for a third additional six (6) month period to December 31, 2015 (“Third Extension”) and gives Lender written notice thereof by June 1, 2015, the payment by Maker to Lender for such Third Extension shall be equal to 2.5% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of June 15, 2015, with payment of said 2.5% fee to be paid on or before July 1, 2015.

 

  14
 

 

All of the foregoing Extension payments shall be hereinafter referred to as “Extension Fees”.

 

The rights of Maker herein to so extend shall be only exercisable by Maker in the event Maker is not otherwise in default under the terms of this Note, any Loan Document or of the Agreement at the time such written notice to extend is given.

 

The term “EBITDA” shall mean the combined earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC calculated in accordance with the United States GAAP.

 

The term “Free Cash Flow” as defined herein shall mean 33% of the combined quarterly EBITDA of Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design and Fabrications, LLC.

 

The term “Maturity” or “Maturity Date” of the Note shall be the date upon which each permitted Extension ends if Maker chooses not to elect to extend for the permitted additional six (6) month period according to the terms provided hereinabove or the date upon which the last permitted Extension ends.

 

TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN REGARDS TO MAKER’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Lender reserves the right hereunder to declare this Note due and payable in full at any time prior to Maturity if Maker or the Corporation consummates an IPO. In such event, the Indebtedness shall be immediately due and payable no later than two (2) business days after the date that Maker or the Corporation, as the case may be, receives funding from such IPO.

 

Additionally, and not in lieu of the above, the Indebtedness shall become immediately due and payable , in the event any shareholder of Maker, SDP and/or SDF owning 10% or more of the outstanding common stock of Maker, SDP and/or SDF (other than the Lender) sells, transfers and/or conveys any shares of the common stock of Maker, SDP and/or SDF) held in the name of such shareholder, either directly or indirectly, to a third party person (not already an existing shareholder of Maker, SDP and/or SDF, or an affiliate thereof or not directly or indirectly owned by Troy Meier and/or Annette Meier), unless the Maker, SDP and/or SDF has obtained the prior written consent of the Lender to such proposed transaction.

 

  15
 

 

If a payment on this Note shall become due on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday under the laws of the State of California on which day Lender is not open for business, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day of Lender, unless the effect of such extension would be to carry the payment over to the next calendar month, in which case such payment shall be due on the preceding business day of Lender, and such extension or reduction of time shall in such case be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. All sums required to paid hereunder shall be applied first to any sums expended by Lender to preserve or protect the collateral securing this Note (including advances, if any, made to pay the taxes thereon), then to any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in enforcing the provision of this Note or any document securing same, if any, then to accrued interest and then to principal, except that Maker may prepay any principal amount prior to its due date. Provided however, if at any time Lender receives, from Maker or otherwise, any amount applicable to the Loan which is less than all amounts due and payable at such time, Lender may apply that payment to amounts then due and payable in any manner and in any order determined by Lender, in Lender’s discretion. Maker agrees that neither Lender’s acceptance of a payment from Maker in an amount that is less than all amounts then due and payable nor Lender’s application of such payment shall constitute or be deemed to constitute either a waiver of the unpaid amounts or an accord and satisfaction.

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any monthly installment due hereunder is not received by Lender on or before the 5 th day of each month or if any other amount payable under this Note, the Deed(s) of Trust or any other Loan Document is not received by Lender within 5 days after the date such amount is due, counting from and including the date such amount is due, Maker shall pay to Lender, immediately and without demand by Lender, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such monthly installment or other amount due. Maker acknowledges that its failure to make timely payments will cause Lender to incur additional expenses in servicing and processing the Loan evidenced by this Note, and that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine those additional expenses. Maker agrees that the late charge payable pursuant to this Paragraph represents a fair and reasonable estimate, taking into account all circumstances existing on the date of this Note, of the additional expenses Lender will incur by reason of such late payment. The late charge is payable in addition to, and not in lieu of, any interest payable at the Default Rate as set forth above.

 

Any accrued but unpaid interest from and after the date when due upon this Note, at the option of Lender, shall be capitalized at the end of the month when such interest is due and shall be added to the principal balance of this Note and such capitalized sum shall bear interest in accordance with the terms of this Note at the Default Rate provided for hereinabove from the date when such sum was originally due and payable hereunder.

 

Maker agrees to pay an effective rate of interest equal to the sum of the interest rate provided for in this Note and any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges of interest or in the nature of interest paid or to be paid in connection with the Loan and any other fees or amounts to be paid by Maker pursuant to any of the other Loan Documents. Neither this Note nor any of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to create a contract for the use, forbearance or detention of money requiring payment of interest at a rate greater than the maximum interest rate permitted to be charged under applicable law. If any applicable law limiting the amount of interest or other charges permitted to be collected from Maker in connection with the Loan is interpreted so that any interest or other charge provided for in any Loan Document, whether considered separately or together with other charges provided for in any other Loan Document, violates that law, and Maker is entitled to the benefit of that law, that interest or charge is hereby reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate that violation. The amounts, if any, previously paid to Lender in excess of the permitted amounts shall be applied by Lender to reduce the unpaid principal balance of this Note. For the purpose of determining whether any applicable law limiting the amount of interest or other charges permitted to be collected from Maker has been violated, all indebtedness that constitutes interest, as well as other charges made in connection with the indebtedness that constitute interest, shall be deemed to be allocated and spread ratably over the stated term of the Note. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, such allocation and spreading shall be effected in such a manner that the rate of interest so computed is uniform throughout the stated term of this Note.

 

  16
 

 

If an “Event of Default” (as defined below) be made in the performance of Maker under this Note, then the Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare the entire unpaid principal hereof and all accrued interest on this Note immediately due and payable without additional notice, demand or presentment, all of which are hereby waived, and upon such Lender hereof shall have the right to foreclosure or otherwise enforce all liens or security interest securing payment hereof, or any part hereof, and offset against this Note any sum or sums owed by the Lender to Maker. Failure of the Lender to exercise this option shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same upon the occurrence of a subsequent “Event of Default”.

 

For purposes hereof, an “Event of Default” shall mean:

 

(1)           the failure by Maker to perform any obligation to pay principal or interest when due under the Note after receipt of written notice of such failure to pay and after the expiration of a five (5) day grace period,

 

(2)           the failure by Maker or any other obligor to perform any other obligation or to pay any other sum when due under the terms of the Note, each Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) (the “Deed(s) of Trust”), the Meier Family, L.P. D/T, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S), (and/or Owner’s Consent(s) to Pledge), the Life Insurance Agreement, the Agreement, as amended, and any other Loan Document, or

 

(3)           Maker’s, SDP’s and/or SDF’s assignment for the benefit of creditors or becoming the subject of any voluntary of involuntary bankruptcy proceeding,

 

(4)           The filing of any bankruptcy proceeding, either voluntary or involuntary by or against any Guarantor of this Note as same are described in the Agreement, as amended.

 

  17
 

 

Except as otherwise provided hereinabove, Maker and each surety, guarantor endorser and other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note jointly and severally waive presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of protest and non-payment or dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, diligence in collecting, and grace, and consent to all extensions without notice for any period or periods of time and partial payments, before or after Maturity, without prejudice to the Lender. The Lender shall similarly have the right to deal in any way, at any time, with one or more of the foregoing parties without notice of any other party, and to grant any such party an extensions of time for payment of any of said indebtedness, or to release part or all of the collateral securing this Note, or to grant any other indulgences or forbearances whatsoever, without notice to any other party and without in any way affecting the personal liability of any party hereunder.

 

If the Lender expends any effort in any attempt to enforce payment of all or any part or installment of any sum, either principal and/or interest, due and the Lender, or if this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or if it is collected through any legal proceedings, Maker agrees to pay all reasonable collection costs and fees incurred by the Lender, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.

 

This Note is made and is deemed performable at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, Los Angeles County, California 91604, and Maker and each surety, guarantor, endorser and other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money on this Note, jointly and severally waive the right to be sued hereon elsewhere. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah.

 

Any check, draft, money order or other instrument given in payment of all or any portion hereof may be accepted by the Lender and handled in collection in the customary manner, but the same shall not constitute payment hereunder or diminish any rights of the Lender except to the extent that actual cash proceeds of such instruments are unconditionally received by the Lender and applied to this indebtedness in the manner elsewhere herein provided.

 

It is the intention of the parties to comply strictly with applicable usury laws of the State of Utah, if any; accordingly, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Note or in any of the documents securing the payment hereof or otherwise relating hereto, in no event shall this Note or such documents require or permit the payment, taking, reserving, receiving, collection or charging of any sums constituting interest under applicable laws which exceed the maximum amount permitted by such laws. If any such excess interest is called for, contracted for, charged, taken reserved or received in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or in any of the documents securing the payment hereof or otherwise relating hereto, or in any communication by Lender or any other person to Marker or any other person, or in the event all or part of the principal or interest hereof shall be prepaid or accelerated, so that under any of such circumstances or under any other circumstances whatsoever the amount of interest contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received on the amount of principal actually outstanding from time to time under this Note shall exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable usury laws, then in any such event it is agreed as follows: (i) the provisions of this paragraph shall govern and control, (ii) neither the Maker nor any other person or entity now or hereafter liable for the payment of this Note shall be obligated to pay the amount of interest permitted by applicable laws, (iii) any such excess which is or has been received notwithstanding this paragraph shall be credited against the then unpaid principal balance hereof or, if this Note has been or would be paid in full by such credit, refunded to Maker, and (iv) the provision of this Note and the document securing the payment hereof and otherwise relating hereto, and any communication to Maker, shall immediately be deemed reformed and such excess interest reduced, without the necessity of executing any other document, to the maximum lawful rate allowed under applicable laws as now or hereafter construed by courts having jurisdiction hereof or thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, all calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged, collected, taken, reserved, or received. The terms of this paragraph shall be deemed to be incorporated in every Loan Document, and any communication relating to this Note and the Loan.

 

  18
 

 

This Note is secured by the following, to wit:

 

1.                     Deed(s) of Trust dated August 10, 2007 from Maker and/or Philco Exploration, LLC to Barry L. Racusin, Trustee for the benefit of Lender filed of record under Uintah County Recorder No. 2007009552, over and upon various oil and gas lease(s) and/or other mineral interest(s), now owned and/or hereafter acquired in Utah (“Leases”), all as more fully described therein;

 

2.                     Deed of Trust dated August 17, 2007 from the Meier Family Limited Partnership (“Meier Family, L.P.”) to Advance(d) Title Company, Inc. as Trustee, filed of record under Uintah County Recorder No. 2007009529 (“the Meier Family, L.P. D/T”) over and upon certain real property interest described as follows, to wit:

 

A. 05-132-0134

Lot 1, ROPER'S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah together with a 25% interest in1700 East Circle Street.

 

B. 05-132-0135

Lot 2, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

C. 05-132-0136

Lot 3, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

D. 05-132-0137

Lot 4, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

  19
 

 

The Real Property or its address (subsections 1, 2, 3 and 4 above) is commonly known as 1545/1583/1586/1540 South 1700 East Circle, Vernal, Utah 84078.

 

E. Lots 15 & 16 of Brooklane Subdivision , being a part of Section 31, Township 4 South, Range 22 East, Salt Lake Meridian, being the same property as described in that certain WARRANTY DEED filed of record under Uintah County Recorder Entry No. 2007008500 (Book 1044, Page 378).

 

3. That certain Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) dated August 10, 2007 between FAM, Maker and/or Philco Exploration, LLC, as the case may be, covering the Reserve Account as required pursuant to Section 1.7 of the Agreement.

 

4. Deed(s) of Trust from Maker and/ Philco to Barry L. Racusin, Trustee over and upon various oil and gas interests in the State of Ohio in the following counties as specified, to wit:

 

A. In Ashtabula County, under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Ashtabula County Recorder No. 200700016657 on the 13 th day of December 2007.
B. In Portage County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Portage County Recorder No. 200726836 on the 13th day of December 2007.
C. In Stark County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Stark County Recorder No. 200712130064969 on the 13th day of December 2007.
D. In Muskingum County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Muskingum County Recorder No. 200700018268 on the 14th day of December 2007.
E. In Licking County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of recorded under Licking County Recorder No. 200806040012968 on the 4 th day of June 2008.

 

5. SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S) of 100 percent (100%) of the membership interest in and to:

 

A.                     Superior Drilling Products, LLC by its constituent members, Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC dated June 15, 2009; and

 

B.                     Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC (SDF) by its member, Meier Management Company, LLC dated as of the same date as this Note.

 

  20
 

 

This Note is given in reinstatement, renewal and extension of that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated June 15, 2009 from Maker to FAM in the original principal amount of $9,284,378.34 (“Prior Note”), said Prior Note being secured by various collateral including the Deed(s) of Trust hereinabove described which Deed(s) of Trust liens are hereby expressly acknowledged by Maker hereof to be valid and subsisting liens on and against the properties therein described, and is expressly agreed that the said Deed(s) of Trust liens are hereby, renewed, extended and continued in full force and effect to secure the payment of this Note. Borrower had repaid an amount equal to $2,396,286.06 of the principal balance of the Prior Note as of the date hereof, which provides for a remaining principal balance of this Note equal to $6,888,092.28.

 

This Note is dated as of the date set forth first above. In the event of a conflict between this Note and the Agreement, as amended, the terms of the Agreement, as amended, shall be deemed controlling.

 

NOTICE OF NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS DOCUMENT AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THIS LOAN OR REFERRED TO ABOVE TOGETHER CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT WHICH REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS LOAN.

 

  TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
    G. Troy Meier, President

 

  21
 

 

EXHIBIT F
 
GUARANTY
 
(see attachment)

 

  22
 

 

GUARANTY

 

IN CONSIDERATION of credit and financial accommodations extended, to be extended or continued to TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called "Borrower," by ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.). hereinafter called "Lender" and for other good and valuable considerations, I, we, and each of us have jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed and do hereby jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee to Lender, the payment and collection of each and every claim, demand, indebtedness, right or cause of action of every nature whatsoever against said Borrower now or hereafter existing, due or to become due to, or held by Lender as shown upon the accounts and business records of Lender as to all sums due and owing on that certain SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE dated January 1, 2014 (“Note”) and of that certain ACF Redemption Obligation as defined in that certain Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between Lender, Borrower and Philco Exploration, LLC, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (”First Amendment”), and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated June 15, 2009 (“Second Amendment”) and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated as of January 1, 2014 (the “Loan Agreement”), and if this Guaranty is placed with an attorney for collection or if collected by suit or through any probate, bankruptcy, or other court, to pay all court costs and reasonable attorney's fees in the amount of $50,000.00 or such other amount as the court enforcing this Guaranty finds to be reasonable, customary and necessary, which the undersigned agree is a reasonable fee, together with any and all expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing this Guaranty. This is a continuing guaranty and this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect for any and all renewals, extensions and/or modifications of the Loan Agreement until such Note and the ACF Redemption Obligation has been paid or otherwise terminated pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

 

The indebtedness of Borrower to the undersigned pursuant to the Note and/or the ACF Redemption Obligation, whether now existing or hereafter arising is hereby assigned to Lender to the extent of the amount of this Guaranty as security for the payment of all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender under the Note and the ACF Redemption Obligation.

 

The undersigned acknowledge and agree that possession of this Guaranty by Lender constitutes true and correct execution and actual and proper delivery of same to Lender and the undersigned waive notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, and waive presentment and demand for payment thereof, notice of dishonor or non-payment thereof, collection or instigation of suit or any other action by Lender in collection thereof including any notice of default in payment thereof or other notice to, or demand of payment therefore on, any party. Payment by the undersigned shall be made at the office of Lender at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, Los Angeles, California.

 

  23
 

 

Lender may, at its option, at any time without the consent of, or notice to the undersigned, without incurring responsibility to the undersigned, without impairing or releasing the obligations of the undersigned, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part, (l) change the manner, place or terms of payment or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, or alter any liability of Borrower hereby guaranteed, or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder, and the guaranty herein made shall apply to the liabilities of the Borrower, changed, extended, renewed or altered in any manner, (2) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure or securing the liabilities hereby guaranteed or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder or any offset against any said liabilities, (3) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting, and (4) settle or compromise any liabilities hereby guaranteed or hereby incurred, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part of such liabilities to the payment of any liabilities which may be due to Lender or others. Lender may, at its option, without the consent of or notice to the undersigned, apply to the payment of the liability created by this Guaranty, at any time after such liability becomes payable, any monies, property, or other assets belonging to the undersigned in the possession, care, custody and control of Lender.

 

As to each of the undersigned, this Guaranty shall continue until written notice of revocation signed by the undersigned, or until written notice of the death of such undersigned, shall have been actually delivered to Lender notwithstanding a revocation by, or the death of, or complete or partial release for any cause of, any one or more of the remainder of the undersigned, or of the Borrower or of any one liable in any manner for the liabilities (including those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and notwithstanding the dissolution, termination, or change in personnel, of any one or more of the undersigned. No revocation or termination hereof shall affect in any manner rights arising under this Guaranty with respect to liabilities arising prior to receipt of such written notice and the sole effect of revocation or termination shall be to exclude from this Guaranty liabilities thereafter arising which are unconnected with liabilities theretofore existing or transactions theretofore entered into.

 

The undersigned, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder and the term "undersigned" shall mean the undersigned or any one or more of them. Any party signing this Guaranty shall be bound hereby, whether or not any other party signs this Guaranty or is released therefrom at any time.

 

This Guaranty shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Lender and the undersigned. This Guaranty in the possession of the Lender will be presumed that same has been executed and delivered by each of the undersigned for a valuable consideration.

 

  24
 

 

This Guaranty may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity.

 

WITNESS our hands at Vernal, Utah, on this the _____ day of December, 2013 to be effective on January 1, 2014.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC on this the ____ day of December, 2013 .

 

   
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: __________

 

  SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette Meier
     Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC on this the ____ day of December, 2013 .

 

   
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: __________

 

  25

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.44  

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Salt Lake City, Utah

 

$6,888,092.28 January 1, 2014

 

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, (“Maker”) for value received, promises and agrees to pay to the order of ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (“ACF”) (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C. ) (“FAM”)) or Assigns (herein called “Lender” which term shall herein in every instance refer to the owner or holder of this Note), at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, California 91604, or at such other place as Lender may hereafter designate in writing, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of SIX MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND NINETY TWO AND 28/100 DOLLARS ($6,888,092.28) (the “Loan”), or so much thereof as may be outstanding from time to time under the terms and limitations of the Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between FAM, Maker and Philco Exploration, LLC, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (“First Amendment”); and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated June 15, 2009 (“Second Amendment”); and as further amended by the Third Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December __, 2013 (the “Third Amendment”) (collectively, the “Agreement”), together with interest accruing during the term hereof on the principal balance from time to time outstanding until paid, at an annual rate of eleven percent (11%) per annum. All defined terms contained herein shall have the same meaning as contained in the Agreement except where otherwise specifically provided herein. Interest shall be calculated on the average daily outstanding principal balance. Upon Maturity (defined hereinbelow) or upon an Event of Default (defined hereinbelow) by Maker, the principal balance hereof and all accrued but unpaid interest shall bear interest at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum (“Default Rate”).

 

From and after the date hereof, the outstanding principal balance of this Note and the Loan described in the Agreement is and shall be a fixed term loan and no further advances will be made under the terms of this Note or under the terms of the Agreement, provided however additional sums may be added to the principal balance of this Note, from time to time, as provided for hereinbelow.

 

The principal of this Note has been fully advanced to the Maker hereof prior to the date hereof.

 

Maker shall pay accrued interest at the rate specified hereinabove and calculated as specified hereinabove monthly, in arrears, commencing on the first (1 st ) day of the month after the date of this Note and continuing regularly thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each succeeding month until Maturity.

 

 
 

 

Maker shall repay the outstanding principal balance due (together with accrued interest thereon) under this Note as follows,

 

(1) Monthly payments of principal and accrued interest in the amount of $83,150.85 commencing on February 1, 2014 and on the first day of each succeeding month thereafter until the Note is fully repaid (“Monthly Payments”).

 

(2) For such time as this Note remains unpaid, quarterly payments (i) on or before April 30 for the time period of January 1 through March 31; (ii) on or before July 31 for the time period of April 1 through June 30; (iii) on or before October 31 for the time period of July 1 through September 30; and (iv) on or before January 31 of the following year for the time period of October 1 through December 31 (commencing 2014 and thereafter), equal to 33% of the Free Cash Flow (as defined below) less the amount of Monthly Payments during such time period; provided, however, if such number is negative, then no payment shall be due for such time period under this provision. Whether or not any payments are due under this provision, Maker shall provide an accounting of the calculation thereof on or before the last date of the succeeding month.

 

(3) All remaining principal and accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on June 30, 2014 (the “Initial Maturity Date”) except to the extent such Initial Maturity Date is extended as per the provisions set forth hereinbelow.

 

(4) If at the end of each Extension year as per the provisions set forth hereinbelow, Maker has not reduced the principal balance of this Note by at least $500,000.00, Maker shall make an additional payment equal to $500,000.00 less the difference between such current Extension year’s beginning and ending principal balance by January 15 following the end of such Extension year.

 

(5) If Borrower fully repays all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due under this Note on or before December 31, 2014, then Borrower also shall pay Lender an additional amount of one percent (1%) of the outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2014 unless Borrower has timely paid the First Extension fee as set forth below in which instance the 1% Additional Payment Fee is waived. If Borrower does not fully repay the Note until sometime between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015, Borrower also shall pay Lender two percent (2%) of the then outstanding principal balance of the Note as of January 1, 2015 unless Borrower has timely paid both the Second Extension Fee and the Third Extension Fee as set forth below in which instance the 2% Additional Payment Fee is waived. All of such payments shall be referred to herein as the “Additional Payment Fees”.

 

All payments made by Borrower shall be applied in the following order:

 

(1) All outstanding fees and expenses due under this Note, the Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

- 2 -
 

 

(2) All accrued and unpaid interest; and

 

(3) All outstanding and unpaid principal on the Note.

 

The principal balance of his Note, all accrued but unpaid interest, and all other amounts due under this Note, including the Additional Payment Fees (collectively the Indebtedness”), may be prepaid at any time from and after the date of this Note, either in whole or in part, without penalty. Further, Maker shall apply any proceeds received, directly or indirectly, by Maker or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or shareholders to the principal balance due under this Note, up to full repayment of the Indebtedness from (i) the sale of any assets of Maker, Philco or any other subsidiary (including Tronco Ohio, LLC) and/or (ii) the consummation of that certain initial public offering whereby a portion of Superior Drilling Products, LLC’s (or any other affiliate of Superior Drilling Products, LLC) (collectively the “Corporation”) consummates an initial public offering, whereby its securities are publicly registered on a recognized United States national securities exchange and sold to various Persons in an amount of $25,000,000 or more (the “IPO”). For the purposes hereof, any prepayments upon the Indebtedness shall be applied in the manner and order as provided for in Section 2.4 of the Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Third Amendment, Maker is entitled to extend the Initial Maturity Date of this Note by up to three (3) additional six (6) month periods (each an “Extension”) beginning on the Initial Maturity Date upon Maker’s giving written notice to Lender of at least thirty (30) days prior to the date of each Extension as follows:

 

(a) if Maker elects to so extend the Initial Maturity Date (“First Extension”) of this Note to December 31, 2014 and gives Lender written notice thereof on or before June 1, 2014, the payment by Maker to Lender for such First Extension shall be equal to 1.5% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of June 15, 2014, with payment of said 1.5% fee to be paid on or before July 1, 2014;

 

(b) if Maker elects to extend the Maturity Date of this Note for a second additional six (6) month period to June 30, 2015 (“Second Extension”) and gives Lender written notice thereof by December 1, 2014, the payment by Maker to Lender for such Second Extension shall be equal to 2% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of December 15, 2014, with payment of said 2% fee to be paid on or before January 25, 2015; and

 

(c) if Maker elects to extend the Maturity Date of this Note for a third additional six (6) month period to December 31, 2015 (“Third Extension”) and gives Lender written notice thereof by June 1, 2015, the payment by Maker to Lender for such Third Extension shall be equal to 2.5% of the then outstanding principal balance due upon this Note as of June 15, 2015, with payment of said 2.5% fee to be paid on or before July 1, 2015.

 

All of the foregoing Extension payments shall be hereinafter referred to as “Extension Fees”.

 

- 3 -
 

 

The rights of Maker herein to so extend shall be only exercisable by Maker in the event Maker is not otherwise in default under the terms of this Note, any Loan Document or of the Agreement at the time such written notice to extend is given.

 

The term “EBITDA” shall mean the combined earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization of Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC calculated in accordance with the United States GAAP.

 

The term “Free Cash Flow” as defined herein shall mean 33% of the combined quarterly EBITDA of Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design and Fabrications, LLC.

 

The term “Maturity” or “Maturity Date” of the Note shall be the date upon which each permitted Extension ends if Maker chooses not to elect to extend for the permitted additional six (6) month period according to the terms provided hereinabove or the date upon which the last permitted Extension ends.

 

TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE IN REGARDS TO MAKER’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.

 

Notwithstanding the above, Lender reserves the right hereunder to declare this Note due and payable in full at any time prior to Maturity if Maker or the Corporation consummates an IPO. In such event, the Indebtedness shall be immediately due and payable no later than two (2) business days after the date that Maker or the Corporation, as the case may be, receives funding from such IPO.

 

Additionally, and not in lieu of the above, the Indebtedness shall become immediately due and payable , in the event any shareholder of Maker, SDP and/or SDF owning 10% or more of the outstanding common stock of Maker, SDP and/or SDF (other than the Lender) sells, transfers and/or conveys any shares of the common stock of Maker, SDP and/or SDF) held in the name of such shareholder, either directly or indirectly, to a third party person (not already an existing shareholder of Maker, SDP and/or SDF, or an affiliate thereof or not directly or indirectly owned by Troy Meier and/or Annette Meier), unless the Maker, SDP and/or SDF has obtained the prior written consent of the Lender to such proposed transaction.

 

If a payment on this Note shall become due on a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday under the laws of the State of California on which day Lender is not open for business, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding business day of Lender, unless the effect of such extension would be to carry the payment over to the next calendar month, in which case such payment shall be due on the preceding business day of Lender, and such extension or reduction of time shall in such case be included in computing interest in connection with such payment. All sums required to paid hereunder shall be applied first to any sums expended by Lender to preserve or protect the collateral securing this Note (including advances, if any, made to pay the taxes thereon), then to any reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Lender in enforcing the provision of this Note or any document securing same, if any, then to accrued interest and then to principal, except that Maker may prepay any principal amount prior to its due date. Provided however, if at any time Lender receives, from Maker or otherwise, any amount applicable to the Loan which is less than all amounts due and payable at such time, Lender may apply that payment to amounts then due and payable in any manner and in any order determined by Lender, in Lender’s discretion. Maker agrees that neither Lender’s acceptance of a payment from Maker in an amount that is less than all amounts then due and payable nor Lender’s application of such payment shall constitute or be deemed to constitute either a waiver of the unpaid amounts or an accord and satisfaction.

 

- 4 -
 

 

To the extent permitted by applicable law, if any monthly installment due hereunder is not received by Lender on or before the 5 th day of each month or if any other amount payable under this Note, the Deed(s) of Trust or any other Loan Document is not received by Lender within 5 days after the date such amount is due, counting from and including the date such amount is due, Maker shall pay to Lender, immediately and without demand by Lender, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such monthly installment or other amount due. Maker acknowledges that its failure to make timely payments will cause Lender to incur additional expenses in servicing and processing the Loan evidenced by this Note, and that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine those additional expenses. Maker agrees that the late charge payable pursuant to this Paragraph represents a fair and reasonable estimate, taking into account all circumstances existing on the date of this Note, of the additional expenses Lender will incur by reason of such late payment. The late charge is payable in addition to, and not in lieu of, any interest payable at the Default Rate as set forth above.

 

Any accrued but unpaid interest from and after the date when due upon this Note, at the option of Lender, shall be capitalized at the end of the month when such interest is due and shall be added to the principal balance of this Note and such capitalized sum shall bear interest in accordance with the terms of this Note at the Default Rate provided for hereinabove from the date when such sum was originally due and payable hereunder.

 

Maker agrees to pay an effective rate of interest equal to the sum of the interest rate provided for in this Note and any additional rate of interest resulting from any other charges of interest or in the nature of interest paid or to be paid in connection with the Loan and any other fees or amounts to be paid by Maker pursuant to any of the other Loan Documents. Neither this Note nor any of the other Loan Documents shall be construed to create a contract for the use, forbearance or detention of money requiring payment of interest at a rate greater than the maximum interest rate permitted to be charged under applicable law. If any applicable law limiting the amount of interest or other charges permitted to be collected from Maker in connection with the Loan is interpreted so that any interest or other charge provided for in any Loan Document, whether considered separately or together with other charges provided for in any other Loan Document, violates that law, and Maker is entitled to the benefit of that law, that interest or charge is hereby reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate that violation. The amounts, if any, previously paid to Lender in excess of the permitted amounts shall be applied by Lender to reduce the unpaid principal balance of this Note. For the purpose of determining whether any applicable law limiting the amount of interest or other charges permitted to be collected from Maker has been violated, all indebtedness that constitutes interest, as well as other charges made in connection with the indebtedness that constitute interest, shall be deemed to be allocated and spread ratably over the stated term of the Note. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, such allocation and spreading shall be effected in such a manner that the rate of interest so computed is uniform throughout the stated term of this Note.

 

- 5 -
 

 

If an “Event of Default” (as defined below) be made in the performance of Maker under this Note, then the Lender may, at Lender’s option, declare the entire unpaid principal hereof and all accrued interest on this Note immediately due and payable without additional notice, demand or presentment, all of which are hereby waived, and upon such Lender hereof shall have the right to foreclosure or otherwise enforce all liens or security interest securing payment hereof, or any part hereof, and offset against this Note any sum or sums owed by the Lender to Maker. Failure of the Lender to exercise this option shall not constitute a waiver of the right to exercise the same upon the occurrence of a subsequent “Event of Default”.

 

For purposes hereof, an “Event of Default” shall mean:

 

(1) the failure by Maker to perform any obligation to pay principal or interest when due under the Note after receipt of written notice of such failure to pay and after the expiration of a five (5) day grace period,

 

(2) the failure by Maker or any other obligor to perform any other obligation or to pay any other sum when due under the terms of the Note, each Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) (the “Deed(s) of Trust”), the Meier Family, L.P. D/T, the Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s), the Debenture(s), the SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S), (and/or Owner’s Consent(s) to Pledge), the Life Insurance Agreement, the Agreement, as amended, and any other Loan Document, or

 

(3) Maker’s, SDP’s and/or SDF’s assignment for the benefit of creditors or becoming the subject of any voluntary of involuntary bankruptcy proceeding,

 

(4) The filing of any bankruptcy proceeding, either voluntary or involuntary by or against any Guarantor of this Note as same are described in the Agreement, as amended.

 

Except as otherwise provided hereinabove, Maker and each surety, guarantor endorser and other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money payable on this Note jointly and severally waive presentment and demand for payment, protest, notice of protest and non-payment or dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, diligence in collecting, and grace, and consent to all extensions without notice for any period or periods of time and partial payments, before or after Maturity, without prejudice to the Lender. The Lender shall similarly have the right to deal in any way, at any time, with one or more of the foregoing parties without notice of any other party, and to grant any such party an extensions of time for payment of any of said indebtedness, or to release part or all of the collateral securing this Note, or to grant any other indulgences or forbearances whatsoever, without notice to any other party and without in any way affecting the personal liability of any party hereunder.

 


- 6 -
 

 

If the Lender expends any effort in any attempt to enforce payment of all or any part or installment of any sum, either principal and/or interest, due and the Lender, or if this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection, or if it is collected through any legal proceedings, Maker agrees to pay all reasonable collection costs and fees incurred by the Lender, including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses.

 

This Note is made and is deemed performable at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, Los Angeles County, California 91604, and Maker and each surety, guarantor, endorser and other party ever liable for payment of any sums of money on this Note, jointly and severally waive the right to be sued hereon elsewhere. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah.

 

Any check, draft, money order or other instrument given in payment of all or any portion hereof may be accepted by the Lender and handled in collection in the customary manner, but the same shall not constitute payment hereunder or diminish any rights of the Lender except to the extent that actual cash proceeds of such instruments are unconditionally received by the Lender and applied to this indebtedness in the manner elsewhere herein provided.

 

It is the intention of the parties to comply strictly with applicable usury laws of the State of Utah, if any; accordingly, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Note or in any of the documents securing the payment hereof or otherwise relating hereto, in no event shall this Note or such documents require or permit the payment, taking, reserving, receiving, collection or charging of any sums constituting interest under applicable laws which exceed the maximum amount permitted by such laws. If any such excess interest is called for, contracted for, charged, taken reserved or received in connection with the loan evidenced by this Note or in any of the documents securing the payment hereof or otherwise relating hereto, or in any communication by Lender or any other person to Marker or any other person, or in the event all or part of the principal or interest hereof shall be prepaid or accelerated, so that under any of such circumstances or under any other circumstances whatsoever the amount of interest contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received on the amount of principal actually outstanding from time to time under this Note shall exceed the maximum amount of interest permitted by applicable usury laws, then in any such event it is agreed as follows: (i) the provisions of this paragraph shall govern and control, (ii) neither the Maker nor any other person or entity now or hereafter liable for the payment of this Note shall be obligated to pay the amount of interest permitted by applicable laws, (iii) any such excess which is or has been received notwithstanding this paragraph shall be credited against the then unpaid principal balance hereof or, if this Note has been or would be paid in full by such credit, refunded to Maker, and (iv) the provision of this Note and the document securing the payment hereof and otherwise relating hereto, and any communication to Maker, shall immediately be deemed reformed and such excess interest reduced, without the necessity of executing any other document, to the maximum lawful rate allowed under applicable laws as now or hereafter construed by courts having jurisdiction hereof or thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, all calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged, collected, taken, reserved, or received. The terms of this paragraph shall be deemed to be incorporated in every Loan Document, and any communication relating to this Note and the Loan.

 

- 7 -
 

 

This Note is secured by the following, to wit:

 

1. Deed(s) of Trust dated August 10, 2007 from Maker and/or Philco Exploration, LLC to Barry L. Racusin, Trustee for the benefit of Lender filed of record under Uintah County Recorder No. 2007009552, over and upon various oil and gas lease(s) and/or other mineral interest(s), now owned and/or hereafter acquired in Utah (“Leases”), all as more fully described therein;

 

2. Deed of Trust dated August 17, 2007 from the Meier Family Limited Partnership (“Meier Family, L.P.”) to Advance(d) Title Company, Inc. as Trustee, filed of record under Uintah County Recorder No. 2007009529 (“the Meier Family, L.P. D/T”) over and upon certain real property interest described as follows, to wit:

 

A. 05-132-0134

Lot 1, ROPER'S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah together with a 25% interest in1700 East Circle Street.

 

B. 05-132-0135

Lot 2, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

C. 05-132-0136

Lot 3, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

D. 05-132-0137

Lot 4, ROPER’S INDUSTRIAL PARK, a Planned Unit Development, according to the official plat thereof on file in the office of the Recorder, Uintah County, Utah Together with a 25% interest 1700 East Circle Street.

 

The Real Property or its address (subsections 1, 2, 3 and 4 above) is commonly known as 1545/1583/1586/1540 South 1700 East Circle, Vernal, Utah 84078.

 

E. Lots 15 & 16 of Brooklane Subdivision , being a part of Section 31, Township 4 South, Range 22 East, Salt Lake Meridian, being the same property as described in that certain WARRANTY DEED filed of record under Uintah County Recorder Entry No. 2007008500 (Book 1044, Page 378).

 

- 8 -
 

 

3. That certain Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement(s) dated August 10, 2007 between FAM, Maker and/or Philco Exploration, LLC, as the case may be, covering the Reserve Account as required pursuant to Section 1.7 of the Agreement.

 

4. Deed(s) of Trust from Maker and/ Philco to Barry L. Racusin, Trustee over and upon various oil and gas interests in the State of Ohio in the following counties as specified, to wit:

 

A. In Ashtabula County, under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Ashtabula County Recorder No. 200700016657 on the 13 th day of December 2007.
B. In Portage County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Portage County Recorder No. 200726836 on the 13th day of December 2007.
C. In Stark County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Stark County Recorder No. 200712130064969 on the 13th day of December 2007.
D. In Muskingum County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of record under Muskingum County Recorder No. 200700018268 on the 14th day of December 2007.
E. In Licking County under that certain Deed of Trust filed of recorded under Licking County Recorder No. 200806040012968 on the 4 th day of June 2008.

 

5. SECURITY AGREEMENT-PLEDGE(S) of 100 percent (100%) of the membership interest in and to:

 

A. Superior Drilling Products, LLC by its constituent members, Meier Management Company, LLC and Meier Family Holding Company, LLC dated June 15, 2009; and

 

B. Superior Design and Fabrication, LLC (SDF) by its member, Meier Management Company, LLC dated as of the same date as this Note.

 

This Note is given in reinstatement, renewal and extension of that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated June 15, 2009 from Maker to FAM in the original principal amount of $9,284,378.34 (“Prior Note”), said Prior Note being secured by various collateral including the Deed(s) of Trust hereinabove described which Deed(s) of Trust liens are hereby expressly acknowledged by Maker hereof to be valid and subsisting liens on and against the properties therein described, and is expressly agreed that the said Deed(s) of Trust liens are hereby, renewed, extended and continued in full force and effect to secure the payment of this Note. Borrower had repaid an amount equal to $2,396,286.06 of the principal balance of the Prior Note as of the date hereof, which provides for a remaining principal balance of this Note equal to $6,888,092.28.

 

- 9 -
 

 

This Note is dated as of the date set forth first above. In the event of a conflict between this Note and the Agreement, as amended, the terms of the Agreement, as amended, shall be deemed controlling.

 

NOTICE OF NO ORAL AGREEMENTS . THIS DOCUMENT AND ALL OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THIS LOAN OR REFERRED TO ABOVE TOGETHER CONSTITUTE A WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT WHICH REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS LOAN.

 

  TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Troy Meier
    G. Troy Meier, President

 

- 10 -

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.45

 

OWNER'S CONSENT TO PLEDGE

 

  Vernal, Utah
   
  June 15, 2009

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

P.O. Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92658

 

Gentlemen:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and for the purpose of enabling TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called "Debtor") to obtain credit or other financial accommodations from you, including the renewal, extension and/or modification of existing debt obligation(s), the undersigned hereby authorizes Debtor to hypothecate, pledge and deliver to you the property of the undersigned described below (hereinafter called the "Collateral"). The undersigned agrees that when so hypothecated, pledged and delivered the Collateral shall be collateral to secure all liabilities of Debtor to you, howsoever created, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct or indirect, whether absolute or contingent and whether due or to become due (such liabilities being hereinafter called the "Indebtedness"), hereby consenting to the extension, renewal and/or modification from time to time of such Indebtedness.

 

The undersigned agrees that the Collateral shall be subject to disposition in accordance with the terms and conditions of Debtor's promissory note(s)and/or Security Agreement(s) for your benefit or to you.

 

No renewal or extension of the time of payment of the Indebtedness, no release or surrender of any security for the Indebtedness, no release of any person or entity primarily or secondarily liable on the Indebtedness (including any maker, endorser, or guarantor), no delay in enforcement of payment of the Indebtedness and no delay or omission in exercising any right or power with respect to the Indebtedness or this Owner's Consent to Pledge shall in any manner impair or affect your rights hereunder. The undersigned waives notice of the creation, existence, extension and renewal of Indebtedness.

 

Further, this letter constitutes the appointment of TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as the lawful Attorney and Agent in Fact for the undersigned to execute any and all documents necessary to effect the pledge of the Collateral as hereinbelow described to you, either in its own name as Debtor or in the name of the undersigned, for all purposes.

 

COLLATERAL:

 

Five percent (5%) of Member’s Interest in and to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, in the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC.

 

  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
   
  /s/ Annette D. Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 
 

 

OWNER'S CONSENT TO PLEDGE

 

  Vernal, Utah
   
  June 15, 2009

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

P.O. Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92658

 

Gentlemen:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and for the purpose of enabling TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called "Debtor") to obtain credit or other financial accommodations from you, including the renewal, extension and/or modification of existing debt obligation(s), the undersigned hereby authorizes Debtor to hypothecate, pledge and deliver to you the property of the undersigned described below (hereinafter called the "Collateral"). The undersigned agrees that when so hypothecated, pledged and delivered the Collateral shall be collateral to secure all liabilities of Debtor to you, howsoever created, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct or indirect, whether absolute or contingent and whether due or to become due (such liabilities being hereinafter called the "Indebtedness"), hereby consenting to the extension, renewal and/or modification from time to time of such Indebtedness.

 

The undersigned agrees that the Collateral shall be subject to disposition in accordance with the terms and conditions of Debtor's promissory note(s)and/or Security Agreement(s) for your benefit or to you.

 

No renewal or extension of the time of payment of the Indebtedness, no release or surrender of any security for the Indebtedness, no release of any person or entity primarily or secondarily liable on the Indebtedness (including any maker, endorser, or guarantor), no delay in enforcement of payment of the Indebtedness and no delay or omission in exercising any right or power with respect to the Indebtedness or this Owner’s Consent to Pledge shall in any manner impair or affect your rights hereunder. The undersigned waives notice of the creation, existence, extension and renewal of Indebtedness.

 

Further, this letter constitutes the appointment of TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as the lawful Attorney and Agent in Fact for the undersigned to execute any and all documents necessary to effect the pledge of the Collateral as hereinbelow described to you, either in its own name as Debtor or in the name of the undersigned, for all purposes.

 

COLLATERAL:

 

Ninety five percent (95%) of Member’s Interest in and to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limi ted liability company, in the name of MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC.

 

  MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC
   
  /s/ Annette D. Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 
 

  

SECURITY AGREEMENT—PLEDGE

 

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION,   1583 South 1700 East
(NAME)   (NO. AND STREET)

 

Vernal Uintah Utah 84078, hereinafter called “Debtor(s),”
and      
(CITY) (COUNTY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

 

ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. , C/O 1300 BRISTOL AVENUE
(NAME) (NO. AND STREET)

 

NEWPORT BEACH ORANGE CALIFORNIA 92658, hereinafter called “Secured
Party,”      
(CITY) (COUNTY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

 

and from whom information concerning this security interest may be obtained at the address shown above, agree as follows:

 

Debtor(s) hereby grant(s) to Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral described in this Security Agreement to secure performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party of whatever kind and whenever created and incurred (or if specified herein, the following, to wit:)

 

$9,284,378,34 Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated June 15, 2009 (“Note”) from TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Maker to ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. as Payee (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC), and all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof, pursuant to that, certain LOAN AGREEMENT (“Loan Agreement”) dated August 10, 2007, as amended, by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as “Borrower”, PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC as “Philco” and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC as “Lender”.

 

The Collateral of this Security Agreement is Member’s Interest(s) in a limited liability company (uncertificated security) of the following description:

 

The ninety-five percent (95%) of the Member’s Interest in the name of MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC (“Owner”) in SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC a Utah limited liability company, now owned or hereinafter acquired;

 

deposited with Secured Party contemporaneously with the execution of this Security Agreement (if applicable), and all other property previously, presently or in the future deposited with Secured Party (if applicable). Collateral includes, without limitation, all money and property this day delivered to and deposited with Secured Party (if applicable), and all money and property heretofore delivered or which shall hereafter be delivered to or come into the possession, custody, or control of Secured Party (if applicable) in any manner or for any purpose, whatever during the existence of this Security Agreement, and whether held in a general or special account, or deposited for safekeeping or otherwise, together with any stock rights, member’s interest(s) acquisition rights, rights to subscribe, preemptive rights, liquidating dividends, stock dividends (if applicable), dividends paid in stock (if applicable), new securities, or other property which Debtor(s) and/or Owner may hereafter become entitled to receive on account of such securities or other property, and in the event Debtor(s) and/or Owner receive(s) any such property, Debtor(s) and/or Owner, as the case may be, will immediately deliver same to Secured Party to be held by Secured Party in the same manner as the property originally deposited as Collateral (if applicable). The Collateral of this Security Agreement also includes the proceeds of any and all property described above.

 

Debtor(s) shall pay to the Secured Party any sum or sums due or which may become due pursuant to the Note any other promissory note or notes now or hereafter executed by Debtor(s) to evidence Debtor’s(s’) indebtedness to Secured Party, in accordance with the terms of the Note or any other promissory note or notes and the terms of this Security Agreement. Debtor(s) shall pay to Secured Party on demand all expenses and expenditures, including reasonable attorneys’s fees and other legal expenses incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising or protecting its interests, rights, and remedies under this Security Agreement, plus interest thereon at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum. Debtor(s) shall pay immediately, without notice, the entire unpaid indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party, whether created or incurred pursuant to this Security Agreement or otherwise, upon Debtor’s(s’) default under this Security Agreement.

 

Debtor(s) represent(s), warrant(s), and agree(s) that:

 

(1) All financial or credit statements and Collateral deposited with or relied upon by Secured Party prior to, contemporaneously with, or subsequent to execution of this Security Agreement are or will be true, correct, complete, valid, and genuine in all material respects.

 

(2) All investment securities, including uncertificated securities, instruments, chattel paper, and any like property delivered to Secured Party as Collateral: (a) are genuine, free from adverse claims, or other security interests, default, prepayment, or defenses; (b) all persons appearing to be obligated thereon have authority and capacity to contract and are

 

 
 

  

(6) Secured Party shall not be responsible in any way for any depreciation in the value of the Collateral, nor shall any duty or responsibility whatsoever rest upon Secured Party to take necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to enforce collection of the Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise, the sole duty of the Secured Party, its successors, and assigns, being to receive collections, remittances, and payments on such Collateral as, if and when made and received by Secured Party, and at Secured Party’s option, applying the amount or amounts so received, after deduction of any collection costs incurred, as payment upon any indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Security Agreement, or holding the same for the account and order of Debtor(s).

 

(7) Debtor(s) and/or Owner shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, liens, and assessments against the Collateral, unless Debtor(s) and/or Owner has a bonafide good faith dispute with respect thereto, and contests same in good faith in accordance with applicable law, and upon Debtor’s(s’) and/or Owner’s failure to do so, Secured Party at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement and shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor(s) immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

 

Debtor(s) shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions (herein called an “Event of Default”):

 

(1) Debtor’s(s’) failure to pay when due any indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement, either principal or interest, after expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement: or

 

(2) Default by Debtor(s) in the punctual performance of any of the obligations, covenants, terms, or provisions contained or referred to in this Security Agreement or in the Note or any other promissory note secured hereby; after the expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement; or

 

(3) Any warranty, representation, or statement contained in this Security Agreement or made or furnished to Secured Party by or on behalf of Debtor(s) in connection with this Security Agreement or to induce Secured Party to make, extend, renew and/or modify a loan to Debtor(s) prove(s) to have been false in any respect when made or furnished; or

 

(4) The making of any levy on or seizure or attachment of any of the Collateral; or

 

(5) Debtor’s(s’) death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of Debtor(s); an assignment for the benefit of creditors by Debtor(s); commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Debtor(s) or any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s); or

 

(6) Any statement of the financial condition of Debtor(s) or of any guarantor, surety, or endorser of any liability of Debtor(s) to Secured Party submitted to Secured Party by Debtor(s) or by any such guarantor, surety, or endorser proves to be false; or

 

(7) Any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s) defaults in any obligation or liability to Secured Party,

 

This Security Agreement, Secured Party’s rights hereunder, or the indebtedness hereby secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any such case, the Assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, and remedies granted in this Security Agreement to Secured Party, and Debtor(s) will assert no claims or defenses it may have against the Secured Party under this Security Agreement against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement. Secured Party may at any time transfer the Collateral to itself or its nominee as Pledgee, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, receive income, including money, thereon and hold the income as Collateral or apply the income to any of Debtor’s(s’) indebtedness to Secured Party, the manner and distribution of the application to be in the sole discretion of Secured Party. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Secured Party may delay exercising or omit to exercise any right or remedy under this Security Agreement without waiving that or any other past, present, of future right or remedy, except in writing signed by Secured Party.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of if Secured Party deems payment of Debtor’s(s’) obligations to Secured Party to be insecure, and at any time thereafter:

 

(1) Secured Party may declare all obligations secured hereby immediately due and payable;

 

(2) Secured Party shall have, then or at any time thereafter, the rights and remedies provided in the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of Utah at the date of execution of this Security Agreement; and

   

(3) In addition to the rights and remedies referred to above, Secured Party may in its discretion, sell, assign, and deliver all or any part of the Collateral at any Broker’s Board or at public or private sale without notice or advertisement and bid and become purchaser at any public sale or at any Broker’s Board. If notice to Debtor(s) is/are required by the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah of public or private sale of Collateral, Secured Party may give written notice to Debtor(s) five (5) days prior to the date of public sale of the Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Collateral will be made, by mailing such notice to Debtor(s) at the address designated at the beginning of this Security

 

 
 

 

members as the case may be, and then and there to vote in its name, stead, and behalf any and all shares of the capital stock and/or Member(s) Interest, now or which may, so long as this Security Agreement is in effect, be owned and held by it or stand in its name on the books of said corporation and/or company including any and all additional shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest which may hereafter be created by reason of stock dividends, split ups, reorganization, mergers, or recapitalization, and in and to which the said Secured Party shall have a security interest at all such meetings of the shareholders and/or members, as the case may be, whether regular or special, as fully and with like effect as it could if personally present and voting at said shareholders’ meetings and/or members meetings, as the case may be, and to make, execute, and enter into, in its stead and behalf as a shareholder in such corporation and/or member in such company, as the case may be, any and all consents, certificates, or other documents, including but not limited to any such consent, certificate, or other document relating to merger with other corporations, companies, re-organizations or other change in the corporate structure; this proxy is coupled with an interest in that the shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, subject hereto are now subject to a security interest in favor of the Secured Party to secure the indebtedness of the Debtor(s) to the Secured Party, as set forth in this Security Agreement. The proxy here granted shall be and remain exclusive and irrevocable so long as the undersigned Debtor(s) remains indebted to the Secured Party under this Security Agreement and shall be binding upon the undersigned Debtor(s) and the Owner, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, as the case may be. Secured Party shall have full power of substitution hereunder, and any party designated by Secured Party as its substitute shall be entitled to exercise all powers herein granted with respect to any and all shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, mentioned or referred to in the Security Agreement

 

EXECUTED this 15 of June, 2009.

 

SECURED PARTY:   DEBTOR:
     
ACP PROPERTY MANAGEMENT INC.   TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
     
BY: /s/ ALAN C. FOX   BY: /s/ G. TROY MEIER
  ALAN C. FOX, President     G. TROY MEIER, President

 

The undersigned on behalf of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC hereby acknowledges the pledge of the Member(s) Interest (“Pledge”) as described above in the name of MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC, and shall record on the books and records of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC such Pledge, and shall not allow the transfer of such Member(s) Interest from the name of MEIER FAMILY HOLDING COMPANY, LLC to any other person, party or entity without the prior written consent and agreement of the Secured Party, until such time as the Secured Party has delivered its written release of the Pledge of such Member(s) Interest to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
   
  BY: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.46

To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT—PLEDGE

 

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, 1583 South 1700 East Vernal, Uintah, Utah 84078, hereinafter called "Debtor(s),” ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., c/o 1300 Bristol Avenue, Newport Beach, Orange, California 92658, hereinafter called "Secured Party," and from whom information concerning this security interest may be obtained at the address shown above, agree as follows:

 

Debtor(s) hereby grant(s) to Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral described in this Security Agreement to secure performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party of whatever kind and whenever created and incurred (or if specified herein, the following, to wit:)

 

$6,888,092.28 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE dated December 18, 2013, effective January 1, 2014 (“Note”) from TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Maker to ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. as Payee (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC), and all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof (being in renewal, extension, and modification of that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note in the initial principal amount of $9,284,378.34, dated June 15, 2007), and pursuant to that certain LOAN AGREEMENT dated August 10, 2007, by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as “Borrower”, PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC as “Philco” and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC as “Lender” as amended, on December 10, 2007, June 15, 2009 and December 18, 2013 (collectively “Loan Agreement”).

 

The Collateral of this Security Agreement is Member’s Interest(s) in a limited liability company (uncertificated security) of the following description:

 

The one hundred percent (100%) of the Member’s Interest in the name of SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation (“Owner”) in SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, now owned or hereinafter acquired;

 

deposited with Secured Party contemporaneously with the execution of this Security Agreement (if applicable), and all other property previously, presently or in the future deposited with Secured Party (if applicable). Collateral includes, without limitation, all money and property this day delivered to and deposited with Secured Party (if applicable), and all money and property heretofore delivered or which shall hereafter be delivered to or come into the possession, custody, or control of Secured Party (if applicable)in any manner or for any purpose, whatever during the existence of this Security Agreement, and whether held in a general or special account, or deposited for safekeeping or otherwise, together with any stock rights, member’s interest(s) acquisition rights, rights to subscribe, preemptive rights, liquidating dividends, stock dividends (if applicable), dividends paid in stock (if applicable), new securities, or other property which Debtor(s) and/or Owner may hereafter become entitled to receive on account of such securities or other property, and in the event Debtor(s) and/or Owner receive(s) any such property, Debtor(s) and/or Owner, as the case may be, will immediately deliver same to Secured Party to be held by Secured Party in the same manner as the property originally deposited as Collateral(if applicable). The Collateral of this Security Agreement also includes the proceeds of any and all property described above.

 

Debtor(s) shall pay to the Secured Party any sum or sums due or which may become due pursuant to the Note any other promissory note or notes now or hereafter executed by Debtor(s) to evidence Debtor's(s') indebtedness to Secured Party, in accordance with the terms of the Note or any other promissory note or notes and the terms of this Security Agreement. Debtor(s) shall pay to Secured Party on demand all expenses and expenditures, including reasonable attorneys' fees and other legal expenses incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising or protecting its interests, rights, and remedies under this Security Agreement, plus interest thereon at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum. Debtor(s) shall pay immediately, without notice, the entire unpaid indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party, whether created or incurred pursuant to this Security Agreement or otherwise, upon Debtor's(s') default under this Security Agreement.

 

Debtor(s) represent(s), warrant(s), and agree(s) that:

 

(1) All financial or credit statements and Collateral deposited with or relied upon by Secured Party prior to, contemporaneously with, or subsequent to execution of this Security Agreement are or will be true, correct, complete, valid, and genuine in all material respects.

 

(2) All investment securities, including uncertificated securities, instruments, chattel paper, and any like property delivered to Secured Party as Collateral: (a) are genuine, free from adverse claims, or other security interests, default, prepayment, or defenses; (b) all persons appearing to be obligated thereon have authority and capacity to contract and are bound thereon as they appear to be from the face thereof; and (c) the same comply with applicable laws concerning form, content, and manner of preparation and execution.

 

(3) Debtor(s) either own(s) the Collateral and/or has the right to pledge, hypothecate, encumber and/or transfer any interest therein; the Collateral is not subject to the interest of any third person other than Owner; and Debtor(s) will defend the Collateral and its proceeds against the claims and demands of all third persons.

 

(4) Secured Party's duty with reference to the Collateral shall be solely to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in Secured Party's possession (if applicable).

 

(5) Demand, notice, protest, and all demands and notices of any action taken by Secured Party under this Security Agreement or in connection with the Note and/or any other promissory note or notes, except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, are hereby waived, and any indulgence of Secured Party, substitution for, exchange of or release of Collateral, in whole or in part, or addition or release of any person or entity liable on the Collateral is hereby assented, agreed and consented to.

 

(6) Secured Party shall not be responsible in any way for any depreciation in the value of the Collateral, nor shall any duty or responsibility whatsoever rest upon Secured Party to take necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to enforce collection of the Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise, the sole duty of the Secured Party, its successors, and assigns, being to receive collections, remittances, and payments on such Collateral as, if and when made and received by Secured Party, and at Secured Party's option, applying the amount or amounts so received, after deduction of any collection costs incurred, as payment upon any indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Security Agreement, or holding the same for the account and order of Debtor(s).

 

1
 

 

(7) Debtor(s) and/or Owner shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, liens, and assessments against the Collateral, unless Debtor(s) and/or Owner has a bona fide good faith dispute with respect thereto, and contests same in good faith in accordance with applicable law, and upon Debtor's(s') and/or Owner’s failure to do so, Secured Party at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement and shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor(s) immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

 

Debtor(s) shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions (herein called an "Event of Default"):

 

(1) Debtor's(s') failure to pay when due any indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement, either principal or interest , after expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement: or

 

(2) Default by Debtor(s) in the punctual performance of any of the obligations, covenants, terms , or provisions contained or referred to in this Security Agreement or in the Note or any other promissory note secured hereby; after the expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement; or

 

(3) Any warranty, representation, or statement contained in this Security Agreement or made or furnished to Secured Party by or on behalf of Debtor(s) in connection with this Security Agreement or to induce Secured Party to make, extend, renew and/or modify a loan to Debtor(s) prove(s) to have been false in any respect when made or furnished; or

 

(4) The making of any levy on or seizure or attachment of any of the Collateral; or

 

(5) Debtor's(s') death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of Debtor(s); an assignment for the benefit of creditors by Debtor(s); commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Debtor(s) or any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s); or

 

(6) Any statement of the financial condition of Debtor(s) or of any guarantor, surety, or endorser of any liability of Debtor(s) to Secured Party submitted to Secured Party by Debtor(s) or by any such guarantor, surety, or endorser proves to be false; or

 

(7) Any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s) defaults in any obligation or liability to Secured Party.

 

This Security Agreement, Secured Party's rights hereunder, or the indebtedness hereby secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any such case, the Assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, and remedies granted in this Security Agreement to Secured Party, and Debtor(s) will assert no claims or defenses it may have against the Secured Party under this Security Agreement against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement. Secured Party may at any time transfer the Collateral to itself or its nominee as Pledgee, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, receive income, including money, thereon and hold the income as Collateral or apply the income to any of Debtor's(s') indebtedness to Secured Party, the manner and distribution of the application to be in the sole discretion of Secured Party. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Secured Party may delay exercising or omit to exercise any right or remedy under this Security Agreement without waiving that or any other past, present, of future right or remedy, except in writing signed by Secured Party.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of if Secured Party deems payment of Debtor's(s') obligations to Secured Party to be insecure, and at any time thereafter:

 

(1) Secured Party may declare all obligations secured hereby immediately due and payable;

 

(2) Secured Party shall have, then or at any time thereafter, the rights and remedies provided in the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of Utah at the date of execution of this Security Agreement; and

 

(3) In addition to the rights and remedies referred to above, Secured Party may in its discretion, sell, assign, and deliver all or any part of the Collateral at any Broker's Board or at public or private sale without notice or advertisement and bid and become purchaser at any public sale or at any Broker's Board. If notice to Debtor(s) is/are required by the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah of public or private sale of Collateral, Secured Party may give written notice to Debtor(s) five (5) days prior to the date of public sale of the Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Collateral will be made, by mailing such notice to Debtor(s) at the address designated at the beginning of this Security Agreement. Secured Party may apply the proceeds of any disposition of Collateral available for satisfaction of Debtor's(s') indebtedness and the expenses of sale in any order of preference which Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Debtor(s) shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

The term "Debtor(s)" as used in this instrument shall be construed as singular or plural to correspond with the number of persons executing this instrument as Debtor(s). The pronouns used in this instrument are in the masculine gender but shall be construed as feminine or neuter as occasion may require. "Secured Party" and "Debtor(s)" as used in this instrument include the heirs, executors, or administrators, successors, representatives, receivers, trustees, and assigns of those parties, as the case may be. If more than one person executes this instrument as Debtor(s), their obligation under this instrument shall be joint and several. Terms used in this instrument which are defined in the Utah Uniform Commercial Code are used with the meanings as therein defined. The law governing this secured transaction shall be that of the State of Utah in force at the date of this instrument.

 

Debtor(s) for itself and on behalf of Owner has/have irrevocably made, constituted, and appointed, and does hereby irrevocably make, constitute, and appoint Secured Party its true and lawful attorney for it and in its name, place, and stead , and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to do any and every act and exercise any and every power that Debtor(s) and/or Owner might or could do or exercise to fully, effectually, and finally carry out and comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement, to attend all meetings of the shareholders and/or members as the case may be, and then and there to vote in its name, stead, and behalf any and all shares of the capital stock and/or Member(s) Interest, now or which may, so long as this Security Agreement is in effect, be owned and held by it or stand in its name on the books of said corporation and/or company including any and all additional shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest which may hereafter be created by reason of stock dividends, split ups, reorganization, mergers, or recapitalization, and in and to which the said Secured Party shall have a security interest at all such meetings of the shareholders and/or members, as the case may be, whether regular or special, as fully and with like effect as it could if personally present and voting at said shareholders' meetings and/or members meetings, as the case may be, and to make, execute, and enter into, in its stead and behalf as a shareholder in such corporation and/or member in such company, as the case may be, any and all consents, certificates, or other documents, including but not limited to any such consent, certificate, or other document relating to merger with other corporations, companies, re-organizations or other change in the corporate structure; this proxy is coupled with an interest in that the shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, subject hereto are now subject to a security interest in favor of the Secured Party to secure the indebtedness of the Debtor(s) to the Secured Party, as set forth in this Security Agreement. The proxy here granted shall be and remain exclusive and irrevocable so long as the undersigned Debtor(s) remains indebted to the Secured Party under this Security Agreement and shall be binding upon the undersigned Debtor(s) and the Owner, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, as the case may be. Secured Party shall have full power of substitution hereunder, and any party designated by Secured Party as its substitute shall be entitled to exercise all powers herein granted with respect to any and all shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, mentioned or referred to in the Security Agreement.

 

2
 

 

This Securities Agreement is in addition to, and not in lieu of, that certain Security Agreement dated June 15, 2009 from Debtor to Secured Party concerning such Member Interests.

 

EXECUTED as of this _____ day of January, 2014.

 

SECURED PARTY:   DEBTOR:
     
ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.   TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
         
BY: /s/ Alan C. Fox   BY: /s/ Troy Meier
  ALAN C. FOX, President     G. TROY MEIER, President

 

The undersigned on behalf of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC hereby acknowledges the pledge of the Member(s) Interests (“Pledge”) as described above in the name of SD COMPANY, INC., and shall record on the books and records of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC such Pledge, and shall not allow the transfer of such Member(s) Interests from the name of SD COMPANY, INC. to any other person, party or entity without the prior written consent and agreement of the Secured Party, until such time as the Secured Party has delivered its written release of the Pledge of such Member(s) Interests to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  BY: /s/ Annette  Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

3
 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT—PLEDGE

  

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION,   1583 South 1700 East
(NAME)   (NO. AND STREET)

 

Vernal Uintah Utah 84078, hereinafter called “Debtor(s),”
and      
(CITY) (COUNTY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

 

ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. , C/O 1300 BRISTOL AVENUE
(NAME) (NO. AND STREET)

 

NEWPORT BEACH ORANGE CALIFORNIA 92658, hereinafter called “Secured
Party,”      
(CITY) (COUNTY) (STATE) (ZIP CODE)

  

and from whom information concerning this security interest may be obtained at the address shown above, agree as follows:

 

Debtor(s) hereby grant(s) to Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral described in this Security Agreement to secure performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party of whatever kind and whenever created and incurred (or if specified herein, the following, to wit:)

 

$9,284,378,34 Amended and Restated Promissory Note dated June 15, 2009 ( Note ) from TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Maker to ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. as Payee (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC), and all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof, pursuant to that certain LOAN AGREEMENT ( Loan Agreement ) dated August 10, 2007, as amended, by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Borrower , PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC as Philco and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC as Lender ”.

 

The Collateral of this Security Agreement is Member s Interest(s) in a limited liability company (uncertificated security) of the following description:

 

The five percent (5%) of the Member s Interest in the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC ( Owner ) in SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC a Utah limited liability company, now owned or hereinafter acquired;

 

deposited with Secured Party contemporaneously with the execution of this Security Agreement (if applicable), and all other property previously, presently or in the future deposited with Secured Party (if applicable). Collateral includes, without limitation, all money and property this day delivered to and deposited with Secured Party (if applicable), and all money and property heretofore delivered or which shall hereafter be delivered to or come into the possession, custody, or control of Secured Party (if applicable) in any manner or for any purpose, whatever during the existence of this Security Agreement; and whether held in a general or special account, or deposited for safekeeping or otherwise, together with any stock rights, member s interests) acquisition rights, rights to subscribe, preemptive rights, liquidating dividends, stock dividends (if applicable), dividends paid in stock (if applicable), new securities, or other property which Debtor(s) and/or Owner may hereafter become entitled to receive on account of such securities or other property, and in the event Debtor(s) and/or Owner receive(s) any such property, Debtor(s) and/or Owner, as the case may be, will immediately deliver same to Secured Party to be held by Secured Party in the same manner as the property originally deposited as Collateral(if applicable). The Collateral of this Security Agreement also includes the proceeds of any and all property described above.

 

Debtor(s) shall pay to the Secured Party any sum or sums due or which may become due pursuant to the Note any other promissory note or notes now or hereafter executed by Debtor(s) to evidence Debtor s(s ) indebtedness to Secured Party, in accordance with the terms of the Note or any other promissory note or notes and the terms of this Security Agreement. Debtor(s) shall pay to Secured Party on demand all expenses and expenditures, including reasonable attorneys s fees and other legal expenses incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising or protecting its interests, rights, and remedies under this Security Agreement, plus interest thereon at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum. Debtor(s) shall pay immediately, without notice, the entire unpaid indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party, whether created or incurred pursuant to this Security Agreement or otherwise, upon Debtor s(s ) default under this Security Agreement.

 

Debtor(s) represent(s), warrant(s), and agree(s) that:

 

(1) All financial or credit statements and Collateral deposited with or relied upon by Secured Party prior to, contemporaneously with, or subsequent to execution of this Security Agreement are or will be true, correct, complete, valid, and genuine in all material respects.

 

(2) All investment securities, including uncertificated securities, instruments, chattel paper, and any like property delivered to Secured Party as Collateral: (a) are genuine, free from adverse claims, or other security interests, default prepayment, or defenses; (b) all persons appearing to be obligated thereon have authority and capacity to contract and are bound thereon as they appear to be from the face thereof; and (c) the same comply with applicable laws concerning form, content and manner of preparation and execution.

 

(3) Debtor(s) either own(s) the Collateral and/or has the right to pledge hypothecate encumber and/or transfer any

 

 
 

 

(6) Secured Party shall not be responsible in any way for any depreciation in the value of the Collateral, nor shall any duty or responsibility whatsoever rest upon Secured Party to take necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to enforce collection of the Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise, the sole duty of the Secured Party, its successors, and assigns, being to receive collections, remittances, and payments on such Collateral as, if and when made and received by Secured Party, and at Secured Party s option, applying the amount or amounts so received, after deduction of any collection costs incurred, as payment upon any indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Security Agreement; or holding the same for the account and order of Debtor(s).

 

(7) Debtor(s) and/or Owner shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, liens, and assessments against the Collateral, unless Debtor(s) and/or Owner has a bonafide good faith dispute with respect thereto, and contests same in good faith in accordance with applicable law, and upon Debtor s(s ) and/or Owner s failure to do so, Secured Party at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement and shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor(s) immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

 

Debtor(s) shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions (herein called an Event of Default ):

 

(1) Debtor s(s ) failure to pay when due any indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement, either principal or interest, after expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement: or

 

(2) Default by Debtor(s) in the punctual performance of any of the obligations, covenants, terms, or provisions contained or referred to in this Security Agreement or in the Note or any other promissory note secured hereby; after the expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement; or

 

(3) Any warranty, representation, or statement con tained in this Security Agreement or made or furnished to Scoured Party by or on behalf of Debtor(s) in connection with this Security Agreement or to induce Secured Party to make, extend, renew and/or modify a loan to Debtor(s) prove(s) to have been false in any respect when made or furnished; or

 

(4) The making of any levy on of seizure or attachment of any of the Collateral; or

 

(5) Debtor s(s ) death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of Debtor(s); an assignment for the benefit of creditors by Debtor(s); commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Debtor(s) or any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s); or

 

(6) Any statement of the financial condition of Debtor(s) or of any guarantor, surety, or endorser of any liability of Debtor(s) to Secured Party submitted to Secured Party by Debtor(s) or by any such guarantor, surety, or endorser proves to be false; or

 

(7) Any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s) defaults in any obligation or liability to Secured Party.

 

This Security Agreement, Secured Party s rights hereunder, or the indebtedness hereby secured may be assigned from, time to time, and in any such case, the Assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, and remedies granted in this Security Agreement to Secured Party, and Debtor(s) will assert no claims or defenses it may have against the Secured Party under this Security Agreement against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement. Secured Party may at any time transfer the Collateral to itself or its nominee as Pledgee, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, receive income, including money, thereon and hold the income as Collateral or apply the income to any of Debtor s(s ) indebtedness to Secured Party, the manner and distribution of the application to be in the sole discretion of Secured Party. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Secured Party may delay exercising or omit to exercise any right or remedy under this Security Agreement without waiving that or any other past, present, of future right or remedy, except in writing signed by Secured Party.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of if Secured Party deems payment of Debtor (s ) obligations to Secured Party to be insecure, and at any time thereafter;

 

(1) Securcd Party may declare all obligations secured hereby immediately due and payable;

 

(2) Secured Party shall have, then or at any time thereafter, the rights and remedies provided in the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of Utah at the date of execution of this Security Agreement; and

 

(3) In addition to the rights and remedies referred to above, Secured Party may in its discretion, sell, assign, and deliver all or any part of the Collateral at any Broker s Board or at public or private sale without notice or advertisement and bid and become purchaser at any public sale or at any Broker’s Board. If notice to Debtor(s) is/are required by the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah of public or private sale of Collateral, Secured Party may give written notice to Debtor(s) five (5) days prior to the date of public sale of the Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Collateral will bo made, by mailing such notice to Debtor(s) at the address designated at the beginning of this Security Agreement. Secured Party may apply the proceeds of any disposition of Collateral available for satisfaction of Debtor s(s ) indebtedness and the expenses of sale in any order of preference which Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Debtor(s) shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

 
 

 

members as the case may be, and then and there to vote in its name, stead, and behalf any and all shares of the capital stock and/or Member(s) Interest, now or which may, so long as this Security Agreement is in effect, be owned and held by it or stand in its name on the books of said corporation and/or company including any and all additional shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest which may hereafter be created by reason of stock dividends, split ups, reorganization, mergers, or recapitalization, and in and to which the said Secured Party shall have a security interest at all such meetings of the shareholders and/or members, as the case may be, whether regular or special, as fully and with like effect as it could if personally present and voting at said shareholders meetings and/or members meetings, as the case may be, and to make, execute, and enter into, in its stead and behalf as a shareholder in such corporation and/or member in such company, as the case may be, any and all consents, certificates, or other documents, including but not limited to any such consent, certificate, or other document relating to merger with other corporations, companies, re-organizations or other change in the corporate structure; this proxy is coupled with an interest in that the shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, subject hereto are now subject to a security interest in favor of the Secured Party to secure the indebtedness of the Debtor(s) to the Secured Party, as set forth in this Security Agreement. The proxy here granted shall be and remain exclusive and irrevocable so long as the undersigned Debtor(s) remains indebted to the Secured Party under this Security Agreement and shall be binding upon the undersigned Debtor(s) and the Owner, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, as the case may be. Secured Party shall have full power of substitution hereunder, and any party designated by Secured Party as its substitute shall be entitled to exercise all powers herein granted with respect to any and all shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, mentioned or referred to in the Security Agreement .

 

EXECUTED this 15 of June, 2009.

 

SECURED PARTY:   DEBTOR:
     
ACP PROPERTY MANAGEMENT INC.   TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
     
BY: /s/ ALAN C. FOX   BY: /s/ G. TROY MEIER
  ALAN C. FOX, President     G. TROY MEIER, President

 

The undersigned on behalf of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC hereby acknowledges the pledge of the Member(s) Interest (“Pledge”) as described above in the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC, and shall record on the books and records of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC such Pledge, and shall not allow the transfer of such Member(s) Interest from the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC to any other person, party or entity without the prior written consent and agreement of the Secured Party, until such time as the Secured Party has delivered its written release of the Pledge of such Member(s) Interest to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
   
  BY: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.47

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.46

To Form S-l Registration Statement

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT—PLEDGE

 

TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, 1583 South 1700 East Vernal, Uintah, Utah 84078, hereinafter called “Debtor(s),” ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., c/o 1300 Bristol Avenue, Newport Beach, Orange, California 92658, hereinafter called “Secured Party,” and from whom information concerning this security interest may be obtained at the address shown above, agree as follows:

 

Debtor(s) hereby grant(s) to Secured Party a security interest in the Collateral described in this Security Agreement to secure performance and payment of all obligations and indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party of whatever kind and whenever created and incurred (or if specified herein, the following, to wit:)

 

$6,888,092.28 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE dated December 18, 2013, effective January 1, 2014 (“Note”) from TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Maker to ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC. as Payee (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC), and all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof (being in renewal, extension, and modification of that certain Amended and Restated Promissory Note in the initial principal amount of $9,284,378.34, dated June 15, 2007), and pursuant to that certain LOAN AGREEMENT dated August 10, 2007, by and between TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as “Borrower”, PHILCO EXPLORATION, LLC as “Philco” and FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, LLC as “Lender” as amended, on December 10, 2007, June 15, 2009 and December 18, 2013 (collectively “Loan Agreement”).

 

The Collateral of this Security Agreement is Member’s Interest(s) in a limited liability company (uncertificated security) of the following description:

 

The one hundred percent (100%) of the Member’s Interest in the name of SD COMPANY, INC., a Utah corporation (“Owner”) in SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, now owned or hereinafter acquired;

 

deposited with Secured Party contemporaneously with the execution of this Security Agreement (if applicable), and all other property previously, presently or in the future deposited with Secured Party (if applicable). Collateral includes, without limitation, all money and property this day delivered to and deposited with Secured Party (if applicable), and all money and property heretofore delivered or which shall hereafter be delivered to or come into the possession, custody, or control of Secured Party (if applicable) in any manner or for any purpose, whatever during the existence of this Security Agreement, and whether held in a general or special account, or deposited for safekeeping or otherwise, together with any stock rights, member’s interest(s) acquisition rights, rights to subscribe, preemptive rights, liquidating dividends, stock dividends (if applicable), dividends paid in stock (if applicable), new securities, or other property which Debtor(s) and/or Owner may hereafter become entitled to receive on account of such securities or other property, and in the event Debtor(s) and/or Owner receive(s) any such property, Debtor(s) and/or Owner, as the case may be, will immediately deliver same to Secured Party to be held by Secured Party in the same manner as the property originally deposited as Collateral(if applicable). The Collateral of this Security Agreement also includes the proceeds of any and all property described above.

 

Debtor(s) shall pay to the Secured Party any sum or sums due or which may become due pursuant to the Note any other promissory note or notes now or hereafter executed by Debtor(s) to evidence Debtor’s(s’) indebtedness to Secured Party, in accordance with the terms of the Note or any other promissory note or notes and the terms of this Security Agreement. Debtor(s) shall pay to Secured Party on demand all expenses and expenditures, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred or paid by Secured Party in exercising or protecting its interests, rights, and remedies under this Security Agreement, plus interest thereon at the rate of twenty-three percent (23%) per annum. Debtor(s) shall pay immediately, without notice, the entire unpaid indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party, whether created or incurred pursuant to this Security Agreement or otherwise, upon Debtor’s(s’) default under this Security Agreement.

 

Debtor(s) represent(s), warrant(s), and agree(s) that:

 

(1)  All financial or credit statements and Collateral deposited with or relied upon by Secured Party prior to, contemporaneously with, or subsequent to execution of this Security Agreement are or will be true, correct, complete, valid, and genuine in all material respects.

 

(2)  All investment securities, including uncertificated securities, instruments, chattel paper, and any like property delivered to Secured Party as Collateral: (a) are genuine, free from adverse claims, or other security interests, default, prepayment, or defenses; (b) all persons appearing to be obligated thereon have authority and capacity to contract and are bound thereon as they appear to be from the face thereof; and (c) the same comply with applicable laws concerning form, content, and manner of preparation and execution.

 

(3)  Debtor(s) either own(s) the Collateral and/or has the right to pledge, hypothecate, encumber and/or transfer any interest therein; the Collateral is not subject to the interest of any third person other than Owner; and Debtor(s) will defend the Collateral and its proceeds against the claims and demands of all third persons.

 

(4)  Secured Party’s duty with reference to the Collateral shall be solely to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in Secured Party’s possession (if applicable).

 

(5)  Demand, notice, protest, and all demands and notices of any action taken by Secured Party under this Security Agreement or in connection with the Note and/or any other promissory note or notes, except as otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, are hereby waived, and any indulgence of Secured Party, substitution for, exchange of or release of Collateral, in whole or in part, or addition or release of any person or entity liable on the Collateral is hereby assented, agreed and consented to.

 

(6)  Secured Party shall not be responsible in any way for any depreciation in the value of the Collateral, nor shall any duty or responsibility whatsoever rest upon Secured Party to take necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to enforce collection of the Collateral by legal proceedings or otherwise, the sole duty of the Secured Party, its successors, and assigns, being to receive collections, remittances, and payments on such Collateral as, if and when made and received by Secured Party, and at Secured Party’s option, applying the amount or amounts so received, after deduction of any collection costs incurred, as payment upon any indebtedness of Debtor(s) to Secured Party pursuant to the provisions of this Security Agreement, or holding the same for the account and order of Debtor(s).

 

1
 

 

(7) Debtor(s) and/or Owner shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges, liens, and assessments against the Collateral, unless Debtor(s) and/or Owner has a bona fide good faith dispute with respect thereto, and contests same in good faith in accordance with applicable law, and upon Debtor’s(s’) and/or Owner’s failure to do so, Secured Party at its option may pay any of them and shall be the sole judge of the legality or validity thereof and the amount necessary to discharge the same. Such payment shall become part of the indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement and shall be paid to Secured Party by Debtor(s) immediately and without demand, with interest thereon at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum.

 

Debtor(s) shall be in default under this Security Agreement upon the happening of any of the following events or conditions (herein called an “Event of Default”):

 

(1)  Debtor’s(s’) failure to pay when due any indebtedness secured by this Security Agreement, either principal or interest, after expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement: or

 

(2)  Default by Debtor(s) in the punctual performance of any of the obligations, covenants, terms , or provisions contained or referred to in this Security Agreement or in the Note or any other promissory note secured hereby; after the expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure as provided in the said Loan Agreement; or

 

(3)  Any warranty, representation, or statement contained in this Security Agreement or made or furnished to Secured Party by or on behalf of Debtor(s) in connection with this Security Agreement or to induce Secured Party to make, extend, renew and/or modify a loan to Debtor(s) prove(s) to have been false in any respect when made or furnished; or

 

(4)  The making of any levy on or seizure or attachment of any of the Collateral; or

 

(5)  Debtor’s(s’) death, dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency, or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of Debtor(s); an assignment for the benefit of creditors by Debtor(s); commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Debtor(s) or any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s); or

 

(6)  Any statement of the financial condition of Debtor(s) or of any guarantor, surety, or endorser of any liability of Debtor(s) to Secured Party submitted to Secured Party by Debtor(s) or by any such guarantor, surety, or endorser proves to be false; or

 

(7)  Any guarantor, surety, or endorser for Debtor(s) defaults in any obligation or liability to Secured Party.

 

This Security Agreement, Secured Party’s rights hereunder, or the indebtedness hereby secured may be assigned from time to time, and in any such case, the Assignee shall be entitled to all of the rights, privileges, and remedies granted in this Security Agreement to Secured Party, and Debtor(s) will assert no claims or defenses it may have against the Secured Party under this Security Agreement against the Assignee except those granted in this Security Agreement. Secured Party may at any time transfer the Collateral to itself or its nominee as Pledgee, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, receive income, including money, thereon and hold the income as Collateral or apply the income to any of Debtor’s(s’) indebtedness to Secured Party, the manner and distribution of the application to be in the sole discretion of Secured Party. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Secured Party may at any time demand, sue for, collect or make any compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Secured Party may delay exercising or omit to exercise any right or remedy under this Security Agreement without waiving that or any other past, present, of future right or remedy, except in writing signed by Secured Party.

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, of if Secured Party deems payment of Debtor’s(s’) obligations to Secured Party to be insecure, and at any time thereafter:

 

(1)  Secured Party may declare all obligations secured hereby immediately due and payable;

 

(2)  Secured Party shall have, then or at any time thereafter, the rights and remedies provided in the Uniform Commercial Code in force in the State of Utah at the date of execution of this Security Agreement; and

 

(3)  In addition to the rights and remedies referred to above, Secured Party may in its discretion, sell, assign, and deliver all or any part of the Collateral at any Broker’s Board or at public or private sale without notice or advertisement and bid and become purchaser at any public sale or at any Broker’s Board. If notice to Debtor(s) is/are required by the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah of public or private sale of Collateral, Secured Party may give written notice to Debtor(s) five (5) days prior to the date of public sale of the Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Collateral will be made, by mailing such notice to Debtor(s) at the address designated at the beginning of this Security Agreement. Secured Party may apply the proceeds of any disposition of Collateral available for satisfaction of Debtor’s(s’) indebtedness and the expenses of sale in any order of preference which Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Debtor(s) shall remain liable for any deficiency.

 

The term “Debtor(s)” as used in this instrument shall be construed as singular or plural to correspond with the number of persons executing this instrument as Debtor(s). The pronouns used in this instrument are in the masculine gender but shall be construed as feminine or neuter as occasion may require. “Secured Party” and “Debtor(s)” as used in this instrument include the heirs, executors, or administrators, successors, representatives, receivers, trustees, and assigns of those parties, as the case may be. If more than one person executes this instrument as Debtor(s), their obligation under this instrument shall be joint and several. Terms used in this instrument which are defined in the Utah Uniform Commercial Code are used with the meanings as therein defined. The law governing this secured transaction shall be that of the State of Utah in force at the date of this instrument.

 

Debtor(s) for itself and on behalf of Owner has/have irrevocably made, constituted, and appointed, and does hereby irrevocably make, constitute, and appoint Secured Party its true and lawful attorney for it and in its name, place, and stead, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to do any and every act and exercise any and every power that Debtor(s) and/or Owner might or could do or exercise to fully, effectually, and finally carry out and comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement, to attend all meetings of the shareholders and/or members as the case may be, and then and there to vote in its name, stead, and behalf any and all shares of the capital stock and/or Member(s) Interest, now or which may, so long as this Security Agreement is in effect, be owned and held by it or stand in its name on the books of said corporation and/or company including any and all additional shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest which may hereafter be created by reason of stock dividends, split ups, reorganization, mergers, or recapitalization, and in and to which the said Secured Party shall have a security interest at all such meetings of the shareholders and/or members, as the case may be, whether regular or special, as fully and with like effect as it could if personally present and voting at said shareholders’ meetings and/or members meetings, as the case may be, and to make, execute, and enter into, in its stead and behalf as a shareholder in such corporation and/or member in such company, as the case may be, any and all consents, certificates, or other documents, including but not limited to any such consent, certificate, or other document relating to merger with other corporations, companies, re-organizations or other change in the corporate structure; this proxy is coupled with an interest in that the shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, subject hereto are now subject to a security interest in favor of the Secured Party to secure the indebtedness of the Debtor(s) to the Secured Party, as set forth in this Security Agreement, The proxy here granted shall be and remain exclusive and irrevocable so long as the undersigned Debtor(s) remains indebted to the Secured Party under this Security Agreement and shall be binding upon the undersigned Debtor(s) and the Owner, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, as the case may be. Secured Party shall have full power of substitution hereunder, and any party designated by Secured Party as its substitute shall be entitled to exercise all powers herein granted with respect to any and all shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, mentioned or referred to in the Security Agreement.

 

2
 

 

This Securities Agreement is in addition to, and not in lieu of, that certain Security Agreement dated June 15, 2009 from Debtor to Secured Party concerning such Member Interests.

 

EXECUTED as of this _____ day of January, 2014.    
     
SECURED PARTY:   DEBTOR:
     
ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.   TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
         
BY: /s/ Alan C. Fox   BY: /s/ Troy Meier
  ALAN C. FOX, President     G. TROY MEIER, President

 

The undersigned on behalf of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC hereby acknowledges the pledge of the Member(s) Interests (“Pledge”) as described above in the name of SD COMPANY, INC., and shall record on the books and records of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC such Pledge, and shall not allow the transfer of such Member(s) Interests from the name of SD COMPANY, INC. to any other person, party or entity without the prior written consent and agreement of the Secured Party, until such time as the Secured Party has delivered its written release of the Pledge of such Member(s) Interests to SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  BY: /s/ Annette Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

3
 

 

[This page intentionally left blank.]

 

 
 

 

OWNER’S CONSENT TO PLEDGE

 

  Vernal, Utah
   
  December 14, 2013

 

ACF Property Management, Inc.

c/o Fortuna Asset Management, LLC

P.O. Box 9109

Newport Beach, CA 92658

 

Gentlemen:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and for the purpose of enabling TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “Debtor”) to obtain credit or other financial accommodations from you, including the renewal, extension and/or modification of existing debt obligation(s), the undersigned hereby authorizes Debtor to hypothecate, pledge, and deliver to you the property of the undersigned described below (hereinafter called the “Collateral”). The undersigned agrees that when so hypothecated, pledged and delivered the Collateral shall be collateral to secure all liabilities of Debtor to you, howsoever created, whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct or indirect whether absolute or contingent and whether due or to become due (such liabilities being hereinafter called the (Indebtedness”), hereby consenting to the extension, renewal and/or modification from time to time of such Indebtedness.

 

The undersigned agrees that the Collateral shall be subject to disposition in accordance with the terms and conditions of Debtor’s promissory note(s) and/or Security Agreement(s) for your benefit or to you.

 

No renewal or extension of the time of payment of the Indebtedness, no release or surrender of any security for the Indebtedness, no release of my person or entity primarily or secondarily liable on the Indebtedness (including any maker, endorser, or guarantor), no delay, in enforcement of payment of the Indebtedness and no delay or omission in exercising any right or power with respect to the Indebtedness or this Owner’s Consent to Pledge shall in any manner impair or affect your rights hereunder. The undersigned waives notice of the creation, existence, extension and renewal of Indebtedness.

 

Further, this letter constitutes the appointment of TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as the lawful Attorney and Agent in Fact for the undersigned to execute any and all documents necessary to effect the pledge of the Collateral as herein below described to you, either in its own name as Debtor or in the name of the undersigned, for all purposes.

 

COLLATERAL:

 

One hundred percent (100%) of Member’s Units (1000) In and to SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, in the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC.

 

  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 
 

 

(2) Secured Party shall have, then or at any time thereafter, the fights and remedies provided in the Uniform Commercial Code in force In the State of Utah at the date of execution of this Security Agreement; and

 

(3) In addition to the rights and remedies referred to above, Secured Party may in its discretion, sell, assign, and deliver all or any part of the Collateral at any Broker’s Board or at public or private sale without notice or advertisement and bid and become purchaser at any public sale Broker’s any Broker’s Board. If notice to Debtor(s) is/are required by the Uniform Commercial Code of Utah of public or private sale of Collateral, Secured Party may give written notice to Debtor(s) five (5) days prior to the dale of public sale of the Collateral or prior to the date after which private sale of the Collateral will be made, by mailing such notice to Debtor(s) at the address designated at the beginning of this Security Agreement. Secured Party may apply the proceeds of any disposition of Collateral available for satisfaction of Debtor(s’) indebtedness and the expenses of sale in any order of preference which Secured Party, in its sole discretion, chooses. Debtors(s) shall remain liable for any deficiency,

 

The term “Debtor(s)” as used in this instrument shall be construed as singular or plural to correspond with the number of persons executing this instrument as Debtor(s). The pronouns used in this instrument are in the masculine gender but shall be construed as feminine or neuter as occasion may require. “Secured Party” and “Debtors(s)” as used in this instrument include the heirs, executors, or administrators, successors, representatives, receivers, trustees, and assigns of those parties, as the case may be, If more than one person executes (his instrument as Debtor(s), their obligation under this instrument shall be joint and several. Terms used in this instrument which are defined in the Utah Uniform Commercial Code are used with the meanings as therein defined. The law governing this secured transaction shall be that of the State of Utah in force at the date of this instrument.

 

Debtor(s) for itself and on behalf of owner has/have irrevocably made, constituted, and appointed, and does hereby irrevocably make, constitute, and appoint Secured Party Its true and lawful attorney for it and in its name, place, and stead, and upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, to do any and every act and exercise any and every power that Debtor(s) and/or Owner might or could do or exercise to fully, effectually, and finally carry out and comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement, to attend all meetings of the shareholders and/or members as the case may be, and then and there to vote in its name, stead, and behalf any and all shares of the capital stock and/or Member(s) Interest, now or which may, so long as this Security Agreement is in effect, be owned and held by it or stand in its name on the books of said corporation and/or company including any and all additional shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest which may hereafter be created by reason of stock dividends, split ups, reorganization, mergers, or recapitalization, and in and to which the said Secured Party shall have a security interest at all such meetings of the shareholders and/or members, as the case may be, whether regular or special, as fully and with like effect as it could if personally present and voting at said shareholders’ meetings and/or members meetings, as the case may be, and to make, execute, and enter into, in its stead and behalf as a shareholder in such corporation and/or member in such company, as the case may be, any and all consents, certificates, or other documents, including but not limited to any such consent, certificate, or other document relating to merger with other corporations, companies, re-organizations or other change in the corporate structure; this proxy is coupled with an interest in that the shares of stock and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, subject hereto are now subject to a security interest in favor of the Secured Party to secure the Indebtedness of the Debtor(s) to the Secured Party, as set forth in this Security Agreement. The proxy here granted shall be and remain exclusive and irrevocable so long as the undersigned Debtor(s) remains indebted to the Secured Party under this Security Agreement and shall be binding upon the undersigned Debtor(s) and the Owner, their respective heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns, as the case may be Secured Party shall have full power of substitution hereunder, and any party designated by Secured Party as its substitute shall be entitled to exercise all powers herein granted with respect to any and all shares of stock, and/or Member(s) Interest, as the case may be, mentioned or referred to in the Security Agreement.

 

EXECUTED this 14 th of December, 2013 to be effective as of January 1, 2014.

 

SECURED PARTY:   DEBTOR:
     
ACP PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.   TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
         
BY: /s/ ALAN C. FOX   By: /s/ G. TROY MEIER
  ALAN C. FOX, President     G. TROY MEIER President

 

 
4

 

The undersigned on behalf of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC hereby acknowledges the pledge of the Member(s) Units (1000) (“Pledge”) as described above in the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC, and shall record on the books and records of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC such Pledge, and shall not allow the transfer of such Member(s) Units (1000) from the name of MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC to any other person, party or entity without the prior written consent and agreement of the Secured Party, until such time as the Secured Party has delivered its written release of the Pledge of such Member(s) Units (1000) to SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC.

 

  SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION LLC
   
  BY: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

 
5

 

WITNESS our hands at Vernal, Utah, on this the 14 day of December, 2013 to be effective on January 1, 2014,

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DRILLING PROJECTS, LLC on this the day 14 of December, 2013.

 

  [ILLEGIBLE]
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: May 19, 2015    

 

SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC
   
By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
  Annette D. Meier, Manager
     

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC on this the 14 day of December, 2013.

 

  [ILLEGIBLE]
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: May 19, 2015  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.48

To Form S-1 Registration statement

 

GUARANTY

 

IN CONSIDERATION of credit and financial accommodations extended, to be extended or continued to TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called "Borrower," by ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.). hereinafter called "Lender" and for other good and valuable considerations, I, we, and each of us have jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed and do hereby jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee to Lender, the payment and collection of each and every claim, demand, indebtedness, right or cause of action of every nature whatsoever against said Borrower now or hereafter existing, due or to become due to, or held by Lender as shown upon the accounts and business records of Lender as to all sums due and owing on that certain SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE dated January 1, 2014 (“Note”) and of that certain ACF Redemption Obligation as defined in that certain Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007 between Lender, Borrower and Philco Exploration, LLC, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated December 10, 2007 (”First Amendment”), and as further amended by the Second Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated June 15, 2009 (“Second Amendment”) and as further amended by that certain Third Amendment to Loan Agreement August 10, 2007 dated as of January 1, 2014 (the “Loan Agreement”), and if this Guaranty is placed with an attorney for collection or if collected by suit or through any probate, bankruptcy, or other court, to pay all court costs and reasonable attorney's fees in the amount of $50,000.00 or such other amount as the court enforcing this Guaranty finds to be reasonable, customary and necessary, which the undersigned agree is a reasonable fee, together with any and all expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing this Guaranty. This is a continuing guaranty and this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect for any and all renewals, extensions and/or modifications of the Loan Agreement until such Note and the ACF Redemption Obligation has been paid or otherwise terminated pursuant to the Loan Agreement.

 

The indebtedness of Borrower to the undersigned pursuant to the Note and/or the ACF Redemption Obligation, whether now existing or hereafter arising is hereby assigned to Lender to the extent of the amount of this Guaranty as security for the payment of all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender under the Note and the ACF Redemption Obligation.

 

The undersigned acknowledge and agree that possession of this Guaranty by Lender constitutes true and correct execution and actual and proper delivery of same to Lender and the undersigned waive notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, and waive presentment and demand for payment thereof, notice of dishonor or non-payment thereof, collection or instigation of suit or any other action by Lender in collection thereof including any notice of default in payment thereof or other notice to, or demand of payment therefore on, any party. Payment by the undersigned shall be made at the office of Lender at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City, Los Angeles, California.

 

Lender may, at its option, at any time without the consent of, or notice to the undersigned, without incurring responsibility to the undersigned, without impairing or releasing the obligations of the undersigned, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part, (l) change the manner, place or terms of payment or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, or alter any liability of Borrower hereby guaranteed, or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder, and the guaranty herein made shall apply to the liabilities of the Borrower, changed, extended, renewed or altered in any manner, (2) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure or securing the liabilities hereby guaranteed or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder or any offset against any said liabilities, (3) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting, and (4) settle or compromise any liabilities hereby guaranteed or hereby incurred, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part of such liabilities to the payment of any liabilities which may be due to Lender or others. Lender may, at its option, without the consent of or notice to the undersigned, apply to the payment of the liability created by this Guaranty, at any time after such liability becomes payable, any monies, property, or other assets belonging to the undersigned in the possession, care, custody and control of Lender.

 

 
 

  

As to each of the undersigned, this Guaranty shall continue until written notice of revocation signed by the undersigned, or until written notice of the death of such undersigned, shall have been actually delivered to Lender notwithstanding a revocation by, or the death of, or complete or partial release for any cause of, any one or more of the remainder of the undersigned, or of the Borrower or of any one liable in any manner for the liabilities (including those hereunder) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and notwithstanding the dissolution, termination, or change in personnel, of any one or more of the undersigned. No revocation or termination hereof shall affect in any manner rights arising under this Guaranty with respect to liabilities arising prior to receipt of such written notice and the sole effect of revocation or termination shall be to exclude from this Guaranty liabilities thereafter arising which are unconnected with liabilities theretofore existing or transactions theretofore entered into.

 

The undersigned, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder and the term "undersigned" shall mean the undersigned or any one or more of them. Any party signing this Guaranty shall be bound hereby, whether or not any other party signs this Guaranty or is released therefrom at any time.

 

This Guaranty shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Lender and the undersigned. This Guaranty in the possession of the Lender will be presumed that same has been executed and delivered by each of the undersigned for a valuable consideration.

 

This Guaranty may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity.

 

WITNESS our hands at Vernal, Utah, on this the _____ day of December, 2013 to be effective on January 1, 2014.

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC on this the ____ day of December, 2013 .

 

   
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: __________

 

  SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Annette D. Meier
    Annette D. Meier, Manager

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by Annette D. MEIER, authorized representative as Manager of SUPERIOR DESIGN AND FABRICATION, LLC on this the ____ day of December, 2013 .

  

   
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

  

Commission Expires: __________

 

 

 

 

GUARANTY

 

IN CONSIDERATION of credit and financial accommodations extended, to be extended or continued to TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, hereinafter called "Borrower," by ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., a California corporation (as Assignee from FORTUNA ASSET MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.). hereinafter called "Lender" and for other good and valuable considerations, I, we, and each of us have jointly, severally and unconditionally guaranteed and do hereby jointly, severally and unconditionally guarantee to Lender, the payment and collection of each and every claim, demand, indebtedness, right or cause of action of every nature whatsoever against said Borrower now or hereafter existing, due or to become due to, or held by Lender as shown upon the accounts and business records of Lender to the extent of that one certain AMENDED AND RESTATED PROMISSORY NOTE of even date herewith in the amount of NINE MILLION TWO HUNDRED EIGHTY FOUR THOUSAND THREE HUNDRED SEVENTY EIGHT AND 34/100 DOLLARS ($9,284,378.34) (“Note”), together with interest as it may accrue and if this Guaranty is placed with an attorney for collection or if collected by suit or through any probate, bankruptcy, or other court, to pay all court costs and attorney's fees in the amount of $50,000.00 or such other amount as the court enforcing this Guaranty finds to be reasonable, customary and necessary, which the undersigned agree is a reasonable fee, together with any and all expenses incurred by Lender in enforcing this Guaranty. This is a continuing guaranty and all extensions of credit and financial accommodation concurrently herewith or hereafter made by Lender to Borrower shall be conclusively presumed to have been made in acceptance hereof, and this Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect for any and all renewals, extensions and/or modifications of the Note and/or indebtedness herein described.

 

All indebtedness of Borrower to the undersigned, whether now existing or hereafter arising (including indebtedness resulting from this Guaranty) is hereby assigned to Lender to the extent of the amount of this Guaranty as security for the payment of all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender. To the extent such indebtedness of Borrower is to the undersigned (whether now existing or hereafter arising) exceeds the amount of this Guaranty, such indebtedness is hereby subordinated to all liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender.

 

The undersigned acknowledge and agree that possession of this Guaranty by Lender constitutes true and correct execution and actual and proper delivery of same to Lender and the undersigned waive notice of acceptance of this Guaranty and of any liability to which it applies or may apply, and waive presentment and demand for payment thereof, notice of dishonor or non-payment thereof, collection or instigation of suit or any other action by Lender in collection thereof including any notice of default in payment thereof or other notice to, or demand of payment therefore on, any party. Payment by the undersigned shall be made at the office of Lender at 12411 Ventura Blvd., Studio City,, Los Angeles, California.

 

Lender may, at its option, at any time without the consent of, or notice to the undersigned, without incurring responsibility to the undersigned, without impairing or releasing the obligations of the undersigned, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part, (1) change the manner, place or terms of payment or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, or alter any liability of Borrower hereby guaranteed, or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder, and the guaranty herein made shall apply to the liabilities of the Borrower, changed, extended, renewed or altered in any manner, (2) sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure or securing the liabilities hereby guaranteed or any liabilities incurred directly or indirectly hereunder or any offset against any said liabilities, (3) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting, (4) settle or compromise any liabilities hereby guaranteed or hereby incurred, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part of such liabilities to the payment of any liabilities which may be due to Lender or others, and, (5) apply any sums paid to any liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender regardless of what liability or liabilities of Borrower to Lender remain unpaid. Lender may, at its option, without the consent of or notice to the undersigned, apply to the payment of the liability created by this Guaranty, at any time after such liability becomes payable, any monies, property, or other assets belonging to the undersigned in the possession, care, custody and control of Lender.

 

 
 

 

and the sole effect of revocation or termination shall be to exclude from this Guaranty liabilities thereafter arising which are unconnected with liabilities theretofore existing or transactions theretofore entered into.

 

The undersigned, if more than one, shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder and the term “undersigned” shall mean the undersigned or any one or more of them. Any one signing this Guaranty shall be bound hereby, whether or not any other party signs this Guaranty or is released therefrom at any time. Any married woman who signs this Guaranty hereby expressly agrees that recourse may be had against her separate property for all her obligations under this Guaranty.

 

This Guaranty shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Lender and the undersigned. This Guaranty in the possession of the Lender will be presumed that same has been executed and delivered by each of the undersigned for a valuable consideration.

 

This Guaranty may be executed in multiple original counterparts each being of equal weight and dignity.

 

This Guaranty is an addition to, and not in lieu of that certain GUARANTY dated August 10, 2007 executed and delivered by Troy Meier.

 

WITNESS our hands at Vernal, Uintah County, Utah, on this the 15 day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ G. TROY MEIER
  G. TROY MEIER
   
  SS# 529-21-9297
   
  UTAH
  Drivers License #7542818

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by G. TROY MEIER on this the 15 day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ DEL R. BRADY
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: 8/10/2009

 

/s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
 
SS# 529-96-9139
 
UTAH
Drivers License # 12809850

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

 
 

 

 

GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST

(as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST

AGREEMENT OF GILBERT TROY MEIER dated

October 28, 1999, as amended)

     
  BY: /s/ GILBERT TROY MEIER
    GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE
     
    /s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
    ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, by GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE and ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE who signatures appear above on this the 15 day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ DEL R. BRADY
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: 8/10/2009 

     
ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST
(as established under the REVOCABLE TRUST
AGREEMENT OF ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER dated
October 28, 1999, as amended
)
   
BY: /s/ GILBERT TROY MEIER
  GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE

 

    /s/ ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
    ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, GILBERT TROY MEIER, TRUSTEE and ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, TRUSTEE who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ DEL R. BRADY
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires: 8/10/2009

 

  MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
   
BY: /s/ ANNETE D. MEIER
  ANNETE D. MEIER, MANAGER

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, MANAGER who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

 
 

 

  SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
     
  BY: /s/ ANNETTE D. MEIER
    ANNETTE D. MEIER, MANAGER

 

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME, ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER, MANAGER who signatures appear above on this the 15 th day of June, 2009.

 

  /s/ DEL R. BRADY
  NOTARY PUBLIC FOR
  STATE OF UTAH

 

Commission Expires 8/10/2009

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT NO.: 10.49  

To Form S-1 Registration Statement

 

LOAN PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This LOAN PURCHASE AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”), is entered into effective as of January __, 2014, (“ Effective Date ”), among ACF Property Management, Inc., a California corporation (“ Lender ”), SD Company, Inc., a Utah corporation (“ Buyer ”), and Tronco Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.           Lender is the holder of a Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “ Note ”) payable by Borrower, dated effective January 1, 2014 in the principal amount of $6,888,092.28 (the “ Note ”) being in renewal, extension and modification of that certain Amended and Restated Note in the principal amount of $9,284,378.34 dated June 15, 2009 (the “ Loan ”). All amounts due under the Loan, pursuant to the terms of that certain Loan Agreement dated August 10, 2007, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Loan Agreement dated December 10, 2007, that certain Second Amendment to Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2009 and that certain Third Amendment to Loan Agreement dated effective as of January 1, 2014 (collectively, the “ Loan Agreement ”) are secured by the collateral described in the following documents (collectively, the “ Collateral Documents ”):

 

· Guaranty dated August 10, 2007 from G. Troy Meier in favor of Lender (the “ 2007 Guaranty ”);

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests dated August 10, 2007 made by Borrower and Philco Exploration, LLC (“ Philco ”) in favor of Lender recorded on August 23, 2007 in Uintah County, Utah, Entry Number 2007009552 (the “ 9552 Deed of Trust ”);

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests (UCC/Chattel Mortgage) dated August 10, 2007 made by Borrower and Philco in favor of Lender, first recorded on August 23, 2007 in Uintah County, Utah, Entry Number 2007009552 and second recorded on August 30, 2007 in Uintah County, Utah, Entry Number 2007009845 (the “ 9845 Deed of Trust ”);

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) – County of Muskingum – Muskingum County Recorder File No. 200700018268 recorded on December 14, 2007 (the “ 8268 Deed of Trust ”).

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) – County of Ashtabula – Ashtabula County Recorder File No. 200700016657 recorded on December 12, 2007 (the “ 6657 Deed of Trust ”).

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) – County of Stark – Stark County Recorder File No. 200712130064969 recorded on December 13, 2007 (the “ 4969 Deed of Trust ”) .

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) – County of Portage – Portage County Recorder File No. 200726836 recorded on December 13, 2007 (the “ 6836 Deed of Trust ”).

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement (Multi-State Oil and Gas Interests) – County of Licking – Licking County Recorder File No. 200806040012968 recorded on June 4, 2008 (the “ 2968 Deed of Trust ”).

 

 
 

 

· Deed of Trust and Security Agreement dated August 10, 2007 made by Meier Family Limited Partnership in favor of Lender recorded on August 23, 2007 in Uintah County, Utah, Entry Number 2007009529 (“ 9529 Deed of Trust ”);

 

· Security Agreement/Pledge Agreement-Deposit Account dated August 10, 2007 made by Borrower in favor of Lender (“ Key Bank Security Agreement ”);

 

· Deposit Account Control Agreement dated August 10, 2007 among Keybank National Association, Borrower and Lender (“ DACA ”);

 

· Security Agreement-Pledge between Borrower and Lender dated June 15, 2009 covering five percent (5%) of the membership interests of Superior Drilling Products, LLC held in the name of Meier Management Company, LLC (the “ MMC-Drilling Products Pledge Agreement ”);

 

· Security Agreement-Pledge between Borrower and Lender dated June 15, 2009 covering ninety five percent (95%) of the membership interests of Superior Drilling Products, LLC held in the name of Meier Family Holdings, LLC (the “ MFH-Drilling Products Pledge Agreement ”);

 

· Guaranty from G. Troy Meier, Annette Deuel Meier, Glbert Troy Meier Trust, Annette Deuel Meier Trust, Meier Management Company, LLC and Superior Drilling Products, LLC in favor of Lender dated June 15, 2009 (the “ 2009 Guaranty ”);

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement dated June 15, 2009 recorded on October 9, 2009 in Licking County, Licking County Recorder File No. 20091019002268 (the “ 2268 Deed of Trust ”);

 

· Master Deed of Trust, Mortgage, Assignment of Production, Security Agreement and Financing Statement dated June 15, 2009 recorded on July 29, 2010 in Muskingum County, Muskingum County Recorder File No. 201000007878 (the “ 7878 Deed of Trust ”);

 

· Security Agreement-Pledge between Borrower and Lender dated January 1, 2014 covering one hundred percent (100%) of the membership interests of Superior Design & Fabrication, LLC held in the name of Meier Management Company, LLC (the “ MMC-Design Pledge Agreement ”); and

 

· Guaranty from Superior Drilling Products, LLC and Superior Design & Fabrication, LLC in favor of Lender dated effective as of January 1, 2014 (“ 2014 Guaranty ”).

 

The Note, the Loan Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and any other documents signed in connection with the Loan are collectively referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”.

 

B.            Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

1.             Purchase and Agreement . Subject to the provisions of Section 16, in exchange for the Purchase Price stated in Section 2, Lender hereby agrees to sell, endorse, transfer, convey, assign, and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase from Lender, all of Lender’s right, title and interest in (a) the Note and other Loan Documents, and (b) all amounts which are due under the Loan Documents on and after the Closing Date.

 

  2
 

 

2.             Purchase Price; Closing .

 

2.1.           Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of the Note and other Loan Documents shall be the sum of (a) the Indebtedness, plus (b) the ACF Redemption Obligations, plus (c) all of Lender’s reasonable out-of-pocket costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with this Agreement and in closing Buyer’s purchase of the Loan. Buyer will pay the Purchase Price to Lender by wire transfer, cashier’s check, or other immediately available funds.

 

2.2.           Closing . Contemporaneously upon payment by Buyer to Lender of the Purchase Price (the “ Closing Date ”), Lender shall deliver to Buyer the following documents:

 

(a)          Each of the original Loan Documents;

 

(b)          The original Endorsement of Promissory Note attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A ;

 

(c)          The original Assignments in the forms attached as Exhibit B (together, the “ Assignments ”) of 9552 Deed of Trust, 9845 Deed of Trust, 8268 Deed of Trust, 6657 Deed of Trust, 4969 Deed of Trust, 6836 Deed of Trust, 2968 Deed of Trust, 9529 Deed of Trust, 2268 Deed of Trust and the 7878 Deed of Trust (collectively, the “ Deeds of Trust ”) under which Lender assigns all of its right, title and interest in the Deeds of Trust to the Buyer, and agrees that Buyer is solely responsible for recording the Assignments with the applicable county recorder’s office; and

 

(d)          Such other assignment documents as may Buyer may reasonably request to transfer title to the Loan Documents from Lender to Buyer and which are usual and customary for like kind transactions.

 

3.             Loan Payments . Subject to Borrower’s right to prepay the amounts outstanding under the Loan, between the Effective Date and the Closing Date, Borrower shall continue to pay Lender any and all amounts due under the Loan Documents in accordance with their terms. Lender expressly authorizes and directs Borrower to pay Buyer all amounts due under the Loan Documents on and after the Closing Date. Lender agrees to promptly deliver to Buyer any payments which Lender receives from Borrower under the Loan Documents on and after the Closing Date.

 

4.             Acknowledgements; Waivers . Buyer acknowledges that Borrower is current on its payments due to Lender under the Loan and is otherwise not in default under the Loan Documents. However, whether or not Buyer was aware of the occurrence, or the pending or threatened occurrence, of any of the following events, Buyer waives any Claims (as defined in Section 7 below) against Lender arising out of or in connection with: (a) any default by Borrower under the Loan Documents, (b) Lender’s waiver of, or failure to exercise any, actions or remedies available to Lender under the Loan Documents, (c) any bankruptcy filing by Borrower before or after the date of this Agreement, or (d) Lender’s origination, servicing, foreclosure, or other action relating to the Loan Documents or the Collateral.

 

  3
 

 

5.             Organization; Authority of Buyer . Buyer certifies the accuracy of all of the following statements:

 

5.1.          Buyer was formed under the laws of, and is in good standing in, the State of Utah.

 

5.2.          Buyer’s governing body has duly authorized (a) Buyer to enter into this Agreement, and (b) the individual signing on Buyer’s behalf to do so.

 

5.3.          Entering into this Agreement does not violate any law, agreement or other obligation by which Buyer is bound.

 

6.             Organization; Authority of Lender .

 

6.1.          Lender was formed under the laws of, and is in good standing in, the State of California.

 

6.2.          Lender’s governing body has duly authorized (a) Lender to enter into this Agreement, and (b) the individual signing on Lender’s behalf to do so.

 

6.3.          Entering into this Agreement does not violate any law, agreement or other obligation by which Lender is bound.

 

6.4.          Lender is not currently in default, nor will it take any action that would constitute a default under this Agreement or the Loan Documents.

 

6.5.          Lender is the sole owner of the Loan free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

 

7.             Indemnification . Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender harmless from any claims or demands asserted against Lender and from any liability, loss or damage which Lender incurs (“ Claims ”) (a) under the Loan Documents, (b) because of this Agreement, or (c) because of alleged obligations or undertakings on Lender’s part to perform or discharge any of Borrower’s, or any other person’s, obligations under the Loan Documents. Buyer will reimburse Lender for all costs and reasonable attorney fees incurred in relation to such Claims, including any costs and fees as may be incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 7 to the contrary, Buyer shall not indemnify Lender for any Claims which are due in whole or in part to Lender’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or breach of this Agreement or the Loan Documents.

 

8.             Limitations . Buyer acknowledges and agrees that Lender is assigning the Loan Documents to Buyer WITHOUT RECOURSE AND WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND , EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED , including, but not limited to, any warranty or representation regarding the condition of the Collateral, the state of the title to the Collateral, or any claims by third parties against the Collateral.

 

9.             Taxes; Liens . Buyer acknowledges that there are taxes or other outstanding liens against on the real property secured by the Deed of Trust which are due or may become due, and that those amounts will not be paid by Lender and will be Buyer’s sole responsibility.

 

  4
 

 

10.           Other Documents . Each party agrees to sign any other documents, and take any further actions, as the other party reasonably requests in the future, to give effect to this Agreement.

 

11.           Time; Currency . Time is of the essence of each and every term, covenant and condition of this Agreement. All sums referred to in this Agreement are calculated by and payable in the lawful currency of the United States.

 

12.           Governing Law; Attorney Fees . This Agreement will be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State of Utah. Buyer will reimburse Lender for all of Lender’s court costs and reasonable attorney fees incurred in any arbitration or litigation concerning this Agreement, including any costs and fees as may be incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding.

 

13.           General . All of the Exhibits to this Agreement are expressly incorporated into, and deemed part of the definition of, this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement have been mutually negotiated and will not be construed against any party. Buyer expressly acknowledges that it had a reasonable opportunity to seek the advice of legal counsel with respect to this Agreement. If any portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid by a court having jurisdiction, the remaining terms of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect to the extent possible. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties, and supersedes all previous agreements, written or oral, with regard to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14.           No Oral Agreements . No oral agreement to waive or modify any term of this Agreement will be effective. Any such waiver or modification must be in writing signed by all parties.

 

ORAL AGREEMENTS OR ORAL COMMITMENTS TO LOAN MONEY, EXTEND CREDIT, OR TO FORBEAR FROM ENFORCING REPAYMENT OF A DEBT ARE NOT ENFORCEABLE UNDER UTAH LAW .

 

15.           Consent of Guarantors . By their execution hereof, the Guarantors hereby consent to the purchase and sale of the Loan on the terms set forth herein.

 

16.           Effectiveness of Agreement . If, (i) Borrower repays the Loan in full on or prior to June 30, 2014 (the “ Termination Date ”), or (ii) closing of the transactions contemplated herein has not occurred on or before the Termination Date, this Agreement shall expire and be of no further force or effect.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

  5
 

 

Executed by the parties hereto as of the first date written above.

 

LENDER:   BUYER :
     
ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.   SD COMPANY, INC.
         
By:     By:  
Name:     Name:  
Title:     Title:  
         
      BORROWER :
         
      TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION
         
      By:  
      Name:  
      Title:  
         
      GUARANTORS :
         
      SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC
         
      By:  
      Name:  
      Title:  
         
      /s/ Troy Meier
      G. TROY MEIER
         
      /s/ Annette Meier
      ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER
         
      GILBERT TROY MEIER TRUST
         
      By: /s/ Troy Meier
        Gilbert Troy Meier, Trustee
         
      ANNETTE DEUEL MEIER TRUST
         
      By: /s/ Annette Meier
        Annette Deuel Meier, Trustee

 

  6
 

 

      MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC
         
      By:  
      Name:  
      Title:  
         
      SUPERIOR DESIGN & FABRICATION, LLC
         
      By:  
      Name:  
      Title:  

 

  7
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ENDORSEMENT OF PROMISSORY NOTE

 

(Attached to Original Note)

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

 

That for value received, ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC., (‘ Lender ”), and as the current holder, has all right, title and interest in and to that certain Second Amended and Restated Promissory Note (the “ Note ”) dated effective January 1, 2014, made and executed by TRONCO ENERGY CORPORATION as Borrower to the Lender, in the original principal sum of SIX MILLION EIGHT HUNDRED EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND NINETY TWO AND 28/100 DOLLARS ($6,888,092.28), and does hereby assign and transfer over to SD COMPANY, INC. all of Lender’s right, title and interest in and to the Note, without recourse or warranty, either expressed or implied, as to Lender, its successors and assigns.

 

DATED:   , 2014      
           
        ACF PROPERTY MANAGEMENT, INC.
           
        By:  
        Name:  
        Title:  

 

  8
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT OF DEEDS OF TRUST

 

(See Attached)

 

  9

 

 

Exhibit 10.51  

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal
$1,684,005.00
Loan Date
03-19-2012
Maturity
03-19-2017
Loan No
9207252-90
Call/Coll Account Officer
***
Initials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***’’ has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower: SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC
3978 WEST 12600 SOUTH
RIVERTON, UT 84096
  Lender: Mountain America Credit Union
SBA Department
7181 South Campus View Drive
West Jordan, UT 84084
         

 

Principal Amount:   $1,684,005.00 Initial Rate:  5.500% Date of Note: March 19, 2012

  

PROMISE TO PAY. SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC (“Borrower”) promises to pay to Mountain America Credit Union (“Lender”), or order, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal amount of One Million Six Hundred Eighty-four Thousand Five & 00/100 Dollars ($1,684,005.00), together with interest on the unpaid principal balance from March 19, 2012, until paid in full.

 

PAYMENT. Borrower will pay this loan in full immediately upon Lender’s demand. If no demand is made, subject to any payment changes resulting from changes in the Index, Borrower will pay this loan in 59 regular payments of $10,341.78 each and one irregular last payment estimated at $1,513,504.59. Borrower’s first payment is due April 19, 2012, and all subsequent payments are due on the same day of each month after that. Borrower’s final payment will be due on March 19, 2017, and will be for all principal and all accrued interest not yet paid. Payments include principal and interest. Unless otherwise agreed or required by applicable law, payments will be applied first to any accrued unpaid interest; then to principal; and then to any late charges. Borrower will pay Lender at Lender’s address shown above or at such other place as Lender may designate in writing.

 

VARIABLE INTEREST RATE. The interest rate on this Note is subject to change from time to time based on changes in an index which is the 10 Year Treasury Note (the “Index”). The index is not necessarily the lowest rate charged by Lender on its loans and is set by Lender in Its sole discretion. If the Index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, Lender may designate a substitute index after notifying Borrower. Lender will tell Borrower the current Index rate upon Borrower’s request. The interest rate change will not occur more often than each 5 Years, Borrower understands that Lender may make loans based on other rates as well. The Index currently is 2.010% per annum. Interest on the unpaid principal balance of this Note will be calculated as described in the “INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD” paragraph using a rate of 3.000 percentage points over the Index, rounded up to the nearest 0.125 percent, adjusted if necessary for any minimum and maximum rate limitations described below, resulting in an initial rate of 5.500%. NOTICE: Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this Note be less than 5.500% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. Whenever increases occur in the interest rate, Lender, at its option, may do one or more of the following; (A) increase Borrower’s payments to ensure Borrower’s loan will pay off by its original final maturity date, (B) increase Borrower’s payments to cover accruing interest, (C) increase the number of Borrower’s payments, and (D) continue Borrower’s payments at the same amount and increase Borrower’s final payment.

 

INTEREST CALCULATION METHOD. Interest on this Note is computed on a 365/365 simple interest basis; that is, by applying the ratio of the interest rate over the number of days in a year (366 during leap years), multiplied by the outstanding principal balance, multiplied by the actual number of days the principal balance is outstanding. All interest payable under this Note is computed using this method.

 

PREPAYMENT. Borrower agrees that all loan fees and other prepaid finance charges are earned fully as of the date of the loan and will not be subject to refund upon early payment (whether Voluntary or as a result of default), except as otherwise required by law. Except for the foregoing, Borrower may pay without penalty all or a portion of the amount owed earlier than it is due. Early payments will not, unless agreed to by Lender in writing, relieve Borrower of Borrower’s obligation to continue to make payments under the payment schedule. Rather, early payments will reduce the principal balance due and may result in Borrower’s making fewer payments. Borrower agrees not to send Lender payments marked “paid in full”, “without recourse”, or similar language. If Borrower sends such a payment, Lender may accept it without losing any of Lender’s rights under this Note, and Borrower will remain obligated to pay any further amount owed to Lender. All written communications concerning disputed amounts, Including any check or other payment instrument that indicates that the payment constitutes “payment in full” of the amount owed or that is tendered with other conditions or limitations or as full satisfaction of a disputed amount must be mailed or delivered to: Mountain America Credit Union, SBA Department, 7181 South Campus View Drive, West Jordan, UT 84084.

 

LATE CHARGE. If a payment is 15 days or more late, Borrower will be charged 5.000% of the regularly scheduled payment or $15.00, whichever is greater.

 

INTEREST AFTER DEFAULT. Upon default, including failure to pay upon final maturity, the interest rate on this Note shall be increased to 18.000%. However, in no event will the interest rate exceed the maximum interest rate limitations under applicable law.

 

LENDER’S RIGHTS. Upon default, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance under this Note and all accrued unpaid interest immediately due, and then Borrower will pay that amount.

 

ATTORNEYS’ FEES; EXPENSES. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this Note if Borrower does not pay. Borrower will pay Lender that amount. This includes, subject to any limits under applicable law, Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, whether or not there is a lawsuit, including without limitation all reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), and appeals. If not prohibited by applicable law, Borrower also will pay any court costs, in addition to all other sums provided by law.

 

JURY WAIVER. Lender and Borrower hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Borrower against the other.

 

GOVERNING LAW. This Note will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Utah without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Note has been accepted by Lender in the State of Utah.

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Borrower agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Salt Lake County, State of Utah.

 

DISHONORED ITEM FEE. Borrower will pay a fee to Lender of $25.00 if Borrower makes a payment on Borrower’s loan and the check or preauthorized charge with which Borrower pays is later dishonored.

 

STATUTORY LIEN. Borrower agrees that all loan advances under this Note are secured by all shares and deposits in all joint and individual accounts Borrower has with Lender now and in the future. Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to apply the balance in these accounts to pay any amounts due under this Note when Borrower is in default under this Note. Shares and deposits in an individual Retirement Account and any other account that would lose special tax treatment under state or federal law if given as security are not subject to the security interest Borrower has given in Borrower’s shares and deposits.

 

 
 

 

  PROMISSORY NOTE  
Loan No: 9207252-90 (Continued) Page 2
     

 

ARBITRATION. Borrower and Lender agree that all disputes, claims and controversies between them whether individual, joint, or class in nature, arising from this Note or otherwise, including without limitation contract and tort disputes, shall be arbitrated pursuant to the Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim is filed, upon request of other party. No act to take or dispose of any collateral securing this Note shall constitute a waiver of this arbitration agreement or be prohibited by this arbitration agreement. This includes, without limitation, obtaining injunctive relief or a temporary restraining order; invoking a power of sale under any deed of trust or mortgage; obtaining a writ of attachment or Imposition of a receiver; or exercising any rights rotating to personal property, including taking or disposing of such property with or without judicial process pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code. Any disputes, claims, or controversies concerning the lawfulness or reasonableness of any act, or exercise of any right, concerning any collateral securing this Note, including any claim to rescind, reform, or otherwise modify any agreement relating to the collateral securing this Note, shall also be arbitrated, provided however that no arbitrator shall have the right or the power to enjoin or restrain any act of any party. Judgment upon any award rendered by any arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Nothing in this Note shall preclude any party from seeking equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction. The statute of limitations, estoppel, waiver, laches, and similar doctrines which would otherwise be applicable in an action brought by a party shall be applicable in any arbitration proceeding, and the commencement of an arbitration proceeding shall be deemed the commencement of an action for these purposes. The Federal Arbitration Act shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this arbitration provision.

 

SUCCESSOR INTERESTS. The terms of this Note shall be binding upon Borrower, and upon Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns.

 

NOTIFY US OF INACCURATE INFORMATION WE REPORT TO CONSUMER REPORTING AGENCIES. Borrower may notify Lender if Lender reports any inaccurate information about Borrower’s account(s) to a consumer reporting agency. Borrower’s written notice describing the specific inaccuracy(ies) should be sent to Lender at the following address: Mountain America Credit Union, SBA Department, 7181 South Campus View Drive, West Jordan, UT 84084.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS. If any part of this Note cannot be enforced, this fact will not affect the rest of the Note. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Note without losing them. Borrower and any other person who signs, guarantees or endorses this Note, to the extent allowed by law, waive presentment, demand for payment, and notice of dishonor. Upon any change in the terms of this Note, and unless otherwise expressly stated in writing, no party who signs this Note, whether as maker, guarantor, accommodation maker or endorser, shall be released from liability. All such parties agree that Lender may renew or extend (repeatedly and for any length of time) this and or release any party or guarantor or collateral; or impair, fail to realize upon or perfect Lender’s security interest in the collateral; and take any other action deemed necessary by Lender without the consent of or notice to anyone, All such parties also agree that Lender may modify this loan without the consent of or notice to anyone other than the party with whom the modification is made. The obligations under this Note are joint and several.

 

PRIOR TO SIGNING THIS NOTE, BORROWER READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING THE VARIABLE INTEREST RATE PROVISIONS. BORROWER AGREES TO THE TERMS OF THE NOTE.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COMPLETED COPY OF THIS PROMISSORY NOTE.

 

BORROWER:

 

SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC

 

By: /s/ JUSTIN R. VINCENT  
  JUSTIN R. VINCENT, Manager of SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC  

 

MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC, Member of SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC

 

By: /s/ ANNETTE D. MEIER  
  ANNETTE D. MEIER, Manager of MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5,58,20,001 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - UY Y:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\DZD.FC TR-202 PR-7

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.52

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 1 of 3

 

U.S. Small Business Administration
NOTE (CDC/504 Loans)
 

 

SBA Loan Number   4359085009
SBA Loan Name   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT,
Date   May 25, 2012
Loan Amount   $1,159,000.00
Borrower   MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC
Operating Company   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT,
CDC   08-067 MOUNTAIN WEST SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE

 

Funding Date   July 11, 2012     * Interest Rate   2.42197%
First Payment Due   August 01, 2012     * P&I Amount   $6,093.51
Note Maturity Date   July 01, 2032     * Monthly Payment   $7,517.15
          (* blank at signing)    

 

1. PROMISE TO PAY

 

In return for the Loan, Borrower promises to pay to the order of CDC the amount of $1,159,000.00 One Million One Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and No/100 Dollars, interest on the unpaid principal balance, the fees specified in the Servicing Agent Agreement, and all other amounts required by this Note.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

Collateral ” means any property taken as security for payment of this Note or any guarantee of this Note.

Debenture ” means the debenture issued by CDC to fund the Loan.

Guarantor ” means each person or entity that signs a guarantee of payment of this Note.

Loan ” means the loan evidenced by this Note.

Loan Documents ” means the documents related to this loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor, or anyone who pledges collateral.

SBA ” means the Small Business Adminstration, an Agency of the United States of America.

Servicing Agent Agreement ” means the agreement between the Borrower and the CDC that, among other things, appoints a servicing agent (“Servicing Agent”) for this Note.

 

SBA Form (1505) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 2 of 3

 

3. DEBENTURE & NOTE TERMS

 

Date of SBA Approval: 11/09/2010

 

    (A) Debenture   (B) Note(or Lease)
A. Principal Amount *   $1,159,000.00   $1,159,000.00
B. Date   07/11/2012   05/25/2012
C. Interest Rate   2.38000%   2.42197% **
D. Maturity Date *   07/01/2032   07/01/2032
E. Payment Amount   $36,561.05   $7,517.15 ***
F. Payment Dates   Semi-Annual January and July   The first of each month beginning August 01, 2012

 

* Item in Column A must be identical to item in Column B.
** The Note Rate is the interest rate charged on the Debenture, adjusted to reflect monthly amortization.
*** Servicing fees are added to monthly principal and interest payments to arrive at Borrower’s total monthly payment.

 

4. PAYMENT

 

A. Borrower agrees to:

 

(1) Make timely monthly payments to CSA by Automatic Clearing House (ACH) or Federal Fund wire transfer if ACH is not available, or as approved by CSA in writing.

 

(2) Pay all fees and closing costs owed by Borrower as described in this Agreement.

 

B. If the Borrower fails to make timely payments, the CDC agrees to collect and send the delinquent payments it collects from the Borrower to the CSA.

 

5. UNDERWRITERS’ FEE

 

The offering of the Certificates to Investors through one or more Underwriters has been arranged.

 

The Underwriters’ fee for this service is Four - Tenths of one percent (0.40000%) of the total Debenture proceeds stated in Section 6.

 

(For calculation of Underwriters’ fee, see section B.l of the 504 Authorization.)

 

SBA Form (1506) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 3 of 3

 

6. DISBURSEMENT AUTHORIZATION

 

(Complete all information: enter “N/A” if not applicable)  

Dollar Amount

Please round to the nearest dollar

 
Total Debenture Amount   $ 1,159,000.00  
A. The Underwriters’ fee withheld prior to CSA receipt of funds   $ 4,636.00  
B. Amount received by CSA   $ 1,154,364.00  
C. The CSA will disburse the following:

(1) Net Debenture Proceeds

(by wire transfer)

  $ 1,142,456.00  

(2) Fees and Closing Costs

(Sum of (A) through (D) below)

  $ 11,041.34  

(A) SBA Guaranty Fee

(0.005 times Net Debenture Proceeds)

  $ 0.00  

(B) Funding Fee

(0.0025 times Net Debenture Proceeds)

  $ 2,856.14  

(C) CDC Processing Fee

(0.015 times net debenture proceeds)

  $ 0.00  
(D) CDC Closing Costs and Fees   $ 8,185.20  
(3) Balance, if any, to the Borrower   $ 866.66  

(4) Total CSA Disbursement

(Sum of (1), (2) and (3))

  $ 1,154,364.00  

 

7. WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

 

A. Recipient Bank For Wire Of Net Debenture Proceeds

 

Name of
Recipient Bank
  MOUNTAIN AMERICAN
FEDERAL CREI
  City and
State
  WEST JORDAN, UT
             
Account Name   MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC   Account Number   802600-5000.0000 SUP
             
Routing Symbol & Transaction Code   32407955   Attention of:   SBA DEPT.
(must be 9 digits )            

 

B. Correspondent Bank (Complete the following only if recipient bank is not a Fed wire member)

 

Correspondent Bank City and
Name State
   
Account Name Account Number
   
Routing Symbol &  

Transaction Code

( must be 9 digits )

Attention

of:

 

SBA Form (1506) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

U.S GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED

 

2.3800% DEVELOPMENT COMPANY PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATES

SERIES 2012-20G

 

DEBENTURE PREPAYMENT PREMIUM SCHEDULE

 

SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN: SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC

 

ISSUER: MOUNTAIN WEST SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE

 

DEBENTURE NUMBER:   2 012-20G/08-067-000107418
SBA LOAN NUMBER:   4359085009
DEBENTURE PRINCIPAL:   $ 1159000.00

 

PAYMENT   PREMIUM AMOUNT     PREPAYMENT  
DATE   *SEE NOTE (1)     RATE (%)  
JAN. 1, 2013     27024.06       2.38000  
JUL. 1, 2013     26475.50       2.38000  
                 
JAN. 1, 2014     23328.36       2.14200  
JUL. 1, 2014     22822.83       2.14200  
                 
JAN. 1, 2015     19832.25       1.90400  
JUL. 1, 2015     19372.13       1.90400  
                 
JAN. 1, 2016     16543.22       1.66600  
JUL. 1, 2016     16130.98       1.66600  
                 
JAN. 1, 2017     13469.00       1.42800  
JUL. 1, 2017     13107.19       1.42800  
                 
JAN. 1, 2018     10617.56       1.19000  
JUL. 1, 2018     10308.83       1.19000  
                 
JAN. 1, 2019     7997.14       0.95200  
JUL. 1, 2019     7744.25       0.95200  
                 
JAN. 1, 2020     5616.26       0.71400  
JUL. 1, 2020     5422.05       0.71400  
                 
JAN. 1, 2021     3483.68       0.47600  
JUL. 1, 2021     3351.11       0.47600  
                 
JAN. 1, 2022     1608.48       0.23800  
JUL. 1, 2022     1540.60       0.23800  

 

*NOTE (1) PREMIUM AMOUNT IS BASED ON DEBENTURE BALANCE.

NO PREPAYMENT PREMIUM AFTER THE TENTH YEAR.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.53

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 1 of 3

 

U.S. Small Business Administration
NOTE (CDC/504 Loans)
 

 

SBA Loan Number   4359085009
SBA Loan Name   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT,
Date   May 25, 2012
Loan Amount   $1,159,000.00
Borrower   MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC
Operating Company   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT,
CDC   08-067 MOUNTAIN WEST SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE

 

Funding Date   July 11, 2012     * Interest Rate   2.42197%
First Payment Due   August 01, 2012     * P&I Amount   $6,093.51
Note Maturity Date   July 01, 2032     * Monthly Payment   $7,517.15
          (* blank at signing)    

 

1. PROMISE TO PAY

 

In return for the Loan, Borrower promises to pay to the order of CDC the amount of $1,159,000.00 One Million One Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and No/100 Dollars, interest on the unpaid principal balance, the fees specified in the Servicing Agent Agreement, and all other amounts required by this Note.

 

2. DEFINITIONS

 

Collateral ” means any property taken as security for payment of this Note or any guarantee of this Note.

Debenture ” means the debenture issued by CDC to fund the Loan.

Guarantor ” means each person or entity that signs a guarantee of payment of this Note.

Loan ” means the loan evidenced by this Note.

Loan Documents ” means the documents related to this loan signed by Borrower, Guarantor, or anyone who pledges collateral.

SBA ” means the Small Business Adminstration, an Agency of the United States of America.

Servicing Agent Agreement ” means the agreement between the Borrower and the CDC that, among other things, appoints a servicing agent (“Servicing Agent”) for this Note.

 

SBA Form (1505) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 2 of 3

 

3. DEBENTURE & NOTE TERMS

 

Date of SBA Approval: 11/09/2010

 

    (A) Debenture   (B) Note(or Lease)
A. Principal Amount *   $1,159,000.00   $1,159,000.00
B. Date   07/11/2012   05/25/2012
C. Interest Rate   2.38000%   2.42197% **
D. Maturity Date *   07/01/2032   07/01/2032
E. Payment Amount   $36,561.05   $7,517.15 ***
F. Payment Dates   Semi-Annual January and July   The first of each month beginning August 01, 2012

 

* Item in Column A must be identical to item in Column B.
** The Note Rate is the interest rate charged on the Debenture, adjusted to reflect monthly amortization.
*** Servicing fees are added to monthly principal and interest payments to arrive at Borrower’s total monthly payment.

 

4. PAYMENT

 

A. Borrower agrees to:

 

(1) Make timely monthly payments to CSA by Automatic Clearing House (ACH) or Federal Fund wire transfer if ACH is not available, or as approved by CSA in writing.

 

(2) Pay all fees and closing costs owed by Borrower as described in this Agreement.

 

B. If the Borrower fails to make timely payments, the CDC agrees to collect and send the delinquent payments it collects from the Borrower to the CSA.

 

5. UNDERWRITERS’ FEE

 

The offering of the Certificates to Investors through one or more Underwriters has been arranged.

 

The Underwriters’ fee for this service is Four - Tenths of one percent (0.40000%) of the total Debenture proceeds stated in Section 6.

 

(For calculation of Underwriters’ fee, see section B.l of the 504 Authorization.)

 

SBA Form (1506) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

Colson Services Corp. - CDC Online Page 3 of 3

 

6. DISBURSEMENT AUTHORIZATION

 

(Complete all information: enter “N/A” if not applicable)  

Dollar Amount

Please round to the nearest dollar

 
Total Debenture Amount   $ 1,159,000.00  
A. The Underwriters’ fee withheld prior to CSA receipt of funds   $ 4,636.00  
B. Amount received by CSA   $ 1,154,364.00  
C. The CSA will disburse the following:

(1) Net Debenture Proceeds

(by wire transfer)

  $ 1,142,456.00  

(2) Fees and Closing Costs

(Sum of (A) through (D) below)

  $ 11,041.34  

(A) SBA Guaranty Fee

(0.005 times Net Debenture Proceeds)

  $ 0.00  

(B) Funding Fee

(0.0025 times Net Debenture Proceeds)

  $ 2,856.14  

(C) CDC Processing Fee

(0.015 times net debenture proceeds)

  $ 0.00  
(D) CDC Closing Costs and Fees   $ 8,185.20  
(3) Balance, if any, to the Borrower   $ 866.66  

(4) Total CSA Disbursement

(Sum of (1), (2) and (3))

  $ 1,154,364.00  

 

7. WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

 

A. Recipient Bank For Wire Of Net Debenture Proceeds

 

Name of
Recipient Bank
  MOUNTAIN AMERICAN
FEDERAL CREI
  City and
State
  WEST JORDAN, UT
             
Account Name   MEIER MANAGEMENT COMPANY, LLC   Account Number   802600-5000.0000 SUP
             
Routing Symbol & Transaction Code   32407955   Attention of:   SBA DEPT.
(must be 9 digits )            

 

B. Correspondent Bank (Complete the following only if recipient bank is not a Fed wire member)

 

Correspondent Bank City and
Name State
   
Account Name Account Number
   
Routing Symbol &  

Transaction Code

( must be 9 digits )

Attention

of:

 

SBA Form (1506) Conformed Copy CDC Number:08-067 Loan Number:4359085009

 

 
 

 

U.S GOVERNMENT GUARANTEED

 

2.3800% DEVELOPMENT COMPANY PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATES

SERIES 2012-20G

 

DEBENTURE PREPAYMENT PREMIUM SCHEDULE

 

SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN: SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC

 

ISSUER: MOUNTAIN WEST SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE

 

DEBENTURE NUMBER:   2 012-20G/08-067-000107418
SBA LOAN NUMBER:   4359085009
DEBENTURE PRINCIPAL:   $ 1159000.00

 

PAYMENT   PREMIUM AMOUNT     PREPAYMENT  
DATE   *SEE NOTE (1)     RATE (%)  
JAN. 1, 2013     27024.06       2.38000  
JUL. 1, 2013     26475.50       2.38000  
                 
JAN. 1, 2014     23328.36       2.14200  
JUL. 1, 2014     22822.83       2.14200  
                 
JAN. 1, 2015     19832.25       1.90400  
JUL. 1, 2015     19372.13       1.90400  
                 
JAN. 1, 2016     16543.22       1.66600  
JUL. 1, 2016     16130.98       1.66600  
                 
JAN. 1, 2017     13469.00       1.42800  
JUL. 1, 2017     13107.19       1.42800  
                 
JAN. 1, 2018     10617.56       1.19000  
JUL. 1, 2018     10308.83       1.19000  
                 
JAN. 1, 2019     7997.14       0.95200  
JUL. 1, 2019     7744.25       0.95200  
                 
JAN. 1, 2020     5616.26       0.71400  
JUL. 1, 2020     5422.05       0.71400  
                 
JAN. 1, 2021     3483.68       0.47600  
JUL. 1, 2021     3351.11       0.47600  
                 
JAN. 1, 2022     1608.48       0.23800  
JUL. 1, 2022     1540.60       0.23800  

 

*NOTE (1) PREMIUM AMOUNT IS BASED ON DEBENTURE BALANCE.

NO PREPAYMENT PREMIUM AFTER THE TENTH YEAR.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.54

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

SBA Loan #   43590850-09
     
SBA Loan Name   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC
     
Borrower   MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC
     
Co-Borrower   NONE
     
Operating
Company
  SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC
     
Debtor   SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC
     
Debtor’s Address   3978 West 12600 South, Riverton, UT 84065
     
C DG/Secured Party   Mountain West Small Business Finance
     
CDC’s Address   2595 East 3300 South, Salt Lake City, Utah 84109
     
Assignee of
Secured Party
  U.S. Small Business Administration
     
Date   May 25, 2012
     

Loan/Debenture

Amount

  $ 1,159,000.00

 

1 .Grant of Security Interest: Obligations. Debtor, for value received, hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in the property described in paragraph 2 to secure the payment and performance of the following obligations (the “Obligations”):

 

a. Principal and interest on and all amounts owing under a note (the “Note”) of Borrower and Co-Borrower, payable to the order of Secured Party, in the principal amount of the Loan/Debenture Amount, and all modifications, renewals and extensions of the Note;

 

b. Debtor’s obligations under this Security Agreement;

 

c. All other costs and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) which may be made or incurred by Secured Party (i) in the disbursement, administration and collection of the loan evidenced by the Note (the “Loan”), or (ii) in the maintenance, preservation or liquidation of the Collateral, or (iii) under this Security Agreement, or (iv) for the benefit of Debtor, with interest at the maximum legal rate on such costs and liabilities; and

 

 
 

 

d. Any of the foregoing that arise after the filing of a petition by or against Debtor under the Bankruptcy Code, U.S.C. Title 11, us the same may be amended from time to time, even if the obligations do not accrue because of the automatic stay under the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 362, or otherwise.

 

2. Collateral. The collateral in which the Security Interest is granted is all Debtor’s property described in the attached Exhibit A, wherever located, and now owned or hereafter acquired, together with all proceeds and products therefrom (the “Collateral”).

 

3. Debtor’s Representations and Warranties. Debtor understands and acknowledges that Secured party, in making the Loan and in perfecting and continuing the Security Interest, is acting in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Agreement and other documents executed by Debtor in connection with the SBA Loan above referenced and, in addition thereto, that:

 

1. Debtor owns or will own the Collateral, and Debtor has or will have rights in the Collateral or the power to transfer rights in the Collateral to the Secured Party. Debtor’s rights and title in and to the Collateral are free of any claims, liens, security interests, restrictions on transfer or pledge, or other encumbrances except as created by this Security Agreement or as permitted in writing by Secured Party.

 

2. The Loan is only for commercial purposes and is not a consumer transaction. Debtor has not and is not acquiring the Collateral for personal, family or household purposes.

 

Debtor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Secured Party from and against any cost or liability (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees) which Secured Party may incur as a result of any inaccuracy in any of the representations and warranties.

 

4. No Disposition of Collateral. Debtor shall not transfer, sell, assign, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of Debtor’s rights or title it and to all or part of the Collateral and Debtor shall not grant or permit any other claim, lien, security interest, or other encumbrance to be created in or on the Collateral without the Secured Party’s prior written approval, except that Debtor way sell inventory listed in Exhibit A in the ordinary course of debtor’s business on customary terms and at usual prices and may collect, as Secured Party’s agent, sums due on accounts and other evidences of debt listed in Exhibit A, until advised otherwise by Secured Party. The Collateral shall remain personal property and, without the Secured Party’s prior written approval, Debtor shall not affix any of the Collateral to any real property in any manner which would change its nature from that of personal property to real property or to a fixture.

 

5. Location. Maintenance and Inspection of Collateral. Debtor shall keep, store or regularly garage all the Collateral at locations approved by Secured Party in writing. The Collateral is or will be kept at the following locations: 3978 West 12600 South, Riverton, UT 84065

 

 
 

 

Debtor shall not move the Collateral to any other location without providing Secured Party with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the change in location and, if the Collateral is moved to leased premises, with a written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Party from all lessors (including sublessors) of such premises (i) subordinating the interest of such lessors and sublessors, if any, in the Collateral to that of Secured Party, (ii) providing Secured Party with written notice of any default and a reasonable opportunity to cure such default, and (iii) permitting Secured Party or its agents to enter into the leased premises to inspect the Collateral, to take possession of the Collateral, and to remove the Collateral or to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral from the leased premises. The parties may inspect any Collateral in the other party’s possession at any time upon reasonable notice.

 

6. Authorization to Secured Party. Debtor authorizes Secured Party, or any person or entity acting on behalf of Secured Party, without notice to or further consent by Debtor, to prepare and file financing and amendment statements in order to perfect, continue, amend and/or terminate the Security Interest as required or requested by Secured Party. Debtor also agrees to execute, any further records and to take whatever other steps are required or requested by Secured Party, and to cooperate with Secured Party, to obtain, perfect and continue the Security Interest whether by filing, possession, control or otherwise, including, but not limited to, obtaining acknowledgments from third parties in possession of the Collateral that such third parties hold or will hold possession of the Collateral for the Secured Party’s benefit.

 

7. Changes in Debtor. Except upon the prior written approval of Secured Party, Debtor shall not (i) conduct business under any name(s) other than that given in Paragraph 3, (ii) change of reorganize the type of business entity under which Debtor does business, (iii) merge into or consolidate with any other entity, (iv) sell all or substantialy all Debtor’s assets, or (v) change Debtor’s jurisdiction of organization. If such prior written approval is given by Secured Party, then Debtor agrees that all records required or requested by Secured Party to perfect, continue, amend and/or terminate the Security Interest shall be prepared and filed before such change of name, change of business entity, merger or consolidation, sale of assets, or change of jurisdiction occurs.

 

8. Maintenance of Collateral. Debtor has the risk of loss of the Collateral. Debtor shall (i) maintain all the Collateral in good condition, (ii) pay promptly all taxes, judgments, or charges of any kind levied or assessed on the Collateral, (iii) keep current all rent due on premises where the Collateral is located, and (iv) maintain insurance on all the Collateral against hazards, in such amounts and with such companies as Secured Party may require, all such insurance policies to be in the possession of Secured Party and to contain lender’s loss payable clauses naming Secured Party in a manner satisfactory to Secured Party. Debtor hereby assigns to Secured Party any proceeds of such policies and all unearned premiums thereon, and authorizes and empowers Secured Party to collect such sums and to execute and endorse in Debtor’s name all proofs of loss, drafts, checks and any other records necessary to accomplish such collections, and any persons or entities making payments to Secured Party under the terms of this Paragraph are hereby relieved absolutely from any obligation to see to the application of any sums so paid.

 

 
 

 

9. Collection and Enforcement by Secured Party. Secured Party shall have the right at any time, and regardless of whether a default has occurred:

 

a.     To notify an account debtor or other obligor on the Collateral to make payment or otherwise render performance to or for the benefit of Secured Party,

 

b.     To take any proceeds to which Secured Party is entitled.

 

c.     To enforce the obligations of an account debtor or other obligor on the Collateral and to exercise Debtor’s rights with respect to (i) the obligations of the account debtor or other obligor to make payment or otherwise render performance to Debtor, and (ii) any property that secures the obligations of the account debtor or other obligor.

 

d.     If Secured Party holds a Security Interest in a deposit account perfected by control, to apply the balance of the deposit account to the Obligations or to instruct the bank to pay the balance of the deposit account to or for the benefit of Secured Party.

 

e.     To require Debtor to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties, and to deliver to Secured Party any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral.

 

Secured Party, however, shall have no duty to collect any income accruing on the Collateral or to preserve any rights relating to the Collateral. Secured Party may deduct from the collections under this Paragraph the reasonable expenses of collection and enforcement, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by Secured Party.

 

10. Default, The occurrence of any of the following shall, at the option of Secured Party, be a default:

 

a.     Any default under the Note or any of the other documents evidencing or securing the Loan, or if the full balance of the Loan becomes immediately payable under the terms of such documents, either automatically or by declaration of Secured Party.

 

b.     Debtor fails to pay or perform any Obligations or any part thereof in accordance with their terms.

 

c.     Any representation or warranty of Debtor contained in this Security Agreement is materially false or misleading.

 

d.     Debtor disposes of the Collateral except as expressly permitted by this Security Agreement, or there is any attachment, execution, levy on, or other seizure of any of the Collateral except by Secured Party.

 

 
 

 

e.     Debtor (i) becomes the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, (ii) has a receiver or liquidator appointed for any part of Debtor’s business or assets, (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) has any adverse change in financial condition or business operations that Secured Party believes may materially affect Debtor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Security Agreement, or (v) becomes the subject of a civil or criminal action that Secured Party believes may materially affect Debtor’s ability to perform its obligations under this Security Agreement.

 

f.     Debtor fails to comply with, or becomes subject to, any administrative or judicial proceeding under any federal, state or local (i) hazardous waste or environmental law, (ii) asset forfeiture or similar law which can result in the forfeiture of property, or (iii) other law, where noncompliance may have a significant effect on the Collateral.

 

g.     Secured Party receives a search report indicating that the Security Interest is not in the lien position required by Secured Party.

 

h.     Debtor fails to do anything else required by, or does anything prohibited by, this Security Agreement;

 

Upon a default, Secured Party may, in its sole discretion, cure the default and any expenditures made for such purpose shall be added to the principal amount of the Note.

 

11. Rights and Remedies Upon Default. After default, Secured Party shall have all the rights, including remedies, of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may be amended from time to time. In addition, Secured Party may pursue any right or remedy available at law or in equity or otherwise to collect, enforce or satisfy any of the Obligations, including, but not limited to:

 

a.     Declaring all Obligations immediately due and payable, and requiring immediate payment of all amounts Owing under the Note, including any prepayment premium which Borrower and Co-Borrower would be required to pay.

 

b.     Reducing a claim to judgment, foreclosing, or otherwise enforcing the claim or Security Interest by any available judicial procedure, including any ancillary remedies such as attachment, levy and garnishment, and if the Collateral is documents, proceeding either as to the documents or as to the goods they cover.

 

c.     Taking possession of any Collateral not already in Secured Party’s possession, without demand and without legal process. Debtor grants to Secured Party the right, for this purpose, to enter into or on any premises where Collateral may be located and to remove the Collateral. If the Collateral contains any accessions not covered by this Security Agreement at the time of possession. Debtor agrees Secured Party may take such accessions, provided that Secured Party makes reasonable efforts to return them to Debtor after possession. Upon Secured Party’s demand, Debtor will assemble the Collateral and make it available to Secured Party at a place to be designated by Secured Party which is reasonably convenient to both parties, and Debtor will deliver to Secured Party any and all certificates of title and other documents relating to the Collateral.

 

 
 

 

d.     Without removal, rendering any equipment unusable and disposing of the Collateral on Debtor’s promises.

 

Regardless of whether Secured Party takes possession of the Collateral, selling, leasing, licensing or otherwise disposing of the Collateral in its present condition or following any commercially reasonable preparation or processing (provided, however, that Secured Party has no obligation to prepare or otherwise process the Collateral), at public or private sale or disposition in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code. Secured Party shall give Debtor such notice of any private or public sale or disposition as may be required by the Uniform Commercial Code. Unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, notice shall be deemed reasonable if given at. least ten (10) days before the sale or disposition. Secured Party may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral, and Secured Party may specifically disclaim any warranties, including warranties of title. If Secured Party sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Debtor will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Secured Party and applied to the Obligations, and if the purchaser then fails to pay for the Collateral, Secured Party may resell the Collateral and Debtor shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale.

 

Purchasing Collateral at a public disposition or at a private disposition if the Collateral is of a kind that is (i) customarily sold on a recognized market or (ii) the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. If Secured Party purchases any of the Collateral being sold, Secured Party may pay for the Collateral by crediting some or all of the Obligations.

 

Accepting Collateral in full or partial satisfaction of the Obligations, subject to Debtor’s consent or failure to object after notification.

 

If after application of the proceeds of any sale or disposition of the Collateral, there is any balance owing on the Obligations, then Debtor remains liable for that deficiency.

 

Secured Party may comply with any applicable federal, state or local laws in connection with a sale or disposition of the Collateral, and such compliance will not be considered to affect adversely the commercial reasonableness of such sale or disposition. Secured Party shall have no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other person liable for them, Secured Party may release, continue, substitute, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other person to secure any of the Obligations, and Secured Party may release or enter into a compromise with any other person liable for any of the Obligations, all without affecting Secured Party’s rights and remedies against Debtor. Secured Party shall have no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of Debtor or against or in payment of the Obligations or any other obligation owed to Secured Party by Debtor or require Secured Party to defend against or pursue any third person or any other collateral for any of the Obligations, and Debtor waives any defenses based upon any claim that Secured Party did not perfect or continue the Security Interest, impaired the Collateral, or did not obtain a commercially reasonable amount for the Collateral at a sale or disposition. Debtor also waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment or nonpayment (at maturity or otherwise), release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Secured Party on which Debtor may in any way be liable.

 

 
 

 

All Secured Party’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised separately, successively or simultaneously. No waiver, delay or failure by Secured Party to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon default shall (i) impair any right or remedy of Scoured Party, (ii) waive any default, or (iii) affect any prior or subsequent default of the same or a different nature. Election by Secured Party to pursue any right or remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other right or remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Debtor under this Security Agreement, after Debtor’s failure to perform, shall not afect Secured Party’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

Upon default, Debtor will pay Secured Party for all reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for disposition, processing, and disposing of the Collateral, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred .by Secured Party. In addition, if Secured Party takes possession of the Collateral, regardless of whether a default has occurred, the reasonable expenses, including the cost of insurance and payment of taxes or other charges, incurred by Secured Party in the custody, maintenance, preservation, use, or operation of the Collateral are chargeable to Debtor and are secured by the Collateral.

 

12. Governing Law. The Loan secured by this lien was made under a United States Small Business Administration (“SBA”) nationwide program which uses tax dollars to assist small business owners. If the United States is seeking to enforce this document, then under SBA regulations:

 

a.     When SBA is the holder of the Note, this document and all documents evidencing or securing this Loan will be construed in accordance with federal law.

 

b.     CDC or SBA may use local or state procedures for purposes such as filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using these procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from local or state control, penalty, tax or liability. No Borrower or Guarantor may claim or assert against SBA any local or state law to deny any obligation of Borrower, or defeat any claim of SBA with respect to this Loan.

 

Any clause in this document requiring arbitration is not enforceable when SBA is the holder of the Note secured by this instrument.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, this Security Agreement is governed by the laws of Utah, including the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by such jurisdiction, as such laws may be amended from time to time, and exclusive of such jurisdiction’s choice of law provisions. Unless otherwise specified, definitions in the Uniform Commercial Code apply to the terms in this Security Agreement.

 

13. General Provisions.

 

a.     All Debtors signing this Security Agreement are jointly and severally liable.

 

 
 

 

b.     Debtor agrees to execute all records and to take whatever other steps are required or requested by Secured Party, and to cooperate with Secured Party, at any time to comply with the documents evidencing or executing the Loan, and to effectuate the rights granted to Secured Party in this Security Agreement.

 

c.     If any part of this Security Agreement is unenforceable, all other parts remain in effect.

 

d.     This Security Agreement shall bind all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Security Agreement, and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns. Debtor shall not assign its rights and interests under this Security Agreement without the prior written approval of Secured Party. Debtor acknowledges that Secured Party is assigning its rights and interest under this Security Agreement to SBA and that Secured Party services the Loan for SBA, and Debtor shall render performance under this Security Agreement to Secured Party and SBA. Debtor waives and will not assert against SBA or any other assignee any claims, defenses or set-offs which Debtor could assert against Secured Party except defenses which cannot be waived.

 

e.     Any notices required or permitted to be given under this Security Agreement shall be sufficient if (i) in writing anti (ii) either (1) personally delivered or (2) sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, or (3) sent by telefax, telex, telegram, e-mail or similar electronic means where receipt is acknowledged, or (4) sent by overnight U.S. Express mail or overnight letter (commercial courier), to the party’s address as set forth above. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Security Agreement shall be deemed effective upon receipt or failure to accept delivery. Notice of any change in address shall be given as set forth in this section.

 

f.     This Security Agreement (including any exhibits all of which are incorporate in and made a part of this Security Agreement by this reference) contains the entire agreement of the parties concerning its subject matter. Debtor may not use any oral statement to contradict or alter the written terms of or raise a defense to, this Security Agreement. Any modification to this Security Agreement must be in writing and properly authenticated by Debtor and Secured Party.

 

g.     Each party hereby represents and warrants that its entry into and its performance of its obligations under this Security Agreement are fully authorized and that all necessary actions therefor have been taken by it, and the person(s) signing this Security Agreement below on such party’s behalf represents and warrants that he or she is fully authorized to do so.

 

h.     Captions in this Security Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be used in construing this Security Agreement. Words in the singular include the plural and vice versa, any one gender includes all other genders, “includes” and “including” are not limiting, “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive, and “all” includes “any” and vice versa.

 

 
 

 

By signing below, each individual or entity becomes obligated under this Security Agreement as Debtor.

 

SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC  
   
By: Justin R. Vincent, Manager  

 

 
 

 

Exhibit A to Security Agreement

Collateral

 

x a. Goods - Equipment, including fixtures and software
     
¨ b. Goods - Inventory
     
¨ c. Goods - Consumer goods
     
¨ d. Goods - Farm Products
     
¨ e. Investment property
     
¨ f. Instruments, including promissory notes
     
¨ g. Chattel paper, including electronic chattel paper
     
¨ h. Documents
     
¨ i. Letter-of-credit rights
     
¨ j. Accounts, including health-care-insurance receivables
     
¨ k. Deposit Accounts
     
¨ l. Commercial tort claims (must specify in Exhibit B)
     
¨ m. General intangibles
     
¨ n. Money
     
¨ o. Oil, gay or other minerals before extraction

 

If an Exhibit B is attached, then the Security Interest in the above category of Collateral (as identified on Exhibit B) is limited to the specific items listed in Exhibit B.

 

All fixtures are located on the real property described on the trust deed(s) which are recorded in connection with the SBA Loan above identified.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.55

 

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

 

Principal Loan Date Maturitiy Loan N o Call / Coll Account

Officer

***

I nitials
References in the boxes above are for Lender’s use only and do not limit the applicability of this document to any particular loan or item. Any item above containing “***” has been omitted due to text length limitations.

 

Borrower:

superior auto body and paint, LLC

3978 WEST 12600 SOUTH

RIVERTON, UT 84096

  Lender:

Mountain America Credit Union

SBA Department

7181 South Campus View Drive

West Jordan, UT 84084

         
Guarantor: superior drilling products, LLC
2221 NORTH 3250 WEST
VERNAL, UT 84078
     
         

 

CONTINUING GUARANTEE OF PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE . For good and valuable consideration, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees full and punctual payment and satisfaction of the Indebtedness of Borrower to Lender, and the performance and discharge of all Borrower’s obligations under the Note and the Related Documents . This is a guaranty of payment and performance and not of collection, so Lender can enforce this Guaranty against Guarantor even when Lender has not exhausted Lender’s remedies against anyone else obligated to pay the Indebtedness or against any collateral securing the Indebtedness, this Guaranty or any other guaranty of the Indebtedness. Guarantor will make any payments to Lender or its order, on demand, in legal tender of the United States of America, in same-day funds, without set-off or deduction or counterclaim, and will otherwise perform Borrower’s obligations under the Note and Related Documents. Under this Guaranty, Guarantor’s liability is unlimited and Guarantor’s obligations are continuing.

 

INDEBTEDNESS. The word “Indebtedness” as used in this Guaranty means all of the principal amount outstanding from time to time and at any one or more times, accrued unpaid interest thereon and all collection costs and legal expenses related thereto permitted by law, reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising from any and all debts, liabilities and obligations of every nature of form, now existing or hereafter arising or acquired, that Borrower Individually or collectively or interchangeably with others, owes or will owe Lender. ‘‘Indebtedness” includes, without limitation, loans, advances, debts, overdraft indebtedness, credit card indebtedness, lease obligations, liabilities and obligations under any interest rate protection agreements or foreign currency exchange agreements or commodity price protection agreements, other obligations, and liabilities of Borrower, and any present or future judgments against Borrower, future advances, loans or transactions that renew, extend, modify, refinance, consolidate or substitute these debts, liabilities and obligations whether: voluntarily or involuntarily incurred; duo or to become due by their terms or acceleration; absolute or contingent; liquidated or unliquidated; determined or undetermined; direct or Indirect; primary or secondary in nature or arising from a guaranty or surety; secured or unsecured; joint or several or joint and several; evidenced by a negotiable or non-negotiable instrument or writing; originated by Lender or another or others; barred or unenforceable against Borrower for any reason whatsoever; for any transactions that may be voidable for any reason (such as infancy, insanity, ultra vires or otherwise); and originated then reduced or extinguished and then afterwards increased or reinstated.

 

If Lender presently holds one or more guaranties, or hereafter receives additional guaranties from Guarantor, Lender’s rights under all guaranties shall be cumulative. This Guaranty shall not (unless specifically provided below to the contrary) affect or invalidate any such other guaranties. Guarantor’s liability will be Guarantor’s aggregate liability under the terms of this Guaranty and any such other unterminated guaranties.

 

CONTINUING GUARANTY. THIS IS A ‘‘CONTINUING GUARANTY” UNDER WHICH GUARANTOR AGREES TO GUARANTEE THE FULL AND PUNCTUAL PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND SATISFACTION OF THE INDEBTEDNESS OF BORROWER TO LENDER, NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING OR ACQUIRED, ON AN OPEN AND CONTINUING BASIS. ACCORDINGLY, ANY PAYMENTS MADE ON THE INDEBTEDNESS WILL NOT DISCHARGE OR DIMINISH GUARANTOR’S OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITY UNDER THIS GUARANTY FOR ANY REMAINING AND SUCCEEDING INDEBTEDNESS EVEN WHEN ALL OR PART OF THE OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS MAY BE A ZERO BALANCE FROM TIME TO TIME.

 

DURATION OF GUARANTY. This Guaranty will take effect when received by Lender without the necessity of any acceptance by Lender, or any notice to Guarantor or to Borrower, and will continue in full force until all the Indebtedness incurred or contracted before receipt by Lender of any notice of revocation shall have been fully and finally paid and satisfied and all of Guarantor’s other obligations under this Guaranty shall have been performed in full. If Guarantor elects to revoke this Guaranty, Guarantor may only do so in writing. Guarantor’s written notice of revocation must be mailed to Lender, by certified mail, at Lender’s address listed above or such other place as Lender may designate in writing. Written revocation of this Guaranty will apply only to new Indebtedness created after actual receipt by Lender of Guarantor’s written revocation. For this purpose and without limitation, the term “new Indebtedness” does not Include the Indebtedness which at the time of notice of revocation is contingent, unliquidated, undetermined or not due and which later becomes absolute, liquidated, determined or due. For this purpose and without limitation, “new Indebtedness” does not include all or part of the Indebtedness that is: incurred by Borrower prior to revocation; incurred under a commitment that became binding before revocation; any renewals, extensions, substitutions, and modifications of the Indebtedness. This Guaranty shall bind Guarantor’s estate as to the Indebtedness created both before and after Guarantor’s death or incapacity, regardless of Lender’s actual notice of Guarantor’s death. Subject to the foregoing, Guarantor’s executor or administrator or other legal representative may terminate this Guaranty in the same manner in which Guarantor might have terminated it and with the same effect. Release of any other guarantor or termination of any other guaranty of the Indebtedness shall not affect the liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty. A revocation Lender receives from any one or more Guarantors shall not affect the liability of any remaining Guarantors under this Guaranty. It is anticipated that fluctuations may occur in the aggregate amount of the Indebtedness covered by this Guaranty, and Guarantor specifically acknowledges and agrees that reductions in the amount of the Indebtedness, even to zero dollars ($0.00), shall not constitute a termination of this Guaranty. This Guaranty is binding upon Guarantor and Guarantor’s heirs, successors and assigns so long as any of the Indebtedness remains unpaid and even though the Indebtedness may from time to time be zero dollars ($0.00).

 

GUARANTOR’S AUTHORIZATION TO LENDER. Guarantor authorizes Lender, either before or after any revocation hereof, without notice or demand and without lessening Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty, from time to time: (A) prior to revocation as set forth above, to make one or more additional secured or unsecured loans to Borrower, to lease equipment or other goods to Borrower, or otherwise to extend additional credit to Borrower; (B) to alter, compromise, renew, extend, accelerate, or otherwise change one or more times the time for payment or other terms of the Indebtedness or any part of the indebtedness, including increases and decreases of the rate of interest on the indebtedness; extensions may be repeated and may be for longer than the original loan term; (C) to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty or the Indebtedness, end exchange, enforce, waive, subordinate, fail or decide not to perfect, and release any such security, with or without the substitution of new collateral; (D) to release, substitute, agree not to sue, or deal with any one or more of Borrower’s sureties, endorsers, or other guarantors on any terms or in any manner Lender may choose; (E) to determine how, when and what application of payments and credits shall be made on the Indebtedness; (F) to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, including without limitation, any nonjudicial sale permitted by the terms of the controlling security agreement or deed of trust, as Lender in its discretion may determine; (G) to sell, transfer, assign or grant participations in all or any part of the Indebtedness; and (H) to assign or transfer this Guaranty in whole or in part.

 

 
 

 

Loan No: 9207252-90

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

(Continued)

Page 2

 

GUARANTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Guarantor represents and warrants to Lender that (A) no representations or agreements of any kind have been made to Guarantor which would limit or qualify in any way the terms of this Guaranty; (B) this Guaranty is executed at Borrower’s request and not at the request of Lender; (C) Guarantor has full power, right and authority to enter Into this Guaranty; (D) the provisions of this Guaranty do not conflict with or result in a default under any agreement or other instrument binding upon Guarantor and do not result in a violation of any law, regulation, court decree or order applicable to Guarantor; (E) Guarantor has not and will not, without the prior written consent of Lender, sell, lease, assign, encumber, hypothecate, transfer, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of Guarantor’s assets, or any interest therein; (F) upon Lender’s request, Guarantor will provide to Lender financial and credit information in form acceptable to Lender, and all such financial information which currently has been, and all future financial information which will be provided to Lender is and will be true and correct in all material respects and fairly present Guarantor’s financial condition as of the dates the financial information is provided; (G) no material adverse change has occurred in Guarantor’s financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements provided to Lender and no event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Guarantor’s financial condition; (H) no litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Guarantor is pending or threatened; (I) Lender has made no representation to Guarantor as to the creditworthiness of Borrower; and (J) Guarantor has established adequate means of obtaining from Borrower on a continuing basis information regarding Borrower’s financial condition. Guarantor agrees to keep adequately informed from such means of any facts, events, or circumstances which might in any way affect Guarantor’s risks under this Guaranty, and Guarantor further agrees that, absent a request for information, Lender shall have no obligation to disclose to Guarantor any information or documents acquired by Lender in the course of its relationship with Borrower.

 

GUARANTOR’S WAIVERS. Except as prohibited by applicable law, Guarantor waives any right to require Lender (A) to continue lending money or to extend other credit to Borrower; (B) to make any presentment, protest, demand, or notice of any kind, including notice of any nonpayment of the Indebtedness or of any nonpayment related to any collateral, or notice of any action or nonaction on the part of Borrower, Lender, any surety, endorser, or other guarantor in connection with the Indebtedness or in connection with the creation of new or additional loans or obligations; (C) to resort for payment or to proceed directly or at once against any person, including Borrower or any other guarantor; (D) to proceed directly against or exhaust any collateral held by Lender from Borrower, any other guarantor, or any other person; (E) to give notice of the terms, time, and place of any public or private sale of personal property security held by Lender from Borrower or to comply with any other applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code; (F) to pursue any other remedy within Lender’s power; or (G) to commit any act or omission of any kind, or at any time, with respect to any matter whatsoever.

 

Guarantor also waives any and all rights or defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral including, but not limited to, any rights or defenses arising by reason of (1) any election of remedies by Lender Which destroys or otherwise adversely affects Guarantor’s subrogation rights or Guarantor’s rights to proceed against Borrower for reimbursement, including without limitation, any loss of rights Guarantor may suffer by reason of any law limiting, qualifying, or discharging the Indebtedness; (2) any disability or other defense of Borrower, of any other guarantor, or of any other person, or by reason of the cessation of Borrower’s liability from any cause whatsoever, other than payment in full in legal tender, of the Indebtedness; (3) any right to claim discharge of the Indebtedness on the basis of unjustified impairment of any Collateral for the Indebtedness; or (4) any statute of limitations, if at any time any action or suit brought by Lender against Guarantor is commenced, there is outstanding Indebtedness which is not barred by any applicable statute of limitations. Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty shall apply to and continue with respect to any amount paid to Lender which is subsequently recovered from Lender for any reason whatsoever (including without limitation as a result of bankruptcy, Insolvency or fraudulent conveyance proceeding), notwithstanding the fact that all or a part of the Indebtedness may have been previously paid, or this Guaranty may have been terminated, or both.

 

Guarantor also waives and agrees not to assert or take advantage of (1) any right (including the right, if any, under Utah’s one-action rule as set forth in Utah Code Annotated, 1953, Section 78B-6-901) to require Lender to proceed against or exhaust any security held by Lender at any time or to pursue any other remedy in Lender’s power before proceeding against Guarantor; (2) the release or surrender of any security held for the payments of the Indebtedness; or (3) any defense based upon an election of remedies (including, if available, an election of remedies to proceed by non-judicial foreclosure) by Lender which destroys or otherwise impairs the subrogation rights of Guarantor or the right of Guarantor to proceed against Borrower for reimbursement, or both.

 

Guarantor further waives and agrees not to assert or claim at any time any deductions to the amount guaranteed under this Guaranty for any claim of setoff, counterclaim, counter demand, recoupment or similar right, whether such claim, demand or right may be asserted by the Borrower, the Guarantor, or both.

 

Guarantor’s Understanding With Respect To Waivers. Guarantor warrants and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with Guarantor’s full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that, under the circumstances, the waivers are reasonable and not contrary to public policy or law. If any such waiver is determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waiver shall be effective only to the extent permitted by law or public policy.

 

Collateral. This Guaranty is secured by REAL ESTATE LOCATED AT 3978 WEST 12000 SOUTH, RIVERTON, UT 84096.

 

Subordination of Borrower’s Debts to Guarantor. Guarantor agrees that the Indebtedness, whether now existing or hereafter created, shall be superior to any claim that Guarantor may now have or hereafter acquire against Borrower, whether or not Borrower becomes insolvent. Guarantor hereby expressly subordinates any claim Guarantor may have against Borrower, upon any account whatsoever, to any claim that Lender may now or hereafter have against Borrower. In the event of insolvency and consequent liquidation of the assets of Borrower, through bankruptcy, by an assignment for the benefit of creditors , by voluntary liquidation, or otherwise, the assets of Borrower applicable to the payment of the claims of both Lender and Guarantor shall be paid to Lender and shall be first applied by Lender to the Indebtedness. Guarantor does hereby assign to Lender all claims which it may have or acquire against Borrower or against any assignee or trustee in bankruptcy of Borrower; provided however, that such assignment shall be effective only for the purpose of assuring to Lender full payment in legal tender of the Indebtedness. If Lender so requests, any notes or credit agreements now or hereafter evidencing any debts or obligations of Borrower to Guarantor shall be marked with a legend that the same are subject to this Guaranty and shall be delivered to Lender. Guarantor agrees, and Lender is hereby authorized, in the name of Guarantor, from time to time to file financing statements and continuation statements and to execute documents and to take such other actions as Lender deems necessary or appropriate to perfect, preserve and enforce its rights under this Guaranty.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Guaranty:

 

Amendments. This Guaranty, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Guaranty, No alteration of or amendment to this Guaranty shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

 
 

 

 

Loan No: 9207252-90

COMMERCIAL GUARANTY

(Continued)

Page 3

 

Arbitration. Borrower and Guarantor and Lender agree that all disputes, claims and controversies between them whether individual, joint, or class in nature, arising from this Guaranty or otherwise, including without limitation contract and tort disputes, shall be arbitrated pursuant to the Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time the claim is filed, upon request of either party. No act to take or dispose of any Collateral shall constitute a waiver of this arbitration agreement or be prohibited by this arbitration agreement. This includes, without limitation, obtaining injunctive relief or a temporary restraining order; invoking a power of sale under any deed of trust or mortgage: obtaining a writ of attachment or imposition of a receiver; or exercising any rights relating to personal property, Including taking or disposing of such property with or without judicial process pursuant to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code, Any disputes, claims, or controversies concerning the lawfulness or reasonableness of any act, or exercise of any right, concerning any Collateral, including any claim to rescind, reform, or otherwise modify any agreement relating to the Collateral, shall also be arbitrated, provided however that no arbitrator shall have the right or the power to enjoin or restrain any act of any party. Judgment upon any award rendered by any arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. Nothing in this Guaranty shall preclude any party from soaking equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction. The statute of limitations, estoppel, waiver, laches, and similar doctrines which would otherwise be applicable in an action brought by a party shall be applicable in any arbitration proceeding, and the commencement of an arbitration proceeding shall be deemed the commencement of an action for these purposes. The Federal Arbitration Act shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this arbitration provision.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Guarantor agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and Lender’s legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Guaranty. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Guaranty, and Guarantor shall pay the costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not Lender’s salaried employee and whether or not there is a lawsuit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Guarantor also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Guaranty are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Guaranty.

 

Governing Law. This Guaranty will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of Utah without regard to its conflicts of law provisions.

 

Choice of Venue. If there is a lawsuit, Guarantor agrees upon Lender’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of Salt Lake County, State of Utah.

 

Integration. Guarantor further agrees that Guarantor has read and fully understands the terms of this Guaranty; Guarantor has had the opportunity to be advised by Guarantor’s attorney with respect to this Guaranty; the Guaranty fully reflects Guarantor’s intentions and parol evidence is not required to interpret the terms of this Guaranty. Guarantor hereby indemnifies and holds Lender harmless from all losses, claims, damages, and costs (including Lender’s attorneys’ fees) suffered or incurred by Lender as a result of any breach by Guarantor of the warranties, representations and agreements of this paragraph.

 

Interpretation. In all cases where there is more than one Borrower or Guarantor, then all words used in this Guaranty In the singular shall be deemed to have been used in the plural where the context and construction so require; and where there is more than one Borrower named in this Guaranty or when this Guaranty is executed by more than one Guarantor, the words “Borrower” and ‘‘Guarantor” respectively shall mean all and any one or more of them. The words “Guarantor,” “Borrower,” and “Lender” include the heirs, successors, assigns, and transferees of each of them. If a court finds that any provision of this Guaranty is not valid or should not be enforced, that fact by itself will not mean that the rest of this Guaranty will not be valid or enforced. Therefore, a court will enforce the rest of the provisions of this Guaranty even if a provision of this Guaranty may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. If any one or more of Borrower or Guarantor are corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, or similar entities, it is not necessary for Lender to Inquire into the powers of Borrower or Guarantor or of the officers, directors, partners, managers, or other agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any indebtedness made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be guaranteed under this Guaranty.

 

Notices. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, any notice required to be given under this Guaranty or required by law shall be given in writing, and, except for revocation notices by Guarantor, shall be effective when actually delivered in accordance with the law or with this Guaranty, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Guaranty. All revocation notices by Guarantor shall be in writing and shall be effective upon delivery to Lender as provided in the section of this Guaranty entitled “DURATION OF GUARANTY.” Any party may change its address for notices under this Guaranty by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Guarantor agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Guarantor’s current address. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, if there is more than one Guarantor, any notice given by Lender to any Guarantor is deemed to be notice given to all Guarantors.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Guaranty unless such waiver Is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Guaranty shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Guaranty. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Guarantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Guarantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Guaranty, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

Successors and Assigns. Subject to any limitations stated in this Guaranty on transfer of Guarantor’s interest, this Guaranty shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns.

 

Waive Jury. Lender and Guarantor hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either Lender or Guarantor against the other.

 

Definitions . The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Guaranty. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Guaranty shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code:

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means everyone signing this Guaranty, including without limitation SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC, and in each case, any signer’s successors and assigns.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means this guaranty from Guarantor to Lender.

 

 
 

 

  COMMERCIAL GUARANTY  
L oan No: 9207252-90 (Continued) Page 4

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means Borrower’s indebtedness to Lender as more particularly described in this Guaranty. Lender. The word “Lender” means Mountain America Credit Union, its successors and assigns.

 

Note. The word “Note” means and includes without limitation all of Borrower’s promissory notes and/or credit agreements evidencing Borrower’s loan obligations in favor of Lender, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of and substitutions for promissory notes or credit agreements.

 

Related Documents, The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Indebtedness.

 

EACH UNDERSIGNED GUARANTOR ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GUARANTY AND AGREES TO ITS TERMS. IN ADDITION, EACH GUARANTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS GUARANTY IS EFFECTIVE UPON GUARANTOR’S EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY TO LENDER AND THAT THE GUARANTY WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TERMINATED IN THE MANNER SET FORTH IN THE SECTION TITLED “DURATION OF GUARANTY”. NO FORMAL ACCEPTANCE BY LENDER IS NECESSARY TO MAKE THIS GUARANTY EFFECTIVE. THIS GUARANTY IS DATED MARCH 19, 2012.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

SUPERIOR DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC

 

By: /s/ ANNETTE D. MEIER  
  ANNETTE D. MEIER, Manager of SUPERIOR  
  DRILLING PRODUCTS, LLC  

 

LASER PRO Lending, Ver. 5.60.00.005 Copr. Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. 1997, 2012. All Rights Reserved. - CA C:\HARLANDLP\CFI\LPL\G14.FC TR-112 PR-14

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.56

 

WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO:

Mountain West Small Business Finance

2595 East 3300 South

Salt Lake City, Utah 84109

 

Lease

 

1.         The Parties and The Property:

 

MEIER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC hereinafter referred to as “Lessor”, hereby leases to:

 

SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC hereinafter referred to as “Lessee”, all those premises and personal property described in SBA Loan Authorization, SBA 504 No. 43590850-09 situate, lying and being in Salt Lake County, State of Utah, commonly known as:

3978 West 12600-South, Riverton, UT 84065 and more particularly described in Exhibit “A” which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “Property”).

 

2.          The Term. TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Property, together with the appurtenances, unto the Lessee for a term of approximately twenty (20) years commencing May 25, 2012, for and during the latest of May 25, 2032 or until the SAB 504 Loan under SBA Loan Authorization No. 43590850-09 is paid in full.

 

3.          The Lease Payment. Lessee covenants and agrees to pay Lessor a lease payment in the sum of $ 20,000,00 on the first day of each month during the term of this Lease provided, however, that the amount of rent paid must be substantially the same as the debt service on the Third Party Lender Loan and the SBA 504 Loan together with an amount necessary to cover taxes and assessments, utilities and insurance and a repair/replacement reserve. The lease payment shall be reduced to the extent that it is in excess of the amount needed to meet the debt service and expenses. In the event there is more than one operating company under the terms of the SBA Loan, the lease payments of all operating companies shall be considered together and shall be reduced, pro rata, in the event, when considered, together, they are in excess of amount needed to meet the debt service and expenses above described.

 

4.          The Return of the Property. Lessee further agrees to deliver up to Lessor at the expiration of said term in as good order and condition as when the same were entered upon by Lessee, reasonable use and wear thereof and damage by the elements excepted.

 

5.          No Sublease or Assignment. The Lessee will not let, underlet, assign the Property, or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Lessor, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Page 1 of 4
 

 

6.          Default/Remedies. And Lessee further covenants and agrees that if any monthly lease payment or any part thereof shall be unpaid for 20 days after the same shall become due; or if default in any of the covenants herein contained to be kept by Lessee is not cured within 20 days from written notice, or if Lessee shall vacate such premises, Lessor may elect, without notice or legal process, to re-enter and take possession of the Property and every and any part thereof and re-let the same and apply the net proceeds so received upon the amount due or to become due under this lease, and Lessee agrees to pay any deficiency.

 

7.          Utilities. Taxes and Insurance. Responsibility for utilities, taxes and insurance shall be as indicated [Lessee responsible for (T), Lessor responsible for (L)]:

 

Power T, Heat T, Water T , Sewer T, Telephone T, Real Property Tax T, Personal-Property Tax T, Fire Insurance on Personal Property T, Glass Insurance T, Others:

None.

 

8.          Maintenance and Repair. Responsibility for the maintenance and repair; of the Property shall be as indicated. [Lessee responsible for (T), Lessor responsible for (L)]:

 

Roof L. Exterior Walls L, Interior Walls L, Structural Repair L, Interior Decorating T. Exterior Painting L, Yard Surfacing L , Plumbing Equipment L, Heating and Air Conditioning Equipment L, Electrical Equipment L, Light Globes and Tubes T. Glass Breakage X. Trash Removal T, Snow Removal T. Janitorial T. Others:

None.

 

9.          Negligence . Each party shall be responsible for losses resulting from negligence or misconduct of himself, his employees or invitees.

 

10.          Lessor’s Lien. Furniture, furnishings and personal property of Lessee may not be removed from the premises until all lease payments and other charges are fully paid, and Lessor shall have a lien upon said personal property until the same are paid in full.

 

11.          Attorney’s Fees and Collection Costs. In case of failure to faithfully perform the terms and covenants herein set forth, the defaulting party shall pay all costs, expenses, and reasonable attorneys’ fees resulting from the enforcement of this agreement or any right arising out of such breach.

 

12.          SBA Loan Requirements. In consideration of SBA Loan No. 43590850-09 , Lessor and Lessee agree as follows, anything to the contrary notwithstanding:

 

(a) The term of this Lease shall be equal to or longer than the term of the said SBA Loan;

 

(b) Lessor and Lessee hereby assign, set over, and transfer to the Small Business Administration and Mountain West Small Business Finance all of their right, title, and interest in and to this Lease, as security for said SBA Loan; and

 

(c) Lessor and Lessee hereby agree to maintain exactly the present ownership (both identity of owners and percent of ownership) during the entire term of said SBA Loan except for ownership changes of up to 5 per cent beginning six months after the SBA 504 Loan closes.

 

Page 2 of 4
 

 

13.          No Other Agreements. This agreement supercedes and replaces any find all previous lease agreements between the parties; and said previous lease agreements are hereby canceled by the mutual consent of the parties.

 

This Lease is executed and effective May 25,2012.

 

LESSOR:  
   
METER PROPERTIES, SERIES LLC  
   
/s/ Annette D. Meier  
By: Annette D. Meier, Manager  
   
LESSEE:  
   
SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC  
   
   
By: Justin R. Vincent, Manager  

 

Page 3 of 4
 

 

LEASE NOTARY PAGE

 

STATE OF Utah )
  :ss.
COUNTY OF Uintah )

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before we this 28 th day of May 2012 by Annette D. Meier, Manager.

 

MEIER PROPERTIES SERIES LLC     
[ILLEGIBLE]
Notary public

 

STATE OF Utah )
  :ss.
COUNTY OF Uintah )

 

The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _________________ by Justin R. Vincent. Manager.

 

SUPERIOR AUTO BODY AND PAINT, LLC  
   
   
Notary Public  

 

Page 4 of 4

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

SD Company Inc.

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
1.Superior Drilling Products LLC   Utah
2. Superior Design & Fabrication LLC   Utah
3. Extreme Technologies LLC   Utah
4. Meier Leasing LLC   Utah
5. Meier Property Series LLC   Utah

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of SD Company, Inc. of our reports dated April 4, 2014 and April 2, 2014, relating to our audits of the financial statements, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

 

/s/ Hein & Associates LLP

 

Dallas, Texas
April 4, 2014

 

 

 

Exhibit 24.1

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Troy Meier and Annette Meier, and each of them, as that person’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for that person in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as that person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or that person’s substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

  

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

         
/s/ G. Troy Meier   Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 31, 2014
G. Troy Meier   ( Principal Executive Officer )    
         
/s/ Annette Meier   Chief Operating Officer and Director   March 31, 2014
Annette Meier   (President)    
         
/s/ Christopher D. Cashion   Chief Financial Officer   March 31, 2014
Christopher D. Cashion   ( Principal Financial Officer    
         
/s/ Robert E. Iversen   Director Nominee   March 31, 2014
Robert E. Iversen        
         
/s/ Terence Cryan   Director Nominee   March 31, 2014
Terence Cryan        
         

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

SD Company Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333- ) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of ordinary shares of SD Company Inc.. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of SD Company Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated this _24_ day of _March_ 2014.

 

  /s/ Terence Cryan
  Signature
  Name: Terence Cryan

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

SD Company Inc. is filing a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333- ) with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the initial public offering of ordinary shares of SD Company Inc.. In connection therewith, I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of SD Company Inc. in the Registration Statement, as may be amended from time to time. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.

 

Dated this _24_ day of _March_ 2014.

 

  /s/ Robert E. Inversen
  Signature
  Name: Robert E. Iversen